Advertisement for orthosearch.org.uk
Orthopaedic Proceedings Logo

Receive monthly Table of Contents alerts from Orthopaedic Proceedings

Comprehensive article alerts can be set up and managed through your account settings

View my account settings

Visit Orthopaedic Proceedings at:

Loading...

Loading...

Volume 90-B, Issue SUPP_III August 2008

C. McManus

Humans show many asymmetries. Heart, lungs, liver and other viscera are either to one side, or differ on the two sides, and most people also have an asymmetric brain, with a majority of people being right-handed and having language processing in the left hemisphere of the brain. In this talk I will look at some recent advances in our understanding of the biology of asymmetry.


B. Winney W. Bodmer

Aside from a few major successes, there have been many problems replicating significant associations between polymorphic gene variation and complex diseases. There are several reasons for this, of which population structure is widely considered to be the most important. Population structure will affect both the validity and power of experiments and may be particularly important when relative risks are slight or the alleles involved are rare. With low relative risks and/or rare alleles, sample sizes need to be much larger than those often used in case-control studies and as sample size increases, the amount of population structure needed to perturb the results decreases. To address this problem, there are several statistical methods available that attempt to allow for the effect of population structure to be taken into account.

However, these methods are not really satisfactory and so the only suitable alternative is to design the studies with greater care and a powerful approach may be to characterise genetically both the cases and controls. Individuals from the controls can then be chosen to match the cases so as to minimise the stochastic differences between the two populations. We are therefore assembling a UK control population as a resource for future studies. It will comprise samples from 3500 individuals, who will have been carefully selected from throughout the UK. Rural regions will be targeted to avoid the admixture observed in large urban environments and volunteers will be sought who were born in the same place as their parents and grandparents to ensure historical integrity. The collection will be genotyped for around 3000 markers, with the aim of identifying about 200 ancestrally informative markers (AIMs). These AIMs will then be used to match controls to cases.


J. Yu J. Fairbank P. Handford R. Mecham H. Yanagisawa J. Urban

Background: The intervertebral disc and spinal ligaments contain extensive and well organised elastic fibre networks which provide these tissues with elasticity. Morphologically elastic fibres are composed of an amorphous central core consisting mainly of elastin surrounded by a microfibrillar mesh. The importance of the microfibrils has been emphasised by the clinical manifestations of Marfan Syndrome (MFS) and congenital contractual arachnodactyly (CCA) which are caused respectively by mutations of Fibrillin-1 and Fibrillin-2, the main protein components of the microfibrillar mesh. Both patients of MFS and CCA can develop a spinal deformity. Recent studies on genetically modified mice suggested that minor components of the microfibrillar mesh can also play an important role in spine development; knockout mice containing no fibulin-5, microfibrillar associated glycoprotein-2 (MAGP-2), or latent TGF-b protein 3 (LTBP-3) can all develop spinal deformity. Our aim in this study was to understand the involvement of elastic fibre system in pathogenesis of scoliosis.

Methods: Tissue from Marfan patients and adolescent idiopathic kyphoscoliotic human intervertebral discs were removed during routine surgery with consent and ethical permission. Here we report on examination of disc tissue from three Marfan’s syndrome and three AIS patients (with ethical approval), age range 13–33 years. Tissues were dissected and then snap frozen within 4 hours after surgical excision and kept in −80 OC till used. Tissue sections of 20 micron were cut with a cryostat microtome and fixed with 10% formalin before immunostaining. Microfibrils and elastin fibre network were studied by immunostaining fibrillin-1 and elastin. The collagen network was examined by using fluores-cent microscopy with a polarised light system. Spines from transgenic mice, producing no elastin or fibulin-5, were paraffin embedded and sections were stained with Haematoxylin & Eosin or Alcien Blue. The morphology of cells, vertebral body and disc matrix were studied at light microscopic level.

Results and Discussion: Our histological studies on IVD tissues from MFS and AIS patients found that the elastic fibre and collagen networks were disorganised compared to that of normal controls. Studies on spines from fibulin-5 null or elastin null mice indicated delayed ossification of the vertebral body, lower expression of proteoglycans and an abnormal growth plate. Our initial results thus indicate that the elastic fibre system has an effect on matrix synthesis in connective tissue and plays a part in regulating bone growth. They are in agreement with reports that kypho-scoliosis occurs in transgenic mice deficient in other matrix components e.g. collagen-II and perlecan. Matrix-generated regulation of spine development and vertebral body growth thus appears to play an important role in the development of scoliosis.


Ian A.F. Stokes

Aim: This study tested quantitatively whether calculated loading asymmetry of a spine with scoliosis, together with measured bone growth sensitivity to altered compression could explain the observed rate of scoliosis progression during adolescent growth. Scoliosis is thought to progress during growth because angular deformity produces asymmetrical spinal loading, generating asymmetrical growth, etc. in a ‘vicious cycle’.

Materials and Methods: The magnitude of asymmetrical spinal loading was estimated for a spine with scoliosis, assuming physiologically plausible muscle activation strategies. In animal studies of vertebral and tibial growth plates of three different species, the growth plate response to sustained compression was measured and correlated with histological measures of chondrocytic proliferation and hypertrophic enlargement. These data were expressed in a linear formulation of growth G as a function of compressive stress, thus:

G = Gm(1-β(_-_m)); where β=1.68 MPa-1 was the empirically determined constant. (The subscript m signifies the ‘baseline’ growth and physiological stress).

The vertebral and discal contributions to human adolescent spinal growth velocity were measured from stereo-radiographs of 208 patients of with scoliosis. The estimates of level-specific spinal loading asymmetry, together with the relationship expressing growth sensitivity to load were included in an analysis that was used to estimate the resulting asymmetrical vertebral growth, and its contribution to the progression of a scoliosis curvature. The initial geometry represented a lumbar scoliosis of 26° Cobb, averaged and scaled from measurements of fifteen patients’ radiographs. Spinal growth during each of the adolescent years was estimated from growth curves obtained from cross-sectional logistic-correlation of the radiographically determined spinal and vertebral heights versus age.

Results: The analyses of mechanically modulated growth of the spine with an initial 26° Cobb scoliosis predicted curve progression for the majority of eleven loading conditions (effort magnitude and direction) that were analysed. The averaged final lumbar spinal curve magnitude was 34° Cobb at age 16 years when the efforts producing the spinal loading were at 50% of maximum effort, and it was 42° Cobb when the efforts were at 75% of maximum.

Conclusions: An analysis that included analytically determined spinal load asymmetry and empirically determined growth sensitivity to load predicted that a substantial component of scoliosis progression during growth is biomechanically mediated.

Clinical Relevance: The rationale for conservative management of scoliosis during skeletal growth assumes a biomechanical mode of deformity progression (Hueter-Volkmann principle). The present study provides a quantitative basis for this previously qualitative hypothesis. The findings suggest that an important difference between progressive and non-progressive scoliosis might lie in the differing muscle activation strategies adopted by individuals, leading to the possibility of improved prognosis and conservative interventions, as well as treatments employing early minimally invasive localised growth modulation or arrest.


C.J. Adam M.J. Pearcy G.N. Askin

Introduction: Vertebral rotation is an important aspect of spinal deformity in scoliosis, associated with ribcage deformity (rib hump). Although both lateral curvature and axial rotation appear to increase together in progressive scoliosis, the mechanisms driving vertebral rotation are not clearly established and it is not known whether lateral curvature precedes rotation, or vice versa. This study investigates the hypothesis that intravertebral (within the bone) rotation in idiopathic scoliosis is caused by growth in the presence of gravity-induced torsions, the twisting moments generated by gravitational forces acting on the scoliotic spine.

Methods: The twisting moment Tp acting at an arbitrary point P on a three-dimensional spinal curve is given by Tp=Mp·â, where Mp=r¥F is the total moment due to gravity force F acting at (vector) distance r, and â is the tangent to the spinal curve at P (Figure One). Standing radiographs for five idiopathic scoliosis patients were used to define three-dimensional curves representing the approximate axes of rotation of each spine, running along the anterior edge of the neural canal from T1 to S1. The equilibrium equations above were then solved to calculate gravity-induced torsions exerted by head and torso weight about the spinal axes for each patient. Intravertebral rotations were measured for the same patients using Aaro & Dahlborn’s technique with reformatted computed tomography images in the plane of superior and inferior endplates of each vertebra. The gravity-induced torsion curves were compared with intravertebral rotation measurements to see whether gravity-induced torsion is a likely contributor to intravertebral rotation.

Results: Gravity-induced torques as high as 4 Nm act on the spines of idiopathic scoliosis patients due to static body weight in the standing position. Maximum intravertebral rotations (for a single vertebra) were approximately 78. There appears to be general agreement between the measured intravertebral rotations and profiles of gravity-induced torsion along the length of the spine (Figure 2). Rotation measurements confirm the finding of previous authors that maximum intravertebral rotations occur at the ends of a scoliotic curve (with little relative rotation at the apex), and this finding is consistent with the gravity-induced torsion profiles calculated.

Conclusion: Gravity-induced torsion is a potential cause of vertebral rotation in idiopathic scoliosis. Since the spine must be curved in three-dimensions (out of plane) to produce such torques, vertebral rotation would be expected to occur subsequent to an initial lateral deviation, suggesting that coronal curvature ‘drives’ axial rotation during scoliosis progression.


M. Machida J. Dubousset T. Yamada J. Kimura

Objective: To clarify whether serum melatonin levels in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis correlate with curve progression, and whether the exogenous melatonin treatment is effective in patients with decreased levels of endogenous melatonin in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.

Method: A total of 63 adolescents were studied; 38 with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis and 25 age matched control subjects. We divided the patients into stable (28 patients) and progressive (10 patients) groups based on the scoliotic curve measured radiographically at three to six month intervals. The level of melatonin was considered low if it fell below the mean – 2.0 standard deviation established in normal adolescents throughout the 24 hour period or nocturnal (0:00 – 6:00 hour) integrated concentration. Oral melatonin replacement (3mg / before bedding) was administered in patients with decreased endogenous melatonin. The patients with low melatonin were treated with a brace, melatonin or both combined. During melatonin treatment, the level of melatonin was measured yearly for a period ranging from three to six years.

Results: In all subjects the melatonin levels showed diurnal variations; low during the day and high at night. Of 38 patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, 22 patients had normal melatonin and 16 had low melatonin. Of 22 patients with a normal melatonin, 10 of 15 treated with brace and 6 of 7 untreated patients had stable scoliosis, and the remaining six had a progressive scoliosis. Of 16 patients with low melatonin, eight of nine treated only with melatonin, and four of seven treated with melatonin and brace had stable scoliosis. The remaining four had a progressive course. Of the 10 patients who had progressive scoliosis in normal and low levels of melatonin, nine had greater than 40 degrees of curve at the initial examination.

Conclusion: These findings suggest that transient melatonin deficiency may be associated with deterioration of scoliosis and that melatonin level may serve as a useful predictor for progression of spine curvature in patients with idiopathic scoliosis. Also, the results of this study suggest a possible role of melatonin supplement in the prevention of progressive scoliosis especially in mild cases showing less than a 40° curve.

Supported by the Fondation Yves Cotrel, Institut de France.


A.M. Zaidma M.N. Zaidman A.V. Korel A.V. Sakharov M.V. Mikhajlovsky

Problems of vertebral growth plate metabolism regulation at different stages of ontogenesis are insufficiently covered in the literature. However, the study of function mechanism of provisional cartilage of vertebral growth plate is a practical and theoretical basis of pathogenesis model of idiopathic scoliosis and Scheuermann’s disease both associated with growth disorders.

Objective: To investigate the function mechanism of vertebral growth plate structural components during formation and growth.

Materials and methods: Fifty vertebral body specimens of children at the age from 1 to 14 years obtained from the forensic medicine department were studied by methods of morphohistochemistry, biochemistry, and ultra-structural analysis. The expression of five proteoglycan genes and their albuminous products was investigated by RT-PCR method.

Results: The process of growth represents a sequence of morphogenetic movements ongoing up to the achievement of sexual maturity. But morphofunctional organization and regulation of growth are different in different periods of ontogenesis. Early postnatal growth of vertebral bodies is governed by a radially located zone of growth. The cell population in a just-formed cartilage growth plate is non-uniform: from poorly differentiated chondroblast through the form of highly differentiated ones to degrading chondrocyte. This period of the spine development is characterised by the presence of vessels in provisional cartilage tissue. The concept of “chondro/hematic barrier” suggested and validated by A.M Zaidman explains a conservation of homeostasis at a stage of vertebral bodies differentiation. The process of chondrogenic differentiation of prechondroblasts in the early postnatal period is inducted by the chorda influence. In the late postnatal period (12–14 years) the laws of structural and functional organization of cartilage growth plate of vertebral body remain the same: phenotypic heterogeneity, polarity, and zonality of cells. A metabolic centre of complex architectonics of cartilage tissue is chondroblast. Chondroblast is functioning at the level of chondron which is a functional unit of vertebral growth plate. Chondroblast (chondrocyte) is located in the centre of chondron and surrounded by pericellular matrix presented by diffuse aggrecan molecules, or growth plate aggregates.

Due a peculiar architectonics, growth plate molecules have inner spaces comparable in size with Golgi’s vesicles. Metabolites, small molecules, and water freely penetrate through these molecules. Diffuse molecules together with type II thin collagenic fibres, minor collagenes, and structure-forming growth plates perform barrier function. Besides barrier function, diffuse molecules perform information function inside a chondron, forming a kind of information field. Signals of this field are perceived by chondroblast receptors, and the cell gene apparatus expression is carried out through second messengers. Thus, either stimulation of proliferative activity with subsequent differentiation during intensive growth, or interruption of these processes (period of growth delay) occurs. Single chondrons unite into chains in proliferation zones. Cell interaction inside chondron occurs due transmembrane structures, as a contact coordination of functions of cells with inherent high specificity. Concentration of diffuse molecules of growth plate (aggrecan) in proliferation zones is the highest on evidence of histochemical and ultrastructural assays. Besides, diffuse molecules are the short-distance regulators of DNA synthesis the mechanism of action of which is realised through the system of receptors on a cellular membrane. Hence, contact intercellular interactions are one of the mechanisms controlling cell division. These are so-called extracellular factors of chondroblast proliferation regulation.

Thus, the process of growth represents a complex two-stage mechanism of proliferation and differentiation of chondroblasts, and adequate osteogenesis. All three processes provide harmonious spine formation, and disturbance of one of them results in pathology development.


A. Meir J.C.T. Fairbank D.A. Jones D.S. McNally J.P.G. Urban

Introduction: Loads acting on scoliotic spines are thought to be asymmetrical and involved in progression of the scoliotic deformity. Abnormal loading patterns could lead to changes in bone and disc cell and activity and hence to vertebral body and disc wedging. At present however there are no direct measurements of intradiscal stresses or pressures in scoliotic spines.

Methods: Stress profilometry was used to measure horizontal and vertical stresses at 5mm intervals across 25 intervertebral discs of 7 scoliotic patients during anterior reconstructive surgery. Identical horizontal and vertical stresses for at least two consecutive readings defined a region of hydrostatic pressure. Results were compared with similar stress profiles measured during surgery across 10 discs of 4 spines with no lateral curvature and with data from the literature.

Results: Profiles across scoliotic discs were very different from those measured across normal discs of a similar age. Hydrostatic pressure regions were only seen in 16/25 discs, extended only over a short distance and were displaced towards the convexity. Mean pressures were significantly greater (0.24MPa) than those measured in other anaesthetised patients (< 0.06 MPa). A stress peak in the concave annulus was a common feature (13/25) in scoliotic discs. In 21/25 discs, stresses in the concave annulus were greater than in the convex annulus, indicating asymmetric loading in these anaesthetised, recumbent patients.

Conclusions: Intradiscal pressures and stresses in scoliotic discs are abnormal even in the absence of significant applied load. Disc cells respond to changes in pressure, hydration and deformation by altering matrix synthesis and turnover in vivo and in vitro. Hence, whatever the cause of the abnormal pressures and stresses in the scoliotic discs, if present during daily life, these could lead to disc matrix changes and especially if asymmetrical, to disc wedging and progression of the scoliotic deformity.

Work supported by Fondation Cotrel


F. Moldovan K. Letellier F.B. Azeddine G. Lacroix D.S. Wang I. Turgeon G. Grimard H. Labelle A Moreau

Introduction: Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) is the most common form of scoliosis, which appears to be caused by a melatonin signalling dysfunction proved recently in osteoblasts. This pathology occurs and progresses during the time of pre-puberty and puberty growth. This period is known to be under the hormonal control and coincides with many biological changes related to the secretion of estrogens, of which estradiol (E2) is the most active. The female prevalence of AIS disease is clearly evident. Indeed, in Quebec the spine deformities considered clinically significant (at least 11° of deformity) are found in a girl:boy ratio of approximately 2:1 for reduced scoliosis, and this ratio increases to 10:1 for scoliosis of more than 30o of deformation. However, the reason for this female prevalence as well as the role of estrogens and estrogen receptors in AIS is not clear despite the fact that these hormones are known for their impact on bone and bone growth, including the spine.

The purpose of the present study was to investigate the role of E2 on the responsiveness of the AIS cells to the melatonin, to determine the expression of estrogens receptors (ERα and ERβ) in AIS tissues and to clarify the impact of estrogen receptor gene polymorphisms in the pathogenesis of AIS.

Methodology: The effects of oestrogen on the AIS osteoblasts (n=10) response to the melatonin was determined by measuring the reduction of forskolin-induced cAMP accumulation. The forskolin treated osteoblasts were incubated in the presence of increasing amounts of melatonin (10–11 to 10-5 M) with or without physiological concentrations (10-10 M) of 17-β-estradiol for 16 hours, and the intracellular cAMP measured by radio-immunoassay using Biotrak Kit. Using RT-PCR, we determined ERα and ERβ mRNA expression in osteoblasts from AIS patients (n=14). Polymorphisms of the first intron of the ERα gene, which contains the XbaI and PvuII polymorphisms, were investigated by PCR following digestion with restriction enzyme and using the genomic DNA from lymphocytes isolated from scoliotic patients (n=33). Using the restriction enzymes XbaI and PvuII, the allelic variants XX, Xx, xx, PP, Pp, and pp were identified in 33 AIS patients (uppercase letters represent absence, and lowercase letters represent presence of restriction sites).

Results: The intracellular level of cAMP was significantly increased (p< 0.01) in the presence of a physiological concentration of 17-β-estradiol (10-10 M) when compared to the level observed in the presence of melatonin alone (10-9 M) (melatonin + estradiol: 109.46 ± 20.07; melatonin 76.09 ± 12.32 (mean ± SD)). As previously described by Dr Moreau’s team, the same pattern (three type of response to melatonin) takes place in the presence of 17-β-estradiol. We observed the loss of ERβ gene expression in 8/ 14 AIS patients contrasting with ERα gene expression that was found in all AIS patients. The XbaI and PvuII polymorphisms were found in 70% (23/33) and 80% (26/33) of the cases respectively. Of the 33 cases, 21 presented both digestion sites, 24 presented PvuII digestion site (6 homozygote, 18 heterozygote) and 23 (8 homozygote, 15 heterozygote) presented XbaI digestion site. The allelic variants were found as follows: XX: n=8, Xx: n=15, xx: n=8, PP: n=6, Pp: n=18 and pp: n=6. Classified by their location in the spine, seven right thoracic, one left thoracic, one right thoracolumbar, three left thoracolumbar and nine right thoracic-left lumbar were found among the patients presenting PvuII positive polymorphism. Among the patients with XbaI positive polymorphism, six right thoracic, one left thoracic, one right thoracolumbar, three left thoracolumbar and eight right thoracic left lumbar were found.

Conclusion: These results show the antagonistic effects of the 17-β-estradiol on AIS osteoblasts response to the melatonin. Thus estrogens interference with melatonin signalling activity would act as a triggering or aggravating factor in the pathogenesis of AIS. At the molecular level, it is possible that estrogens attenuate the response of AIS cells to melatonin through the desensitization of melatonin receptors. The loss of ERβ expression in a significant number of AIS patients appears to be important for the change of the ERα/ERβ receptors ratio that consequently may perhaps alter estrogens signalling pathways. The XbaI and PvuII polymorphisms are present in a significant number of AIS patients but this was not dependant of the curve pattern. These results clearly support the interplays and crosstalk between estrogens and melatonin signalling pathways in AIS aetiopathogenesis.

Supported by the Fondation Yves Cotrel, Institut de France


P. Lafortune C.E. Aubin H. Boulanger A. Moreau K. BagnalI Villemure

Introduction: Experimental pinealectomy in chickens shortly after hatch produces scoliosis with morphological characteristics similar to that of human idiopathic scoliosis (Coillard et al., 1996). The objective of this study was to develop a finite element model (FEM) incorporating vertebral growth to analyse how bone growth modulation by mechanical loading affects development of scoliosis in chicken.

Materials and Methods: We have adapted the experimental set-up of Bagnall et al. (1999) to study spine growth of pinealectomised chickens. Three groups were followed for a period of six weeks:

wild-type (controls) (n=25);

shams (surgical controls) (n=20);

pinealectomised (n=76).

The experimental data was used to adapt a FEM previously developed to simulate the scoliosis deformation process in human (Villemure et al. 2002). The FEM consists of 7 thoracic vertebrae and the first lumbar, the intervertebral discs and the zygapophyseal joints. The geometry was measured on specimens using a calliper. The material properties of human spines were used as initial approximation. The growth process included a baseline growth (0.130 mm/day) and a growth modulation behaviour proportional to the stress and to a sensitivity factor. It was implemented through an iterative process (from the 14th to the 28th day). Asymmetric loads (2–14 Nmm) were applied to represent different paravertebral muscle abnormalities influenced by the induced melatonin defect.

Results: Within the pinealectomised group, 55% of the animals (n = 42) developed a scoliosis. In the FEM model, by varying the value of the applied moment, different scoliosis configurations were simulated. The resulting Cobb angle varied between 6° and 37°, while the maximal vertebral wedging appeared at T4 or T5 (range between 5° to 28°). A descriptive comparison of the simulation results with the experimental deformation patterns (n = 41; mean Cobb angle: 26°) was made as a preliminary validation. In 2 typical cases, the scoliotic shapes were quite similar to that seen in the scoliotic chickens.

Discussion and Conclusion: The basic mechanisms by which the metabolism of the growing spine is affected by mechanical factors remain not well known, and especially the role of tissue remodelling and growth adaptation in scoliosis. The agreement between the experimental study and preliminary simulation results shows the feasibility of the model to simulate the scoliotic deformation process in pinealectomised chickens. When completely developed and validated this modelling approach could help investigating the pathomechanisms involved in the scoliotic deformation process. Especially, computer simulations could be used to complement bio-molecular and mechanobiological studies concerning the neuroendocrinal hypothesis implicating melatonin signalling dysfunction, which could trigger a complex cascade of molecules and mechanoreceptors leading to an accumulation of specific factors in specialised tissues (Moreau et al. 2004), directly or indirectly implicated in proprioception, and which can be implicated in the pathomechanisms of scoliotic deformities.


H. Yoshihara N. Kawakami Y. Matsuyama S. Imagama F. Gang N. Ishiguro

It is accepted that the development of scoliosis has a close relationship with physical growth, but the aetiology and mechanism of the disease remain unknown. Few studies have assessed the bone microarchitecture and histomorphological findings in vertebrae. After the occurrence of scoliosis, those include secondary changes caused by mechanical compression. It is important to investigate those data in the period prior to the occurrence of scoliosis.

Methods: Study One: One hundred female Broiler chickens were divided into 3 groups: the control group (n=20), the sham operation group (n=20), and the pine-alectomy group (n=60). Then the pinealectomy group was divided into three groups according to the time of sacrificing: one week after the operation (Group P-1w, n=20), two weeks and three weeks after the operation respectively (Group P-2w and 3w, n=20 respectively). Using microCT, the bone volume (BV/TV), trabecular thickness (Tb.Th), the number of trabecular (Tb.N), and trabecular separation (Tb.Sp) of the concave and convex sides of the apex vertebrae in the scoliotic chickens were determined.

Study Two: Sixty female Broiler chickens were divided into three groups: the control group (group C, n=20), the sham operation group (group S, n=20), and the pinealectomy group (group P, n=20). Each group was then subdivided into two groups according to the time of sacrificing: 3 days after the operation (group 3-C, 3-S, 3-P, n=10), and six days after the operation (group 6-C, 6-S, 6-P, n=10). Decalcified thin sagittal sections were made using a tartrate-resistant acid phosphatase (TRAP) stain. Histological examinations of the growth plate, trabecular structure and osteoclast number were performed.

Results: Study One: The incidences of scoliosis in the pine-alectomised Broiler chickens was 84.2% (Group P-1w), 88.9% (Group P-2w) and 89.5% (Group P-3w) respectively, and Cobb angles were averaged 11.6, 14.6 and 21.2 degrees respectively. There was no obvious wedging deformity of vertebrae in the groups. Only in Group 3w, the BV/ TV, Tb.Th and Tb.N of the concave side were significantly greater than those of the convex side.

Study Two: Nine out of ten chickens in group 6-P showed scoliosis deformity, while the presence of scoliosis was unclear in any of chickens in group 3-P. The osteoclast number increased significantly in group 3-P, compared to groups 3-C and 3-S, and the trabecular thickness was greater in group 3-P than in groups 3-C and 3-S. There was no significant change in the growth plate or in other aspects of the trabecular structure, except for trabecular thickness, in any of the groups.

The results of study one showed that the change of microarchitecture might be caused by Wolff’s law and was the secondary response to the scoliotic deformity. Therefore, it was difficult to clarify the cause of scoliosis using micro CT. In study 2 we found that the number of osteoclast increased in pinealectomised chickens after 3 days postoperatively, just before scoliosis began to develop. We also found there was no change in the growth plate. These outcomes suggest that there are no relationships between changes in the growth plate and the development of scoliosis. However, the change in osteoclast number may have a relationship with the development of scoliosis through changes in bone modelling.


W.T.K. Lee Y.K. Tse C.S.K. Cheung W.W. Chau L. Qin J.C.Y. Cheng

Background: Low bone mass in patients with adolescent idiopathic-scoliosis has been well reported in cross-sectional studies. No large-scale longitudinal-study has been conducted to track bone-mineral-density (BMD) trajectory in peripubertal AIS with varying scoliosis-severity.

Aim: We evaluated the BMD trajectory and factors determining BMD accretion in AIS during peripubertal period.

Method: One hundred and ninety-six newly diagnosed AIS girls with Cobb-angle > 100 and 122 healthy girls, aged 12–15 years were followed-up for two years. Weight, height, leg length, menarche and Cobb-angle were determined. Areal lumbar-spinal BMD (LSBMD) and femoral-neck BMD (FNBMD), and volumetric distal-tibial BMD (TiBMD) were evaluated by dual-energy-x-ray-absorptiometry and peripheral QCT respectively. BMD growth-models were fitted by multilevel modelling (mixed longitudinal design).

Results: At baseline, 93% participants were pre-menarchial or within three years of menarche. Average Cobb-angles at baseline and subsequent follow-ups were 260, 230 and 260 respectively. TiBMD of AIS (moderate- and severe-severity) was significantly lower than the controls from 13–16 years (ANOVA, P< 0.05). Posthoc-test showed that TiBMD of severe-AIS was lower than moderate-AIS at 15–16 years (P< 0.05). LSBMD accrual was significantly lower among AIS (moderate- and severe-severity) than the controls from age 13–17 years (ANOVA, P< 0.05). FNBMD of AIS (moderate- and severe-severity) was lower than the controls at 15 years (ANOVA, P< 0.05). BMD trajectories of individuals differed inter-personally and intra-personally over time and that BMD growth followed a curvilinear pattern. The rates of BMD accretion reduced with retarded growth across peripubertal-period. Weight and height were significant time-varying predictors on BMD growth. BMD of AIS was persistently lower than the healthy girls throughout the study (P< 0.05).

Conclusions: This large-scale longitudinal study in AIS girls with moderate to severe-curve-severity showed for the first time that both the volumetric and areal BMD were persistently lower when compared to the age-matched healthy girls throughout 12–17 years. AIS with more severe curve-severity were found to have much lower BMD throughout the peripubertal period. Promotion of a higher bone-mass is important for AIS to modify scoliosis-progression and to achieve peak bone mass in order to reduce the risk of osteoporosis later in life.


W.T.K. Lee Y.K. Tse C.S.K. Cheung W.W. Chau L. Qin J.C.Y. Cheng

Background: Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis is a 3-dimensional deformity of the spine affecting peri-pubertal adolescents (10-17-y) mostly. Although generalised osteopenia is well documented in AIS, the patho-physiology of AIS related osteopenia is uncertain.

Aim: We studied the association between pubertal-growth, BMD, bone-turnover, calcium intake (CA) and physical-activity (PA) in AIS and compared to those of healthy girls.

Methods: 894 girls (594 AIS & 300 healthy controls) aged 11–16-y entered the study. Anthropometric parameters, areal-BMD of the proximal-femur and volumetric-BMD of the distal-tibia were determined by Dual-x-ray-Absorptiometry and peripheral QCT respectively. Bone-turnover-markers: bone-alkaline-phosphatase (bALP) and deoxypyridonine (Dpd) were assayed. CA and weight-bearing PA were assessed by FFQ method.

Results: Weight of AIS at < 12-y and 13-y was significantly lower than controls (P< 0.05). From 13-y, corrected right and arm-span of AIS were significantly longer than the controls (P< 0.02). aBMD and vBMD were 6.7% and 8.4% respectively lower than the controls across the ages (P< 0.05). The disparity in BMD compared with controls increased with age. CA was not different between the AIS and controls (361 mg/d, IQR:230–532mg/d vs. 319 mg/d, IQR:220–494mg/d; P=0.063). Weight-bearing PA of AIS was significantly lower than those of controls (P< 0.02).

CA of AIS and controls reached < 40% of the Chinese calcium DRI (1000 mg/d). Both CA and weight-bearing PA were correlated with BMD in AIS (P< 0.04 & P=0.002 respectively). Both CA and PA were independent predictors on the variations of aBMDs (P< 0.03) and vBMDs (P< 0.04) in AIS after controlling for confounders in multivariate analysis. Regarding bone turn-over rate, bALP in AIS was 38.6% higher than the controls from 13-y onwards (P< 0.005) while Dpd of AIS was 30.4% lower than controls at age 15-y (P=0.003). Furthermore, bALP in AIS was negatively correlated with age-adjusted BMD (r=−0.34, P< 0.001) while the correlation was weaker in the controls (P=0.14, P< 0.002).

Conclusion: The correlation of calcium intake and physical activity with BMD occurred predominantly in AIS only and that these two factors were also independent determinants on BMD of AIS implying that calcium intake and physical activity were significant modulators on BMD in AIS. Significantly faster physical-growth, higher bone formation rate were associated with lower BMD. Osteopenia in AIS could be interplayed by abnormally faster pubertal-growth and bone-turnover. In fact, Calcium intake of AIS was too low to meet the calcium demand for bone-mineralization. A controlled calcium supplementation and programmed physical activity intervention trial is merited to confirm the effect of Calcium intake and physical activity on bone acquisition in AIS at peripubertal period.


J.P. Deroubaix D. Rousie

The assessment of vestibular function throws new light on scoliosis. Vestibular morphological anomalies are frequent in scoliosis. This communication has two aims:

to correlate the dysfunctions of the semi-circular canal system with morphological anomalies.

to include the vestibular assessment in the management of the scoliotic subject.

These anomalies are demonstrated by graphic modelling from MRI images (see abstract of Dr. Rousié). The examination of the proprio-oculo-labyrinthine system is done by Videonystagmography (VNG) and Videooculography (VOG). We able to test both horizontal and vertical canal function to give a 3D vestibular assessment. We use these tests to measure primitive vestibular dissymmetry (PVD). We compare the 3D endolymphatic morphology with the 3D vestibular function.

Results: The study comprises more than 100 cases. Inclusion criteria: scoliosis and cranio-facial asymmetry (CFA); Exclusion criteria: previous history of vestibular pathology or head injury.

In the horizontal plane the correlations are: with caloric test over 80%; with kinetic test around 70%;

In the vertical plane the correlation is around 70%. The figures will be detailed in the communication.

The difference between the results obtained with the caloric test and the kinetic tests is in connection with the phenomena of central compensation. On the vestibular level there is a close connection between the scoliosis, the vestibular morphological anomalies and the vestibular examination.

Clinical application: We proceed systematically to a vestibular assessment, even in absence of vestibular complaints or disequilibrium. We have found in certain cases where there has been a poor response to treatment or a defect of compliance, there has been an anomaly of vestibular function. After vestibular rehabilitation we observe an improvement of the effectiveness and acceptance of the treatment. We analyse the proprio-oculo-labyrinthin system by VNG, VOG, fundus (asymmetry of static ocular torsion) and the vestibulo-spinal system by posturography. The main anomalies concern vertical semi-circular canals function, otolithic system and vertical ocular smooth pursuit. The vestibular rehabilitation rebuilds a coherence between these three systems. This is possible in the child of more than six years. For us the vestibular assessment and vestibular rehabilitation are the first step of the management of the treatment.

The vestibular assessment and vestibular rehabilitation are necessary because of the close connections between the anomalies of the proprio-oculo-labyrinthin and the scoliosis.


F. Rubio V. Lafage F. Schwab J.P. Farcy

Analysis of balance is emerging as an important parameter in spinal deformity. Force plate technology permits a quantitative study of balance through centre of pressure (COP) measurement. COP measurements obtained from the force plate approximate the projected centre of gravity. In a standing subject the COP reflects the projected centre of gravity however repeatability and reliability of such analysis is lacking.

COP measurements were obtained from eight asymptomatic volunteers (mean age 32) with no history of back pain or previous spinal surgery. Each subject stood on a Zebris force plate platform for 30 seconds daily. 15 sets of data were acquired for each subject. For one subject, an additional 15 sets of data were collected on one day for comparison to the longitudinal data.

Intra- versus inter-subject reliability analysis revealed a Cronbach’s alpha value > 0.9 for the following COP movement parameters: distance travelled over 30 seconds, distance travelled in the first and last five seconds, and average speed. Comparison of the mean intra- versus inter-subject coefficients of variation revealed significant differences for all parameters (p< 0.004).

COP movement parameters are reliable in terms of intra-subject repeatability and can detect significant individual subject movement patterns. This suggests that COP movement patterns over time are idiosyncratic for each individual. While the repeatability of COP measurement has been established, the sensitivity to change with pathology and in response to treatment for spinal pathology remains to be evaluated.


V. Lafage F. Schwab R. Boyce F. Rubio W. Skalli J.P. Farcy

Précis: Using full length x-rays and force plate technology, the purpose was first to investigate the relationship between the gravity line and spino-pelvic parameters on asymptomatic adult volunteers and then to analyse age related changes. Trunk inclination and pelvic parameters appears as the two key-factors of the GL location; with age the GL location regarding the heels does not change but trunk global inclination shifts forward, pelvic tilt increases, and the pelvis shifts toward the heels.

Introduction: Although work by several authors has placed emphasis on global balance in the setting of spinal deformity, the relationship of spino-pelvic parameters related to this concept remains poorly defined. Using the force plate device and radiographic measurement, this study aimed to define the relationship between these parameters and the location of the gravity line (GL) in asymptomatic adult population.

Materials and Methods: 75 asymptomatic adult volunteers were recruited and subdivided by age (18–40, 41–60, > 61). Full-length free-standing AP and lateral radiographs were obtained with simultaneous assessment of the force plate gravity line (GL) location. The latter was projected on each x-ray to compute distance between anatomical components and GL and correlate its location with radiological parameters. Age related changes were investigated using ANOVA with Bonfer-roni-Dunn Post-Hoc test.

Results: Radiographic measurements revealed strong correlations between trunk global inclination and distance from S1 to the GL (r=0.7), sacral slope and pelvic incidence (r=0.78), distance from the bi-femoral head axis to the GL and S1 to the GL (r=0.73), and sacral slope and lordosis (r=0.89). With advancing age, the GL location with respect to the heels does not change and a global spino-pelvic regulatory mechanism appears to maintain this posture: trunk global inclination shifts forward, pelvic tilt increases, and the pelvis shifts toward the heels, increasing its distance from the GL.

Discussion: his study demonstrates the importance of pelvic parameters and trunk inclination in the regulation of the GL location. The relationship between the gravity line, pelvic parameters, and overall spinal alignment may emerge as essential in the evaluation of spinal deformity. Further investigation in this field may lead to a formula of balance that can assist in optimal planning of corrective procedures for spinal deformity.


V. Lafage F. Schwab F. Rubio J.P. Farcy

Précis: Gravity Line (GL) measurement by forceplate offers key information on standing balance. In this study x-ray measurements and GL offsets were calculated in two adult: volunteer controls, sagittal plane deformity patients. The deformity group revealed significant pelvic retroversion and posterior sacral displacement regarding GL and heels. However, GL-heel and GL-femoral head offsets were similar indicating that sagittal plane deformity may induce posterior pelvic translation and retroversion in order to maintain an inherent ideal/fixed GL-heel relationship.

Introduction: Sagittal spinal imbalance in the adult remains poorly understood and challenging. Limitations of radiographic analysis have lead researchers to apply forceplate technology to enhance the study of spinal balance through evaluation of the gravity line (GL). The aim of this study was to investigate differences between asymptomatic adults and patients with sagittal spinal deformities, with a hypothesis that imbalance would lead to changes in the GL – spinal relationship.

Material and Method: This prospective study included 44 asymptomatic subjects (mean 57yo) and 40 patients with sagittal deformities (mean 65yo, inclusion criteria: L1-S1 lordosis< 258, Pelvic Tilt> 208, C7 plumbline> 5 cm). Coronal plane deformities were excluded. Full-length free-standing sagittal radiographs were obtained with simultaneous acquisition of the GL and heel position (by forceplate). Spino-pelvic radiographic parameters were calculated and distances (offsets) from the GL analysed. Group differences were evaluated by independent sample t-tests.

Results: Groups did not differ in age, thoracic kyphosis, offsets from femoral heads to heels, femoral heads to GL, and GL to heels. As per inclusion criteria the sagittal deformity group had greater mean C7 plumbline (8cm vs 0cm), increased pelvic tilt (27° vs 13°) and loss of lordosis (46° vs 58°). The sagittal deformity group also had greater pelvic incidence (60° vs 51°), anterior trunk inclination (−3° vs −11°), S1 displacement toward the heels (distance decreased, 87 vs. 46mm). All differences p< 0.001.

Discussion: The sagittal spinal deformity group revealed marked differences; the sacrum has a more posterior position in relation to the GL and heels. However, the GL to femoral head offset was not markedly influenced. The additional finding of no change in the GL to heel offset and rather fixed GL-femoral head offset appears to indicate that sagittal spinal deformity induces a posterior sacral translation and pelvic retroversion in order to maintain a fixed GL-heel relationship.


D. Rousié O. Joly J. Vasseur P. Salvetti J.P. Deroubaix A. Berthoz

Introduction: Several authors observed links between AIS and asymmetries as in function and anatomy, especially in the brain. Others described high frequency of AIS in patients suffering from craniofacial asymmetry (CFA). CFA involves asymmetry of Basicranium separating the face from the brain. Because of neurodevelopmental factors, CFA reflects brain growth. So, Posterior Basicranium (PB) asymmetry involves cerebellum asymmetry and spatial asymmetry of vestibular organs. In a previous study we highlighted that CFA was associated with functional anomalies: difficulty of fixation caused by ocular torsion, off balance caused by vestibular dysfunction, postural disorders.

Purpose: To explore AIS on different levels: PB, Eyes and Vestibular System.

Patients:

Control group (CG):32 subjects, 26W. & 6M., fr. 8 to 51.

AIS group (AISG):93 subjects, 77W. & 16M., fr. 6 to 63. AIS were classified according to

– Amplitude of spine deformation (d°) G1: 8 to10°, G2: 10 to 15°, G3:15 to 40°

– Location of deformation (Ponsetti class.): TL=thoracolumbar, T=thoracic, L=lumbar.

Methods: We used MRI (EXCITE G.E.) 1.5T, head coil, Volumic T2-weighted sequence.

Step1: 3D Basicranium measurements in both groups with Brainvisa processing: (http://brainvisa.info/)

Step2: 3D anatomical study of semicircular canals in both groups with original modelling software.

Discussion: Normal subjects revealed weak asymmetry and dorsoventral rotation of P.B & cerebellum

AIS showed a pathognomic increase of these Human traits. Inside AIS subgroups, TL & G3 revealed highest levels of asymmetry and rotation.

We will discuss, thanks to AIS homozygosis twins in mirror, genetic origins for these specific P.B. & Cerebellum asymmetries.

Modelling of semi-circular canals revealed significative malformations in AIS compared to normal group. Again, T.L. and G3 revealed highest scores of canals anomalies. We highlighted a specific malformation in AIS: abnormal connexion between lateral & posterior canal.

We will demonstrate, thanks to same AIS twins, genetic origins of this malformation and propose a genetic hypothesis to link the different results.

Conclusion: These specific anomalies could be considered as preventive factors of AIS. Work supported by Cotrel Fondation.


R.G. Burwell P.H. Dangerfield

Nachemson [2] drawing upon the theses of Sahlstrand [3] and Lidström [4] articulated the view there are more girls than boys with progressive AIS for the following reason. The maturation of postural mechanisms in the nervous system is complete about the same time in boys and girls. Girls enter their skeletal adolescent growth spurt with immature postural mechanisms – so if they have a predisposition to develop a scoliosis curve, the spine deforms. In contrast, boys enter their adolescent growth spurt with mature postural mechanisms so they are protected from developing a scoliosis curve. We term Nachemson’s concept the neuro-osseous timing of maturation (NOTOM) hypothesis [1,5] The earlier sexual and skeletal maturation of girls may have an evolutionary basis through natural selection. Curve progression in AIS is associated with acceleration of the adolescent growth spurt [6]. Postural sway involves proprioceptive, vestibular and visual input to the central nervous system. In normal children there is a significant reduction in postural sway amplitude between six to nine years and 10–14 years [7,8]. In 1071 normal children aged 6–14 years postural sway is more stable in girls from 6–9 years and over 10 years there is no sex effect [9]; all these findings fit the Nachemson concept. But in view of a subsequent report on 64 normal children aged 3–17 years showing the change with age is limited to boys [10] the age and sex effect of postural sway in healthy children needs further evaluation. In AIS children stabilometry findings are conflicting and observed greater postural sway may be secondary to the curve. In the siblings of scoliotics Lidström et al [11] concluded that postural aberration is a factor in the aetiology of AIS.

Conclusion: The NOTOM hypothesis suggests a treatment to prevent progression of late-juvenile idiopathic scoliosis, early-AIS, and some secondary scolioses. It is based on delaying the onset of the adolescent growth spurt and puberty as used therapeutically in children with idiopathic precocious puberty (IPP)[12]. The proposal is to administer a gonadorelin analogue which in the pituitary down-regulates receptors to hypothalamic gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) causing a fall in both luteinizing hormone (LH) and follicle-stimulating stimulating hormone (FSH); in turn this causes a fall in oestrogens and androgens and thereby delays or stops menarche and slows bone growth – as in girls and boys with IPP [13]. Expert paediatric opinion is supportive. King [14] has suggested the use of a gonadorelin analogue (Lupron) to delay the onset of the adolescent growth spurt in progressive AIS.


R.G. Burwell B.J.C. Freeman P.H. Dangerfield R.K. Aujla A.A. Cole A.S. Kirby F. Polak R.K. Pratt J.K. Webb A. Moulton

The possibility that AIS aetiology involves undetected neuromuscular dysfunction is considered likely by several workers [1,2]. Yet in the extensive neuroscience research of idiopathic scoliosis certain neurodevelopmental concepts have been neglected. These include [3]:

a CNS body schema (“body in the brain”) for posture and movement control generated during development and growth by establishing a long-lasting memory, and

pruning of cortical synapses at puberty.

During normal development the CNS has to adapt to the rapidly growing skeleton of adolescence, and in AIS to developing spinal asymmetry from whatever cause. Examination of publications relating to the CNS body schema, parietal lobe and temporo-parietal junction [4,5] led us to a new concept: namely, that a delay in maturation of the CNS body schema during adolescence with an early AIS deformity at a time of rapid spinal growth results in the CNS attempting to balance the deformity in a trunk that is larger than the information on personal space (self) already established in the brain by that time of development. It is postulated that this CNS maturational delay allows scoliosis curve progression to occur – unless the delay is temporary when curve progression would cease. The maturational delay may be primary in the brain or secondary to impaired sensory input from end-organs [6], nerve fibre tracts [2,7,8] or central processing [9,10]. The motor component of the concept could be evaluated using transcranial magnetic stimulation [11].

Conclusion: Any maturational delay of the CNS body schema could impair postural mechanisms in girls and boys with or without early AIS deformity. The “body in the brain” concept adds a particular CNS mechanism (maturational delay) to the neuro-osseous timing of maturation (NOTOM) hypothesis for the pathogenesis of AIS [12,13]. The NOTOM hypothesis states that there are more girls than boys with progressive AIS because of different developmental timing of skeletal maturation and postural maturation between the sexes in adolescence [12,13].


R. Chaloupka M. Dvorak A. Necas J. Vesely A. Svobodnik M. Krbec M. Repko

The aetiology of idiopathic scoliosis, despite of long-lasting efforts to disclose it, remains unknown.

The purpose of the study was to evaluate the spine development after pinealectomy or cortical sensory motor area damage in the growing rats.

Method: The authors operated 69 Wistar albino rats (aged three to four weeks) in antraperitoneal anaesthesia. In the first group (22 rats) pinealectomy – PIN was performed, in the second one (25) the sensory motor cortical area 2x1x1 mm bellow the coronal suture was removed – SMCA. The sham operation consisted of craniotomy – CRA (11 rats) and craniotomy with durotomy – CRDU (11 rats). All surgeries were performed from the left side. Radiography was made three months after surgery. Scoliosis, C2-T7 lordosis, T7-S1 kyphosis were measured. Results have been processed by software Statistica 7.1. StatSoft, Inc. (2005). We used ANOVA test for evaluation of potential difference between groups, in the case of approving the difference between groups, we tested difference between each two groups by two-sample t-test. Those tests were realised on 0,05 significant level.

Results: In the PIN group scoliosis 9–14 degrees (mean value 10,8) developed in five animals, in SMCA group scoliosis 10 – 24 degrees (mean value 15,9) was observed in eight animals.

These statistically significant differences were found: higher surgery weight in PIN, longer surgery time in PIN and SMCA, lower lordosis in PIN and higher in CRDU, differences of all groups in kyphosis and in an end weight.

Conclusion: Our results indicate the importance of cortical area damage, together with craniotomy and durotomy in the development of growing rat spine. We cannot exclude the influence of peri-operative bleeding, brain hypoxia or metabolic effect of anaesthetics.

These damages could cause a disorder of balance between smaller inhibitory and greater facilitating area of CNS, controlling the muscular tone and resulting in the development of lordosis and scoliosis due to muscle imbalance.


N. Chockalingam A. Rahmatalla P. Dangerfield E.N. Ahmed

While previous studies have highlighted possible aetiological factors for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS), research employing gait measurements have demonstrated asymmetries in the ground reaction forces, suggesting a relationship between these asymmetries, neurological dysfunction and spinal deformity. Furthermore, investigations have indicated that the kinematic differences in various body segments may be a major contributing factor. This investigation, which formed part of a wider comprehensive study, was aimed at identifying asymmetries in lower limb kinematics and pelvic and back movements during level walking in scoliotic subjects that could be related to the spinal deformity. Additionally, the study examined the time domain parameters of the various components of ground reaction force together with the centre of pressure (CoP) pattern, assessed during level walking, which could be related to the spinal deformity. Although previous studies indicate that force platforms provide good estimation of the static balance of individuals, there remains a paucity of information on dynamic balance during walking. In addition, while research has documented the use of CoP and net joint moments in gait assessment and have assessed centre of mass (CoM)–CoP distance relationships in clinical conditions, there is little information relating to the moments about CoM. Hence, one of the objectives of the present study was to assess and establish the asymmetry in the CoP pattern and moments about CoM during level walking and its relationship to spinal deformity.

The investigation employed a six camera movement analysis system and a strain gauge force platform in order to estimate time domain kinetic parameters and other kinematic parameters in the lower extremities, pelvis and back. 16 patients with varying degrees of deformity, scheduled for surgery within a week took part in the study. The data for the right and left foot was collected from separate trials of normal walking. CoP was then estimated using the force and moment components from the force platform.

Results indicate differences across the subjects depending on the laterality of the major curve. There is an evidence of a relationship between the medio-lateral direction CoP and the laterality of both the main and compensation curves. This is not evident in the anterior-posterior direction. Similar results were recorded for moments about CoM. Subjects with a higher left compensation curve had greater deviation to the left. Furthermore, the results show that the variables identified in this study can be applied to initial screening and surgical evaluation of spinal deformities such as scoliosis. Further studies are being undertaken to validate these findings.


B. Marosy C. Vu A. Zorn N. Nzegwu C.M. Justice N.H. Miller

Introduction: Classification systems in relation to scoliosis have been a hallmark for the clinician in the development of therapeutic options. The triple curve pattern with three distinct lateral curvatures of approximately equal severity has been recognised as distinct and, potentially, unique in its presentation. From a large population of families with FIS, a subpopulation of families with a triple curve pattern was evaluated in order to determine if this curve pattern is distinct on a genetic level.

Methods: With IRB approval, a sample of families with FIS (202 families, 1198 individuals) were recruited and underwent a genomic screen. The results were analysed using a model independent linkage analysis (SIBPAL). A subgroup of FIS families with at least one member having a triple curve was identified (six families, 32 individuals). After initial linkage analysis, the group underwent further fine mapping analysis utilising a battery of SNPs.

Results: Analysis of the data from the genomic screen on the triple curve subgroup revealed significant areas on chromosome 10 when analysed qualitatively and quantitatively in either a single-point or multipoint fashion.

Conclusion: The utilization of clinical data to discern potential relevance of specific genetic loci in the aetiology of FIS has resulted in an area on chromosome 10 that is significant (p < 0.01). The relatively small population of families within this subgroup coupled with the strength of the data suggests a unique genetic etiological factor associated with the formation of a triple curve in FIS.


T. Greggi M. Di Silvestre P. Parisini L. Montanaro C. Renata Arciola

Introduction: Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (IS) is the most common spine deformity arising during childhood, but the aetiology of IS remains unknown. A large proportion (75%) of structural scoliosis is clinically classified as idiopathic. Idiopathic scoliosis often appears in several members of the same family, this strongly suggesting a genetic transmission. Clinical studies indicate that approximately 1:4 of the total scoliosis cases and 1:3 of idiopathic scoliosis cases are familial. Also studies on twins showing that concordance of monozygotic twins is greater than that of dizygotic twins suggest a genetic basis for the idiopathic scoliosis. A series of candidate genes, including FBN1, COL1A1, COL1A2, COL2A1 and elastin genes, have already been examined by linkage studies, with negative results, and, at present, the particular mode of inheritance of the idiopathic scoliosis still remains unclear. There are conflicting data in the existing literature. Some reports show that the disorder has many of the characteristics of a complex trait, indicating the presence of a multifactorial inheritance pattern, while other studies indicate a major autosomal dominant gene effect. Even more, not all the linkage studies, which demonstrate that the inheritance pattern of idiopathic scoliosis is based on a major autosomal dominant gene effect, did identify a unique locus responsible for idiopathic scoliosis. A linkage with idiopathic scoliosis has been found at locus 17p11 in a three generation Italian family and at locus 19p13.3 in a Chinese family. Therefore, it is possible that idiopathic scoliosis is caused by alterations in different genes.

Study Design: This study aimed at investigating the loci responsible for susceptibility to idiopathic scoliosis in all the population and not only in single families. For this reason, we chose to perform an association study on parent-offspring trios. A genetic study and statistical linkage analysis of a population of 81 trios, each consisting of a daughter/son affected by idiopathic scoliosis (IS) and both parents.

Objectives: The objective of this study was to assess a linkage disequilibrium between the matrilin-1 (MATN1) gene and the idiopathic scoliosis (IS).

Summary of Background Data: In a previous study (Giampietro et al., 1999), a number of genes, associated with spine musculoskeletal deformity phenotypes in mouse and in synteny between mouse and man, were identified as candidate genes for IS. Among these genes, MATN1, which carries a polymorphic micro-satellite marker within its sequence, was selected for a linkage analysis. MATN1 is localised at 1p35 and is mainly expressed in cartilage.

Methods: In all trios components, the region of MATN1 gene containing the microsatellite marker was amplified by a polymerase chain reaction. The amplicons were analysed by a DNA sequencer-genotyper. The statistical analysis was performed using the extended transmission/disequilibrium test.

Results: Three microsatellite polymorphisms, respectively consisting of 103 bp, 101 bp and 99 bp, were identified. ETDT evidenced a significant preferential transmission for the 103 bp allele (2 = 5.058, df=1, P=0.024).

Main Conclusions: The results suggest that the familial idiopathic scoliosis is linked to the MATN1 gene.


L. Ocaka C. Zhao J.K. O’Dowd A.H. Child

Introduction: Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) is described as a sex-influenced autosomal dominantly inherited disorder with females more often affected than males, and operative ratio of 7F:1M (Child et al. 1999). Two AIS loci have been reported on chromosome 17p11 (Salehi et al. 2002) and chromosome 19p13.3 (Chan et al. 2002) in the Italian and Chinese populations, respectively. Three other susceptibility AIS loci on chromosome 6q, distal 10q and 18q (Wise et al. 2000), and more recently primary candidate regions on chromosomes 6, 9, 16, and 17 (Miller et al, 2005) have also been reported.

Purpose: o perform a genome scan for suitable UK multiplex families and identify new genetic loci for AIS.

Method: NA samples from 208 subjects (134 affected, 17 reduced penetrance members and 79 normal) from 25 multi-generation British families with confirmed diagnosis of AIS were selected from our AIS family database, and genotyped for 410 polymorphic markers from the entire genome, spaced at 10 cM intervals. Genotypic data were exported into Cyrillic to construct the most likely inherited haplotypes for each chromosome and in each family. Two–point LOD scores were calculated using MLINK initially for the entire genotypic data, and again for the affected meioses only, followed by GENEHUNTER for multipoint linkage analysis for each family.

Results: Overall, 170 560 genotypes were obtained and analysed. DNA samples from 250 subjects from the 25 families are currently available for further genotyping and saturation mapping. Our AIS families show absence of linkage to the X chromosome as well as previously reported AIS loci, except for chromosome 9q and 17q as reported by Miller et al. (2005). Preliminary inspection of inherited haplotypes indicates that a number of these families may be segregating with several new AIS loci with LOD scores ranging from 1.0 – 3.63 for various DNA markers on 15 different chromosomes. Linkage evaluation and comprehensive saturation mapping of the two loci with the highest LOD scores of 3.63 and 4.08 for chromosomes 9q and 17q respectively were conducted and these regions were successfully refined. Candidate genes are currently being screened.

Conclusion: Preliminary evidence already indicates genetic heterogeneity of AIS. Candidate genes from the highest LOD score regions are at present being screened.


N.H. Miller B. Marosy M. Roy-Gagnon K. Doheny E.W. Pugh A.F. Wilson C. Justice

Introduction: Familial idiopathic scoliosis (FIS) is a complex genetic disorder potentially resulting from multiple genetic interactions and variants. A previous genome wide screen in a large population of families with FIS followed by fine mapping utilizing STRP’s identified and narrowed critical regions on chromosomes 9 and 16. A high density SNP map was then designed across these regions. This array was then assayed within the same population in an effort to link and/or associate specific genetic intervals or candidate genes with the expressed phenotype.

Methods: A sample of families with IS (202 families, 1198 individuals) was recruited with IRB approval and underwent a genomic screen. Results were analysed by model-independent linkage analysis (SIBPAL). Following initial analyses, families were then stratified according to mode of inheritance. 101 families (550 individuals) represented an autosomal dominant mode of heritability and underwent fine mapping in the candidate regions.

Custom SNP pools were designed for the candidate regions at a density of 1 SNP/58Kb. DNA from 550 individuals (AD group) were genotyped using the Illumina platform. A total of 1536 SNP markers were attempted, of which 1324 were released; 519 SNPs were genotyped on 9q32-24 and 805 SNPs genotyped on 16p12-q22. The map was generated using NCBI dbSNP chromosome report on Build 34. Overall missing rate was 0.06%; the overall duplicate error rate was 0.05%.

FIS was analysed both as a qualitative trait with an arbitrary threshold, and as a quantitative trait, or the degree of lateral curvature. Model independent sib-pair linkage analysis was performed on the subsets (SIBPAL, S. A. G. E. v4.5).

Results:

Chromosome 9: Multipoint model-independent qualitative analysis (threshold at ten degrees) did not result in any p values of < 0.05. When the threshold was set at 30 degrees, several regions with p values of < 0.005 were observed. One region spanned 10 Mb, and coincides with the region found to be most suggestive of linkage at the 0.05 level for the quantitative analysis which was 6 Mb in length.

Chromosome 16: Multipoint model-independent qualitative analysis (threshold at ten degrees) resulted in a region spanning 23Mb with p values of < 0.05. The region included both regions adjacent to the centromere. When analysis was performed at a threshold of 30 degrees, the p values became more significant within a region of 30 Mb significant at the 0.05 level. The region best defined at a 0.01 level was located in an 8 Mb region on the q arm.

Discussion: The current work has significance in the stepwise confirmation and narrowing of genomic regions which are potentially meaningful in the aetiology of FIS. Stratification of the initial sample into subgroups, initially by heritability and then by threshold of disease resulted in heightened significance at specific markers demonstrating the heterogeneity of this disorder. Ultimately, the independent association of genetic loci and this disorder will enhance the ability to elucidate prognosis, counsel patients, and guide therapeutic plans.


K. Ward L. Nelson J. Ogilvie J. Braun

Purpose: Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) is know to occur in families and research has shown that in populations or predominantly Northern European origin, 97% of AIS patients are related to families with AIS. It affects 1–2% of the population and results in deformities treated by bracing and surgery. Brace prescription is empirical and surgery is reserved for late cases and brace failures. Identifying the genetic markers for AIS would allow creation of a diagnostic gene-based test that may also have prognostic value for differentiating progressive and non-progressive curves.

Methods: A 21 million name data base of the original European pioneers in Utah was assembled including 3 million descendents and 18 million ancestors. 500 DNA samples from affected and first degree unaffected relatives were collected and genotypes determined with capillary electrophoresis using 763 autosomal markers and gene chip scanning for 116 000 SNPs. Disease haplotypes were also scanned with a 500K SNP chip to further narrow the position of each loci.

Results: Two markers were identified with LOD scores of 7.0 and 7.3. p-values from SNP scanning were highly significant. More detailed descriptions of these genotypes will be presented.

Conclusion: Two genetic markers were identified, one of which was present in 95% of patients with AIS greater than 40°. In our population, no one with AIS less than 40° had these markers. A genotype test for AIS may be possible that would offer both diagnostic and prognostic value. Further characterization of the genes and their mutations could give information concerning the molecular pathway that lead to disease expression.


A.M. Zaidman M.N. Zaidman A.V. Korel M.A. Mikhailovsky T.Y. Eshchenko E.V. Grigorjeva

Idiopathic scoliosis has been studied through centuries, but problems of its aetiology and pathogenesis up till now are the subjects of considerable discussion. Pathogenetic mechanism of the spine deformity development in idiopathic scoliosis (IS) was established on the basis of in-depth morphological and biochemical investigations of structural components of the spine in patients with IS (surgical material) (Zaidman A.M., et al. 2001). It was shown that IS develops on the basis of disturbance of proteoglycans (PG) synthesis and formation in vertebral growth plates. Decrease of chondroitin sulphate component of PG and increase of keratan sulphate one, as well as decrease in degree of sulphating of glycosaminoglycan (GAG) chains and increase of non-acetilated sugars – all this evidences for conformational changes in proteoglycans. The found keratan sulphate-related fraction is likely a marker of genetic changes in PGs in idiopathic scoliosis. Structural changes in PGs in combination with reduce of quantity of diffuse molecules which perform trophic and informational function, and disorders of receptor function of chondroblast membranes (ultra structural and histochemical findings) are the factors of disorders in regulation mechanisms of vertebral growth plate cells and matrix differentiation and reproduction.

Long-term studies (Zaidman A.M., et al., 1999–2003) demonstrated a major-gene effect in Idiopathic Scoliosis. The next stage was major gene localization by the method for candidate gene testing. The aggrecan gene with known polymorphism of the number of tandem repeats in exon G3 was considered to be one of these candidate genes. Various alleles of this gene provide attachment of different number of chondroitin sulfate chains to a proteoglycan core protein, thereby changing functional properties of cartilage. The aggrecan gene AGC1 coding a core protein of aggrecan molecule has been localised to region 15q2b. In anald families nine alleles of aggrecan gene have been identified, among them three alleles with tandem repeats numbers of 25, 26, and 27 prevailed. We did not reveal preferable transmission of any of these alleles to the proband The absence of reliable association of IS with polymorphism of exon G3 can not be interpreted as a non-linkage of the whole aggrecan gene to IS development determination.

As the linkage of other proteoglycans to IS development has not been excluded, we perform the RT-PCR and immunoblot analyses of the expression of main PG genes and their protein products in cultivated chondroblasts isolated from vertebral growth plates in 15 patients with III–IV grade IS (surgical material). The study has shown that aggrecan gene expression is significantly decreased in cultivated chondroblasts from patients with IS, what correlates with a decrease of synthesed protein product, both in cells (chondrocytes) isolated from IS patients and in cultural media. The presence of keratan sulphate-related fraction and keratan sulphate increase are associated with luminicene increase. In present we perform a sequencing of aggrecan genome.


A.M. Zaidman A.V. Korel M.V. Mikhailovsky M.N. Zaidman

Since the first pathography of Idiopathic Scoliosis (IS) and Scheuermann’s disease (SD) clinicians consider these two pathologies as separate nosological entities. The reason for this is different clinical implications of diseases. SD is known to be more common in boys, while IS is a sad privilege of girls. Kyphotic spinal deformity is typical for patients with Scheuermann’s disease while scoliotic one for patients with idiopathic scoliosis. Schmorl’s nodes are found more frequently in SD. Both deformities are attributed to the growth asymmetry, anterior growth plates are affected in SD and lateral ones – in IS. Despite different clinical presentations, these two nosologies have the same pathogenetic mechanism and semiology.

To our regret, there are no reports on comparative morphological and biochemical investigations of SD and IS. Long-term studies have given rise to the question of a single nature of scoliotic and kyphotic spine deformities.

Material and methods: Clinical and genetic examination with segregational analysis of pedigrees was performed in 350 families with IS and in 95 families with SD. Structural components of the spine obtained from IS and SD patients operated in our Institute were studied with morphological and biochemical techniques.

The potency for synthesis and structural organization of chondroblasts isolated from vertebral body growth plates of patients with IS and SD were subjects of morphological, biochemical, and ultrastructural analyses. Qualitative and quantitative composition of growth plates was investigated in culture mediums.

Results: Clinical and genetic examination of families with IS and SD have shown that both pathologies are inherited both from maternal and paternal lines. Families presented combinations of these pathologies. Segregational analysis of IS and SD pedigrees has revealed major gene dependence of both pathologies inherited by autosomal-dominant type with incomplete penetrancy genotypes according to gender and age. In experimental animal model of genetically dependent spine deformity there were cubs either with scoliosis or with kyphosis in one litter. The target organ for pathologies discussed is growth plate and secondary disorders of vertebral body and disc structure.

Morpho-histochemical study of the spine structural elements has revealed the same changes in patients with IS and patients with SD:

Disturbance of structural and chondral organization of cells and matrix in vertebral body growth plate.

Decrease of chondroitin sulfate content and increase of keratan sulfate content.

Lower response to oxidation-reduction enzymes in cytoplasm of chondroblasts.

Change of the ultrastructural organization of cells: Golgi complex with flat vacuoles and enlarged cisterns of endoplasmic reticulum.

Extracellular matrix with fragmented collagen fibrils and small fragments of proteoglycans.


Full Access
M. Goldacre J. Fairbank

Our knowledge of the incidence of scoliosis and scoliosis surgery is based on a few small scale studies. The National Health Service (NHS) in the United Kingdom has long collected data on hospital based activity. We have used a five year English database (1998–2002) of hospital admission statistics to study age-adjusted admission rates for scoliosis (code M41 in the International Classification of Diseases, 10th revision) and for two scoliosis surgery codes (V41 ‘instrumental correction of deformity of spine’ and V42 ‘other correction of deformity of spine’ (the latter includes ‘anterolateral release of spine for correction of deformity’).

Results: Three thousand, seven hundred and eighty three patients (2533 females and 1240 males) aged 5–29 years had diagnosis M41 recorded over the five year sample period. Most of the patients were teenagers. 971 (males and females) of these had operation V41 and 1212 had V42, it is likely that the vast majority of these cases had idiopathic scoliosis. We made regional maps based on age-adjusted admission rates/100000 population. Admission rates varied from 5.75/100000 (95% confidence intervals x to y) in London to 2.8/100000 (x to y) in the Yorkshire-Humberside region.

Interpretation: There was wide geographical variation in admission rates. We considered 5 hypotheses:

Social deprivation – we were able to study this, and admission rates appeared independent of social deprivation.

Availability of spine surgeons – this may be an explanation, but not very convincing. Scoliosis surgery is concentrated in 15 centres that do not obviously link with the variations we found.

Variation in decision making about referral and/or treatment (by general practitioners, patients or surgeons). This is possible, but cannot be studied using our data.

Regional genetic variation. Some of our maps were consistent with concepts of local biological variation, but are not very convincing.

Incomplete or inaccurate coding in routine hospital statistics. Cannot be studied using our database alone.

Conclusion: There is wide variation in recorded rates of diagnosis and surgical treatment without obvious explanation. It might be possible to study clinical case notes, identified from the statistical database, to check whether variation is simply attributable to unreliability of coding. To determine whether there may be a genetic explanation for the geographical variation found by us, the possibility could be explored of comparing the scoliosis maps with other maps of genetic profiles of the English population.


N.H. Miller C. Vu B. Marosy

Recent literature has reported multiple critical regions identified through linkage analyses to be potentially relevant in relationship to the aetiology of FIS. This is supportive of the concept that FIS is a complex genetic disorder resulting from multiple genetic interactions and variants. While these areas harbour multiple genes, the work to date has been crucial to our ability to focus and hopefully eliminate massive areas on the genome that are irrelevant to this disorder. As one reviews these genes, however, one should develop a potential algorithm for prioritization of candidate genes. Additionally, one should delve into potential biological mechanisms in relationship to the creation of a spinal deformity. If you were a gene causing scoliosis, what would you look like and how would you function?

One approach to prioritization of candidate genes may be based on the virtue of their direct potential as a biological basis for the deformity, such as genes that encode for a protein of known function, the function of homologous proteins, and the tissue expression pattern. Within the localised region of chromosome 9, one such gene is COL5A1, a precursor for collagen type V alpha chains, a fibrillar forming collagen ubiquitously distributed within the connective tissues. A second group of genes may be those genes encoding regulatory proteins of the extracellular matrix.

Transmembrane 4 superfamily, member 6 (TM4SF6) localised on the critical region on Xq22 is believed to span the cellular membrane with a role in cellular adhesion within the matrix. A third group of genes may maintain a temporal and/or spatial pattern of expression that may relate to the building of the axial skeleton itself. The Iriquois genes isolated on chromosome 5 play multiple roles in embryonic development including anterior/posterior and dorsal/ventral patterning of the central nervous system. Lastly, genes that do not have an intuitive relationship to scoliosis, but are localised within areas of strong linkage, will need to undergo analysis. Multiple examples exist within the reported critical regions within the literature to date.

Another approach to the review of candidate genes within the regions is to think of known genetic disorders in which, 1) scoliosis is recognised as an element of the phenotype, and, 2) the gene and the biological mechanism of the disorder is well known. Immediate potential examples that come to mind are that of known collagen disorders such as osteogenesis imperfecta. The assumption that scoliosis is solely a result of mechanical load imposed upon abnormal connective tissue may be more elementary than what is truly occurring. Another example may be that of neurofibromatosis (gene – NF1). While this particular gene is localised near one of the identified regions, unfortunately, the biological function of the gene in relationship to phenotypic findings is still unknown.

In conclusion, genetic research related to FIS to date has driven us to unbelievable expectations within a relatively short period of time. Further understanding of this complex disease will best be accomplished with thoughtful experimental, orderly design ultimately to have an impact in the therapeutic treatment of this disorder.


B.J.C. Freeman N. Hussain R. Watkins J.K. Webb

Introduction: Patient questionnaires permit a direct measure of the value of care as perceived by the recipient. The Scoliosis Research Society outcomes questionnaire (SRS-22) has been validated as a tool for self-assessment. We investigated the correlation between SRS-22 and a detailed radiological outcome two years following anterior correction of Thoraco-Lumbar Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis (TL-AIS).

Methods: The SRS-22 questionnaire was completed by 30 patients two years following anterior correction of TL-AIS. Pre-operative, post-operative and two year follow-up radiographs of all 30 patients were assessed. The following parameters were measured at each time point:

Primary Cobb angle,

Secondary Cobb angle,

Coronal C7-midsacral plumb line,

Apical Vertebra Translation (AVT) of primary curve,

AVT of the secondary curve,

Upper instrumented vertebra (UIV) translation,

UIV tilt angle,

Lower instrumented vertebra (LIV), 8) LIV tilt angle

Apical Vertebra Rotation (AVR) of the primary curve,

Sagittal C7-posterior corner of sacrum plumb line

T5-T12 angle,

T12-S1 angle,

shoulder height difference.

The percentage improvements for each were noted. Correlation was sought between Total SRS score, each of the five individual domains and various radiographic parameters listed above by quantifying Pearson’s Correlation Coefficient (r).

Results: Percentage improvement in primary Cobb angle (r = 0.052), secondary Cobb angle (r = 0.165) and AVT of the primary curve (r = −0.353) showed little or no correlation with the SRS-22 total score or any of its five domains. Significant inverse correlation was found between the UIV tilt angle at two years and the SRS-22 (r = −0.516). Lateral radiographs however showed little or no correlation between thoracic kyphosis (r = 0.043) and SRS-22.

Conclusion: The SRS-22 outcomes questionnaire does not correlate with most of the radiographic parameters commonly used by clinicians to assess patient outcome.


F. Berryman P. Pynsent J. Fairbank

An automated system has been developed to measure three-dimensional back shape in scoliosis patients using structured light. The low-cost system uses a digital camera to acquire a photograph of a patient with coloured markers on palpated bony landmarks, illuminated by a pattern of horizontal lines. A user-friendly operator interface controls the lighting and camera and leads the operator through the analysis. The system presents clinical information about the shape of the patient’s deformity on screen and as a printed report. All patient data (both photographs and clinical results) are stored in an integral database. The database can be interrogated to allow successive measurements to be plotted for monitoring the deformity.

The system is non-invasive, requiring only a digital photograph to be taken of the patient’s back. Identification of the bony landmarks allows all clinical data to be related to body axes. This reduces the effects of variability in patient stance. Measurement of a patient, including undressing, landmark marking and dressing, can be carried out in approximately 10 minutes. The clinical results presented are based on the old ISIS report. This includes:

transverse sections at 19 levels from vertebra prominens to sacrum.

coronal views of the line of spinous processes on the surface of the back and the line estimated to be through the

centres of the vertebrae; lateral asymmetry, a parameter analogous to Cobb angle, is calculated from the latter.

sagittal views of the line of spinous processes on the surface of the back, including kyphosis and lordosis data.

Additionally, a three-dimensional wire-frame plot, a coloured contour plot and a pair of bilateral asymmetry plots give visual impressions of any deformity in the measured back.


F. Schwab J.P. Farcy K. Bridwell S. Berven S. Glassman W. Horton M. Shainline

Précis: A recently developed Classification of adult scoliosis was utilised to study surgical treatment in 339 patients. At 12 month follow up after surgery for thoracolumbar/lumbar scoliosis greatest improvement in outcome scores were noted in the following patients: lost lumbar lordosis, treatment with osteotomies, fusion to the sacrum for marked sagittal imbalance. Complication rates were greatest for: fusion to the sacrum, sagittal imbalance greater than 4cm.

Introduction: A recently proposed radiographic Classification of adult scoliosis offers a useful system with high clinical impact and reliability. Continued work is required to apply this system in the development of treatment guidelines. The purpose of this study was to anal surgical treatment outcomes, and complications, by Classification subtype at 12 months post-operative follow up.

Material and Method: This study included 339 patients: Type IV (thoracolumbar major) and Type V (lumbar major) adult scoliosis (Spinal Deformity Study Group). All patients had complete full-length spine radiographs and outcomes questionnaires (SRS, ODI and SF-12). An analysis of classification subtypes (modifiers) included outcome scores by surgical treatment. The latter included approach (anterior, posterior, both), use of osteotomies, and extension to the sacrum (or not).

Results: Lordosis modifier was strongly correlated with baseline disability and post-operative improvement. Type C (loss of lordosis) patients had the lowest baseline outcome but also greatest improvement with surgery (p< 0.05). Subluxation modifier had impact on preoperative but not on postoperative outcomes measures. Marked sagittal balance had the worst outcomes of all groups if fusion fell short of the sacrum. Patients with osteotomies saw greater improvement than those without (p< 0.05). Anterior, posterior or combined procedures showed no significant difference in outcomes. Peri- and post-operative complications did not vary by lordosis modifier, subluxation modifier but were elevated for fusion to the sacrum (p< 0.05).

Conclusion: At 12 month follow up for surgical treatment of adult thoracolumbar/lumbar scoliosis greatest improvement in outcome scores were noted in the following patients: lost lumbar lordosis, treatment with osteotomies, fusion to the sacrum for marked sagittal imbalance. Complication rates were greatest for: fusion to the sacrum, sagittal imbalance greater than 4cm. Further longitudinal follow up will permit validation of optimal treatment by Classification type of adult spinal deformity and refine patient and surgeon expectations of operative care.


F. Schwab J.P. Farcy K. Bridwell S. Berven S. Glassman W. Horton M. Shainline

Précis: A multi-centre prospective effort focused on analysis of a previously reported Classification of adult scoliosis. 809 thoracolumbar/lumbar deformities were studied. Radiographic analysis (deformity apex, lumbar lordosis, intervertebral subluxation), outcomes measures (ODI, SRS instruments) and surgical rates were examined. The Classification into Types, based on deformity apex location, and addition of modifiers (lordosis, subluxation) established clinically significant groups (disability, pain). In addition to high clinical impact, the Classification was also able to predict surgical rates.

Introduction: A recently proposed radiographic classification of adult scoliosis offers a reliable method of categorizing patients. Continued work on this classification is expected to develop treatment guidelines. This investigation anald treatment patterns of a large patient population of thoracolumbar and lumbar adult scoliosis, emphasizing surgical rates and approaches by classification subtypes.

Methods: This investigation anald 809 Type IV (thoracolumbar major) and Type V (lumbar major) curves from the Spinal Deformity Study Group database. Enrolled patients had complete SRS, ODI and SF-12 outcomes questionnaires and free standing full-length spine radiographs. Analysis compared non-operative versus surgical treatment (no imposed protocol) with surgical treatment assessed by approach (anterior, posterior, both), +/− osteotomies.

Results: Of 809 patients, 348 were treated surgically (43%) and classified as lordosis type A (n=422), B (n=313), C (n=74). Surgical rates were greater for B vs. A (51% vs. 37%, p< 0.05)), trend for A vs. C (46%). Subluxation modifier scores: 0 (n=360), + (n=159), ++ (n=290). Surgical rates were greater for ++ vs. 0 (52% vs. 36 %, p< 0.05), trend vs. + (42 %). Greater sagittal imbalance was more likely to receive surgical treatment. Loss of lumbar lordosis (modifier B, C) was associated with increased osteotomy rates and posterior or circumferential treatment versus anterior only procedures (most common in modifier A). Greater subluxation (modifier ++) was associated with more circumferential surgery. Greater sagittal imbalance was associated with higher rate of posterior only surgery.

Discussion: In this analysis, greater lordosis or subluxation modifier score was associated with higher surgical rates. Loss of lordosis and greater subluxation grade was associated with higher rates of circumferential surgery than lordotic spines or those without significant subluxation. This information suggests the ability of this classification system to predict treatment. Longitudinal follow up will permit validation of optimal treatment by classification of adult spinal deformity.


A.W.J. Vreeling M. de Kleuver E. Bersusky F. Kandziora J. Ouellet V. Arlet

Background: Surgical treatment of spinal deformities is complex and is performed by a limited number of spine surgeons. To obtain adequate radiological and clinical correction, a large amount of clinical experience is required when planning corrective surgery because of the enormous amount of patient related variables, and the many surgical techniques (e.g. rod rotation vs translation, pedicle screws vs hooks, anterior vs posterior).

The widely used classification systems (King and Lenke) are useful for documentation of the deformities. Unfortunately explicit guidelines for surgery are not clear. A multi-centre database with pre and postoperative patient data including photographic images and x-rays will be very useful in decision making. It will allow surgeons to find similar cases in the database that will help them in their decision making for surgical planning and execution. Furthermore it will provide extensive data to perform outcome studies, and to develop general treatment guidelines. Surgery for spinal deformities will become more evidence based and less dependent on the individual surgeons judgement.

Methods: A modern web-based database system, Scolisoft was developed for documenting patient data and curve characteristics. The system contains patient data (demographics etc), radiological data (AP, Lat, bending films), classification of curve patterns according to the often-used classification systems and information about the surgical procedure. It includes pre and postoperative radiological data and clinical photographs.

The patient data can also be stored and printed as a PDF-file, so that it can be used as a patient chart and for patient information purposes.

Scolisoft allows the user to select patients based on all the individual characteristics, e.g. curve classification. For pre-operative planning of a specific deformity, a cohort of patients with the same deformity (patient demographics, curve pattern, bending films etc) can be selected and the postoperative results viewed.

With the same selection tool, cohorts of patients can be selected for outcome studies.

Furthermore Scolisoft provides the possibility of discussing difficult cases with other spine surgeons using the system.

Finally, complications are registered according to the existing Scoliosis Research Society complication registry system.

Experiences: Data of more than 200 patients have been entered into the former PC application system. The current web based system has 60 cases that have been entered during its trial phase. Most cases have been adolescent or adult idiopathic scoliosis. Forty two surgeons have used the software and eight surgeons have participated in entering cases. The web-based version has shown to be very user friendly. Submitting the radiological and clinical images is easy (but takes some time). All data input is possible by a simple click of the mouse. Therefore it is relatively easy to learn.

The system already has the possibility for documenting other spine pathology such as sagittal plane deformities, fractures and spondylolisthesis.

Conclusion: Scolisoft is a powerful, user-friendly web-based registry for spinal deformities. It is a very useful tool in planning spinal deformity surgery and research. In this time of evidence-based medicine, it is time to take the planning of scoliosis surgery out of the realm of myth, and this database is a strong step in that direction.


P. Jean Paul

Introduction: In situ contouring is meant to give the shape of the spine to the rod and then the shape of the rod to the spine. Thus, it is used in order to set up the instrumentation as well as to reduce the spinal deformity. This technique was born in 1993, when we presented our first scoliosis correction results (CT scan study of vertebral derotation) with the rod rotation technique during the French SRS (GES). Our great disappointment with the rod rotation technique forced us to try to find a different correction method.

Scoliosis is the consequence of vertebral rotation. Each vertebra turns about a different axis which results into a global torsion of the spine. This torsion will yield characteristic modifications. On the frontal x-ray view one can notice the maximum projection of the deformity, usually estimated by means of the Cobb angle, whereas on the sagittal x-ray view a flat back will be observed. Indeed, scoliosis flattens sagittal physiological curvatures. Hyperkyphosis may occur only between two scoliotic curves (two adjacent flat back segments) or in case of vertebral rotation higher than 90° when the sagittal projection corresponds to frontal structures. In this last case, the maximum deformity is projected on the sagittal view. The vertebral rotation will also pull on the ribs, thus creating the rib hump.

Classical Surgical Techniques: Nowadays there are several classical correction techniques for scoliosis treatment.

Over the last decades, Harrington developed the distraction-compression technique, then Eduardo Luque proposed the spinal translation technique, and latter on Cotrel and Dubousset developed the rod rotation method that revolutionised spine surgery.

By pulling on the concave side of the spine, the distraction-compression technique is intended to reduce the deformity shaft while dragging along the apex in a pure translation movement. The distraction is applied mainly onto the flexible segments, far from the apex. Therefore, the apex will hardly modify its relative position with regard to the other vertebrae. Besides, there is a high risk of spinal cord stretching on the concave side at the apex level.

Furthermore, this technique is often associated with a high rate of post-operative flat back and requires postoperative cast and brace wear as the fixation remains fragile. Last but not least, the traction technique does not solve the rotation problem. On the contrary, traction increases the torsion forces and leads to higher rotation constraints.

The spinal translation used to be performed by means of metallic wires passing under the lamina that were tightened around the rod. This technique of scoliosis correction was based on a totally different correction mechanism with regard to Harrington’s one. Indeed, medialisation of the apex results into a spontaneous increase of the intervertebral gap at the extreme levels of the curve. This distraction is automatic, and as a matter of fact it is impossible to apply it as the wires are sliding on the rod. The problem with spinal translation is that it cannot control rotation, neither with screws nor with hooks. Frontal X rays show that the anterior spine will always be located outside the rods pulling the posterior arch. This technique was improved by Asher and Chopin, who introduced screws and hooks. However it is still very difficult to decide on which side one should work, i.e. concave or convex side. The problem of rotation is still unsolved as anterior spine projection onto the x-rays is still next to and outside the rods.

Rod rotation is the most popular technique nowadays as it allows rather good global correction. However, the thoracic correction does not follow the pathology path and therefore has no impact of vertebral rotation. This technique allows only slight adjustments, often very difficult to perform especially in the frontal plane. In 1993, we reviewed 52 scolioses operated with the rod rotation technique. All patients had undergone pre- and post-operative CT scan, so we could estimate the rotation correction. The results were highly disappointing as the vertebral rotation at the LEV (lower end vertebra) decreased of only 2.3°, while at the UEV (upper end vertebrae) level it was 1.1° higher after surgery, and at the apex level it remained almost unchanged (0.4° smaller). In conclusion, correction was obtained by vertebral translation, horizontalisation, forward and backward pushing of the vertebra, without any derotation. Several examples clearly reflected this mechanism, proved by the mobilization of the vertebrae with regard to the aorta.

When looking at the path described by the vertebra, one can easily notice that the different techniques described above do not allow to follow the deformity path. Thus, the thoracic vertebra goes frontward and turns to the right. This circular movement has a posterior centre of rotation. Vertebral translation does not follow this path as it moved about the arch cord. The rod rotation performs a circular movement about an anterior centre of rotation. The correction and deformity paths describe an ellipse. We can conclude that these techniques will lead to high constraints within the spine. Hence the risk of neurological structures damage during correction manoeuvres.

At the lumbar level, the apex moves backwards and to the left. Thus, it will describe an arch about a posterior rotation centre. The vertebra traction will move along the cord of this arch while the rod rotation will strictly follow the reverse pathology path. As the convex rod is linked to a hook or a screw, it will lead to a combined force of internal traction and anterior push. This convex push increases rotation by turning the screw in the sense of pathologic deformity. Therefore, the projections of the screws on the frontal x-rays will be oriented outside the rod, while the normal axis of the pedicle is about 20° oblique oriented toward the inside.

In Situ Contouring: Given these conclusions on the failure of traditional methods, we tried to develop the in situ contouring for a more efficient scoliosis correction. We would like to remind surgeons that the technique was designed to give the shape of the spine to the rod in order to set the instrumentation up, then to give the shape of the rod to the spine in order to reduce the deformity. All surgeons performed in situ rod bending at least once in their practice without being aware of.

However, when performing in situ contouring, some security rules have to be strictly respected. First of all, the rod must be free to move, so implants must be closed around the rod but remain unlocked until the correction manoeuvres are finished. The rod mobility will allow the automatic spine stretching/shortening without dangerous constraints. Vertebrae must slide along the rod by means of the implants, i.e. screws and hooks, solidly attached to them. In other words, the spine, i.e. vertebrae, must be mobilised. To do so, the benders must be placed close to the implants. The other reason is to avoid high lever arms that would lead to high risky forces (loads).

The correction principles are based on the vertebrae movement in space in order to enable a frontal and sagittal correction while working into the axial plane. To do so, the rod must have specific mechanical features: initial short elastic and long plastic domains. The correction manoeuvres on the rod will modify this mechanical behaviour and at the end of the correction manoeuvres the plastic domain will decrease wile the elastic one will increase. An initially too elastic rod would require stronger manoeuvres with regard to the residual correction, which may present some supplementary risk for neurological structures.

The levels to be instrumented are selected as usual, as in situ contouring does not modify rules usually used in order to determine the strategic vertebrae. The strategic vertebrae are selected depending on the information provided by bending tests. Thus all discs that do not open in both directions will be included into the fused segment.

Thoracic scoliosis: Similar to the rod rotation, the working rod is concave one in the thoracic spine. In contrast with the rod rotation technique, every second vertebra will be instrumented, going as close as possible from the apex. As neither distraction nor compression is performed, laminar hooks are not compulsory anymore. In our practice, we use pedicular hooks above T10 and screws below T10.

The rod will be contoured towards the inside and backwards for all instrumented levels. These manoeuvres will allow the medialisation of the apex while restoring kyphosis. At the same time, these actions will lead to a derotation of the apex. The contouring manoeuvres are performed iteratively starting from the apex towards the limits of the curvature through successive manoeuvres in the frontal plane and in the sagittal plane. Contouring is over when required correction is obtained and when the rod modified its mechanical behaviour and became too elastic to allow further contouring.

The apex follows the deformity path. Thus the vertebra moves backwards and towards the inside, describing a circular movement similar to the deformity path in the opposite sense. Therefore, three-dimensional correction of both mild and severe (> 100°) thoracic scolioses. However, the purpose of the surgery should not be to have a straight vertical rod, but to obtain the best possible spinal balance with the best possible correction in the three planes.

Lumbar scoliosis: Lumbar scoliosis may also be treated by in situ contouring. In this case, the working rod is the convex one. This rod will be bent towards the inside and forwards, thus enabling the lordosis restoration and the medialisation of the apex. These combine manoeuvres should lead to derotation. However, similarly to the rod rotation technique, forward bending will make the apex move in the pathological direction, thus increasing rotation. Thereby, it is paramount that screws turn simultaneously with the contouring manoeuvres. Only this combination of movements will provide with a three-dimensional correction.

To do so, derotation blocks are placed on the screws heads so that the assistant can turn them while the surgeon is performing the forward contouring manoeuvres that will allow lordosis restoration. This mobilization perfectly follows the deformity path and replaces the spine between the rods. This technique may be used both for mild and severe scoliosis correction in the three planes.

To facilitate correction and to maintain it on a long term basis, posterior release and posterior fusion may not always enough. In this case, anterior release and grafting may be required. Anterior approach may be facilitated by video assistance. Thoracoscopy will be preferred between T3 and T11, while video assistance is recommended for the thoracolumbar and lumbar regions. Anterior release associated with in situ contouring does provide significant correction especially in severe scoliosis as well as in stiff curvatures in the adult.

Three Dimensional Validation in Practice: Theory is nice but validation in practice is compulsory in order to verify our hypotheses. To check the validity of our statements, Raphael Dumas, PhD, performed a biomechanical analysis of the surgical correction by in situ contouring technique. He studied 20 scoliotic patients by means of stereoradiographic three-dimensional reconstruction. The stereoradiographic reconstruction technique is based on the identification of anatomical landmarks on frontal and sagittal x-ray films, previously acquired in a calibrated radiological environment equipped with a 90° turning table. This method provided us with three-dimensional reconstructions of spines allowing for an accurate measurement of vertebral rotations. Indeed, vertebral rotations must be measured in standing position, especially in the pre-operative examination, and has to be expressed in a fixed referential. These requirements could not be met with the traditional methods, i.e. CT scan. Three-dimensional reconstructions also provide us with an axial view of the whole spine, while allowing a comparison between the post-operative and pre-operative vertebral rotations at each level. We also calculated the intervertebral rotation. This rotation is maximum at the end vertebrae levels and minimum at the apex level. It is totally independent from the reference axis as the trunk movement will not alter the relative position of adjacent vertebrae. We actually consider that intervertebral angles are paramount for the estimation of the deformation severity as well as of the obtained correction. In our series (20 scoliotic patients) we observed a maximal rotation at the thoracic apex level (17.3°) and at the lumbar apex one (19°). The correction gain obtained was 11.3° at both levels. The intervertebral rotation had a maximum value at the limit vertebrae levels, i.e. 8.9° for thoracic superior level, 11.3° at the thoraco-lumbar junction and 7.3° at the inferior lumbar level. The correction obtained in these three regions was respectively 7.2°, 8.9° and 6°. We developed a detorsion index that corresponds to the difference between post-operative and pre-operative sums of intervertebral rotations of vertebrae within the organic curvature pondered by the pre-operative sum. The detorsion index at the thoracic level is 52% while at the lumbar level it is 85%. One can note that the thoracic detorsion is quite disappointing.

We could consider that the pedicular hook prevents from important detorsion in the thoracic spine, as it will not allow important derotation of vertebrae. This is why we had to design a new pedicular implant that was meant to provide bilateral support during correction manoeuvres. The so called bipedicular implant is linked to the vertebra at the costo-vertebral joint level holds the pedicle on its lateral side. This new implant enables a double action, i.e. posterior traction combined with concave medialisation and convex push. Thus the vertebra moves as a wheel, describing a global movement of derotation.

We have used this implant for two years now and we had no particular drawbacks as far. No tolerance problems were noted either. Derotation blocs allow for the combination of rotation movements at the thoracic and lumbar levels while the rod is contoured to reach the best possible curve correction.

Conclusion: The in situ contouring has been used for 10 years now. It is not just a physical gesture; it is a whole new philosophy of reduction, a new way of thinking in spine surgery. In situ contouring replaces vertebra in its initial spatial context while replacing the surgeon in the best position to create after thorough reflection on the pathological mechanism. The in situ contouring may be successfully used not only for scoliosis correction but also for other deformities, especially sagittal ones such as hyperkyphosis, fractures, malunions and lumbar degenerative deformities.


P. Metz-Stavenhagen R. Hildebrand L. Ferraris A. Hempfing O. Meier S. Krebs

Introduction: There are few long-term studies after Zielke ventral derotation spondylodesis (VDS). We present a minimum 17 year follow-up study to assess factors predicting distal adjacent disc degeneration.

Material/Methods: Twenty-eight patients with thora-columbar AIS operated in 1982 have been retrospectively evaluated. Mean age 16,3 years, minimum follow-up 15 years. Anterior fusion was performed with rib graft.

Results: Mean pre-op Cobb angle was 65 ± 23°, post-op correction rate was 61,2 ± 12,4%. Mean angulation of end vertebra was 32 ± 10°, post-op corrected to a mean of 8° (correction rate 79%). Mean post-op Th10/L2 kyphosis was 10°. Rod breakage was seen in 17 patients.

Conclusion: Thoracolumbar kyphosis was associated both with proximal implant breakage and with segmental lordosis and degeneration of the distal adjacent segment. Disc angulation in the AP plane seems to be good tolerated. Anterior support with iliac bone graft or cages is expected to overcome these complications.


J. Dubousset G. Charpak W. Skali G. Kaifa

Introduction: We believe the information given by a new 2D/3D low dose radiation system is useful to the spinal surgeon.

Method: This commercially developed system was evaluated over the past three years. We evaluated 150 patients, with normal controls, using two prototypes. We compared it with a CT scan for accuracy in 2D and 3D reconstruction and for radiation doses.

Results: We found various advantages of this system over CT scanning:

Reductions in radiation exposure of x8 to x10 fold in 2D, and x800 to x1000 in 3D.

It gives data from standing imaging compared with supine in a CT scanner.

It allows imaging of the skeleton from head to foot, which in CT imaging demands excessive radiation.

It allows surface reconstruction from head to foot

It can be used with a force plate to indicate gravity forces

It, uniquely, can give a view of the skeleton from the top

It can measure thoracic cage volume

It can assess the effects of bracing

When combined with other non-invasive methods of measurement, can help to define operative procedures

Overall it provides a new approach to assessing spinal deformity both in the horizontal plane and in volumetric measurement.

Conclusion: his innovative method is clearly a help for both patients and surgeons.


P.J.M. van Loon J.L.C. van Susante

Background: Unclear aetiology in scoliotic and kyphotic deformities of the spine are responsible for uncertainty in treatment options. To clarify aetiology a constant reference to what normal growth and optimal construction of the entire spine should be at the end of growth is lacking.

Examination of sitting children and consequent testing of muscular tightness can be useful in understanding the different disturbances of growth that keep the spine apparently away from an optimal configuration and thereby optimal function. Prolonged sitting of children exists only 200 years or less.

Goal:

- Better understanding of the role of the central nervous system, especially the cord and roots in proper and improper growth of the human spine.

- Clarifying that lordosis and good function at the tho-racolumbar junction at the end of growth can be a condition sine qua non for normal configuration and function of the spine in adult life.

Methods:

- Present obvious important and consistent clinical observations in children in sitting and supine position with early and advanced adolescent deformities, both kyphotic and scoliotic by photographic studies and video fragments.

- Present results of own study in which a lordotic force give significant correction of all curves in Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis.

- Revisit the, for the greater part unknown, experimental work on growth and deformation of the spine by Milan Roth in German and Czech literature to disclose a tension-based balancing system between central cord and the osseous and discoligamentary spine (uncoupled neuro-osseous growth).

- Relate these clinical and experimental findings with common knowledge about adolescent spinal deformities and mechanical laws on tensile and compressive forces in structures.

Results: We discovered by alteration of our brace-configuration that applying lordotic forces exclusively on the thoracolumbar spine gives excellent correction of kyphotic and scoliotic deformities progressing in adolescence. In a study of 32 patients with double curves > 25° all scoliotic curves significantly (p< 0,001) reduced by correcting with a forced lordotic fulcrum.

Extended clinical examination of children with proven or suspected spinal deformities revealed a complex of consistent findings in different sitting positions and functional tests in supine and standing positions.

Discussion: By looking for scientific support for these phenomena in (bio-)mechanical literature the work of Milan Roth was disclosed in his complete width. His embryologic studies, (neuro) anatomical and radiological findings with their explanations, alongside interesting cadaver-, mechanical- and neuro-anatomical experiments and models can bring his concept of neuro-spinal relationship in growth and misgrowth back to orthopaedic daylight. Even Nicoladoni saw a century ago that a cascade of structural alterations take place around the “core”-unit of the spine: the boundaries of the central canal to let it stay on its place and in the shortest configuration possible in scoliosis, by suspected tensile and compressive forces.

Anatomical and biomechanical consequences of keeping the spine upright in standing, but more important in the sitting positions seems to fit. Children do sit for prolonged periods only in the last one or two centuries!

It can be shown that the presence of these tension related clinical signs are easily leading to high compressive forces with deformation of the ventral parts in the TL-junction while sitting In literature evidence of torsion facilitating anatomical features can be found to clarify why some spines deform in scoliosis an not in pure kyphosis

Conclusions: By recognising positive effects of creating lordosis at the thoracolumbar junction of the spine and consistent clinical findings in early deformations scientific support was found by early experimental work of Roth. With a leading role of the central nervous system in growth of the spine of standing and sitting vertebrates by steering a tension based system, deformation can be understood as adaptations. Consequences for preventive measures and therapeutic strategies in deformities seems inevitable.


M. Mikhailovsky A. Vasjura V. Novicov E. Gubina A. Khanaev

Objective: To evaluate the final result of surgical correction of AIS depending on preoperative spinal mobility and the type of procedure.

Summary of background data: To our knowledge no report has clearly demonstrated the role of different types of surgery in the final result of correction of deformed thoracic spine in AIS.

Materials and Methods: This is a retrospective, clinical study of patients with AIS and thoracic curves treated with CDI (hooks only) in the department of spinal surgery for children and adolescents of Russian Republican Spinal Centre from 1996 to 2005. Inclusion criteria included:

diagnosis of AIS King type II and III,

younger than 21 years,

not operated before.

A total of 247 patients met the inclusion criteria and they were divided in two groups:

thoracic curve less than 90° and

more than 90°.

In the group (A) there were 168 patients (male/female – 11/157, mean age 15.3 years), in the group (B) – 79 patients (male/female – 8/71, mean age 15.5 years). Coronal curve flexibility was assessed on supine side-bending AP radiographs. According the type of surgical technique the patients were divided in four groups:

I - CDI correction

II - CDI + skeletal traction

III - anterior apical release with interbody fusion and CDI

IV - anterior apical release, skeletal traction and CDI.

All the operations in the groups III and IV were performed in one session.

Results: In the group (A) mean thoracic curve before surgery was 66.8°, on the side-bending films 42.9° and after surgery 26.0°. The corresponding data according the type of surgery are presented in Table1.

So, CDI adds only 9.1° to side-bending correction (Gr. I) and skeletal traction gives 5.8° more (Gr. II). Anterior release with CDI improves preoperative correction by 14.7° (Gr. III) and the same procedure with skeletal traction – by 30.0° (Gr. IV). Consequently the part of the skeletal traction varies from 5.8° to 6.2°. Anterior release in its turn gives 14.7° of additional correction per se and 20.9° with skeletal traction.

In the group (B) mean thoracic curve before surgery was 109°, on the side-bending films 90.6° and after surgery 54°. The corresponding data according the type of surgery are presented in Table 2.

So, CDI adds 26.3° to side-bending correction (Gr.I) and skeletal traction gives only 1.9° more (Gr.II). Anterior release with CDI improves preoperative correction by 25.9° (Gr.III) and the same procedure with skeletal traction – by 40.6° (Gr.IV). Consequently the part of the skeletal traction varies from 1.9° to 14.7°. Anterior release in its turn does not give additional correction per se and 12.2° – with skeletal traction.

Conclusion: Our study supports the data of Delonne et al. (1998) that the instrumentation per se does not play the principal role in achieving final correction in AIS surgery. Skeletal traction and anterior release are of great importance as well. The second deduction is that curve correction is defined mainly by the volume of surgical procedure not by the preoperative mobility on side-bending films.


W. van Rhijn Lodewijk G.C. Huitema A. van Ooij

Study design: A retrospective evaluation of screw position after double rod anterior spinal fusion in idiopathic scoliosis using computerised tomography (CT).

Objective: To evaluate screw position and complications related to screw position after double rod anterior instrumentation in idiopathic scoliosis.

Summary of Background Data: Anterior instrumentation and fusion in idiopathic scoliosis is gaining widespread use. However, no studies have been published regarding the accuracy of screw placement and screw related complications in double rod and double screw anterior spinal fusion and instrumentation in idiopathic thoracolumbar scoliosis surgery.

Methods: CT examinations were performed after anterior spinal fusion and instrumentation in 17 patients with idiopathic scoliosis. The vertebral rotation at each level was measured. At each instrumented level the position of the screw and the plate relative to the spinal canal, relative to the neural foramen and relative to the aorta was measured. Complications related to screw position were registered.

Results: 189 screws in 17 patients were evaluated. The average age of the patients was 31 years (range 15–53 years). Fourteen patients had a left convex thoracolumbar curve and three patients a right convex thoracolumbar curve. The mean lumbar apical rotation preoperatively was 27°. Malposition occurred in 23% of the total number of screws. Three screws were in the spinal canal (1%). This resulted in pain in the right leg. However, electromyography showed no abnormalities. On three levels there was contact between the instrumentation and the aorta. No vascular complications did occur. 113 screws (ten patients) were placed under fluoroscopic guidance and 76 screws (seven patients) were placed without use of fluoroscopy. No complications related to screw position were observed in the group in which the screws were placed under fluoroscopic guidance.

Conclusions: Adequate placement of two screws in the vertebra in idiopathic scoliosis is a technically demanding procedure, which results in frequent malposition, fortunately with a low risk of neurological and vascular complications.


W. van Rhijn Lodewijk R. Jansen A. van Ooij

Introduction: In this study we focus on idiopathic scoliosis with a primary thoracic curve and a secondary lumbar curve. We were interested in how the lumbar curve corrects following selective thoracic fusion and whether one can predict the correction of the lumbar curve. In the literature it is said that the lumbar curve spontaneously corrects to balance the thoracic curve after selective thoracic fusion. Because of these findings we postulate there should be a correlation between the correction of the lumbar and thoracic curve of the scoliosis.

Recently we showed in patients treated with Harrington instrumentation with sublaminar wiring (second generation technique) that the correction of the lumbar curve was not a reflection of the thoracic correction. So it is interesting to know whether with the use of third generation instrumentation techniques and more sophisticated classification systems the correlation of the unfused lumbar cure becomes more predictable.

Objective: To establish whether in primary thoracic idiopathic scoliosis treated with selective thoracic fusion using CD instrumentation there is a significant correlation (p< 0.05) between the correction of the thoracic and lumbar curve. And to assess whether, in the in the individual patient, the lumbar modifier (A, B and C) according Lenke, can be used as a correct predictor of outcome results. The higher the correlation coefficient between the relative (%) corrections of the thoracic and lumbar curves, the higher the predictability of the correction of the unfused lumbar curve.

Material and methods: We performed a retrospective study on 38 patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis treated by selective thoracic fusion (CD instrumentation). There were 29 female and nine male patients. For radiographic evaluation we used the standing antero-posterior and lateral projections of the thoracic and lumbar spine, preoperatively and at least one year postoperative. We assessed the frontal and sagittal Cobb angles. The angles were all measured by the same investigator (second author).

Results: Using Pearson correlation analyses we found a significant correlation (p< 0.001) between the relative (%) corrections of thoracic and lumbar curves (table1). The correlation coefficient between the relative correction of the thoracic and lumbar curve decreased with the Lumbar modifier (A, B, C).

Conclusion: A significant correlation is present between the relative corrections of the main thoracic curve and the lumbar curve after selective thoracic fusion in idiopathic scoliosis. The recently introduced new classification system seems to be of great predictable value for the spontaneous correction of the lumbar curve. Depending on the curve-type, a different technique for predicting the outcome should be used.


P. Metz-Stavenhagen R. Hildebrand A. Hempfing L. Ferraris O. Meier S. Krebs

Introduction: In rigid AIS, the main resistance for thoracic derotation are the anteriorly rotated ribs on the concavity. This study presents clinical and radiographic long term results of the CTP, which is a routine surgical procedure at the authors’ institution.

Material and Methods: Between 1996 and 1997 we have operated on 466 cases of scoliosis. 36 patients with thoracic AIS were evaluated. Technique: The ribs on the concave side are osteotomised close to the costo-transverse joint and elevated over the bended rod.

Results: Mean follow up was 6.4 y. Mean preoperative side bending flexibility was 21%. Mean correction rate was 68%, mean rib hump correction was 3cm. Mean loss of correction 4°. There was no neurological complication, and pulmonary morbidity was not increased.

Conclusion: In rigid thoracic scoliosis, a release of the concave ribs by means of the CTP can both significantly increase the extent of correction and contributes to an excellent cosmetic result.


M. Maziad

Open anterior surgery, including release and instrumentation, is a widely used technique for correction of dorsal and dorsolumbar curves. In the past we have used various different devices to maintain correction. These include Dwyer cable, Zeilke rods, Webb-Morley rods, vertebral staples and the Kaneda system. Any of these can be combined with posterior correction, stabilization and grafting. Several of these techniques have been successfully adapted for the treatment of our cases in Egypt. We encounter severe deformities due to their late presentation.

Over the last five years we have used anterior endoscopic release. All had posterior instrumentation.

Results: We did anterior release in 20 scoliosis cases and corpectomy in 10 cases. These were compared with another twenty cases who were treated by open anterior and posterior surgery.

The results are very encouraging regarding degree of correction; hospital stay; and costs as compared with our historical series of conventional two-stage surgery. There are a number of constraints on using endoscopic techniques. Surgeons require long training and close co-operation. It is contraindicated in those cases with adhesions and patients unfit for one lung anaesthesia. We found the technique is safe and effective. We recommend it for treatment of rigid curves to gain good results and to reduce hospital costs.


W. van Rhijn Lodewijk G.C. Huitema A. van Ooij

Study design: Prospective study after minimally invasive anterior approach of the thoracolumbar spine in scoliosis correction.

Objective: To describe the technique and first results after minimally invasive anterior approach of the thoracolumbar junction with insertion of double rod and double screw instrumentation.

Summary of Background Data: Minimally invasive techniques are used at many areas of surgery nowadays. Minimally invasive surgery should have the same correction potential as with conventional approaches. Possible advantages of minimally invasive surgery are small incisions, less tissue damage, less morbidity and an improved cosmetic appearance.

Methods: In this study we describe the technique and the preliminary results of minimally invasive open approach of the thoracolumbar spine with insertion of double rod and double screw instrumentation. A consecutive series of seven patients were included. All patients were female with a mean age of 16.7 years (range 10–28). The cause of thoracolumbar scoliosis was mixed.

Results: The thoracolumbar curve was 59° preoperatively and 22° at six months follow up (63% correction). The unfused thoracic curve was 40° preoperatively and 29° at six months follow-up. In the sagittal plane of the fused levels Cobb angle was 61° of lordosis preoperatively and 35° of lordosis at six months follow up. Lumbar lordosis of the unfused spine was 16° preoperative and 5° at six months follow up. Thoracic kyphosis was 33° preoperatively and 24° at six months follow-up. The average time of surgery was 6.6 hours (range 5.5–7hours). The average estimated blood loss was 764ml (range 350–1200ml). Average hospital stay was 11 days (range 5–14days), and average stay at the intensive care unit was 1.7 days (range 0–3 days). One minor neurological complication with complete recovery was observed.

Conclusions: Minimally invasive surgery has the advantage of less tissue damage, less morbidity and a better cosmetic appearance. With newer implants a good correction of the scoliosis can be achieved.


H.T. Hee Z.R. Yu H.K. Wong

Anterior instrumentation is an established method of correcting King I adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Posterior segmental pedicle screw instrumentation, with its more powerful corrective force over hooks, could offer significant advantages. The purpose of our study is to compare the results of anterior instrumentation versus segmental pedicle screw instrumentation in adolescent idiopathic thoracolumbar scoliosis. A retrospective analysis was conducted on 36 consecutive female patients with adolescent idiopathic thoracolumbar scoliosis who had surgery from December 1997. All had a minimum of two year follow-up. Eleven patients had posterior surgery performed on them.

Mean age at surgery was similar between both groups. Length of surgery was significantly shorter in the posterior group (189 minutes versus 272 minutes). Length of hospital stay was shorter in the posterior group (6.2 days versus eight days). Estimated blood loss, duration of analgesia, and ICU stay did not differ significantly between the two groups. No complications were encountered in both groups at latest follow-up. The magnitudes and flexibility of the thoracolumbar curves did not differ significantly between the two groups. The number of levels in the major curve was also similar between the groups. Fusion levels were shorter in the anterior group (mean 4.1 versus 5.0). The percentage correction of scoliosis was similar between the two groups at all stages of follow-up, being 74% at one week post-surgery, 70% at six months post-surgery, 68% at one year post-surgery and latest follow-up in the anterior group; and 71% at one week post-surgery, 67% at six months post-surgery, 68% at one year post-surgery, and 67% at latest follow-up in the posterior group.

Thoracolumbar sagittal alignment at T11 to L2 was maintained for both groups throughout the follow-up period. The incidence of proximal junctional kyphosis was higher in the posterior group (p < 0.01).

In conclusion, surgical correction of both the frontal and sagittal plane deformity are comparable to anterior instrumentation. Shorter length of surgery and hospital stay are the potential benefits of posterior surgery. Posterior segmental pedicle screw instrumentation offers significant advantage, and is a viable alternative to standard anterior instrumentation in idiopathic thoracolumbar scoliosis.


J.N.M. Ruiz H. Hernstadt L. Lim H.K. Wong

Posterior instrumented fusion is an established surgical treatment for majority of AIS cases. In the past decade, thoracoscopic instrumentation and fusion has emerged as a viable alternative to conventional posterior techniques in situations that require selective thoracic fusion. Most reports comparing the two techniques have focused on physician-based outcomes such as curve correction and maintenance of the surgical correction with both methods being comparable. Recently, the SRS-24 has been used to evaluate patient-based outcomes after scoliosis surgery. The instrument assesses seven equally-weighted domains that look at pain, self-image, general function, activity level, change in self-image and function post-surgery, and satisfaction with the procedure. It has been used to evaluate differences between AIS and normal patients, and in different degrees of AIS deformity. The instrument has not been used in comparing different methods of surgical treatment for similar curve types.

We applied the SRS-24 prospectively to our patients who had undergone either thoracoscopic (TG) or posterior (PG) instrumented fusion, and had been followed-up for at least 12-months postoperatively. There were 42 patients in TG and 42 patients in PG. The mean age at time of surgery, pre-operative Cobb angles, and number of spinal segments fused were similar in both groups. The mean follow-up period at the time the SRS instrument was administered was 26 (± 13.5) months for TG and 30.7 (± 12.1) months for PG. The postoperative Cobb angle on the latest follow-up was significantly better for TG compared to PG (17 versus 25.1 degrees, respectively; p < .001). Upon comparing the SRS domain scores between both groups, a significant difference was noted only in the patient satisfaction domain with TG scoring better than PG (p < .02).

The first four SRS-24 domain scores for TG and PG were also compared to the corresponding domain scores of 97 patients who had scoliosis but were not candidates for surgery (SG), as well as to the scores of 72 patients who did not have scoliosis (NG). SG, TG, and PG were comparable with regards to pain and all three were significantly lower compared to NG (F=14.828, p < .0001).

General function and activity level scores of TG were significantly lower compared to the other three groups (F=4.870, p < .003 and F=4.793, p < .003, respectively). Despite this, the self-image domain scores of both TG and PG were not significantly different from NG, with SG scoring significantly poorer compared to the other three groups (F=3.183, p < .02).

In summary, thoracoscopic instrumented fusion resulted in better curve correction compared to posterior instrumented fusion and was achieved with less spinal segments being fused. This was despite the finding that patients who underwent thoracoscopic surgery had lower physical function and activity level scores. Additionally, both surgical techniques resulted in patients whose perception of themselves was comparable to those patients who did not have scoliosis. The SRS-24 was not able to detect any differences between the two surgical methods in all domains except for overall patient satisfaction which was significantly better in the thoracoscopic group.


H.K. Wong H.T. Hee Z.R. Yu

Thoracoscopic spinal instrumentation and fusion has emerged as a viable alternative to open anterior and posterior techniques for the treatment of thoracic adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Furthermore, the morbidity associated with thoracoscopy is limited, and the cosmetic result more desirable because of the minimal skin and chest wall dissection required with this method. However, the technique is technically demanding and has been perceived as having a steep learning curve. The objective of our study is to anal the initial series of 50 patients performed by a single surgeon, with respect to the coronal and sagittal alignment on radiographs, as well as a review of the peri-operative data and complications.

Fifty consecutive patients who underwent thoraco-scopic instrumentation and fusion were divided into two groups for the purpose of this study: the first 25 cases (1st group) and the second 25 cases (2nd group). The minimum follow-up of these cases was 12 months (range 12 to 67 months). Data collected included the operative time, intra-operative blood loss, number of levels instrumented, length of the hospital stay, the number of days in the ICU, and the duration of analgesia.

No major complications, such as neurological deficit, vascular injury, or implant failure were observed. No significant difference was encountered between the groups in terms of age and menarche at surgery, pre-operative curve magnitude and flexibility, sagittal profile, as well as the number of levels in the curve pre-operatively. The second group had significantly better coronal deformity correction at one week post-operatively (9.5 degrees versus 16.3 degrees, p < 0.001), six months post-operatively (12.1 degrees versus 18.9 degrees, p < 0.001), and at latest follow-up (15.1 degrees versus 19.5 degrees, p < 0.05). The percentage correction of scoliosis was significantly better in the second group at one week postoperatively (p < 0.001), six months post-operatively (p < 0.001), and at latest follow-up (p = 0.014). The percentage change in thoracic kyphosis and lumbar lordosis after surgery was not significantly different between both groups at various times of follow-up. There was no difference between both groups with regards to the number of levels fused, hospital stay, and duration of parenteral analgesia. Operative time was significantly less in the second group (302 minutes versus 372 minutes, p < 0.001). Estimated blood loss was also less in the second group (170 cc versus 266 cc, p = 0.04). The length of ICU stay was also shorter in the second group (1.8 days versus three days, p = 0.004). From the loess (locally-weighted regression) fit, the learning curve is estimated to be 30 cases with regards to the operative time, ICU duration, and the coronal plane deformity correction.

The learning curve associated with thoracoscopic spinal instrumentation is acceptable. The complication rates remained stable throughout the surgeon’s experience. Thoracoscopic anterior instrumented fusion is a viable surgical alternative to standard posterior fusion and instrumentation for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis requiring selective thoracic fusion.


A. Moreau B. Azeddine H. Labelle B. Poitras C.H. Rivard J. Ouellet G. Grimard

Introduction: Spinal deformities and scoliosis in particular, represent the most prevalent type of orthopaedic deformities in children and adolescents. At present, the most significant problem for clinicians is that there is no proven method or test available to identify children or adolescents at risk of developing AIS or to identify which of the affected individuals are at risk of progression. As a consequence, the application of current treatments, such as bracing or surgical correction, has to be delayed until a significant deformity is detected or until a significant progression is clearly demonstrated, resulting in a delayed and less optimal treatment. Among patients with AIS needing treatment, 80% to 90% will be treated by brace and 10% will need surgery to correct the deformity by spinal instrumentation and fusion of the thoracic and/or lumbar spine. About 15000 such surgeries are done every year in North America, resulting in significant psychological and physical morbidity. Moreover, there is no pharmacotherapy available to either prevent or reduce spinal deformities due mainly to our limited knowledge of AIS aetiopathogenesis. We have recently reconciled the role of melatonin in AIS aetiopathogenesis by demonstrating a melatonin signalling dysfunction occurring in a cell autonomous manner in cells derived from AIS patients exhibiting severe scoliotic deformities. This defect could potentially explain the majority of abnormalities reported in AIS since melatonin receptors and signalling activities are normally found in all tissues and systems affected in AIS, thus offering a very innovative and unifying concept to explain the aetiology of AIS. Moreover, several lines of evidence suggested that inactivation of Gi proteins by an increased phosphorylation of serine residues could be at the source of this signalling defect in AIS. The goals of that study were to assess the possibility to establish a molecular classification of AIS patients and to demonstrate the feasibility to correct this melatonin signalling defect in cells of AIS patients using therapeutic compounds.

Methods: Primary cell cultures were prepared from musculoskeletal tissues of AIS patients (n=150) and age- and gender-matched controls (n=35) obtained intra-operatively. An informed consent was obtained for each subject as approved by our Institutional Ethical Committee. The osteoblasts, the bone-forming cells, were selected to assess whether or not an alteration of melatonin signalling pathway occurs in AIS and accordingly to identify which component of the melatonin transduction machinery could be involved. Co-immunoprecipitation experiments with membrane extracts were performed to identify interacting molecules with key components of melatonin signal transduction machinery. The functionality of melatonin signalling was assessed by investigating the ability of Gi proteins to inhibit stimulated adenyl cyclase activity in osteoblast cultures. Inhibition curves of cAMP production were generated by adding melatonin to the forskolin-containing samples in concentrations ranging from 10-11M to 10-5M in a final volume of 1 ml of _-MEM media containing 0.2% bovine serum albumin (BSA) alone or in presence of 2.5 _M of therapeutic compound A or therapeutic compound B (the nature of both compounds tested cannot be disclosed at this stage). The cAMP content was determined using an enzyme immunoassay kit (Amersham-Pharmacia Biosciences). All assays were performed in duplicate. A non-parametric test, the Wilcoxon matched pairs test was performed to verify the significance between 2 means. Significance was defined as P< 0.05.

Results: Osteoblasts from patients with AIS showed a lack or a markedly reduced inhibition of forskolin-stimulated adenyl cyclase activity by melatonin generating three distinct response-curves corresponding to three functional groups. In order to identify candidate genes involved in AIS aetiopathogenesis, we focused our attention on known kinases and phosphatases modulating Gi protein functions and characterised their interacting partners. Interestingly, PKC_ was initially targeted owing to its property to phosphorylate Gi proteins in vitro. Indeed, in normal osteoblast interactions occurring between MT2 melatonin receptor and RACK1 (a cytosolic protein that bind to and stabilises the actives form of PKC and permits its translocation to different sites within the cells) and PKC_ were detected although those interactions among different AIS patients were altered. Interestingly, treatment with compound A or B rescued melatonin signal defect in cells derived from 36% and 47% of AIS patients respectively. Overall, melatonin signal transduction was restored in cells of 64% of AIS patients (23/36) when treated by one of these therapeutic compounds.

Conclusions: The functional classification of AIS patients is correlated at the molecular level by distinct interactions between key molecules normally involved in melatonin signal transduction in spite that these patients exhibited the same curve type (right thoracic, Lenke type 1). Collectively, these data strongly argue that traditional curve pattern classification is not a relevant stratification of AIS patients to identify its genetic causes. Moreover, using that molecular system we have demonstrated also the possibility to identify therapeutic compounds to rescue the melatonin signalling defect observed in AIS without any prior knowledge of mutations in any defective genes causing AIS because we are measuring a function.

Research project supported by La Fondation Yves Cotrel de l’Institut de France


A. Moreau H. Boulanger C.E. Aubin P.A. Mathieu S. Wang K.M. Bagnall

Introduction: Over the last three years, we have demonstrated the complex role of melatonin, a hormone produces mainly in the brain, in the development of scoliosis and in particular by reporting for the first time that cells from AIS patients cannot respond to melatonin, which contrasted with similar cells isolated from healthy subjects. We have determined that this phenomenon is caused by chemical modifications affecting the activity of Gi proteins, a group of small proteins normally associated with both melatonin receptors. Interestingly, previous studies showed that melatonin deficiency could also induce a scoliosis suggesting that the asymmetrical growth of the spine in humans and in melatonin deficient animals could be caused by a common downstream effector regulated by melatonin. This study was then designed to determine and characterise the early biochemical, cellular and molecular changes underlying the formation of spinal deformities in growing pinealectomized chicken and in bipedal C57Bl/6 mice, a naturally melatonin deficient strain of mice.

Methods: For this study, 145 newly hatched chickens (Mountain Hubbard) were purchased at a local hatchery and divided into three distinct groups. First group, pinealectomized (n=100), underwent complete removal of the pineal gland. The second group, sham (n=20), underwent superficial cranial incision without the ablation of the pineal gland. The third group, control (n=25), the chickens did not undergo any surgical procedure. All surgeries were performed by the same surgeon between day three and five after hatching. At days 14, 21 and 28 chicken underwent radiographic examination with a DEXA bone densitometer (PIXImus II, Lunar Corp., Madison, WI). Each digital image was evaluated for the presence of scoliosis and the degree of curvature was measured. Cobb angle threshold value of 10° and higher was retained as a significant scoliotic condition. Blood samples (1 to 2 ml) were taken from a peripheral wing vein of each chicken (from 6 am to 9 am) at the age of 14, 21 and 28 days. Sera were collected by centrifugation and immediately stored at −80°C until assayed. Serum melatonin concentrations were determined using an ELISA method (IBL, Hamburg, Germany). At day 28, chicken were euthanised and tissues were collected to extract mRNA for expression analysis or proteins for subsequent detection. C57Bl/6 mice (n=50) were purchased from Charles-Rivers and bipedal mice were generated by removing the forelimbs and tail after weaning (three weeks old) according to a protocol approved by our institutional animal health care committee. Sera of AIS patients and matched healthy controls were also analysed to determine the levels of circulating P factor using an ELISA assay.

Results: Our results demonstrated a more dynamic variation of circulating melatonin level only in pinealectomised chicken developing a scoliosis, which allowed us to separate scoliotic chicken in two distinct groups. In the first group, the animals showed a biphasic response with a strong decrease of melatonin level between days 14 to 21, followed by a rapid recovery to almost reach the normal values at day 28. In the second group, pinealectomised chickens showed a linear decrease of circulating melatonin over the three-week period while, non-scoliotic pinealectomised chicken showed non-significant variations in melatonin concentration with values close to those obtained with the shams. At the molecular level, expression analysis demonstrated higher expression of a gene encoding a protein that has been termed P factor only in paraspinal muscles of pinealectomized chicken developing a scoliosis. Accumulation of P factor was also confirmed at the protein level by Western blot analysis. Bipedal C57Bl/6 mice, which are naturally melatonin deficient, developed also scoliotic deformities in a proportion of 45% over a two-month period. Interestingly, we observed that genetically modified mice devoid of P factor (n=60) or one of its receptor (n=40) in the same genomic background (C57Bl/6) cannot develop a scoliosis in the same conditions. Moreover, P factor circulating levels in scoliotic patients showed a 2–4 fold increase when compared to healthy matched individuals.

Conclusions: These results showed for the first time a more dynamic variation in circulating melatonin levels among pinealectomised chicken, which was unsuspected by previous studies. Interestingly, a transient decrease of circulating melatonin level was sufficient to induce scoliotic deformities during the first two weeks even if melatonin concentration was subsequently recovered a week later. This may explain why melatonin injection in pinealectomised chicken is not always efficient in preventing scoliosis. Taken together, these observations further suggest that a melatonin decrease below a certain threshold during a specific postnatal window may be sufficient to trigger a scoliosis and reconcile the data concerning AIS patients showing in most of the studies no significant variation when analysed at late stages. The study of early molecular changes in animal models also led us to identify a novel factor, which appears essential to initiate scoliosis through a specific signalling action. The clinical relevance of the P factor in AIS and related spinal syndromes is further strengthened by the detection of high levels of P factor only in scoliotic patients and could pave the way for the development of innovative diagnosis tools as well as the first pharmacological treatments to prevent scoliosis deformities in children.

Research project supported by La Fondation Yves Cotrel de l’Institut de France


M. McMaster A. Lee R.G. Burwell

Objective: Infants introduced to indoor heated swimming pools in the first year of life show an association with progressive adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS). Similarly control children exposed in this way show an association with vertical spinous process asymmetry. A new method of assessment was used on these controls who were standing in an upright position. Overall, our evidence suggests that indoor heated swimming pools contain a risk factor that predisposes some infants to develop spinal asymmetries years later – progressive AIS in a few and off-vertical spinous process asymmetry in the many. What the risk factor may be and its possible portal of entry into the infant’s body are unknown and possibilities are examined. A subsequent new group of control children confirms the association of indoor heated swimming pools and vertical spinal asymmetry.

Risk factors: An irritant gas trichloramine (nitrogen trichloride) has been found to contaminate the air of indoor-chlorinated pools which Bernard et al link to asthma and chronic airway inflammation. Besides the lungs the skin in infants may provide another portal of entry of any chemical risk factors for spinal asymmetries. In connection with a chemical risk factor Nachemson anecdotally noted the development of scoliosis in salmon fry at a fish farm who were exposed to water contaminated after the re-painting of a water regulating dam.

Environmental epigenomics and disease susceptibility: Barker and his colleagues and others have shown that the origins of important chronic diseases of adult life may lie in foetal responses to the intrauterine environment and in infants to early postnatal life. Currently, there are British and US medical research projects to gather information on how human genes and environment interact over the years to cause disease; the British project is called Biobank. Another aspect concerns disease susceptibility by spotting gene variants in people who already have specific diseases. Do the suspected risk factors of indoor-chlorinated pools for spinal asymmetries need to be included in such studies? Is there potential for prevention?

In our earlier study we found 61% of the controls taken swimming in the first year of life had vertical spinous process asymmetry. In the subsequent smaller study the incidence even higher (83%).

Conclusions:

The evidence reported in our earlier paper suggests that infants introduced to indoor heated swimming pools in the first year of life show an association with spinal asymmetries including progressive AIS and in controls vertical spinous process asymmetry.

Subject to confirmation of our observations consideration should be given to chemical risk factors, possible portals of entry, environmental epigenomics and disease susceptibility to altered spinal development.

Subsequent controls confirm that the introduction to indoor heated swimming pools in the first year of life is associated with the development of spinal asymmetries.


R. Chaloupka J. Parmova M. Kapralova A. Svobodnik M. Krbec M. Repko

Genetic factors and impairment of central nervous system (CNS) are known factors in aetiology of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. MRI pathology of CNS (brain asymmetry, syringomyelia) was found. Perinatal pathology could cause damage of CNS.

Material and method: Perinatal risk factors are evaluated in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis – AIS group (39 patients) compared with normal individuals – N (28 persons).

In the AIS group, the mean onset of right thoracic curve was 12,2 years, apex vertebrae were T7 – T11 (T8 in 8 cases, T8–9 in 5, T9 in 12 cases), mean Cobb angle measured 49,0 degrees (SD 14,500), thoracic kyphosis T3-T12 19,9 (SD 12,167), lumbar lordosis T12-S1 –53,1 (SD 8,338).

A questionnaire was created to identify parental age, diseases, mother diseases and remedies during pregnancy, pregnancy duration, child resuscitation, childbirth pathology, incubator, jaundice duration, diseases during the first year of life, beginning of sitting and standing, right or left handing. Results have been processed by software Statistica 7.1. StatSoft, Inc. (2005). For evaluation of potential difference between AIS and N groups two-sample t-test for continuous parameters was used. Two-sample t-test and Fisher test were testing the hypothesis that the values of parameters make no difference between two groups (on the 0,05 significant level).

Results: More children who required an incubator were found in AIS group – 4, N group – 1 (statistically insignificant). We found these statistically significant differences:

- Occurrence of familiar scoliosis in AIS group – nine out of 39, 0 in N group.

- Child diseases during the first year of life in N group –18 out of 28 in N, 10 out of 39 AIS.

- Early sitting in AIS group (6,5 months), 7,6 in N.

- More males in N group (15 out of 28), 8 out of 39 in AIS.

Conclusion: These finding confirm the importance of genetic factors and support the influence of CNS dysbalance factors in early childhood. The earlier sitting (in AIS group) could start the dysbalance of postural motor system. Further studies are necessary.


R. Piotr H. Juliusz K. Ukasz

AIS has different image than paralytic scoliosis or scoliosis accompanying some diseases of the spinal cord in electromyographical and electroneurographical examinations (EMG and ENG). These differences are concerned to different progression, characteristic properties in skeletal system pathology or curves angles at the thoracic and lumbosacral spine.

There are always two sites in patients with AIS where changes in transmission from the motor cortex to the motoneuronal centres in lumbosacral region appear. These phenomena were shown in motor evoked potentials studies which were induced with the magnetic field (MEP) in areas of motor cortex and recorded from centres of cervical and lumbosacral spinal cord as well as from muscles of upper and lower extremities. Changes in efferent transmission are greater twice in recordings from muscles of lower extremities and in oververtebral recordings at L5-S1 regions what suggests, that secondary slowing down takes place at the level of the apical thoracic vertebrae of primary curve (mostly at Th7–8), predominantly on the concave than convex side of scoliosis. MEP study confirmed a previous finding with somatosensory evoked potentials (SEPs) similarly about two focuses of disturbances in of afferent transmission on the spinal centres-supraspinal centres pathway. MEP showed changes in the efferent transmission on the supraspinal centres-spinal motor generator pathway. Such changes are not observed in scolioses other than idiopathic.

Results of the complex neurophysiological studies suggest that the primary origin of AIS is the brain stem area at the level of thalamus where changes of afferent and efferent transmission are detected. There is a close relationship of this structure with the pineal gland and secretion of neurotransmitters at this level in correlation to disturbances in melatonin secretion and other neurohormones. Disorders in melatonin secretion and other neurohormones may induce a scoliosis what was shown in previous genetic and experimental neurophysiological studies on animals, together with cutting of the pineal stalk. Some aspects of this problem were also mentioned in our previous clinical neurophysiological studies [1–3].

Results of studies suggest that in patients with AIS, there are structural and functional changes in the area of thalamus, which cause disturbances in afferent and efferent transmission at this level. Pathology in the pineal secretion of neurohormones can be one of the factors influencing the formation and progression of AIS, as a disease of probably secondary origin to the functional changes in brain.

Results of MEP studies discussed in this report confirm that the primary origin of AIS takes place at the level of the brain stem but not in the spinal cord.


H. Juliusz R. Piotr

Radiological diagnosis is not the only tool in detection, monitoring of progress and making easy to undertake a decision about the surgical scoliosis correction. The below presented algorithm of scoliosis monitoring with complex and repetitive (comparative) neurophysiological examinations facilitates the doctor’s decision about method of the conservative treatment or just the moment of surgical intervention [3, 14]. Neurogenic changes in muscles can be found in early stages of the spine deformation – usually when the Cobb’s angle is over 100 [1]. Vertebral rotation and curvature progression follow simultaneously leading to deformation of the spinal cord together with the local ventral roots compression and sometimes inflammation of them. The structure of the grey matter especially in the ventral horn changes its form more on the convex side of scoliosis. Cell bodies together with the axonal hillocks in the motoneuronal pools show deformations comparing to the analogical area of the concave side. This produce discrete unilateral axonopathy in both efferent fibers of peroneal and tibial nerves in scoliotic patients at the age of about 10. This can be found in electroneurographical (ENG) recordings of M and F potentials even at the angle of scoliosis of 100 [10, 14]. Both parameters of the amplitudes and conduction velocities in M-wave studies are decreased and the frequency of F wave recording is diminished what suggests pathological asymmetrical changes just at the level of the ventral root. That is why electromyographical (EMG) recordings show asymmetrical, according to the ventral root somatotopical innervation, selective (found only in some muscles) deficits in frequency and amplitude of motor units action potentials, predominantly in girls. These girls have scoliosis accelerating the most with angle changes of 50 per year [2] that rapidly deepens the neurogenic changes.

Other significant evaluation of the scoliosis acceleration is using the somatosensory evoked potentials (SEPs) for recording progression of pathology in the afferent transmission within the long ascending spinal cord pathways running in dorsal, dorsolateral and lateral funiculi [4, 5]. Changes in parameters more amplitude than conduction velocity from SEPs studies recorded at the cervical level are more visible on the concave than convex side of scoliosis. These changes are correlated with increasing the Cobb’s angle at the apical thoracic vertebrae (Th7–8) while peripheral sensory transmission remains only slightly disturbed [6, 7]. These changes were found to be twice greater when recording of SEPs was performed over cranially on the contralateral side of the scalp to the stimulation site at the ankle (tibial nerve than peroneal nerve fibers excitation) both in mothers and their daughters [4]. This points at the strong inhibition of the afferent transmission at the level of the brain stem (probably thalamus or medial lemniscus). During the comparative SEPs recordings at the cervical level, when parameters of waves change dramatically (or even they disappear), this may suggest that the lateral angle of scoliosis exceeded 450 with great acceleration of the torsion [9]. Somatosensory evoked potential recordings during the surgical correction of scoliosis showed only rarely the immediate improvement of the afferent transmission [7, 8, 11]. However, they make sure a surgeon about lack of blockade within the spinal pathways which comes from derotation and distraction procedures performed on the spine during implantation of the corrective instrumentation. First visible results of improvement in the SEPs parameters recorded postoperatively are usually seen a week after the surgery [14].

The above analogical phenomena but referring to the efferent transmission were shown in motor evoked potentials studies which were induced with the magnetic field (MEP) in areas of motor cortex and recorded from centres of cervical and lumbosacral spinal cord as well as from nerves and muscles of upper and lower extremities [12,13, 15].

Usually when AIS reaches the Cobb’s angle of 200 at the age of 25 and does not progress more it can be assumed, that its development is finished. In these patients the signs of neurogenic changes found in EMG examinations performed in lower extremities, paravertebral and gluteal muscles do not progress, too [14].


C.J. Goldberg D.P. Moore E.E. Fogarty F.E. Dowling

Introduction: A parameter in surface topography was developed to measure left-right differences in back surface of different scoliosis patterns, and to relate these to biological asymmetry and the evolution of deformity. Because of the close association between scoliosis and growth, the hypothesis that scoliosis is growth, that it affects not just the spine but the whole body and that it falls into well-described biological patterns of asymmetry, was explored.

Methods: The new measure compares the positions of three points (mid way between the first thoracic vertebra and axilla, and one and two thirds from axilla to posterior superior iliac spines) on either side of the mid-line, reflecting right onto left and expressing the displacement along Cartesian axes in millimetres. The purpose is to measure size and growth differences at diagnosis and during follow-up. Statistical analysis was of prospectively collected topographic, radiographic and clinical data. There were three groups, all female: 1. mild asymmetry (N=84, no radiograph); 2. thoracic (N=65, mean Cobb angle 61.4°±19.5) and 3. thoracolumbar or lumbar (N=40, mean Cobb angle was 51.8°±23.0). Comparisons were made between each group and theoretically perfect symmetry (test value zero). Correlations with Cobb angle change over time were analysed.

Results: Groups one and three showed directional asymmetry in the coronal plane only, and were not statistically different from each other. Group two showed directional asymmetry at all levels, the side of the scoliosis convexity being larger in all three dimensions (left-right, antero-posterior and cranio-caudal). Changes in Cobb angle correlated with statistical significance with change in the vertical height of the convex side.

Conclusions: This topographic measure was developed specifically to quantify the asymmetry of the back surface, to assign it to a biological pattern and to observe how it might change during growth and scoliosis evolution. All levels of asymmetry, the minor as well as the true scoliosis, showed directional asymmetry (normal distribution of left-right differences about a mean that is not zero, genetically determined) which suggests an origin of scoliosis lying in the biology of growth and the evolution of morphology, rather than in a particular disease process. This asymmetry does not cause scoliosis: it is the result of asymmetric growth processes, it is scoliosis. The relevance of this view is that it obviates the need for an identifiable disease process, as scoliosis is a non-specific developmental response to physiological stress. It is the destabilising of the genetic control “programme” that operates in the growing organism to produce an adult phenotype which is an accurate expression of its genotype. This interpretation can explain observations of natural history that currently cause problems viz. the association with growth and development, lateralisation, increased incidence with other medical conditions, and female predominance, the recurrence of deformity after surgical correction and perhaps even the difficulty in reaching a final conclusion on the efficacy of brace treatment.


A.M. Huynh C.E. Aubin T. Rajwani I. Villemure K. Bagnall

Background: The neurocentral junction often has been identified as a potential cause of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS). Disparate growth at this site has been thought to lead to pedicle asymmetry, which then causes vertebral rotation in the transverse plane and ultimately, the development of scoliotic curves.

Objectives:

To develop a model that incorporates pedicle growth and growth modulation into an existing finite element model of the thoracic and lumbar spine already integrating vertebral growth and growth modulation

Using the model to investigate whether pedicle asymmetry, either alone or combined with other deformations, could be involved in scoliosis pathomechanisms.

Methods: The model was personalised to the geometry of a non-pathological subject and used as the reference spinal configuration. Left/right asymmetry of pedicle geometry (i.e. initial length) and left/right asymmetry of the pedicle growth rate alone or in combination with other AIS potential pathogenesis (anterior, lateral, or rotational displacement of apical vertebra) were simulated over a period of 24 months. The Cobb angle and local scoliotic descriptors (wedging angle, axial rotation) were assessed at each monthly growth cycle.

Results: Simulations with asymmetrical pedicle geometry did not produce significant scoliosis, vertebral rotation or wedging. Simulations with asymmetry of pedicle growth rate did not cause scoliosis independently and did not amplify the scoliotic deformity caused by other initial deformations tested by Villemure (2004).

Discussion and Conclusion: The results of this biomechanical model do not support the hypothesis that asymmetrical neurocentral junction growth is a cause of AIS. This concurs with recent animal experiments in which neurocentral junction growth was unilaterally restricted and no scoliosis, vertebral wedging or rotation was noted. With regards to addressing the aetiology of scoliotic curve development, biomechanical modelling represents a powerful tool to investigate cause and affect relationships since AIS patients typically present to the scoliosis clinic well after curves have manifested.

Contact person and Presenter: Carl-Éric Aubin, Ph.D., Canada Research Chair “CAD Innovations in Orthopedic Engineering”, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Ecole Polytechnique, Montreal, Canada, Tel: (514) 340-4711, ext. 4437; Fax: (514) 340-5867; E-mail: carl-eric.aubin@polymtl.ca


R.G. Burwell R.K. Aujla B.J.C. Freeman A.A. Cole A.S. Kirby R.K. Pratt J.K. Webb A. Moulton

Patterns of extra-spinal skeletal length asymmetry have been reported for upper limbs [1] and ribcage [2] of patients with upper spine adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. This paper reports a third pattern in the ilia. Seventy of 108 consecutive adolescent patients referred from routine scoliosis school screening during 1996–1999 had lower spine scoliosis – lumbar (LS), thoracolumbar (TLS), or pelvic tilt scoliosis (PTS). Radiologic bi-iliac and hip tilt angles were both measurable in 60 subjects: LS 18, TLS 31, and PTS 11 (girls 44, boys 16, mean age 14.6 years). Cobb angle (CA), apical vertebral rotation (AVR) and apical vertebral translation from the T1-S1 line (AVT) were measured on standing full spine radiographs (mean Cobb angle 14 degrees, range 4–38 degrees, 33 left, 27 right curves). Bi-iliac tilt angle (BITA) and hip tilt angle (HTA) were measured trigonometrically and iliac height asymmetry calculated as BITA minus HTA (corrected BITA=CBITA) and directly as iliac height asymmetry. Iliac height is relatively taller on the concavity of these curves (p< 0.001). CBITA is associated with Cobb angle, AVR and AVT (each p< 0.001).

Conclusion: The relatively taller concave ilium may be 1) real from primary skeletal changes or asymmetric muscle traction on iliac apophyses [3], or 2) apparent from rotation/torsion at the sacro-iliac joint(s).


R.G. Burwell R.K. Aujla B.J.C. Freeman A.A. Cole A.S. Kirby R.K. Pratt J.K. Webb A. Moulton

In schoolchildren screened for scoliosis about 40% have minor, non-progressive, lumbar scolioses secondary to pelvic tilt with leg-length and/or sacral inequality [1] not reported with preoperative thoracic curves [2]. Forty-nine of 108 consecutive adolescent patients referred from routine scoliosis school screening during 1996–1999 had lower spinal scoliosis with measurable radiological sacral alar and hip tilt angles – lumbar scoliosis 18, thoracolumbar scoliosis 31 (girls 41, boys 8, mean Cobb angle 16 degrees, range 4–38 degrees). In standing full spine antero-posterior radiographs measurements were made of Cobb angle and pelvic asymmetries as sacral alar and iliac heights (left minus right). From anthropometric measurements derivatives were calculated as ilio-femoral length (total leg length minus tibial length) and several length asymmetries, namely: ilio-femoral length asymmetry, total leg length inequality and tibial length asymmetry (all left minus right). Ilio-femoral length asymmetry correlates significantly with sacral alar height asymmetry (girls negatively r= − 0.456, p=0.002, boys positively r=0.726 p=0.041) but not iliac height asymmetry (girls p=0.201) from which three types are identified. Total leg length inequality but not tibial length asymmetry in the girls is associated with sacral alar height asymmetry (r= − 0.367 p=0.017 & r=0.039 p=0.807 respectively). Interpretation is complicated by total leg lengths each including some ilium in which there is asymmetry [3]. But lack of association between ilio-femoral length asymmetry and iliac height asymmetry suggests that the femoral component is more important than iliac component in determining the associations between sacral alar height asymmetry and each of ilio-femoral length asymmetry and total leg length inequality.

Conclusions:

Sacral alar height asymmetry and leg length asymmetries. The evidence suggests that sacral alar height asymmetry is not secondary to the leg length inequalities at least in most girls (negative correlations) and is more likely to result from primary skeletal changes in femur(s) and sacrum.

Sacral alar height asymmetry and Cobb angle. Scoliosis progression and iliac height asymmetry [3] appear to need factors additional to those that determine ilio-femoral length asymmetry – for in the girls Cobb angle is associated with both sacral alar height asymmetry and iliac height asymmetry (each p< 0.001) but not with either ilio-femoral length asymmetry (p=0.249) or total leg length inequality (p=0.650). The additional factors may be biomechanical [4], and/or biological in the trunk [5] and central nervous system [6].


R.G. Burwell P.H. Dangerfield B.J.C. Freeman R.K. Aujla A.A. Cole A.S. Kirby R.K. Pratt J.K. Webb A. Moulton

In idiopathic scoliosis the detection of extra-spinal left-right skeletal length asymmetries in the upper limbs, ribs, ilia and lower limbs [1–7] begs the question: are these asymmetries unconnected with the pathogenesis, or are they an indicator of what may also be happening in immature vertebrae of the spine? The vertebrate body plan has mirror-image bilateral symmetries (mirror symmetrical, homologous morphologies) that are highly conserved culminating in the adult form [8]. The normal human body can be viewed as containing paired skeletal structures in the axial and appendicular skeleton as a) separate left and right paired forms (e.g. long limb bones, ribs, ilia), and b) united in paired forms (e.g. vertebrae, skull, mandible). Each of these separate and united pairs are mirror-image forms – enantiomorphs. In idiopathic scoliosis, genetic and epigenetic (environmental) mechanisms [9–11] may disturb the symmetry control of enantiomorphic immature bones [12–13] and, by creating left-right endochondral growth asymmetries, cause the extra-spinal bone length asymmetries, and within one or more vertebrae create growth conflict with distortion as deformities (= unsynchronised bone growth concept) [14].

Conclusion: This enantiomorphic disorder concept applied to the axial skeleton during infancy, juvenility and adolescence – through reductionism into the molecular mechanisms of growth plate responses to different hormones at successive phases of development – provides a new theoretical insight to explain the whole body deformity of AIS. The concept suggests preventive surgery on spine and ribs.


R.G. Burwell R.K. Aujla P.H. Dangerfield A.A. Cole B.J.C. Freeman A.S. Kirby R.K. Pratt J.K. Webb A. Moulton

In subjects with lumbar, thoracolumbar or pelvic tilt scoliosis no pattern of structural leg length inequality has been reported [1]. Forty-seven girls of 108 consecutive adolescent patients referred from routine scoliosis school screening during 1996–1999 had lower spinal scoliosis – lumbar (LS) 17, or thoracolumbar (TLS) 30 (mean Cobb angle 16 degrees, range 4–38 degrees, mean age 14.8 years, left curves 25). The controls were 280 normal girls (11–18 years, mean age 13.4 years). Anthropometric measurements were made of total leg lengths (LL), tibiae (TL) and feet (FL) by one observer (RGB) and asymmetries calculated for LL, TL and FL, as absolutes and percentage asymmetries of right/left lengths. There are no detectable changes of absolute asymmetries with age for LL, TL or FL in scoliotic or normal girls. Asymmetries are found in scoliotic girls compared with normals with relative lengthening on the right for each of LL (0.95%) and TL (0.99%) (each p< 0.001), but not FL (0.38%).

Conclusion: The relative lengthenings in the right leg are unrelated statistically to the severity or side of the lower spinal scoliosis; the cause is unknown and may be related to posture – free standing on the right leg [2] – to neuromuscular mechanisms, or to primary skeletal changes in growth plates of femur(s) and tibia(e).


R.G. Burwell P.H. Dangerfield

Nachemson [2] suggested that there are more girls than boys with progressive AIS for the following reason. The maturation of postural mechanisms in the nervous system is complete about the same time in boys and girls. Girls enter their skeletal adolescent growth spurt with immature postural mechanisms. So, if they have a predisposition to develop a scoliosis curve, the spine deforms. In contrast, boys enter their adolescent growth spurt with mature postural mechanisms so they are protected from developing a scoliosis curve. We termed Nachemson’s concept the neuro-osseous timing of maturation (NOTOM) hypothesis and used it to propose a possible medical treatment for idiopathic scoliosis by delaying puberty through the pituitary using gonadorelin analogues as in idiopathic precocious puberty [3,4].

The prevalence of scoliosis is reported to be increased in rhythmic gymnasts (RGs) in Bulgaria [5] and in ballet dancers (BDs) in the USA [6]. Both groups exhibit delayed puberty, which, at first sight, nullifies the NOTOM hypothesis for idiopathic scoliosis. There are similarities between scoliotic RGs and BDs that include intensive exercise from a young age, dieting, delayed menarche, increased scoliosis prevalence (RGs 12%, BDs 24%), mild scoliosis curves (10–30 degrees), and presumably generalised joint laxity. Other differences in addition to country of origin and exercises, include certain anthropometric features and importantly in RGs, thoracolumbar and lumbar curves and, in BDs, right thoracic curves. While constitutional and environmental factors may determine the scoliosis, the different curve types in RGs and BDs suggest that the exercise pattern over many years determines which type of scoliosis develops, although not the curve severity.

Conclusion: The view that scoliotic RGs should be included in a group of sports-associated scoliosis separate from idiopathic scoliosis [5] is supported. We suggest that most BDs who develop mild-moderate scoliosis do not have idiopathic scoliosis but a scoliosis related to intensive exercises over many years acting on a particular phenotype and genotype, similar to the sports-associated scoliosis. In this context the delayed puberty of RGs and BDs with scoliosis does not nullify the NOTOM hypothesis. There is a need to focus research on such subjects who have defined constitutional and environmental factors related to their scoliosis.


C.J. Goldberg D.P. Moore E.E. Fogarty F.E. Dowling

It is customary to analyse scoliosis as a mechanical failure: first there is a straight spine (=normal), then an habitual and collapsing posture (=disease) and finally, structural remodelling (Hueter-Volkmann effect = scoliosis). This hypothesis makes two practical predictions:

There is a disease process causing the pathological posture. The purpose of gatherings such as this is to identify this pathology, thus far without success.

Early diagnosis will permit early non-operative treatment which will halt or reverse the remodelling and reduce the occurrence of severe deformity and the need for corrective spinal surgery.

The failure of school scoliosis screening to achieve this end is well documented, but the consequence for the underlying hypothesis has not been analysed. Screening failed, not because it was unable to detect scoliosis, but because scoliosis did not behave as the hypothesis predicted.

Disease process: All theories presume some form of neurological or muscular deficit as the final pathway but while the variety is wide, e.g. (historically) anterior poliomyelitis; more recently proprioceptive defect, melatonin or calmodulin disorder, there is no clear evidence for such a deficit in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS). Of 1342 screening referrals to this centre, 10 had a neurological diagnosis (most of which were already known to the patients) and 598 had radiologically confirmed AIS. In contrast, 1707 referrals to the general clinics included 410 syndromic cases and 420 AIS. Patients with a neurological problem, by and large, find their own way to medical attention. The hypothesis does not explain the natural history or the aetiology, and awkward observations, such as the association with growth (Goldberg et al Spine.18(5):529–535.1993, Eur Spine J.2:29–36.1993 and, most recently, Ylikoski M. Journal of Pediatric Orthopaedics B.14:320–324, 2005) or the higher incidence in ballet dancers (Warren et al. New England Journal of Medicine.314(21):1348–1353.1986) and rhythmic gymnasts (Tanchev et al. Spine.25(11):1367–1372.2000) are ignored.

Screening: Screening programmes (e.g. Goldberg et al., Spine.20(12):1368–1374, 1995) showed that there was no precise demarcation between “scoliosis” and “normal,” and that there was no benefit in terms of the need for surgical correction from screening or bracing, (Goldberg et al. Spine.26(1):42–47, 2001).

Discussion: his information has been in the public domain for some years and, in the meanwhile, there have been huge advances in biology and medicine which must have relevance. When the predictions of a hypothesis are not confirmed, that hypothesis must at least be re-examined, and it is not necessary to wait until a replacement can be suggested. The undisputed aspects of scoliosis, such as association with growth rate and maturation, lateralisation, gender predominance, normal distribution of Cobb angle and asymmetry over the wider population, essential health and normality of those with even severe deformity, increased incidence in other conditions, all suggest a different model. This is an opportune time to pause and reconsider the underlying model of scoliosis in the light of what we have learned about scoliosis and what is now known in other disciplines about how morphology is determined and evolved.


A. Indahl S. Holm

Introduction: The aetiology of scoliosis is not known. Many different mechanisms have been suggested as playing a part in the development. Dysfunction of the segmental paravertebral muscles have been suggested to have some impact on the condition. It is known that the injection of botulinum toxin type B will paralyse muscles by blocking of the motor endplate. The effect has been shown to last up to three months. The experiment was designed to study if segmental muscles in the thoracic region of the spine in pigs play a role in the development of the spine.

Materials and Methods: Six seven days old piglets were used in the experiment. In the lower thoracic region in three levels on the left side the paraspinal muscles were infiltrated with botulinum toxin type B. It was used 10 units of Botox® on each level, a total of 30 units were used on each animal. It was taken care to infiltrate the different small muscles as the toxin does not spread readily to adjacent muscles. The pigs were then left for normal care and development. They all were assessed at four weeks intervals until they were sacrificed three months after initial injection. x-ray were then taken of the spine.

Results: During the follow-up there were no visible changes in the alignment of the spine. The piglets developed normally. On x-ray there were no signs of developmental disturbances and we did not see any signs of scoliotic development. If anything, there was the development of a long curvature in the thoracic spine. On examination there was clear atrophy of the segmental muscles in the injected regions.

Discussion: This experiment suggests that the development of the spine is not guided by either the presence or absence of muscle activation. The dose of Botox® applied to these small muscles should be more than adequate to stop nearly all muscle activity. The pig has a rapid growth period from seven days to three months. Any changes caused by muscle activation should have been detected in this period. It could be that the effect on fast growing animals is shorter than three months. Nevertheless we still saw muscle atrophy at time of sacrifice.


X.C. Gao J.A. Herring N.M. Cain J.D. Gillum R.H. Browne C. Helms S.L. Swaney D.P. Zhang S. Shoemaker M. Lovett A.M. Bowcock C.A. Wise

Background and methods: Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) is the most common spinal deformity in children, with a prevalence of 1–2%. The disease generally displays complex inheritance. Various family studies have produced many first reports of AIS susceptibility regions, but confirmation of these is lacking. In the present study we investigated extension of our own data, and reproducibility of other published results, by testing linkage in a new collection of fifty-four AIS families. Altogether fifteen candidate regions were evaluated in a two-stage design.

Results: Strongest results were obtained for linkage to microsatellite loci within a candidate region of proximal 8q previously identified by chromosomal breakpoint mapping. Although positive lod scores were obtained for other regions, none exhibited significance less than or equal to P = .05. Lod scores remained stable after analysis of an independent panel of SNP loci in the 8q candidate region and were strengthened with inclusion of additional affected family members (multipoint NPL = 3.02, P = 0.001). Two SNPs near the peak of linkage produced evidence of association to AIS susceptibility. Both SNPs are found within plausible candidate genes for AIS susceptibility.

Conclusion: These results support linkage of the 8q11-8q13 region to AIS susceptibility. Bashiardes et al. previously described a chromosomal break in the 8q11 region that disrupted the gamma-1- syntrophin (SNTG1) gene and segregated with AIS in an extended kindred. In that study, possible rare splice site mutations were identified an additional affected family and one sporadic case. The peak of linkage and association detected in this study appears to be distinct from the SNTG1 gene. This suggests the possibility that more than one gene in the region may contribute to disease. A more detailed analysis of the region encompassing this linkage peak, and the SNTG1 gene, is warranted in larger family collections.


S. ZAID S. KHALID

Purpose: To compare the post-operative morbidity, of a novel vertical approach, with that of the standard transverse one, for procurement of Autologous bone graft from the iliac crest, for the purpose of cervical spine fusions.

Methodology: Patients undergoing procurement of bone graft from the iliac crest were prospectively randomised into two groups. The study group (18) underwent the procedure through a novel vertical approach, while the controls (22) had the standard transverse approach. Both groups were evaluated by a blinded observer at 1 month and 6 months postoperatively. The visual analogue pain score,(VAS), use of analgesics, disruption of cutaneous nerve function and local tenderness were recorded.

Results: The mean VAS in the study group was 2.5 and 4.4 in the control group one month postoperatively. This was reduced to 2.9 in the control group and 1.8 in the study group six months later. The study group had a lower incidence of local numbness (33.3 %) compared to (72.7%) in the control group one month after surgery. Use of analgesia after 6 months was lower in the study group (11.1%), compared to 50% in the control group 6 months post operatively. There was no significant difference between the two groups with regards to other parameters.

Conclusion: The vertical approach to the iliac crest is associated with lower morbidity and is an effective alternative to the standard approach.


A Manoj-Thomas V. Shanbhag J Vafadis A Jones J Howes PR Davies S Ahuja

Aim: To determine the incidence of adjacent level osteophytes in patients who have had anterior cervical fusion using an anterior cervical plate as compared to those who are fused without an anterior cervical plate.

Design: We retrospectively reviewed the lateral radiograms of sixty two patients who have had an anterior cervical fusion with a minimum follow up of twelve months.

Materials and methods: We looked for the development of adjacent level osteophytes in these patients at their final follow up, which was generally at the time radiological fusion. There were 27 patients in the first group who had an anterior cervical plate used to fix the vertebrae in addition to the Cervios cage, while the 35 patients in the second group in whom only a Rabea cage was used for the fusion. The mean follow-up was 20.6 months (range 12–48).

Results: 64.3% of the patients who had an anterior cervical plate developed adjacent level osteophytes while none of the patients who have had the fusion without the cage developed the osteophytes.

Conclusion: We found the patients who had an anterior cervical interbody fusion using a plate had a significant risk of developing adjacent level osteophytes while this is not seen in patients who do not have the plate for the fixation.


P Jayakumar ATH Casey C Leung

Background: The phenomenon of heterotopic ossification (HO) is a well-known complication of joint replacement surgery. However, the clinical associations and effects of HO in cervical arthroplasty are unclear. This study investigates the incidence of HO in cervical disc replacement, identifies potential associated risk factors, and assesses the relationship of HO with clinical outcomes.

Method: The patient population (n=90; 39 men, 51 women; mean age 45 years; range 26–79 yr; standard deviation, 9.8 yr) was acquired from the original multi-center, prospective, observational Bryan Disc Study by the European Consortium. The presence of HO was defined in accordance with the McAfee classification based on cervical lateral x-rays at 12 months post surgery and interpreted by an independent neurosurgeon and a radiologist. Secondary outcome measurements included Odom’s criteria and the Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form 36-Item Health Survey.

Results: 16 out of the total 90 patients (17.8%) experienced HO. 6 patients (6.7%) experienced Grade 3 and 4 HO. 10 patients’ (11%) artificial discs demonstrated movement of less than 2 degrees on flexion and extension cervical x-ray at 12 months post-operatively. 4 of these patients had HO of Grade 3 or 4. Male sex ([chi]2 = 4.1; P = 0.0407) and older patients (P = 0.023; odds ratio = 1.10; 95% confidence interval = 1.01–1.19) were associated with development of HO.

Discussion: HO is known to restrict movement of large joint and lumbar disc replacements. Our study demonstrates male sex and older age as potential risk factors in development of HO after cervical disc arthroplasty. There is a strong association between HO and subsequent loss of movement of implanted cervical artificial discs. Failure to preserve motion may expedite the onset of symptomatic adjacent segment level disease making this an important complication requiring further investigation. Grade 3 or 4 HO limited movement in 4.4% of patients.


A Aarvold A Casey J Bernard

Introduction: Atlanto-Occipital dislocation is rare and usually fatal. Stabilisation is typically from Occiput to C2; sacrificing atlantoaxial movement. To preserve movement, screw fixation from the articular mass of C1 to the occipital condyle has been described. Amongst other structures, the hypoglossal nerve is at risk. No previous study has addressed the anatomy of the hypoglossal canal in relation to screw trajectory. We aim to identify landmarks to aid safe screw passage into the occipital condyle.

Methods: 20 dry skulls provided 40 hypoglossal canals (HCs) and 40 occipital condyles (OCs). No distinction was made between sex, race or age. 9 parameters were measured for each HC, and relation to skull base was noted.

Results: The mean length of the HC was 10mm (range 8 to 14). The extra-cranial foramen of the HC is located lateral to the intra-cranial foramen (30° range 19 to 45). 19 out of 20 skulls had HCs with intra-cranial foramina more caudal than their extra-cranial foramina, ie the HC angled cranially (22° range 7 to 51). 36 of 40 OCs were found to be wholly inferior to the rim of the foramen magnum, with 4 (in 2 skulls) whose bodies lay largely below, but extended above, this landmark. Every single HC studied was situated, in its entirety, superior to the rim of the foramen magnum.

Conclusions: The trajectory of the hypoglossal canal from its intra-cranial foramen is antero-supero-lateral. It is situated, in its entirety, superior to the rim of the foramen magnum. The thickest portion of the occipital condyle is antero-medial. Screw passage from posterior through the C1 articular mass ought to aim for the anterior, superior, medial quadrant of the occipital condyle, and should not pass cranial to the rim of the Foramen Magnum in order to minimise the risk to the Hypoglossal Nerve.


A.S. Raman A Bhadra A. Singh A. Rai A.T. Casey R.J. Crawford

Aim: To compare the outcomes between two different surgical techniques for cervical myelopathy (skip laminectomy vs laminoplasty).

Methods: Cervical skip laminectomy is a new technique described by Japanese surgeons in 2000. The advantage of this procedure over the other conventional techniques is it addresses multilevel problem in a least traumatic way without need for instrumentation.

We are comparing the above two techniques with 25 patients in each group operated by 3 surgeons. The first group had conventional laminoplasty and the second group underwent the skip laminectomy. The groups were comparable in age, sex, pathology and clinical presentation. Both these group had clinical outcome measurements using SF 12 questionnaires, pre and postoperative clinical assessment with standard tools performed by independent surgeon and a specialist spinal physiotherapist. We also routinely performed pre and postoperative MRI scans to assess the adequacy of decompression.

Results and Conclusion: here was no significant difference in the outcome of these patients in terms of the operative technique, hospital stay, clinical and radiological outcome. However skip laminectomy is relatively a easier procedure to perform, while the laminoplasty does need instrumentation.


D Lewis A Mukherjee V Shanbhag K Lyons A Jones J Howes P R Davies S Ahuja

Objective: To investigate the clinical outcomes, and the requirement of surgery following selective nerve root block performed for cervical radicular pain in patients with MRI proven disc pathology.

Methods: Thirty consecutive patients with cervical radiculopathy and correlating MRI pathology were studied. Mean age of patient was 46yrs (range 28–64yrs). Twenty nine of the thirty patients also complained of associated neck pain. All underwent fluoroscopically guided, selective cervical nerve root block with steroid (20mg Depomedrone) and local anaesthetic (0.5ml Bupivo-caine 0.25%). Radiographic contrast was used to confirm needle position. All procedures were conducted by the same clinician.

Pre and post procedure pain and physical function scores were noted using the standard SF 36 questionnaire, as well as whether subsequent surgery was required. Mean follow up time was seven months (range 2–13 months).

Results: 81% of patients reported an improvement in arm pain, and 66% in neck pain following the procedure. 77% of patients had an improvement in pain score (mean improvement 16 points). 68% of patients had an improvement in physical function score (mean improvement 20 points). At the time of follow up only one patient had undergone surgery for cervical radicular pain.

Conclusion: This study suggests that fluoroscopically guided selective nerve root block is a clinically effective interventional procedure in the management of cervical radicular pain, and may prevent the need for open surgery.


AG Hacker I MacLeod S Molloy J Bernard

Introduction: We have assessed the clinical observation that the angle of the contralateral lamina matches the angle required from the sagittal plane for the placement of pedicle screws in the subaxial cervical spine.

Method: 54 axial CT scans were examined. All subjects were scanned for the exclusion of fracture between December 2003 and December 2004. The digitised images were analysed on the Philips PACS system using SECTRA software. 168 individual vertebrae were assessed between C3 and C7. The following were measured; the angle of the pedicle relative to the sagittal plane, the smallest internal and external diameter, the angle of the lamina and the distance from the lateral mass to the anterior vertebral body (LMAVB) in the line of the pedicle. Reproducibility was assessed in a subset of 10 individuals with paired measures using the FDA approved formula for CV%.

Results: Angular measures had a CV% of 3.9%. The re-measurement error for distance was 0.5mm. 336 pedicles were assessed in 25 females and 29 males. Average age was 48.2 years (range 17–85). Our morphologic data from live subjects was comparable to previous cadaveric data. Mean pedicle external diameter was 4.9mm at C3 and 6.6mm at C7. Females were marginally smaller than males. Left and right did not significantly differ. In no case was the pedicle narrower than 3.2mm. Mean pedicle angle was 130 deg at C3 and 140 deg at C7. The laminar angle correlated well at C3,4,5 (R2> 0.7) and was within 1 deg of pedicle angle. At C6,7 it was within 11 deg. In all cases a line parallel to the lamina provided a safe corridor of 3mm for a pedicle implant.

Conclusions: The contralateral lamina provides a reliable intraoperative guide to the angle from the sagittal plane for subaxial cervical pedicle instrumentation in adults.


J. Nagaria L. McEvoy C. Bolger

Objective: To review the clinical outcome of 37 consecutive patients undergoing C1– C2 transarticular fixation for patients with Rheumatoid Arthritis.

Design: Prospective Observational Study.

Methods: There were 37 patients at 2 centres. Age range was 37– 82 years. The time since diagnosis to treatment was 2– 23 years. Clinical presentation included suboccipital pain in 26/ 37 patients and neck pain in 29/37 patients. 22 patients had presented with myelopathy ( Ranawat grade II or III A). The preoperative imaging included Plain X Rays, CT scans and MRI scans. All patients underwent C1/ C2 transarticular screws ( Stealth guided) except 4 patients in which an aberrant course of the vertebral artery was identified.

Outcome measures: Functional outcome, Complications, Postoperative Neurological Status, Neck Disability index, Myelopathy disability index.

Results: 1 patient had died at 12 month followup. Neck pain improved in 22( 75%) of patients by > 5 points on the VAS. Suboccipital pain had improved in all patients. 17 patients (80%) improved following operation on the Ranawat Grading, 2 patient were worse and 3 patients remained the same.

> 70% patients reported improvement in neck disability index and > 50% patients reported improvement in myelopathy disability index.

Conclusions: C1/ C2 Transarticular fixation with spinal navigation is a safe technique for treating atlantoaxial instability in patients with Rheumatoid Arthritis. This study demonstrates improvement in all domains including neck disability, myelopathy scores and functional outcome.


Anoushka Singh Kanna Gnanalingham Adrian Casey Wim Bouwknegt Alan Crockard

Introduction: There is growing interest in Health Related Quality of Life (HRQL) questionnaires to quantitate the impact of a variety of diseases and their treatments. The Short Form-36 (SF3) is a comprehensive measure of health status, consisting of 36 questions related to Physical (PCS) and Mental Component Summary (MCS).1 An abbreviated version of SF36, the SF12 has been described.2 We report on the use of SF12 and SF36 to assess the impact of surgery in patients with cervical spondylotic myelopathy (CSM).

Methods: In this prospective study, patients undergoing anterior or posterior decompressive surgery self completed the SF36 questionnaire pre-operatively and at 6 months post-operatively. The data from the SF36 is categorised into 8 scales: physical functioning (PF), physical role (PR), bodily pain (BP), general health (GH), vitality (VT), social functioning (SF), emotional role (ER) and mental health (MH).1 Each scale is scored on a 0 (maximum disability) to 100 (no disability) metric. These 8 scales are reduced to a Physical (PCS) and Mental Component Summary (MCS).1 SF12 utilises only 12 questions of the 8 scales of the SF36.2 We compared the validity, reliability and sensitivity to change in CSM patients.

Results: We studied 105 patients with a median age of 58. Post-operatively, there were improvements in the PCS components of both the SF36 (40 ± 2 to 54 ± 2) and SF12 (34 ± 2 to 48 ± 3) (p< 0.0001; Wilcoxon Signed Ranks test) and MCS component of SF36 (48 ± 2 to 63 ± 2) and SF12 (43 ± 2 to 59 ± 2) (p< 0.001). There were linear relationships between the SF36 and SF12.

Conclusions: Both the SF12 and SF36 scales are valid and sensitive to changes in CSM patients, undergoing decompressive surgery. Despite its abbreviated nature, SF12 appears to be an adequate substitute for SF36 and its brevity should increase its attractiveness to both the clinicians and patients.


LT Khoo S Lam A Cannestra L Holly A Shamie J Wang

Purpose: Published series of minimally invasive cervical foraminotomy (MICF) have shown excellent short-term relief of cervical radiculopathy (85–98%) with minimal surgical morbidity. There have been no long-term clinical series documenting the stability of these results over time. This is the first long-term follow-up of MICF patients to determine the incidence of recurrent symptoms and need for additional cervical spine surgery.

Methods: We conducted a multi-center retrospective chart review of 73 patients who had MICF. Clinical outcome measures were assessed from clinic records, operative records, and telephone surveys.

Results: At 3 months, 70/73 patients (96%) reported relief of radicular pain compared to their preoperative state. By 40 months, 15 patients reported symptoms of cervical radiculopathy. 8 patients experienced recurrent symptoms, and the remaining 7 had a new radicular pattern. Of 7 patients with symptoms at new levels, 6 had pre-existing radiographic abnormality. 15 patients underwent additional cervical surgery after MICF. 3 patients underwent repeat MICF at the same level. An additional 2 patients had MICF at a different level. 7 patients had ACDF at the same level and 2 had fusion at a different level. There were no cases of frank instability or spondylolisthesis noted.

Conclusions: At 40 month follow-up, 21% or patients had radicular symptoms with 11% reporting recurrence of preoperative symptoms and 9% with radicular symptoms in a different distribution. 12% (9/73 patients) of the group required ACDF within the follow-up period. Thus, 64/73 patients were spared fusion in this series. Assuming the 2.5% per year incidence of adjacent level fusion cited in the literature, there would have been 6 cases likely to have required another fusion if all 73 patients had been treated with ACDF initially. From this perspective, MICF continues to be our procedure of choice for properly selected patients with cervical radiculopathy.


RR Verma H Dashti D Patel NJ Oxborrow JB Williamson

There is an increasing awareness of the need to avoid of homologous blood transfusion in elective surgical practice. This stems from a better appreciation of the adverse effects of homologous blood transfusion and increasing pressure on blood stocks because of increasing restrictions on potential donors.

This study examines the effect of using modern blood conservation methods on the subgroup of our patients having surgery for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. We chose this group because it is a homogenous group of patients of similar age, all of whom had major surgery of a similar severity, and in whom there were few contraindications to our blood conserving strategies.

We studied 78 consecutive patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis who underwent surgery. They were divided into two groups. Patients in the study group had one or more modern blood conservation measures used perioperatively. The patients in the comparison group did not have these measures.

There were 46 patients in the study group and 32 in the comparison group. Eight patients who had anterior only surgery, were excluded. The two groups did not differ in age, body weight, and number of levels fused or the type of surgery.

Only 2 patients in the study group were transfused with homologous blood and even these transfusions were off protocol. Wastage of the autologous predonated units was minimal (6/83 units predonated). In contrast all patients in the comparison group were transfused homologous blood. There was significant decrease (p = 0.005) in the estimated blood loss when all the blood conservation methods were employed in the study group.

Using blood conservation measures, lowering the hemoglobin trigger for transfusion and education of the entire team involved in the care of the patient can prevent the need for homologous blood transfusion in patients undergoing surgery for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.


SN Khan M Ockendon MJ Hutchinson

Purpose: We describe a technique using orthoganol imaging on a radiolucent table that allows reliable, safe and reproducible insertion of thoracic pedicle screws.

Method: The popularity of pedicle screws for spinal fixation in deformity surgery has increased. Studies have shown lumbar pedicle screws to be safe and effective. The biomechanical superiority of pedicle screws has also been demonstrated. Nonetheless, reluctance to apply the technique to thoracic vertebra remains, most likely because of perceived technical difficulties and a reported high complication rate.

We describe a technique using orthoganol imaging on a radiolucent table, used in a series of patients in whom we have inserted a total of over 2000 screws.

Results: We have inserted over 2000 thoracic pedicle screws without neurological injury. In addition, this technique has allowed us to use pedicle screw to the exclusion of other, less mechanically favourable, methods of fixation to the spine; over the same time period we used only three sublaminar hooks.

Furthermore, the lateral to medial or ‘toeing in’ of screw placement gives greater pull out strength to each screw by increasing the ‘volume’ of bone that has to be overcome before failure by pull out occurs. In addition this trangulation technique allows insertion of :screws of greater diameter than the pedicle and decreases the chance of broaching medially.

Conclusion: Using the technique described, we achieve accurate screw placement ‘first time, every time’, giving us a biomechanically superior construct, allowing more powerful derotation of the spine and thus greater correction of deformity. We recommend its use for all thoracic pedicle screws.


V P Gowda A Kumar G Kakarala A M Fraser N Kumar

We describe results of a new ‘two needle technique’ of selective nerve root blocks done through posterior triangle of neck in the management of cervical radiculopathy with 2 year results.

Methods: Patients presenting with cervical radiculopathy were evaluated clinically and radiologically and were initially managed with supervised physiotherapy, analgesics and rest. Selective cervical nerve root block was offered to the patients, who did not respond to conservative management. The procedure was performed as a day case, under local anesthesia, with image intensifier guidance, using ‘two needle technique’. A thinner needle is rail-roaded through the lumen of large diameter guide needle to reach the target nerve root foramen and a mixture of Bupivacaine and Triamcinolone acetonide is injected. The outcome was measured using visual analogue score (VAS) and neck disability index (NDI) done on the day of the procedure and compared to the scores at 3 months and 1 year after the procedure.

Results: Outcome in 30 patients who underwent this procedure over three years’ period is presented. Average Visual Analogue Score was 7.36 (range 6 – 10) before the intervention, which improved to 2.27 (range 0 – 7) at 3 months and 1.9 (range 0 – 4) at 1 year. The average Neck Disability Index score prior to intervention was 66.87 (range 44 to 82), which improved to 31.67 (range 18 – 66) at 3 months and 30.44 (range 20 – 48) at 1 year. There were no major complications noted. We conclude that selective cervical nerve root block using ‘two-needle technique’ is safe and reproducible. The therapeutic effect achieved is long lasting, making this procedure a good alternative to surgical management in patients with cervical radiculopathy who do not respond to conservative management.


AS Anbar J Simcik KS Lam JD Lucas J O’Dowd

Aim: To compare thoracic scoliosis correction using either pedicle hooks or pedicle screws.

Methods and results: Two patient groups were studied. Data was collected prospectively and this is a review of the radiological data. All patients had structural thoracic scoliosis. Group 1, 14 patients (9 female and 5 male) mean age 14.6, were treated with posterior correction of scoliosis using the standard USS II technique using pedicle hooks and screws. Group 2, 14 patients (11 female and 3 male) mean age 15.3 were treated using pedicle screws alone to correct the apical deformity, using a variation of the original USS technique. Pre and postoperative Cobb angle, apical vertebral rotation (AVR, Perdriolle method) and apical vertebral translation (AVT) were measured.

Unpaired “t” test was used to compare the magnitude of correction in both groups. The mean follow up period was 6.7 months (range:3–18).

The mean corrections of Cobb angle, AVR and AVT, in group I were 61.1% (range:48.5–83.9), 33.3% (range:8.6–100) and 62.9% (range:43.2–91.4), respectively. In Group 2 the corrections were: 57.4% (range:21.4–81.7), 57.2% (range:16.7–100) and 58.7% (range:34–80.9).

There is no statistically significant difference between the correction of Cobb angle or AVT in both groups (P=0.479 and 0.443 respectively). However, the pedicle screws proved to be more effective at correcting the AVR (P= 0.017). No complications occurred and correction has been well maintained.

Conclusion: Pedicle screws can safely and effectively replace the pedicle hooks in the classical USS technique. They are more effective at correcting the rotational deformity, although do not provide a better correction of Cobb angle. These technical results now need to be correlated with relevant clinical outcomes.


J Paniker S N Khan J B Spilsbury D S Marks

Purpose: To identify patients in whom anterior scoliosis correction was not possible and to determine pre-operative factors that may predict such an outcome.

Methods: From 1999–2005, 257 patients were listed for anterior correction with the Kaneda Anterior Spine System (KASS). Of these 246 were completed successfully. However in 11 cases it was not possible to complete the procedure.

We performed a retrospective review of case notes and X-rays. A control group of 22 patients, in whom anterior surgery was completed, matched to age, sex and type of curve, was used.

Results: Two reasons for abandoning anterior instrumentation were identified; loss of cord signal (7) and failure to achieve adequate correction after anterior release and reduction (4).

Of the seven patients with lost signal three were syndromic and four were associated with syrinx. In all seven, loss of signal occurred on clamping of segmental vessels. All seven had no residual neurological deficit post-operatively and had uncomplicated posterior correction the following week.

All four patients in whom inadequate correction was achieved after anterior release and repositioning had idiopathic curves. Of these two were thoracic and two were thoracolumbar. Mean pre-operative Cobb angle was 67 (range 59–85) compared to a mean of 56 (range 42–68) in the control group. Mean pre-operative stiffness index was 91% (range 85%–100%) compared to a mean stiffness index of 65% (range 53–80) in the control population.

Conclusion: Whilst a successful outcome is achieved in a majority of KASS instrumentations we have identified two reasons why anterior surgery has to be abandoned. Whilst one often cannot pre-operatively anticipate intra-operative loss of cord signal, we found that in cases with an underlying syrinx there is a particular risk of this occurrence. Our experience has shown particularly stiff curves (Stiffness index ≥ 85%) may not be suitable for stand-alone anterior surgery.


OA Gabbar K Al Abed MJ Hutchinson IW Nelson

Introduction: There has been controversy in recent publications for/against the value of intraoperative traction views under anaesthesia, both studies had patients with a mean standing cobb angle of 55o failing to show the predictive value of these views for curves greater than 60o.

Design: Compare predictive value of fulcrum bending views with intraoperative forced traction under anaesthesia (FTUGA) views in predicting curve flexibility; influencing the correction of curves greater than 60o in scoliosis deformity.

Subjects: 35 patients with idiopathic scoliosis undergoing surgical correction; mean age was 19 yrs (9–40), the student’s t test and χ2 were used to assess the reliability of FTUGA views in predicting curve flexibility, degree of correction the fulcrum bending correction index (FBCI) used to measure curve flexibility and correction.

Results: The mean preoperative major curve standing and fulcrum bending views Cobb angle was 72o (50–90), 59o (20–82) respectively, and 37o (14–54) on traction views. Posterior correction was performed in all patients. The mean postoperative major curve Cobb angle was 27 (10–54). The number of patients predicted for combined anterior release and posterior instrumentation was reduced from 22 to 3.

Predictive value for traction view according to standing Cobb angle was P=0.1 for Cobb angles (50–59), P=0.1 for Cobb angles (60–69), P= 0.01 for Cobb angle (70–79), P=0.01 for Cobb angle (80–90). P value for the difference between fulcrum bending views, traction views and post op correction P=0.001 in favour of traction views, the mean curve flexibility was 33%, 55% for fulcrum and traction respectively. Mean fulcrum bending and traction correction index were 232%, 123% respectively.

Conclusion: Forced Traction Under General Anaesthesia views were superior in predicting curve flexibility in curves that measured more than 70o but weak predictor of final correction angle when performing posterior scoliosis correction.


A.S. Raman A. Krishnan SK. Hegde

We present in this study our experience in wide decompression, gradual acute reduction and fusion performed in a single sitting, for high grade spondylolisthesis in 17 adolescent cases.

Between 1994 and 2005 we undertook surgical management of 17 adoloscents with high dysplastic Spondy-lolisthesis. All our patients were young females except for one with average age of 13.9 years. All of our cases involved the lumbosacral junction. 8/14 cases presented with frank spondyloptosis (Grade5). Of the remaining 9 cases, 5/14 cases were grade4 and 4/14 were grade3 dysplastic spondylolisthesis respectively. Our indication for surgery in all these patients was unremitting back pain, radicular pain, abnormal posture, gait abnormalities and progressive slip. All these patients underwent single stage wide decompression, posterior instrumentation and reduction of the slips and postero lateral fusion. Since 1999 in addition to the above we routinely performed inter body fusion with cages in lumbosacral segment (9/17 cases).

All patients’ spondylolistheses were reduced to < grade2.16/17 of our patients had a very satisfactory outcome. Our average follow-up of these patients is 4 years (range 1–9 years).4/17 of our patients developed some dorsiflexion weakness postoperatively and all recovered within 3 months of operation.1 patient developed deep postoperative infection necessitating the removal of the implant.

We conclude that acute correction of high grade spondylolisthesis is a demanding procedure. The newer instrumentation (improved sacral fixation) made reduction less difficult and the final outcome is highly satisfying for the patient and the surgeon.


P Kiely N Steele AV Schueler L Breakwell SM Medhian MP Grevitt JK Webb BJ Freeman

Study design: A retrospective review of patient records with recent clinical and radiographic assessment.

Objective: Long-term evaluation of the Luque trolley for posterior instrumentation in congenital scoliosis.

Summary of background data: From a group of 51 cases treated with the Luque trolley, we review 10 patients with progressive congenital scoliosis (5male, 5female) for a mean follow-up period of 14.8 years, to mean age of 19 years. The mean Cobb angle of the primary curve before surgery was 69.5 degrees. The mean Cobb angle of the secondary cervico-thoracic curve before surgery was 37.1 degrees and of the caudal secondary curve was 26.4 degrees. The mean age at surgery was 5.0 years. 8 patients had a selective epiphysiodesis procedure, 2 with hemi-vertebrectomy, and all underwent single- stage (7 patients) or dual-staged (3 patients) posterior instrumentation with a Luque trolley growing construct.

Method: Clinical evaluation and sequential measurements of Cobb angle were done, with recording of further surgical procedures, associated complications, and final coronal balance. The thoracolumbar longitudinal spinal growth (T1-S1) and growth in the instrumented segmented were also calculated.

Results: The mean preoperative primary curve Cobb angle of 69.5degrees, corrected to a mean postoperative angle of 30.6 degrees, with progression from here to curve magnitude of 38.8 degrees on latest follow up (approximate rate of progression of 0.55 degrees per year).

The mean pre-operative cephalic (cervico-thoracic) Cobb angle of 37.1degrees, corrected to 22 degrees, with progression to 26.6 degrees.

The mean pre-operative caudal (lumbar) Cobb angle of 26.4degrees, corrected to16.2 degrees, this later progressed to 20.6 degrees.

Coronal plane translation measured 1.68 cm at latest follow up [range 0.5–5.1cm].

The thoracolumbar longitudinal growth measured a mean of 8.81cm (approx0.8 cm/year) with a recorded lengthening of 2.54 cm (approx 0.23cm/year) in the instrumented segmented. Half the patients did not require further surgery.

Conclusion: Selective fusion does not always prevent further deformity in congenital scoliosis. The addition of posterior growing construct instrumentation did demonstrate capacity for good correction of primary and secondary curvatures and a limited capacity for further longitudinal growth.


S Charosky I J Harding R Vialle D Chopin

Purpose: To evaluate the indications, outcome, risk factors and complications of transpedicular osteotomy (TPO) in revision scoliosis surgery

Methods: We evaluated patients undergoing TPO for revision scoliosis surgery at our institution between 1989 and 2004 with a minimum follow up of 18 months. Demographic data, anaesthetic risk factors, peri-operative data and complications were recorded. Radiographs pre-operatively, post-operatively and at last follow up recorded sagittal balance, coronal balance, lumbar lordosis and pelvic parameters. Functional outcome was measured using the Whitecloud score.

Results: 21 patients (24 TPO’s) mean age 48.7 years with mean follow up 4.4 years fulfilled criteria for study. All cases had fixed sagittal imbalance pre-operatively. Mean operative time was 4.6 hours and mean transfusion requirement was 2.3. units. A significant improvement (p< 0.03) in sagittal imbalance was gained (although in 3 cases of pseudarthroses this was partially lost) and the post-operative lumbar lordosis correlated closely significantly pelvic incidence (p< 0.03). Functional outcome was good/excellent in 67% cases.

We report 28 complications. 22 early included 4 dural tears, cardiac decompensation with reduction, 5 neurological deficits including a parpaplegia secondary to haematoma which was evacuated and the patient made a good recovery at 6 months, 2 UTIs, IVI infection, superficial wound infection and extension of metalwork due to early proximal decompensation. Late complications included infection (8 years), removal of prominent metalwork, radiculopathy due to screw (6 months) and 3 pseudarthroses. There was no statistically significant correlation of complication with weight, ASA grade or smoking.

Conclusion: TPO in revision scoliosis is an effective method of correcting both coronal and sagittal imbalance but is not without complication, although good functional outcome is achieved in most patients. It is important to consider pelvic parameters pre-operatively to plan the level and magnitude of TPO required.


M Akmal A Abbassian A Anand J Lehovsky D Eastwood A Hashemi-Nejad

Scoliosis and hip subluxation/dislocation are common and often coexistent problems encountered in patients with cerebral palsy (CP). The underlying mechanism may be related to muscle imbalance. Surgical correction may become necessary in severe symptomatic cases. The effect of surgical correction of one deformity on the other is not well understood.

We retrospectively reviewed a series of 17 patients with total body cerebral palsy with diagnoses of both scoliosis and hip subluxation who had undergone either surgical correction of their scoliosis (9 patients) or a hip reconstruction to correct hip deformity (8 patients). In all patients, the degree of progression of both deformities was measured, radiographically, using the Cobb angle for the spine and the percentage migration index for hip centre of rotation at intervals before and at least 18 months post surgery.

All patients who underwent scoliosis correction had a progressive increase in the percentage of hip migration at a rate greater than that prior to scoliosis surgery. Similarly, patients who underwent a hip reconstruction procedure demonstrated a more rapid increase in their spine Cobb angles post surgery.

There may be a relationship between hip subluxation/dislocation and scoliosis in CP patients. Surgery for either scoliosis or hip dysplasia may in the presence of both conditions lead to a significant and rapid worsening of the other. The possible negative implications on the overall functional outcome of the surgical procedure warrants careful consideration to both hip and the spine before and after surgical correction of either deformity. In selected cases there may be an indication for one procedure to follow soon after the other.


N Hussain B J C Freeman R Watkins J K Webb

Introduction: Patient questionnaires permit a direct measure of the value of care as perceived by the recipient. The Scoliosis Research Society outcomes questionnaire (SRS-22) has been validated as a tool for self-assessment. We investigated the correlation between SRS-22 and a detailed radiological outcome two-years following anterior correction of ThoracoLumbar Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis (TL-AIS).

Methods: The SRS-22 questionnaire was completed by 30 patients two-years following anterior correction of TL-AIS. Pre-operative, post-operative and two-year follow-up radiographs of all 30 patients were assessed. The following parameters were measured at each time point: 1) Primary Cobb angle, 2) Secondary Cobb angle, 3) Coronal C7-midsacral plumb line, 4) Apical Vertebra Translation (AVT) of primary curve, 5) AVT of the secondary curve, 6) Upper instrumented vertebra (UIV) translation, 7) UIV tilt angle, 8) Lower instrumented vertebra (LIV), 8) LIV tilt angle 9) Apical Vertebra Rotation (AVR) of the primary curve, 10) Sagittal C7-posterior corner of sacrum plumb line 11) T5–T12 angle, 12) T12-S1 angle, 13) shoulder height difference. The percentage improvements for each were noted. Correlation was sought between Total SRS score, each of the five individual domains and various radiographic parameters listed above by quantifying Pearson’s Correlation Coefficient (r).

Results: Percentage improvement in primary Cobb angle (r = 0.052), secondary Cobb angle (r = 0.165) and AVT of the primary curve (r = −0.353) showed little or no correlation with the SRS-22 total score or any of its five domains. Significant inverse correlation was found between the UIV tilt angle at two years and the SRS-22 (r = −0.516). Lateral radiographs however showed little or no correlation between thoracic kyphosis (r = 0.043) and SRS-22.

Conclusion: The SRS-22 outcomes questionnaire does not correlate with most of the radiographic parameters commonly used by clinicians to assess patient outcome.


F.E. Dowling D.P. Moore E.E. Fogarty C.J. Goldberg

A 2002 study by Goldberg et al showed that surgery before age 10 for infantile onset idiopathic scoliosis (diagnosis < 4 years, Cobb angle => 10°) preserved neither respiratory function nor cosmesis, and has not been contradicted. In 2005, Mehta re-emphasised scoliosis correction by serial cast-bracing, while Thompson et al reported satisfactory results with growing rods. An analysis of the status quo of a cohort of patients with infantile idiopathic scoliosis (other diagnoses and syndromes excluded), managed by cast-bracing, was undertaken, asking whether interim progress was acceptable or demanded a change of protocol.

Of 35 patients born between October 1993 and December 2002,15 have completely resolved, age at diagnosis 1.6 ± 0.96 years, Cobb angle 20.3°±11.9, RVAD 11.1°±13.8, latest age 4.1± 2.3. 20 were prescribed cast-bracing, age at diagnosis 1.8±0.9 years, Cobb angle 47.3°±12.6, RVAD 29.6±24.5, age at treatment was 2.1±1.0 years. Cobb angle (p< 0.001) and RVAD (p=0.001) were larger in the treated group, but age at presentation was the same (p=0.473). Surgery was performed on 3 children unresponsive to initial casting, at ages 3.2, 3.6 and 3.7, and in 3 at ages 8.6, 10.1 and 11 years. 3 children, aged 6.0, 8.1 and 11.3 are out of brace with straight spines and 11 are stable in brace.

Infantile idiopathic scoliosis seems programmed to resolve or progress according to initial severity and in line with growth rate. Those who respond to casting in infancy generally remain stable until near puberty when surgery is uncontroversial. Those who progress relentlessly and immediately in cast remain the issue, as reports of newer methods include a wide range of ages and diagnoses and give their outcome in terms of Cobb angle only. It has not yet been shown that any treatment will alter their prognosis so constant analysis of all outcome parameters is essential.


N J Courtier J K O’Dowd E A Will

Aim: This study measures the outcomes of surgery for neuromuscular scoliosis using patient/ carer goal setting techniques.

Method and Results: In neuromuscular scoliosis, the objective of surgery is to maintain or improve sitting ability and to improve overall function. Measuring the outcome of surgery by patient/carer grading of patient/ carer set goals has not been used in this patient group.

A group of 20 children who underwent spinal fusion for neuromuscular scoliosis were assessed using a postural and functional measure pre-op, post-op, and at 3 and 12 months post-op. In addition, each patient was asked to record three goals for undergoing the surgery. At one year post op, patient/carers were asked to grade on a scale of 0 – 10, how satisfied they were that the goals had been achieved.

Nineteen patients had clear pre-op goals for the surgery relating to functional activities. The most frequent goals stated for the non-ambulant children were- sitting for longer periods (7/46), making dressing easier (7/46) and sitting more upright (6/38). There were 15 other functional goals stated. The ambulant children stated- appearing straighter (3/12), increase in confidence (2/12), reducing pain (2/12) and maintaining respiratory function (2/12). There were 3 other functional goals stated. Seventeen patients completed the study, 2 were lost to follow up, 1 died. The average satisfaction rate from goals achieved 1 year post-op was 7.9/10.

Conclusion: Establishing goals that are realistic and contribute positively to the functional ability or practical management of the child with neuromuscular scoliosis undergoing spinal surgery, encourages the family to be central in the decision making process. It also allows unrealistic expectations to be discussed pre-op and represents the most patient centred method of outcome assessment.


N J Courtier J K O’Dowd E A Will J D Lucas K Lam E Wraige

Aim: The aim of this study is to prospectively evaluate the functional outcome of surgical correction in 20 patients with a significant neuromuscular scoliosis.

Method and Results: The principal objective of surgical correction of neuromuscular spinal deformity should be to maintain or improve function of the patient, but there is little evidence to support this. In wheelchair dependent patients the goal is also to maintain sitting ability, and in ambulant patients prevention of further deformity is important. Studies formally quantifying these outcome parameters have not been published with modern surgical techniques.

A consecutive series of 20 children with neuromuscu-lar scoliosis (age range 2–18 years) undergoing surgical correction were evaluated using 2 standard functional assessment tools, the Seated Postural Control Measure (SPCM) which assesses posture and function, and the Pediatric Evaluation of Disability Inventory (PEDI) which records functional ability in the domains of self-care, mobility and social function. The patients were evaluated pre-operatively and then at 2 weeks, 3 and 12 months post-operatively.

Complete data is presented for all patients at 3 months and 13 of 20 patients at 1 year follow up, the remaining data is to be collected.

The SPCM demonstrated an improvement in posture in 95% from pre-op to 2 weeks post-op, with 25% demonstrating some regression at 3 months. Most maintained or improved this at 1 year. The PEDI demonstrated a reduction in mobility at 3 months but at 1 year 60% returned to preop status.

Conclusion: Sitting position is improved by surgery, but mobility is impaired for a significant period following the correction, which may have more impact on the child’s and families life. Families need to be counselled prior to surgery about the loss of mobility and ability to self-care post operatively but that it does return by one year.


Mr R Arun Mr SMH Mehdian Mr BJC Freeman Dr SC Daivajna

Purpose: To investigate the potential value of titanium anterior interbody cages compared to morselized rib graft for anterior interbody fusion in combination with posterior instrumentation, correction and fusion for Scheuermann’s kyphosis.

Methods and Materials: A Non-Randomised historic cohort study of two surgical techniques in matched subjects was carried out.15 patients with identical pre-operative radiographic and physical variables (age, gender, height, weight, BMI ) were managed with combined anterior release, interbody fusion, posterior instrumentation, correction and fusion . Group A (n=8) had morsilized rib graft inserted into each intervertebral disc space. Group B (n=7) had titanium interbody cages packed with bone graft inserted at each level. The posterior instrumentation extended from T2 to L2 in both groups. Pre- and post-operative curve morphometry was studied on plain radiographs by two independent observers. The indices studied included Cobb angle, Ferguson’s angle(FA) , Voutsinas index(VI), Sagittal Vertical Axis (SVA), Sacral Inclination (SI) and Lumbar Lordosis (LL). Interbody Fusion was assessed at final follow up. Each patient was reviewed at 3, 6, 12, 24, 48 and 60 months following surgery with standing radiographs. Wilcoxon-matched pairs test and Mann-Whit-ney test were used for statistical analysis.

Results: The average follow-up for groups A was 70 and Group B,66 months. For the whole group, the pre-operative : postoperative median Cobb angle, FA, VI, SVA and SI were 86: 42degrees, 50 : 28.4degrees, 28.7 :13, −3.5 : −4.0 centimetres and 40 : 34 degrees respectively. There were significant differences for all variables [p< 0.01] indicating good correction. At four-year follow-up, fusion criteria were satisfied in 12 / 15 cases (80%). Three patients had distal junctional kyphosis. There was no significant difference with respect to the variables between the two groups and both retained the post-operative correction achieved.

Conclusion: There was no significant advantage in the use of anterior titanium interbody cages over the use of morselized rib graft in the surgical management of Scheuermann’s Kyphosis.


G Findlay D Lloyd T Nurmikko N Roberts

The purpose of the study is to assess changes in cortical activity in chronic low back pain patients with and without illness behaviour.

Introduction: It is well recognised that patients with chronic low back pain (CLBP) may have major psychological factors which affect their level of disability. Abnormal patterns of illness behaviour have been described 1.

Methodology: 30 patients with CLBP of more than six months duration were recruited. Patients with radicular pain or previous surgery were excluded. Two groups were created dependant on the presence of Waddell signs. “Copers” (n=16) showed 0 or 1 Waddell signs. “Non-copers” (n=14) showed 4 or 5 Waddell signs.

After informed consent, all subjects underwent fMRI scanning. Experimental pain was induced by thermal stimulation of the right hand. Straight leg raising (SLR) was performed following visual clues indicating that a leg raise was either definitely, possibly or not going to occur. Finally, clinical LBP was simulated by direct vibrotactile stimulation of the lumbar spine to a VAS threshold of 7/10.

The individual fMRI scans were independently referenced to anatomical markers and corrected for motion. Inter group analysis was performed using cluster-corrected thresholds of p< 0.05.

Results: During experimental pain stimulation, Non-copers showed significantly increased cortical activity as compared to Copers. Similar findings were evident when SLR was anticipated. The areas of increased cortical activity were primarily regions known to be involved in affective pain interpretation suggesting heightened activity.

When clinical LBP was simulated, the outcome was strikingly different with the Copers showing increased cortical activity particularly in the dorsolateral prefron-tal cortex and regions associated with cognitive pain processing and inhibition of subcortical pain pathways.

Discussion: This study shows that in patients with CLBP and illness behaviour cortical pain processing is abnormal. The findings suggest that possibly the abnormal behaviour shown by such patients may be due to failure of cognitive inhibitory pain pathways. It is possible that these abnormalities might respond to either pharmacological or psychological treatment.


OM Stokes J Ng A Singh ATH Casey

Aim: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the extent of neurological deficit following excision of spinal neurofibromas.

Methods: Retrospective case series, combined with contemporary neurological examination and outcome questionnaires.

Results: 46 patients (26 males, 20 females) with a mean age of 46 between the years of 1985 – 2005. The incidence of neurological deficit subsequent to nerve sectioning to remove the tumour was 28/46 (60.9%) in the acute period. In the long term this reduced to 28%.

Conclusions: Despite the sectioning of nerves during surgery motor or sensory deficit was surprisingly rare. It was mainly sensory and recovered with time. This is presumably due to neural plasticity and dermatomal overlap. These results provide useful information for surgeons to counsel their patients preoperatively.


J C Perez Rodriguez A A Tambe R Dua D Calthorpe

The purpose of this study is to determine whether the mode of anaesthesia chosen for patients undergoing lumbar microdiscectomy surgery has any significant influence on the immediate outcome in terms of safety, efficacy or patient satisfaction.

This prospective randomised study compared safety, efficacy and satisfaction levels in patients having spinal versus general anaesthesia for single level lumbar micro-discectomy.

Fifty consecutive healthy and cooperative patients were recruited and prospectively randomised into two equal groups; half the patients received a spinal anaesthetic (SA), the remainder a general anaesthetic (GA). Each specific mode of anaesthesia was standardised.

Comprehensive postoperative evaluation concentrated on documenting any complications specific to the particular mode of anaesthesia, recording the pace at which the various milestones of physiological and functional recovery were reached, and the level of patient satisfaction with the type of anaesthesia used.

The results showed no serious complication specific to their particular mode of anaesthesia in either group. Thirteen out of 25 SA patients required temporary urinary catheterisation (9 males, 4 females) while among the GA group 4 patients required urinary catheterisation (4 males and 1 female). Post-operative pain perception was significantly lower in the SA group. The SA patients achieved the milestones of physiological and functional recovery more rapidly. While both groups were satisfied with their procedure, the level of satisfaction was significantly higher in the SA group.

In conclusion, lumbar spinal microdiscectomy can be carried out with equal safety, employing either spinal or general anaesthesia. While they require more temporary urinary catheterisation associated with the previous use of intrathecal morphine, patients undergoing SA suffer less pain in association with their procedure and recover more rapidly. Blinded to an extent by not having experienced the alternative, both groups appeared satisfied with their anaesthetic. However, the level of satisfaction was significantly higher in the SA group.


J. Reynolds M Jackson M. Thomas A. Quaile

Aim: To determine the need for caudal epidural steroid injections to be administered with a mixture containing local anaesthetic.

Patients: 100 consecutive patients listed for caudal epidural by two spinal orthopaedic consultants with lum-bosacral radiculopathic pain. 19 patients did not fulfil the criteria for the trial.

Methods: Subjects randomised to either steroid injection (80mg triamcinolone) with 18mls 0.25% bupivicaine or steroid injection with 18mls Normal saline. Pre-injection maximal (Pmax) and average (Pav) pain scores and Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) scores were obtained for each patient. Pain scores were repeated at 48 hours, 2 weeks and 8 weeks with a second ODI.

Results: A significant improvement in both Pav and Pmax were seen over the study period for both groups. There was no significant difference in either group for ΔPav. or ΔPmax at any stage of the study. Those patients who received a mixture containing bupivicaine underwent a significant improvement in their ODI in contrast to those who were injected with the saline mixture. There was also a significant difference in the ΔODI between groups.

Conclusion: Epidural bupivicaine injection appears to enhance the effect of epidural steroid injection with adequate levels of monitoring and access to specialist support. There may be a beneficial effect on the local pain pathways by the local anaeasthetic that outlasts the direct pharmacolgical effect.


S Tafazal L Ng P Sell

Purpose: To assess the effectiveness of nasal salmon cal-citonin in the treatment of lumbar spinal stenosis

Methods: Forty patients with symptoms of neurogenic claudication and MRI proven lumbar spinal stenosis were enrolled into the study. They were randomly assigned to either nasal salmon calcitonin 200 i.u or placebo nasal spray (sodium chloride) for the first 4 weeks. At the end of the 4 weeks of initial treatment the patients were given a 6 weeks washout period, during which they received no further nasal spray and were instructed to continue with their normal analgesics. At the end of this period all patients received a further 6 weeks of active nasal salmon calcitonin.

Outcome measures: Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS), Visual Analogue Score (VAS) for leg and back pain, Shuttle Walking Test Distance in metres.

Results: In the 4 weeks during which patients received active/placebo nasal salmon calcitonin there was no statistically significant difference in the change in outcome scores between the two groups (change in ODI [p=0.51], change in VAS for leg pain [p=0.51] and change in shuttle walking distance [p=0.78]) There is a minimal improvement in the mean ODI at the end of only 3.7 points in the calcitonin group and 3.8 points in the placebo group [p=0.44]. The VAS for leg pain deteriorated in both groups. There was a minimal improvement in the VAS for back pain in the calcitonin group of 5 mm, it deteriorated in the placebo group by 11mm [p=0.03]. At the end of the trial 9 patients (23%) reported either an excellent or good outcome, 6 reported a fair outcome (15%) and 17 patients (43%) reported a poor outcome.

Conclusion: This dose of Nasal salmon calcitonin is not effective in the treatment of patients with lumbar spinal stenosis.


M J Wilby H Seeley R J Laing

Purpose: To measure outcome in patients undergoing decompression for lumbar canal stenosis (LCS) by lami-nectomy.

Methods: 100 patients (57 men, 43 women) under one consultant surgeon presenting with neurogenic claudication and MRI confirmed LCS were studied . 23 patients had pre –existing spondylolisthesis (21 Grade 1, 2 Grade-2) and were managed by laminectomy without fixation. Patients completed a set of outcome measure questionnaires (SF-36, Visual analogue scores for back pain, leg pain, leg sensory symptoms and the Roland-Morris back disability score) pre-operatively, 3 months post surgery and at longer term follow up (median 2 years). Outcome scores were analysed and for SF-36 compared to age matched normative data. Statistical significance was calculated using Wilcoxon’s matched pairs and correlations using Spearman’s rank test. Statistical analysis was performed using the SPSS statistical package.

Results: Average age 68 years (inter-quartile range 60 – 77). For the cohort visual analogue scores and Roland scores showed significant improvement (p < 0.01) at both 3 months and at long term follow up compared to pre-operative scores. For the physical functioning domain of SF-36, outcome scores improved significantly (p< 0.01) at short and long term follow up with 80% of patients having better long term scores compared to pre-operative scores. The physical functioning domain of SF-36 was significantly correlated with the changes seen in the visual analogue pain scores and the Roland back pain score (p < 0.01). Outcome for the spondylo-listhesis subgroup was similar to the outcome in patients without pre existing spondylolisthesis.

Conclusions: Laminectomy for lumbar canal stenosis is an effective treatment resulting in significant health gains which are maintained in the longer term. Our data validates SF-36 as a measurement of disease severity and outcome in this condition.


IJ Harding S Charosky M Ockendon R Vialle D Chopin

Purpose: To evaluate the long term clinical outcomes as well as radiological changes in distal unfused mobile segments and to evaluate factors that may predispose to distal disc degeneration and/or poor outcome.

Method: 151 mobile segments in 85 patients (65 female), mean age 43.2 (range 21–68), were studied. Curve type, number of fused levels and pelvic incidence were recorded. Clinical outcome was measured using the Whitecloud function scale and disc degeneration using the UCLA disc degeneration score. Spinal balance, local segmental angulations and lumbar lordosis were measured pre- and post-operatively as well as at the most recent follow up – mean 9.3 years (range 7–19).

Results: 62% of patients had a good or excellent outcome. 11 had a poor outcome of which 10 underwent extension of fusion – 5 for pain alone, 3 pain with stenosis and 2 pseudarthroses. Pre-operative disc degeneration was often asymmetric and was slightly greater in older patients. Overall, there was a significant deterioration in disc degeneration (p< 0.0001) that did not correlate with clinical outcome. Disc degeneration correlated with the recent sagittal balance (Anova F=14.285, p< 0.001) and the most recent lordosis (Anova F=4.057, p=0.048). The post-operative sagittal balance and local L5-S1 sagittal angulation correlated to L4 and L5 degeneration respectively. There was no correlation between degeneration and age, pre-operative degenerative score, pelvic incidence, sacral slope, number of fused levels or distal level of fusion.

Conclusion: Disc degeneration does occur below an arthrodesis for scoliosis in adults which does not correlate with clinical outcome. The correlation of loss of sagittal balance with disc degeneration may be as a result of degeneration causing the loss of balance or vice versa i.e. sagittal imbalance causing degeneration. Immediate post-operative imbalance correlates with degeneration of the L4/5 disc, which may imply the latter.


LT Khoo M Cosar S Lam A Onibokun M Raifu

Purpose: Inadequate disc fragment excision, suboptimal bony decompression of the lateral recess, and persistent foraminal and far lateral compressive lesions are the most common cited causes for persistent radiculopathy after lumbar decompressive surgery. This study examines the utility of continous intraoperative monitoring of electromyographic (EMG) nerve root potentials during decompression of lumbar radiculopathy using a proprietary neurophysiological EMG monitoring system (Neurovision; Nuvasive; San Diego, CA).

Methods: A prospective, non-blinded, non-randomized study was undertaken in 43 patients with symptomatic lumbar radiculopathy and weakness undergoing decompressive surgery. All had previously failed conservative therapy. Preoperative and postoperative data for neurological strength examination, EMG amplitudes, VAS scores for radiculopathy were recorded. Continuous EMG nerve root potentials were monitored and recorded during surgery.

Results: At the time of surgery, 39 of 43 patients demonstrated measurable asymmetric EMG amplitudes. Of these 39, 30 patients had clinical strength improvements. Intraoperative EMG improvements were seen in 21 of these 30 patients with an overall sensitivity of 70%. Of 9 patients who did not improve in strength, 8 demonstrated no improvement or worsening on EMG for a specificity of 89%. Overall, EMG nerve root monitoring had a positive predictive value of 95.5% and a negative predictive value of 47.1% with regards to strength improvement. 3 cases had worsened transient weakness that resolved within 3 months. In detecting such injury, EMG was 100% sensitive, 97% specific with a positive predictive value of 75% and a negative predictive value of 98%.

Conclusions: Use of intraoperative EMG nerve root surveillance may provide a useful adjunct in determining the adequacy of decompression during surgery of compressive lumbar radiculopathy and may help to predict the degree of motor improvement. Although a rare complication, EMG is particularly sensitive at detecting iatrogenic injury to the nerve root during surgery.


N Hodi D O’Donoghue L Gibson C Allen R Pillay

Objective: This was to analyse RLBUHT orthopaedic spinal service’s provision of spinal care and to determine the impact on the need for surgery.

Methods: This was a three-year retrospective cohort study of orthopaedic patients with spinal related problems from January 2003 to January 2006. The sample included all patients referred to the service by general practitioners in Liverpool. Patients were examined by orthopaedic musculoskeletal physiotherapists lead by senior specialist therapists. The latter had autonomy to access imaging investigations and blood tests. Patients were referred to the consultant surgeons for surgical consideration when appropriate or to the physiotherapy department for non-surgical management. Outcome measures used included the Stockport Scale, the Roland and Morris Disability Questionnaire, the Neck Disability Index, the Euroquol Questionnaire and the Visual Analogue Scale.

Results: 17,214 patients were referred to the service from January 2003 to January 2006. 9,896 patients attended, 2,600 failed to attend and 4,718 cancelled their appointments. The number of referrals increased from 4,499 in 2003 to 5,695 in 2004, and 7,020 in 2005. Patients going on for surgery remained 200 to 220 cases per annum. The waiting times to surgery decreased from 3 to 6 months, to within 3 months. An audit of 300 patients discharged from the physiotherapy department using the Stockport Scale from January 2005 to January 2006 revealed that problems were solved / goals achieved in 40.3% of patients, with significant improvement in 42.7%, some improvement in 8.3% and no improvement or no data in 8.7%.

Conclusion: Over the three-year period there has been a significant increase in the number of patients managed by this service. This has not resulted in an increase in patient waiting-time. Surgical intervention per head of population has not altered and has been sooner. Our experience demonstrates an effective model of care for large urban populations.


J Beastall E Karadimas M Siddiqui M Nicol W Bashir T Muthukumar F Smith D Wardlaw

Aim: To assess the kinematic changes that occur within the lumbar spine 2 years following insertion of the Dynesys Spinal stabilisation implant.

Materials and Methods: Twenty patients who were treated with Dynesys surgical stabilisation for dominant lower back pain underwent positional MRI scanning before and two years following surgery.

The patients were divided into two groups, A and B. The first, Group A, in which only Dynesys was used and the second, Group B, in which Dynesys was used adjacent to one or more fused segments.

Results: The results of the pMRI measurements showed that the range of movement (ROM) of the L1/S1 angle in Group A reduced by 11.8o{pre-op=37.9o, postop=26.1o(p=0.085)} while in Group-B reduced by 12.3o {pre-op=37.8o, postop=25.5o(p=0.017)}.

The ROM of the end plate angle at the instrumented segments in Group A reduced from 5.72o to 1.44o{difference 4.28o(p=0.005)} and in Group B reduced from 6.00o to 2.17o,{difference 3.83o(p=0.001)}.

The ROM of the end plate angle at the level above instrumentation in Group A reduced from 8.2o to 5.1o {reduction 3.1o(p=0.085)}, while in group-B increased from 7.3o to 7.5o, a difference of 0.2o (p=0.877).

The mean anterior disc height in Group A reduced by 2.1mm (p< 0.001) from 9.59mm to 7.44mm. The posterior disc height also reduced from 6.56mm to 6.26mm, a difference of 0.3mm, (p=0.434). In Group B, the anterior disc height reduced by 1.98mm (pre-op=9.04mm, post-op= 7.06mm, p=0.001) and the posterior height by 0.35mm (pre-op 6.14mm to post op 5.79mm, p=0.443)

Discussion: This study shows that the Dynesys stabilisation system allows some movement at the operated segment two years following surgery. The study also confirms that the adjacent segment hypermobility often seen following spinal fusion surgery is eliminated.


P Sell M Sivan B Sell

Purpose: To establish the results of a three week functional restoration program in terms of commonly used surgical outcome measures

Method: 135 patients ( 57 male 78 female) undertook a three week functional restoration program consisting of hydrotherapy, gymnasium work, education and cognitive behavioral therapy. They completed pre-program standard questionnaires including the Oswestry Disability Index and the Roland Morris. Follow up was at an average of 26 months (std dev 7) The patient global assessment of worse, unchanged, better and much better were completed as well as the pre-program outcome measures.

Results: Oswestry; Roland Morris

Pre program 34 average: s.d. 158.8; s.d. 4.5

Post program 19 average: s.d. 174.3; s.d. 4.8

Patient Global assessment:

Much better 64; 47%

Excellent 62; 49.6%

Better: 52; 38%

Good: 43; 34.4%

Unchanged: 2; 9%

Fair: 16 ; 2.8%

Worse: 7; 5%

Poor: 4; 3.2%

Data on the impact upon work was available for 121 of the patients. Pre program 71 of the 121 had been seriously affected in the workplace. Work follow up was 79% and at follow up only 22 out of 96 were seriously affected in the workplace. A significant improvement.

43 had an injury at work, RTA or similar significant event, 89 did not. The ODI improved by 18 points in the attributable event group and 13 in the non event group. Similar results were found for the Roland score. There was no significant difference between the two groups.

Conclusion: A very favourable results in the treatment of chronic back pain can be achieved, despite including adverse patient groups. Over 80% of patients were in the ‘success’ treatment groups at follow up using the Scandinavian Spine stabilization study group global assessment tool. Surgeons, patients and health care purchasers need to be aware of what can occur with non surgical treatment.


B J C Freeman N Hussain P McKenna Y H Yau Y Leung J Hegarty R W Kerslake

Aim: The clinical and radiological outcomes of a prospective randomised controlled trial comparing Femoral Ring Allografts (FRA) to Titanium Cages (TC) for circumferential fusion are presented.

Methods: Eighty-three patients were recruited fulfilling strict entry requirements (> 6 months chronic discogenic Low Back Pain (LBP), failure of conservative treatment, one or two level discographically-proven discogenic pain). Five patients were excluded on technical infringements (unable to insert TC or FRA). From 78 patients randomised, 37 received FRA and 41 received TC. Posterior stabilisation was achieved with translaminar or pedicle screws. Patients completed the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) for back and leg pain, the Short-Form 36 (SF-36) pre-operatively and 6, 12 and 24 months post-operatively. Assessment of fusion was made by a panel of 6 individuals examining radiographs taken at the same specified time points.

Results: Clinical outcomes were available for all 83 patients (mean follow-up 28 months, range 24–75). Baseline demographic data showed no statistical difference between groups (p< 0.05). For patients receiving FRA, mean VAS (back pain) improved 2.0 points (p< 0.01), mean ODI improved 15 points (p=< 0.01), and mean SF-36 scores improved by > 11 points in 6 of 8 domains (p< 0.03). For patients receiving TC, mean VAS improved 1.1 points (p=0.004), mean ODI improved 6 points (p=0.01), and SF-36 improved significantly in only two of eight domains. Revision procedures and complications were similar in both groups. For the FRA group, 27 levels were fused from a total of 42 assessed (64.2%). For the TC group, 33 levels were fused from a total of 55 assessed (60%). This difference was not statistically significant p> 0.2.

Conclusion: The use of FRA in circumferential lumbar fusion was associated with superior clinical outcomes when compared to those observed following the use of TC. Both groups had similar fusion rates.


D Hay A Siegmeth R Clifton J Powell D Sharp

Introduction: This study investigates the effect of soma-tisation on results of lumbar surgery.

Methods: Pre- and postoperative data of all primary discectomies and posterior lumbar decompressions was prospectively collected. Pain using the Visual Analogue Score (VAS) and disability using the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) were measured. Psychological assessment used the Distress Risk Assessment Method (DRAM). Follow-up was at 1 year.

Results: There were a total of 320 patients (average age 49.7 years). Preoperatively there were 61 Somatising and 75 psychologically Normal patients. 47 of the pre-operative Somatisers were available for follow-up.

All pre-operative parameters were significantly higher compared with the Normal group (back pain VAS 6.3 and 3.8; leg pain VAS 7 and 4.7; ODI 61 and 34.4 respectively).

At 1 year follow-up, 23% of the somatising patients became psychologically Normal; 36% became At Risk; 11% became Distressed Depressed; and 30% remained Distressed Somatisers.

The postoperative VAS for back and leg pain of the 11 patients who had become psychologically Normal was 3.4 (pre-op 6.8) and 3.2 (pre-op 6.6) respectively. In the 14 patients who remained Distressed Somatisers the corresponding figures were 5.6 (pre-op 7.8) and 6.7 (pre-op 7.0).

The postoperative ODI of the 11 patients who had become psychologically Normal was 26.4 (pre-op 55.5).

In the 14 patients who remained Distressed Somatisers the corresponding figures were 56.7 (pre-op 61.7).

These differences are statistically significant.

Discussion: Patients with features of somatisation are severely functionally impaired preoperatively. One year following lumbar spine surgery, 60%(28) had improved psychologically, 23%(11) were defined as psychologically normal. This was associated with a significant improvement in function and back and leg pain. The 14(30%) patients who did not improve psychologically and remained somatisers had a poor functional outcome. Our results demonstrate that psychological distress is not an absolute contraindication to lumbar spinal decompressive surgery.


M Krishna R D Pollock C K Bhatia

Purposes: To evaluate the effectiveness of Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (PLIF) surgery in resolving back and back related leg pain and its effect on quality of life.

Methods: Two hundred and twenty six patients who met the inclusion criteria of degenerative disc disease, spondylolisthesis, disc herniation and postlaminec-tomy/postdiscectomy syndrome unresolved by conservative therapy were entered into the study. Patients were assessed using a self-administered questionnaire containing the Oswestry disability index (ODI) for back pain related disability, visual analogue scales (VAS) for back and leg pain severity (0 = none, 10 = worst imaginable pain) and the SF-36 general health questionnaire. Outcomes were assessed preoperatively and at a minimum of 2 years follow-up. Statistical significance was tested using a paired t-test after confirming normality of the data.

Results: Of the 226 patients,182 (99 females, 83 males; mean age at treatment, 45.3 years; age range 15 – 67 years) returned follow-up questionnaires (81% response). The mean duration of follow-up was 26.4 months (range 24 – 60 months). The ODI showed a statistically and clinically significant improvement between baseline (52.1) and follow-up (29.5), (22.6(17.8 to 27.5); P= 0.000). This represents a 43% improvement in functional ability. There was a statistically and clinically significant improvement between VAS back pain scores at baseline (7.7) and follow-up (3.9), (3.8 (3.1 to 4.4); P = 0.000 ). This represents a reduction of 49%. Similarly VAS leg pain at baseline (6.6) and follow-up (3.2) ,(3.4 (2.7 to 4.2); P = 0.000) showed a reduction of 52% which was also statistically and clinically significant. All dimensions of the SF-36 except role physical showed a statistically and clinically significant improvement.

Conclusion: The results show that in our series, there is a statistically and clinically significant improvement in pain, functional ability and quality of life after PLIF surgery in patients with chronic back and leg pain unresolved by conservative therapy.


R J Fletcher A O’Brien M C Oliver S Rajaratnam C Southgate A Tavakkolizadeh J A N Shepperd

We report a consecutive series of 200 patients who underwent Dynesys flexible stabilisation in the management of intractable lower back pain.

Methods: Patients were only accepted for the study if exhaustive conservative management had failed. They underwent operation between September 2000 and March 2003. Patients were divided into two groups:

Group 1 - Cases where implantation was used as an adjunct to other procedures including decompression, discectomy, or posterior lumbar interbody fusion. (32 male, 36 female, Mean age 56years (range 31–85)).

Group 2 - Patients with back pain and/or sciatica in which no other procedure was used. (65 male 67 female, Mean age 58years (range 27–86))

All patients were profiled prospectively using the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), SF36 and Visual Analogue Scale (VAS). Patients were reviewed post-operatively using the same measures at 3, 6 & 12 months, and yearly thereafter. Follow-up was 95% at 2 to 5 years.

Results: Group 1 – Mean ODI fell from 54 pre-op to 24 at four years

Group 2 – Mean ODI fell from 49 pre-op to 28 at four years

Similar trends were observed in both groups with a fall in VAS and improvement in SF36.

Discussion: Indications can only be defined following clinical outcome. Perceived indications were based on contemporary understanding of the biomechanical effects of the construct. Further investigation of these variables is clearly desirable. Screw failures (15%) have detracted from the overall success. The virtue of flexible stabilisation over fusion includes avoidance of domino effect, reversibility and possible healing of a painful segment. The key issue is whether it is as effective and this requires prospective randomised controlled investigation, both against fusion, and conservative management. We feel our results in this difficult group of patients are reasonable and continue to use it in our practice.


M Krishna R D Pollock C K Bhatia

Purposes: To evaluate the effectiveness of Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (PLIF) surgery in resolving back and back related leg pain and its effect on quality of life.

Methods: Two hundred and twenty six patients who met the inclusion criteria of degenerative disc disease, spondylolisthesis, disc herniation and postlaminec-tomy/postdiscectomy syndrome unresolved by conservative therapy were entered into the study. Patients were assessed using a self-administered questionnaire containing the Oswestry disability index (ODI) for back pain related disability, visual analogue scales (VAS) for back and leg pain severity (0 = none, 10 = worst imaginable pain) and the SF-36 general health questionnaire. Outcomes were assessed preoperatively and at a minimum of 2 years follow-up. Statistical significance was tested using a paired t-test after confirming normality of the data.

Results: Of the 226 patients,182 (99 females, 83 males; mean age at treatment, 45.3 years; age range 15 – 67 years) returned follow-up questionnaires (81% response). The mean duration of follow-up was 26.4 months (range 24 – 60 months). The ODI showed a statistically and clinically significant improvement between baseline (52.1) and follow-up (29.5), (22.6(17.8 to 27.5); P= 0.000). This represents a 43% improvement in functional ability. There was a statistically and clinically significant improvement between VAS back pain scores at baseline (7.7) and follow-up (3.9), (3.8 (3.1 to 4.4); P = 0.000 ). This represents a reduction of 49%. Similarly VAS leg pain at baseline (6.6) and follow-up (3.2) ,(3.4 (2.7 to 4.2); P = 0.000) showed a reduction of 52% which was also statistically and clinically significant. All dimensions of the SF-36 except role physical showed a statistically and clinically significant improvement.

Conclusion: The results show that in our series, there is a statistically and clinically significant improvement in pain, functional ability and quality of life after PLIF surgery in patients with chronic back and leg pain unresolved by conservative therapy.


M Siddiqui M Nicol E Karadimas F W Smith D Wardlaw

Purpose: To evaluate the changes in lumbar spine kinematics and clinical outcomes of patients with spinal stenosis 2 years after implantation of the X Stop interspinous decompression device.

Methods: 10 patients (6 males; 4 females) underwent X Stop procedure. Age ranged from 57 years to 71 years. 15 levels were operated (5 single levels: L2-3 - 1, L4-5 - 4; 5 double levels: L3-4 +L4-5 – 4; L4-5+L5S1 – 1). A 0.6 Tesla Upright MRI scanner was used to acquire images in seated (flexion, extension, and neutral) and erect postures at preoperative, 6 months, and 2 years after surgery. The total range of motion of the lumbar spine and the operated segments were measured, along with changes in disc height, areas of the exit foramens, and dural sac. Clinical outcomes were assessed by Zurich Claudication Questionnaire before and 3, 6, 12, and 24 months after surgery.

Results: Mean Zurich Claudication Scores (n=10)

At 6 months, there was a significant increase in the spinal canal and foraminal dimension. However at 2 years there was a reduction in these dimensions such that there was no significant difference from the preop-erative measurements.

Conclusion: The results of this prospective observational study indicate that X Stop offers significant short-term improvement. It is a safe, effective, and less invasive alternative for treatment of lumbar spinal stenosis. The maximum clinical benefit and mechanical efficacy seems to be realized in the early stages postoperatively with gradual reduction thereafter over 2 years. Co-existing co-morbidities such as obesity and osteoarthritis in the lower limbs may influence the clinical results.


J Beastall E Karadimas M Siddiqui M Nicol W Bashir T Muthukumar F Smith D Wardlaw

Aim: To assess the kinematic changes that occur within the lumbar spine 2 years following insertion of the Dynesys Spinal stabilisation implant.

Materials and Methods: Twenty patients who were treated with Dynesys surgical stabilisation for dominant lower back pain underwent positional MRI scanning before and two years following surgery.

The patients were divided into two groups, A and B. The first, Group A, in which only Dynesys was used and the second, Group B, in which Dynesys was used adjacent to one or more fused segments.

Results: The results of the pMRI measurements showed that the range of movement (ROM) of the L1/S1 angle in Group A reduced by 11.8o{pre-op=37.9o, postop=26.1o(p=0.085)} while in Group-B reduced by 12.3o {pre-op=37.8o, postop=25.5o(p=0.017)}.

The ROM of the end plate angle at the instrumented segments in Group A reduced from 5.72o to 1.44o{difference 4.28o(p=0.005)} and in Group B reduced from 6.00o to 2.17o,{difference 3.83o(p=0.001)}.

The ROM of the end plate angle at the level above instrumentation in Group A reduced from 8.2o to 5.1o {reduction 3.1o(p=0.085)}, while in group-B increased from 7.3o to 7.5o, a difference of 0.2o (p=0.877).

The mean anterior disc height in Group A reduced by 2.1mm (p< 0.001) from 9.59mm to 7.44mm. The posterior disc height also reduced from 6.56mm to 6.26mm, a difference of 0.3mm, (p=0.434). In Group B, the anterior disc height reduced by 1.98mm (pre-op=9.04mm, post-op= 7.06mm, p=0.001) and the posterior height by 0.35mm (pre-op 6.14mm to post op 5.79mm, p=0.443)

Discussion: This study shows that the Dynesys stabilisation system allows some movement at the operated segment two years following surgery. The study also confirms that the adjacent segment hypermobility often seen following spinal fusion surgery is eliminated.


M Assous U Zdrazil M Mayer

Background: The recent significant surge in disc arthroplasty surgery has popularised the minimally invasive anterior approach to access the target disc. However, as the abdomen and its great vessels are not the natural territory for the spinal or neurosurgeon, extra care must be taken to access the disc whilst still minimising the risk of the not too uncommon vascular injury. Three dimensional CT angiography has been routinely used in this centre as part of pre operative planning of disc surgery. This was prompted by the frequent intraoperative observation that the vascular pattern has often been far from consistent.

Aim of Study: To assess the anatomic variations of the major abdominal vessels.

Methods: The pre operative 3D CT angiograms of eighty nine patients who had lumbar disc replacements were examined studying specific vascular anatomic parameters.

Parameters studied included position of the Aorta and Inferior Vena Cava, the levels and angles of their bifurcation and the all too important ascending lumbar vein. We also commented on the most accessible (visible) disc part in relation to surrounding vessels.

Results: We found significant variations in vessels anatomy in all parameters studied, confirming inconsistency of the abdominal vasculature. In particular, the angio-grams suggested an alternative approach to access the L4/5 disc in 30% of cases.

Discussion: The incidence of vascular complications in disc arthroplasty surgery is reported to be around 3%. This includes laceration particularly to the left common iliac vein, thrombosis, both arterial and venous and intimal tears. Most of these complications are more than often the result of excessive traction and failure to adequately visualise and mobilise the vessels. Pre operative imaging is therefore critical to plan best vascular approach to the disc. Although MRI scanning is useful in assessing the vasculature, it is less superior to 3D CT angiograms in delineating vessels topographic relation to vertebra and disc.

Conclusion: We have noticed significant variations in abdominal vasculature anatomy. This may have a direct influence on access to L4/5 and higher discs in a siginificant number of cases.


B Summers J P Singh R Manns

The purpose of the study was, to investigate how often the diagnosis of “Scheuermann’s disease” was made in radiological reports to General Practitioners, to determine the precise nature of the disease being described, and to evaluate the management of patients by GP’s who receive such radiological reports.

A computerised search of radiological reports to local GP’s revealed fifty reports over a two and a half period which included the diagnosis of “Scheuermann’s disease”. Assessment of these radiographs by a Consultant Radiologist indicated that ten of these patients had classical Scheuermann’s (abnormal thoracic kyphosis associated with disc and end plate irregularities), and forty had so called lumbar/type two Scheuermann’s (disc and end plate irregularities of the thoraco lumbar spine without deformity).

A questionnaire was sent out to GP’s which consisted a case history of a middle aged patient with typical symptoms of degenerative low back pain without deformity, including a radiological report indicating the “possibility of Scheuermann’s disease”, on the basis of features typical of Scheuermann’s lumbar/type two.

86% of GP’s indicated that they would inform their patients that they had “Scheuermann’s disease” using that term, but 48% did not appreciate the meaning of the term in the context of the case history.

We conclude that the majority of radiological reports to GP’s which include the diagnosis “Scheuermann’s disease” relate to lumbar/type two Scheuermann’s, and that the nature of the radiological diagnosis, invariably passed on to the patient, is often misunderstood by the GP. This may well result in patients presenting to spinal clinicians with unnecessary anxiety due to concerns of possible serious pathology.

We would recommend that spinal clinicians encourage their radiological colleagues to avoid the use of the words “Scheuermann’s disease” in radiological reports to GP’s except when describing classical adolescent thoracic kyphosis.


J. Reynolds D. Marsh G. Bannister

We investigated the effect of neck dimension upon cervical range of movement. Data relating to 100 subjects healthy subjects aged between 20 and 40yrs was recorded with respect to age, gender and ranges of movement in three planes. Additionally two commonly used methods of measuring neck motion, chin-sternal distance and uniplanar goniometer, were assessed against a validated measurement tool the CROM goniometer (Performance Attainment Associates, Roseville, MN).

Using multiple linear regression analysis it was determined that sagittal flexion (P= 0.0021) and lateral rotation (P< 0.0001) were most closely related to neck circumference alone whereas lateral flexion (P< 0.0001) was most closely related to a ratio of circumference and length. The uniplanar goniometer has some usefulness when assessing neck motion, comparing favourably to chin-sternal distance that has almost no role.

Neck dimension should be incorporated into cervical functional assessment. One should be wary about recorded values for neck motion from non-validated measurement tools.


I. M. Emran W.S. Badawy R. Badge P.G. Hourigan D. Chan

Objective: To assess the effectiveness of total disc replacement (TDR) (Charité SB III) for treatment of lumbar discopathy and to report the preliminary clinical results after a minimum follow-up period of two years

Materials and Methods: From 49 patients who underwent lumbar TDR, 31 patients fulfilled the criteria for clinical evaluation at least 2 years after surgery. The mean age was 39ys (range 29 – 48). Preoperative diagnosis included degenerative disc disease in 27 patients and 4 patients had post discectomy back pain. 44 disc prosthesis were implanted, 18 patients had a single level disc replacement and 13 patients had two level replacement. All patients were studied prospectively and clinical results evaluated by assessing preoperative and postoperative Oswestry Disability Index questionnaire and Visual Analogue Scale for back pain. Pre and postoperative patients’ work status as well as patient satisfaction were also assessed. The mean postoperative follow up was 3.3years (range 2 – 8 years). Statistical analysis of the results was done with the Wilcoxon Signed Ranks Test.

Results: There were significant improvements of the clinical outcome measures. Mean post operative ODI compared to mean preoperative scores of 19 and 53 respectively (p< 0.0001) and mean postoperative VAS compared to mean preoperative scores of 2.5 and 7.5 respectively (p< 0.0001). Success rates showed 51.6% of patients had an excellent result (relative improvement of ODI score, > 75%), 19.4% had a good result (relative improvement of ODI score, 60% to74%), and 29% had a fair and poor results (relative improvement of ODI score, < 60%). No major or approach related complications were encountered.

Conclusions: TDR is an effective method of treating discopathic low back pain. The medium term results are comparable to those obtained following traditional lumbar arthrodesis. Yet longer term results are still needed to comment on adjacent segment load transfer and progression of degenerative changes.


R Bommireddy IP Holloway R Purohit D Harrison

Neuromuscular scoliosis is a difficult condition to treat. Curve severity, secondary pelvic obliquity and poor respiratory function can make operative treatment and post operative care challenging. The benefits to the child in terms of improved sitting position and trunk posture can be considerable. We present a large consecutive series of patients with neuromuscular scoliosis treated surgically at our institution.

The aim of this work was to study the clinical and radiographic impact of surgery for neuromuscular scoliosis.

Data was gathered from patient records and radiographs for all cases of neuromuscular scoliosis treated surgically between April 2002 and Feb 2005. 52 cases were identified. They fell into 2 surgical groups: single stage posterior correction and two stage anterior and posterior correction. All posterior instrumentation was transpedicular. Complications, length of stay, and change in severity of sagittal and coronal plane deformity were recorded.

Average pre-operative Cobb angle was 85°. There were 16 patients with additional sagittal plane deformity. Average percentage improvement of Cobb angle was 59%. The correction was better in two stage procedures. Pelvic obliquity was improved in those who were obligatory sitters. Fusion rate was 83% for those followed up more than 1 year. ITU stay was longer in single stage procedures. Complication rate was 58%.

We have shown that with appropriate patient selection the correction of neuromuscular scoliosis can achieve good results with high fusion rates. Two stage correction confers correctional advantage on those who have sufficient respiratory reserve to tolerate it.


A. Jariwala J. Borremans P. Kluger

The current work compares, in the patients with acute spinal cord injuries (SCI), the rate of early complications in those who were operated ‘out of hours’ to the patients who had their surgical interventions performed on the elective trauma list.

In a two-year study, all the complications occurring within the first month of surgery were recorded. Patients who had their operative procedure between 22.00 pm and 8.00 am comprised the ‘out of hours’ group, while the other group included patients operated on daytime spinal trauma lists. Each group had 22 patients. The demographics, injury patterns, time relapse to admission and theatre, the surgical procedure, its duration, the postoperative results and early complications were retrospectively analysed and compared for the two groups.

There were 38 males. 20 patients had complete SCI and 26 had thoracic spine involvement. Road traffic accident was the cause of injury in 26 patients. Two patients received steroids following the injury. The average admission time was 3 days. Surgery occurred on an average within 48 h (range 1–20 days). The mean theatre time was 2.8 h for the emergency group and 3.4 h for the elective cases. Early postoperative complications were chest infections (5), urinary tract infections (7), superficial wound infections (2), and pulmonary embolism (1). The incidence of complications was higher in cervical injuries, polytrauma, complicated procedures and individuals requiring intensive care. No significant differences were noted between the two groups.

Operating non life-saving emergency cases on elective list constitutes good clinical practice. Various reviews including the National Confidential Enquiry into Patient Outcomes and Deaths (NCEPOD) suggest that operating out of working hours poses a substantial risk to the patient’s health and safety. This study emphasizes that complications relate to the injury level, associated injuries and the procedure itself, rather than to the timing of surgery.


AG Hacker I MacLeod S Molloy J Bernard

Introduction: Cervical spine pedicle morphology has been assessed by direct measurement and by CT in cadavers. We have assessed reproducibility and produced data for normal ranges in live subjects from the UK.

Method: 54 axial CT scans were examined. All subjects were scanned for the exclusion of fracture between December 2003 and December 2004. The digitised images were analysed on the Philips PACS system using SECTRA software. 168 individual vertebrae were assessed between C3 and C7. The following were measured; the angle of the pedicle relative to the sagittal plane, the smallest internal and external diameter, the angle of the lamina and the distance from the lateral mass to the anterior vertebral body (LMAVB) in the line of the pedicle. Reproducibility was assessed in a subset of 10 individuals with paired measures using the FDA approved formula for CV%.

Results: Angular measures had a CV% of 3.9%. The re-measurement error for distance was 0.5mm. 338 pedicles were assessed in 25 females and 29 males. Average age was 48.2 years (range 17–85). Our data from live subjects was comparable to previous cadaveric data. Mean pedicle external diameter was 4.9mm at C3 and 6.6mm at C7. Females were marginally smaller than males. Left and right did not significantly differ. Mean LMAVB was 34mm (min 21mm). In no case was the pedicle narrower than 3.2mm. Mean pedicle angle was 130 deg at C3 and 140 deg at C7.

Conclusions: CT measurement has acceptable reproducibility. Previous cadaveric measurements have been validated in live subjects in the UK. Although there is some variation in morphology, instrumentation no wider than 3.0mm and no longer than 20mm is unlikely to prove too large for an adult pedicle.


AS. Raman R. Crawford R. Kakkar AS. Rai RJ. Crawford

Purpose: To compare two different techniques of inter-body fusion in treatment for single level degenerative spondylolisthesis with symptomatic spinal stenosis.

Methods: Retrospective review of patients with degenerative spondylolisthesis and spinal stenosis treated with decompression and instrumented posterior interbody fusion with and without cages. Between 1996 and 2003 there were 59 patients with single level degenerative spondylolisthesis and spinal stenosis. Of these 32 were treated with complete laminectomy, interbody grafting and pedicle screw fixation. In the second group of 27 patients, the technique was modified by the incorporation of an interbody cage in an attempt to improve the restoration of lordosis. Both groups were comparable in terms of pathology, age, sex, intraoperative technique and were treated by the same surgeon. All patients were followed up at 6, 12, 26 and 52 weeks with radiographs and were assessed for fusion and maintenance of lordosis at a minimum of 1 year.

Results: There was a statistically significant difference between pre and postoperative lordotic angles in both groups. There was no significant difference in clinical outcomes between the two groups, nor was there a statistical difference in postoperative lordotic angles at the end of 1 year between the two groups. We had 2 deep infections in the cage group. There was one implant failure in the no cage group.

Conclusion: We did not find any advantage in using interbody cages in treating single level degenerative spondylolisthesis.


D W Neen N C Birch

The clinical and radiological outcome of 34 patients who were treated with PDN-Solo and PDN-Solo XL devices for symptomatic degenerative lumbar discs is described.

34 patients had PDNs implanted in their lumbar spines between September 2002 and August 2004. Suitable patients, with proven discogenic back pain, who failed at least six months of conservative treatment, were fully consented prior to surgery. The approach was retroperitoneal in all cases except at L5/S1 when it was transperitoneal. The primary clinical outcome measure was the Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS). X-rays were taken at these follow-up points to assess the integrity and effectiveness of the implants.

36 operations were performed in 15 males and 19 females (including 2 early revision PDNs). All patients were between 20 and 65 years old, with a mean age of 42. 17 patients were treated with PDN alone and 17 with PDN as an adjunct to an interbody fusion.

There were 10 device related complications, two being amenable to early PDN revision and six requiring revision to fusion. Two patients remain symptom-free.

According to the LBOS, only 19 of 29 patients who have not been revised to fusion have had successful outcomes (65.5% of unrevised patients, 56% of all patients). Final follow-up x-rays show that when the PDN remains intact the disc space height is very similar to its neighbours. If the device has dissociated, the disc is narrowed.

Fifty years after lumbar disc nucleus replacement was first attempted by Fernstrom, the success rate is no higher and the reasons for revision are the same. Clearly there has to be a major improvement in this technology before it can be widely adopted. Until such a time as that improvement has occurred, we cannot recommend this device as a treatment for back pain.


L. Ocaka C. Zhao J.K. O’Dowd A.H. Child

Purpose: To perform a genome scan for suitable UK multiplex families and identify new genetic loci for AIS.

Method: DNA samples from 208 subjects (134 affected, 17 reduced penetrance members and 79 normal) from 25 multi-generation British families with confirmed diagnosis of AIS were selected from our AIS family database, and genotyped for 410 polymorphic markers from the entire genome, spaced at 10 cM intervals. Genotypic data were exported into Cyrillic to construct the most likely inherited haplotypes for each chromosome and in each family. Two–point LOD scores were calculated using MLINK initially for the entire genotypic data, and again for the affected meioses only, followed by GENEHUNTER for multipoint linkage analysis for each family.

Results: Overall, 170,560 genotypes were obtained and analysed. DNA samples from 250 subjects from the 25 families are currently available for further genotyping and saturation mapping. Preliminary inspection of inherited haplotypes indicates that a number of these families may be segregating with several new AIS loci with LOD scores ranging from 1.0 – 3.6 for various DNA markers on 15 different chromosomes (1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 16, 17, 20, 21), and absence of linkage to the X chromosome. Linkage evaluation and comprehensive saturation mapping of the 2 loci with the highest LOD scores were conducted and these regions were successfully refined. Candidate genes are currently being screened.

Conclusion: Preliminary evidence already indicates genetic heterogeneity of AIS. Candidate genes from the two highest LOD score loci are at present being screened.


JC Hobart RA Baron R Elashaal T Germon

Background: Clinical trials of surgery increasingly use disability and quality of life scales as their primary outcome measures. As such, they are the central dependent variables on which treatment decisions are based. It is therefore essential that these scales provide clinically meaningful and scientifically sound (reliable and valid) measurements.

Aim: The aim of this study was to determine if three scales used widely for spinal surgery (the Short form 36 item health survey – SF-36, Oswestry and Neck Disability Indices – ODI, NDI) satisfied basic requirements for reliable and valid measurement, and if they were suitable to detect clinically significant change.

Method: We analysed data from 147 people undergoing cervical (SF-36, NDI), and 233 people undergoing lumbar (SF-36, ODI) spine surgery. We tested the full range of measurement properties of these scales. These included the assumption that adding up items generates meaningful scores and, if that test was passed, scale targeting to study samples, reliability, validity and responsiveness.

Results: In both samples, the SF-36 had problems. Some scales had notable floor and ceiling effects. As a consequence they were unable to detect change. Other scales failed validity tests. Importantly, there was no support for using SF-36 summary scores in either cervical or lumbar surgery. With the ODI and NDI, there were problems with the individual questions. Specifically, the item response options were not working as anticipated. This compromises the reliability and validity of both scales.

Conclusions: This study, whose aim was to assess three scales used to evaluate surgery, not the surgery itself, demonstrates that all three have important limitations and questions their suitability for this crucial role. Essentially, all three scales give inaccurate estimates of treatment effectiveness. The result is that the benefits of spinal surgery are almost certainly being under-evaluated and spinal surgeons are selling themselves short.


RJ Mannion MJ Wilby S Godward RJ Laing

Study purpose: Cancer patients presenting with symptomatic spinal metastases is an increasing problem. It is widely accepted that surgery plays an important role in the management of these patients and recent studies1 conclude that surgical treatment should be more frequently offered. However, who should be offered surgery remains controversial, largely because of a lack of information about outcome. Our study is a prospective analysis of survival and functional outcome in patients with metastatic spinal disease treated primarily by surgical decompression and stabilisation when indicated.

Methods: Sixty two patients with radiologically suspected metastatic spinal disease, managed by one consultant neurosurgeon, were enrolled into a prospective cohort study. Patients presented with pain and or myelopathy. Survival, continence, walking, analogue pain scores and short form 36 (SF-36) scores were analysed.

Results: Median age was 62 years (22–79 years, 35 female, 27 male) with the commonest primary tumours being breast (26%), lymphoma (13%) and prostate (10%). Lung cancer was poorly represented (1 patient). Survival rates were 56% at 1 year, 49% at 2 years and 28% at 3 years. Of 16 patients not walking pre-op, 8 gained the ability to walk, while 5 out of 7 incontinent patients gained continence following surgery.

Conclusion: Our data indicate that long term survival and favourable functional outcomes can be achieved following surgery in patients with metastatic spinal disease. We strongly advocate that patients presenting with metastatic spinal disease be considered for primary surgical treatment but would highlight the importance of appropriate patient selection.


E Buchanan K Mukherjee R Freeman L Thompson

Background: Guidelines for the management of Low Back Pain (LBP) consistently recommend that initial assessment should focus on the detection of serious spinal pathologies. In 1994 the UK Clinical Standards Advisory Group introduced the concept of “red flags”. One flag is the presentation of back pain in people under the age of 20. LBP in children is common, with an annual and lifetime prevalence of around 30%. Because many cases of benign and malignant spinal tumours and spinal infection have been documented in this age group, young people with LBP who are referred to secondary care are investigated by MRI.

Purpose: The purpose of this study is to review the incidence of tumour and infection in subjects under age 20, who present to secondary care with LBP, but do not have concerning objective findings such as neurology, fever, acute deformity or scoliosis.

Method/Results: A retrospective analysis of the MRI database, at a specialist orthopaedic hospital, from 1994 until 2005 identified 403 limited MRI’s taken in LBP patients under the age of 20. Analysis revealed 2 radiological reports of spinal tumour, 1 ependymoma and 1 osteoid osteoma and no cases of spinal infection. Histology confirmed pathology in the ependymoma but excluded serious pathology in the osteoid oste-oma. Other MRI findings, included minor degenerative change (17%), pars defect (9%) and disc prolapse (4%). Therefore, over an 11 year period only 0.25% of young people with LBP who underwent limited MRI were found to have serious pathology.

Conclusion: In conclusion, LBP is relatively common in people under the age of 20 and can be severe enough to warrant secondary care referral. However, in the absence of other objective findings, serious pathologies such as cancer and infection remain rare. These results support the use of limited MRI for screening. However, further research into the clinical value of “under 20” as an independent red flag is recommended.


GC Mclorinan MG Mcmullan EA Cooke NW Eames PC Nolan A Hamilton S Patrick

Recent work has demonstrated that intra-operative contamination of spinal surgical wounds is relatively common. The most frequently isolated wound contaminants are Propionibacterium spp. and coagulase negative Staphylococcus spp. The aim of this study is to examine the efficacy of prophylactic antibiotics used for spinal surgery against bacterial contaminants isolated from intra-operative samples retrieved during spinal surgical procedures.

Intra-operative wound samples were taken from 94 patients undergoing spinal surgery. Samples including skin, subcutaneous tissue and wound washings were processed, inoculated onto agar and incubated under both aerobic and anaerobic conditions for a period of 2 weeks. Bacterial growth was identified using commercially available biochemical test galleries. Thirty-six bacterial isolates were identified. The predominant bacteria isolated included Propionibacterium spp. (n=21) and coagulase negative Staphylococcus spp. (n=15). Each bacterial isolate was tested for its susceptibility to antibiotics used as antimicrobial prophylaxis during spinal surgery. Antibiotic sensitivities were determined in accordance with National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards (NCCLS) guidelines.

The antibiotic that performed best against Staphylococcus spp. isolated was ciprofloxacin with 93% of isolates being susceptible to this antibiotic. Cefamandole and cefuroxime also performed well against Staphylococcus spp. isolates.

The antibiotic that performed best against Propioni-bacterium spp. isolates was cefamandole with 100% of isolates being susceptible. Cefuroxime and ciprofloxacin also performed well. The antibiotic that performed least well against bacterial isolates was erythromycin with only 76% of Propionibacterium spp. and 47% of Staphylococcus spp. exhibiting susceptibility.

The results of this study demonstrate that ciprofloxacin, cefuroxime and cefamandole are effective against the majority of Propionibacterium spp. and Staphylococcus spp. isolated from within the spinal wound during surgery. The use of erythromycin in the penicillin allergic patient is questioned and ciprofloxacin proposed as a possible alternative.


T Ibrahim I M Tleyjeh O Gabbar

Aim: A meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials was performed to investigate the effectiveness of surgical fusion for chronic low back pain compared to non-surgical intervention.

Methods: Several electronic databases (MEDLINE, EMBASE, CINAHL and Science Citation Index) were searched from 1966 to October 2005. Two authors independently extracted data. The meta-analysis comparison was based on mean difference in Oswestry disability index (ODI) change from baseline to follow up of patients undergoing surgical versus non-surgical treatment.

Results: Four studies of 58 articles identified in the search were eligible with a total of 740 patients. One of the studies recruited patients with adult isthmic spondylolisthesis, whereas the other studies recruited patients with a history of chronic low back pain of at least 1 year duration. Surgical treatment involved pos-terolateral fusion with or without instrumentation and flexible stabilisation. Non-surgical treatment involved exercise programs with or without cognitive therapy. The follow-up period ranged from 1 to 2 years. The mean overall difference in ODI between the surgical and non-surgical groups was statistically in favour of surgery (mean difference of ODI: 3.90; 95% confidence interval: 0.17–7.62; p=0.04; I2=21.4%). Surgical treatment was associated with a 13% pooled rate of early complications (95% confidence interval: 6–20%).

Conclusion: Surgical fusion for chronic low back pain favoured an improvement in the ODI compared to non-surgical intervention; this difference in ODI is of minimal clinical importance. Furthermore, surgery is associated with a significant risk of complications. Therefore, the cumulative evidence at present does not support routine surgical fusion for the treatment of chronic low back pain.


Mr R Arun Mr MP Grevitt Mr BJC Freeman Dr DS McNally Dr W Kockenberger Dr S Rahman

Purpose: To study acute effects of Intradiscal Electrothermal Therapy(IDET) on biomechanical properties of human intervertebral discs using Scanning Acoustic Microscopy(SAM) and 11.6 Tesla Nuclear Magnetic Resonance(μNMR)Microscope.

Materials and Methods: Five SpineCATH® IDET catheters (Smith& Nephew) were sited in the lumbar discs of a fresh frozen human cadaver under image control. 6 regions of interest (ROI) – anterior middle (AM), right anterolateral (RAL), left anterolateral(LAL), posterior middle(PM), right posterolateral (RPL) and left postero-lateral (LPL) were marked. These ROI were then subjected to SAM (50MHz, Kremer GmbH).

SAM was performed in C-scan mode(gate width 50ns, depth 3500ns) and acoustical data collected along X–Y plane/depth Z. A B- mode scan acquired acoustic data along X–Z plane/ depth A. Time-of-Flight (TOF) scan used to create 3D-like images based on distance between the top of the disc and maximum penetration depth.

The IDET catheters were heated according to the 900C 16.5-minute protocol. Discs were subjected to SAM using identical protocols as described. The ROIs were incised and analysed using μNMR. A custom made device was fabricated to prevent rotational effects of varying orientation of the specimen in the magnetic field.

Results: 30 ROI were studied using SAM and μNMR. Acoustic Impedance was significantly decreased (p< 0.01)on SAM and these changes were confined only to LPL and LAL.

Non-linear regression analysis of Signal Intensity Ratios of 30 different regions using SPSS showed a significant change in T1 weighting on μMRI by a median factor of 40 ( IQR + 16) for the LPL and 20(IQR + 8) for LAL regions. Significant relaxation difference (p< 0.001) caused by “magic angle”effects wer noted in LPL compared to RPL.

Conclusion: This is the first study depicting structure of human intervertebral discs using 11.6T μMRI and SAM and exploring its clinical potential. The study irrefutably proves that IDET decreases stiffness coefficient only in the treated area. The findings on SAm closely mimicked findings on μMRI.


R. Clifton D. Hay J.M. Powell D.J. Sharp

Introduction: Following the publication of our original survey in 2000 (Eur. Sp. J.11(6):515–8 2002) we have sought to re-evaluate the perceptions and attitudes towards spinal surgery of the current UK orthopaedic Specialist Registrars (SpR’s), and to identify factors influencing an interest in spinal surgery. At that time 175 orthopaedic spinal surgeons in the UK needed to increase by 25% to satisfy parity with other European countries.

Methods: A postal questionnaire was sent to all 950 SpR’s. The questionnaire sought to identify perceptions in spinal surgery, levels of current training and practice, and intentions to pursue a career in spinal surgery.

Results: As before, a 70% response rate has confirmed that 74% of trainees intend to avoid spinal surgery (69% in 2000). However 10% are committed to become a Specialist Spinal Surgeon (9% in 2000). Their perceptions were wide ranging but most concluded that the intellectual challenge and opportunities for research are widely recognised. However enthusiasm is dampened by poor perceptions of outcomes from surgery, negative somatization and depression associations, complications and the fear of litigation. In some areas there is inadequate exposure to spinal surgery during the first 4 years of training.

Conclusions: Spinal surgery remains a career choice for 10% of surgical trainees (up 1% since 2000). With a large SpR expansion (578 to 950 SpRs in the last 5 years) an average of 16 new spinal surgeons annually will be produced over the next six years. This has improved on the figure of 8.6 per year from 2000 and represents a 200% increase in numbers per year. These figures suggest that by 2011 and allowing for retirement, there should be enough spinal surgeons to meet the desired UK/Europe ratio.


E Fawzy H Dashti NJ Oxborrow JB Williamson

Aim: To measure the quality of five major scientific meetings by assessing the publication rate of papers presented and recording their citation index.

Material and Methods: Abstracts of podium presentations at the meetings of the Scoliosis Research Society, International Society for the Study of the Lumbar Spine, British Scoliosis Society, BritSpine and Eurospine were included. We performed a Medline search to identify publications from the abstract. We calculated the time from meeting to publication and recorded the citation rate of the articles.

Results: Of 396 abstracts, 182 were published in peer-review journals – a publication rate of 46%. The publication rates of the five meetings (SRS, BSS, ISSLS, Eurospine, Britspine) were 69%, 53%, 51%, 38%, 24% respectively. Most publications were in “Spine” (55%), then European Spine Journal (11%). The median citation rate of the papers from the SRS, ISSLS, BSS, Eurospine, Britspine meetings was 3, 3, 3, 2, and 1 respectively. The average time to publication was 16 months.

Discussion & Conclusions: Podium presentation is a valuable means for the dissemination of research findings. However, a paper in a peer-reviewed journal is subjected to greater scrutiny, and is perhaps a better indicator of the work’s merit.

The average rate of publication in medicine following presentation is 45%1. Spinal meetings are within this range.

Although the quality of the scientific work is not the only factor to determine publication, and nor is the quality of the presentations the only factor to assess in evaluating a meeting, the rate of publication and citation rate provide an indicator of the quality and scientific level of meetings.


TDA Cosker J Jacobs A Ghandour K Basu N James S Chatterji

Purpose of study: This study assessed the current availability of “out of hours” MRI scans for patients who present with symptoms suggestive of cauda equina syndrome to trauma units across the United Kingdom (UK).

Methods: 98 trauma units in 212 hospitals across the UK were identified. Senior house officers and registrars were questioned about the availability of emergency MRI scans after 5pm and midnight and at weekends. All units responded to the survey.

Results: 88 of 98 units had an on-site MRI scanner. In 32 hospitals, an MRI scan could be obtained after 5pm. In only 27 hospitals was this possible after midnight. In 58 units (65%) of cases, consultant to consultant contact was required to arrange the scan. 67 units found it “very difficult” or “impossible” to obtain an MRI scan at the weekend producing a potential delay of 64 hours from presentation at 5pm on a Friday night to 9am on a Monday morning.

Conclusions: The availability of urgent MRI scans in cases of suspected cauda equina syndrome currently represents a “postcode lottery” across the UK. This may mean that patients requiring urgent surgical decompression face a significant delay in diagnosis. Delayed or missed cases of cauda equina syndrome have huge personal, social and economic impact. On-site MRI facilities, which are available 24 hours a day for such cases are recommended in all units receiving an acute trauma on call.


V Shanbhag A Ghandour K Lyons A Jones J Howes S Ahuja PR Davies

Introduction: Sacroiliac joint pathology can contribute to lowback pain and sciatica. Its frequency and significance is controversial.

Aims: The purpose of this study is to evaluate the incidence and clinical significance of positive SI joint pathology on MRI scans.

Methodology: 353 MRI reports and scans carried out over a one year period for backpain and sciatica were reviewed. Demographic data and clinical notes of patients who had positive SI joint pathology on MRI scans were analysed. Correlation between clinical suspicion of SI joint pathology and MRI findings was studied.

Results: 12 scans showed pathology in the SI joint, an overall incidence of 3.3%.8(66%) were males and 4(33%) females. Only 4(33%) of these patients had Plain Film abnormality. Average age of 41.2 years (33–54). One patient was known case of Ankylosing Spondylitis. Other positive pathology included oedema, sclerois and bridging osteophytes. Clinicians requested inclusion of SI joint in 43 patients. 8 of these were positive, an incidence of 18.6%. In 130 patients, the SI joints were imaged as routine. This yielded positive pathology in 4 patients (3%).

Conclusion: Our study concludes that 18.6% of patients who are suspected to have SI joint involvement clinically have positive pathology on MRI scans.

Routine inclusion of imaging of the SI joint as part of lumbosacral spine MRI for back pain and sciatica shows only 3% positive results.

SI joint should be imaged only if clinically suspected.


E H Seel E M Davies

Objectives: Ex vivo biomechanical study to compare the properties of isolated, fractured, vertebral bodies after treatment by kyphoplasty with one of two bone tamps: a balloon bone tamp (Kyphon®) or an expandable polymer bone tamp (SKyBone®).

Methods: Simulated compression fractures were created in 21 vertebral bodies (L3–5) harvested from red deer (sp. elaphus. elaphus), with initial strength and stiffness determined concurrently. Deer spine was selected as an alternative to human cadaveric spine due to its availability and its very similar bone density and morphological profile. Vertebral bodies were assigned to one of three groups: (1) unaugmented (control); (2) kyphoplasty using a balloon bone tamp (BBT); and (3) kyphoplasty using a polymer bone tamp (PBT). The kyphoplasty treatment consisted of deploying the bone tamp biped-icularly, then filling the created voids with standardised low viscosity cement. All vertebrae were then recom-pressed to determine their augmented strength and stiffness. Data was analysed using one-way analysis of variance test and paired samples T-Test.

Result: Following fracture and subsequent kyphoplasty augmentation, the median strength of the BBT group was 6.71kN (± 2.71) vs 7.36kN (± 3.43) in the PBT group. Median stiffness in the balloon bone tamp group was 1.885 kN/mm (± 0.340) compared with 1.882 kN/ mm (± 0.868). Augmented strength tended to be greater in the PBT group than for BBT group, but this difference was not significantly different (p> .8). Significantly greater strength was obtained after kyphoplasty using BBT or PBT, compared with control group (p=.001 and .04, respectively). BBT and PBT groups were not statistically different for augmented stiffness (p=.4). Both BBT and PBT groups have greater augmented stiffness as compared to the control group (p=.007 and .005, respectively).

Conclusions: The use of a polymer bone tamp creates similar augmented vertebral body strength and stiffness as compared with the widely used balloon bone tamp in a deer spine model. Similar results would be expected in human spine and consequently the polymer bone tamp may be used as an alternative bone tamp for kyphoplasty.


D Dillon A Jones S Ahuja C Hunt S Evans C Holt J Howes P Davies

Introduction: Restoration of vertebral height for burst fractures can be achieved either anteriorly, posteriorly or combined.

Aim: To biomechanically assess and compare stiffness of 1) posterior pedicle screws with Synex, 2) Synex+ Double screw+rod Ventrofix 3) Synex+ Double screw+ Single rod and 4) Synex+ Single screw+ Single rod in reconstructing an unstable burst fracture following anterior corpectomy.

Method: Fresh frozen calf lumbar spines (L3–L5) were dissected and L4 corpectomy performed. L3 and L5 were mounted on a plate and fixed. Loads were applied as a dead weight of 2Nm. The range of movement was measured using the Qualisys motion analysis system using external marker clusters attached to L3 and L5. Bony landmarks were identified with marker clusters as baseline. The movement was measured between the 2 marker clusters.

Five specimens were implanted for each group 1) with pedicle screw (into L3 and L5) and tested with/without Synex (expandable) cage anteriorly, 2) implanted with a Synex cage and Double screw+rod Ventrofix system, 3) Synex cage and Double screw+ Single rod Ventrofix construct and 4) Synex cage and Single screw+ Single rod Ventrofix system.

Results: Reconstruction of the anterior column with the combination of Synex and double rod Ventrofix produces a stiffer construct than the pedicle screw system in all planes of movement (p= 0.001 in rotation).

The double screw/ single rod system is less effective than the Ventrofix System but is comparable to the pedicle screw construct.

The single screw/ single rod construct leads to unacceptable movement about the axis of the inferior screw particularly in extension with a ROM much greater than the intact spine (p< 0.001)

Conclusion: Thus biomechanically we recommend Synex and double rod Ventrofix construct to reconstruct the anterior vertebral column following corpectomy for unstable burst fractures.


AH McGregor JC Kerr AK Burton G Waddell P Sell

Clinical outcomes of surgery for disc herniation and spinal stenosis are variable. Surveys show that postoperative management is inconsistent; spinal surgeons and their patients are uncertain about what best to do post-operatively. Following a focused literature review, a patient-centred, evidence-based booklet was developed, which aims to reduce uncertainty, guide post-operative management and facilitate recovery. Initial peer and patient evaluations were encouraging and the booklet Your back operation (www.tso.co.uk/bookshop) is currently factored into a trial investigating the post-operative management of spinal patients.

To date, 80 patients have been recruited into the study of which 34 have been randomised to receive the booklet. At 6 months post-surgery all of these patients are requested to complete a questionnaire on the booklet. This questionnaire contained forced-choice questions on readability, style, information level, believability, length, content and helpfulness. Further open questions concern the booklet’s messages, giving patients the opportunity to identify anything they did not like or understand, voice any concerns that were not covered, and say if they thought the booklet would change what they did after surgery. Finally, they were asked their overall rating of the booklet on a scale from 1 to 10.

Feedback is very positive. The average overall rating of the booklet was 8.6/10. Over 80% found it easy to read, interesting, and of appropriate length. Over 80% also stated they had learnt new and helpful information. All subjects stated that they would recommend the booklet to a friend, and the majority stated that they frequently referred to the booklet. The predominant messages received and understood by the patients were related to the safe benefits of early activation and return to normal activities.

The results show that spinal surgery patients appreciate evidence-based information in booklet form, and suggest that this booklet may be an important adjunct to post-operative management of spinal patients.


A D GORVA N J Bishop A Cole

Introduction: Lumbar spine morphology is well described in healthy children but has not been described in children with Osteogenesis Imperfecta (OI).

Aims: To look at lumbar bony morphometry in OI children and to consider the importance of these factors in spinal surgery in these children.

Methods: 21 lumbar vertebrae (from L3–5) of 7 OI (6 OI type 3 and 1 OI type 4) children with scoliosis were analysed using Reformatted Computer Tomographic scans. The following measurements obtained: Spinal canal diameters, Transverse pedicle width, Total pedicle length, Pedicle root length, Transverse pedicle angle and Sagittal pedicle angle. Results are compared with previously published data of normal age-matched lumbar spine measurements.

Results: The mean age was 12 years (range 7–18 years). 6 females and 1 male. All had spondylolisthesis at L5-S1. Results were analysed by Wilcoxon Signed Rank test (nonparametric test). The transverse pedicle width was significantly narrower at all 3 levels (p< 0.01). Transverse pedicle angle was significantly less angled at all 3 levels (L3 p=0.04, L4 & L5 p< 0.01) whilst the sagittal pedicle angle was significantly more angled at all 3 levels (p< 0.01). Spinal canal diameter (AP) was significantly increased at all 3 levels (L3 & L5 p< 0.01, L4 p=0.02). And no significant differences in spinal canal transverse diameter and total pedicle length. Pedicle root length Significantly longer at all 3 levels (L3 & L4 p< 0.05, L5 p< 0.01). All children had grade-I spondylolisthesis at L5/S1.

Conclusions: A longer pedicle root with a narrower transverse diameter (and thinner cortices) and a reduced transverse angle is essential knowledge when passing pedicle screws in the lumbar spine in children with OI. This is a difficult technique and its safety requires further evaluation.


R Dath A D Ebinesan K M Porter A W Miles

With the development of new implants there is an increasing need for biomechanical studies. The problem of obtaining human specimen is well appreciated. Porcine spines are commonly used. To date there are no studies delineating the anatomy of porcine thoracolumbar vertebrae. The objective of this study is to provide a comprehensive database of measurements for the porcine thoracolumbar vertebrae with a view to help plan future studies contemplating their use.

6 adult porcine spines from 18–24 month old male pigs weighing 60 to 80 kilograms were obtained and dissected of soft tissue. The lowest thoracic and all the lumbar vertebrae were used in our experiment (n=42). 15 anatomical parameters from each vertebra were measured by 2 independent observers using digital calipers (Draper® PVC150D, accuracy ± 0.03mm). The mean, SD and SEM were calculated using Microsoft Excel. Results were compared with available data on human vertebra (Panjabi et al 1991,1992; Zindrick et al 1987; Kumar et al 2000).

The inter class correlation coefficient for the observers was 0.997. The intra-observer agreement was statistically robust (0.994). The vertebral bodies of the porcine vertebra were larger while both the upper and lower endplate depth and width were smaller than the human specimens. The pedicle width and depth was greater than the human specimens. The spinal canal length and depth of the porcine spine were smaller than humans indicating a narrow spinal canal. The spinous process length showed an increase from T16 to L1. This was in contrast to human spinous process.

This study provides a comprehensive database of anatomical measurements for the porcine thoracolumbar vertebra and highlights the differences in morphometry. These should borne in mind when designing studies using porcine spines and the implants matched accordingly. The measurements are also useful when extrapolating data from studies where porcine spines have been used.


G Joseph S D Purushothamdas N R Yuvaraj

Aim: To evaluate the outcome of late anterior decompression in patients with dorsal and lumbar spinal injuries with neurological deficit.

Background: Anterior decompression and bone graft stabilisation of the spinal injuries allows direct decompression of the spinal canal and provides favourable environment for neurological and functional recovery. Proponents of both early and delayed decompression have shown favourable results. However, what is unclear is the timing of the surgery.

Methods: A prospective study of 12 patients with spinal injuries, who had anterior decompression a minimum of 4 weeks after the injury (mean 7.5 weeks). 5 had incomplete and 7 had complete neurological deficit at presentation. The indication for the operation was persistent neurological deficit with retropulsed fragment of bone causing canal compromise. Anterior stablisation after decompression was by means of a tri-cortical iliac crest graft or a rib graft.

Results: 8 males, 4 females with average age 26.8 years. 7 lumbar and 5 dorsal spine injuries. Average follow-up of 5.5 years with minimum of 5 years. Post-operative improvement was seen only in patients who sustained injury at the lumbar level, with 6 of the 7 patients regaining normal bladder and bowel function after decompression. Immediate post-operative improvements obtained in the Kyphotic angle were not maintained probably due to the settling of the graft, so posterior or anterior stabilisation may be needed in addition to anterior bone grafting to prevent worsening of the kyphotic angle.

Conclusion: Delayed anterior decompression of the lumbar spine in patients who had spinal fractures, is an effective procedure, which may help neurological recovery, especially of the bowel and bladder function.


V. SPITERI R. KOTNIS P. SINGH R. ELZEIN A. BROOKS K. WILLETT

Background: The safest and most effective method of early spine clearance in unconscious patients is the subject of intense debate.

Hypothesis: Helical CT is a sufficiently sensitive investigation to render dynamic screening of the cervical spine redundant.

Protocol: Our protocol for cervical spinal clearance in the unconscious patient since April 1994 involves the use of plain radiographs, CT scan (helical CT since 1997) and dynamic screening (DS).

Method: Over a ten-year period, April 1994 to September 2004, 839 patients were admitted to intensive care under the orthopaedic surgeons. 35 patients were excluded because of incomplete records.

Results:

Demographics: The mechanism of injury was a road traffic accident in 80% and the mean ISS was 24.1. There were 95 patients (10.9%) with a cervical spine fracture, 96 (10.8%) with a fracture in either / both thoracic and lumbar regions.

Spine clearance: Mean intubation (7.1 days), time to spine clearance (mean 0.4 days). In 318 patients, clearance was performed with the patient conscious (284 prior to intubation, 34 after intubation of < 24hrs). 42 patients (4.6%) died before spine clearance. In 10 patients, the protocol was not followed.

Inclusions: 434 patients underwent CT. 10 of the 95 cervical fractures were deemed stable and underwent DS (n = 349).

Missed Cases: CT missed 2 cases of instability, one of these (an atlanto-occipital dislocation) was also missed by DS. Critical analysis revealed a Powers ratio calculation would have diagnosed this injury on CT. Sensitivity (CT 97.7% vs DS 98.8%), specificity (100% CT and DS). There were no complications from either procedure.

Conclusion: DS is a safe procedure but has no real advantage over helical CT. Power’s ratio calculation is essential to reduce the chance of a missing an upper cervical injury. The cervical spine can be reliably cleared using helical CT alone.


V Elwell J Sutcliffe M Akmal

Objective: The purpose of this study was to assess whether the use of high dose methylprednisolone (MPS) given to trauma patients with acute spinal cord injury improves neurological and long term functional outcomes.

Summary of Background Data: The National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Studies (NASCIS II and III) recommend the early administration of high dose MPS in the context of acute spinal cord injury. However, controversy exists surrounding its long term benefits.

Methods: A retrospective data analysis was performed using the Helicopter Emergency Medical Service (HEMS) trauma registry, medical records, and rehabilitation notes of 263 trauma patients with acute spinal injury admitted over a 6-year period. All survivors over 16 years of age with documented spinal cord injuries were selected. Frankel grade, Injury Severity Score (ISS), and Functional Independence Measure (FIM) scores (minimum FIM of 18 implies total dependence, and a maximum of 126 implies no disability) as indicators of neurological and functional morbidity were recorded at initial presentation, hospital discharge, and intervals up to 12 months post injury. Details of the age, gender, mechanism of injury, nature of injury and associated injuries were also recorded.

Results: There were 139 patients (107 males and 32 women) with documented acute spinal cord injuries, of which 74 patients had neurological deficits (Frankel A–D) at presentation. 49 patients were given high dose MPS within 8 hours of injury according to a standard protocol. The remaining 25 patients with documented neurological injury did not meet criteria or failed to receive the agent within the recommended time. The mean ISS scores were shown to be comparable in both groups. 59% (29/49) of patients who were given MPS showed an improvement of one or greater Frankel grade at the time of discharge whereas 52% (13/25) of patients who did not receive MPS showed a similar improvement in Frankel grades. We had long term functional outcome data (FIM scores) on 48% (67/139) of the total number of patients. At the time of discharge, the mean FIM scores for the MPS treated group and non MPS treated group were 68 and 90, respectively. Whereas at 12 months, there was no significant difference in the mean FIM scores between the two groups (both of which were > 100).

Conclusions: The Frankel grade assesses the degree of neurological impairment while FIM scores are a basic measure of the severity of disability regardless of the underlying impairment. In our study, patients given high dose MPS in the context of acute spinal cord injury showed some early improvement in Frankel grades. However, we have shown, there is no short term or long term benefit in terms of functional outcome by using MPS in trauma patients with acute spinal cord injury.


E H Seel E M Davies

Study Design/Objectives: A pilot study to predict thoracolumbar kyphosis progression secondary to fracture in non-operatively treated patients.

Summary of Background Data: Progressive saggital plane deformity can cause persistent pain after thoracolumbar vertebral fractures. Little data exists to suggest at what interval after the index injury the patient attains a low risk of developing further angular deformity in non-operatively treated patients.

Methods: Supine and erect radiographs were assessed and the degree of fracture kyphosis was determined using an Oxford Cobbometer. The fracture kyphosis was recorded for each follow up appointment along with time after the fracture. A time/data analysis was performed using the Blyth-Still-Casella exact interval.

Results: This study included 22 patients (13 male, 9 female) with average age 67.2 years (range, 14–87 years). The average length of follow up was 11.5 months (range, 5.3–19.9 months) and the average number of radiographs taken within this period was 4 (range, 2–6). The change in fracture kyphosis was plotted against time following fracture. Based on 15 patients with data extending to 200 days follow up, it was observed that the rate of change in fracture kyphosis between two time points of 100 and 150 days predicted the trend in kyphosis progression until the end of follow up in 14 out of the 15 patients. This observed rate of 14/15 (0.93) has a 95% confidence interval of 0.7 to 0.99 (Blyth-Still-Casella exact interval).

Conclusions: The standing lateral radiograph of patients with conservatively treated thoracolumbar fractures at 3 and 4.5 months post injury can be used to predict fracture kyphosis progression. Using this protocol, patients can be safely discharged earlier from outpatient follow up reducing radiological exposure.


D A Newton

Aim: To determine whether timing of intervention affects neurological outcome after spinal cord injury resulting from rugby cervical facet dislocations.

Methods: An observational study on 57 rugby players who were admitted to a Spinal Cord Injuries Unit from 1988 to 2000 with cervical spine facet dislocations. Experienced medical officers, an orthopaedic specialist and physiotherapists determined the admission and discharge Frankel grades (A to E). The time was recorded from the actual injury to successful reduction in hours. The usual method of reduction was by Rapid Incremental Traction on an Awake Patient. Statistical analysis was performed using parametric and non-parametric tests (Mann Whitney).

Results: 14 patients were treated within 4 hours of injury and 43 were treated after 4 hours. The median Frankel gain for patients reduced within 4 hours was 5 but only 2 for those reduced after 4 hours (p= 0.0002)

Conclusion: Time from injury to intervention does significantly affect neurological outcome in a homogenous group of spinal cord injuries in fit young males as a result of low velocity trauma mechanisms. Spinal cord injuries secondary to cervical facet dislocations in these patients should be regarded as an absolute emergency.


Full Access
B.C. Vrettos S. Roche

Five patients with entrapment of the suprascapular nerve treated in a 7 year period (2000–2006) were reviewed. There were 4 males and 1 female with an average age of 35 years (15–59). The patients presented with non-specfic pain around the scapula and shoulder. Four of the patients had marked wasting and weakness of the supraspinatus and infraspinatus muscles. One patient had congenital non-union of the clavicles. One patient was a competitive pole vaulter but there was no apparent aetiological factor in the other 3.

The diagnosis was confirmed with nerve conduction studies in all the patients. All underwent MRI scan which was normal in 4 patients and showed a cyst in the spinoglenoid notch in the 5th. Four patients had an open release of the suprascapular nerve, the patients whose MRI showed a cyst was found at surgery to have an abnormal vessel compressing the nerve. One patient had an arthroscopic release of the suprascapular nerve.

Four patients were available for follow-up. The follow-up averaged 22 months (6–58). All patients had complete relief of pain and almost complete recovery of strength.

In conclusion, the diagnosis of suprascapular nerve entrapment must be entertained when patients present with non-specific periscapular pain and wasting of the supraspnatus and infraspinatus muscles. MRI must be done to rule out cysts. Surgical release is successful and can be done arthroscopically.


M.G. Du Preez M. Visser D.A. Ramagole Z. Oschman C.C. Visser

The purpose of this diagnostic, cross-sectional study, was to determine the predictive value of clinical examination versus ultrasonographic evaluation in rheumatoid arthritis patients, suspected of having rotator cuff disease.

The left and right shoulders of fifty consecutive patients from the rheumatoid clinic were subjected to clinical examination by a senior registrar in the department. Impingement was evaluated using the Neer, Hawkins and posterior impingement tests. The supra-spinatus tendon insertion (Jobe test), infraspinatusteres minor tendon insertions (resisted external rotation) and subscapularis tendon insertion (Gerber lift-off and push-off tests) into the rotator cuff were evaluated for a possible tear. A Professional Sport Sonographer, located in a separate examination room then performed an ultrasonographic evaluation on all of the patients. The clinical results were compared to the ultrasound results, hoping to find a method that will improve our current screening of rheumatoid patients for rotator cuff disease and planning of possible surgical treatment.

A significant difference was found between the clinical and sonographic evaluation of the rotator cuffs. Impingement tests showed a false positive result of 85–89%, while the tests for cuff tears had a false negative value of 87–91% compared to ultrasound evaluation. A total disagreement of 45.8–60% and total agreement of 39.5–54.1% could be explained by the fact the synovitis is the hallmark of rheumatoid disease, which could cause pain without tears or impingement.

The authors conclude that clinical examination of the rotator cuff in patients with rheumatoid disease is unreliable, and that ultrasound examination should form a routine part of the evaluation of all rheumatoid shoulders.


N. Martin S.J.L. Roche B.C. Vrettos

Proximal humeral locked plates have been advocated as an improved option for treating displaced proximal humeral fractures. After a number of failures using other methods we moved to this option in 2003.

We reviewed all patients treated with this method, since we started in 2004. 16 patients were available for follow up. Using the Simple Shoulder Test and the Oxford Shoulder Score we assessed their level of function and pain. X-rays were checked for loss of fixation and union. The average follow up was 13 months post-surgery; the average age was 61 years. Using Neer’s classification, seven had 2 part fractures, seven had 3 part fractures and two had 4 part fractures.

All fractures united and the patients reported good shoulder function. None had loss of fixation. There were no cases of sepsis. There were two patients awaiting hardware removal and one patient has already had removal for subacromial impingement.

The results in this limited series compare favourably with the reported literature and we had no loss of fixation compared to our previous treatment.


B.C. Vrettos S. Roche

Seven patients with osteochondral defects of the humeral head were treated over a 3 year period (2002–2005). In six of the patients the diagnosis was made incidentally at time of arthroscopy with the seventh patient being diagnosed preoperatively. There were 5 males and 2 females with an average age of 48 years. Four patients had a history of trauma. The preoperative diagnosis was impingement in 5, supraspinatus partial thickness tear in one and an osteochondral defect in the seventh. Ultrasound revealed a supraspinatus partial thickness tear in one, fluid in the biceps grove in one, and was normal in the other 5. One patient had a MRI which showed a SLAP lesion. All patients had conservative treatment with subacromial injection with 2 patients having complete relief of pain, 2 having almost complete relief, and the other 4 having improvement but not complete relief of pain. Only 2 of the patients had a minor reduction in movement. At arthroscopy the osteochondral defect measured 1x 1 cm in four cases and 1 x 1,5 cm in the other 3. In all patients the osteochondral defect was debrided and the exposed bone abraded. Four patients had an acromioplasty, one had an acromioplasty and excision of the AC joint, one had a debridement only and the seventh patient had an acromioplasty, SLAP repair and debridement of a partial thickness supraspinatus tear.

The follow-up averaged 24 months (6–58). The VAS improved from an average of 6,4 preoperatively to 1,2 postoperatively and the ASES improved from 47 preoperatively to 85 postoperatively. All patients were happy to have had the procedure.

In conclusion, debridement and abrasion of osteochondral defect was an effective treatment in this series. Acromioplasty should be added when indicated.


G. Walsh K. Das A. Siddique B. Flood J.C. Chapman S.C. Halder

The results of displaced three part fracture of the proximal humerus treated by retro grade nailing +/− cannulated cancellous screws for fixation of the greater tuberosity was analysed.

Displaced three part fractures of the humerus are unstable and difficult to fix. Different methods of operative treatment available for this type of fracture are Kirschner wires, tension band wiring, hemiarthroplasty and open reduction and internal fixation with plate and screws.

The Halder Humeral Nail was introduced through the olecranon fossa into the head of the humerus, to stabilize the neck of humerus fracture. The displaced greater tuberosity was reduced with a minimal stab incision and fixed with cannulated screws. Compared to other open procedures the proximal exposure was minimal.

47 Patients with displaced three part proximal humeral fractures have been surgically treated since January 1995. 22 Were treated with proximal screws and 25 without proximal screw fixation. There were 32 females and 15 males. The average age was 67.68 years.

Early passive movements were encouraged in the shoulder. Pain was relieved in almost all the patients. 41 Fractures united. 3 Patients had a malunion, 2 had humeral head collapse, and 1 developed AVN of the humeral head.

The authors concluded that displaced three part proximal humeral fractures can be treated using the Halder Humeral Nail, and that this is a simple method of treatment which avoids major surgical exposures.


S.A. Khan M. Lukhele L. Nainkin

The lumbar spine consists of a mobile segment of 5 vertebrae, which are located between the relatively immobile segments of the thoracic and sacral segments. The bodies are wider and have shorter and heavier pedicles, and the transverse processes project somewhat more laterally and ventrally than other spinal segments. The laminae are shorter vertically than are the bodies and are bridged by strong ligaments. The spinous processes are broader and stronger than are those in the thoracic and cervical spine.

Internal fixation as an adjunct to spinal fusion has become increasingly popular in recent years. Stainless steel or titanium plates or rods are longitudinally anchored to the spine by hooks or pedicle screws. Powerful forces can be applied to the spine through these implants to correct deformity. Implants provide immediate rigid spinal immobilization, which allows for early patient mobilization, and provides a more optimal environment for bone graft incorporation. Numerous clinical and experimental studies demonstrate higher fusion rates in patients with rigid internal fixation than in controls without instrumentation. Although various implants are available, pedicle fixation systems are the most commonly used implant type in the lumbosacral spine. The large size of the lumbar pedicles minimizes the number of instrumented motion segments required to achieve adequate stabilization.

Many authors have reported loss of postoperative deformity correction after transpedicular screw fixation, ranging from 2.5 degrees to 7.1 degrees. The general preference is to stabilize the fractured vertebra by fusing one level above and one level below. With this technique, the rate of loss of correction is high. At our institution, we routinely stabilize the unstable thoracolumbar fractures by fusing one level above and one level below. In addition, we put screws into the pedicle(s) of fractured vertebrae. The reason for this is the following:

To correct the deformed body of the fractured vertebra for better load sharing.

To make use of the pedicles of the fractured vertebra for superior rotatory stabilization.

To avoid the need for the inclusion of additional levels, thereby preserving motion segments.

To avoid the need for possible anterior spinal fusion and instrumentation.

To obtain a better correction of a kyphotic deformity.

Plain radiographs were analysed post operatively and compared for reduction of the fracture fragments and correction of kyphotic deformity to pre-operative films. 74 Patients were admitted with thoracolumbar spine fractures to our hospital. 48 Patients were surgically treated, and 34 patients were available for follow up. We found that inserting the pedicle screws into the fractured vertebra provided good stabilization for very unstable fractures. No loss of correction was seen in the follow up x-rays. We conclude that including the fractured vertebra into the fracture fixation device not only provides better fracture reduction, but also gives improved rotatory stability.


Full Access
S. Govender M. Nyati

40% Of the cases of tuberculous (TB) spondylitis involve the lumbar spine. Despite the large forces borne by the lumbar spine and subsequent disability that may result from the TB infection, no studies have reported on the functional outcome. We review the clinical, radiological and patient-orientated functional outcomes using the Oswestry Disability index (ODI) following treatment of lumbar spine TB.

The final radiological and ODI assessment was undertaken at follow-up during October 2005 and March 2006 in 37 patients, treated non-operatively for TB of the lumbar spine. The diagnosis was established following a closed needle biopsy.

The mean age at follow-up was 35 (range 16 to 76 years). The average duration of symptoms prior to presentation was 9 months (range 2 to 24 months). All patients presented with low backache and night pain but only 42% had constitutional symptoms. 92% had 2-body involvement and L3/4 segment was most commonly involved (35%). The kyphosis measured 130 (range 400 kyphosis to 130 lordosis) and the mean overall lumbar curve was +10 (range 260 kyphosis to 360 lordosis). Ten patients had coronal plane deformity averaging 100 (00 to 220). All patients had a minimum of 6 months of anti-TB treatment (6 to 24 months), 76% used spinal brace for a mean of 5 months (2 to 24 months). At the last follow-up the kyphosis was 170 (380 kyphosis to 80 lordosis) with overall average lumbar curve of +30 (180 kyphosis to 360 lordosis). 11 Had mean coronal deformity of 90 (00 to 140). 34 Of the patients showed full radiological fusion. The mean ODI was 19% (0 to 55%).

We conclude that a favourable functional outcome can be expected with conservative treatment of lumbar spine TB, despite the deformity.


P. Makan

Surgery for spondylolisthesis is controversial. It is debatable whether a spondylolisthesis should be fused in situ or reduced and fused in the corrected position. In an attempt to address this issue 68 patients who had undergone surgery between 2000 and 2005 for back and leg pain related to a spondylolisthesis with associated spinal stenosis were retrospectively reviewed.

The average age was 53 years. There were 24 male and 44 female patients. A degenerative spondylolisthesis was present in 38 patients while 30 had an isthmic spondylolisthesis. All patients presented with neurogenic back and leg pain that had been present for 6 months. A major neurologic deficit was not present in any patient. The average pre-operative Oswestry score was 42%. Imaging included standard lumbar spine radiographs with dynamic views and MRI. Conservative treatment included pain medication, physiotherapy, nerve root blocks and epidural cortisone injections. A posterior in situ instrumented fusion was performed in 49 patients while 19 underwent reduction and a 360 fusion. A TLIF was used in 11 patients and an ALIF in 8. The average follow-up was 26 months.

Back pain had improved in all patients and the average post-op Oswestry score was 12%. At final follow-up a radiologic fusion was present in all patients. No post-operative neurologic complication was noted in patients who had reduction of the spondylolisthesis. Leg pain persisted in 5 patients (10%) who had posterior in situ fusion while no patient who had a reduction of the spondylolisthesis had residual leg pain. These 5 patients with persistent leg pain underwent removal of the implant and an improvement was noted in 3.

The authors conclude that reduction of the spondylolisthesis with an interbody fusion appears to improve the outcome with regards to neurogenic leg pain. There was no difference in the outcome for back pain.


Full Access
A. Barrow

With the advent of locked volar radial plates there has been a wave of enthusiasm in the fixation of distal radial fractures with these devices. This study was designed to look at potential complications and pitfalls of this treatment modality.

80 consecutive cases treated by the author with locked volar radial plates were analysed. Complications were divided into major and minor groups and recorded exhaustively.

Major complications included 6 patients requiring further wrist related surgery, 1 patient with an iatrogenic radial artery injury, 1 patient with an iatrogenic palmer branch of median nerve partial injury, 1 patient with a complex regional pain syndrome and 6 patients with a less than adequate return of range of movement. ^ minor complications were recorded.

With attention to detail and by avoiding several recurring pitfalls volar locked plating is a safe and effective procedure.


Full Access
A. Barrow

This study was designed to investigate distal radial osteotomy performed from a volar approach for dorsal deformity. In the past conventional dorsal approaches have led to extensor tendon synovitis and a volar approach was thus appealing.

A prospective analysis of 8 consecutive patients with distal radial malunions with residual dorsal angulation was performed. In each case a volar approach was used and a locked distal radial plate was applied. Laic crest bone graft was used.

In each case an acceptable correction was obtained. Union occurred in 6–8 weeks. Pain and grip strength were improved in all 8 cases.

The author concludes that a volar approach and locked plate fixation is useful for the correction of dorsal deformity in distal radial malunions. Implant problems with this approach.


S.A. Khan M. Lukhele L. Nainkin

In the last few decades pedicle screw placement has brought in a genuine scientific revolution in the surgical care of spinal disorders. The technique has dramatically improved the outcomes of spinal reconstruction requiring spinal fusion. Short segment surgical treatments based on the use of pedicle screws for the treatment of neoplastic, developmental, congenital, traumatic and degenerative conditions have been proved to be practical, safe and effective.

The reported incidence of nerve root damage after the use of pedicle screws ranges from 2% to 32%. The utilization of computerized image-guided technology in lumbosacral spinal fusion surgery offers increased accuracy of pedicle screw placement. We decided to review our x-rays of pedicle screw placement, and to assess the percentage misplacement of pedicle screws inserted without computer assistance. This is a retrospective study and our results are compared with those in the literature.

80 Post operative radiographs of patients operated on for trauma and degenerative conditions of the thoracolumbar spine were studied. Initially these were looked at independently by 2 orthopaedic spinal surgeons and a radiologist, and subsequently all x-rays were reviewed together to see where consensus could be reached where there was any disagreement.

The percentage of misplaced screws inserted under fluoroscopy was obtained, and compared to the percentage of misplaced screws inserted under image guidance reported in the literature. Our study shows that there is no significant difference between the 2 techniques.


SPINAL TUMOURS Pages 463 - 463
Full Access
S. Sathyapal S. Govender

The majority of spinal tumours are due to metastasis, however the most common primary tumour is multiple myeloma. This is a retrospective study of patients presenting with tumours of the spine, determining the incidence of malignant and benign tumours presenting at King George V spinal unit.

All admissions from January 2004 to April 2006 were reviewed. Age, gender, presenting complaint, clinical presentations, and tumour type were evaluated. The tumour type was diagnosed by laboratory, radiological and histological investigations. Histology was obtained by either closed or open biopsy. Laboratory investigations included a full blood count, liver function tests, urea and electrolytes, serum and urine protein electrophoresis.

Of the 42 patients diagnosed, 25 were male (59.5%) and 17 were female (40.5%). The average age was 50 (range 10 to 82). All patients presented with pathological pain and 34 patients presented with neurology ranging from mild weakness to complete paralysis (frankel D to A). 8 had no neurology. 16 Patients (38.1%) were diagnosed by closed biopsy, 23 (54.8%) by open biopsy, and 3 patients (7.1%) were diagnosed by clinical biochemical, and radiological investigations as multiple myeloma (they demised prior to biopsy). 9 Patients had a benign tumour (21.4%) and 33 had a malignant tumour (78.6%). 12 Patients had a primary tumour (36.4%), and 21 had secondary deposits (63.6%). The benign tumours included 2 Aneurysmal bone cysts, 2 Giant cell tumours, 3 haemangioma’s, 1 osteoblastoma and 1 osteochondroma. The primary malignant tumours included 1 Ewings sarcoma, 1 lymphoma, 1 ependymoma, and 9 myeloma. The secondary tumours included 17 undifferentiated metastatic adenocarcinomas, 2 renal cell cancers, 1 nephroblastoma, and 1 follicular thyroid cancer. Patients were managed by a multi-disciplinary team.

Malignant spinal tumours are most likely due to metastasis. Males have a greater risk than females with a peak incidence in the 5th decade.


A. Younus

Lumbar steroid injection can be endorsed as a treatment component for lumbrosacral radicular pain syndrome resulting from disc herniation. The facet joint steroid injection seems to be beneficial for patients with chronic backache due to the facet joint arthritis and in the lumbar Spondylosis.

We did a retrospective review of 31 patients whom we treated between 2004 and 2005 with follow up of 6 months to 24 months. There were 19 females and 12 males, aged between 29–81 years. Five patients had previous surgery for simple discectomy to posterior spinal fusion. Four patients had multiple disc prolapse at 3–4 levels, 2 patients had a severe lumbar spondylosis and spinal stenosis. The remaining 20 patients had a single level disc prolapse. All these patients were given caudal and facet joint blocks.

The pre and post steroid injection Oswestry score was done. After steroid injection the Oswestry score improved by 30%. Majority of the patients had pain relief for 2–18 months. The pain relief was much better in the non operative group with single level disc pro-lapse and those patients with lumbar spondylosis.

In patients with chronic back pain there is an inflammatory basis for pain generation. Lumbar steroid injection seems to be beneficial in patients with disc prolapse and lumbar spondylosis. In the literature various randomized trials have been done and their results are controversial. Our study showed definitive improvement in terms of pain and function of our patient.


N.C. Talwalkar W.S. Roy S.R. Johnson

The process of training orthopaedic registrars in the technique of lower limb arthroplasty (hip & knee) requires a long learning curve. The practice of consultant supervised operating should not compromise the final outcome and patient care.

The aim of this study was to compare complication rates of lower limb arthroplasties performed by orthopaedic trainees with the national average.

We reviewed specialist registrar operating over a one year period between January 2003–January 2004 with reference to lower limb arthroplasty surgery (hip and knee replacements).

A postal questionnaire was sent to 24 specialist registrars on The Welsh Orthopaedic Higher Training Programme in confidence. Complications enquired about were:

infection;

deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism;

dislocation.

Data obtained was analysed and individual complication rates were compared with the national United Kingdom average.

Complication rates for registrar operated patients were comparable if not lower than the national average. Outcomes after lower limb arthroplasty did not differ between consultants and trainees with regards to complications.

The authors conclude that consultant supervised lower limb arthroplasties performed by trainee orthopaedic surgeons is safe and not associated with higher complication rates as one would believe.


A.K. Bhadra O. Haddo D. Higgs J. Pringle A.T.H. Casey S.R. Cannon T.W. Briggs

46 Sacral chordoma patients treated between 1987 and 2004 are reviewed. The importance of early diagnosis, adequate surgical margin and post operative radiotherapy for optimum outcome and survival is stressed.

There were 33 male and 13 female patients, with a mean age of 61 years (38–73 years). The surgical approach depended on the level and extent of the lesion, with an anteroposterior approach used in 23 and posterior approach in 17 patients. 20 had partial sacrectomy, 17 had subtotal sacrectomy and 3 underwent total sacrectomy. 6 patients were deemed inoperable and received palliative therapy. 14 patients received radiotherapy post-operatively. The length of average follow up was 4.27 years (range 2–15.7 years).

Low back pain was the most common presenting symptom (80%), and 50% patients had a palpable mass. The mean duration of symptoms prior to diagnosis was 2 years (range 1 month–10 years). Examination revealed a palpable mass in 7 both externally and on rectal examination. 10 had a palpable mass on rectal examination but not externally. 2 patients presented with multiple metastases and another 2 with widespread local disease. Excision was complete in 23 patients and incomplete in 17. Histology revealed dedifferentiation in 4. Complete excision margin was achieved in 69.6% through combined approach and 52.9% through posterior approach only. 24 patients (52%) had local recurrence. Without adjuvant radiotherapy the mean disease free period following complete excision was 3.5 years, compared to 0.9 years following incomplete excision. Adjuvant radiotherapy extended the mean disease free period following incomplete excision to 1.8 years.

The authors conclude that an early diagnosis and careful examination is important. Wide excision remains the mainstay of treatment. If excision is incomplete radiotherapy increases the disease free period although local recurrence is inevitable. The use of a combined approach increases the likelihood of complete excision.


A. Ramnarain S. Govender

Controversy exists as to whether burst fractures without neurological deficit should be treated operatively or non operatively. We assessed the functional outcomes of non operative treatment of burst fractures using the Oswestry disability index (ODI).

57 Patients who were treated non operatively (bed rest for one week and a corset for 3 months) were assessed using the Oswestry disability index (ODI) over a 6 month period. Assessments were done at an average of 4.8 years (range 18 months–7 years) post injury. There were 37 males and 22 females with an average age of 39 years. Fifty-three percent (31) injuries were due to a fall and twenty-two percent (22) followed an MVA. 90% Of fractures occurred between T12 and L2. Plain x-rays and CT scans were obtained to evaluate the burst fracture.

The initial average Cobb angle was nineteen degrees (190) (range 60–530) with an average progression in Cobb angle was 70 and the average final Cobb angle was 260 (90–710) The average ODI was 17.32% (range 0 48%). Personal care, sexual activity and sleeping were not significantly affected (ODI : 0 or 1 each). Fifty-five percent (11/20) who were previously unemployed returned to work and none of those patients who were previously unemployed, were employed at a later date. All 11 housewives experienced no difficulty with household chores. This study revealed that 31 patients occasionally used analgesia (paracetamol).

The authors conclude that non operative treatment of burst fractures is a viable option in neurologically intact patients.


R.M. Atwaru

The history of synoviorthesis in haemophiliacs and recent studies has shown that it is a safe procedure and that the results are similar to those seen following open or arthroscopic synovectomy. Colloidal Yt 90 silicate is a beta emitter with a half life of 2.7 days and a mean depth of penetrating soft tissue of 4mm. We evaluate the outcome of Yt 90 injection in patients with chronic haemophilic synovitis of the knee.

A retrospective study was done from 1998–2006 of 35 patients with 44 joint injections. Indications were repeated bleeds (4 episodes); chronic synovitis. The age range was 4–27 years. A dose of 2–5 mCu was injected intra-articularly using a sterile technique and local anaesthetic, after an intravenous factor V111 infusion (5 patients had antibodies) and initial joint lavage. The knees were immobilized in above knee backslabs for 2/7. Patient follow up of up to 8 years was conducted. Patients were assessed for pain relief, range of movement, repeated bleeds, cost saving, quality of life and progression to haemophilic arthropathy.

Pain relief of 2 or more points on VAS was reported by 30 patients (85.7%). 18 Patients reported a decrease in bleeding frequency (51.4%). 11 Patients had no further bleeds (31.4%).

We conclude that there was a significant cost saving as a result of the decreased need for the use of cryo-precipitate. Two patients experienced localised areas of necrosis from radio colloid extravasation. These wounds healed after 3 weeks of local dressings. 60% of joints had and increased range of movement. 92% reported improved quality of life.

We have found yttrium synoviorthesis to be an inexpensive, relatively simple and painless technique for treating chronic haemophilic synovitis. The majority of patients were satisfied, experiencing pain relief, increased range of motion and significant monetary saving from reduced cryoprecipitate use.


Full Access
H. Mahomed

Femoral shaft fractures are usually the result of high energy trauma and are often associated with poly-trauma. Inappropriate treatment results in prolonged morbidity and disability. The treatment of choice for fixation is an interlocking intramedullary nail inserted by closed technique. This study reviewed the perioperative difficulties associated with late nailing of femoral fractures at a busy trauma unit.

Thirty four consecutive femoral nails were reviewed retrospectively. Delay to surgery, operative time and peri-operative morbidity was assessed. There were 27 males and 7 females. The average age was 30.5 years. Eleven patients were referred from a peripheral hospital. Motor vehicle collisions accounted for 22 fractures, and gun shot wounds for 7. There were 29 mid shaft injuries, 2 subtrochanteric and 3 distal femurs (Retrograde nails). Preoperative immobilization was by Thomas splint or skin traction. Six operations were done by a consultant, 17 by a senior registrar and 10 by a junior registrar.

The average delay to theatre was 32 days (range 10–63). Nineteen femurs required open reduction. Open reduction resulted in increased operating time: 117 minutes versus 82 minutes for closed reduction. Nine patients required perioperative blood transfusion and 2 patients were admitted to high care post operatively. Leg length discrepancy post operatively ranged from 0 to 4cm. Early knee range of motion was limited.

Delay to surgery was due to insufficient theatre availability, and delay in referral from peripheral hospitals. We found that the delay to surgery resulted in increased operative difficulty, operative time and perioperative morbidity. Late nailing of fractures requires meticulous preoperative planning by the entire theatre team, and careful, experienced surgical technique.


N.C. Talwalkar K. Basu H. Mehta V. Eguru R.J. Black

Internal fixation of ankle fractures should be undertaken either before or after the period of critical soft tissue swelling. As part of the clinical governance in our unit, an audit was undertaken to examine the interval between admission and surgery and net inpatient stay of patients with ankle fractures over a 6 month period.

Thirty four patients fulfilled the inclusion criteria of having an acute closed fracture of the ankle requiring open reduction and internal fixation (ORIF). There were 16 unimalleolar, 10 bimalleolar and 8 trimalleolar fractures. 10 Patients underwent surgery on the day of admission, 9 patients had surgery within 24 hours, 15 patients had surgery after 24 hours of admission. The average in patient stay was 9 days (1–61 days).

If surgery was undertaken within 24 hours the average inpatient stay was 9 days (1–14). If surgery was delayed beyond 24 hours the average inpatient stay was 15 days (3–61 days).

Delayed surgery of closed ankle fractures increases the risk of soft tissue complications and prolongs hospital stay with profound cost implications. Long-term disability resulting from ankle fractures can be reduced by optimal early management procedures.


R.P. Jacob

The past ten years have brought plenty of research and technical innovations and also preliminary clinical success in cartilage repair. The common target of all methods utilised is to produce a sufficiently stable quality of cartilage repair or regenerate. However, yet today clinical, radiological and histological results analysing the different techniques are somewhat contradictory. The different lines of clinically applied and basic research have focused on:

1) Spontaneous natural filling of the defect with fibro-cartilage of variable solidity.

- Abrasion chondroplasty, drilling or microfracturing to allow for mobilisation of progenitor cells and mesenchymal stem cells from the cancellous bone into the defect and develop to a hyaline like cartilage.

- Stem cell treatment (in vivo or ex vivo theory of potential technique by which stem cells could be brought to a defect to create cartilage; so far no directly linked product available)

2) Transplantation of osteochondral auto grafts (Mosaicplasty, OATS, SDS, patellar graft) or allograft.

3a) Autologous chondrocyte transplantation and periosteal coverage (ACT) to cover bigger surfaces.

3b) Implantation of second and third generation ex vivo products and create less morbidity but without knowing whether the results are as long-lasting as for the originally described technique (chondrocytes cultured on membranes, MACI, in gels, implantation of a stable three-dimensional de novo cartilage disk or even engineered osteochondral grafts, AMIC: autologous membrane induced chondrogenesis).

A fair amount of today’s laboratory research is focusing on the culture of the patients own chondrocytes or his own stem cells.

Clinically, some methods can be applied in all indications regardless of size, localisation, depth of the lesion up to the age of fifty years and this is valid for lesions in the knee, the shoulder, the talus, the elbow etc. Other methods like AOCT should not be used for lesions over 2cm in diameter because of donor side morbidity. All methods claim to have an 85% outcome success rate. Regarding the histological content of the successful implants or the reformed cartilage, microfracturing produces a cartilage implant containing a fibrocartilage that looks similar to the hyaline like cartilage of ACI at two years. Mosaicplasty plugs provided great care is applied during insertion avoiding damage of the cylinders and cartilage death-a special instrumentation has been developed with ZIMMER, the Soft Delivery System, SDS to avoid force during impaction. They remain hyaline provided they are inserted without being prone or deep sunken and the surface convexity of the femoral condyle is restored and provided they are inserted tightly next to each other. There is agreement that this is more difficult in arthroscopic techniques. One agrees also that results are dependent on the alignment of the limb. If the compartment treated is overloaded, there is less chance for integration. Osteotomy has therefore a solid position in the armamentarium of the cartilage surgeon- up to 50% of our cases get an osteotomy as part of their treatment regardless of which technique is utilised.

As complications in autologous osteochondral grafting we may observe destruction of the hyaline cartilage cap, non integration and pseudarthrosis or fractures of the cylinders (of special risk are smokers), especially when grafts are not inserted tightly to each other and there is lack of stability with fluid leakage out of the cartilage caps. Rarely ossification of the cartilage is observed when a thin capped cylinder retrieved in the peripheral zone of the femoral trochlea is implanted in an area of thick cartilage as in the centre of the patella where the cartilage is 5 mm thick. Donor site pathology in mosaicplasty is an issue of concern mainly if more than six plugs are removed from the femoropatellar joint. This alone can create clinical symptoms.

Nicotine abuse, probably for all techniques decreases the rate of success of cartilage repair or regeneration and osteotomy healing.

Roughly 300 cases have been treated during the last 10 years. The results were reported in 2002.

As an alternate single surgery technique to microfracturing and mosaicplasty we adopted the “Autologous membrane induced chondrogenesis” (AMIC) technique proposed by Behrens that we find especially useful in OCD. In this relatively young technique we curette the defect and apply microfractures to the basis of the osseous defect. Then we gain cancellous bone from the tibial plateau and mix it with fibrin glue, of which 50% of the thrombin portion is replaced by the serum of the patient as a source of growth factor. This paste of bone and enriched fibrin glue is filled in the defect which is then covered by the porcine Chondrogide membrane (Geistlich) that is glued on and which we can as well suture to the defect. The AMIC technique in combination with microfractures can be utilised for the coverage of pure cartilage defects alone where the membrane is glued alone or fixed on the defect in combination with 5-0 resorbable sutures. In the first two weeks following surgery, after treatment is very defensive to avoid loss of the membrane. After two months of crutch walking with 15 kg of weight we observe a nice osseous integration of the graft and a covering layer that looks promising. After 4–6 months activity can be increased depending on the size of the defect. This is a young technique that we adopted in mid 2003 with 30 cases treated so far, therefore strict observation is required over the upcoming years regarding clinical results and durability and also the composition of this neocartilage. So far it seems to be an interesting alternative to Mosaicplasty since it combines principles of cell therapy with an artificial and instant biological containment that acts against the loss of cells thus acting as a internal bioreactor with the patients own growth factor support.


G.M. Siboto

Between June 1998 and April 2006, 93 patients with trans-pelvic gunshot injuries were admitted to our hospital. Initially the management was done by general surgeons, without any orthopaedic consultation. Later a good working relationship between general surgeons and orthopaedic surgeons developed, and good co-operation was achieved.

We felt it was important to determine the direction of the bullet tract. A detailed history was taken to try and position the assailant, and the action taken by the victim. We tried to establish the number of shots that were fired, and whether any pervious gunshot injury had been sustained. We then drew an imaginary straight line between the entry and exit wound, in order to try and determine the anatomical structures that were likely to be injured by the bullet.

When x-rays were not helpful in identifying the bony injury, then a CT scan with 3D reconstruction was performed. Contrast studies such as a sinogram, a cystogram and intravenous pyelogram, combined with contrast CT, was also helpful in determining the bullet tract.

At laparotomy the entire bullet tract has to be debrided. All injured viscera are repaired, and the abdominal cavity thoroughly washed out. Any extra-peritoneal rectal injury requires a proximal colostomy, and rectal stump washout. All bullets lodged near or into a joint must be removed early, within 4 days of injury. We feel that using antibiotics alone for contaminated bullet tracts, without debriding the tract and removing the bullet from bone, does not prevent sepsis.


G.S. Siboto S. Mears

We reviewed ninety-three civilian transpelvic gunshot wounds from 1998 to date. The patients were all recruited through our Trauma Unit. The first sixty were seen on a referral basis, yet for the subsequent patients we were informed on admission. Based on our earlier findings we promoted bullet tract washout, bullet removal when passed through hollow viscus, rectal stump washout and early removal of juxta-articular bullets. We review the nature of associated injuries and outcomes in relation to osteitis, osteoarthritis, nerve injuries and vascular injuries.

Fifty-seven patients had an entry wound in the buttock. This is associated with a high incidence of sciatic nerve damage (14%), extra peritoneal rectal injury (21%), juxta-articular bullets (73%) and osteitis (12%). There were fifty patients with hollow viscus injuries in various combinations. Thirteen patients overall developed osteitis (14%), of these twelve had hollow viscus injuries. Of these extra-peritoneal rectal injuries carry the highest proportion of osteitis (33%) as a complication, followed by colonic injuries (25%) and bladder (21%). Small bowel injuries (29) were not associated with any osteitis.

Peri and intra-articular injuries were grouped together totalling fifty-nine. Seven of these developed osteitis, leading to secondary osteoarthritis in all. The sciatic nerve was damaged in nine patients, and only three recovered fully. There were two femoral nerve injuries with no significant sequelae. In extra-peritoneal rectal injuries those who had early rectal stump wash-out (5/12) did not develop osteitis and yet of those not washed (5/12) three developed osteitis (60%). Tract washout has similar results. Of bullets that passed through a hollow viscus and were removed late 45% (8/18) were infected.

Our preliminary results suggest that all missile tracts should be washed out and debrided, that all bullets traversing a hollow viscus should be removed, that all peri-articular bullets be removed, and that the rectal stump be washed out in extra-peritoneal rectal injuries.


N.C. Talwalkar U.K. Debnath U.N. Mallya D.N.W. Lake

25 First metatarso phalangeal joint replacements using the MOJE implant were prospectively assessed. There were 13 females and 10 males, with an average age of 60 years (range 45–71 years). The main indication for surgery was a symptomatic Hallux Rigidus.

The minimum follow up period was 2 years (range 24–38 months). The patients were assessed before and after surgery using the AOFAS (American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society Hallux Score). The mean pre operative AOFAS score was 45.60 and this improved to 85.63 after surgery. There was a significant improvement in the sub scale for pain, from 4.58 pre operatively to 31.25 post operatively. A 9.50 improvement in the range of motion was noted.

The authors conclude that their study demonstrates that the use of the MOJE implant for the treatment of Hallux Rigidus is a safe and useful option, although a more long term follow up is indicated.


S. Carter G. van Osch

Analysis of the outcome of neurovascular island flap developed to reconstruct volar-oblique fingertip amputations. A comparison of results with the initial study.

Patients were contact telephonically and recalled for review. A subjective questionnaire was filled in and objective clinical measurements taken. The parameters of the original study were reproduced in order to compare results.

We have 12 cases since 2004. 5 Cases were lost to follow up with only clinic notes available. 7 Cases were reviewed. Mean age 20y (4–65y). Good subjective results with regard to cold intolerance, hypersensitivity, numbness, pain and stiffness. Good cosmesis and patient satisfaction. Objective measurements of IPJ stiffness were insignificantly different from the contra lateral side and 2 point discrimination < =5mm. A single flap failure due to sepsis.

It was concluded that this was a safe and reliable method of reconstruction, with a number of advantages over previous methods.


P. Kumar Mr Prabakaran Mr Ramesh Mr Clay

Scaphoid fractures are commonly seen fractures following distal radius fractures, yet its diagnosis can be difficult. The present study is to explore the diagnostic approach to suspected scaphoid fractures in a district general hospital in the UK.

This is a retrospective study. 286 Suspected scaphoid injuries were seen in our Fracture clinics. 184/286 were known to have normal x-ray findings initially and repeat x-ray in 10 days time. They were all treated as a simple case of a sprained wrist. 40 Patients out of the remaining 102 patients were noted to have scaphoid fractures on follow up x-rays and accordingly treated with cast. The remaining 62 patients were considered for further imaging. 28/102 went for bone scan, which confirmed scaphoid fracture in 4/28 cases. It also picked up other degenerative pathology in 4/28 cases. The rest of the scans were normal. 22/102 Were sent for CT scan which identified the fracture in 20 cases. CT scans provided details about the configuration of fracture, level of healing etc. MRI was performed in 12/102 cases, which confirmed fracture in 2/12 cases and bone bruising in 2/12 cases.

There is no consensus regarding the investigation of choice when a follow up scaphoid x-ray is inconclusive in diagnosing a possible scaphoid fracture. In this study we note that a bone scan does not offer much information. On the other hand MRI and CT investigations were useful. We recommend the use of an MRI investigation for a fresh injury, and a CT scan for fresh and old injuries.


A. Sewsagath S. Brijlall

Compound fractures are a surgical emergency. The primary treatment is early operative debridement and stabilization of the bone. Debridement of a compound fracture includes exploration of the wound to define the injury, removal of devitalized tissue and the use of pulse lavage to achieve additional mechanical debridement of the wound. We could not find any study confirming the use of a pus swab in acute fractures. This study evaluates the significance of early pus swabs taken pre and post debridement of compound fractures in long bones.

Between January 2005 and March 2006, 50 patients with compound fractures of long bones were assessed. A detailed history, mechanism, time of injury, presentation to hospital and time taken for debridement were recorded. The fractures were classified according to Gustilo and Anderson. A pre-debridement washout and a pus swab was taken at presentation to the orthopaedic emergency room. All patients were given ATT and cephalosporin, and the limbs were splinted. All fractures were again irrigated and debrided and fracture stabilized in theatre. A second swab was taken and the time recorded.

There were 50 patients, 30 males with a mean age of 32 years. 15 Of the fractures were grade 1 compound, 13 grade 2, 10 grade 3A and 12 grade 3B. Cultures revealed 12 patients with staphylococcus, 10 with multiple organisms, and 28 patients with no growth in the pre-debridement group. In the post-debridement group staphylococci were cultured in 18 patients, there were multiple organisms present in 20 and no organisms in 12. Only 3 patients had their debridement within 6 hours of injury.

The timing of the colonization of the wound, the virulence and number of organisms and the immunological response of the patient’s vary. A combination of these factors will determine whether a compound fracture will be infected. Early wound infection has been found to be a poorer predictor of wound sepsis, hence the significance of a bacteriological swab. There is a relatively higher rate of wound infection following formal debridement as evidenced by the bacteriological cultures and is not related to the time of debridement.


A. van Huyssteen M. Hendrix A. Barnett C. Wakely J. Eldridge

Trochlear dysplasia is an important anatomical abnormality in symptomatic patellar instability. Our study assessed the mismatch between the bone and cartilaginous morphology in patients with a dysplastic trochlea compared with a control group.

MRI scans of 25 knees in 23 patients with trochlear dysplasia and in 11 patients in a randomly selected control group were reviewed retrospectively, in order to assess the morphology of the cartilaginous and bony trochlea. Inter- and intra-observer error was assessed.

In the dysplastic group there were 15 women and 8 men with a mean age of 20.4 years (14 to 30). The mean bony sulcus angle was 167.90 (1410 to 2030), whereas the mean cartilaginous sulcus angle was 186.50 (1520 to 2140; p < 0.001). In 74 of 75 axial images (98.7%) the cartilaginous contour was different from the osseous contour on subjective assessment; the cartilage exacerbated the abnormality.

Our study shows that the morphology of the cartilaginous trochlea differs markedly from that of the underlying bony trochlea in patients with trochlear dysplasia. MRI is necessary in order to demonstrate the pathology and to facilitate surgical planning.


C.I. Moorcroft P.B.M. Thomas P.J. Ogrodnik

This is a clinically based study to assess the reliability of fracture stiffness as a measurement of clinical union and investigate other indicators which may aid the clinician to accurately determine when fracture fixation may be removed.

A fracture bending stiffness in the sagittal plane of 15Nm/deg. has been stated as a satisfactory endpoint at which an external fixator may be removed from diaphyseal fractures of the tibia. However using this as a measure to determine when to remove support in a study of 76 patients 4 continued to a malunion. Fracture callus properties were measured in clinic. The fixator was removed for the tests and a specially designed system was used to measure displacement and load. Fracture stiffness was measured in different planes and at various loading rates. Passive stressing of the leg was performed whilst fracture displacement was recorded. A constant load was applied for a longer period to assess creep properties.

Fracture stiffness was found to vary between different planes of measurement and on load rate. The visco-elastic characteristics of the callus changed with time. In early measurements, the callus absorbed a large proportion of energy when a load was applied. Later tests showed a progressive change with the callus absorbing less energy. This demonstrates that the properties of the callus changed with time, with the viscous element diminishing and the elastic element increasing. This sometimes occurred with no change in the measured fracture stiffness.

Further investigation is needed, focusing on the visco-elastic properties of callus, to develop a more reliable method of determining clinical union.


Full Access
R. Schnettler E. Dingeldein

These studies are indicative of the potential utility of resorbable and nonresorbable inorganic materials as bone graft substitutes. Bone transplants and bone substitute materials are necessary in +/−10% of all skeletal reconstructive operations. The higher osteogenic potential of autografts compared to allogenic transplants is undisputed, but restricted by limited availability and necessity of secondary operations.

Commercial bone graft materials show variety of compositions and properties, many very different from those of autologous bone. Physicochemical properties of these materials were compared using x-ray diffraction, scanning and transmission electron microscopy. Biological reactivity of different materials was also compared in histological evaluations in animal models. Experimental and clinical studies have been encouraging, especially in metaphyseal defects.

Bone substituting the artificial material should be able to bear weight and, if possible, be lamellar bone. Since fundamental examinations of osteoinduction and affiliated isolation of growth factors (Urist 1965), extensive scientific research on growth factors contained in bone matrix has been performed. Proteins of the TGF-β family play a key role in regulation of bone regeneration. In past years, alkaline fibroblast growth factor has raised increased interest among researchers. Its presence implies that it plays an important role in the development of bone substance. One best known effect is significant augmentation of microangiogenesis, which could be demonstrated among others in experimental wound healing investigations. Further experimental examinations showed significant increase of callus formation in rats and miniature pigs, in which FGF had been injected into the fracture site.

Current bone substitute materials are only to be used in clearly defined indications, as they do not currently meet the biological or mechanical properties of autogenous bone. Our knowledge is grounded on various experimental models, which are not always comparable. Therefore many aspects have to be considered as a working understanding.


A.J. Julyan F. Kluever T.L.B. le Roux J. de Klerk

The primary purpose of this study was to evaluate the appropriate use of Dual Energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scanning in the follow-up of osteoporosis. The secondary aim was to ascertain the correlation between body mass index (BMI) and osteoporosis in the study population.

Six hundred and sixty six patients were sent for DEXA scanning from the Osteoporosis clinic at 1-Military Hospital from June 1998 to February 2004. A descriptive expost facto study of primary data was undertaken, consisting of patient records, test results and post treatment test results. Patients were classified according to their World Health Organization (WHO) classification of bone density. Each of the categories was then followed-up to determine an improvement or deterioration in a specific category.

A total number of 307 (46.1%) follow-up DEXA scans were done over a period of five years. The majority of patients’ bone mineral density (BMD) remained in the same WHO category while a significant number improved to a higher category. The biggest improvement was in elevating patients from an osteoporosis category to an osteopenic category. Only a small number of patients’ BMD deteriorated.

A significant positive correlation between BMI and T-scores for all the patients who received DEXA scans was found. It is therefore apparent that it is safe to follow-up patients with osteoporosis by means of DEXA scanning only once every four to five years. The correlation between BMI and bone mineral density, might serve as a useful guide to identify patients qualifying for more frequent follow up scans.


N.D. Naidoo S. Govender

The purpose of this prospective study was to assess the patient referrals to King Edward V111 hospital with respect to communication, quality of referral letters, transfer times, investigations, diagnostic accuracy, initial management, associated and missed injuries.

88 Patient referrals were assessed prospectively over 4 months by a single investigator utilizing a questionnaire. The average age was 41 years. Eighteen (20%) were compound fractures. The average transfer time of closed injuries was 10h08 and compound injuries 4h20. 20 Patients (23%) were not discussed prior to transfer and 1 (1%) patient did not present with a referral letter. Referring physician details were deficient in name 10 (11%), contact details 58 (66%) and designation 82 (93%). No receiving physician was listed in 23 (26%) referrals. Mechanism of injury was provided in 51 (58%) referrals, time of injury in 41 (47%), type of splinting in 53 (60%) and type of analgesia in 11 (12%) referrals. Referrals of compound fractures showed a description of wound care in 11 (61%) referrals, antibiotic therapy in 9 (50%) and tetanus prophylaxis in 3 (16%). 53 (60%) referrals presented without haematological investigations and 84 (95%) presented with radiological investigations of which 54 (64%) were inadequate. Splinting was satisfactory in 35 (40%) and analgesia was adequate in 9 (10%). Wound care was appropriate in only 5 (27%) and antibiotics were administered in 7 (39%) compound fractures. Diagnostic errors emerged in 14 (16%) of referrals with a missed injury rate of 10% (9 pts). 1 Patient required urgent intervention due to blunt abdominal trauma.

Supervision, training and regular assessment of junior doctors is essential to improve the quality of patient care by the referring hospitals.


P. Ferrao M. Mohideen C. Frey

Liquiband is a new tissue adhesive: It works like super glue – it is attached to the wound edges, it sets within seconds and lasts for about two weeks. The glue then flakes off automatically as the skin regenerates. There is no need for suture removal. A second step forms a waterproof layer over the wound. We compared in a prospective randomized trial the Liquiband glue to skin staples.

Over a 9 month period (May 2005 to January 2006) we enrolled a total of 80 patients, 40 in each group. The patients were booked for elective limb surgery and agreed to participate in the study. The surgical wounds were closed in layers. The skin was then either closed with Liquiband or skin staples. A follow up was a weeks 2, 6 and 18. The wound healing was photographically documented. The wounds were assessed according to the Hollander wound scoring system and a patient satisfaction score. Ethical approval was obtained.

The two groups were matched for sex, age, body-mass index and smoking. There was a similar total wound length in both groups. All wounds healed. In the Liquiband group 4 superficial infections occurred, one dehiscence due to glue removal by the patient. In the skin staples group we had 6 superficial infections. The patient satisfaction score was lower in the skin staple group (7.0 compared to 8.3 in the Liquiband group) and on the Hollander wound scoring system there were 10% more step-off borders and 12% more edge inversions in the skin staple group. The glue did not stain the skin or leave visible marks.

The authors conclude that the Liquiband skin glue is safe and effective for elective surgery. The Liquiband skin glue does not require staple removal after wound healing and the waterproof closure of the wound provides additional safety.


P.J. Ogrodnik C. I. Moorcroft P. B. M. Thomas

It is widely accepted that the use of radiographs to assess fracture healing is, at best, misleading. It is also known that physical manipulation of the fracture can also produce misleading results. The determination of a fracture healing using a quantifiable rather than a qualitative assessment process is desirable for two reasons. Clinically, it avoids the premature or delayed removal of the treatment regime. In research it is required to better distinguish between treatment methodologies in comparative studies. The aim of this paper is to present the need for such a measurement and describe alternative methods that have been adopted. Further, a new device is presented that enables users to measure the linear and non-linear properties of healing callus with a high degree of certainty.

An initial trial of 21 patients with unstable diaphyseal tibial fractures was conducted. The patients had their fractures reduced using the Staffordshire Orthopaedic Reduction Machine and subsequently treated with an external fixator. From six weeks post treatment the progress of healing was assessed using manipulation, radiographs, fracture stiffness and multi-planar material property assessment. Fracture healing was deemed to have been obtained when a fracture stiffness in two planes was greater than 15 Nm/degree.

The paper presents results that demonstrate that the assessment of fracture healing using traditional manipulation and radiographs is erroneous. It will also demonstrate that the measurement of fracture stiffness can also be erroneous if loading rate is ignored. It further shows that fracture stiffness must be measured in two planes. Initial results examining principal stiffnesses will also be shown, along with the measurement of material properties based on work rather that stiffness.


N.S. Cocciuti R.D. Kyte

Giant cell tumours of bone involving the lower limb are characteristically close to the knee joint and pose a challenge in their treatment with respect to functional outcome, risk of recurrence and complications. Various treatment modalities exist, but it is widely accepted that intra-lesional curettage followed by local adjuvants and cementation of the defect may protect the integrity of the nearby joint and maintain function and stability.

Many studies have reported on the use of various adjuvants and different methods of filling the defect left by intralesional curettage as well as fixation of impending or simultaneous pathological fractures with plate and screws. Up to 12 weeks, or more, of non weight bearing has been advised post-op, particularly in the larger lesions.

We have encountered no evidence of the use of locking plates in augmenting reconstruction with PMA bone cement, particularly when a large lesion, displaying a very thin cortical envelope is encountered, and where there may be concern for knee strength and stability post-op. We surmised that the addition of such a rigid construct would be of benefit in aiding a faster rehabilitation.

At our institution we have treated 3 patients in this manner: two patients had large giant cell tumours of the proximal tibia and one involving the distal femur. They were treated with intralesional curettage, liquid nitrogen, and bone cementation but in all three cases, we augmented the cement filler with a locking plate.

Although we have a limited sample size, and our mean follow-up is only 12 months, it has been our experience that this approach may provide an immediately stable knee, rapid rehabilitation with return to full weight bearing within 4–6 weeks and very good post-operative function by 3 months post-op, with few complications.


I.M. Rogan

Unicompartmental knee replacements have been performed since the 1970’s. Controversy still exists as to the indications and contra-indications for these procedures, and there is still no clarity as to whether the patient should have a high tibial osteotomy, a unicompartmental knee replacement, or a total knee replacement. It has been suggested that unicompartmental knee replacements are preferable to high tibial osteotomies, as conversion to a total knee replacement is easier following a unicompartmental replacement.

Ten patients with unicompartmental knee replacements presented to the author requiring revision. All were revised to total knee replacements. In four a primary knee replacement could be performed, but the remaining six required a revision prosthesis on the tibial side, using stems and wedges. No revision prostheses were required on the femoral side.

Revision of a unicompartmental total knee replacement is technically easier than the revision of a total knee replacement. Revision of a high tibial osteotomy to a total knee replacement can be difficult, particularly if a poorly performed HTO had been done, with residual significant ligament imbalance.

The author feels that any type of revision surgery can be difficult. The author concludes that there is still no clarity as to whether one should do a unicompartmental knee replacement or a high tibial osteotomy, and that currently it is still the Surgeon’s choice as to which procedure he is going to perform.


G. Vardi

Osteoarthritis of the knee usually affects the medial compartment first and may later involve the lateral compartment. In its early stages, the options for operative treatment are valgus high tibial osteotomy, unicompartmental arthroplasty, and total knee arthroplasty.

The general feeling is that UKR offers potential advantages over the more extensive total knee replacement (TKR) procedure for the management of unicompartmental disease: preservation of bone stock, retention of the anterior and posterior cruciate ligaments, and preservation of both the patellofemoral joint and half of the weight-bearing articulating surface of the knee joint.

The purpose of this paper was to review all our cases of UKR and their early complication rate and to try and determine the factors that led to the individual complications as well as an assessment of the technical difficulties experienced in managing these cases.

Over a period of 5 years, 206 UKR procedures were performed in one hundred and eighty-five patients. There were 21 bilateral cases. Eighty-three cases were left-sided and eighty-one were right-sided. There were sixty-nine female and one hundred and sixteen male patients. The age of the patients averaged 63.7 years (range, thirty-two to eighty-nine years)

Five surgeons were involved in performing the surgery. There were thirty-five cases of lateral, and one hundred and seventy-one cases of medial compartment osteoarthritis.

Due to the five-year period that this study spans, different prostheses were used

Surgical complications: Early complications requiring repeat surgery were seen in thirty-one patients. The following early complications were seen:

Dislocation of polyethylene spacer: 7 cases

Subsiden ce: 4 cases

Early loosening: 2 cases

Surgical error: Technical errors relating to the sizing and positioning of components occurred in five cases.

Perioperative fracture:

One patient sustained a tibial fracture intra-operatively

Three cases of tibial fracture occurred within six weeks of the operation

Other compartment problems: The oldest patient in this series (89yrs) developed a rapid progression of osteoarthritis in the lateral compartment following a medial UKR within one year from her operation.

Pain/Locking/Swelling/stiffness: This occurred in some patients necessitating surgical intervention.

Non-surgical complications:

- One case of proximal tibia stress fracture occurred within 6 months post UKR.

- Ongoing pain past the one-year mark occurred in five patients

- Superficial wound sepsis occurred in one patient

Summary of management within the First year following UKR:

- 31 (15%) Patients underwent further surgery.

- 13 (6.3%) Patients had their UKR revised to a TKR.

- 9 (4.4%) Patients had at least one arthroscopic procedure.

- 7 (3.4%) Patients had a procedure to remedy an illfitting polyethylene spacer.

Conclusions:

Most of the failures that we had within the first year post-operatively occurred due to either surgical technical error or patient selection.

We concur with previous studies indicating that revision UKR to TKR should not be undertaken lightly. Adequate revision instrumentation should be available and careful planning should be carried out prior to embarking on this procedure. One should be prepared for significant bone loss in the affected compartment.

Arthroscopic debridement and adhesiolysis can be very successful in patients with distinct catching and clicking associated with an effusion, post UKR.

Some patients have unexplained pain and failing to find a causative factor, the patients can be reassured that there will be a high probability of this pain diminishing, or even disappearing.

Subsidence of the tibial component may occur in older patients with generalized osteopaenia, and if not severe, it can be observed. It may not cause a clinical problem.

It appears that the more cases one does, the less likely the chance of failure and revision.


A. Younus A.A. Aden

Fracture of the clavicle is common and comprise 4% of all adult fractures. The incidence appears to be increasing owing to several factors, including the occurrence of many more high velocity vehicular injuries and an increase in popularity of contact sports. The most common side site for occurrence of fracture in clavicle is the middle third and the medial fractures are rare.

We did our retrospective study during 2003–2005. We review 13 patients with fracture of the clavicle. There were 10 males and 3 females and 11 were left side and 2 were right side. Patients ages ranged between 15–49 years (average 29.6). The majority of fractures were caused by motorbike and quads bike accidents. 10 were classified as Neer type 1 (midshaft) and 3 were Neer type 1 (distal third). All these patients were treated with an Acumed congruent anatomical plate. The patients were followed up for 6 months to 1 years. Post-operatively patients were treated for 3 weeks in a sling, and then had physiotherapy for the next 3 weeks. All fractures were united by 7 weeks. Our complications were 1 superficial wound infection, 1 delayed union at 9 weeks, and 1 non union at 12 weeks. All patients had a full range of movement of the shoulder by the end of the 6th week.

In the past fractures of the clavicle were treated conservatively. Currently patients want to mobilise their limbs early, and get back to work. The clinical results of the congruent anatomical plate appear to be good in terms of fracture union and early return to function in young patients. The principal advantage of this method of treatment is an anatomical reduction of the fracture and early rehabilitation with return to normal function.


G. Vardi

The purpose to prospectively compare two types of tibial fixation in a series of 160 anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstructions.

160 ACL reconstructions were performed on 159 patients over a period of 3 years. These patients were prospectively and randomly divided into 2 groups based on the method of tibial fixation of the ACL graft. In one group, an Intrafix system was employed and in the other, Rigidfix crosspins. All ACL reconstructions were carried out arthroscopically, in the standard way, using a quadrupled hamstring tendon graft. In all cases the hamstring grafts were harvested through a single vertical incision over the pes anserinus insertion on the proximal tibia, 2cm medial to the midline. Number 2 Ethibond whip sutures were used to prepare the graft appropriately in each group.

Patients were evaluated at the 6-month and the 1-year mark, by an independent observer who was blinded to the study. The assessments consisted of manual maximum KT1000 measurements, tegner and lysholm evaluations and single leg straight and crossed over tests.

The clinical results between the two groups are similar with the cross-pin method of fixation on both sides of the joint providing satisfactory stability in the ACL reconstructed knee.

The hypothesis was proven and both methods of fixation were found to be clinically satisfactory in providing an acceptable degree of stability following ACL reconstruction at 1 year post-op.


T.R. Madhusudhan T.M. Kumar B. Ramesh S.S. Bastawrous A. Sinha

Clinical decision-making could be difficult when Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is used for the diagnosis of knee injuries. We retrospectively studied 565 knee arthroscopies done between 2002 and 2005, 110 of which had suspected ligamentous injuries, evaluated clinically, with MRI and subsequently by arthroscopy.

The aim of the study was to know the extent of correlation of clinical, MRI features with arthroscopy and whether MRI could be justifiably used to deny an arthroscopy. All patients with a strongly suggestive history were examined in the clinic by experienced orthopaedic surgeons and MRI was requested. Clinical examination was repeated under anaesthesia by the operating surgeon who not necessarily had examined the patient initially. The clinical and arthroscopy findings were recorded systematically. 3 Radiology consultants of varying musculoskeletal experience reported the MRI films. The clinical and MRI findings were compared with arthroscopy for the extent of correlation.

We observed that overall Sensitivity of MRI for meniscal injuries was 73%, being more for medial than lateral and 86% for cruciate ligament injuries. Clinical examination had a sensitivity of 33% and a specificity of 93% for meniscal injuries, sensitivity of 86% and specificity of 100% for cruciate injuries. MRI was not able to demonstrate synovial plicae in 13 knees and chondral defects in 3 knees. 96 Knees, which were normal clinically, were found to have meniscal tears on MRI in 65 and subsequently confirmed by arthroscopy in 39.

We conclude that an accurately performed clinical examination with positive signs alone, will be justified for arthroscopy and a negative MRI will not be a sufficient evidence to deny an arthroscopy. Also the reporting will largely depend on the quality of information provided by the clinician, technical factors and the musculoskeletal experience of the person reporting the films.


A. Schepers D.R. van der Jagt

The search for the ideal bearing surfaces to be used in Total Hip Replacement continues. The current “best” materials are felt to be various combinations of metal, ceramics and cross linked polyethylene. This study aims to identify the best combination with the lowest side effect profile.

In February 2004 a prospective randomised trial on different bearing surfaces was started. The combinations selected were ceramic on cross linked polyethylene, ceramic on ceramic, metal on metal and ceramic on metal. Institutional ethics clearance was obtained. In all patients uncemented femoral stems are used, and an uncemented porocoated acetabular shell. 28mm Head size was selected. Blood samples have been taken to measure the metal ion concentrations in all patients. These are measured pre operatively, and repeated at intended follow up visits at 3 months, 1, 3, 5 and 10 years post operative using a graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometer.

Between February 2004 and 2006 seventy hips have undergone total hip replacement. There are 85 patients (11 bilateral). 40% are males and 60% female. The average age at operation is 52 years (17 to 72). 46% Hips are left and 54% right. Follow up includes blood samples and the Harris Hip Score. Complications to date have been surgeon related, with three femoral components needing early revision for technical reasons. This has not affected the bearing surfaces. Ten patients have hetero-topic ossification. Cup inclination averages at 48 degrees (32 degrees to 69 degrees). Post operative blood metal ion levels are compared to the patient’s pre-operative level. To date there is no increase in the metal ion levels for the ceramic/cross linked poly ethylene and ceramic/ceramic articulations. The ceramic metal group is providing intermediate raised metal ion levels, and the highest metal ion levels are in the metal on metal articulation group. In the laboratory the ceramic on metal articulation demonstrates the least wear of all the groups studied, with metal on metal second. The high level of metal ions in the latter groups has always been of concern.

This study demonstrates a lower blood level of metal ions in the ceramic on metal group. If the in vivo wear rate in this group is as good as the laboratory wear, it becomes a very attractive bearing surface in younger active patients.


Full Access
F.A. Weber

The surgeon’s dilemma when faced with bone loss during hip replacement surgery is to try and leave more bone than he finds and risk the complications of bone grafting or use more cement or a bigger prosthesis and postpone and complicate later reconstructions.

It is however a fact that good cement or prosthesis build up is better than a bad allograft. Types of allograft include bulk allograft, small fragment allograft and demineralized bone matrix. The author had in recent years done more and more mixed allografts in combination with bone graft substitutes and the present favourite is calcium sulphate pellets. Slooff believes that fresh frozen small fragments are the best, but in South Africa allografts are gamma radiated and although fears existed that gamma radiation could be detrimental to the biological response 2.5MRad dose seems to eliminate risk of infection and keep its biological properties. One of the arguments against bulk allograft is the slow and superficial incorporation and the risk of late collapse.

More recently immunological response as a factor in a late failure has come to the fore. Clinical experience of up to 22 year follow up with these various types of bone grafts is discussed and representative cases shown. Where morsellized bone is used in combination with a supporting ring of cages or pressfit cups it is important that 50% of host bone contact with the metal is achieved and allograft filling up the rest as the prosthesis or cage resting on an allograft can easily fail when compression of the allograft occurring during weight bearing. Femoral struct grafts are used, where the concave side is filled with the mixed allograft and makes excellent biological plates when femoral shaft defects or peri-prosthetic fractures are treated, and full incorporation takes place.

In conclusion allografts are very useful in hip revision surgery provided certain principles are adhered to.


A.A. van Zyl J. van der Merwe

Knee sepsis following TKR can have devastating consequences for patient as well as surgeon. A two stage revision is a well accepted technique in TKR sepsis with the introduction of a temporary antibiotic cement spacer being the most popular procedure although irrigation techniques are popular in SA.

From a total of 111 revisions TKR from my practice 26 (23%) were 2 stage revisions for joint sepsis following TKR. 3 cases were early, 10 intermediate and 13 late onset sepsis cases. Most common organism was S. Aureus (7/26) and S. Epidermidis (7/26) although numerous other organisms were seen.

In all cases a two stage revision with a Palacos R cements spacer plus parenteral antibiotics were used. Prosthesis used for revision was primary knee prosthesis in 8 cases and revision (stemmed) prosthesis in 18 cases. Follow up range from 13 years to 6 months (average 6.8 years) with only one case of recurrent sepsis (3.8%) which went on to an arthrodesis. Time from debridement and spacer placement to revision TKR varied from 3 weeks to 10 months (average 2.1 months).

This paper shows that meticulous debridement followed by standard antibiotic cement spacer technique with additional parenteral antibiotics is indeed the gold standard approach without necessitating additional irrigation techniques.


W. Haynes S. Brijlall

The treatment of fractures has evolved from extensive open reduction and internal fixation to minimally invasive surgery and biological fixation. High energy bicondylar tibial plateau fractures pose a treatment challenge to most orthopaedic Surgeons. This study evaluates the results of biologic plating of bicondylar tibial plateau fractures.

Between January 2005 and January 2006 we treated 25 closed bicondylar tibial plateau fractures with minimally invasive surgery using locking plates and screws. Routine tomograms and CT scans were performed after a detailed history and physical examination were performed. Pre-operative planning and templating was performed in all cases. Surgery was carried out by the same surgical team using a tourniquet and an anterolateral or medial surgical approach. Bone grafting was also performed in some cases. The implants used were pre-contoured locking plates (Synthes, Smith & Nephew). The rehabilitative programme was commenced on day 2 by the same Physiotherapist and non weight bearing for 12 weeks.

Four patients refused to be part of the study and two were lost to follow up. Nineteen patients were available for follow up with a mean follow up of 10 months. There were 10 males with mean age of 35 years. Two patients were treated for early superficial wound sepsis which healed. Eight patients needed a bone graft at the time of surgery. The average range of movement was 5–110 degrees of flexion. There were no implant failures or non unions. At six months all patients walked unaided with no deformity and were satisfied with the operation.

As an alternative to external fixation of these difficult fractures we recommend a less invasive precontoured plate with locking screws. The advantages include sub-muscular, extraperiostal plate application through a relatively small incision, percutaneous screw placement through a guide, the fixed angle of the plate obviating the necessity of medial plate fixation, and plate lengths are available to span the metadiaphysis. The results suggest that biologic plating with a precontoured locking plate of bicondylar tibial plateau fractures may give better short term results with excellent function.


T.P. Vail

Metal on metal total hip resurfacing is a bone-conserving reconstructive option for patients with advanced articular damage. The optimal indications for this procedure are being defined by recent international experience. This study evaluates the minimum two-year results of resurfacing arthroplasty compared to conventional hip replacement in young patients with a variety of diagnoses.

Resurfacing arthroplasty was performed in 180 patients over 5 years as part of two investigational device trials. The focus of this analysis was 57 hips (52 patients, mean age 47.3 years) performed between December 2000, and November 2003, by one surgeon at a single center. Seventeen percent of the resurfacing cases were performed for treatment of osteonecrosis. These patients, representing the initial experience of the operating surgeon, were followed prospectively for a minimum of two years (mean, 2.95 years, range, 2–4 years) and compared to 93 cementless primary total hip arthroplasties (84 patients, mean age 57.1 years) with metal on polyethylene bearings over the same time period using regression analysis to control for age, gender, and preoperative function.

After controlling for age and preoperative differences, the total Harris hip score (HHS), function score, and pain score were not significantly different between the two groups. However, the activity score (p=0.03) and ROM score (p< 0.001) were significantly greater in the resurfacing group. The complication rates were similar between the two groups (14.0% THA vs. 5.3% resurfacing, p=ns). There were no femoral side failures among the osteonecrosis cases treated with hip resurfacing.

Both the total hip replacement and metal on metal resurfacing groups showed marked improvement in HHS, pain, activity, and range of motion in a young and active patient cohort. The number of early complications was not greater in the resurfacing group compared to the total hip replacement group.


P.K. Das S. Sharma K. Srinavasan E. Tolessa

The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness of current surgical management of pelvic acetabular fractures providing insight into the outcomes of fractures treated operatively using validated scoring systems.

20 Patients were surgically treated over a 2 year period at the Hudders field Royal Infirmary Hospital, United Kingdom. All were operated on by a single surgeon following pelvic and acetabular fractures. The first part of the study consisted of a review of the clinical records and x-rays done by 2 different observers. All the pelvic fractures were classified according to the Young-Burgess classification, and acetabular injuries according to the Letournels classification. The notes were assessed for probability of survival on admission and ‘ISS scoring’. The clinical records were reviewed for post operative complications, a protocol for follow up management, involvement of HDU, and any relevant re-admissions. The second portion of the retrospective study consisted of patient reviews at the clinic, the minimum being 6 months post operatively. Recent x-rays were reviewed for bone healing, heterotrophic ossification and avascular necrosis. The patients wound healing was assessed. Clinical results were recorded using the Oxford Hip score and the SF-36.

The results were analysed whilst ISS scoring varied from 8–32 with most of the patients. All patients had a good reduction and fracture healing. Complications noted were wound infection in 5%, and heterotrophic ossification in 5%. There were no nerve palsys, no DVT or pulmonary embolus, and no patients had avascular necrosis of the femoral head. Most patients had returned to near normal activities, with low pain scores. The Oxford Hip score ranged between 12–25, and the SF-36 score between 80 & 100.

The authors concluded that patients with complex acetabular fractures can be managed effectively in a district hospital set up. Osteoarthrosis of the hip can be avoided if an anatomical reduction is achieved.


P.H. Laubscher N.G.J. Maritz

To determine the bony outcomes of patients treated at our Institution after sustaining femur fracture and arterial injury, due to gunshot, in the ipsilateral limb, studied over a four-year period.

The database at the Department of Vascular Surgery at our Institution was searched for cases that had sustained both arterial injury and femur fracture of the ipsilateral leg. Their case notes and X-rays were reviewed for the following:

Time line from injury to discharge

Procedure performed

Duration of external fixation

Complications (infection, iatrogenic vascular injury, amputation,

bony union achieved)

Incidence of fasciotomy

During the period from 2002 to the end of 2005 there were 12 patients who qualified to be included in the audit group. Three of the 12 (25%) had to undergo a primary amputation upon arrival. The other nine cases underwent surgery. One of these received an intra-medullary device, another skeletal traction and the rest external fixation following the vascular surgery. Five of the 7 external fixation devices were converted to an intramedullary device in due course. All nine cases went on to union. There were no reported cases of iatrogenic vascular repair disruption. Of the 12, only three cases reported any infection. One case developed severe osteomyelitis of the femur.

Primary vascular repair with temporary external fixation that was later converted into an intramedullary device (within 14 days) provided satisfactory results.


P.J. Ehlers S. Dix-Peek N. Wieselthaler E.B Hoffman

Tarsal coalition has been well recognized as the commonest cause of peroneal spastic flat feet in children and adolescents (Mosier and Asher 1984). Other rare causes are tuberculosis and rheumatoid arthritis. If no etiology can be found the term idiopathic peroneal spastic flat foot has been coined by Schoenecker (2000).

We prospectively assessed all children and adolescents with peroneal spastic flat feet seen at our clinic in the period 2002 to 2004. Twelve patients (17 feet) were assessed. The average age was 11,9 years (range10 to15years). Seventy five percent of the patients were above the 95th percentile weight for age. Screening for tuberculosis (ESR, Mantoux and chest radiograph) was negative in all patients. Rheumatoid factor was positive in one patient with juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA). Radiology was standardized. Plain radiographs were standing lateral and 45 degree oblique views. CT and MRI:

axial: parallel to plantar surface;

coronal oblique: gantry perpendicular to the plane of the subtalar joint.

This latter view best illustrates a talocalcaneal coalition (Newman 2000).

Two patients (four feet) had a calcaneonavicular coalition on the 45 degree oblique plane radiographs. This was also shown on the axial CT and MRI views. No talocalcaneal coalition was visualized on the coronal oblique CT and MRI views. In order to find a diagnosis and to confirm the accuracy of the MRI and CT, the middle facet of the talocalcaneal joint was explored in eight feet and a synovial biopsy done. No talocalcaneal coalition was found. JIA was histologically confirmed in one patient.

The authors concluded that the idiopathic type is by far the commonest peroneal spastic flat foot seen in our clinic. The 45 degree oblique plain radiograph is as accurate as axial CT and MRI to diagnose calcaneonavicular coalition. The coronal oblique CT and MRI views are equally accurate to exclude a talocalcaneal coalition.


O. Ennis A. Mahmood R. Maheshwari I. Moorcroft P. Thomas

A prospective study of 196 closed tibial diaphyseal fractures treated by a monolateral external fixator is presented.

The patients were managed by a group of Surgeons including the senior author (PBMT), a definitive fixator being used in 34 patients, and a fracture reduction device in 162 patients. All the patients were followed up in an external fixator clinic by the senior author, and follow up continued for 1 year after the fractures had healed. Fracture healing was determined clinically.

There were 196 tibial fractures, with an average age of 29 years (range 12–80 years). 111 Fractures involved the right tibia, and 85 the left. There were 166 males and 30 females. 116 Fractures were deemed due to a low energy accident, and 80 due to a high energy injury. The most common mechanism of injury was football (75), a fall (52), a road vehicle accident (49), direct trauma (7), assault (4), and rugby (3). According to the AO classification system 33 were A1 fractures, 47 A2, 42 A3, 15 B1, 46 B2, and 7 B3. Time to fracture healing was 19 weeks on average (with a range from 9–87 weeks).

15 Fractures united with a deformity of more than 50 in the coronal plane. One patient required a corrective osteotomy for a mal-united fracture. There were 279 pin track infections that required antibiotic treatment in 85 patients. 33 Pins had to be removed due to persistent infection. Of these patients 15 developed 32 ring sequestrae, but infection was settled by debridement under GA. 7 External fixators had to be removed early because of pin site infection. One patient developed a full blown osteomyelitis, which was treated with the Lautenbach irrigation and settled. There were 7 re-fractures, but all healed after further treatment. 5 Were treated in a POP cast and 2 were re-treated with another external fixator. There were 7 non-unions, but all eventually healed with further treatment with an external fixator.

The authors conclude that treating a closed tibial fracture with an external fixator is a viable alternative method of treatment.


Full Access
H. Mahomed

The tibia is the most commonly fractured long bone and is susceptible to open injuries. Open fractures are difficult to manage despite advances in medical care and result in high rates of non union, delayed union and sepsis. Concerns with delay in surgical debridement resulted in our review of open tibial fractures at out institution.

We did a retrospective review of 27 open tibial fractures with a follow up of 6 to 18 months. There were 20 males and 7 females. Sixteen fractures were incurred as pedestrians. There were 12 associated injuries. Eleven patients were referred from peripheral hospitals. There were 9 Gustilo grade 1 injuries, 8 grade 11 and 10 grade 111. Fracture patterns were a range from simple 42 A1 to C3 (AO). Eleven patients were managed by wash-out in casualty, and admission for intravenous antibiotics. Sixteen patients were debrided in theatre. Delay to theatre ranged from 6 hours to 19 days. This was a combination of referral delay and insufficient theatre availability. Nine patients had an external fixator applied, 2 intramedullary nails and 5 plaster casts.

Five patients required repeat procedures, 3 redebridements, and 2 skin grafts. Average hospital stay for patients managed non-operatively was 3 days and operatively 22 days. Union was documented clinically and radiologically in 22 patients at between 12 weeks and 6 months. Eight patients united after 5 months. There were 5 nonunions, 6 cases of superficial sepsis, and 2 deep sepsis. Early complications included one compartment syndrome, and one peroneal nerve palsy.

This study showed a high complication rate for open tibial fractures. We concluded that an improvement in the referral system and local availability of theatre facilities would improve our complication rate.


Full Access
S. Dix-Peek C. Breckon E.B. Hoffman

Forearm lengthening in children is controversial. Paley (1990) and Peterson (1994) advocate aggressive treatment of the deformity for cosmetic and functional reasons. Scoenecker (1997) has shown that mature patients are comfortable with their appearance and functional deficit.

We reviewed 8 forearm lengthenings performed in 8 children in the 14 year period from 1991 to 2004. Five patients had ulnar shortening (osteochondromata = 4, growth arrest due to trauma = 1). Of the three patients with radial shortening, one was due to a congenital short radius and two following growth arrest (post trauma and meningococcal septicemia). The shortening resulted in a cosmetically unacceptable ulnar or radial tilt with absent radial or ulnar deviation of the wrist and decreased supination and/or pronation. One patient with a proximal ulnar osteochondroma had a dislocation of the radial head with cubitus varus.

Excision of the osteochondroma was done 6 months prior to lengthening. Lengthening was accomplished with two Ilizarov rings and a distal corticotomy for radial and proximal for ulnar shortening. Reduction of the dislocated radial head was achieved with an olive wire. Associated procedures were: hemiepiphyseal stapling of the distal radius for an increased radial articular angle in 3 patients with osteochondroma, and corrective osteotomy of the distal radius in 1 patient with growth arrest. The average lengthening obtained was 23 mm (range 13–40 mm) with an average lengthening index of 1.45 months per cm.

At an average follow-up of six years (range 2–15 years; 7 to maturity) all patients were satisfied with the cosmetic improvement and had full radial and ulnar deviation. Except for two patients the supination/pronation was improved. We concluded the forearm lengthening is warranted for cosmetic and functional reasons.


T.S. Bogatsu E.D. Dalton R. Golele

The primary aim of this study was to determine the outcome of femoral shaft fractures due to gunshot injuries treated with primary intramedullary interlocking nails within 7 days of the injury.

A total of 53 patients were admitted to our institution between November 2003 and November 2005. The average age was 30 years (16–51 years). Associated neuro vascular damage was ruled out by clinical examination, and the patients were then put onto skin traction, given analgesics and tetanus toxoid, and treated with intravenous Cloxacillin 1g 6 hourly. 33 Patients were treated by intramedullary nailing with locking screw fixation at an average of 4 days post injury (range 2–7 days).

All patients were followed up for a minimum of 1 year, and there were no infections. The average time to fracture union was 136 days (120–180 days). The average hospital stay was 9 days. Only 2 patients did not return to their pre-injury activities, and these presented with pain and a limp, requesting disability grants.

We conclude that people sustaining gunshot fractures of the femoral shaft can be treated with intramedullary nailing after the golden 6–8 hours post injury, without the added fear of sepsis. This treatment still leads to a reduced hospital stay, and decreased costs in the management of these patients.


H.R. Hobbs R.N. Dunn S. Dix-Peek N. Wieselthaler E.B. Hoffman

Physeal bar resection for partial growth plate arrest was first described by Langenskjold in 1967. The initial enthusiasm by Peterson (1989) who found that 83% of patients resumed physeal growth was tempered by Birch (1992) who only had 33% success. Poor results were due to failure to resume growth or premature growth arrest.

We retrospectively reviewed 21 physeal bar resections performed in 19 children from 1987 to 2003. The average age at surgery was 8.2 years (range 3–12 years). The aetiology of the physeal arrest was : growth plate fracture (8), meningococcal septicaemia (5), osteitis (3; 2 neonatal), dysplasia (3), gunshot (1) and idiopathic (1). The commonest site was the distal femur (12; 5 due to growth plate fracture), followed by the proximal tibia (5; 3 due to meningococcal septicaemia), and the distal tibia (4; 2 due to growth plate fractures). Assessment of the size and location of the bar was with biplanar tomography in 7, MRI in 5 and both in 7. We found equal accuracy with both modalities, but currently prefer MRI. The bar was plotted on an anterior-posterior and lateral map of the growth plate. The average size of the bar was 25% (range 15 to 50%) of the area of the growth plate. Only 3 bars were larger than 30%. Fifteen of the bars were peripheral, 5 linear and 1 central.

Results were classified poor if there was no resumption of growth or if premature growth plate arrest occurred, good if there was resumption of growth which continued to maturity or to follow-up, and excellent if the growth exceeded the expected growth. There were 5 (24%) poor results; all failed to resume growth. Three bars exceeded 30% and 2 were due to meningococcal septicaemia. The remaining 16 bars were followed up for a range of 2 to 12 years; 10 to maturity. Four (19%) had an excellent and 12 (57%) had a good result.

The authors conclude that physeal bar resection is a worthwhile procedure if the size of the bar is equal to or less than 30% of the area of the growth plate. In growth arrest due to meningococcal septicaemia we only had a 60% success rate.


M. Schmauch B. Deuasse

Femoral fractures in children is the commonest cause for hospitalization in our institution. It was decided to investigate the epidemiology of these fractures. All cases of traumatic femoral fractures in patients under the age of 18 were retrospectively analysed, in children hospitalised between 2003 and 2005. Pathologic fractures were excluded. Fractures were divided into 3 groups, proximal fractures, diaphyseal fractures and distal metaphyseal fractures.

845 Fractures were included in the study. 7.5% were proximal fractures, 76.2% were fractures of the diaphysis, and 16.3% were distal metaphyseal fractures. Road accidents were the commonest cause in all 3 groups, accounting for 38% of the fractures. In the proximal fracture group (63 fractures) the sex ratio was equal, the average age was 9 years and the mean hospital stay was 13 days. 52.4% Were surgically treated. Of the diaphyseal fractures (644) the sex ratio was 2 males to 1 female, the average age was 6.2 years, and the average hospital stay was 6 days. Only 7% were treated surgically. Of the distal femoral fractures (138) the sex ratio was 3 males to 1 female. 21% Of these were due to sports injuries, all occurring in children over the age of 12, and nearly all boys. 15.2% were treated surgically. The average age was 11.2 years, and the average hospital stay was 7 days.

The authors conclude that diaphyseal fractures were the commonest type, and that each fracture group had its own characteristics. The epidemiological aetiology of diaphyseal fractures in this study differed in some aspects from other reported studies.


Full Access
J.A. George M.K. Munir

Sitting is the main activity of daily living for the majority of patients with cerebral palsy. More than 60% of dependent sitters have hip disorders. Surgical management of hip and pelvic postural mal-alignment remains controversial.

The aim of this study was to investigate effectiveness of open hip release in patients with spastic hip deformities. Seventeen patients with spastic cerebral palsy were treated with a selective release of the adductors, hamstrings, and iliopsoas, and capsulotomy of the hip joint. There were 6 females and 9 males. Ten of the patients were nonambulatory and seven were ambulatory. The average age at operation was 6 years 4 months (4 to 14 years). The follow-up period ranges from 2 to 9 years (average of 4.8 years). The patients were evaluated clinically and radiologically. The migration and acetabular indices were measured on the pre-operative and follow-up radiographs.

The results of hip release were rated satisfactory in 12 patients and unsatisfactory in 5 patients. The latter was due to severe acetabular dysplasia and posterior instability that was later improved by acetabuloplasty.

We concluded that a soft tissue release of spastic hip deformities improved sitting stability in nonambulatory and walking posture in ambulatory patients.


J.P.J. Smit

We assessed the management of 11 neglected developmental dislocated hips in terms of shape of the acetabulum and femoral head pre-operatively and the level of the position of the reduction immediately post-operatively. We compared it with medium term clinical and radiological results.

The shape of the acetabulum and the femoral head can be determined in two planes doing CT or MR of the pelvis. The studies were done to determine the development of the acetabulum and the anatomical fit of the femoral head in the acetabulum. Radius of curvature in the axial and coronal planes was determined of the acetabulum and the femoral head. MR spin echo specification for visualization of the cartilage bone was used. Post-operative radiological namely CT when still in spika, and Shenton’s line and central location of the hip in the direction of the triradiate were subsequently assessed.

Radius of curvature was determined in 6 cases. It varied according to age, but for the older patients the acetabulum was 5mm smaller on average on the coronal views. Eight hips were treated with open reduction. Postoperatively one hip gradually subluxed and dislocated eventually. The hips that remained reduced were initially inferiorly located with an irregular Shenton’s line. Three were treated conservatively with pelvic support osteotomies and planned bone lengthening procedures.

Shape of the femoral head and acetabulum is the most important determining factor in open reduction of neglected DDH. Axial plane MR radius of curvature is not necessarily a true reflection of the shape of the acetabulum. MR coronal views with cartilage enhancement are necessary in assessing the shape of the acetabulum. The inferior position of the reduced hip can be ascribed to the conical shape of the acetabulum and is associated with a maintained reduction.


M.N. Rasool

Unrecognised DDH may present late in older children. The problems lie in reducing the femoral head into the acetabulum, obtaining concentric reduction and obtaining a functional hip. The aim of this paper is to describe our early results with operative reduction, femoral shortening and derotation in older children with DDH.

Ten hips in 9 girls, aged 3–9 years, with DDH, seen over a 10 year period, underwent operative treatment. Pre-operative traction was not used. The femoral head was exposed through an anterior oblique incision, and femoral shortening and varus derotation osteotomy was performed through a separate lateral approach. The hip was fixed with a plate (6 cases) and cross K wires (4 cases) and immobilized in a spica cast for 6 weeks. A neck shaft angle of 900–1300 was obtained.

The osteotomies healed in all hips. Minor skin problems were pin tract sepsis and pressure effects from the cast in 2 patients. Follow up ranged from 6 months to 5 years. Functional and radiological assessment was done to assess the outcome. Pain with avascular necrosis occurred in one patient and another had subluxation of the hip. The CE angle ranged from 00–300, neck shaft angle 900–1300, leg length discrepancy from 1cm 2.5cm. The results were good in 6, satisfactory in 2 and poor in 2 children. Remodeling of the neck shaft and acetabulum was seen in the majority. Although the follow up period is short, the results of open reduction and femoral shortening in late DDH is encouraging.

The author concludes that the combination of open reduction, femoral shortening and varus derotation osteotomy gave good to satisfactory results in the majority of patients.


H. Sithebe R. Golele

We reviewed eleven diaphyseal humerus fractures treated over an 18 month period, March 2004 to October 2005, using a single intramedullary Titanium Elastic Nail (TEN).

The mean age of 6 boys and 5 girls was 7.6 years. The longest follow up was twelve months. The mean period of implant insertion was 6 months. Diaphyseal fractures were most commonly the result of a fall (45%), and 3 (27%) were the result of motor vehicle accidents (MVA) with other associated injuries. Two (18%) were pathological fractures. All were closed fractures.

Nine of the eleven (81%) were treated by a closed reduction and a single retrograde TEN inserted percutaneously. Two required open reduction. There were no pre-operative or post-operative neurovascular complications. At mean follow up (6 months), there were ten satisfactory results (91%), with one complication of implant sepsis.

The use of TENs for diaphyseal humerus fractures in children has not been widely described in the literature as compared to their use for diaphyseal femoral fractures. Traditional teaching advocates conservative treatment for these fractures. We believe that in 4–12 year old patients, a single TEN is a viable option in the treatment of these fractures in that it gives over-all good results with minimal morbidity. It is easy, quick, allows early return to activities, and avoids some of the complications of conservative treatment such as those associated with prolonged immobilization and malunion.


M.N. Rasool

Muscular torticollis is rarely seen in our population group. There is controversy regarding the surgical procedure of choice, post operative immobilization and the ultimate results. Several procedures have been described to release the sternocleidomastoid. In children over 5 years correction of secondary deformities are less certain, and complications are scarring and loss of contour of the neck. The aim of this paper is to review the results of bipolar release of the sternocleidomastoid muscle in muscular torticollis.

Between 2000–2006, 3 girls and 1 boy, aged 6–10 years, were treated surgically for muscular torticollis. Spinal abnormalities and other congenital problems were excluded. Through an incision parallel and superior to the clavicle, the sternal and clavicular attachments of the sternocleidomastoid muscle were divided and 2.5cm of muscle was excised. Through a separate transverse incision inferior to the mastoid process, the insertion of the sternomastoid tendon was divided. Post operative traction was used for 5 days, followed by a moulded collar for 3 months.

The children were assessed for function and cosmesis. All scars healed well. The wry neck position improved in all. All children had improvement in movements and cosmesis. There were no visual problems and the lateral band was inconspicuous in the neutral position. Follow up ranged from 1–5 years. Lateral flexion and rotation improved markedly. Two patients reported an increase in height.

Our early results showed that patients over 6 years had marked improvement in cosmesis and movement following bipolar release of muscular torticollis. The improvement in facial asymmetry is being observed with growth. Obviously, the follow up is not long enough to provide adequate long term evaluation. No major complications occurred.


J.P.J. Smit

Statistics of the clinical activities of an academic training unit was compiled from 1 January 2005 until 31 December 2005. The statistical study had three purposes. Firstly to determine the pathological profile of the patient population and to determine the distribution of patients who needed acute management versus elective surgery. Secondly to determine the needed staff establishment especially with the future anticipated expanding role of the public health sector in the management of orthopaedic patients. The last aim was to create a model of the clinical activities of a junior orthopaedic surgeon during one year of orthopaedic trauma training.

Detailed statistics were compiled of all the clinical activities at the two hospitals. The one is a tertiary trauma centre, but also functions at a secondary trauma care level. The second hospital is a referral tertiary care orthopaedic hospital where elective surgery takes place. Furthermore the statistics were also compiled in such a way that detailed doctor activities could be processed from it.

There were 181 spinal admissions of which 77 were treated surgically. 106 were treated conservatively. Elective spinal surgery consisted of 20 cases who needed reconstructive surgery and we managed 56 spinal infections. 1263 cases were admitted for orthopaedic trauma management of which 259 had surgery for femur fractures. A total of 250 tibia fractures were treated surgically and a total of 216 radius and ulna fractures. 117 arthroscopic knee procedures were done. A total of 168 arthroplasty cases were treated of which 47 were problem cases.

Pathological profile was determined and gave guidance to clinical studies that should be undertaken. The numbers of some types of injuries that were managed are large. Staff establishment assessment can be done and the expansion of it can be motivated for. A model can be compiled for clinical activities of orthopaedic surgeons in training. Extracted from this statistical analysis an activity list was compiled for an orthopaedic surgeon in training. Amongst other minor cases and excluding Paediatric orthopaedic cases – Femur neck fractures 18, Femur fractures 29, Ankle fractures 53, Humerus fractures 12 and adult Supracondylar humerus fractures 9 and Radius Ulna fractures 34 were done.


J.P.J. Smit

A prospective study was done on 6 adolescent patients with severe unilateral chronic SCFE who underwent femoral neck cuneiform osteotomies with an antero lateral Ganz approach and subsequent anterior hip dislocation.

Patients with chronic SCFE, open growth plates and Southwick diaphyseal epiphyseal angle of more than 60 degrees were selected. In situ pinning was not possible in these cases due to the severity of the disease and keeping in consideration the concepts of impaction and inclusion as described by Rab. The surgical approach as described by Ganz for impingement syndromes in adults was used. A lateral approach with the patients lying on the side was followed by trochanteric osteotomy, anterior capsulotomy and anterior dislocation of the hip. Metaphyseal cuneiform osteotomies were done on all of the hips. Clinical and radiological assessment was done by the Southwick classification. Additional radiological assessment consisted of the evaluation of correction of anatomy on an AP pelvis. The hips were furthermore assessed for AVN by using bone scans.

This is a short term follow-up. Of the 6 patients 5 did excellently according to the Southwick result score. One patient had only a fair result due to the damage caused by the impingement prior to the corrective osteotomy. None developed AVN.

The management of severe chronic SCFE remains controversial. A single method of management namely pinning in situ can not be used in all degrees of SCFE. Intertrochanteric osteotomies and subtrochanteric osteotomies distort anatomy. It can not be performed for deformities of more than 50 and 70 degrees. Dislocation of the femoral head fascilitates femoral neck osteotomies and can be used safely without the complication of AVN if the Ganz surgical exposure is used.


M.B. Nortje S. Dix-Peek B.C. Vrettos E.B. Hoffman

Single screw fixation for the management of slipped upper femoral epiphysis (SUFE) was introduced in 1984 and has been reported to have less chondrolysis and avascular necrosis (AVN) than previous methods using multiple pin fixation or osteotomy (Ward 1992). Two groups of patients were investigated. The first group of 55 hips (44 patients) were treated over a 27 year period (1963–1989). Forty four hips were treated with multiple pins and 11 hips with primary intra- or extracapsular osteotomy. These patients were followed up for an average of 8 years (3–27yrs). The second group of 88 hips (69 patients) were treated over a 6 year period (1999–2004). All were treated with single screw fixation and followed up for at least one year.

The duration and severity of slip were found to be similar for both groups. In the second group 16 hips (20%) were unstable (unable to walk even with crutches). Instability had not been coined as a term in the first group. All serial radiographs were retrospectively reviewed for AVN and chondrolysis and correlated with clinical findings. In the first group AVN occurred in 8 hips (14.5%). Five (9%) were due to osteotomies, two (3.5%) due to manipulation and one (2%) due to pinning in the superior quadrant. Chondrolysis occurred in 14 hips (25%); eight (14%) at presentation and six (11%) due to persistent pin penetration. In the second group AVN occurred in two hips (2%). Both were unstable. Two of 16 unstable hips (12.5%) developed AVN. Chondrolysis occurred in 6 hips (7%); four (4.5%) at presentation and 2 (2.5%) due to persistent pin penetration.

The authors conclude that single screw fixation is a safer technique than multiple pin fixation or osteotomy. AVN only occurred in unstable slips. Chondrolysis due to pin penetration is significantly reduced.


J.P.J. Smit P. Louw

In an effort to determine if severe degrees of SCFE can be successfully treated with in situ pinning an anatomical study was undertaken to determine the relationship between severity of SCFE, the level of the metaphysis in relation to epiphysis on AP x-ray of the hip, the position of entry on the femoral neck and impaction/inclusion.

A dry bone specimen of a young adult without bony pathology was used to create a severe SCFE of varying degrees between 30 and 90 degrees. Standard x-rays AP pelvis and frog lateral were taken to determine the degree of SCFE. A titanium pin marker was inserted in the femoral neck to be centrally directed and placed in the femoral head for each degree of SCFE studied. The position of the pin was inspected as well as assessed with x-rays and CT. Computer model was then used to determine values for younger patients as well as the role that screw diameter will play.

Twelve degrees of SCFE were studied namely from 30 to 90 degrees. Varus and external rotation were simulated as well according to the tables of Rab. The results show that severe SCFE of more than 60 degrees pinning in situ as a method of management is associated with risk. SCFE of 70 degrees is pinned midway up the femoral neck. The screw penetrates the posterior neck and in younger children will penetrate in lesser degrees. Impaction is present in mild degrees of SCFE and demonstrated to contribute to failure of fixation.

The study illustrates that severe SCFE is difficult to pin in situ, associated with inclusion and impaction that will result in coxarthrosis and biomechanically not secure. If the level of the femoral neck metaphysis is proximal or at the same level as the epiphysis, the SCFE is of such a degree that the neck may be reconstructed given the limits of subtrochanteric and intertrochanteric osteotomies.


Full Access
A.A. van Zyl J. van der Merwe

1346 Primary TKR’s were evaluated. In keeping with the principle of Insall all patellas were resurfaced with the only exclusion being a previous patellectomy or excessive patella erosion.

Most TKR were of posterior cruciate substituting devices (IB11 (56.9%) or Nexgen LPS (42.3%)). The reason for operation was OA (94.5%), RA (2.9%), and others 2.6%. Most knees were in varus (68.5%), 17% were in valgus, and 14.5% were in neutral alignment.

The method of preparing the patella and extensor mechanism was as follows: A total fat pad excision was performed, debulking the patella thickness of 1mm. The patella component was placed medially and superiorly, a peri-patella synovectomy was performed, and a release of the lateral patella femoral ligaments was done. A lateral release was performed in 17.5% of patients.

Follow up ranges from 9 months to 15 years. Reoperation for patella problems was necessary in only 5 patients (0.37%). There was 1 case of patella subluxation, 1 case of persistent anterior knee pain, and 3 patients with a patella clunk (in IB 11 knees only)

In our hands this approach has led to excellent long term results without some of the potential complications described in the literature and warrants continued use of routine patella resurfacing when doing TKR.


R. Charity N. Day N. Vasukutty M.R. Ramesh P Kumar

Digital x-ray systems are now widely used in hospitals in the UK. Most systems have facilities to take measurements from the images that, we are lead to believe, can be used in accurate pre-operative planning. The aim of this study was to assess whether or not pre-operative planning can reliably predict the size of the implant required when using a hemiarthroplasty to treat an intracapsular hip fracture.

A magnification factor was calculated for pre-operative pelvic x-rays using typical beam to plate distance and plate to hip distance. The pre-operative digital radiographs of 188 consecutive patients who underwent a hip hemiarthroplasty were examined. The femoral head diameters of both the fractured and non-fractured sides were measured. The size of the implanted prosthesis was also recorded from the patients’ operation notes. The x-ray measurements were multiplied by the magnification factor and compared with the known size of the prosthesis. The calculated magnification factor was 128%. Attempts at estimating implant size from measurements of the fractured and non-fractured sides underestimated the size of the prosthesis by 3.0mm (CI 6.5 to −0.5) and 3.1mm (CI 6.8 to −0.6) respectively.

Many hospitals do not stock the full range of hemiarthroplasty implants on the shelf. Sizes at the extremes of the range may need to be specially ordered. It is important that the correct size prosthesis be inserted; an oversized prosthesis can increase the risk of dislocation and an undersized prosthesis will result in point loading and acetabular erosion. Our study shows that pre-operative planning consistently underestimates the size of the implant. However, the accuracy of these estimations is not sufficiently reliable, being +/− 3.5mm, to be able to accurately predict the size of the prosthesis required. Reasons for the under estimation are likely to be due to the fact that the measurement taken from the images does not account for the articular cartilage covering the femoral head. One of the factors leading to inaccuracy in the estimation is variation in patient anatomy and habitus, which affects hip to plate distance and thus the magnification factor. Also, the distance of the beam to plate will vary according to the radiographer’s positioning of the x-ray source.

In order to accurately pre-operatively plan the size of the prosthesis one would need to standardise the beam to hip distance. radio-opaque markers would need to be positioned at the level of the hip in order to accurately calculate the magnification factor. Without these modifications, we do not feel that hip prosthesis size can be accurately predicted from pre-operative images.


S. Sharmah B. Ramesh S. S. Bastawrous I.C. Smith

There are many management solutions for the fixation of Periprosthetic fractures with intact stem of Hip and shoulder arthroplasties. The Bio Mechanics of single plate application are unlikely to be strong enough to commence mobilisation and its effectiveness against torsional strain with an osteoporotic bone quality is of concern. Double plate fixation as discussed at the last South African Orthopaedic Congress by Mr Floyd et al is another option but this again may have some biomechanical concerns and biological compromise at the fracture site due to periosteal stripping. Implant revision with a longer stem is a bigger surgical insult to a potentially frail group of patients with questionable bone quality. We report a short series of 16 peri-prosthetic fractures with intact stem that are managed with Zimmer cable plate fixation System. The results were very satisfactory and we consider this an attractive option to be considered in the management of this difficult presentation.

This is a retrospective study. We present the results of 13 Periprosthetic Femoral Shaft fractures and 3 humeral periprosthetic fractures in 16 patients treated with cable plate fixation system. Majority of the patients were over 60 years with an ASA rating of 3–4. The procedures were performed in a district general hospital in the UK between August 2001 to December 2005. The patients presented with in 1–20 years following initial Arthroplasty. All the fractures were fixed with Zimmer cable plate fixation system. An 8 hole plate was most commonly used for femoral fractures through the lateral approach for TYPE 2 fractures. The proximal end of the plate was secured with 3–4 cable ties. Early partial weight bearing was encouraged.

The majority of the patients were discharged within 12 weeks. Of the 3 humeral fractures union was achieved at 12 weeks in 2. There was 1 case of implant failure due to a further fracture noted in a manic depressive patient, who was not compliant. All proximal femoral fractures showed evidence of clinical and radiological union by 6 months. The majority (7/13) had united within 20 weeks. There were no complications noted. We recommend this effective method should seriously be considered in the management of this difficult and increasingly occurring complication in a frail population.


Full Access
R. Nuyts

Hip resurfacing is a technically demanding surgical procedure. Notching of the femoral neck and mal positioning of the femoral Implant are the most frequently seen complications in hip resurfacing. Navigation is expected to bring additional safety and precision to the surgical procedure. Goal of this pilot study is to check usability and reliability of a new application developed for an established navigation system for Orthopedics.

During a first developer release of the application 28 patients have been operated in 4 hospitals (Belgium, Canada, Germany and United Kingdom) from 2005-11-14 to 2005-12-22 with a Hip Resurfacing Implant (Durom®, Zimmer). The patient group consisted of 23 man and 5 women with an average age of 46 years (ranging from 29 to 66 years), mostly with primary cox arthrosis as indication. 7 surgeons have been navigating the femoral preparation with a therefore developed application on the Navitrack® system (ORTHOsoft Inc.). The protocol includes preoperative X-ray, intra-operative data and postoperative X-ray.

The mean Operation time (Incision to Closure) was 124 minutes (ranging from 88 to 150 minutes). In two cases navigation needed to be aborted due to mechanical failure of the instrumentation (K-wire jammed in guide) and surgery has been completed with the conventional instrumentation. The remaining cases have been completed without any Software or Hardware problems. The additional time required for navigation during those first cases has been approximately 10 minutes. In all cases the planned CCD angle was achieved within a range of +/− 5° without notching the femoral neck.

Navigation has the potential to improve precision in placement of the femoral component. The pilot study did prove the usability, safety and precision of the new Navitrack® CAS Durom Hip Resurfacing application. Combined with the already available cup navigation the system has an attractive potential to provide a tool helping the surgeon in achieving optimal outcome of a hip resurfacing.


B. Hickerton A. Roshan B. Ramesh S.S. Bastawrous I.C. Smith S. Sharmah

Proximal femoral fractures, whether it is due to meta-static destruction or periprosthetic fractures with loose femoral component with secondary osteolysis of the proximal femur in the elderly patient is a major task. We find the Cannulock hip system quite useful in tackling this issue. It offers various options for the management of this complex pathology.

We present the results of 11 Cannulock Hip Arthroplasty performed in 10 patients (Age Range 55–92). 6 out of 11 patients was noted to have metastatic destruction of proximal femur including the head and neck down to lesser trochanter. Ca of Bronchus and Breast with multiple bony metastsis were responsible for these cases. 4/11 had loose femoral component with type 2 periprosthetic fractures. 1 out of 11 had failed DCS fixation for Reverse oblique fracture. The procedures were done in a district general Hospital in the UK between August 2001–Jan 2006. The patients were mostly ASA 4.

The Cannulock Hip system offered the simplicity of a Hemiarthroplasty with an advantage of Intramedullary nailing option. This has the option of fitting standard Bipolar Head or 22 mm metallic head in case of Peri Prosthetic fracture where the acetabular component is intact. Long stem with HA coating and standard options for cemented stem insertion. The long stem with a bow enables easy insertion with distal locking facility.

In our study all the patients were excellent with both clinical and readilogical out come, however sadly 1 patient died with in 3 months of surgery. 5/6 patients with metastatic bone tumour were discharged at the mean of 8 weeks with no clinical concerns. 4 patients with femoral stem revisions and 1 patient with failed DCS were discharged at a mean of 4 months. We find the Cannulock hip arthroplasty system quite versatile in the management of these complex injuries.


D.R. van der Jagt A. Schepers

The aim of this study was to asses the results of total hip replacements using the Elite Plus femoral stem.

During the period 1995 to 2000, 212 total hip replacements were done using the Elite Plus femoral stem. These were followed up prospectively. The cohort of patients included 11 with bilateral hip replacements. 38% of patients were male and 62% were female. The average age at surgery was 61 years, with 18% being younger that 50 years at the time of surgery. All hip replacements were done using the same surgical and cementing techniques. Both cemented and uncemented cups were used in this cohort of patients.

2 patients died peri-operatively, and 22 hips were lost to follow-up. 6 hips have been revised, with 1 revision being due to sepsis and 5 due to loosening. A further 4 hips have radiographic evidence of early loosening, and 1 other hip has developed late sepsis. None of these 5 has yet been revised. Our survivorship at an average of 9 years is 97%.

The survivorship of total hip replacements using the Elite Plus femoral stem in our unit is 97% at an average of 9 years. This compares very well with the results reported in other series. We do note though that there are 5 hips that may need revision, and this would bring the survivorship down to 94%. We feel that our good results are due to careful attention to surgical and cementing techniques, and this may explain our improved results compared to previous reports.


S. Brijlall

The increased prevalence of HIV has increased awareness and concern for the diagnosis and treatment of patients requiring total joint arthroplasty. Collective experience with HIV and arthroplasty at any institution is small and limited. This study evaluates the clinical outcome of arthroplasty in HIV infected patients.

Between July 2000 and August 2001, we treated 14 patients (4 female) and with uncemented total hip replacement. (Mean age of 42 years). Informed consent was obtained before HIV testing and counselling was provided for all patients. Patients were classified according to the WHO and CDC classification. All patients were operated on by a single surgeon using the Hardinge approach.

14 Patients were followed up with a mean follow up 62 months. The pre-lymphycyte subset analysis was TLC-2.24, CD4 425, CD8 873, CD4/CD8-0.52. All patients were fully ambulant. One patient sustained a periprosthetic fracture following a high energy car accident which was treated non operatively. Three patients have dropped their CD4 count to below 200 and are presently receiving antiretroviral treatment. There was no loosening, infection or dislocation.

The literature on complications associated with arthroplasty in HIV infected patients is inconsistent. A few authors have reported a 40% incidence of infection with total joint replacement. In this series there were no infections, and the outcome of total joint arthroplasty depends on the nutritional status of the patient, the stage of the under lying disease, as well as previous surgery and co-morbidities. Orthopaedic Surgeons should be aware of the increasing prevalence of HIV infection, and that arthroplasty in these patients can be safely performed with minimum complications.


G.B. Firth A. Schepers A. Robertson

The authors evaluate the incidence, patterns and causative factors of avascular necrosis (AVN) in patients with developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) and to follow up these patients to determine what their long term functional and radiological outcome is.

All patients treated for DDH by the same consultant with the subsequent development of AVN were assessed. Outcome was assessed by grading the AVN using the Kalamchi and McEwan classification at final follow up.

A group of 250 hips with DDH were treated over a 16 year period and reviewed. All hips that developed AVN were studied. AVN was seen in 15% of hips treated with closed reduction and 62% of hips after open reduction–32% of the hips treated in the open reduction group were treated elsewhere and subsequently referred.

If use of a Pavlik harness fails, children with DDH should be treated with pre reduction traction, closed reduction and spica cast after the age of 4 months. In the surgical group a capsulorrhaphy should be avoided. Poor radiological outcome at final follow up was not necessarily equivalent to a poor clinical outcome.


Full Access
S. Sadiq N. Briffa S. Bridle J. Cobb

1282 Primary total hip replacements were performed over the past 3 years at the Ravenscourt Park Hospital. Standardised post operative x-rays of the pelvis were archived on the Hammersmith Trust Picture Archiving and Communication System. 100 X-rays were randomly selected and reviewed by 3 independent observers (SHO, SPR, and a Consultant), and they were blinded as regards the Surgeon and their colleagues’ assessments. Surgeons who performed their procedure were excluded.

Digital radiographic analysis was performed using the OrthoView system (Meridian Technique Limited, Southamptom, UK). The acetabular component was studied with respect to cup version, the angle of inclination, the quality of cement technique, and the site of cup placement. The stems were studied for cementing technique and quality, stem alignment and limb length discrepancy. A hit was declared when excellence was achieved, whilst all others were declared as a miss. Inter observer rate in declaring a hit or miss was calculated (kappa). 58% of the radiographs studied were declared a hit, and 42% a miss.

All radiological reports were reviewed, and it was noted that no mention was made as regards the cup angles and the cementing quality. Each assessment took 3 minutes

(1.5). The aim of this post operative radiological assessment is to introduce a tool that could be used for appraisal of Surgeons, the surgical technique and for quality control.

The authors conclude that it is an easily reproducible technique, and can be performed by independent observers. These assessments will generate valuable data for research/auditing purposes, and act as an educational tool for trainees. They cautiously recommend this hit or miss approach, believing that it is a cost effective and efficient tool towards achieving better patient quality care and enhancing hip arthroplasty training skills.


U. Rethnam A. Shoaib

The Mini C-arm has been heralded as a safer means of fluoroscopy. No clinical data on the use of the mini C-arm is available in the literature. The purpose of this study is to compare the exposure in clinical practice between the conventional C-arm and the mini C-arm, and to scrutinize the patterns of radiation exposure.

All operations using the mini C-arm were reviewed. A control group of patients undergoing the identical surgical procedure using the conventional C-arm was used. The Sign test was used to detect the number of exposures taken and the radiation exposure documented.

There were 16 surgical procedures where a valid control was available. The number of exposures performed with the mini C-arm was significantly greater than the conventional C-arm (p=0.05), but the emitted dose of radiation was significantly smaller for the mini C-arm (p 0.001).

The authors conclude that the mini C-arm is a safer device for use in extremity surgery, but that the Surgeon should still be careful to avoid repeated excessive exposures.


N. Patel S. Brijlall

The purpose of this study is to evaluate the clinical outcomes between a bipolar prosthesis and a hemiprosthesis (unipolar) in the treatment of displaced intracapsular femoral neck fractures. The theoretical advantage of a bipolar prosthesis is a reduction of acetabular erosion. Movement within the prosthesis may also reduce the pain caused by movement in the acetabulum.

A prospective randomised study was conducted evaluating 40 patients over the age of 70 years, who presented with intracapsular hip fractures Garden 3 or 4, treated either with a bipolar prosthesis (medical international) or a Thompsons hemiarthroplasty. There were 20 patients in each group, and the operation was performed through a Hardinge approach by the same surgical team. All prostheses were uncemented. All patients were rehabilitated by the same Physiotherapist using the same routine. An out-patient assessment was performed at 6 weeks, checking the wound, the clinical result and doing an AP x-ray of the pelvis.

39 Patients were followed for a median period of 13 months. 1 Patient who received a Thompsons prosthesis died in hospital. The average hospital stay in patients receiving a bipolar prosthesis was 7 days, and 13 days for those who were treated with a Thompsons prosthesis. There were 2 deep infections and 1 peri prosthetic fracture in the hemiarthroplasty (Thompsons) group. 15 Of the 20 patients treated with a bipolar prosthesis returned to their pre-injury state with mild pain, and were satisfied with the procedure. Only 9 of the 19 patients in the Thompsons group returned to their pre-injury level, with 12 complaining of pain and only 4 satisfied with the procedure.

The early subjective outcome in elderly patients is difficult to assess, and the optimum realistic outcome should be a return to pre-injury function and the presence or absence of pain. This review was not blinded, and hence the assessment of results could be biased towards certain prostheses. The findings suggest that a bipolar prosthesis may give a better short term result in the elderly. The bipolar prosthesis used in this series is inexpensive, and we felt its use justified.


C.J. Grobbelaar

Far too many cases of instability and recurrent dislocation occur after primary total hip replacement. The motivation for this paper came from yet another three cases of recurrent dislocation on our theatre list in a single month (March 2006). All three were recurrent dislocations after primary hip replacements. Since these were not three isolated cases we realised that there is an urgent need to improve the situation. In all three cases surgical or implant factors were responsible.

We take a fresh look at the causes; which are implant, surgeon and patient related. Of these only patient related issues cannot always be corrected. The design of a stable implant is discussed and revolves around head size, head neck ratio and cup depth. The surgeons’ contribution can be equally important and controllable – it embodies correct peri-articular soft tissue tension, orientation of components and patient selection. Finally, patient factors are neuromuscular, anatomical and patient compliance. In this respect some unresolved factors should be identified pre-operatively.

Especially for the occasional hip surgeon this is an extremely important issue. The recurrent dislocation results in extremely poor quality of life, often leading to revision surgery. These aged patients usually suffer multiple inherent risks and massive financial losses. Above all we believe that the great majority of these dislocations can be prevented by simply keeping to the clear and well proven principles of stability in total hip replacement.


U. Rethnam R. Nair

Floating knee injuries are usually associated with other significant injuries. These injuries have major implications on the management of the floating knee and the final outcome of patients. Our study highlights the implications of associated injuries in the management of floating knee.

29 patients with 30 floating knees were assessed in our institution. A retrospective analysis of medical records and radiographs were done and all associated injuries were identified.

38 associated injuries were noted. 7 were associated with ipsilateral knee ligament injuries.

The associated injuries in our study had implications on the duration on surgery, anaesthetic exposure and delay in surgical management, post-operative rehabilitation, diagnosis and management of knee ligament injuries. The importance of these associated injuries cannot be overemphasized.


Tianming Liu Winnie CW Chu Kaiming Li Benson HY Yeung Lei Guo Gene CW Man Wynnie WM Lam Stephen TC Wong Jack CY Cheng

Aim: To investigate whether there is any difference in regional brain volumes between AIS patients and age matched, sex matched control subjects.

Method and Materials: 20 adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) female patients (age ranged from 11 yrs to 18 yrs, mean age of 14.5 yrs) and 20 sex matched, age matched controls have undergone MRI brain examination performed with a 1.5T scanner (Sonata, Siemens Medical Solutions, Erlanger, Germany). A Magnetization Preparation Rapid Acquisition Gradient Echo (MPR) sequence was used. Volumes of neuroanatomical regions were quantitated automatically by using whole brain segmentation technique of atlas-based hybrid warping. The whole brain was classified into 100 fine anatomical regions.

The results were taken as significant when p value was less than 0.05.

Results: Significant unilateral regional differences were found in the following regions:

Left thalamus and left postcentral gyrus of AIS patients were significantly larger than the control subjects. Anterior and posterior limb of right internal capsule, right caudate nucleus, right cuneus and left middle occipital gyurs of AIS patients were significantly smaller than the control subjects. Some regions were bilaterally involved: Perirhinal and hippocampus regions were larger in AIS while inferior occipital gyrus and precuneus were smaller than the corresponding regions in the control subjects. In the midline, the volumes of corpus callosum and brainstem in AIS patients were significantly larger than the control subjects.

Conclusion: Our study found that significant differences in particular regional brain volumes exist between AIS patients and the controls. Most of these regions involved the brain unilaterally, indicating that there might be abnormal asymmetrical development of the brain in AIS. This is the first study of its kind to show the presence of L-R asymmetry of regional brain volume difference in AIS patients as compared to normal controls. The findings might also help to explain the reported poor performance in the combined visual and proprioceptive test, spatial orientation test, abnormal nystagmus response to calorie test, and impaired postural balance in AIS patients.


R.G. Burwell P.H. Dangerfield B.J.C. Freeman R.K. Aujla A. A. Cole A.S. Kirby R.K. Pratt J.K. Webb A. Moulton

The side distribution of single spinal curves in our school screening referrals for 1988–99 (n=218) suggests that the mechanism(s) determining curve laterality for the upper spine differs from those for the lower spine. We address here the laterality of right thoracic AIS. In the search to understand the aetiology of AIS some workers focus on mechanisms initiated in embryonic life including a disturbance of bilateral symmetry. The normal external bilateral symmetry of the body, highly conserved in vertebrates, results from a default process involving mesodermal somites. The normal internal asymmetry of the heart, major blood vessels, lungs and gut with its glands is also highly conserved among vertebrates. There is recent evidence that vertebrates retain an archaic asymmetric visceral organization in thoracic and abdominal organs (Cooke). In early embryonic life the visceral asymmetry develops from the breaking of the initial bilateral symmetry by a binary asymmetry switch producing asymmetric gene expression around the embryonic node and/or in the lateral plate mesoderm. In the mouse this switch occurs during gastrulation by cilia driving a leftward flow of fluid and morphogen(s) at the embryonic node (nodal flow) favouring precursors of heart, great vessels and viscera on the left. Based on the non-random laterality of thoracic AIS curves, we suggest that the binary asymmetry switch – through genetic/environmental factors extending to involve anomalously left-sided mesodermal precursors of vertebrae, ribs and/or muscles (positively or negatively), explains the distribution of right/left thoracic AIS. Some support for this hypothesis is the prevalence of scoliosis curve laterality associated with situs inversus.


L. Ocaka C. Zhao J.K. O’Dowd A.H. Child

Introduction: AIS is described as a sex-influenced auto-somal dominantly inherited disorder with females more often affected than males (operative ratio 7F:1M) 1. Two AIS loci have been reported on chromosomes 17p112 and 19p13.33 in the Italian and Chinese populations, respectively. Other susceptibility AIS loci on chromosomes 6p, distal 10q and 18p4, and more recently to chromosomes 6, 9, 16, and 175, and 19p136 have also been reported, in the American population.

Purpose: To perform a genome scan for suitable UK multi-generation families and identify new genetic loci for AIS.

Method: DNA samples from 208 subjects (116 affected members) from 25 British families with confirmed diagnosis of AIS were selected from our family database, and genotyped for 410 polymorphic markers from the entire genome, spaced at ~10 cM intervals. Using Cyrillic, most likely inherited haplotypes were constructed for each chromosome and family. Statistical analyses were calculated using MLINK and GENEHUNTER, initially for the entire genotypic data, and again for affected meioses only.

Results: 170,560 genotypes were obtained and analysed. Our AIS families show no linkage to the X chromosome. Preliminary inspection of inherited haplotypes indicates a number of families may be segregating with several new AIS loci with LOD scores from 1.0–3.64 for markers on 15 different chromosomes. Linkage analysis and saturation mapping of the 2 highest LOD score regions on chromosomes 9q34 and 17q25 were conducted. These regions were successfully refined and candidate genes are being screened.

Conclusion: Preliminary evidence already indicates genetic heterogeneity of AIS. Candidate genes from the two highest LOD score loci are at present being screened.


R.G. Burwell R.K. Aujla B.J.C. Freeman A. A. Cole P.H. Dangerfield A.S. Kirby R.K. Pratt J.K. Webb A. Moulton

Most workers consider that ribcage changes in AIS are secondary to spinal deformity. Others claim that ribs are pathogenic in curve initiation or aggravation. In 117 consecutive patients referred from school screening in 1996–99 and routinely scanned by ultrasound, 24 had thoracic and 33 thoracolumbar scolioses (right 37, left 20; mean age 14.9 years, range 12–18 years, girls 44 postmenarcheal 37, boys 13). On anteroposterior standing radiographs, Cobb angle (CA), apical vertebral rotation (AVR, Perdriolle) and apical vertebral translation (AVT from the T1-S1 line) were measured (mean & range: CA 19°, 6–42°; AVR 15°, 0–39°; AVT 17 mm, 0–38 mm). Real-time ultrasound in the prone position recorded laminal rotation (LR) and rib rotation (RR) segmentally and the spine-rib rotation difference (SRRD) as LR minus RR to estimate the combined rib deformity in the transverse plane using for thoracic curves apical LR and RR and for thoracolumbar curves T12 LR and T12 RR (mean LR 8.3°, RR 3.8°, SRRD 5.2° absolute). All deformity parameters, radiological and ultrasound, are unrelated to age. SRRD correlates significantly with each of AVR (r=0.753 p< 0.0001), Cobb angle (r=0.738 p< 0.0001), and AVT (r=0.725 p< 0.0001). Partial correlation analysis shows AVR rather than AVT is associated with the transverse plane rib deformity (SRRD/AVR controlling for AVT r=0.386 p=0.004; SRRD/AVT controlling for AVR r=0.257 p=0.058; SRRD/CA controlling for AVR r=0.260 p=0.055 and for AVT r=0.223 p=0.101). These and other findings suggest that rib rotation in thoracic curves is associated with AVR and AVT and in thoracolumbar curves more with AVR than AVT each within the 4th column of the spine.


R.G. Burwell B.J.C. Freeman P.H. Dangerfield R.K. Aujla A. A. Cole P.H. Dangerfield A.S. Kirby R.K. Pratt J.K. Webb A. Moulton

Several workers consider that the aetiology of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) involves undetected neu-romuscular dysfunction. During normal development the central nervous system (CNS) has to adapt to the rapidly growing skeleton of adolescence, and in AIS also to developing spinal asymmetry from whatever cause. A new etiologic concept is proposed after examining the following evidence:

anomalous extra-spinal left-right skeletal length asymmetries of upper arms, ribs, ilia and lower limbs suggesting that asymmetries may also involve vertebral body and costal growth plates;

growth velocity and curve progression in relation to scoliosis curve expression;

the CNS body schema, parietal lobe and temporoparietal junction in relation to postural mechanisms; and

human upright posture and movements of spine and trunk.

The central of four requirements is maturational delay of the CNS body schema relative to skeletal maturation during the adolescent growth spurt that disturbs the normal neuro-osseous timing of maturation. With the development of an early AIS deformity at a time of rapid spinal growth the association of CNS maturational delay results in postural mechanisms failing to balance a lateral spinal deformity in an upright moving trunk that is larger than the information on personal space (self) established in the brain by that time of development. It is postulated that CNS maturational delay allows scoliosis curve progression to occur – unless the delay is temporary when curve progression would cease. The concept brings together many findings relating AIS to the nervous and musculoskeletal systems and suggests brain morphometric studies in subjects with progressive AIS.


Jean-Paul Steib Julie Ledieu Anca Mitulescu Xavier Chiffolot Ioan Bogorin

Scoliosis requires three dimensional correction at a global level (curve correction) and at a local one (apical axial derotation) as well as sagittal balance management. Except for in situ contouring, previously reported surgical techniques for scoliosis correction hardly deal with all these issues. The aim of the current study was to evaluate long term clinical and radiological outcomes after in situ contouring in 85 patients with severe scoliosis (Cobb= 40 to 110°). Age influence (adults versus adolescents) and surgical approaches (anterior release and posterior correction and fusion versus posterior correction and fusion only) were also assessed. The results of the study show that the in situ contouring is comparable to other surgical techniques in terms of surgery duration and blood loss. Anterior release proved useful in severe scoliosis correction. No difference in peroperative complications was found between age groups nor between approach groups. However, adolescents recover faster than adults. No difference of revision rates in double approach versus posterior approach populations was found. No statistically significant differences were found between the adolescent and adult populations. The mean overall frontal correction reached 68%. The mean loss of correction amounted 5%. No significant evolution was found in sagittal curvatures, emphasizing the difficulties in restoring physiological curvatures in patients with severe scoliosis. Our results suggest the in situ contouring technique is fully appropriate for severe scoliosis correction, regardless of the patient’s age and approach. Besides it will not result in higher morbidity for one specific population and warrants similar outcome when properly applied.


R.G. Burwell R.K. Aujla B.J.C. Freeman A. A. Cole P.H. Dangerfield A.S. Kirby R.K. Pratt J.K. Webb A. Moulton

Left-right skeletal length asymmetries in upper limbs related to curve side have been detected with adolescent thoracic idiopathic scoliosis (AIS). In school screening referrals with thoracic scoliosis we find apical vertebral rotation (AVR, Perdriolle) is associated significantly with upper arm length asymmetry. Sixty-nine of 218 consecutive adolescent patients referred routinely during 1988–1999 had idiopathic thoracic scoliosis of whom 61 had left and right upper arm lengths measured with a Holtain anthropometer (right curves 49, left curves 12, mean age 14.9 years, girls 38 postmenarcheal 34, boys 23). The controls are 278 normal girls and 281 boys (11–18 years, mean age 13.5 years). The mean value for Cobb angle is 18 degrees (range 4–42 degrees), AVR 13 (range 0–34 degrees), Cobb angle (CA) and AVR are each positively associated with upper arm length asymmetry (p=0.001 & p< 0.0001 respectively) and after correcting for each of Cobb side, apical level, sex and handedness, AVR and upper arm length asymmetry are still significantly associated (p=0.004 ANOVA). Partial correlation analysis shows AVR is associated with upper arm length asymmetry after controlling for CA (p=0.033); but not CA and upper arm length asymmetry after controlling for AVR (p=0.595). The reason why a larger AVR to the right is associated with a relatively longer right upper arm is unknown. Possibilities include neuromuscular and skeletal mechanisms, the latter relative concave overgrowth of neurocentral synchondrosis and/or of periapical ribs. We suggest consideration be given to combining convex vertebral body stapling (Betz) with concave periapical rib resection (Sevastik and Xiong) for right thoracic AIS in girls.


MP Grevitt D Fagan A Al-Khayer PJ Sell

Type of study: Case-series comparison.

Patients: 20 patients (2 males); average age 15.5 years; mean follow-up 22 months. 10 patients (Lenke type 1) had anterior correction and instrumentation; 10 patients (Lenke type 2) had posterior operations. All patients had a selective thoracic fusion (with the type 2 curves having instrumentation incorporating the proximal thoracic curve).

Outcome measures: Complications, radiological parameters (Cobb correction of major & compensatory curves); trunk shape (rib hump / scoliometer), and SRS-22 questionnaires.

SRS-22 outcomes: There was no significant difference in the pre-operative individual domain scores (pain, self-image, function, mental health, satisfaction) between the two groups. There were no differences in the postoperative results (including self-image) apart from pain. The anterior surgery group had more persistent pain, but at a similar level than preoperatively (3.2 [0.8] vs 4.6 [0.3], p~0.03).

Conclusion: For right thoracic (Lenke curve types 1& 2) late-onset idiopathic scoliosis both types of surgery deliver similar radiological and trunk-shape results. SRS-22 self-image and function post-operative results are also similar. The anterior procedure did not however improve the pre-operative pain score.


Alexandre Templier Thomas Mosnier Virginie Lafage Jean Dubousset Jaime Pratt Wafa Skalli

Introduction: Mechanical complications following lumbar fixation are due to the combination of various factors related to morphology, pathology, and surgery. The aim of this study was to provide a patient-specific Finite Element Model of the lumbar spine for the simulation of surgical strategies, and to use it as a predictive tool aiming to detect and reduce preoperatively the risks of mechanical complications.

Materials & Methods: A pre-existing 3D personalized FEM of the lumbar spine was used. Posterior implants and main degenerative pathologies were also modelled.

After in vitro validation based on 24 specimens and 4 different instrumentations, the model was used to simulate real cases. Applied loads were based on patient characteristics (weight, imbalance). Simulation results included mechanical stresses in the discs and within the implants.

Clinical consistency of the simulations was tested through the gathering of clinical data for 66 patients instrumented with lumbo-sacral rigid screw-rod systems. Two subsets were considered: “mechanical successes” (53), and “mechanical failures” (13, including 11 screw breakage and 2 screw loosening). Blind comparison was then performed between these observed clinical outcomes and numerical simulations results.

Results & Discussion: Among the 66 patients, simulation results highlighted specific behaviours for 9 patients for which mechanical loads on implants were significantly higher. All of these 9 patients were actual “mechanical failures”. None of the actual “mechanical successes” were associated with “abnormal” simulation results.

Conclusion: This is the first time finite element simulations helped predicting 9 failures out of 13 observed among a total of 66 patients. This is a promising step towards the possibility to use FEM as a clinically relevant simulation tool for surgery planning.


K. Hassan

Introduction. The aim of this study was to retrospectively evaluate the efficacy of the SpineCor bracing treatment in all forms of scoliosis, between 2000–2006.

Methods. Over the past 6 years 56 skeletally immature and 1 skeletally mature patients with progressive scoliosis have been treated with the Spine-Cor bracing system. They were divided into the following groups; infantile 3; juvenile 19; adolescent 29; adult 1; “other” 5.

Results. 20 were deemed to have achieved a correc-tion, 24 stabilised 3 worsened and the progression of 4 patients was not recorded. To date 11 patients have gone on to surgery.

Discussion. Various bracing systems utilised in the past have shown what appeared to be a lasting degree of protection for scoliosis but subsequent long term follow ups have demonstrated progression of curves. The newer SpineCor system may offer a good short term outcome.

Conclusion. Early diagnosis and rapid treatment at a young skeletal age may offer an alternative to surgery with this relatively new bracing system. A further prospective study continues at S.C.H. and will be ready to present in 2011. Far longer term follow up will be required to validate apparent successes in the short term.


Jochen P. Son-Hing Laurel C. Blakemore Connie Poe-Kochert George H. Thompson

Introduction: Retrospective review of patients with idiopathic scoliosis who underwent same-day or staged anterior (ASF) and posterior spinal fusion (PSF) and segmental spinal instrumentation (SSI). We evaluated our learning curve with video-assisted thoracoscopic surgery (VATS) with respect to operative time, blood loss, and complications in patients with idiopathic scoliosis. An increased or steep learning curve has been described in the initial application of VATS.

Methods: We began performing VATS in 1998. We compared our first 25 consecutive VATS patients (Group 2) and subsequent 28 consecutive VATS patients (Group 3) to 16 consecutive patients (Group 1) with a thora-cotomy (1991–1998) for idiopathic scoliosis. Training at a sponsored regional course was obtained prior to our first VATS procedure.

Results: VATS allowed more discs to be excised in Group 2 (4.5±1, 5.7±1 and 4.4±1 discs in the 3 groups, respectively) and significantly decreased the anterior operative time (215±33, 260±56 and 177±47 minutes) and time per individual disc excision (50±13, 47±12 and 41±12 minutes), while providing comparable correction of the thoracic deformity (67±12, 66±10 and 70±13% correction). There was no increase in estimated intra-operative anterior blood loss (228±213, 183±136 and 211±158ml), estimated blood loss per disc excised (51±42, 34±29 and 48±37ml), or complications in the VATS groups. Complications were primarily pulmonary and resolved with medical therapy. Postoperative chest tube drainage (855±397, 462±249 and 561±26lml) and total perioperative anterior blood loss (1083±507, 647±309 and 773±308ml) were significantly decreased in the VATS groups, but this was attributed to the use of Amicar.

Conclusions: VATS is an effective procedure for ASF in idiopathic scoliosis. The learning curve is short, provided appropriate training is obtained.


S Muthian EB Ahmed

Scheuermann’s disease is defined as thoracic kyphosis greater than 45° with greater than 5° of anterior wedging in 3 consecutive vertebrae. We describe a new technique for the surgical treatment of thoracic kyphosis. Eleven patients were treated in our series. The average preoperative kyphotic angle was 83.3 degrees (58–94 degrees). Multiple posterior closing wedge osteotomy was performed and four rods (two proximal and two distal) were contoured and fixed to pedicle screws and the deformity reduced by the cantilever technique. The average postoperative kyphotic angle was 41.1 degrees (range 25–54 degrees) giving an average correction of 42.2 degrees per patient. The average postop lumbar angle was 51.8 degrees (range 20–70 degrees). The average follow up time was 25.3 months (range 6–60 months). At follow up the kyphotic angle was found to be 42.8 degrees average (range 24–55 degrees) and the lumbar angle was 57.6 degrees average (range 42–70 degrees). We find this technique simple and effective in reducing curves of high magnitude and the curve was maintained in the long term. Our complication rate was comparable to that quoted in literature. This technique is superior as it avoids sudden stretching of the anterior vasculature and possible rupture of the anterior longitudinal ligament (ALL) and provides correction at multiple levels, avoiding build-up of stress at any single level.


G Wynne-Jones N Manidakis I Harding J Hutchinson I Nelson

Pedicle screw fixation has become the norm for the surgical correction of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS), with much biomechanical research into different types of rod screw constructs. The senior authors have experience using a monoaxial screw only construct in the correction of AIS since 2003 and the polyaxial screw only construct since 2005.

We retrospectively reviewed our experience in the first ten patients with AIS using the polyaxial system and compared this against 18 patients who had been corrected using the monoaxial system. Table I shows our results, expressed as mean and ranges or means ± SD for the main thoracic and lumbar curves.

Our early results show that the polyaxial system produces similar correction of both the thoracic and lumbar curves as compared to the monoaxial system in the immediate post-operative period. Though the absolute values for the lumbar curves differ between the two groups the percentage correction shows no statistical difference.


Joseph A. Janicki Connie Poe-Kochert Douglas G. Armstrong George H. Thompson

Introduction: A comparison of the success of the thoracolumbosacral orthosis (TLSO) and the Providence orthosis in the treatment of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) using the new Scoliosis Research Society’s (SRS) Committee on Bracing and Nonoperative Management inclusion and assessment criteria for bracing studies.

Methods: A retrospective study of brace patients with AIS between 1992 and 2004. We have used a custom TLSO (22 hour/day) and the Providence orthosis (8–10 hour/night) to control progressive curves. A total of 83 patients met the new inclusion criteria: 10 years of age and older at initiation of bracing; initial curve of 25 to 40 degrees; Risser sign 0–2; females, premenarchal or less than one year post menarchal; and no prior treatment. There were 48 patients in the TLSO group and 35 in the Providence group. The new SRS assessment criteria of effectiveness included the percentage of patients who had 5 degrees or less and 6 degrees or more of curve progression at maturity; the percentage of patients whose curve progressed beyond 45 degrees; the percentage of patients who had surgery recommended or undertaken; and a minimum of two years of follow-up beyond maturity in those patients who were felt to have been successfully treated. All patients are analyzed irregardless of compliance (“intent to treat”).

Results: There were no significant differences in age at brace initiation, initial primary curve magnitude, gender, or initial Risser sign between the two groups. In the TLSO group, only 7 patients (15%) did not progress (5 degrees or less), while 41 patients progressed 6 degrees or more (85%), including 30 patients that exceeded 45 degrees. Thirty-eight patients (79%) ultimately required surgery. In the Providence group, 11 patients (31%) did not progress, while 24 patients (69%) progressed 6 degrees or more, including 15 patients that exceeded 45 degrees. Twenty-one patients (60%) required surgery. However, when the initial curve at initiation of bracing was 25 to 35 degrees, the results improved. Five of 34 patients (15%) in the TLSO group and 10 of 24 patients (42%) in the Providence group did not progress, while 29 patients (85%) and 14 patients (58%) progressed 6 degrees or more and 26 patients (76%) and 11 patients (46%) required surgery, respectively.

Conclusions: Using the new SRS criteria, the Providence orthosis was more effective for avoiding surgery and preventing curve progression than the TLSO when the primary initial curves were 35 degrees or less. However, the overall success in both groups was inferior to previous studies. Our results raises the question of the effectiveness of orthotic management in AIS and supports the need for a multicenter, randomized study utilizing the new SRS inclusion and assessment criteria.


Athanasios I. Tsirikos Lindsay Jeans

Summary of Background Data. Obstruction of the third part of the duodenum by the superior mesenteric artery (SMA) is associated with spinal manipulation in the surgical or conservative management of scoliosis.

Purpose of the study. The aim of the present study was to investigate the prevalence of SMA syndrome in a cohort of 165 consecutive pediatric patients who underwent spine deformity surgery and had minimum 2-year follow-up.

Material-Methods. The study group comprised 85 patients with idiopathic scoliosis, 20 patients with neuromuscular and 18 patients with miscellaneous or syndromic scoliosis, and 42 patients with congenital spinal deformities. Posterior spinal arthrodesis was performed in 94 patients, combined anterior/posterior in 60 patients, and anterior spinal fusion in 11 patients.

Results. We identified 4 patients who developed SMA syndrome postoperatively. These were all markedly underweight, adolescent females; 2 patients had adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, one had neuromuscular, and one congenital scoliosis. Third generation instrumentation systems with derotational effect were used in 3 patients. The spinal arthrodesis in the patient with neuromuscular scoliosis was performed using bone graft followed by application of a spinal jacket. The symptoms developed at a mean of 3.7 days post-surgery and included nausea, vomiting, increased nasogastric aspirates, abdominal pain and distension. Conservative management with prolonged nasojejunal feedings achieved resolution of the symptoms in all but one patient, who required derotation of the duodenum and jejunum. There was no evidence of recurrence of the condition in any patient at the latest follow-up.

Conclusions. The prevalence of SMA syndrome in our series was 2.4%. This draws attention to the significance of prevention of the condition by recognizing patients who are at a higher risk. An early diagnosis of the syndrome will allow for application of conservative methods and will increase the chances for a successful outcome.


B. Lenehan CJ Goldberg DP Moore EE Fogarty FE Dowling

Background: It is commonly observed that a good correction of the Cobb angle at scoliosis surgery is accompanied by an acute asymmetry of shoulder height. Kuklo et al in 2002 described (Spine. 26(18):1966–1975) spontaneous reversal of this, using radiographic measures and patient questionnaires.

Objective: To determine the incidence and extent of shoulder-imbalance before posterior spinal surgery and to ascertain its outcome, using radiographic and topographic measures.

Methods: Patients with right thoracic adolescent idiopathic scoliosis who had undergone corrective posterior spinal fusion by one surgeon were identified. Pre- and all postoperative spinal radiographs and surface topography were evaluated and correlated. Any effect from concomitant anterior release procedures was sought.

Results: Sixty six patients were identified, 56 girls and 10 boys. Their pre-operative major Cobb angle was 73°±14.0 and mean correction was 38.8°±12.333 (56%). Before surgery, surface topography showed the mid-point of the right shoulder to be at a mean or 18.3mm.±10.9 higher than the equivalent left point; eight days later, the difference was −6.7 mm. ±9.68, a mean change of 25.9mm±11.8. At six months, it was −5.1 ±6.86, statistically unchanged. At two years, it was −2.16 (p=0.051) and at three years, 1.76± 6.53 and indistinguishable from zero or perfect balance. The difference between pre-operative and final shoulder level difference was 19.54mm.±9.09. The Cobb angle of the compensatory upper thoracic curve was not significantly changed throughout. There was no statistically significant difference in shoulder height between patients undergoing single or two-stage surgery, either before or at any stage after.

Discussion and conclusion: Correction of post-operative shoulder imbalance does occur spontaneously, as reported by Kuklo et al. and is not a function of spinal accommodation to the new anatomy.


Mr Philip Sell

The main health care gain in the correction of idiopathic scoliosis is cosmetic. Debate exists regarding the optimum implant method of fixation. The use of pedicle screws is the thoracic spine is common. Complications of implant placement are reported less frequently than they occur. The late development of neurological complications has not been reported before and the scoliosis society members need to be aware of the risk specifi-cally associated with increased kyphosis at the cranial end of the fusion. A 33 year old female underwent correction of a 72 degree right thoracic scoliosis. Pedicle screws were used and a costoplasty undertaken. Cord monitoring was satisfactory and there were no neurological symptoms or signs in the postoperative period. At six week review the patient was very pleased with the cosmetic improvement. At 8 weeks post operatively the patient became aware of a weakness in the right foot, at 10 weeks an early review was requested for what was thought to be a drop foot. In clinic at 11 weeks post op there was a sensory level at T5 with paretic gait and weakness grade 3 of the right leg. Imaging revealed an increase in the upper thoracic kyphosis and the upper right screw was confirmed as impinging on cord with MRI and CT. The screw was removed immediately and a rapid recovery occurred. Late complications of pedicle screws are not commonly reported. The upper thoracic spine may be a specific area of increased risk.


Mr A Gardner Mr T McBride Mr J Spilsbury Mr D Marks

There are currently no agreed guidelines for the type and frequency of post spinal surgery neurological observations. This lack of an agreed standard can lead to the failure to adequately monitor cord function following surgery and thus neurological deficits can be missed. We have carried out an audit of the postoperative spinal observations against our agreed standards of care.

Standards of care:

All patients should have the frequency of required neuro obs documented in the post op instructions.

The frequency of documented observations in recovery should be adhered to.

The frequency of documented observations in HDU should be adhered to.

Any neurological loss should be properly documented.

The nurses will report any neurological change promptly

The SHO will exam and document a full neurological examination.

28 case notes were reviewed. 21 of these cases were scoliosis correction through anterior, posterior and combined approaches. 3 had disc replacements, 2 had decompression for metastatic cancer and one had fixa-tion of a fracture.

All patients failed to complete all standards fully. There was a lack of clear postoperative guidelines, failure to record neurological status in recovery, incomplete documentation of neurological state in HDU, failure to inform medical staff in presence of a neurological deficit and inadequate assessment of patient by medical staff. One patient returned to theatre for a foot drop, which is still only partially recovered.

We recommend the audit of current practice and implementation of locally agreed standards for the postoperative monitoring.


M McErlain J Palan IW Nelson MJ Hutchinson

Introduction: L5/S1 injuries can be associated with pelvic fracture but unfortunately they are often missed. Left untreated these patients may suffer disabling lower back pain. Our goal is to study the frequency of these injuries in pelvic fractures treated at this institution, thereupon to determine how many are missed and the outcome if this injury is treated conservatively. We will describe the radiological findings, anatomical features and possible surgical treatments.

Materials and Methods: A retrospective analysis was undertaken of pelvic fractures treated at this institution from 2000 onward. Outcome scores were taken from the patient records. All CT scans and x-rays were scru-tinised for a Lumbosacral Junction Injury(LJI). Numbers missed were tallied against numbers diagnosed and treated. Patient outcome measures were compared using the Matta Hip Scores. It was noted whether low back or hip pain contributed to their symptoms most.

Results: The incidence of lumbar sacral injuries associated with vertical shear pelvic fractures was 20%. Of these, 75% had not been identified as a specific lumbar-sacral injury. The remaining 25% which were identified and treated with fixation of the lumbar sacral junction had an excellent result. We have identified specific morphology patterns and propose a CT based grading system.

Discussion: We suggest that a heightened level of awareness is needed for these important injuries in pelvic trauma as their occurrence changes the management. The incidence appears to be higher than that reported by Isler and suggest our CT based classification be used to grade these injuries.


DC Roberts VP Shanbhag M Coakley A Jones PR Davies JH Howes S Ahuja

Paravertebral anaesthesia is a particularly effective, safe and reliable option in scoliosis patients undergoing anterior release in whom percutaneous epidural placement may be difficult to perform. A recent systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized trials has demonstrated that whilst paravertebral block and thoracic epidural insertion provide comparable pain relief after thoracic surgery, paravertebral block placement is associated with a better side effect profile, including a reduction in pulmonary complications, hypotension, nausea and vomiting and urinary retention. We describe a case of a 16 year old female patient who underwent staged correction of her thoracolumbar scoliosis. A paravertebral catheter was inserted under direct vision for continuous infusion post operative analgesia following the anterior release. 48 hours after surgery a swelling was noted in the groin, which was confirmed with ultrasonography as a fluid collection. The swelling resolved upon removing the paravertebral catheter. This suggests that it was caused by the local anaesthetic fluid tracking along the psoas muscle. Retroperitoneal infections, venous thrombosis, femoral hernia, femoral artery aneurysm and inguinal lymphadenopathy are other differentials. Ultrasonography was a fast and sensitive investigation to rule out these differentials and determined that fluid communicating with the abdominal cavity was the cause for this swelling. The infused local anaesthetic had tracked down into the femoral triangle and the swelling resolved upon cessation of the infusion.


CJ Goldberg DP Moore EE Fogarty FE Dowling

Background: Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis has been intensively studied, but is still not understood. It is the paradoxical co-existence of rude health and gross deformity in the same individual that needs to be explained. The essence of scoliosis is asymmetry, and bilateral asymmetries in many anatomical features have been described in association with it. Measurement of asymmetry in back surface made possible by surface topography can explore this aspect and throw light on the evolution of the deformity as the Cobb angle changes.

Objective: To quantify the asymmetry of the back surface in scoliosis and the lesser non-scoliosis deformities.

Methods: Routine clinical material (patient demographics, radiography and surface topography) was analysed. Changes in body symmetry were quantified, using a topographic measure that calculates the difference, in three dimensions and at three levels, between the left and right sides of the back across the mid-line (natal cleft to first thoracic vertebra). Girls only (to eliminate any effect from sexual dimorphism) with all presenting degrees of deformity from barely failing the forward bend test through mild scoliosis unconfirmed by radiograph (Group 1, N=311) to documented scoliosis (Cobb angle => 10°), apex at T12 or below (Group 2 and apex above T12 (Group 3).

Results: All groups showed significant departures from bilateral symmetry. Groups 1 and 2 were similar, in that the left side was taller but narrower than the left. In Group 3, the side of curve convexity was taller than the concave side. This was reversed in left thoracic scoliosis patterns and was seen to increase over time with progression of the Cobb angle.

Discussion: It has long been acknowledged that scoliosis and growth are inseparable, but studies have failed to demonstrate a disease process or endocrine imbalance. These findings suggest that it is not a disorder superimposed on growth, but that growth itself causes the deformity. The spine, the whole trunk, in fact, is crooked because it grew that way. Only a small discrepancy in left-right symmetry is sufficient, over time and during periods of rapid growth, to produce both the curve and the rotation.

Conclusion: Scoliosis is neither a disease nor a mechanically induced aberration. It results from asymmetrical growth, which occurs at the cellular and molecular level.


Full Access
J B Williamson ERS Ross S Mohammad NJ Oxborrow H Dashti H Norris

Audit is an important part of surgical practice. Commissioners may use it as evidence of quality assurance. No comprehensive audit exists in spinal surgery. Usage of existing databases is disappointing. We developed an audit database which was comprehensive and gathered patient outcomes. The underlying principles were:

All patients having surgery should enter,

Duplicate data entry should be avoided

No effort should be required of the participating surgeons.

Demographic data, OPCS codes, length of stay and other data were downloaded directly from the hospital information systems. A monthly printout of patients enrolled was provided to the audit coordinator. She was responsible for the collection of clinical outcomes at 6 months, 12 months, and 2 years after surgery. The initial audit involved the Northwest and Mersey Regions. Data from the hospital information systems (HIS) for two years were available for comparison. Unfortunately only two centres gathered clinical outcomes. We have continued to gather data. 380 patients have been enrolled. HIS data are available for all. With varying lengths of follow up, there are 1045 potential clinical outcomes available. Only 8 patients (2%; 8 outcomes, 0.76%) have been lost to follow up. Using this data we are able to compare outcomes between surgeons, between surgical procedures, and see changes over time. As far as we know we are the only centre in the UK able to do this. It is a valuable Clinical Governance tool. We believe that the principles underlying this audit are the only means to obtain comprehensive outcome audit in surgery.


FJ McArdle AL Khan EJ Bowers P Antonarakos MJ Gibson

Aim: We present a new trunk asymmetry index for topographic measurement of patients with thoracolumbar scoliosis, which does not require full 3-dimensional reconstruction of the back shape and can be performed with a digital camera and a laptop.

Material and methods: To date, 27 patients were assessed preoperatively, and 14 of these also had post operative assessments. The midline was identified between the two lateral edges of the trunk visible on a digital photograph. This was compared with a straight line. We derived an asymmetry index for each image and compared this with the cobb angle on x-rays pre- and postoperatively.

Results: The new asymmetry index correlated well with the cobb angle up to about 50°. Curves beyond this tended to have compensatory curves. This made interpretation more complex, however, if the compensatory cobb angle was subtracted from the major cobb angle, the asymmetry index fell at the expected points. It clearly distinguishes pre-operative and post-operative images. With POTSI, (posterior trunk symmetry index) there is a significant difference between the pre- and post-operative groups and significant overlap of the two distributions.

Conclusions: Surface topography of scoliotic patients is a useful tool to assess the progression of scoliosis without X-rays, reducing radiation exposure. The proposed new index is a promising measurement for monitoring the progress of a thoracolumbar curve with much better sensitivity and specificity than existing topographic indices, without requiring the capital outlay for surface topography equipment as it can be obtained from a simple digtal photograph and laptop.


V Shanbhag Sashin Ahuja A Jones PR Davies

Anterior Lumbar Interbody Cages are used to recreate the lumbar lordosis in scoliosis surgery as anterior instrumentation is usually kyphogenic. We report two cases in which an anterior release was performed and interbody cages were used.In both these patients the cage was displaced anteriorly by an incorrectly positioned pedicle screw during posterior instrumentaion. In one case the cage was retrieved and correctly repositioned from the back using a TLIF approach, in the other this was noticed only post-operatively and patient needed another anterior surgery. We recommend a lateral Image Intensifier screening for combined anterior and posterior cases in which anterior cages are used in addition to posterior pedicle screws to prevent this complication.


M Ockendon ROE Gardner S Khan U Harding MJ Hutchinson IW Nelson

Introduction: Rotation is becoming an increasingly important consideration in the management of scoliosis yet it is difficult to measure reliably. The Perdriolle technique is a widely used and validated technique for estimating the rotation of the apical vertebra. The landmarks required to measure vertebral rotation using this technique are frequently obscured following instrumentation and the application of bone graft. We propose that the Perdriolle technique cannot be applied reliably in the presence of pedicle screw constructs.

Method: This was a manual radiographic measurement analysis comparing intraobserver and interobserver reliability of the Perdriolle “Torsiometre” and the Cobb angle measurement in scoliosis prior to and after pedicle screw instrumentation.

Results: Mean difference and 95% limits of agreement between pre-operative intra-observer readings was 2.5° (−15° and 20°). This suggests on average there was little systematic disagreement between the two readings (2.5° on average). There were large discrepancies between individual pairs of readings.

29.6% of post-operative films (17%–39%) were judged to have sufficient landmarks visible to enable measurement of vertebral rotation compared to 10% of pre-operative films.

Marked increase in systematic bias between consultants with post-operative radiographs to pre-operative films was observed.

Conclusion: We question the validity in measuring the rotation of the curve using the Perdriolle technique on post-operative films following pedicle screw instrumentation. The predominant factors for the obscuration of landmarks include the presence of bone graft, pedicle screws and rods.


Fiona Berryman Paul Pynsent Jeremy Fairbank

ISIS2 is a surface topography system measuring the three-dimensional shape of the back in scoliosis patients using digital photography with structured light. Lateral asymmetry is the ISIS clinical parameter estimating the curve of the spine in the coronal plane [1]. The shape of the back changes with patient stance, breathing and muscle tension. Although ISIS2 uses bony landmark markers to minimise the effect of stance, there will still be variations from measurement to measurement. The aim of this work is to quantify the variability in lateral asymmetry measurements. The patients were asked to stand in the patient stand in a relaxed normal pose; the feet were placed just outside the blocks on the footplate, the abdomen rested lightly against the crossbar of the stand, and the arms were supported away from the sides of the body by the arm rests. Two photographs were taken with the patient walking around the room between them. The mean difference between pairs of measurements on 62 patients was 0.12°, the standard deviation was 1.64° and the 95% limits of agreement were −3.10° to 3.34°. A plot of difference against mean showed no significant evidence of a relationship between them (r = −0.10). The standard deviation for intraob-server measurement of Cobb angle has been reported as ranging from 1.4° to 3.3° [2,3,4] and clinically significant change is generally regarded as greater than 5°. This experiment shows that intraobserver variability in lateral asymmetry is thus sufficiently low to detect clinically significant changes in the curve of the spine.


V Shanbhag D. Roberts Betsi Turner A Jones J Howes PR Davies Sashin Ahuja

Background data: Previous studies have questioned the quality of information available on the internet. Internet research has proven to more prevalent among scoliosis patients as compared to other orthopaedic conditions.

Aim: Scoliosis websites identified by commonly used search engines were assessed for quality and medical accuracy.

Methods: The word scoliosis was entered into top six search engines and Websites ranked according to frequency. Five websites from the worldwide web and five from the UK only search were evaluated by medical professionals – 4 spinal consultants, 2 registrars, 3 nurses and 1 physiotherapist. 10 patients/carers who had scoliosis surgery also assessed these sites. A scale of 1 to 5 was used for ease of understanding, reliability, clinical correlation, adequacy and links and average score calculated.

Results: None of the top five UK websites figured in the top 5 WWW searchs. Scoliosis research society (SRS) and American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) website scored the highest by clinicians and patients in the www list. From the UK list, SAUK website scored the highest with both groups followed by Great Ormond Street Hospital (GOSH) website. We compared the assessment of websites by a healthcare professionals and by patients who had undergone treatment and showed no statistical difference in the scoring.

Conclusion: As treating clinicians it is necessary to educate patients by guiding them to reliable internet sites like SAUK and SRS.


Jwalant S. Mehta Ashok Acharya Alwyn Jones John Howes Paul Davies Sashin Ahuja

Objective: Prolonged waiting time after being referred for a specialist opinion has plagued the NHS despite pressures to deliver optimum healthcare. We have assessed changes in clinical situation in patients referred to a spinal service while awaiting the first assessment.

Materials & Results: 89 patients were referred to our unit between Jan 2001 and December 2004. The gender distribution in this cohort was equal and the mean age was 50.7 yrs. The mean delay for being seen in the clinic was 28.4 mo (16–58 mo). Significant changes in the symptom pattern were noted in 46 patients, of which 8 patients reported radicular symptoms on a different side. In addition, 7 patients experienced an increased severity in the existing symptoms. 43 patients had been referred to us with an MRI. However due to the delay, 20 of these patients required re-scanning. Following the clinical assessment 25 patients were referred for Physiotherapy, 4 patients required a further clinical review and 44 patients were referred for further imaging.

Conclusion: The problem of excessive out-patient waiting time results in changes in symptom patterns and an increase in the severity of existing symptoms. The changes frequently results in an increased requirement of re-imaging.


Jwalant S. Mehta Hemant Sharma Alwyn Jones John Howes Paul Davies Sashin Ahuja

Objective: To do assess changes in patients’ symptoms and the operative plan.

Materials and methods: 147 patients on a spinal surgery waiting list were assessed at a mean wait of 15.8 ± 1.3 months. 89 (61%) were male and 58 (39%) were female at a mean age of 49.7 yrs (16–78). 123 patients had a degenerative condition (20 cervical; 03 lumbar); 20 patients were seen for scoliosis; 2 with a post-traumatic kyphosis and 1 each with ankylosing spondylitis and a psudarthrosis.

Outcomes assessed: Changes in patients symptoms; changes from the initial operative plan when listed; requirement for re-imaging due to the wait.

Results: 31 patients reported improved symptoms at the re-assessment, while 96 were worse off and 20 were unchanged. 137 had axial pain when listed which changed to 116 at review (p=0.0018). 130 had radicular pain when listed which improved to 80 on re-assessment (p< 0.0001). However 19 reported an increase in the axial and 17 in the radicular symptoms. 71 patients (48.3%) required to be re-imaged at the re-assessment due to changes in the clinical picture. 42 patients received the procedure as originally listed. 30 patients were taken off the list, 24 received a different operation, and 38 had an interim or a definitive needling procedure while 13 await a re-assessment.

Conclusions: On the basis of the observations on our cohort, 1 in 5 operations were cancelled; 65% had an increased severity of the symptoms and just 1 in 3 patients were operated as planned while 48% required re-imaging. A long wait inevitably leads to changed symptoms and a review of these patients is mandatory. The review and the re-imaging adds to the burden on the already over-loaded system.


V Shanbhag I Paul S Joshy A Jones J Howes PR Davies Sashin Ahuja

Aim: To assess if commonly used scoliosis instrumentation activates metal detectors at airport security gates.

Methods: 20 patientswho had travelled by air following scoliosis surgery were included. The type of instrumentation, number of journeys, body mass index and whether the alarm was triggered off by the airport security detector was recorded. We asked the patients opinion regarding provision of documentary evidence of surgery.

Results: 10 patients had posterior instrumentation, 5 patients -Paediatric ISOLA,4 patients had anterior instrumentation and one patient, anterior and posterior instrumentation. 12 patients (60%) had travelled more than four times by air following surgery corresponding to 48 passes through an airport archway detector.5 patients out of 20 had set off the alarm while passing through the metal detector everytime of which 4 had posterior instrumentation and 1 anterior instrumentation. None of the patients with ISOLA instrumentation set of the alarm. Two patients had set off the alarm every time they passed through the metal detector and both of them had posterior instrumentation. 14 patients(70%) suggested that we should provide documentary evidence of surgery to avoid delays in the airport security check. 25 % of patients set of the metal detector alarm following scoliosis instrumentation.

Conclusion: Patients with posterior instrumentation are more likely to set off the alarm compared to patients with ISOLA instrumentation. It is important to be aware that scoliosis instrumentation can activate airport archway detectors in our present security climate and to provide documentation to patients in order to avoid embarassment and delays.


Betsi Turner V Shanbhag A Jones J Howes PR Davies S Ahuja

Introduction: Scoliosis Nursing service was introduced at the Cardiff Spinal Unit in 2003 as part of a multi-disciplinary team to improve quality of care for the patients and their families.

Background: This nurse is a point of contact at pre-admission and discharge. She co-ordinates the peri operative care and liases with other team-members including physiotherapists, occupational therapists and dieticians. Information regarding type of surgery, pain management, wounds/dressings, investigations is offered.

Aims and Objectives: To assess patients’ and families perception and satisfaction with the various aspects of care provided by the Scoliosis Nurse.

Methods and Materials: From 2005 to 2006, 30 consecutive patients and families who had seen the Scoliosis Nurse filled a questionnaire. 25 questionnaires were completed. Response was collated by an independent observer.

Results: All (100%) respondents felt that the presence of a nurse in clinic was beneficial. (100%) reported that they had received adequate information and literature. 66% of the patients felt a pre admission ward visit would be beneficial. 63% felt that further information about discharge and aftercare would be helpful.

Conclusion: Thus the Scoliosis Nurse was perceived to be beneficial by the patients and the family. Based on the abovefeedback the patient Information booklet has been updated.


Athanasios I. Tsirikos Philip Markham Michael J. McMaster

Summary of background data. The development of a spinal deformity, usually affecting the coronal and occasionally the sagittal balance of the spine is a recognised complication of paralysis following a spinal cord injury (SCI) occurring in childhood.

Purpose of the study. The aim of the present study was to report our experience on the surgical treatment of patients who developed a paralytic spinal deformity secondary to SCIs occurring in childhood.

Material-Methods. Our study cohort comprised 18 consecutive patients with a paralytic spinal deformity as a consequence of a SCI. The cause of paralysis in this group of patients included a traumatic incident in 10 patients, spinal cord tumour in 6 patients, vascular injury to the neural cord during cardiac surgery in one patient, and meningitis in one patient. Twelve patients presented with high- or mid-thoracic paraparesis, which was complete in all but two patients. Six patients developed tetraparesis, which was incomplete in 3 of these patients.

Results. Fourteen patients underwent surgical correction of their spinal deformities; 11 patients had a scoliosis, 2 had a lordoscoliosis, and one had a kyphosis. The mean age at spinal arthrodesis was 13.4 years. Eleven patients underwent a posterior spinal fusion alone and 3 patients underwent a combined anterior and posterior spinal arthrodesis. Posterior spinal instrumentation with bilateral Luque rods and segmental fixation with sublaminar wires was used in all but one patient who was stabilised with the use of third generation spinal instrumentation. The spinal fusion extended to the sacrum in 10 of the 14 patients (71.4%) using the Galveston technique of intra-iliac pelvic fixation.

None of the patients developed postoperative wound infections, either early or late. There were no major medical complications following surgery in this group of patients that would result in prolonged intensive care unit or hospital stay. Four of the 14 patients (28.6%) who had initially undergone a posterior spinal arthrodesis alone developed an asymptomatic pseudarthrosis with failure of the instrumentation. The non-union was treated successfully in 2 of these 4 patients with a combined anterior and posterior spinal fusion. The repair of the pseudarthrosis was performed through a repeat posterior spinal fusion in the remaining 2 patients and one of these patients necessitated a second revision procedure to address recurrence of the non-union.

Conclusions. The high rate of pseudarthrosis (28.6%) recorded in the present series suggests that a combined anterior and posterior spinal arthrodesis could be considered as the initial treatment of choice for patients who are at a good general medical condition to tolerate anterior surgery and who have severe deformities. If pseudarthrosis develops following an isolated posterior spinal fusion, this can be treated more effectively by a combined anterior and posterior revision procedure with the use of instrumentation, which can increase the chances for a successful outcome.


V Shanbhag J Gough S Khan A Jones J Howes PR Davies Sashin Ahuja

Background data: The Paediatric Isola system uses the philosophy of torsion-countertorsion force as a means of scoliosis correction. It aims to maintain this correction till such time that definitive fusion can be carried out.

Aim: This is a retrospective case series of our experience with the Paediatric Isola system and we evaluated the results of this system in the treatment of Scoliosis of various etiologies.

Methods: Twenty –one children,5 with neuromuscular,1 with Ehler-Danlos,5 with idiopathic,3 syndromic and 7 congenital treated with the Isola Instrumentation were studied.

Average age was 6.5 years(2–12). Average follow-up was 24 months (6m-36m).

Results: The average Cobb angle was 52° before surgery, 33.7° after surgery (64 % correction) and 32.5° (62.5% correction) at latest follow-up. The mean apical vertebral translation was 86% and 84% at post-op and latest follow-up. Stabilisation was most commonly perfomed from T2 to L4/L5. Three patients had implant complications, two had deep seated wound infections which necesssiated removal of implants in one case. Five of these patients have gone on to definitive fusions. Curve correction was best for primary thoracolumbar curves and lumbar curves. 2 patients with thoracic curves did not maintain correction.

Conclusion: The Paediatric Isola system is a safe and effective instrumentation in early management of a difficult and challenging sub group of scoliosis patients.


A Scheuler N Steele SH Medhian MP Grevitt BJ Freeman JK Webb PJ Kiely

Study Design: Long-term retrospective case review of function in children with early onset scoliosis managed by selective anterior epiphysiodesis and posterior ‘Luque trolley’ growing instrumentation

Method: spinal and clinical function was assessed utilising SRS-22 and SF-36 outcome measures. The rates of secondary surgical procedures and further definitive fusion were recorded. Pulmonary function was assessed by standardised and averaged spirometric data at follow up.

Results: 25 patients have been clinically reviewed and functionally assessed (age range 6–35 years) mean age 17.7 years at follow up. 16 patients have reached skeletal maturity (8males, 8females) with mean follow up 11.8 years, to a mean age of 22.4 years. clinically 80% of cases were well balanced. At maturity the average loss of axial spinal growth measured 10.25cm (arm span- standing height) (range +4 cm to −21cm). In the immature cohort still growing, median shortening was 0.75%, with average height loss 1.63% of predicted. SRS- 22 and SF-36 questionnaires indicated moderate – good functional outcomes in 80% of patients. Spirometric data, with one case incapable of test compliance, demonstrates 24 % of patients had normal spirometric functional parameters, 32% had mild restrictive deficits, 12% had moderate and 28% had severe restrictive deficits. Poor spirometric function did not correlate with poor outcome measures. Over 50% had required further surgery.

Conclusions: Poor functional outcomes occurred in patients requiring early and multiple surgical revision procedures associated with loss of control or fixation of primary and secondary spinal deformities.


Mr A Gardner Mr I Pitman Mr A Stirling

The requirements for a motion segment fusion for degenerative disc disease are relief from symptoms from a solid union with minimal damage to surrounding tissue. This is possible with the ‘Mini PLIF’ using the B Twin cages and facet screws. This procedure produces reliable relief of symptoms with a solid fusion. The use of facet screws mean that the nerve supply of the paraspinal muscles is protected. Between June 2002 and February 2006 35 patients underwent this procedure. There were 13 males and 22 females with an average age of 40 years from all walks of life. 30 patients had back and leg pain with only 5 having solely back pain. 28 patients had surgery at L5/ S1 with 4 patients at L4/5 and 3 at both. The median pre operation ODI was 53 (IQR 60–44) and at one year follow up the ODI was 24 (IQR 37–13). There were two complications of superficial infection and two pseudarthroses requiring pedicle screw constructs and revision bone grafting to achieve union.

We believe this procedure demonstrates good relief from symptoms with a good fusion rate preserving the paraspinal muscles.


Athanasios I. Tsirikos Michael J. McMaster

Summary of Background Data: The craniofacial malformations described by Goldenhar can be associated with congenital anomalies of the vertebrae. This non-random association of abnormalities represents unilateral errors in the morphogenesis of the spine, as well as the first and second branchial arches.

Purpose of the study: The aim of the present study was to determine the prevalence of Goldenhar related conditions in patients with congenital deformities of the spine and to describe the types of vertebral abnormalities and the necessity for treatment.

Material-Methods: We performed a retrospective study of 668 consecutive patients with congenital deformities of the spine. The medical records and spinal radiographs were reviewed and patients with a Goldenhar associated condition were identified. The vertebral anomalies causing the spine deformity were detected on antero-posterior and lateral spine radiographs. The type and site of the craniofacial abnormalities, as well as other musculoskeletal deformities and systemic anomalies were recorded.

Results: Fourteen patients had Goldenhar associated conditions (7 males and 7 females). A thoracic scoliosis was the most common type of deformity occurring in ten patients (71.5%). Eight of these patients had an isolated hemivertebra and the remaining two had a unilateral unsegmented bar with contralateral hemivertebra at the same level. There was only one patient with a lumbar scoliosis and this was due to a hemivertebra. The side of the vertebral anomaly correlated with that of the hemifacial microsomia in five of the eleven patients who had a scoliosis or kyphoscoliosis. A thoracolumbar kyphosis occurred in four patients; two had posterior hemivertebrae, one had wedge vertebrae, and the remaining patient had an anterior unsegmented bar. A thoracolum-bar kyphoscoliosis occurred in only one patient and was due to a posterolateral quadrant vertebra. Klippel-Feil syndrome occurred in six patients (42.8%).

Eight patients (57%) underwent surgical treatment at a mean age of 9.8 years (range: 2.9–19). Four patients had a combined anterior-posterior spine arthrodesis. The remaining four patients had a posterior spinal arthrodesis.

Conclusions. The prevalence of Goldenhar associated conditions in patients with congenital deformities of the spine was 2%. Failures of vertebral segmentation were the most frequent abnormality in the cervical spine, whereas failures of vertebral formation most commonly occurred in the thoracic or thoracolumbar spine.


Nobumasa Suzuki Takahiro Iida

Cervico-thoracic congenital scoliosis is a difficult deformity to obtain good correction due to its anatomical characteristics and lack of proper instrumentation. Surgical treatments often end up with poor correction by convex epiphysiodesis alone, making hideous residual head tilt. This is a report of 2 cases with cervico-thoracic congenital scoliosis, which underwent total excision of hemivertebra, instrumentation and fusion through posterior approach alone.

Case 1. 8y2m old Girl who had T1, T3, T7 hemivertebrae with a left convex curve from C7 to T11. At age 5. she had tilted head and left convex 33 degrees scoliosis. Only regular observation was done. At age 8y2m, the scoliosis had progressed to 49degrees. Total excision of T1 hemivertebra was performed. At age 10y8m, total excision of T7 hemivertebra, extension of instrumentation and fusion to T10 was performed. These procedures brought almost normal alignment on both sagittal and coronal plane. However, lower compensatory curve progressed later on, fusion was extended to L2 at age 13 resulting in excellent balance.

Case 2: Girl. 2y7m. Multi-level hemivertebrae. C6-L1 L100 degrees.

Total excision of T12 hemi, short fusion and instrumentation reduced the scoliosis to 50 degrees. Five months later, total excision of T9 hemi was done. Four months later, concave side instrumentation from T2 to L2 without fusion was done. At age 4y2m, total excision of T1 hemi was done using cervical pedicle screw. The scoliosis is being controlled at 35 degrees with one extension of the rod later on.


A Bajwa R Talwar S Tucker

Atlanto-axial rotatory fixation is a rare abnormality of the atlanto-axial joint characterised by a fixed rotated atlanto-axial joint. Duration of symptoms is the best predictor of those cases that ultimately require surgical fixation. We report 6 cases of atlanto-axial rotatory fixation that were treated at the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital between 1998 and 2005. Diagnosis was confirmed by CT scan in all cases. The mean duration of symptoms was 8 weeks. 4 cases were reduced with halo traction, for between 7–28 days (mean 15 days), and 2 cases were reduced under anaesthesia. This was followed by application of a halo jacket in all 6 cases for between 6–12 weeks (mean 7.2 weeks). There was no significant recurrence with a mean duration of follow up 24 months. This rare series demonstrates late presenters of AARF responding favourably to non surgical intervention.


G. Wynne-Jones M. Ockendon M.J. Hutchinson I.W. Nelson

We studied the long term outcome, using the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), on patients who were managed at our institution between February, 1997, and August, 2004, with a diagnosis of a primary spinal infection, excluding TB or post-operative infection. Patients were identified from databases held within the Departments of Radiology, Orthopaedic Surgery, Neurosurgery and Microbiology. This identified 98 adult patients who fulfilled our inclusion criteria, of who ODIs were calculated on 66, with a mean follow-up of 5 years. There were initially 53 male and 45 female patients with a mean age of 60 years (range 21 0 86) at presentation and symptoms had been present on average for 72 days prior to admission. Back pain was the predominant symptom in 59 and neuropathy in 43. Our figures would suggest a mush higher incidence of primary spinal infection than previously quoted. 75% had significant co-morbidities and 85% of patients under 40 years of age were IV drug users. The causative organisms and their effect were noted. Admission WCC (mean 11.5 ± 8.6) and CRP (mean 128 ± 48) were obtained in the majority of patients (97/98 & 94/98). For those patients who were still available to f/u, the mean ODI was 32 ± 25.


George H. Thompson Ivan Florentino-Pineda Connie Poe-Kochert Douglas G. Armstrong

Introduction: This is a retrospective study of the effectiveness of Amicar in decreasing perioperative blood loss and the need for transfusion in same-day anterior (ASF) and posterior spinal fusion (PSF) with segmental spinal instrumentation (SSI) in idiopathic scoliosis. Preliminary prospective, prospective randomized double-blind and fibrinogen studies have demonstrated Amicar to be effective in decreasing perioperative blood loss in idiopathic scoliosis surgery. Increased fibrinogen secretion is a possible explanation.

Methods. Amicar is administered at 100mg/kg over 15 min not to exceed 5 grams at anesthesia induction. Maintenance is 10mg/kg/hr until wound closure. There were three study groups: Group 1, (n=15), no Amicar; Group 2, (n=27), Amicar for the PSF only; and Group 3, (n=16), Amicar for both ASF and PSF.

Results. The total perioperative blood loss (estimated intraoperative blood loss for the ASF and PSF procedures, measured suction drainage and measured chest tube drainage) and the transfusion (autologous and bank blood) requirements were: Group 1, 3807±105ml and 3.1±1.5 units; Group 2 2080±659ml and 1.9±0.9 units; and Group 3 2183±851ml and 1.0±0.8 units.

Conclusions. Amicar appears highly effective in decreasing perioperative blood loss and transfusion requirements in same-day ASF, PSF, with SSI in idiopathic scoliosis. This results in less preoperative autologous blood donation, blood transfusion, costs, and potential transfusion-related complications. It appears to be most effective in decreasing intraoperative PSF blood loss and chest tube drainage. It had no effect during the ASF. We now recommend that it be used for the posterior procedure only.


George H. Thompson Ivan Florentino-Pineda Douglas G. Armstrong Connie Poe-Kochert

Introduction. Prospective evaluation of fibrinogen levels preoperatively and postoperatively in patients with idiopathic scoliosis undergoing posterior spinal fusion (PSF) and segmental spinal instrumentation (SSI) who received Amicar to decrease perioperative blood loss. Our previous randomized, double-blind (Amicar and control) study demonstrated a rise in fibrinogen levels on the first postoperative day in the Amicar group, but not in the control group. Fibrinogen levels were not measured on the remaining postoperative days.

Methods. We analyzed fibrinogen levels preoperatively and on all postoperative days (4 or 5 days) until discharge in 51 consecutive patients with idiopathic scoliosis, who received Amicar and underwent a PSF and SSI.

Results. There were 41 females and 10 males with a mean age at surgery of 14.2±1.8 years. Their mean hospitalization was 4.6±0.8 days. Their mean estimated intraoperative blood loss was 766±308ml and postoperative suction drainage 532±186ml for a total perioperative blood loss of 1297±311ml. The perioperative transfusion requirements were 0.5±0.6 units per patient. The preoperative fibrinogen was 255.5±58.3 mg/dl, and it rose steadily throughout the postoperative period to 680.9±111.9 mg/dl on the fifth postoperative day. There were no complications related to the use of Amicar.

Conclusions. Fibrinogen levels rise steadily throughout the postoperative period. The significance of this increase is unknown. Was it due to the use of Amicar or just the effects of surgery itself? Further investigations will be necessary.


Jwalant S. Mehta John Hipp Dan Fagan Vasudev Shanbhag Alwyn Jones John Howes Paul Davies Sashin Ahuja

Objective: To assess the temporal geometric sagittal profile changes on serial radiographs of fractures of the thoracic and thoraco-lumbar spine.

Materials and methods: We have included 103 patients with thoracic or lumbar fractures were treated at our unit between June 2003 and May 2006. The patients were suitable for non-operative treatment. The mean age of the cohort was 46.9±2.4 (16–90). The sex distribution was equal. 94 patients had a single level lesion. 19 fractures were in the thoracic spine; 64 in the thoraco-lumbar (T11-L1) and 29 between L2 and L5. The radiographs were scored using the AO classification by 2 senior orthopaedic trainees. The radiographs were analysed at the Spine Research Laboratory. The results were computed using Stat, a statistical software.

Results: The changes were assessed over a mean period of 5.6 mo (range 1–49 mo; 95% CI 4.1–7.1 mo). Weighted kappa score of 0.58 was computed for the primary fracture type and 0.22 for the fracture sub-types. The inter-observer rater agreement was similar to that reported in literature. 7 patients showed a significant collapse. We report the association between the fracture types and the extent of collapse. We have also assessed the association between the medium to long term symptoms, the fracture types and the extent of collapse at the fracture sites and the adjacent disc.

Conclusion: Some fracture sub-types are more likely to collapse and cause long term symptoms. Identifying these fractures at the outset would help clarify surgical indications.


S. Muthian E.B. Ahmed

Ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament (OPLL) is a condition found predominantly in the oriental population and is rarely seen in non orientals. OPLL can present with cervical canal stenosis and myelopathy (including central cord syndrome), often following minor trauma. Co-existence of OPLL with diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis (DISH) is a rare condition and very few reports of such patients exist in literature. Here we report the case of a Caucasian with co-existing DISH and OPLL, presenting with acute central cord syndrome associated with fracture of the ossification. A 64 year old Caucasian farmer was transferred to our spinal unit with weakness in the right upper limb following a road traffic accident. On examination he had hyperaesthesia in both upper limbs and motor power of grade 4 in the right upper limb with a distal motor power of grade 3 in the hand. There was no motor deficit in the left upper limb or lower limbs. Radiographs revealed an ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament with a break at C2 and C3 levels. He also had exuberant soft tissue ossification in the cervical and thoracic spines, suggestive of diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis (DISH). He recovered completely in 6 weeks with non operative treatment. Fracture of the posterior longitudinal ligament has not been widely reported, although it is possibly more prevalent than is recognised. We report this case in order to highlight the importance of recognising this condition in non oriental populations and to demonstrate that non operative treatment has a good prognosis.


S Muthian S Zafar E B Ahmed

The use of blood transfusion in elective spinal surgery still remains a topic of debate in spite of several guidelines on transfusion in orthopaedic surgery. We report on a study done to look at the transfusion practice in 64 patients who underwent scoliosis correction surgery in our institution. There were 16 males and 48 females, with an average age of 19.8 years (range 3–70 years). There were 50 patients with idiopathic scoliosis, seven with degenerative scoliosis, five with neuromuscular scoliosis, and one each of congenital and neurologic scolioses. 31 of the patients underwent posterior correction and 13 patients underwent anterior surgery and 11 patients underwent posterior surgery with costoplasty and 5 patients underwent front and back surgery while 4 patients had front and back surgery with costoplasty. 10 patients underwent iliac crest bone grafting. The mean preop haemoglobin was 13.1 g % (range11.3–16.2 g %) and the mean postop haemoglobin was 8.9 g % (5–14.9 g %). The average amount of intraoperative fluids infused was 4100 ml (range: 300–11000 ml). The mean blood loss was 803.3 ml (range: 300–1800 ml). Sixteen patients were transfused in all requiring 32 units of blood, with an average of 2 units per patient. The average duration of hospital stay was 10.1 days (5–45 days). The mean blood loss through drains was 396 ml (10–2000 ml).


J.S. Mehta K. Hammer S. Khan I.B. Paul A. Jones J. Howes P. Davies S. Ahuja

Objective: To assess the correlation between the side of the annular pathology and the radicular symptoms, in the absence of a compressive root lesion.

Materials and Methods: 121 patients underwent MRI scan fro axial back and radicular symptoms. The mean age was 49.9 yrs (24–80). The sex distribution was equal. We excluded the patients that had a compressive lesion, previous operations, spinal deformity, spondylolyses, an underlying pathology (tumour, trauma or infection) or a peripheral neuropathy. Annular pathology was documented as annular tear or a non-compressive disc bulge with its location and side. We also recorded marrow endplate changes and facet arthrosis.

Results: Bilateral radicular symptoms were reported in 16 (13.2%): right side in 33 (27.3%) and left in 47 (38.8%) patients. Additionally, 82 patients (67.8%) had axial back pain. 33 patients (27.3%) were noted to have a right sided annular pathology (tear or bulge) and 72 (59.5%) had a left sided annular lesion. 21 patients (17.4%) had a central annular tear and 43 (35.5%) had a generalised disc bulge. 14 patients (11.6%) with right sided symptoms also had annular pathology, while 38 patients (31.4%) with left sided symptoms had a left sided annular lesion. There was no statistical correlation between the side of symptoms and the side of the lesion (r = −0.00066, p=0.994), any particular annular pathology (annular tear r=0.085, p=0.35; disc bulge r-0.083, p=0.36). There was no correlation between the axial back pain and the annular pathology (r=0.004; p=0.97) and facet joint or marrow end plate changes (r= −,29, p=0.76).

Conclusions: Although annular pathology can cause the radicular symptoms, our results suggest that they do not influence the side of the symptoms.


C Ashford B Tutuk JC Kerr AH McGregor

The FASTER study (Function after spinal treatment, exercise and rehabilitation) aims to evaluate, via a factorial RCT, the benefits of a rehabilitation programme and an education booklet for the postoperative management of patients undergoing discectomy or lateral nerve root decompression, each compared with “usual care”. Since the scientific literature reveals little evidence in favour of any specific exercises or approach, the rehabilitation programme had a general focus on simply getting people exercising and was based on Klaber-Moffett & Frost’s [2000] “Back to fitness” programme; classes include elements of stretching, strengthening, relaxation and an opportunity for discussion.

Currently, 128 patients have been recruited into the study of which 65 have been randomised to receive rehabilitation, which is offered 6 weeks after their surgery. At the end of the 6 week period of rehabilitation classes, participants are requested to complete a questionnaire containing forced and open questions on the content, style, length, timeliness and usefulness of these classes.

Feedback is very positive. In terms of class length 95% felt it was about right and easy to follow. All knew why they were doing the exercises, and 90% felt they had enough support and assistance during the classes. 95% would recommend to others. Important elements were noted to be; being with other people with the same problem, learning to exercise, gaining confidence and support and information from the staff. The average overall rating of the classes was 8.5/10.

The results show that content of the rehabilitation classes appears to be pitched at the right level for post-operative patients and that the attendees are benefiting from interactions with each other and learning to exercise and be active. The impact of these classes on outcome remains to be determined.


JC Kerr AH McGregor

The FASTER study (Function after spinal treatment, exercise and rehabilitation) aims to evaluate, via a factorial RCT, the benefits of a rehabilitation programme and an education booklet Your back operation, www.tso.co.uk/bookshop, for the postoperative management of patients undergoing discectomy or lateral nerve root decompression, each compared with “usual care”. Included in this larger study is an evaluation of the booklet which forms the focus of this abstract.

To date, 128 patients have been recruited into the study of which 63 have been randomised to receive the booklet. At 3 months post-surgery all of these patients are requested to complete a questionnaire on the booklet. This questionnaire contained forced-choice questions on readability etc and open questions regarding content. Finally, patients were asked their overall rating of the booklet on a scale from 1 to 10.

Feedback is very positive. The average overall rating of the booklet was 8.3/10. Over 85% found it easy to read, interesting, and of appropriate length. Over 90% also stated they had learnt new and helpful information. All subjects stated that they would recommend the booklet to a friend, and the majority stated that they frequently referred to the booklet. The predominant messages received and understood by the patients were related to the safe benefits of early activation and return to normal activities.

The results show that spinal surgery patients appreciate evidence-based information in booklet form, and suggest that this booklet may be an important adjunct to post-operative management of spinal patients.


S Fraser LC Roberts E Murphy

Purpose: Cauda Equina Syndrome (CES) is a frequently cited red flag in patients presenting with back pain and is considered a surgical emergency. The purpose of this paper is to review the current literature on CES, to establish consensus on its definition, clinical presentation and possible aetiology.

Methods: The databases (Medline 1951 →, Embase 1974 →, Cinhal 1982 →) were searched using the key words Cauda Equina Syndrome and:

Definition,

Clinical presentation

Signs and Symptoms

Pathology

Aetiology

The findings from these searches were coded to identify individual aspects of CES. The consistency of each aspect was then classified using The Guidelines Development Groups format (where 100% coverage = ‘unanimity’; 75–99% = ‘consensus’; 51–74% = ‘majority view’; and 0– 50% = ‘no consensus’), and the findings summarized.

Results: The electronic searches revealed 104 papers comprising case reports, case studies, literature reviews, expert opinion and papers based on clinical experience.

From these, there were widely varying descriptions of the definition, clinical presentation and aetiology of CES, and no individual aspects reached 100% agreement. The individual aspect with greatest agreement was found to be bladder dysfunction.

Conclusion: Cauda Equina Syndrome is considered a discrete clinical entity; however there is inconsistency within the literature as to its definition, clinical presentation and aetiology. To document its prevalence, clarity in definition is needed. Identifying this surgical emergency is paramount for all those who undertake spinal assessments.


M Hutton D Hay J Powell D Sharp

Introduction: This study investigates the effect of somatisation on results of lumbar surgery.

Methods: Pre- and postoperative data of all primary discectomies and posterior lumbar decompressions was prospectively collected. Pain using the Visual Analogue Score (VAS) and disability using the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) were measured. Psychological assessment used the Distress Risk Assessment Method (DRAM). Follow-up was at 1 year.

Results: There were a total of 320 patients (average age 49.7 years). Preoperatively there were 61 Somatising and 75 psychologically Normal patients. 47 of the pre-operative Somatisers were available for follow-up.

All pre-operative parameters were significantly higher compared with the Normal group (back pain VAS 6.3 and 3.8; leg pain VAS 7 and 4.7; ODI 61 and 34.4 respectively).

At 1 year follow-up, 23% of the somatising patients became psychologically Normal; 36% became At Risk; 11% became Distressed Depressed; and 30% remained Distressed Somatisers.

The postoperative VAS for back and leg pain of the 11 patients who had become psychologically Normal was 3.4 (pre-op 6.8) and 3.2 (pre-op 6.6) respectively. In the 14 patients who remained Distressed Somatisers the corresponding figures were 5.6 (pre-op 7.8) and 6.7 (pre-op 7.0).

The postoperative ODI of the 11 patients who had become psychologically Normal was 26.4 (pre-op 55.5). In the 14 patients who remained Distressed Somatisers the corresponding figures were 56.7 (pre-op 61.7).

These differences are statistically significant.

Discussion: Patients with features of somatisation are severely functionally impaired preoperatively. One year following lumbar spine surgery, 60%(28) had improved psychologically, 23%(11) were defined as psychologically normal. This was associated with a significant improvement in function and back and leg pain. The 14(30%) patients who did not improve psychologically and remained somatisers had a poor functional outcome. Our results demonstrate that psychological distress is not an absolute contraindication to lumbar spinal decompressive surgery.


RJ Oakland NR Furtado RK Wilcox RM Hall

Introduction: A feature of osteoporosis is vertebral compression fractures (VCF). Experiments looking at predicting compressive strength of human lumbar vertebrae have showed a correlation between compressive strength, bone density and size of vertebral endplates. The objective of this study was to compare the actual versus predicted failure strength of osteoporotic human vertebrae in relation to creating a validated experimental model for a vertebral compression fracture.

Methods: Twenty-six human vertebrae underwent CT scanning to evaluate bone mineral density (BMD) from a large and small region of interest (ROI) within the vertebral body (VB). Cranial, caudal and verage endplate surface area (SA) measurements were recorded. Specimens were axially compressed to failure and a regression analysis undertaken in which the failure load was fitted using both BMD alone and the product of the BMD and endplate SA.

Results: Measurements of BMD from a large or small ROI showed a poor correlation when compared to vertebral failure strength. The product of BMD and endplate SA showed significant correlations with failure strength. The regression explains a significant proportion of the variation of the response variable.

Discussion: Results from this study are consistent with published data which have established a good correlation between the product of endplate SA and BMD to vertebral compressive strength. BMD values from a large ROI and average or caudal endplate area provide the best prediction of failure strength. Experience from this study suggests that the experimental model is reproducible and accurate, however, further work is required on a larger data set to verify initial findings.


J Luo D Skrzypiec P Pollintine MA Adams DJ Annesley-Williams P Dolan

Purpose of the study: To determine if cement type, bone mineral density (BMD), disc degeneration and fracture severity influence the restoration of spinal load-sharing following vertebroplasty.

Methods: Fifteen pairs of thoracolumbar motion-segments (51–91 yrs) were loaded to induce fracture. Vertebroplasty was performed so that one of each pair was injected with Cortoss, the other with Spineplex. Specimens were then creep loaded at 1.0kN for 2 hours. At each stage of the experiment, stress” profiles were obtained by pulling a pressure-sensitive needle through the disc whilst under 1.5kN load. From these profiles, the intradiscal pressure (IDP), posterior stress peaks (SPP), and neural arch compressive load (FN) were determined. BMD was measured using dual photon X-ray absorptiometry. Severity of fracture was quantified from height loss.

Results: Fracture reduced IDP (p< 0.001) but increased SPP and FN (p< 0.001). Following vertebroplasty, these effects were significantly reversed, and in most cases persisted after creep-loading. However, no differences were observed between PMMA- and Cortoss-injected specimens. After fracture, decreases in IDP, and increases in SPP and FN, were greater in specimens with lower BMD or greater height loss (p< 0.05). After vertebroplasty, specimens with lower BMD showed greater increases in IDP, and those with more degenerated discs showed greater reductions in SPP (p< 0.05).

Conclusions: Changes in spinal load-sharing following fracture were partially restored by vertebroplasty, and this effect was independent of cement type. The effects of fracture and vertebroplasty were influenced by BMD, disc degeneration, and fracture severity. People with more severe fractures, low BMD and degenerated discs may gain most mechanical benefit from vertebroplasty.


Kaija Karjalainen

Study design: Randomized controlled trial.

Objectives: To investigate the long-term effectiveness, costs, and effect modifiers of a mini-intervention, provided in addition to the usual care, and the incremental effect of a worksite visit for patients with subacute disabling low back pain (LBP).

Methods: 164 subacute LBP patients randomized into a mini-intervention (A, n=56), a mini-intervention plus a worksite visit (B, n=51) or the usual care (C, n=57). Mini-intervention consisted of a detailed assessment of the patients’ history, beliefs and physical findings by a physician and a physiotherapist, followed by recommendations and advice. The usual care patients received the conventional care. Pain, disability, health-related quality of life, satisfaction with care, days on sick leave, and health care consumption and costs were measured during a 24-month follow-up. Thirteen candidate modifiers were tested for each outcome.

Results: There were no differences between the three treatment arms regarding the intensity of pain, the perceived disability or the health-related quality of life. However, mini-intervention decreased occurrence of daily (A vs, C, P=0.01) and bothersome (A vs C, P< 0.05) pain and increased treatment satisfaction. Costs resulting from LBP were lower in the intervention groups (A 4670 €, B 5990 €) than in C (C 9510 €) (A vs. C, p=0.04 and B vs. C, n.s). The average number of days on sick leave was 30 in A, 45 in B and 62 in C (A vs. C, p=0.03, B vs. C, n.s). The perceived risk for not recovering was the strongest modifier of treatment effect. Mental & mental-physical workers in A and B were less often on sick leave than those in C.

Conclusions: Mini-intervention is an effective treatment for subacute LBP. Despite lack of a significant effect on intensity of low back pain and perceived disability, mini-intervention including proper recommendations and advice, according to the “active approach”, is able to reduce LBP-related costs. The perceived risk of not recovering was the strongest modifier of treatment effect. In alleviating pain the intervention was most effective among the patients with a high perceived risk of not recovering.


Fd Zhao P Pollintine BD Hole MA Adams P. Dolan

Introduction: When the spine is subjected to compressive loading in-vivo and ex-vivo, there appears to be a predisposition for the cranial endplates to fracture before the caudal. We hypothesise that this fracture pattern arises from an underlying structural asymmetry. Endplate damage is common in elderly people, and closely related to disc degeneration and pain.

Methods: 47 human thoracolumbar motion segments aged 62–90 yrs were compressed to failure while positioned in moderate flexion. Damage was assessed from radiographs and at dissection. Two 2mm-thick slices were obtained from each vertebral body in the sagittal plane. Microradiographs were analysed to yield the following: thickness and image greyscale density (IGD) of the cranial and caudal cortex at 10 locations (94 vertebrae), and IGD of the cancellous bone in three regions adjacent to each endplate (34 vertebrae).

Results: Endplate damage occurred cranially in 39/47 vertebrae, and caudally in 4/47. Mean thickness of cranial and caudal endplates was 0.77mm (SD 0.27) and 0.90mm (SD 0.29) respectively (p=0.01). Thinnest regions were located centrally on cranial endplates. Endplate thickness increased at lower spinal levels for caudal (p< 0.01) but not cranial endplates. IGD was similar in cranial and caudal endplates, but IGD of trabecular bone adjacent to the endplate was 3–8% lower cranially than caudally (P< 0.01).

Discussion: In elderly spines, cranial endplates fracture more readily because they are thinner and supported by less dense trabecular bone. Endplate thickness may be minimised by the need to allow nutritional access to adjacent discs, and the vulnerability of cranial endplates may be associated with asymmetries in blood supply, or proximity to the pedicles.


NR Furtado RJ Oakland RK Wilcox RM Hall

Introduction: Percutaneous vertebroplasty (PVP) is a treatment option for osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures (VCFs). Short-term results are promising but longer-term studies have demonstrated an accelerated failure rate in the adjacent vertebral body (VB). Limited research has been conducted into the effects of prophylactic PVP in osteoporotic vertebrae. The objective of this study was to investigate the biomechanical characteristics of prophylactic vertebral reinforcement and post-fracture augmentation.

Methods: Human vertebrae were assigned to two scenarios: Scenario 1 used an experimental model for simulating VCFs followed by cement augmentation; Scenario 2 involved prophylactic augmentation using vertebroplasty. μCT imaging was performed to assess the bone mineral density (BMD), vertebral dimensions, fracture pattern and cement volume. All augmented VBs were then axially compressed to failure.

Results: Product of BMD value and endplate surface area gave the best prediction of failure strength when compared to actual failure strength of specimens in scenario 1. Augmented VBs showed an average cement fill of 23.9%±8.07% S.D.. In scenario 1, there was a significant post-vertebroplasty factorial increase of 1.72 and in scenario 2 a 1.38 increase in failure strength. There was a significant reduction in stiffness following augmentation for scenario 1 (t=3.5, P=0.005). Stiffness of the VB in scenario 2 was significantly greater than observed in scenario 1 (t=4.4, P=0.0002).

Discussion: Results suggest that augmentation of the VB post-fracture significantly increases failure load, whilst stiffness is not restored. Prophylactic augmentation was seen to increase failure strength in comparison to the predicted failure load. Stiffness appears to be maintained suggesting that prophylactic PVP maintains stiffness better than PVP post-fracture.


P Pollintine B Offa-Jones P Dolan MA Adams

Introduction: Painful anterior vertebral wedge “fractures” can occur without any remembered trauma, suggesting that vertebral deformity could accumulate gradually through sustained loading by the process of “creep”. If the adjacent intervertebral discs are degenerated, they press unevenly on the vertebral body in a posture- dependent manner, producing differential creep of the vertebra. We hypothesise that differential creep due to sustained asymmetrical loading of a vertebral body can cause anterior vertebral wedge deformity.

Materials And Methods: Eleven thoracolumbar motion segments aged 64–88 yrs were subjected to a 1.5 kN compressive force for 2 hrs, applied via plaster moulded to its outer surfaces. Specimens were positioned in 2° flexion to simulate a stooped posture. Reflective markers attached to pins inserted into the lateral cortex of each vertebral body enabled anterior, middle and posterior vertebral body heights to be measured at 1Hz using an optical tracking device. Compressive ‘stress’ acting vertically on the vertebral body was quantified by pulling a miniature pressure transducer along the midsagittal diameter of adjacent discs.

Results: Elastic deformation (strain) was higher anteriorly (−2018 ± 2983 μ strain) than posteriorly (−1675 ± 1305 μ strain). Creep strain (−2867 ± 2527 μ strain) was significantly higher anteriorly (p< 0.05) than posteriorly (−1164 ± 1026 μ strain), and was associated with a higher compressive stress in the anterior annulus of the adjacent disc. Non-recoverable creep deformations were significantly higher anteriorly (p< 0.05), and were equivalent to a wedging angle of 0.01–0.3°.

Conclusion: Creep can cause anterior wedge deformity of the vertebral body. In the long term, accumulating creep could cause more severe (and painful?) deformity.


CG Ryan HG Gray M Newton MH Granat

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to investigate the relationship between self reported disability, physical performance testing (PPT) and everyday physical activity in people with Chronic Low Back Pain (CLBP).

Background: Disability is currently assessed using self-report and PPT. Little is known about the relationship between these two constructs and everyday physical activity. Increased knowledge of the relationship may enhance understanding of disability, and lead to the development of more robust methods of disability measurement.

Methods: A group of 30 (20f10m) people with non-specific CLBP completed the Roland Morris Disability questionnaire (RMDQ) [self-report], and performed two PPTs (5min walk test, 50ft walk test). Each participant then wore a physical activity monitor for a one week period and mean daily step count was calculated. Correlations were performed between self-report, performance testing and activity monitoring.

Results: Relatively weak but statistically significant relationships were found between the three measurement techniques. The strongest relationship existed between the RMDQ and step count (r= −0.494, p=0.006). Step count was also related to performance on the 50ft walk test (r=−.393, (p=0.032). While the relationship between the overall RMDQ score and physical performance did not reach significance, a significant relationship did exist between the 50ft walk test and the third question in the RMDQ (r=0.369, p=0.045), which specifically questions perceived walking behaviour.

Conclusion: Everyday physical activity is related to self-reported disability and physical performance capacity. As such, activity monitoring may be a useful objective adjunct to current techniques used to assess disability in people with CLBP.


R Everett PH Strutton AH McGregor

Trunk flexor-extensor asymmetry has been implicated in the development of back pain; however, left-right trunk muscle asymmetry has received little attention. This study examined whether such left-right asymmetries exist and if these are related to differing sporting tasks.

Thirty-five subjects were recruited and written informed consent obtained; 12 subjects participated in unilateral (UL) sports e.g. racquet sports (mean age 21.6±0.7 (SEM) years), 13 in bilateral (BL) activities e.g. rugby (mean age 21.7±0.2) and 10 controls (C) not involved in sport (mean age 21.7±0.2) years). Isokinetic and isometric trunk flexions and extensions including a fatiguing isometric hold were performed in a Cybex isokinetic dynamometer synchronised with bilateral electromyographic (EMG) recordings from trunk extensors (erector spinae at L4), and flexors (rectus abdominis at T10). A ratio of left:right EMG activity was calculated for each set of muscles, to examine asymmetry.

No differences were seen in left:right extensor EMG ratios across any of the test protocols. However, the UL group had higher (P< 0.05) left:right flexor EMG ratios than the BL group during pre-fatigue (UL:1.32±0.15 vs. BL:0.84±0.07) and post-fatigue (UL:1.30±0.18 vs BL:0.84±0.07) isometric flexion. Torque data suggested that the trunk extensor-flexor ratio was larger (P< 0.05) in the BL group compared to the C in the isokinetic exercises at the 30°s−1 (BL:1.27±0.05; C:1.00±0.06) and at the 90°s−1 speeds (BL:1.28±0.05; C:0.95±0.08), but no differences were seen during isometric testing.

This study suggests that training for different sports can generate significant asymmetry in the trunk muscles, particularly in the flexors, the importance of which requires further research.


SG Eidelson JC Wilkerson

Purpose: The comorbidities currently considered to increase surgical risk, particularly in the elderly, include heart disorders, diabetes, asthma, obesity, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). Further characterization of postoperative complications in relation to comorbidities is needed for lumbar decompression with fusion and instrumentation surgery.

Methods: A chart review was conducted on the hospital and office records of 121 patients who underwent this procedure between the years of 2000 and 2003. Comorbidities were evaluated based on their tendency to cause related complications. The rate of wound infections was determined due to their relation to diabetes and obesity.

Results: The age range was 65 to 89 years. Of 121 patients, 96 (79%) had comorbidities, and 12 (12.5%) of these had complications. There were 6 cardiac complications, 6 wound infections, and 2 diabetic challenges (1 patient experienced 3 complications). All 6 cardiac complication patients suffered from cardiac comorbidities. The wound infections presented in diabetics, obese patients, and cardiac disorder patients. Infections occurred in cardiac disorder patients only when diabetes and or obesity were present; 4 infected patients had this combination.

Conclusions: The comorbidity and complication that presented with the highest correlation was heart disorders. There were no associated complications with pulmonary diseases. Surgeons should be increasingly aware of the wound infection threat to their cardiac disorder combined with obesity and or diabetic patients. The low rate of comorbid elderly patients who experienced postoperative complications gives statistical indication of safety for elderly patients to pursue complex lumbar surgery.


SG Eidelson JC Wilkerson

Purpose: Instrumentation and cementoplasty have been used individually or synergistically to augment screw fixation for better stabilization. A pilot study was performed to develop a new way to use this relationship to solve problematic screw loosening in both healthy and osteoporotic bone. Results show there may be indication to use the following characterized method.

Methods: In 12 cases of patients, pedicle fixation was used for complex decompression. The ages range from 70–85 years and included 8 females and 4 males. All patients underwent a bone tamp bolus formation in cancellous bone through each pedicle at the superior level of construct (3–4 cc. in each site, injected under low pressure) followed by pedicle screw insertion into the bolus, and subsequent levels were fixated by only pedicle screws.

Results: The preoperative, postoperative, and 3 month follow-up plain x-ray films were evaluated for stable bone tamp implantation, cement leakage, and screw placement. In all 12 cases there was no evidence of screw migration, pull-out, fracture, spinal cord compression, nerve root compression, or complication with cement placement. There was no example of cement extrusion into spinal canal. All patients had uneventful recoveries which included physical therapy, mild analgesics, and bracing.

Conclusion: This new technique may solve the problem of loosening of screws in healthy and osteoporotic bone by providing a more secure anchorage system not yet seen in previous studies. Further study is needed to develop more specific outcomes to determine the best technique using the balloon bone tamp system.


T Pincus R Santos A Breen K Burton M Underwood

Objective: To improve the quality of prospective cohorts studying the transition from early stages of back pain to persistent problems, in order to allow researchers to improve the predictive quality, and pool data from multi-centre studies.

Summary of background: The progress from early stages of back pain to persistent problems is poorly understood, and only a fraction of the variance at outcome can be accounted for by current prospective cohorts. Standardization of a core set of factors would allow pooling and facilitate comparison between studies.

Method: Teams from 12 nations with expertise in clinical practice, prospective cohorts, epidemiology, social sciences, and health services were appointed.

The steering committee produced checklists of predictors and outcomes based on systematic reviews and a Delphi focus group. The international teams of experts coded each item for inclusion or exclusion, and recommended new items. This process was iterated twice to resolve disagreement between teams, and to receive scores for new items. The steering committee carried out a consensus synthesis and produced the final lists for predictors and outcome. Finally, the measurements for each factor were selected based on:

original systematic review

recommendations from existing systematic review

Recommendations from consensus statements and narrative reviews

consultation with independent experts.

Results: The checklist for predictors include information about demographics, clinical status, psychosocial status, work, and the first consultation for back pain. The recommendation for outcomes include pain, disability, return to work and sick leave, satisfaction, psychological factors, health care utilization and treatment over the follow up period.


G Wynne-Jones KM Dunn CJ Main

Background: Most reports of sickness absence come either from company records, which are limited to specific workforces, or rely on self-report. Electronic recording of sickness certification in primary care medical records provides an alternative source of information.

Purpose: To investigate the validity of electronic sickness certification records in primary care.

Methods: Analysis included 292 primary care LBP consulters, who returned a questionnaire including self-reported work absence, and consented to medical record review. Sickness certification records for 2001–2 were downloaded. Self-reported sickness absence for the previous 2-weeks was matched with electronic records for the same time period. Records were considered to match if there was no reported absence and no certificate, if there was reported absence > =7 days and a certificate, or if reported absence was < 7 days and no certificate was issued.

Results: Overall, 84% of records matched; 87% of employed consulters and 90% of unemployed consulters. Among the employed, 100% of reports of no absence did not have a certificate, 49% of reported absences > =7 days were matched by a certificate for the same time period and lastly, 80% of reported absences of < 7 days did not have a certificate.

Conclusion: We have demonstrated that people with none or short self-reported work absences do not have sickness certificates in their records, but only a small proportion of people with longer self-reported absences appear to have certificates. Further work will investigate possible reasons for non-matching, these may include non-requirement of a certificate, recall errors or incomplete recording of sickness certificates.


Full Access
Prof Gordon Waddell

Background: Increasing employment and supporting people into work are key elements of the UK Government’s public health and welfare agendas. There are economic, social and moral arguments that work is the most effective way to improve the well-being of individuals, their families and their communities. There is also growing awareness that (long-term) worklessness is harmful to physical and mental health, so the corollary might be assumed – that work is beneficial for health. However, that does not necessarily follow.

This review fills that gap by collating and evaluating the evidence on the question ‘Is work good for your health and well-being?’ This forms part of the evidence base for the Health, Work and Well-Being Strategy.

Methods: This review approached the question from various directions and incorporated an enormous range of scientific evidence, of differing type and quality, from a variety of disciplines, methodologies and literatures. It a) evaluated the scientific evidence on the relationship between work, health and well-being; and b) to do that, it also had to make sense of the complex set of issues around work and health. This required a combination of a) a ‘best evidence synthesis’ that offered the flexibility to tackle heterogeneous evidence and complex sociomedical issues, and b) a rigorous methodology for rating the strength of the scientific evidence.

The review focused on adults of working age and the common health problems (mild/moderate mental health, musculoskeletal and cardio-respiratory conditions) that account for two-thirds of sickness absence and long-term incapacity.

Findings

Work: The generally accepted theoretical framework about work and well-being is based on extensive background evidence:

Employment is generally the most important means of obtaining adequate economic resources, which are essential for material well-being and full participation in today’s society;

Work meets important psychosocial needs in societies where employment is the norm;

Work is central to individual identity, social roles and social status;

Employment and socio-economic status are the main drivers of social gradients in physical and mental health and mortality;

Various physical and psychosocial aspects of work can also be hazards and pose a risk to health.

Unemployment: Conversely, there is a strong association between worklessness and poor health. This may be partly a health selection effect, but it is also to a large extent cause and effect. There is strong evidence that unemployment is generally harmful to health, including:

higher mortality;

poorer general health, long-standing illness, limiting longstanding illness;

poorer mental health, psychological distress, minor psychological/psychiatric morbidity;

higher medical consultation, medication consumption and hospital admission rates.

Re-employment: There is strong evidence that reemployment leads to improved self-esteem, improved general and mental health, and reduced psychological distress and minor psychiatric morbidity. The magnitude of this improvement is more or less comparable to the adverse effects of job loss.

Work for sick and disabled people: There is a broad consensus across multiple disciplines, disability groups, employers, unions, insurers and all political parties, based on extensive clinical experience and on principles of fairness and social justice. When their health condition permits, sick and disabled people (particularly those with ‘common health problems’) should be encouraged and supported to remain in or to (re)-enter work as soon as possible because it:

is therapeutic;

helps to promote recovery and rehabilitation;

leads to better health outcomes;

minimises the harmful physical, mental and social effects of long-term sickness absence;

reduces the risk of long-term incapacity;

promotes full participation in society, independence and human rights;

reduces poverty;

improves quality of life and well-being.

Health after moving off social security benefits: Claimant who move off benefits and (re)-enter work generally experience improvements in income, socio-economic status, mental and general health, and well-being. Those who move off benefits but do not enter work are more likely to report deterioration in health and well-being.

Provisos: Although the balance of the evidence is that work is generally good for health and well-being, for most people, there are three major provisos:

These findings are about group effects; a minority of people (possibly 5–10%) may experience contrary health effects from work(lessness);

Beneficial health effects depend on the nature and quality of work (though there is insufficient evidence to define the physical and psychosocial characteristics of jobs and workplaces that are ‘good’ for health);

The relationship between work(lessness) and health must take account of the social context, particularly of social gradients in health and regional deprivation.

Conclusion: There is a strong evidence base showing that work is generally good for physical and mental health and well-being. Worklessness is associated with poorer physical and mental health and well-being. Work can be therapeutic and can reverse the adverse health effects of unemployment. That is true for healthy people of working age, for many disabled people, for most people with common health problems and for social security beneficiaries. The provisos are that account must be taken of the nature and quality of work and its social context; jobs should be safe and accommodating. Overall, the beneficial effects of work outweigh the risks of work, and are greater than the harmful effects of long-term unemployment or prolonged sickness absence. Work is generally good for health and well-being.


PH Strutton AH McGregor

Rowing is associated with a high incidence of low back pain (LBP) often attributed to the associated loading and large trunk rotations. Here we examine electromyographic (EMG) activity in rowers who undertake sweep rowing (asymmetrical) or sculling (symmetrical).

22 right handed elite rowers participated and written informed consent was obtained. Each had a preferred rowing side (bow side [BS, n=6]; stroke side [SS, n=7) or sculling [SC, n=9]). Testing was performed in a Cybex isokinetic dynamometer and bilateral EMG activity recorded from trunk muscles (erector spinae [ES] and rectus abdominis [RA]) synchronously.

There were no differences between the groups in peak torque during isokinetic or isometric testing, although extensor torque was higher than flexor torque. Analysis of EMG activity revealed that scullers showed no left/right differences in any of the testing protocols. However, sweep rowers showed significant differences between left and right ES during extension protocols, in the isokinetic testing at 30°s−1 (in the SS rowers [LES 0.11±0.01mV vs RES 0.08±0.01mV] and at 90°s−1 in the BS rowers [LES 0.14±0.02mV vs RES 0.12±0.01mV]. In the isometric tests, the SS rowers showed higher left ES activity than the right [LES 0.11±0.01mV vs RES 0.09±0.01mV]. The flexion protocols did not reveal any left right differences in any groups in any of the protocols used. These results reveal that sweep rowing is associated with asymmetric activity of trunk extensors, but not flexors. This could be a contributing factor to the high incidence of LBP in sweep rowers.


B Fullen G Bury L Daly C Doody GD Baxter DA Hurley

Background: General practitioners (GPs), orthopaedic surgeons, rheumatologists and pain consultants manage the majority of patients with chronic low back pain (CLBP) in primary and secondary care settings in the Republic of Ireland. Little is known about their attitudes and beliefs to CLBP, although the existing literature highlights a range of factors influencing such beliefs including: past experience, education, time and resources1. This study aimed to investigate factors influencing attitudes and beliefs of Irish doctors to the management of CLBP patients.

Method: A multiple case studies design of semi-structured audiotaped interviews (30 minutes) was conducted on a purposeful sample of GPs (n=7) and Consultants (n=7: orthopaedic surgeons, n=2; Pain consultants, n=2; Rheumatologists n=2 Neurosurgeon, n=1) in July 2006. Questions were devised based on the results of a systematic review of the literature of the topic. All interviews were subsequently transcribed, coded and a cross case analysis was constructed. Approval was obtained from the UCD Human Research Ethics Committee.

Results: The main emerging themes included Doctors current holistic management (referral for physical and mental health treatment), the negative impact of lack of resources on treatment options (lack of multidisciplinary services and prolonged waiting times for Consultant appointments), the influence of the medicolegal system on patients (increased stress) and Doctors (increased referral rates for investigations and procedures).

Conclusion: Doctors’ attitudes and beliefs regarding CLBP management may have important influences on both patient outcomes and resource utilization within the health service. These findings will inform a national postal survey of Doctors attitudes to CLBP.


L Sheeran V Sparkes

Background and purpose: Spinal-pelvic stability is the ability of the spinal-pelvic complex to prevent buckling and to return to equilibrium after perturbation and is achieved during locomotion by coordinated and timed activity of the spinal-pelvic-hip musculature. Inability of the spinal-pelvic complex to achieve this results in increased pelvic-spinal angular displacements, linked to lower limb mal-alignment and injury. Core stability training (CST) aims to improve proximal stability, prevent injury and enhance performance. This study aimed to determine whether CST affected spinal-pelvic stability and a single leg hop for distance test (SLHD).

Method: Thirty five matched female runners randomized into CST (n=16) and control groups (n=20). CST consisted of 6-weeks training including trunk and gluteal muscle strengthening, lunging and running drills focused on maintaining neutral spine. Frontal plane pelvic obliquity (PO) and spinal side flexion (SSF) during stance phase of running was measured using Matlab 2D motion analysis and SLHD. Outcome measures were recorded at baseline and completion of CST/control period. Reliability of Matlab motion analysis system was determined.

Results: Matlab demonstrated high intra and inter-rater reliability measuring PO (r=.990; r=.960 respectively) and SSF (r=.974; r=.982 respectively). CST programme demonstrated a significant reduction in SSF (p ≤ 0.05), PO (p ≤ 0.05) and significant improvements in SLHD (p ≤ 0.05). Correlation analysis showed that improvements in SLHD were unrelated to the reduction in PO and SSF.

Conclusion: Improvements in the spinal-pelvic stability and SLHD can be achieved by CST and could provide a focus for rehabilitation programmes, including injury prevention in female runners.


A Heydari A Humphrey A Nargol CG Greenough

Introduction: EMG recording from lumber spine muscles can be a reliable discriminator and predictor of low back pain (LBP). Multi variant analysis shows age influences these variables.

Aim: to determine in a longitudinal study if age is a significant factor.

Method: EMG recording from 9 subjects was carried out at time1 and 12 years afterwards (time 2);

at the same load and

at 2/3 of their current Maximum Voluntary Contraction (MVC).

Results: At the same load there was no significant change in the Mean Half Width (HW) from time1 (M=45.9, SD=19.1) to time 2 (M=51.4, SD=18.7), t(8)= −0.98, p=0.36. No difference was observed when the load set at time 1 was used at time 2 (M=51.4, SD=18.7) and compared with a load set from the MVC obtained at time 2 (M=45.9, SD=12.0), t(8)=1.75, p=0.118.. There was no statistically significant difference between Initial Median Frequency (IMF) at time1 (M=50.6, SD=12.0) and time 2, either using the same load (M=51.7, SD=8.6), t(8)=− 0.273, p=0.79) or the load based on current MVC.

Discussion: In this 12 year longitudinal study, age did not appear to affect the HW or IMF measurement. Both of these variables might be used in long term studies.


Full Access
O Akrami R Gee KF Law J Elley M Murray C Greenough

Introduction: Delay in active management reduces the prognosis for simple low back pain. The aim of this project was to develop a tool for use in GP surgeries to assist the doctor in his/her diagnosis of lower back pain and allow prompt management with confidence.

Methods: Three different systems for the automated diagnosis of low back pain were developed. With each, the patient answered a series of questions presented by the system. Three different strategies were employed, one using variable weighting, one a logic tree and one an inference engine. For the purpose of testing the systems against each other, a database was constructed containing the answers to all possible questions from each system for one hundred patients attending a low back pain clinic. The “true” diagnosis was that made by the treating clinician who saw the patients.

The original data contained a number of diagnoses:

Spinal Stenosis (central or lateral)

Prolapsed Intervertebral Disc

Other Nerve Root Compression (NRC)

Mechanical Back Pain (MBP) with NRC

Pure MBP

For the purpose of the comparison two groups were considered – patients with radicular symptoms (groups 1 to 4) and patients with pure MBP.

Conclusions: The different approaches to development showed that a number of factors play a crucial role for the accuracy of the systems, including the number of rules used to try to cover every possibility, the interpretation of the questions by the patients and the weighting and approach taken for the different Certainty Factors. The use of any of these three approaches did not allow the development of a system accurate enough for clinical use and it seems that successful development of such a system might require a wholly different approach.


JE Browne LC Roberts

Background: Lumbar spinal stenosis (LSS) involves narrowing of the spinal, nerve root or intervertebral canals, producing compression of the intraspinal vascular and nervous structures. With an ageing population and advances in diagnostic accuracy, LSS is increasingly encountered and has become a major health care management issue.

Extended Scope Practitioners (ESPs) often assess and manage patients with LSS in orthopaedic and rheumatology clinics. Little is reported about how these patients are managed, variations in practice and the rationale for the clinical decision-making that occurs.

Methods: This quantitative, cross-sectional study used a questionnaire and vignettes to determine the factors affecting clinical decision-making in ESPs when managing patients with suspected LSS. The target population comprised all ESPs in the national Occupational Group of ‘Chartered Physiotherapists working as ESPs’ (n=288).

Results: The response rate to the questionnaire was 78.5% (n=226). The main factors affecting clinical decision-making (when deciding on referral to conservative or surgical management) were: accessibility of resources, including further investigations (MRI), consultants and surgery; severity of symptoms; and patient choice.

Discussion: The majority of participants reportedly considered patient choice an important factor in decision-making. When this principle was presented in the form of a real patient scenario (in the vignette) however, the trend in data showed that patient choice became less important in decision-making than the severity of signs and symptoms.

Conclusion: There are currently no national protocols or pathways to guide ESPs and facilitate standardisation of managing patients with LSS and wide variations in practice exist. Furthermore, whilst recognising the importance of respecting patients’ choice, in practice this remains a challenge to deliver.


MM Murray J Doran-Armstrong S White CG Greenough

Introduction: Outcome data is essential for clinical governance and research purposes, and will inform decisions on resource re-distribution. The Spinal Assessment Clinic (SAC) treats patients with low back pain referred by their GPs.

Method: Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS) data was collected at presentation (Q1) for 691 patients and on review (Q2) for 98 patients. At presentation further administrative information is also collected. At review Q2 patient satisfaction is recorded as well as the patient’s perception of the status of their LBP. Results were compared between three clinic locations; inner city (CIT), urban (URB) and semi-rural (RUR).

Results: Significantly more patients at the inner city clinic cancelled and re-appointed, and significantly fewer could be discharged after the first consultation. Equal numbers were employed in the three locations.

Despite failure of improvement of perceived LBP, many patients reported an improvement of LBOS.

Conclusion: Social and environmental factors influence behaviour within a treatment program. Patients can appreciate the difference between a satisfactory treatment experience and an actual change in their low back pain. Function can increase even when reported pain does not.


Leena Niemistö

The aim of this study was to assess the effectiveness, as well as cost-effectiveness, of combined manipulative therapy, stabilizing exercises, specialist consultation, and patient education (combination treatment) compared with that from specialist consultation and patient education alone (consultation) for chronic low back pain (CLBP). Secondary objectives were to examine the predictive factors for one-year unfavorable outcome of CLBP and psychosocial differences as determinants for recovery from CLBP following the combination treatment or specialist consultation alone. Additionally, the aim was to assess the changes in physical activity between groups at one year and changes in functional variables between the groups at five months.

Of 204 CLBP patients, 102 were randomized to a combination group and 102 to a consultation-alone group. All patients were clinically examined, informed about back pain, and encouraged to stay active and exercise according to specific instructions based on clinical evaluation. Treatment in the combination group included four sessions both of manipulative therapy and of stabilizing exercises aimed at correcting motor control of the trunk. Subjective pain, disability, health-related quality of life, physical activity, coping strategies, satisfaction with care, days of sick leave, consumption of health services, and costs were assessed by several questionnaires. For predictive analysis of treatment outcome, sociodemographic characteristics, work ability, and psychological variables were evaluated and functional assessments performed.

Significant improvement occurred in both groups on every self-rated outcome measurement. Within two years, the combination group showed only slightly more significant reduction on the Visual analogue scale (VAS) and clearly greater patient satisfaction than in the consultation group. Specialist consultation alone was more cost-effective in view of both health care use and work absenteeism, and led to an increase in health-related quality of life equal to that from the combination treatment. Patients in the consultation group also tended to increase their intensity of physical exercise, other activities, and their active time more than did those in the combination group.

Psychometric factors, longer previous sick-leave days, and a low to moderate level of pain intensity proved strongly to predict unfavorable treatment outcome. The Multidimensional Pain Inventory (MPI) was used to identify three patient subgroups to determine treatment outcome. These subgroups were active copers (AC), interpersonally distressed (ID), and dysfunctional (DYS) patients. They were distinguished by level of pain severity, affective distress, life control, and of activity. In this study, MPI patient profile clustering determined the slightly greater effectiveness of the combination therapy than of the consultation alone. The effectiveness of combination therapy was due to the large changes among the dysfunctional (DYS) patients, who gained an extra advantage from combination therapy both in perceived disability (ODI) and pain intensity (VAS). The advantage for ODI disappeared at the two-year follow-up due to the improving trend among the DYS patients in the consultation group. The advantage for pain intensity remained throughout the follow-up. For the AC and ID patients, the consultation alone was as effective as the combination treatment.

Both the specialist consultation group and the combination treatment group showed unexpectedly good improvement regarding pain, disability, and health-related quality of life. The combination treatment including manipulative therapy, stabilizing exercises, and specialist consultation did not clearly enhance the effect gained by the specialist consultation alone. A subgroup of dysfunctional patients appeared, however, to be more sensitive to the combination treatment, needing more repetition and fortification of the information with hands-on therapy and exercises.


K-A Lindgren M Paatelma J Kettunen R Mikkonen

Purpose: The multitude of symptoms after a whiplash injury have caused a lot of discussion because of the lack of objective radiologic findings. However, in such a trauma the ligaments that stabilize the cervical spine and the skull to the spine can be injured. These injuries can seldom be seen on static radiographs but pathological motion patterns caused by the injury of these ligaments can be detected on functional kine MRI.

Methods and results: Thirty consecutive patients who had had a whiplash trauma and were clinically supposed to have a problem at the level of C0–C2 were included in the study. The control group consisted of age and sex matched healthy persons. Images of four patients were missing.

The imaging was performed with Philips Gyroscan Intera 1.5 T magnet. A manual therapist performed the bending and rotation of the upper cervical spine to the patients and controls to ensure that the movements were limited to the C0–C2 levels.

The analysis was made blinded and was done by one radiologist. The movement of the dens and the signal of the alaria ligaments were analysed.

Of the 26 patients, 11presented with a normal movement of the dens, whereas 15 presented with a pathological movement. Among controls we could see a normal movement in 24 individuals and pathological in 6 individuals.

Only one patient presented with a normal signal and a normal movement, whereas 20 controls presented with a normal signal as well as normal movement.

Conclusion: Functional kine MRI is a reliable method to find ligament injuries and movement disturbances between C0 and C2.


MF Reneman J Kool P Oesch JHB Geertzen MC Battié DP Gross

Purpose: Functional Capacity Evaluations (FCEs) are batteries of tests designed to measure patients’ ability to perform work-related activities. Although FCEs are used world-wide, it is unknown how patients’ performances compare between countries or settings. This study was performed to explore similarities and differences in FCE performance of patients with chronic low back pain (CLBP) between three international settings that utilise the same FCE protocol.

Methods: Standardised FCEs were performed on three cohorts of patients with CLBP: a sample from an outpatient rehabilitation context in the Netherlands (n=121), a Canadian sample in a Worker’s Compensation context (n=273), and a Swiss sample in an inpatient rehabilitation context (n=170). Patients were undergoing FCE as part of their usual clinical care. Means and standard deviations of maximum performance on the FCE material handling items were calculated and differences compared using ANO VA. Multivariable linear regression was used to determine the relationship between country of origin and FCE performance while controlling for potential confounders including, age, sex, duration of back pain problems, and self-reported pain and disability ratings.

Results: Compared to the Dutch sample, the mean performance of patients in the Canadian and Swiss samples was consistently lower on all FCE items. This association remained statistically significant after controlling for potential confounders.

Conclusions: Considerable differences were observed between settings in maximum weight handled on the various FCE items. Future FCE research should examine the effects of a number of potentially influential factors, including variability in evaluator judgements across settings, the evaluator-patient interaction and patients’ expectations of the influence of FCE results on disability compensation.

Accepted: Disability & Rehabilitation 2006


C Cunningham C Blake

Background: The UK guidelines for the management of low back pain (LBP) in the workplace were published in 2000 but studies exploring their implementation are limited. As part of a larger implementation strategy which combined changes in organisational structures with a health promotion campaign, managers at a major Dublin teaching hospital were surveyed.

The aim of this study was to establish the efficacy of a health promotion campaign in changing managers’ attitudes towards the guidelines.

Methods: A questionnaire survey of hospital managers was conducted in 2004. As part of this survey, managers were asked to indicate their level of agreement with a series of guideline based statements. The results of this survey were used to guide the development of a health promotion campaign which included a series of workshops combined with provision of written materials.

In 2006 a repeat survey of the managers (n=92) was conducted to measure the efficacy of the health promotion campaign. Survey data were entered onto SPSS (V.11) for analysis using descriptive statistics and chi square tests.

Results: A 63% (n=58) response rate was achieved. Positive changes occurred in relation to all the guidelines including a 28% increase (p< 0.05) in the proportion of managers who believe that most LBP is self limiting and a 38% increase (p< 0.05) in the proportion of managers who believe that remaining active and returning to work even if there is some pain is appropriate.

Conclusion: A health promotion campaign targeting hospital managers was successful in changing managers’ attitudes towards the occupational LBP guidelines.


MF Reneman

Purpose: Assessment of work-related disability has been a focus of a research program of the Center for Rehabilitation of the University Medical Center Groningen, the Netherlands. The main aim of the program was to study and compare 3 types of instruments that are commonly used to assess components of work-related disability of patients with chronic non-specific low back pain. These 3 instruments are: patients self reports (questionnaires), expert opinion (clinical examination by a physician), and a performance based assessment (Functional Capacity Evaluation).

Methods: Not applicable.

Results: This program has currently produced over 20 papers in peer reviewed journals. The main results of the studies of the program will be presented during the meeting:

Psychometric properties. A summary of the reliability and validity of the 3 instruments separately as well as a comparison of the outcomes will be presented. The reliability of both self reports and performance based instruments are moderate to good, while the reliability of expert based assessments of work-related disability appears poor. Comparisons of the instruments demonstrate that substantial differences exist between the instruments. On the basis of self reports patients appear more disabled than based on expert opinion. On the basis of expert opinion patients appear more disabled than based on performances.

Determinants of test performances. A summary of studies on determinants of test performances will be presented. It appears that test performances are weakly related to pain intensity, most often unrelated to pain related fears and to other psychological variables. Quite a large proportion of variance in test performances remains unexplained at the moment. Hypotheses for current and future research will be presented.

The research has provided knowledge about the strengths, weaknesses, and applicability of the instruments. These will be presented, as well as hiatus in the current knowledge.

Conclusions: Main lessons learned for the research program, both with regards to clinical application and with regards to future research. How should we assess ‘fitness for work’?


JC Hill K Konstantinou E Mason G Sowden C Vohora K Dunn CJ Main EM Hay

Background: Last year we presented the STarT Back Tool, which is validated for use in Primary Care. It subgroups patients into 3 categories (high, medium and low risk) on the basis of modifiable risk factors for chronicity. We are now piloting the feasibility of using the tool as part of a new approach to sub-grouping and targeting back pain in primary care.

Methods: The physiotherapy interventions for the 3 subgroups were developed after reviewing the literature, current guidelines, the content of existing targeted treatment programmes, and convening workshops with internationally recognised experts. Both the intervention training modules, and the targeted treatments were piloted. Consecutive back pain consulters were identified using GP electronic Read Codes (weekly downloads) and invited to attend the study’s back pain clinic. Consenting patients completed a baseline questionnaire and were classified by the tool into one of 3 sub-groups.

Results: 60 patients were recruited. 50 patients were allocated to receive treatment according to their subgroup allocation and 10 patients (control group) received a triage physiotherapy assessment (usual care) to decide if they needed further physiotherapy treatment. Primary outcomes include the Roland Morris Disability Questionnaire and the Pain Catastrophising Scale. Three-month follow-up postal questionnaires are currently being administered and outcomes will be presented at the conference. Clinicians involved (GPs, and physiotherapists) will be interviewed to identify the feasibility of this approach.

Conclusions: Once feasibility is established we will take this developmental work forwards into the clinical trial arena to investigate whether this novel “sub-grouping for targeted treatment” approach provides a cost effective way of reducing long-term risk of chronic disability in patients consulting their GP with back pain.


JA Bell

Background: Symptom modifying factors (SMFs) are everyday activities or postures that are reported to aggravate or alleviate existing LBP symptoms. In relation to sedentary jobs, workers are known to experience LBP whilst sat at work, and may report that aspects of sitting either aggravate or alleviate their symptoms. These factors appear to have received little attention in the literature, and may help to discriminate workers with different types of LBP, or identify workers likely to take sickness absence due to LBP.

Methods: A new sitting and symptom modifying factors questionnaire (SSMQ) was designed and consisted of 11 items. This questionnaire was distributed to 135 sedentary workers on two occasions with a 2 week time lapse. Principal components analysis (PCA) and Cronbach’s alpha were used to explore the structure and internal consistency of the questionnaire. Paired t-tests were used to determine test-retest stability.

Results: Three factors with eigenvalues > 1 were extracted that explained 62% of the total variance, and each factors items loaded > 0.06. These sub-scales related to aggravating and relieving (movement and posture) factors, and had consistency levels of 0.80, 0.72 and 0.78 respectively. The retest response rate was 46% and there were no statistically significant differences (p > 0.05) between test-retest measures.

Conclusions: Validating the SSMQ has produced an instrument that can be used in sedentary jobs to investigate the influence of symptom modifying factors on LBP symptoms, care seeking and sickness absence due to LBP. This questionnaire will now be used in a prospective study of sedentary call centre workers.


Professor Mansel Aylward

The perils and risks associated with worklessness have only recently been recognised and given an evidence base1. These demonstrate that economic inactivity and the ways it can be effectively addressed must be placed high on the list of priorities to be tackled by both public and occupational health. But what of the evidence that work is good for health and wellbeing? This lacuna in knowledge and understanding has recently been closed by a detailed systematic review of the medical and scientific literature which provides compelling evidence that, with very few exceptions, work and in particular employment is good for health and wellbeing2. The time is ripe to achieve the tipping-point to gain a shift in cultural attitudes to health and work, and particularly so among healthcare professionals.

Moreover the majority of people in receipt of state incapacity benefits report subjective health complaints which are in many ways no different to the common health problems (CHPs) which have been shown to have a high prevalence in the general population3,4. Unexplained symptoms in people accessing healthcare5,6 may well be another feature of the failure to gain a proper understanding of the nature and origins of perceived illness manifesting as CHPs, and to develop effective interventions. There is extensive clinical evidence that personal beliefs aggravate and perpetuate illness7 and play a central role the more subjective the health complaint1. Psychological and social factors need to be addressed as obstacles to recovery and (return to) work. Chronicity and incapacity are not inevitable in people with CHPs. Given the right support, opportunities and encouragement these health problems can be effectively managed. Illness, sickness and Incapacity need urgent recognition as psychosocial rather than medical problems. More and better healthcare will not provide the answer. Evidence is accumulating that interventions principally based on cognitive and behavioural practices substantially improve recovery from ill-health and significantly increase the likelihood of return to work among incapacity benefit recipients who participate in condition-management programmes as part of the Government’s Pathways to Work Pilots. Asound endorsement of these approaches has been the recent decision by government to extend the Pathways to Work initiatives across the country in the next few years.


P Sell E Buchanan L Hailey

Background and Purpose: There is evidence that biospychosocial information imparted to patients can be effective in reducing pain, increasing function, shifting unhelpful beliefs, and reducing healthcare utilization. The effectiveness of this information is enhanced if it is addresses the individuals concerns. Qualitative studies have identified common patient concerns, but these studies have typically been small sample sizes. The purpose of this study is to identify FAQ’s of patients presenting to secondary care in the UK, and to explore differences with regard to diagnostic category, disability, employment status and level of distress.

Methods: In excess of 500 consecutive new patients presenting to secondary care, for a specialist opinion were invited to write up to 3 questions which they would like answered in their consultation that day. In addition patients completed the battery of questionnaires normally used in these clinics (VAS (pain), ODI HAD, employment status). Post consultation each patient was assigned to a diagnostic category including non-specific LBP.

Themes from the questions were identified and discussed by two of the authors (blind to each other) using the first 50 questionnaires. The most frequently asked questions were then identified for the whole group and for subgroups determined by diagnosis, disability, employment status and distress and age.

Results: Although the most FAQ’s have been identified, there were differences between subgroups and the range of questions was large. The key themes and relationships identified will be presented.

Conclusion: Although addressing FAQ’s in patient information is to be encouraged. The findings of this study emphasize the importance of exploring and addressing individual patient concerns.


A Bishop NE Foster E Thomas EM Hay

Introduction: Previous studies have shown that advice given to patients with low back pain (LBP) by health care practitioners (HCPs) such as physiotherapists (PTs) and general practitioners (GPs) is not in line with guidelines about encouraging early return to work. The aim of this study was to describe the attitudes, beliefs and reported practice behaviour of UK GPs and PTs about LBP and to explore associations between these.

Methods: A national cross-sectional survey of GPs and PTs (n=4000), including an attitudes measure, the Pain Attitudes and Beliefs Scale (PABS.PT), which measures ‘biomedical and behavioural orientations of HCPs. A vignette describing a patient with non-specific LBP, who had a four-week absence from work, was used to capture reported clinical management. This presentation will focus on the findings about work advice.

Results: Response rates were 22% (n=446) for GPs and 55% (n=1091) for PTs. Almost one third of GPs (32%) and one in four PTs (25%) reported that they would advise the vignette patient to remain off work. The HCPs advising the vignette patient to remain off work had significantly higher biomedical (F1,988=78.85, p< 0.001) and lower behavioural (F1,981=31.89, p< 0.001) scores on the PABS.PT than those suggesting a return to work.

Conclusion: An association between attitudes and reported practice behaviour was apparent, with HCPs operating within a predominantly biomedical framework being more likely to advise a patient with back pain to stay off work. Further research should explore how HCPs’ attitudes might be changed and whether this results in changes in work recommendations.


JE Beastall M Nicol AG Sutherland D Alexander EJ Karadimas D Wardlaw

Background: It has been demonstrated that a relationship exists between pro-inflammatory cytokine levels and psychological distress. Psychological distress commonly co-exists with back pain and may be detrimental to rehabilitation in such patients undergoing surgery. We aim to establish whether a link exists between psychological distress and increased levels of Interleukin- 6 (IL-6) and it’s soluble receptor (sIL-6r) in patients undergoing surgery for low back pain.

Methods: All individuals selected for spinal fusion or stabilisation surgery, in whom low back pain was the predominant feature, were eligible for inclusion. Participants completed both the Distress and Risk Assessment Method (DRAM) and Hospital Anxiety and Depression Score (HADS) questionnaires pre-operatively. Blood samples for serum IL-6, sIL-6r and high sensitivity C-Reactive Protein (CRP) levels were extracted at recruitment and results were compared with questionnaire findings.

Results: 63 patients were recruited of whom 90.5% had some degree of measurable psychological distress. Patients were divided into two groups based upon the degree of their distress.

Mean IL-6 levels were higher in groups of patients with more distress measured by the DRAM and HADS depression component but were lower in patients with more anxiety. IL-6 receptor levels were higher in patients with raised DRAM and HADS anxiety scores.

No significant correlation between questionnaire responses and cytokine levels was found. A correlation exists between IL-6 and CRP levels even at normal levels of CRP.

Conclusion: There does not appear to be a significant relationship between IL-6 and sIL-6r levels and psychological distress in back pain patients.


L Blackman S Parsons M Underwood

Background: Low back pain is a common symptom in the general population. There is considerable evidence for the effectiveness of exercise for chronic low back pain but long-term adherence rates can be poor. It may be important to gain a greater understanding of patients’ beliefs about exercise for low back pain and their adherence to it.

Objectives: To systematically review studies exploring low back pain patients’ beliefs about exercise as a treatment for their pain.

Method: We searched Medline, Web of Science, National Research Register, PEDro, PsycINFO, AMED, CINAHL and EMBASE. Retrieved titles and abstracts were combined and screened for inclusion in the review. We quality appraised the included papers and did a thematic analysis of the data extracted from them.

Results: Three studies were eligible for inclusion in the review. The main themes identified were barriers and motivators to exercise. Time was the main barrier patients perceived. Fear of pain acted both as a barrier and a motivator to exercise. Health professionals motivated patients to exercise when the patient had regular contact and felt they understood their situation. Exercise had both physical and mental benefits, with responders feeling enabled to self manage their pain.

Conclusions: The impact of the health professional on beliefs about exercise and adherence is already acknowledged in the recommendations for supervised exercises. There is a lack of exploratory research in the area of exercise beliefs, especially in primary care. Further research is needed to understand how people with low back pain view physical activity more generally especially prior to receiving exercise as a treatment.


S Abdalla AH McGregor PH Strutton

Poor trunk extensor endurance is implicated in low back pain; less, however, is known about contributions of left and right sides and upper and lower parts to maximum torque production following fatigue. This study examines torque and electromyographic (EMG) activity in different parts of the left and right trunk extensors before and following a maximal voluntary contraction (MVC) hold.

16 student rowers participated and written informed consent was obtained. Testing was performed in a Cybex isokinetic dynamometer with synchronous bilateral EMG recordings (during brief MVCs) from the left and right the erector spinae (ES) muscles at vertebral levels T12 and L4, prior to and immediately after, and 1, 5 and 10 minutes after a 60 second MVC.

A small decrease in maximum torque was observed during 60s MVC, followed by a non significant step-wise increase. The torque at 10 minutes post MVC was the highest value recorded. EMG activity rose in the right upper back 5 and 10 mins following the fatigue. Furthermore, the ratios of left:right EMG activity revealed an increase compared to pre-fatigue values in the lower back but a decrease in the upper back, suggesting the task involved differential use of left and right sides in addition to upper and lower back muscles.

These results suggest that 60s MVC induces differential activation of left and right sides and upper and lower parts of the trunk extensors. The apparent potentiation in force and asymmetry of activation following the 60s MVC task requires further investigation.


Full Access
AJ Coxon S Farmer C Greenough

Introduction: It has previously been reported that EMG variables recorded from the lumbar spinal muscles may be recorded reproducibly, are able to discriminate low back pain subjects from normal volunteers and are predictive of future back pain. At present, however, an experienced operator is required to acquire the signals and to determine the value of some variables. This has hindered the transfer of the technique from the laboratory to the clinical setting.

Methods: The EMG signal is subjected to a Fast Fourier Transform and a power spectrum is produced. An Expert System has been developed to examine this power spectrum. In accordance to a rule base several variables are generated including the half width. The error analysis can detect a number of possible errors of recording that can affect test results and unusual traces are flagged for further consideration. In some defined cases a correction is automatically applied.

Results: The Standard error between tshe manually generated half width and the automatically calculated value is 30%. Using the automated system 5% of subjects were found to change classification from normal to at risk. The sensitivity and specificity of detecting recording errors was 0.5 and 0.4 respectively. Work is ongoing.

Conclusions: The new system has reduced data set analysis from days to minutes, thus many different methods of analysis can be compared and contrasted readily. The automatic calculation of half width and other variables has brought clinical usage one step closer, and allow EMG analysis to provide a useful tool for monitoring treatment and measuring outcome.


R Niemeläinen T Videman MC Battié

Purpose & Relevance: To examine the prevalence of degenerative findings in the thoracic spine in a population sample of adult men. Normative data on thoracic degenerative findings provide an essential reference for related observations in patients.

Methods & Results: Qualitative and quantitative assessments of thoracic disc degeneration were obtained from MRI (levels T6-L1) for general population sample of 532 men aged 25–70 years. Qualitative assessments of disc degeneration were performed by an experienced spine surgeon and custom-made software was used to acquire quantitative assessments. Descriptive statistics were acquired using SPSS. Moderate or severe disc bulging was present in at least one disc in 7.9% of subjects, with bulging most common at the two lowest levels. The prevalence of disc herniations was 0.8%. Moderate or severe disc height narrowing was present in 2.7% to 9.7% by disc level with 22.4% of subjects having at least one narrowed disc. Four or more wedged vertebrae (≥ 5°) were present in 68 subjects and 13 (2.4%) had coexisting Schmorl’s nodes. Seven subjects (1.3%) met more stringent criteria for Scheuermann’s disease, with three or more wedged vertebrae, endplate changes, sclerosis and disc height narrowing. Of the variables examined, disc signal intensity correlated highest with age (r= 0.31–0.40, depending on disc level).

Conclusion: The prevalence of disc degeneration appears lower in the thoracic spine than previously reported in the lumbar spine. However, one-fifth of the subjects have markedly narrowed discs, which have been associated with symptom history in the lumbar spine. Disc signal intensity is the finding most highly associated with age.


JA Bell

Background: Sickness absence, care seeking and symptoms lasting more than 24 hours have all been used to quantify an episode of low back pain (LBP). These measures do not take into account the transient and fluctuating symptoms that sedentary workers may experience over the course of the day, or from day to day. Some workers may not even describe their symptoms as ‘painful’, perhaps preferring alternative pain adjectives such as ‘discomfort’ or ‘aching’. The importance of these symptoms when sitting at work in relation to the development of persistent symptoms and work loss is unknown.

Methods: A new low back discomfort scale was developed based on a 100mm VAS scale ranging from 0 (no discomfort), through to 100 (severe discomfort). Subjects (n=41) were asked to mark on the scale the intensity of any discomfort, i.e. ache, strain, unpleasant sensation or pain experienced when sitting at work in the past week. Subjects were re-tested after a two week time-lapse, and paired t-tests were used to determine test-retest stability.

Results: The retest response rate was 46%, and there were no statistically significant differences (p > 0.05) between test (28mm), and retest (21mm) mean scores. Reports from subjects suggest that the scale has face validity.

Conclusions: The low back discomfort scale was shown to be valid and reliable, providing a broad measure of reported symptom intensity when sitting at work. This scale will now be used in sedentary work environments alongside biomechanical and psychosocial measures to investigate risk factors for persistent LBP and sickness absence.


ADH Gardner D Hettinga

Many studies in UK and other countries over the past 15 years have shown a high one year prevalence of back pain in teenagers rising from around 12% at the age of 12 to adult levels in excess of 30% by the age of 19.

Around 8% of all adolescents are significantly affected by chronic or recurrent back or neck pain sufficient to compromise school attendance and/or sport. Girls report around 10% more disability than boys.

Adolescent back pain, especially when accompanied by MRI changes at the age of 15, is associated with continuing symptoms in adult life.

Associated risk factors are physical, environmental, psychosocial and genetic. Some of these can be rectified, others clearly cannot, but once identified, they can usually be managed satisfactorily to minimise disability.

Known physical factors include too little or occasionally too much exercise, also many schools do not have adequate lockers which necessitates carrying heavy loads of books, sports equipment, etc. often in inadequate bags. A maximum load of 15% of body weight is recommended.

Environmental factors include poorly designed lowest cost school furniture causing postural strain, which cannot be adjusted to take account of the half metre variation in height of 15 year olds. One size does not fit all. Much school furniture would be illegal in an office, School is the workplace of the child.

This paper reviews the recent literature which indicates that attention to these factors results in better school performance and less back pain but further research is required.


M Bhattacharyya

Objective: The objective of this study was to describe the potential therapeutic benefit of joint mobilization and manipulation on acute back pain and sciatica with disc protrusion on MRI. in the conservative management of patients with low back pain waiting to see spinal surgeon.

Methods: A prospective review of outcomes of 102 [19–58 years] patients undergone spinal manipulation. Each patient had exhibited suboptimal improvement with at least a 4 weeks of NSAIDs. Manipulations were done 5 days per week by experienced chiropractors, with a number of sessions which depended on pain relief.

Results: Manipulations appeared effective on the basis of the percentage of pain-free cases number of days with pain and number of days with moderate or severe pain. Patients had low mean VAS scores. There were only three treatment failures. Transient pain migration over the back was noted in some patients.

Conclusions: It offers an additional perspective for considering the integration of spinal manipulation into healthcare policy.

It may cause preexisting asymptomatic disc herniations to become symptomatic. Due to the inconsistencies in manual force application during PA spinal mobilization, clinical standardization of manual force application is necessary. Documentation of mobilization should include detailed descriptions of force parameters and measurement methods. This Information on the care patients routinely receive from complementary and alternative medicine providers will help physicians better understand these increasingly popular forms of care.

Perceived satisfaction levels of patients with acute back pain with chiropractic treatment and reported reductions in associated pain levels and activity restrictions support the clinical rationale for patient treatment.


SN Casserley-Feeney G Bury L Daly DA Hurley

Background: This pragmatic randomised controlled trial aimed to investigate any differences in the clinical outcomes of patients with low back pain (LBP) receiving physiotherapy in (i) the current public hospital-based secondary healthcare model (H) versus (ii) a private community-based primary healthcare model (P)

Participants & Methods: Between March 2005 and May 2006, 160 consenting subjects [110F, 50M; mean age (SD) yrs: 41.28 (12.83}], referred by GPs for physiotherapy for non-specific LBP were recruited across three clinical centres within Ireland Subjects completed a baseline interview and outcome measures (Roland Morris Disability Questionnaire (RMDQ), SF-36 V2 Pain Subscale, Fear Avoidance Beliefs Questionnaire, Back Beliefs Questionnaire), were stratified (acute: < 3/12; chronic: > 3/12), and randomised to one of the two groups (i.e. H: n=80; P: n=80), with follow ups at 3, 6 and 12 months post randomisation.

Analysis: Data were coded and questionnaires scored, then analysed using the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS, Version 11). An intention-to-treat analysis was conducted. Patient follow-ups are ongoing: 3-month [completed by 31stth August 2006; current response rate: 82% (n =117/143)].

Results: Both groups were comparable for all baseline demographic variables and questionnaire scores. Current descriptive analysis of mean change scores (SD), from baseline to 3-months, show clinically meaningful improvements in both groups RMDQ: [H=3.95(−1.172); P=4.94(−0.816)] and SF-36 Bodily pain: [H=−7.51(=3.6); P= −10.54(−2.6)]. The complete 3-month data set will be presented at the meeting.

Conclusion & Implications: The findings may influence future health policy regarding the funding of physiotherapy services in Ireland.


M Bhattacharyya

Cervical extrication collars are frequently used in pre hospital stabilization and in the definitive treatment for lesions of the cervical spine. The control of extensionflexion, lateral bending, and rotation given to individual segments is variable with different designs.

Objective: To highlight the patient satisfaction and reported pain perception with immobilization of cervical injury with the extrication collar.

Method: We present prospective cohort of fourteen patients with median age of 28 years with suspected C-spine injury waiting for CT scan. Unreliable patients were defined as those with admission Glasgow Coma Scale score < 15. They were treated with extrication collar immobilization. The initial diagnosis was made by supine cross-table lateral radiograph and then by computed tomographic scan as early as possible. All had no apparent neurologic deficit attributed to the C-spine at admission.

Results: All reported increased level of pain despite administering adequate analgesia. Most patients reported increased pain at the pressure point of the collar.

Conclusion: These cases demonstrate the limitations of current management techniques of suspected cervical fractures in unreliable trauma patients and highlight the lack of appropriate orthosis for cervical immobilization in our institution.


JC Kerr AH McGregor

The purpose of this study was to design a questionnaire to evaluate patients’ satisfaction with the healthcare system relating to their spinal procedure, and to gather information relating to pre and post operative management. If successful, this questionnaire will be incorporated into the FASTER (Function after spinal treatment, exercise and rehabilitation) study, with the aim of identifying common care pathways and to understand where stumbling blocks arise.

The questionnaire included three sections: Care before surgery, care after surgery, plus general measures of satisfaction. Patients were randomly selected from the hospital records if they had undergone a lumbar discectomy or lateral nerve root decompression within the past year; this included both NHS and private patients.

34 pilot questionnaires were sent, to date 18 have been returned (9 NHS and 9 private patients). It was found that 79% of patients went to their GP when first experiencing pain/discomfort; however, alarmingly, an overwhelming majority of these patients felt their problem was not dealt with correctly at this stage. Fifty percent of the patients who went through the NHS “Definitely” felt left alone to deal with their problem. Only 10% of patients had physiotherapy prior to surgery and none went to pain management classes. 32% of patients received physiotherapy after leaving hospital; however, in all but one case this was after returning with symptoms.

Despite this, patients in general were very pleased with the care they received during there hospital stay. This pilot data provides an insight into the issues experienced by spinal surgery patients.


A Sharad A S C Bidwai S Ahmed B Levack

During the period of January 1999 and August 2004 there was a policy in our institution of removal for metalwork from patients who underwent open reduction and internal fixation of an ankle fracture. We were not able to find any evidence in the literature as to whether implant removal confers long-term benefit or disability in these patients.

Between January 1999 to August 2003, all patients who underwent ankle metalwork removal were reviewed.

Most patients with mechanical symptoms were improved by implant removal. The two infections resolved. In those patients with pain, about two thirds found were improved.

Following this study the practice in our institution has changed. We do not feel routine removal of metalwork is warranted unless there are specific indications; mainly mechanical symptoms, infection and pain. We are particularly keen to counsel patients from the latter category, that surgery may not resolve their symptoms.


D J Farr A Karim J D Calder

Introduction: Compression staples are becoming increasingly popular for osteotomies and arthrodesis. Their design can be divided into “Mechanical Compression” or “Shape Memory”. However, there are no publications investigating the actual compressive forces achieved or the ideal limb-length to staple width ratio.

Methods and Materials: Compression was compared using a load cell mounted within a previously validated simulated fusion site. Two designs each of “mechanical compression” and “shape memory” staples were tested and filmed. The effect of altering limb length on compression was noted.

Results: Both designs of “mechanical compression” staple splayed open causing either no net compression or even distraction. Distractive forces of up to 23N were recorded. The “shape memory” staples all achieved compression at the fusion site of between 5 and 25N. Limb length did not appear to alter the compression force achieved. The outcome was not affected by the material used.

Discussion: “Mechanical compression” staples act in a similar manner to the AO principle of a 2-hole compression plate used without a lag screw or pre-bending. Although there is compression of the cis-cortex, the limbs of the staple splay open with a fulcrum around the bridge-limb intersection resulting in distraction of the trans-cortex. “Shape memory” staples compress both the cis-and trans-cortices along the length of the limb leading to adequate stability and compression forces across the fusion site.

Conclusion: “Mechanical compression” staples cause a distractive force rather than a compressive force and we therefore recommend that they are not relied upon for fusion and the manufacturers need to modify the product or it’s indications for use. The “shape memory” staples do provide compression and the length-to-width ratio of the staple does not appear to be important.


R Suneja S Gujral N Roberts C Mcloughlin M Wilson J Barrie

Previous studies of adult acquired flatfoot have reported the results of treatment. No study has described the clinical characteristics of a consecutive series.

In a ten-year period we managed 166 patients with adult acquired flatfoot. Forty were male and 126 female The median age of the men was 56 years and of the women 60 years (p=0.149). Twenty-eight had bilateral problems and 78% had gastrocnemius/soleus tightness.

We used the Truro classification. There were 26 stage 1 patients, with a median age of 45 years. Eight were male and 18 female. Eight had features of enthesopathy but rheumatological investigations were negative. There were 84 stage 2 patients, with a median age of 61 years; 23 were male and 61 female. Twenty-five patients were stage 3, with a median age of 59 years; 5 were male and 20 female. 23 patients were in stage 4, with a median age of 67 years; 4 were male and 19 female. Six patients were stage 5, with a median age of 67.5 years; all were female. There were two patients in stage 6, aged 81 and 85 years, both female. The stage 1 patients were significantly younger than the others (p< 0.001); there were no other significant differences in ages or sex ratios.

Most patients had predominantly soft-tissue problems. However, we identified 33 whose problems related mainly to osteoarthritis. These patients had a higher median age (62.5 years versus 58 years, p=0.0138) and stiffer deformities (p< 0.0001).

Most patients (131, 78.9%) were managed solely with orthotics, shoe adaptations and physiotherapy. Thirty-five patients were offered surgery. Twenty-eight procedures were performed on 23 patients. Surgery was commoner in the arthritic group (15/33 offered surgery versus 20/133, p=0.001).


Rt Flavin R Gibney S K O’Rourke

Introduction: Percutaneous repairs of Achilles tendon ruptures has gained popularity due the reduced incidence of wound complications, however its use is still limited by the high incidence of sural nerve injuries associated with these repairs. The only technique described to avoid this adverse event is to surgically expose the nerve peri – operatively.

Materials & Methods: In our study we describe and validate a clinical technique to identify the sural nerve. The technique describes flexing the knee to 90°, and supinating the forefoot and inverted the hindfoot. The sural nerve is at its greatest tension in this position and thus the nerve can be palpated along its path. The sural nerve was mapped using this technique both clinically and by US in a cohort of male subjects with intact Achilles tendons.

Results: We demonstrated an excellent correlation between the clinical and US mapping. It also showed excellent inter – observer and intra – observer mapping rates.

Discussion: Sural nerve injuries occur in up to 18% of percutaneous repairs due to the close proximity of the nerve to the tendon along its lateral border. The resultant pain or parasthesia experienced by the patient from sural nerve injuries results in a profound morbidity. This morbidity has lead to the reduced popularity of this procedure. The clinical mapping is a simple easy test, which identifies the nerve along its path and thus the nerve can be avoided during the procedure.

Conclusion: This study demonstrates an accurate and repeatable clinical technique for mapping the sural nerve in conjunction with percutaneous Achilles tendon repairs.


M Ismail A Karim A Amis J Calder

Introduction: Open Repair of the Achilles tendon is associated with problems of wound breakdown and infection. Percutaneous methods have been associated with sural nerve injury. The Achillon system avoids these problems. However no studies have assessed the strength of this repair and whether it allows early active rehabilitation.

Materials/Methods: Simulated Achilles tendon ruptures in sheep Achilles tendons were repaired using either the Achillon method or a two strand Kessler technique with a No.2 Ticron Suture. The tendon diameter was measured in all cases, and was matched for both groups (mean 9mm, range 8–10mm). Specimens were loaded to failure using an Instron tensile testing machine.

Results: Mean load to failure for the Achillon method was 153.13N ± 59.64 (range 65–270), and the mean load to failure for the Kessler Repair was 123.13N ± 24.19 (range 75–150). This difference was not statistically significant p=0.209. A Pearson’s correlation coefficient was carried out for each group to see if mean load to failure was related to tendon diameter. There were statistically significant higher mean loads to failure for wider tendon repaired by the Achillon method p=0.047, however this was not the case with Kessler repairs p=0.231.

Discussion: The Achillon repair had a similar load to failure as the 2 strand Kessler repair. These results support the use of early active rehabilitation following the Achillon repair and we could not demonstrate stretching at the repair site. As this method is minimally invasive and does not grasp the tendon it may also have less effect on disruption of tendon blood supply and allow faster healing.

Conclusion: The Achillon repair has comparable tensile strength to Kessler Repair, and is a biomechanically sound method of repair of the acutely rupture Achilles tendon in suitable patients.


J McGowan S Nicol C Senthil Kumar

Purpose: The purpose of the study was to compare the maximum compression force of three different 6.5 mm cancellous screws commonly used in hindfoot fusions.

Materials and methods: Screw 1 was a solid core standard fragment partially threaded cancellous screw (Smith and Nephew).

Screw 2 was a titanium cannulated screw with a medium thread pitch (Asnis III, Stryker).

Screw 3 was also a titanium cannulated screw with a large core diameter but with a small thread pitch (Ace, DePuy).

Four different densities of polyurethane foams were used simulating cancellous bone and the compression

Results: Screw 3 had the highest compression force in tests with the low density foams (p< 0.05) and screw 1 performed better in higher density foams (p< 0.05). In medium density foams, both screws 1 and 3 showed significantly more compression than screw 2 (p< 0.05).

Clinical relevance: The results indicate that the 6.5 mm standard fragment non-cannulated cancellous screw may provide more compression in a normal density bone whereas in an osteoporotic bone a cannulated titanium screw may be preferred for producing better compression during arthrodesis.


G Rathore S Gujral R Suneja S Bassi K Patel J Barrie

Plantar fibromatosis is a relatively rare disease compared to its counterpart in the hand. Though it is considered to be a part of Dupuytrens diathesis it has been less exhaustively studied to enable evidence based management strategies.

We followed up all patients presenting with plantar fibromatosis to our institute between 1980 and 2006, identifying 41 patients. 6 patients were lost to followup. Thirty-five patients with 60 involved feet were included in the study. There were 22 males and 13 females, all white Caucasians. The median age at presentation was 45 (19–63 years), and the median follow up was 10 years (2–25 years)

Twenty-one of our patients had palmar Dupuytren’s disease, six had knuckle pads, four had Peyronie’s disease, four had other superficial fibomatoses and two keloids. Six were diabetic, four had epilepsy of whom two took valproate and one phenobarbitone. Eight patients had a family history of fibromatoses.

The most common presentation was a painful lump (20); 13 patients had a painless lump (13) and two had only pain. All patients reported a proliferative phase of enlarging nodule size, often with pain, which lasted 1–4 years (median 2 years). Thereafter most patients reported improvement in symptoms (size of lump and pain) as well as function. As we came to recognise this, we treated most patients with symptomatic measures and observation only. At review, 17 patients considered their symptoms were improving, 14 were stable and only four had noticed deterioration. Seven patients, mostly early in the series, were treated by wide excision; six had recurrence at review although only one was symptomatic.

Plantar fibromatosis is a benign condition which stabilises and may improve after an initial proliferative phase lasting about two years Most patients require no intervention.


N Maffulli L Yao CS Bestwick LA Bestwick RM Aspden

Introduction: Tendon ruptures are increasingly common, repair can be difficult and healing poorly understood. Tissue engineering approaches often require expansion of cell numbers to populate a construct, and maintenance of cell phenotoype is essential for tissue regeneration.

Methods: In this study we characterise the phenotype of human Achilles tenocytes and assess how this is affected by passaging. Tenocytes, isolated from tendon samples from 6 patients receiving surgery for rupture of the Achilles tendon, were passaged 8 times. Proliferation rates and cell morphology were recorded at passages 1, 4 and 8. Total collagen, the ratio of collagen types I and III and decorin were used as indicators of matrix formation and expression of the integrin ‘alpha’1 subunit as a marker of cell-matrix interactions.

Results: With increasing passage number, cells became more rounded, were more widely spaced at confluence and confluent cell density declined from 18700 /cm2 to 16100 /cm2 (P=0.009). No change to total cell layer collagen was observed but the ratio of type III to type I collagen increased from 0.60 at passage 1 to 0.89 at passage 8 (P< 0.001). Decorin expression significantly decreased with passage number, from 22.9 ± 3.1 ng/ng DNA at passage 1, to 9.1 ± 1.8 ng/ngDNA at passage 8 (P< 0.001). Integrin expression did not change.

Conclusion: We conclude that the phenotype of tenocytes in culture rapidly drifts with progressive passage.


V Naidu D Nielsen R K Trehan A Shetty

Introduction: Achilles tendinopathy is a source of significant pain and disability. While many patients respond to non-operative treatment, a proportion will require operative treatment. Both open decompression and percutaneous longitudinal tenotomy have been described. We describe a new technique and present the results of percutaneous circumferential decompression of the tendon, dividing adhesions between the paratenon and the tendon.

Methods: We followed up 10 patients for a mean of 10 months (5–19) post operatively. They were scored pre and post operatively using the tegner activity score, the puddu score and an analogue pain score. The functional result was also assessed with the SF12 questionnaire.

Results: All patients reported significant improvements in pain (p=0.007), tegner (p=0.007) and puddu (p=0.005) scores. They would all undergo the procedure again. The SF12 scores were not significantly different from a normal population.

Discussion: We believe that this technique addresses the underlying pathology, giving excellent results without the potential complications of an open decompression.


N Maffulli B Datta A Turner M Neil WR Walsh

Introduction: Repair of chronic Achilles tendon rupture is technically complex. Flexor Hallucis Longus (FHL) and Peroneus Brevis (PB) Tendon transfers have been described, but the mechanical properties of these tissues have not been well reported.

Methods: The FHL, PB and tendo Achilles (TA) tendons were harvested from 17 fresh frozen human cadavers free of gross pathology (mean age 69 years). Samples were tested in uniaxial tension at 100% per minute. Samples were secured using special jigs for the bony aspect or by freezing the tendons in cryogrips using liquid carbon dioxide. The peak load (N), linear stiffness (N/mm) and energy to peak load (N*mm) were determined. Mechanical data was analysed using one way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by a Games Howell multiple comparison post-hoc test.

Results: 51 tendons were harvested. Mechanical testing was successfully completed in all samples apart from one PB that slipped from the grips during testing (sample was omitted from the analysis). The mean ultimate loads differed for each group, with the TA tendons being the strongest (1724.5 N ± 514.3) followed by FHL (511.0 N ± 164.3) and PB (333.1 N ± 137.2) (P< 0.05). Similar results were found with respect to energy, with TA tendons absorbing the most energy followed by FHL and PB (P< 0.05). Stiffness for the TA tendons (175.5 N/mm ± 94.8) was greater than FHL (43.3 N/mm ± 14.1) and PB (43.6 N/mm ± 18.9), which did not differ from each other.

Conclusions: FHL is stronger than PB, but have similar stiffness. The mechanical properties of PB and FHL were both inferior to TA. Graft stiffness appears to be an important variable rather than ultimate load based on the clinical success of both techniques.


Y H K Lodhi A I Zubairy Y Nakhuda K Patel A Sloan

Introduction: Ankle sprain is one of the common presentations in Accident and Emergency. Accurate diagnosis is critical and sometime difficult without special investigation such as Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) or arthroscopy.

Aim: The purpose of this project was to evaluate magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) accuracy for diagnosing and defining ankle pathology.

Method: Retrospective review of 36 patients who underwent both MRI and Arthroscopy. All cases were seen by single orthopaedic surgeon with special interest in foot and ankle surgery. MRI scan were reviewed by consultant radiologist at our institute. Arthroscopy was used as a standard for comparing MRI results. Sensitivity and Specificity was calculated by qualified statistician.

Results: For osteochondral lesion the Sensitivity of 85.7 %, Specificity of 93.3% and Accuracy of 89.7% was noticed. Anterior and posterior tibiofibular ligament (ATFL and PTFL) pathology had a Sensitivity of 100 %, Specificity of 100% and Accuracy of 100%, while anterior inferior tibiofibular ligament pathology had a Sensitivity of 66.6 %, Specificity of 95% and Accuracy of 86.6%.

Conclusion: Although MRI is a useful tool in exclusion of pathological condition its sensitivity and accuracy in diagnosing ligament injury is not encouraging.


S Akhtar Q Choudry R Kumar

The contribution of incorrectly fitting footwear to the development of foot pain and deformity has been citied as an etiologic factor but is something that has not been fully evaluated. We examined the relationship between footwear characteristics and the prevalence of common forefoot problems in patients attending foot clinic.

Methods: Prospective study measuring shoe size (width & Length) and foot measurements in 50 patients attending foot clinic with foot problems. Comparison made with 50 random people with no foot complaints. Deformities, medical histories and pain scores were documented.

Results: Clinic patients: Mean age 49 range(19–68). 12 male 38 female. 21 out of 50 wearing shoes half a shoe size too small, 7 patients wearing shoes half a shoe size larger. 32 patients wearing shoes narrower than feet mean 6mm (range 2–9mm.) Deformities: 27 hallux valgus, 3 bunionette, 6 hammertoes, 5 callosities. Mean pain VAS 5 range (3–10). 11 patients were diabetic, 6 had peripheral vascular disease.

Random patients: Mean age 41 range(19–65). 19 male 31 female. 7 out of 50 wearing shoes half a size smaller, 13 wearing shoes half a size larger, 15 wearing shoes narrower than feet mean 4 mm (range 2–7mm). Deformities: 6 hallux valgus, 3 hammer toes, 8 callosities. Mean pain VAS 1 (1–3). 8 people were diabetic.

Conclusion: A large proportion of patients attending foot clinic wore ill-fitting shoes. Women wore shoes that were shorter and narrower compared to their feet than men. Wearing shoes smaller and narrower than the feet was associated with hammer toes, hallux valgus deformity and foot pain. Incorrectly fitting footwear may be a significant contributing factor associated with forefoot pathology and foot pain. These findings highlight the need for footwear assessment in the management of foot problems.


P Vaughan J Humphrey Joy Howorth R Dega

Background: A subcuticular suture is an ideal closure method of a surgical wound, in patients undergoing foot & ankle surgery, when the aim is healing by primary intention. However, the addition of adhesive strips over the subcuticular suture has become an accepted method of closure despite being based on anecdotal, rather than experimental evidence.

Methods: We performed a prospective study to compare the postoperative wound complications of combination closure (3/0 Monocryl & steri strips) with subcuticular closure alone (3/0 Monocryl). Patients undergoing foot & ankle surgery were allocated to either group on an alternate basis. The wounds of sixty consecutive patients were assessed clinically for wound complications at one-week post op.

Results: Patients who had a combined closure were more likely to develop a wound discharge (23% vs 7%), friable skin (53% vs 3%) and were more likely to have non-opposed wound edges (60% vs 23%). They were also twice as likely to return to clinic for a further wound check (20% vs 10%).

Discussion: Adhesive strips were originally developed as wound dressings and offer no improvement in the tensile strength of the subcuticular closure. Instead their addition exposes the surgical wound to the possibility of epidermal injury from the adhesive in the tape and increases the likelihood of developing wound complications. We recommend meticulous closure of surgical wounds of the foot and ankle with continuous, absorbable, subcuticular suture without adhesive strips, for an optimal outcome.


A Wee S Samad A Robinson D Gibbons S Vowler

Introduction: Ankle syndesmotic injury is currently assessed by radiographic criteria defined by Pettrone. These indices are based on the assumption that the ankle is in the correct rotation when the radiographs are taken. This study shows that computerized tomographic (CT) scans of an ankle in its mortice orientation demonstrate a greater range of values for the tibio-fibular overlap (TFO), and the tibial clear space (TCS) than that proposed by Pettrone. This study also demonstrates how rotation of the ankle in the transverse axis changes the values for the TFO and TCS.

Materials and Method: 20 uninjured ankle CT scans were studied to evaluate the syndesmosis. The images were orientated so that measurements were taken 1cm above the tibial plafond with the ankle in a mortice orientation. Each image was rotated 5° from 15° external rotation to 20° internal rotation. Bony landmarks were confirmed prior to taking measurements. These were taken by 2 orthopaedic surgeons on 2 separate occasions.

Results: The range for the TFO is 0–11.6mm; the range for the TCS is 2–6.1mm. The range for the values is greater than that proposed by previous studies. The TFO and TCS change with rotation of the leg.

Conclusion: On the AP radiograph syndesmotic disruption is indicated by a TCS > 5mm, a TFO < 10mm and on the mortise view a TFO < 1mm. A normal ankle should therefore have a TCS less than 5mm and TFO greater than 10mm on the AP and greater than 1mm on the mortise view.

There is a greater normal range of syndesmotic width found on CT scans than suggested by previous studies. Values change with rotation of the leg in its transverse plane. Syndesmotic injury cannot be reliably diagnosed using the current radiological criteria.


N Maffulli L Sharp Z Miedzybrodzka A H Cardy J Inglis L Madrigal S Barker D Chesney C Clark

Introduction: Between 1 and 4 per 1000 births worldwide are affected by clubfoot. Clubfoot etiology is unclear, but both genetic and environmental factors are thought to be involved. Low folate status in pregnant women has been implicated in several congenital malformations and folate metabolism may be affected by polymorphisms in the MTHFR gene.

Methods: Using a case-parent triad design, we investigated whether the MTHFR C677T polymorphism, and maternal peri-conceptional folic acid supplement use, influenced risk of isolated clubfoot. 375 case-parent triads took part.

Results: Among children there was a significant trend of decreasing clubfoot risk with increasing number of Talleles: relative risk (RR ) CT vs CC=0.75 (95% CI: 0.57,0.97); RR TT vs CC=0.57 (95% CI: 0.37,0.91); p trend=0.006. This association was not modified by maternal folic acid use.

Conclusion: Maternal MTHFR genotype did not influence risk of clubfoot in the offspring overall, although a possible interaction with folic acid use was found. This is the first report of a specific genetic polymorphism associated with clubfoot. The direction of the association is intriguing and suggests DNA synthesis may be relevant in clubfoot development. However, clubfoot mechanisms are poorly understood and the folate metabolism pathway is complex. Further research is needed to elucidate these relationships.


A Mahendra U K Jain K Shah M Khanna

Background: In developing countries, many patients are seen with neglected, residual or recurrent CTEV. Treatment of resistant & neglected CTEV has been a subject of much controversy as the pathoanatomy becomes complex & the true cause of disability becomes difficult to ascertain at times. We treated such patients by controlled, differential, distraction using Joshi’s external stabilisation system (JESS).

Aim of study: To explore the role & long term results (minimum follow up 3 years) of controlled, differential, distraction using JESS in relapsed & neglected clubfeet.

Methods: 82 patients with 24 bilateral cases (106 feet) treated by JESS at the department of Orthopaedics, KGMU, India from 1992 onwards; followed up for a minimum of 3 years post surgery (average follow up 6.5 years). Patients with non-idiopathic club foot were not included in this study. Outcome evaluation was done by clinical, podographic(footprint), radiological & functional outcomes using Hospital for Joint diseases Orthopaedic Institute functional rating system for clubfoot surgery.

Results: Excellent results were obtained in 63%, good in 30% & poor in 7% of the cases. 21% had a partial relapse with only 5% requiring further surgery for deformity correction. 11% of cases needed further surgery in the form of flexor tenotomies, subtalar & mid-foot fusion for persistent pain

Conclusion: Controlled, differential, fractional distraction with JESS is a safe & effective procedure for neglected, resistant & relapsed CTEV. It is effective even in patients after skeletal maturity in correcting the deformity. The procedure is less invasive and the results are good irrespective of the severity of the deformity or age of the patient.


S W Sturdee N J Harris M Farndon

Introduction: We report the clinical and radiological results of 137 AES Total Ankle Replacements (TAR)(Biomet, Europe) over a 4-year period.

Methods: 134 patients underwent 137 Total Ankle Replacements. There were 47 females and 87 males. Three patients underwent bilateral procedures. The mean age of the patients was 64 years (48–78). The main indication for surgery was post-traumatic arthritis other indications included primary arthritis, inflammatory arthritis, haemophilia, haemochromatosis, polio, cavo-varus deformity and revision of a loose STAR. The pre-op coronal deformity ranged from 20 degrees varus to 40 degrees valgus. The same surgeon performed all operations. All patients had a clinical and radiological follow-up at 3, 6 and 12 months then annually, thereafter.

Results: At a mean time to follow up of 18 months the mean AOFAS Hindfoot Score was 79. Excluding those patients with other joint disorders the stratified AOFAS score increases to 81. Four patients experienced postoperative talar subsidence and 8 patients had gaps or lysis around the tibial bone implant interface. Three patients developed soft tissue complications, two of which had to have a split skin graft and one of these developed a deep infection. The third patient required a fascio cutaneous local flap. Thirteen patients required a further procedure for postoperative edge loading. No implant has been revised to date. Two patients feel no better off since surgery and one patient feels worse off. The remainder rate their surgery as good or excellent.

Discussion: The early results of the AES TAR are encouraging. Careful management of the soft tissues and correct soft tissue balancing are important. In our series we have modified the surgical technique so less talar bone is resected.

Conclusion: We feel the AES TAR provides encouraging early results.


R Flavin D FitzPatrick M M Stephens

Introduction: The foot is a very complex structure acting as the platform for all gait patterns. At present, little is known about the exact biomechanics of the foot due to the difficulties in modeling all of the components of the foot accurately. This has made it virtually impossible to develop a complete understanding of the aetiology of many diseases of the foot including hallux rigidus. We hypothesize that sagittal plane incongruency of the rotation of the 1st Metatarsophalangeal Joint (MTPJ), or an increase in the tension of the intrinsic plantar flexors is responsible for the development of hallux rigidus.

Materials & Methods: Ground reaction forces and kinematic data from gait analysis together with anthropometric data from MRI scans of a 24 y.o. female were used to create a Mimics model of the articulation of a normal 1st MTPJ during a gait cycle. The centre of rotation was calculated by triangulating the articular surfaces. Finite element analysis was performed on the model and on similar models with the hypothesized;

joint incongruency,

an increased tension in the Flexor Hallicus Brevis and

an increased tension in the plantar fascia.

Results: The results demonstrated a significant increase in the peak stresses, contact areas and stress distributions between the incongruent models compared to the congruent models.

Discussion: To the best of our knowledge this is the most accurate FE model of the 1st MTPJ calculated. Hallux Rigidus is a very common forefoot disorder, with multiple etiologies and treatments advocated. This model demonstrates that an increased tension in the plantar flexors results in a reduced ROM with increased contact stresses on the joint surface.

Conclusion: While it is known Hallux Rigidus has a multi-factorial etiology, the authors feel the above study demonstrates an important inherent etiology.


R Elliot J Calder

Introduction: Adequate analgesia following hindfoot surgery can be difficult and conventional analgesics have significant side effects. A single bolus popliteal block of the neurovascular bundles is effective but short-lived. We have been using a retained perineural catheter with continuous local anaesthetic infusion for pain relief post-operatively.

Materials and Methods: This 2 cohort observational study compares pain relief following single bolus dose popliteal block and retained continuous infusion perineural catheter. With the patient supine in the anaesthetic room a nerve stimulator identified the tibial and peroneal branches of the sciatic nerve which were blocked with 20mls 0.5% marcaine. In 31 patients a perineural catheter was left in situ and connected to a Stryker “Pain Pump” infusing 0.25% bupivacaine at a rate of 4 ml/hour with 1 ml/hour patient controlled boluses. Following discharge the catheter was removed by the district nurse at 72 hours post-operatively.

Results: Patients were asked to fill in Visual Analogue Scores for 72 hours post operatively. The mean pain score for the single block group was 4.9 (range 0–9). The mean pain score for the popliteal catheter group was 1.03 (range 0–5). One patient had an air-lock in the infusion tubing leading to pain once the initial block wore-off. One patient experienced a patch of numbness in the lower leg which resolved by the 2 week follow-up. There were no other complications, such as infection, from placement of the retained catheter. All patients were satisfied with their post-operative pain control.

Conclusion: We recommend this novel technique as an effective method of pain relief after ankle and hindfoot surgery. To confirm our findings we are running a randomised, double blinded, placebo controlled trial to study this method of pain relief.


A G Kasis M Krishnan M E Griess

We retrospectively reviewed 27 patients who underwent an uncemented total Moje ceramic arthroplasty of hallux rigidus.

Out of 33 patients who had the above procedure, 27 were available for review. Clinical and functional outcome were assessed using the American orthopaedic foot and ankle society (AOFAS) fore-foot score, and the SF-36 health assessment score. All patients had an anteroposterior and a lateral weight bearing radiograph

The primary pathology was oesteo-arthritis (Hallux Rigidus). All procedures were performed by the senior author or under his supervision.

All patients were female with an average age at surgery of 52.6 years (range 45.8–64.7). The average follow up was 39.5 months (range 14–46).

The average post-operative AOFAS forefoot score was 80/100 (range 40–100). The average subscore for pain was 29.39/40 (range 10–40). Twenty five patients 92.5% were satisfied with the outcome, and 22 (81%) were able to wear high heel foot wear.

The functional outcome as assessed using the SF-36 health score was compatible with an age matched population.

The alignments of component were measured in relation to the shaft of the metatarsal and to the proximal phalange. There was no statistical correlation between the alignment and the functional scores.

Although, arthrodesis remains the gold standard procedure, total ceramic first MTP joint arthroplasty has a place in the management of some cases of advanced but not end stage hallux rigidus. Careful patient selection is essential to achieve a favourite outcome.


A Mohan P Ramesh M Curtis

Introduction: There are no guidelines for the use of any particular tourniquet in foot surgery. We undertook this prospective randomised study to assess the efficacy of the S-MART TM tourniquet in foot surgery as compared to the pneumatic tourniquet. A literature review confirms this is the first randomised controlled study objectively measuring the outcomes of this tourniquet system.

Material and Methods: We included 40 consecutive patients who had foot surgery from May 2006 to August 2006. Informed consent with local medical ethics committee approval was obtained. We excluded patients with history of diabetes mellitus, deep vein thrombosis, fractures, limb circumference more than 40 centimetres and smokers. The ease of application of tourniquet, intraoperative bloodless field and ease of removal was scored on a scale of 1–10. Patients were followed up at 2 weeks.

Results: 20 patients were randomised into group one with pneumatic tourniquet (average age 63.36) and 20 patients in group two with S-MART TM tourniquet (average age 61.25). The average tourniquet placement time in-group one was 144.36 seconds as compared to 12 seconds ingroup two. The mean ease of application scores was 4.27 in-group one as compared to 1.46 in-group two. Total tourniquet time was more in-group one. Intraoperative haemostasis was rated higher in-group two.

Discussion: SMART TM tourniquet provides a good intraoperative haemostasis and is easy to apply. This tourniquet helps to exsanguinate; this frees up theatre personnel, saves resources and decreases tourniquet time for surgery.

The limitation is it cannot be reinflated and cannot be used in patients with fractures.

Conclusion: S-MART tourniquet is a good for foot surgery, provides a good operative field, is easy to apply and saves precious theatre time and resources.


T Ibrahim M Rowsell W Rennie A R Brown G J Taylor

Aim: The purpose of this study was to report the long-term follow-up (mean of 15 years) of patients with displaced intra-articular calcaneal fractures from a randomised controlled trial published in 1993.

Patients and Methods: 46 patients (82% of patients in the initial study group) were alive at a mean of 15 years post injury. The patients had been randomly allocated to either conservative or operative (Soeur and Remy technique) treatment in the original study. Clinical (AOFAS, FFI and calcaneal fracture score) and radiological (Böhler’s angle and calcaneum height) outcome measures were used. The grade of osteoarthritis was also assessed at long-term follow-up.

Results: 26 patients (57%) were reviewed and these patients served as the focus of the study (11 conservative and 15 operative). The clinical outcomes after conservative treatment were not found to be different from those after operative treatment, scores of the AOFAS were 78.5 and 70 respectively (p = 0.11); scores of the FFI were 24.4 and 26.9 respectively (p = 0.66) and calcaneal fracture scores were 70.1 and 63.5 respectively (p = 0.41). The radiological outcomes after conservative treatment were not found to be different from those after operative treatment, Böhler’s angles were 10° and 16° respectively (p = 0.07) and the height of the calcaneum were 37mm and 36mm respectively (p = 0.57). There was no difference in the grade of osteoarthritis between the groups.

Conclusion: The functional and radiological long-term outcomes after conservative treatment of displaced intra-articular calcaneal fractures were equivalent to those after operative treatment. The operative technique showed no benefit compared to conservative treatment at long-term follow-up. There was a trend for higher scores on clinical outcomes with conservative treatment


C Jensen E Robinson M S Siddique

A dorsal incision is made over the metatarso-phalangeal joint (MTPJ) extending 2cm proximally and distally from the joint line. A routine cheilectomy of the MTPJ is performed. The Extensor digitorum longus (EDL) tendon is identified and divided through a separate incision 5 cm proximal to the MTPJ at the mid-foot level. A 3/0 vicryl stay suture is placed in the divided tendon. The tendon is retrieved from the distal wound and mobilised along with the extensor expansion and the dorsal capsule to expose the proximal half of the proximal phalanx. The transverse fibres of the extensor expansion and the MTPJ capsule are divided medially and laterally with preservation of the collateral ligaments. Extensor digitorum brevis is identified and protected. A groove is created on the dorsum of the proximal phalanx at the centre of the articular surface to stabilise the EDL tendon in its final position. A 3.2mm tunnel is then created at a 45 degree angle through the metatarsal neck beginning dorsally 2.5cm from the metatarsal articular surface and exiting just proximal to the plantar plate. The mobilised EDL tendon, expansion and capsule are then passed down through the MTPJ via a perforation in the plantar plate. The EDL tendon is then passed through the tunnel from plantar to dorsal where it is sutured to the periosteum of the metatarsal using a 3/0 vicryl suture. Hence the EDL tendon, expansion and dorsal capsule form an interposition arthroplasty.

Eleven patients with an average age of 37 years underwent the above procedure for Freiberg’s Disease or osteoarthritis of the second or third MTPJ. There were no intra-operative complications and at an average 31 month follow up 70% were pain free. We recommend the Cobb II procedure as a primary management option for MTPJ Freiberg’s Disease/osteoarthritis.


T Coltman A Tong D Williamson

Introduction: The results of treatment of Achilles tendinopathy are described in the sporting community little is known of the long-term results in the general population. Our aim was to assess these results in a district general hospital setting.

Materials/Methods: Patients who had undergone treatment for Achilles tendinopathy were identified from hospital records and assessed by postal questionnaire. This consisted of two parts (the VISA-A and a section about occupation, duration of symptoms prior to referral, prior sporting activities, and satisfaction). This was sent out with a stamped addressed return envelope, in the case of non-reply this was followed by a second one, and finally the patient was contacted by phone. Clinical notes of responders were reviewed.

Results: 71 patients were identified and the response rate was 83% with an equal, male to female split. Average age was 45; mean time to follow up was 8 years. Patients had undergone a wide variety of treatments (73% physiotherapy, 45% heel raises, 24% steroid injection {there were no ruptures reported}, and 12% operative). Duration of symptoms prior to referral ranged from 2 weeks to 27yrs. 78% were very satisfied or satisfied. 46% undertook sport prior to onset of symptoms, and at the time of follow up 40% undertook sport. 81% did not change their occupation. Average VISA-A score was 50 (range 10–90).

Discussion: Despite an average VISA-A score of 50 (excellent 90–100, good 75–85, fair 60–70, poor< 50), after a follow period up of 8 years, most patients were satisfied with the treatment they had received. We could find no correlation between treatment and eventual outcome.

Conclusion: Patients generally have continued symptoms from their Achilles Tendinopathy, many years later, despite standard treatments, which is reflected in poor VISA-A scores.


D Simmons C Lever JD Moorehead C K Butcher

Aim: One of the issues of metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ) replacements is that they do not restore full range of movement (RO M). However, full RO M is not needed for functional walking. The aim of this study was to measure the difference between the functional and maximum ROM of the first metatarsophalangeal joint.

Materials & Method: The functional and maximum ROM of 32 MTPJs in 16 normal adults were measured with a video imaging system. The system first measured the ROM as the subject walked past the camera. It then measured the ROM as standing maximum extension tests were performed.

Results: During functional walking tests the mean ROM was 37.9 degrees (SD 12.2). During maximum standing extension tests the mean ROM was 64.9 degrees (SD 11.3). Therefore the functional walking ROM was only 58% of the maximum standing extension ROM, with a mean difference of 27 degrees. A paired t-test comparison showed P< 0.0001.

Discussion: MTPJ arthroplasty has previously been criticised because it does not restore full RO M. However, the results of this study suggest that the functional movements required in normal gait are significantly less than what can be maximally achieved in clinical standing extension tests. Therefore arthroplasty can be a suitable treatment if it can provide an adequate functional RO M.

Conclusion: The results of this study show that the functional range of movement required for walking is only 58% of the maximum extension ROM of the first MTP joint. Therefore, MTP joint replacements do not need to restore maximum extension, as normal gait can be achieved without this.


R Samuel A Sloan Y Lodhi M Aglan A Zubairy

Background: Postoperative pain following forefoot surgery can be difficult to control with oral analgesia so regional analgesic methods have become more prominent.

Aim: It is the aim of this study to evaluate the efficacy of a combination of popliteal and ankle blocks and decide if they give significantly better postoperative analgesia than ankle block alone in forefoot surgery.

Methods: This is a prospective, randomised, controlled and single blind study. The total number of patients is 80 with 40 patients in the ankle block only group (control) and 40 patients in the ankle and popliteal block group. All patients underwent forefoot surgery. Postoperative pain was evaluated in the form of a visual analogue scale and verbal response form. Evaluations took place four times for each patient: in the recovery room, 6 hours postoperatively, 24 hours postoperatively and on discharge. The pain assessor, who helped the patient complete the pain evaluation forms, was blinded to the number of blocks used. The amount of opiate analgesia required whilst an inpatient was also recorded. On discharge the patient was asked to rate their satisfaction with the pain experienced during their hospital stay. Results were analysed using Mann-Whitney tests.

Results: Results show that pain is significantly less in recovery (p=0.044) and after 24 hours (p=0.0012) for those patients with combined blocks. Satisfaction with pain relief is also higher for these patients. No complications were found as a consequence of having two peripheral nerve blocks.

Conclusions: A popliteal block in conjunction with an ankle block does reduce postoperative pain significantly more than ankle block alone after forefoot surgery.


B Ahmed R Veetil K Patel A Zubairy

A prospective study of 72 patients with Morton’s neuroma was carried out outlining presenting symptoms, significance of clinical examination and the beneficial effect of various treatment modalities. They were followed up for at least 6 weeks. There were 51 females (70%) and 21 males (30%) with average age of 52 years.

Bilateral symptoms were present in 15% cases with remaining 85% cases having unilateral symptoms. Commonest symptom observed was pain in the web space, commonest being 3rd space (70%) and others being 2nd space (18%), 4th space (4%) and combination of two spaces (8%). In 90% of these cases, pain was aggravated by walking and wearing closed shoes; and relieved by taking rest.

Paraesthesia in adjacent toes was present in 46% cases. Clinically palpable Mulder’s click was seen in 54% cases.

Shoe modification was tried in 33% patients, with little benefit. All 72 patients underwent corticosteroid and local anaesthetic injection in the outpatient clinic. Fair to good pain relief was obtained in 76% cases with average duration of pain relief of 2.8 weeks (range (0–8 weeks)). No pain relief was achieved in 24% cases.

Twenty-eight patients (38%) who either had inadequate pain relief at 6 weeks following injection; or had recurrence of pain eventually underwent surgical excision/decompression using plantar approach. None of them had any complication related to surgery. All patients had excellent pain relief at a minimum of 6 months follow up after the surgery. 90 % of the patients who underwent surgery had VAS pain score of 0 at 6 months follow up.

Thus, single injection treatment is a very useful treatment modality achieving satisfactory results in 76% of patients. Surgical excision/decompression should be reserved for patients with no pain relief/recurrence after the injection.


S Cowie S Parsons B E Scammell

Introduction: Hypermobility is a common finding, however, it lacks diagnostic parameters and is poorly understood, especially in the foot.

Aim: To quantify medial column/first ray mobility in patients with midfoot arthritis and planovalgus feet.

Methods: We compared first ray mobility in patients with radiologically defined midfoot tarsometatarsal osteoarthritis, a radiologically normal first ray and planovalgus feet, with control subjects who had normal feet and first rays. An all female group of 20 patients (mean age of 70) and 20 controls (mean age of 53) met the criteria. Analysis of patients’ x-rays identified the site of their arthritis and allowed angular measurements of their flat foot deformity. Patient and control subjects underwent identical examinations, recording hindfoot correctability, medial longitudinal arch appearance, hindfoot prontion and supination, forefoot supination and degrees of flexion/extension and abduction/adduction with an electronic goniometer. Each subject was graded by the AOFAS and SF-36 outcome scores.

Results: There was a significant difference in first ray mobility between the patient and control subjects for all positions adopted (P=< 0.001), except when dorsiflexed and weight bearing (P=0.052). Patients with a neutral non-weight bearing ankle exhibited greatest mobility of 16.8 +/− 4.7 degrees compared to 9.4 +/− 2.6 degrees in controls. This was a significant difference, P=< 0.001, as was the difference between patients adopting the NWB plantarflexed, dorsiflexed and WB neutral positions. P=0.002, P=0.014, P=0.001 respectively. Patients’ median score for 5 out of 8 SF36 domains were considerably less than controls, as were patients’ AOFAS. Reduced physical and social functioning were shown to be linked to poor foot scores.

Conclusion: Patients with planovalgus feet and tarsometatarsal OA have greater first ray mobility than controls with normal feet. Recognising this may help plan orthotic or surgical treatment.


R B Dalal R Mahajan L Linski

Chronic ruptures of the tendo-achilles in young individuals pose difficult therapeutic problems. Surgical repair Is necessary to achieve optimum functional results. We present our results using a modified Bosworth technique using a ‘turn-down’ strip of gastrosoleus aponeurosis

Materials and methods: 11 patients (9 Males:2 Females) Age range: 23–51 (average 36) Time since rupture: 9–20 weeks (average 13). All had pain, weak or absent push-off and restricted ADL.

Technique: Posterior midline incision – rupture exposed, ends debrided – 1” strip of gastrosoleus aponeurosis about 2–3” long – detatched proximally ‘turned down’ with fascial surface anterior. This modification was to avoid tissue bulge at proximal end of incision. The fascial strip was approximated with delayed absorbable sutures. The plantaris was used to supplement the repair when possible.

Cast-bracing for 9 weeks. FU – 12–42 months, minimum 12. All patients independently assessed at one year. AOFAS hindfoot scores – Preop and 1 year postop

Results: AOFAS scores: Preop: 49 (40–61) Postop: 82(70–94) 2 minor wound problems-no surgical intervention required. Push-off strength returned to about 70–80% in all patients. 7/11 patients returned to preop recreational activities.

We conclude that this is a safe and predictable repair technique in this group of patients. It is technically easy, restores tendon length and provides excellent functional improvement.


S Gibson K McAllister C S Kumar

Aim: To evaluate intraoperative use of the Mini C-Arm compared with standard X-ray image intensification

Method: Radiation exposure data was collected for patients undergoing orthopaedic operative procedures. Data was collected over a 3 month period using a standard Siemens Siremobil 2000 X-Ray image intensifier (175 procedures) and also from a new smaller surgeon– operated Vertec Fluoroscan X-Ray image intensifier (144 procedures). Skin entrance radiation dose was calculated for the procedures with each X-ray unit.

Results: There were sufficient numbers of wrist procedures to permit comparison of the X-ray units.

The skin entrance dose of radiation was calculated and found to be lower for all procedures with the surgeon-operated X-ray unit.

Discussion: New, small surgeon-operated X-ray image intensifiers are now available and are safer for theatre staff due to reduced X-ray beam scatter. These X-ray units remove the need for a radiographer to be present in theatre. This is also of importance as staff shortages in radiography persist.

Conclusion: Surgeon-operated X-ray image intensification is safe and convenient in the orthopaedic operating theatre without increasing radiation exposure.


S Gupta MA Fazal RL Williams

Introduction: Various techniques are being currently used for the internal fixation of scarf osteotomies. We conducted a prospective study on 23 consecutive cases of hallux valgus treated with scarf osteotomy, which was internally fixed with AO mini fragment screws. The aim of our study was to evaluate the clinical efficacy of the AO mini fragment screws in these cases.

Method: Sixteen women and one man (twenty three feet) were included in our study. Mean age was 46 years at the time of surgery. The mean follow-up time was 18 months. A single surgeon performed surgery. Patients were assessed by clinical and radiological evaluation. Preoperative and postoperative American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society score was obtained.

Results: All the osteotomies united without any failure of fixation or hard ware problems. One patient developed superficial wound infection, which responded to antibiotics. At the time of follow-up all the patients were very satisfied. The mean AOFAS score improved significantly from 55 points pre-operatively to 91.95 at follow-up (p < 0.001). The intermetatarsal and hallux valgus angles improved from the mean pre-operative values of 15.86° and 31.18 degrees to 9.09° and 15.18°, respectively. These improvements were significant (p < 0.0001).

Conclusion: We report no failure of fixation in our series and conclude that this is a safe and simple technique. It is cost effective, provides stable fixation and maintains correction till the union of osteotomy.


R B Dalal P Sian R Mahajan

We present our long-term results using a modified Chrisman-Snook procedure in 12 consecutive patients over a 4 year period. The minimum follow-up was 1 year.

We used this procedure in patients with symptomatic lateral instability of the ankle, with the index injury being 5 years or more prior to surgery. We believe that poor soft tissue at the site of the ligament rupture precludes an anatomical reconstruction (8 patients). 4 patients had had a previous failed Brostrom reconstruction.

Materials and Methods: 12 patients (10 males:2 females) Age: 32–57 (average 48) All patients had a pre-surgery trial of physiotherapy, proprioceptive exercises and bracing was considered unacceptable.10 patients had pre-surgery MR scans. 10 patients underwent arthroscopy of the ankle at the time of the reconstruction.

Technique: Lateral extensile incision with dorsal half of peroneus brevis used as graft.

Suture anchor in the talus and drill tunnels in the fibula and calcaneum.

Results: AOFAS Preop: 69 (range 60–76) Postop: 92 (range 88–97)11 reported subjective stability, 1 had occasional instability with no objective corroboration. Objectively, 4 had over-tightening with loss of between 20–30% of subtalar movement. There were 2 sural nerve injuries. There were 2 minor wound complications, NOT requiring surgical intervention. All the above complications occurred in the first 6 cases.

Conclusions: We conclude that this is a powerful corrective procedure for chronic lateral ankle instability, but is technically demanding. There are complications in the form of over-tightening and nerve damage which can be minimised with experience.


R B Dalal R Mahajan C Cullen

Pilon fractures of the distal tibia pose a difficult therapeutic problem. Various treatment methods exist. We present encouraging early results with the Medial Tibial LISS plate (LCDCP) for these injuries.

Materials and Methods: 7 patients (5 male:2 female); age: 34 (range 26–59); All closed injuries 3 type 1; 3 type 2; 1 type IIIc; Average time from injury to surgery: 6 days (4–12 days).

Technique: 4 patients had preliminary joint-spanning fixator; 4 patients had fibular plating through a posterolateral incision; A curved anteromedial incision was used to avoid plate exposure in case of wound breakdown. Medial Tibial LISS plate with inter-fragmentary screws to reduce main fracture fragments. Early, non-weight bearing mobilization.

Results: Minimum Follow Up: 6 months (range 6–18 months). Union was obtained in all fractures. Joint reconstruction was graded as anatomical in 3 patients, mildly non-anatomical in 3 patients, and markedly incongruent in 1 patient (Type IIIc3). ROM: average 10° Dorsiflexion and 30° Plantarflexion. Pain: None in 4, mild in 2, and severe in 1. Wound healing problems: 1 minor requiring no surgical intervention, 1 requiring debridement of distal tibial wound.

We conclude that this technique offers a viable alternative to other methods in the treatment of these difficult injuries.


A Isaacs S Gwilym I Reilly T Kilmartin B Ribbans

This work aims to quantitatively assess the current opinions of foot and ankle surgery provision by podiatric surgeons within the UK. Three groups were targeted by postal questionnaire; Orthopaedic surgeons with membership to BOFAS, Orthopaedic surgeons not affiliated to the specialist foot and ankle society and surgical Podiatrists. In addition we aim to identify areas of conflict and suggestions for future integration.

A postal questionnaire was sent to all Fellows of the Faculty of Podiatric Surgery, College of Podiatrists (136), members of the British Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society, (156), and a randomly selected number of Fellows of the British Orthopaedic Association, who are not members of BOFAS (250).

We have received replies from 99 (73%) of the Podiatric Surgical group, 77 (49%) of the Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle surgeons and 66 (26%) from non-Foot and Ankle Orthopaedic Surgeons.

Respondents were asked to detail their present practice and issues that they considered to restrict closer working between Orthopaedic Surgeons and Podiatric surgeons. Additionally, each surgeon was given a range of surgical procedures and asked to identify the most appropriate surgical profession to undertake the procedure.

The good response rate amongst Foot and Ankle Practitioners (both Podiatric and Orthopaedic) reflects the interest in these issues compared to Orthopaedic Surgeons from other sub-specialties. Poor understanding of Podiatric surgical training, impact on private practice and medical protectionism were areas identified by podiatric respondents. Conflicts over job-title, concerns over training, role boundaries and responsibilities were identified by Orthopaedic respondents as being significant restrictors to further integration.

The paper will present the full results of the survey and discuss the suitability and feasibility of closer working practices between Orthopaedic and Podiatric surgeons.


W S Khan J G Andrew T E Hardingham

Introduction: Articular cartilage is frequently damaged but only shows a limited capacity for repair. Autologous chondrocytes are being used for the repair of focal articular cartilage defects in the ankle but their use has limitations. The use of undifferentiated progenitor cells from other sources is limited by the fact that these cells loose there stem cell characterisation with passage in culture. The fat pad derived stem cells are a possible alternative that maintain multipotentiality at higher passages. We explore the hypothesis that their cell surface characterisation will resemble that of mesenchymal stem cells and will not alter with passage.

Materials and Methods: Cells were isolated from the human fat pad and expanded in monolayer culture. On confluence, they were harvested by digestion and replated at a ratio of 1:3. Cells from passage 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 were stained and analysed using flow cytometry for a panel of stem cell surface antibodies.

Results: Fat pad derived cells stained strongly for CD13, 29, 44 and 90 (markers of mesenchymal stem cells). The cells stained poorly for 3G5 (pericyte marker), CD34 and CD56 (marker for haematopoetic lineage), and LNG FR and STRO 1 (markers of bone marrow stem cells). These results suggest that the fat pad cell population has surface expression characteristics of mesenchymal stem cells, but differ from bone marrow derived stem cells. It is also important to note that the expression of these cell-surface markers was maintained up to passage 10.

Conclusion: The consistent pattern of cell surface expression, with little change with passage, shows that the proliferation and expansion of the fat pad stem cell population does not lead to major changes in phenotype of these cells. This can potentially allow a significant increase in number sufficient for clinical applications without loosing their multipotentiality.


S Hakkalamani PKR Mereddy P Dean MS Hennessy

The use of effective pre-operative preparation solution is an important step in limiting surgical wound contamination and preventing infection, particularly in forefoot surgery. The most effective way is unknown. In recent studies, > 70% of aerobic bacterial cultures of specimens taken from the nail folds following skin preparation with povidine iodine were positive. The aim of the study was to determine the effectiveness of pre-operative Triclosan (Aquasept) shower, skin preparation using povidone iodine and ethyl alcohol in reducing post-operative forefoot infection.

Between February 2005 and August 2005, all patients undergoing forefoot surgery under the care of the senior author were followed prospectively. There were 50 women and 10 men with an average age of 55 years (17–92 years), who underwent 92 forefoot procedures. The surgeries included 35 (38%) osteotomies, 31 (34%) arthrodeses, and 9 (10%) Morton’s neuroma excisions and 17 (18%) soft tissue procedures. As a standard protocol, pre-operatively all patients had Triclosan shower on the day of surgery, the foot/feet were painted with povidone iodine and was covered with a sterile towel in the ward. At induction, everyone received cefuroxime 1.5gm (IV); the feet were prepared using povidone iodine and then ethyl alcohol and dried. Patients were followed up in the clinic at 2weeks, 6weeks and 3months, further follow-up if necessary.

None of the patients in the study developed deep infection. Two patients required oral antibiotics for superficial infection (one pin track infection after distal inter-phalangeal joint fusion of second toe, one following scarf osteotomy)

We conclude that the method used in this study was very effective in preventing infection following forefoot surgery.


N Hulse P Jain P Basappa G Reddy H Hadidi

Materials and Methods: Consecutive 39 patients who underwent first metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ) arthrodesis for hallux rigidus were assessed clinically, radiographically and functionally at a mean follow up of 21.45 months. Clinical assessment was performed by two blinded assessors in a specially arranged research clinic. Radiological examinations were performed separately by two independent researchers on digitalised weight bearing radiographs. Functional outcome was assessed using American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) hallux score and a short form-12 (SF-12) questionnaire.

Results: There were 19 patients who had dorsal contoured titanium plates and 20 patients who had single inter fragmentary screw fixation. Both the groups were comparable preoperatively. All except 5 patients achieved radiological fusion at a mean of 7.64 weeks. Over all rate of fusion in the present series is 87.1%. There were 4 non-unions in the plate group and one in screw group. Mean AOFAS score was 74.94 in the screw group and 70.63 in the plate group. There were no hardware problems in the single screw group. However in the plate group one patient with non-union broke the plate and another patient had back out of screws. There were no statistically significant differences in terms of pain-relief, activity-limitation, cosmetic appearance, foot wear requirements, dorsiflexion angle, hallux-valgus angle and inclination angles and SF 12 scores. Four patients in the plate group and one in screw group were unsatisfied with the surgery.

Conclusions: Solid fusion has resulted in good pain relief and patient satisfaction in both groups. In the dorsal plate group 4 patients (21.6%) had non-unions, two patients had metal problems. We have stopped using the plate alone technique for the fixation of first MTPJ fusion.


K Hariharan H Tanaka A Khurana S Kadambande S James

Introduction: The transverse metatarsal arch is the subject of some controversy as there isn’t a clear consensus as to whether there is a transverse arch (TMA) in stance phase. The current treatment options of forefoot pathology focus on the need to harmonise the TMA by the use of osteotomies such as the Weil’s.

Materials and Methods: A retrospective study of 75 feet (62 patients) with mean follow up of 19 months. Patients underwent clinical, pedobarographic and radiological assessment. ‘Metatarsal skyline Views’ (MSV) were procured to assess the plantar profile of the TMA following Weil osteotomy. The feet were assessed using AOFAS, Foot Function Index, SF-36 and Manchester-Oxford Foot Questionnaires.

Results: 69 feet showed good to excellent results with a normal MSV plantar profile. 6 feet had recurrent metatarsalgia with callosities and abnormal MSV profiles. These results correlated well with pedobarography.

Discussion: The angle of Weil osteotomy is usually referenced relative to the floor irrespective of the plantar angulation of metatarsal. As different metatarsals had varying plantar angulations, the weight bearing metatarsal skyline view was used to ascertain the plantar profile of the metatarsals before, during and after surgery. This was also used to determine the amount of dorsal displacement required in addition to shortening in order to harmonise both length and plantar profile.

Conclusion: The use of the Metatarsal skyline view has significantly improved our planning of the angles of the Weil osteotomy. We suggest that the reference for the osteotomy should be the plantar angulation of the metatarsal rather than the floor. It has made the intraoperative assessment of the osteotomy easier and has improved our understanding of the osteotomy and its influence on the forefoot plantar profile.


A Kasis M Krishnan M E Griess

We retrospectively reviewed 31 patients who underwent reconstruction procedure for PTT D (Type II Johnson). The surgery was mostly performed by the senior author.

Fifty patients underwent 55 procedures, 31 patients were available for review (34 procedures)

Clinical and functional outcome were assessed using AOFAS hindfoot score, and the SF-36 health assessment score.

The patients had a calcaneal medialising (chevron) osteotomy to correct heel valgus, with or without a calcaneal lengthening osteotomy, and transfer of the FDL tendon to the navicular. All patients were immobilized in non-weight (to partial) bearing POP for 5 weeks, followed by CAM for 6 weeks.

There were 7 males and 24 female, with an average age of 60.5 years. The average follow up was 54 months (range 11.5–111.2). The average hindfoot valgus deformity was 15 degrees preoperatively.

Eight patients had and additional procedures including (TA lengthening, Lapidus). Four patients required bone graft for calcaneal column lengthening, and in 5 patients the posterior screw was removed due to continuous discomfort.

The average AOFAS hindfoot score was 74 (47–100), the average pain score was 31/40 and the average subscore of the heel alignment was 7.9/10.

Nineteen patients (61%) were able to perform single heel raise, and 27 patients (87%) were able to perform bilateral heel raise. 26 patients (83.8%) had no lateral impingement pain post operatively.

The SF-36 health assessment showed similar functional outcome with age matched population. Two patients had superficial wound infection required oral antibiotics.

Hindfoot and midfoot reconstructive surgery for type II PTTD after failed orthotic treatment is well established. However, the post operative care and rehabilitation period is lengthy and protracted. This must be emphasized during informed consent in order to fulfil realistic expectations.


W S Khan R Jain M Agarwal C Warren-Smith

Introduction: Fractures of the tuberosity heal well irrespective of the treatment instituted. Fractures distal to the tuberosity have a high incidence of delayed union and non-union. This could be due to disruption of the vascular supply that enters the bone at the metaphyseal-diaphyseal region. It has also been reported that in these injuries, stress fractures occur at a different anatomic site that is more distal to acute fractures.

We present one of the largest reported series of such fractures in which we have explored the above statements.

Materials & Methods: A retrospective review of 300 closed fractures of the base of the fifth metatarsal- 268 were tuberosity fractures (group 1) and 32 were fractures distal to the tuberosity (group 2).

The patients were followed up in the outpatients clinic for a mean period of 2 months (group 1) and 16 months (group 2).

The distance of the fracture site from the proximal tip of the metatarsal was measured on the radiographs.

Results:

All group 1 fractures healed well following symptomatic management and none required surgical intervention.

Acute fractures in group 2 did better with non-weight bearing mobilization. Stress related fractures in group 2 took longer to heal when managed non-operatively.

In group 2 patients, the difference in the site of acute & stress fractures was not statistically significant.

No statistically significant correlation between distance from the proximal tip of the fifth metatarsal to the fracture site and union.

Conclusion:

A standardized classification is important because there is great variability in the types of fractures and appropriate treatment.

Nonunion in fractures distal to the tuberosity is not related to the distance of the fracture from the metaphyseal-diaphyseal region

Acute and stress fractures distal to the tuberosity do not occur at different anatomic sites.


P K R Mereddy S Hakkalamani K P Meda M S Hennessy

Hallux Valgus (HV) surgery is the most common surgery performed in the foot. The Cochrane review done in 2004 showed that no osteotomy is superior to another, however, surgery was shown to be superior to conservative or no treatment for Hallux Valgus deformity. We performed a postal survey in August 2005, to determine the most common procedures performed for HV deformity, type of anaesthesia used, and the length of stay for Hallux Valgus surgery across the United Kingdom.

A list of foot and ankle surgeons was obtained from the BOFAS register and a questionnaire was sent. We received 122 (61%) responses from 200 questionnaires sent. Out of which 4 had retired and 118 were available for analysis.

The table below demonstrates the common procedures performed by those who replied. Eight-eight percent of the surgeons used foot block along with GA, 9% used GA only and 3% performed the surgery under regional anaesthesia only. Forty percent of surgeons performed the surgery on an overnight stay basis and 30% performed the surgery as a day case. Twenty-five percent of surgeons mentioned that they performed unilateral surgery as a day case and bilateral surgery on an overnight stay basis. Less than 5% kept the patients for more than 2 days.

From the responses, most surgeons in the United Kingdom perform Scarf osteotomy with or without Akin osteotomy for Hallux Valgus correction. The majority performed it on an overnight stay basis or as a day case. Most commonly, foot block along with NSAID’s were used for post-operative pain relief.


V Naidu R Trehan A Shetty P Lakkireddi G Kumar

Hallux valgus is a common condition and surgical correction has remained a challenge. Scarf osteotomy with Akin procedure is well accepted method. Akin procedure gives spurious correction of the distal alignment of big toe. This study was performed to see alternative way to get best correction without additional phalangeal procedure. Senior author used innovative Y-V medial capsulorraphy with standard Scarf osteotomy. This technique allows reduction of MP joint along with correction of pronation deformity and reduction of sesamoids.

We report the use of a modified Y-V medial capsular repair in association with Scarf osteotomy for Hallux valgux in 45 patients (55 feet) aged 18 to 76 years (mean 43 years) between October 2004 and December 2005. Clinical follow up was both subjective and objective. Patients were asked about rating of their satisfaction and objective assessment was done in form of AOFAS score. Using this technique none of the patients required an additional proximal phalangeal osteotomy with metatarsal osteotomy. At six months follow up American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society score improved from 46 to 87. Intermetatarsal (IM) angle and the hallux valgus (HV) angle improved from 16° to 9° and from 31° to 16° respectively (p< 0.05). At final follow up 8 patients were very satisfied, 12 were satisfied while 5 were not satisfied.

Of the 55 procedures 51 did not develop any complications. Two had superficial infections, treated successfully with oral antibiotics only. Two patients had recurrence, one was treated with Akin and second patient declined surgery as she was not bothered with it.

We recommend the use of this modified ‘Y-V’ medial capsular repair to reduce the need for an additional procedure to augment the correction achieved during Scarf osteotomy for hallux valgus. This reduces hallux valgus angle and maintains it.


Full Access
N Maffulli N A Ferran F Oliva V Testa

Background: Recurrent peroneal tendon subluxation is uncommon. We report the results of a delayed anatomic repair using suture anchors. Using a case series we tested the null hypothesis that there are no differences between pre- and post-operative status following anatomical repair of the superior peroneal retinaculum.

Methods: In the period 1996 to 2001, we operated on 14 patients (all males; average age 25.3 ± 6.3 years, range 18–37) with traumatic recurrent unilateral peroneal tendon subluxation, with a followed up of 38 ± 3 (range 22 to 47) months.

Results: No patient experienced a further episode of peroneal tendon subluxation, and all had returned to their normal activities. Maximum calf circumference, functional ability, peak torque, total work and average power of plantar flexion were always lower in the operated leg, but the differences did not reach statistical significance. The AOFAS Ankle-Hindfoot Scale increased significantly from 54.3 ± 11.4 to 94.5 ± 6.4 (p = 0.03), with five patients reporting a fully normal ankle.

Conclusion: If an anatomic approach to treating the pathology is utilised, reattachment of the superior retinaculum is a most appropriate technique. It returns patients to a high level of physical activity, and gives high rate of satisfactory results both objectively and subjectively. Randomised control trials may be the way forward in determining the best surgical management method. However, the relative rarity of the condition and the large number of techniques make such a study difficult.


S A Mehdi C S Kumar A Kinninmonth A C Nicol

Aims: A study was undertaken using foot pressure analysis, to assess the biomechanical outcomes following calcaneal fractures using the HR Mat and to assess their correlation with function.

Methods: Twenty four individuals who had been treated for unilateral, intra-articular comminuted calcaneal fractures performed 4 walking trials. 14 patients had operative treatment and 10 were treated conservatively.

Results: There was significant restriction in subtalar and ankle movements on the affected side in both groups. Peak pressures in the midfoot and fifth metatarsal head were significantly higher in the injured foot compared to the normal side. Peak values of forces transmitted by the fractured foot were significantly lower (ANOVA < 0.001). Hindfoot movements, foot pressure and force measurements did not correlate with the AOFAS and Bristol scores.

Conclusions: Calcaneal fractures cause significant alteration of loading in the foot. Altered loading patterns do not appear to have an influence on the functional outcome.


N Maffulli A Saxena A Nguyen# A Li# A Saxena P Alto

Background: The Achilles tendon is commonly operated on, but has associated wound complications, ranging from 7–14% in previously reported series larger than 100 cases.

Methods: A retrospective review of one surgeon’s practice was conducted to assess the prevalence of wound complications associated with acute and chronic rupture repair, peritenolysis, tenodesis, debridement, retrocalcaneal exostectomy/bursectomy, and management of calcific tendinopathy of the Achilles tendon. The study evaluated the incidence of infection, and other wound complications such as suture reactions, scar revision, hematoma, incisional neuromas and granuloma formation.

Results: A total of 219 surgical cases were available for review (140 males, 70 females; average age at the time of surgery: 46.5 ± 12.6 years, range 16–75). Seven patients experienced a wound infection, three had keloid formation, six had suture granulomas, and six had suture abscesses, with an overall complication rate of 22 of 219 surgeries (10.1%). There were no hematomas. Seven patients had additional surgery following their wound complications; some had simple granuloma excision, while one necessitated a flap.

Conclusion: Knowledge of suture materials, proper incision placement and possibly avoiding tourniquet usage can keep complications low when performing Achilles tendon surgery. Regardless, some complications with Achilles tendon surgery may be unavoidable.


N Maffulli A H Cardy§ S Barker L Sharp D Chesney Z Miedzybrodzka

Background: Congenital talipes equinovarus (CTEV) is a common developmental disorder of the foot, affecting between 1 and 4.5 babies per 1000 live births. The etiology is not well elucidated. While both genetic and environmental factors are implicated, no specific genes have been identified and little is known about environmental risk factors.

Methods: We conducted a case-control study of idiopathic congenital talipes equinovarus (ICTEV) in the United Kingdom. 194 cases and 60 controls were recruited. Pedigrees were obtained for 162 cases.

Results: The rank of the index pregnancy, maternal education and cesarean delivery were significantly associated with ICTEV risk in a multivariate model. There were suggestions that maternal use of folic acid supplements in the three months before the pregnancy decreased ICTEV risk, and that parental smoking during the pregnancy increased risk. One quarter of pedigrees showed a family history of CTEV, and autosomal dominant inheritance was suggested in some of these.

Conclusion: Uterine restriction did not appear to have a strong influence on ICTEV development in our study. Large population-based studies are needed to clarify the etiology of this common developmental disorder.


C Robb V Deans M Iqbal J Cooper

Introduction: The aim of our study was to assess any difference in outcome between non-surgical and surgical treatment of displaced calcaneal fractures.

Materials and Methods: We studied 40 patients between 2000 to 2005 with displaced calcaneal fractures. Patients with significant co-morbidities were excluded. Two groups of 14 patients, surgery vs. no surgery were compared for age, sex, length of follow-up, fracture type by Essex-Lopresti classification and SF-36 outcome score. The non-surgical group underwent treatment with rest, ice, compression, elevation and the surgical group underwent fixation with an AO calcaneal plate through an extended lateral approach.

Results: There was no statistically significant difference between the surgical and conservatively treated groups for age, sex, time since injury and fracture type according to Essex-Lopresti but a highly statistically significant difference in SF-36 outcomes between the two groups favouring surgically treated calcaneal fractures.

Summary: Displaced fractures of the calcaneum are a significant injury affecting patients general health. In the literature controversy exists as to whether operative or non-operative treatment is better for this type of fracture.

Conclusion: Although the numbers are small, our study favours operative intervention, if possible, for this controversial fracture.


H Pullen V Patil A Gadgill I Pallister P Williams

Purpose: In the modern political climate our practice is increasingly being compared with that of our peers. Outcome measures will form the basis of this. Good outcome measures have two essential requirements; they should be valid and reliable. Outcome measures are not easy to construct. Traditionally subjective walking distances have formed a portion of the assessment. This has never been validated.

Method: Null hypothesis - patients can accurately estimate their actual walking distance.

After gaining COREC approval we compared the objective to subjective walking distance of patients who had sustained a fractured Os Calcis over the past two years and were allowed to full weight bear. Patients were assessed by a senior physiotherapist and Doctor. Both the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Score and Maryland Score were performed. Patients were asked to estimate their maximum walking distance prior to objective treadmill assessment.

Results: 20 patients, 6 female and 14 male were assessed. Average age was 67yrs (range 46–83yrs). One patient was excluded as they were breathless at rest. Good correlation was found between the subjective walking assessments of the two scores. All patients’ uniformly over estimated their walking ability. This was a highly significant difference, p-value 0.002. Therefore the null hypothesis has been disproved; patients’ subjective walking distance is inaccurate.

Significance: Walking distance assessment is used is as a measure in many fields of orthopaedics namely foot and ankle outcome measures and lower limb arthroplasty. This study has shown it to be an inaccurate method. It also highlights the need to validate all outcome measures.


P Bagnaninchi Y Yang N Maffulli RK Wang A El Haj

Introduction: Tendon tissue engineering entails the generation of a highly ordered collagen matrix with several organization scales that confer the tendon its mechanical functionality. Endogenous production of proteoglycans account for the typical microscopic organization in bundles of the tendon extracellular matrix, as they prevent lateral fusion of collagen fibril by binding the shaft of the fibres and promoting tip to tip fusion. The approach developed in this study is to rely on this molecular endogenous production and to induce a supramolecular uniaxial alignment of collagen fibres bundles with the help of specially designed scaffolds under continuous fluid shear stress.

Methods: Microchannel chitosan scaffolds were produced by casting 2% chitosan gel on a mould equipped with stainless steel needles array that was imaged by optical coherence tomography with a resolution at ~10microns. From OCT measurements, regularly spaced microchannels with clearly delimited boundaries are obtained inside a microporous core of chitosan. By varying the number and the diameter of needles (from 250 μm (microns)to 500 μm (microns)) different types of microstructure have been produced. Microchannels scaffolds were seeded with primary tenocytes explanted from pig tendons and cultured in static culture, as nonstimulated group, and in a perfusion bioreactor.

Results: There was a general increase in the channels occupation ratio for the group stimulated by perfusion, and inversely proportional to the microchannel diameter. Tenocytes were able to proliferate and to produce collagen extracellular matrix from the inner surface of the microchannel up to the whole channel volume.

Conclusion: The proposed microstructure was appropriate for tendon engineering and its channel structure is adequate for direct OCT monitoring.


G Vashista N Rashid MZGM Khan

Opinions differ among surgeons whether to operatively fix displaced calcaneal fractures in smokers. In a long term follow-up of operatively treated calcaneal fractures, we considered several factors that could affecting outcomes and complications.

Method: 59 calcaneal fractures in 54 patients that underwent operative fixation for displaced intra-articular fractures from April 1995 to January 2006 were reviewed. There were 18 Tongue type and 41 Joint depression fractures on X-rays. Of 38 available CT scans, 25 were Sanders Type II and 13 were Types III and IV fractures.

Average interval to surgery was 6 days. Postoperative mobilisation regime was passive range of motion immediately following surgery with non weight bearing for 6 weeks. Weight bearing was started at 6–8 weeks. On follow-up, patients were assessed with clinical and radiological exam, completed Short Form-36 (SF-36), the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) ankle-hind foot scale and Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) scores.

Results: The duration of follow-up was between 6 months to 11.2 years (6.4 years). The pre and post operative Bohler angles were 8° ± 11° and 29° ± 6° respectively. There was significant limitation of subtalar movement on the operated side irrespective of the presence of arthritis. The average AOFAS, SF-36 and VAS scores were 79, 58 and 3 respectively. Good results were associated with age < 50 years, ASA grade I, pre-op Bohler angle of < 5° and Sanders < IIC. 89% of patients returned to their previous level of activity after an average of 6.5 months.

Smoking was not associated with early or late complication rates and did not affect outcome.

Conclusions: We think that smoking is not a contraindication for operative fixation of displaced calcaneal fractures.


J Velpula C Mahesh H Marynissen

Introduction: Tendo Achilles repair is a controversial subject. We have treated 19 patients with acute Tendo Achilles rupture with this technique.

Method: Retrospective and Prospective study. Patients with acute Tendo Achilles ruptures were selected for this study. By standard postero-medial incision, Tendo Achilles repair was undertaken with 1 Loop Polydiaxone ‘suture frame’ to maintain the length: tension ratio of the tendon, Tendon edges were approximated without bunching so that the original tendon length is restored. As a consequence of the restoration of tendon length and the strength of the suture frame we are able to immediately place the foot in a plantigrade position. This helps in accelerated rehabilitation programme. Post operatively below knee back slab and non weight bearing for two weeks, followed by full cast, wt bearing as pain allowed.

Results: Sex distribution was Male: Female 12:7, average age 43, average follow-up was 43 months, most common mechanism of injury was sporting activities(78%). All patients were discharged on the next day except one (medical problem). There was no complication before discharge. There was no evidence of re-rupture or Sural nerve damage. The average time taken for surgery was 42minutes. All patients are back to their occupation at an average time of 10 weeks, 70% are back to the sporting activities at 22 weeks. Patient satisfactory score was 9.2 out of 10(VAS), no knot palpability in any patient. Patients have normal ankle movements and all patients are able to stand on the tip toes.

Discussion: This is a new and simple technique and results are encouraging. Early rehabilitation, less complications, high patient satisfaction rate. There was no change in occupation, 100 % were back to work, 70 % have returned to the sporting activities.


H Sharma A Mittal R Gupta G Vashista M Varghese

Purpose: To evaluate the effectiveness of the Ponseti method of the treatment i late presentation of clubfeet.

Method: Prospective study comprising 91 patients(141 feet) between August 2003 and September 2005. Age range was from 7 dats to 20 months. Majority of patients belonged to Dimeglio grade 3 (75%) and Pirani grade 4(43%) at presentation. All were treated by Ponseti method of serial casting with or wothout tendo-achillis lengthening. Tendon lengthening was required in 79% of patients. The average duration of follow up was 1.5 years.

Results: Recurrence of deformity was seen in patients who presented late and had severe deformity at time of presentation. The Ponseti technique failed to achieve correction in 4 patients. Follow up at 2 years showed overall correction rate of 95%. In develpoing countries, delayed presentation could signifucantly affect the final outcomes as the joint deformities progressively become fixed. Our study showed that number of corrective casts, recurrence of deformity and the nned for tendoachillis lengthening was inversly related to the time of presentation. This technique can be relable used to correct clubfeet even in delayed present.


J. Mutimer J. Field

The aim of this study was to compare arthroscopy and MRI as methods of assessing cartilage quality in the wrist.

Patients and Methods: 15 patients were identified who had undergone both wrist MRI and arthroscopy as part of their investigations for degenerative causes of wrist pain. 5 patients had Keinbock‘s disease, 6 had scapholunate advanced collapse and 4 had scaphoid non union advanced collapse. A 3 point grading system for assessing cartilage quality was devised for both arthroscopy and MRI assessing 5 articular surfaces in the wrist joint.

Results: The scores for MRI and arthroscopy were compared statistically using Kappa analysis to assess compatibility. (where 0 equates to no agreement and 1 indicates complete agreement).

The overall Kappa score was 0.43 which shows ‘moderate’ correlation between the two methods. Individual Kappa scores for the articular surfaces were lunate fossa 0.21, proximal lunate 0.62, distal lunate 0.22, proximal capitate 0.42 and scaphoid fossa 0.56.

Conclusion: Although MRI is a useful investigation, at present it cannot replace arthroscopy in measuring cartilage quality. However it does remain an important investigation in the management of such patients. As the quality of MRI scanners improves it may be possible to avoid arthroscopy as a diagnostic procedure.


L. K. Smith D. H. Williams V. G. Langkamer

Homologous blood transfusion (HBT) following primary total hip replacement (THR) is not without risk. Postoperative blood salvage (POS) with autologous blood transfusion may minimize the necessity for HBT but the clinical, haematological and economic benefits have yet to be clearly demonstrated for primary THR.

The aim of this randomized prospective study was to determine if the use of POS affects postoperative haemoglobin levels, haematocrit and HBT requirement. Secondary outcomes included length of stay and patient satisfaction. A cost analysis was conducted on the basis of the results. The patients were randomized at the point of reduction of the primary THR to receive either two vacuum drains (82 patients) or an autologous retransfusion system (76 patients).

Haemoglobin and haematocrit values were not significantly different between groups but significantly fewer patients with the autologous system had a postoperative haemoglobin value < 9.0 gdL−1 (8% vs. 20%, p = 0.035). Significantly fewer patients with the autologous system required HBT (8% vs. 21%, p = 0.022). There was an overall cost saving in this group.

This study has shown that use of an autologous retransfusion system for primary THR reduces the necessity for HBT and is cost effective.


M. J. Kilshaw C.H.M Curwen N. Kalap

Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) has increased in prevalence and significance over the past ten years. Studies have shown rates of MRSA in Trauma and Orthopaedic populations to be from 1.6% to 38%. Rates of MRSA are higher in long term residential care.

It has been Department of Health policy to screen all Trauma and Orthopaedic patients for MRSA since 2001. This study audited rates of MRSA screening in patients who presented with fractured neck of femur treated with Austin Moore hemi-arthroplasty over the course of one year. Rates of MRSA carriage and surgical site infection (SSI) were derived from the computerised PAS system and review of case notes.

9.8 % of patients were not screened for MRSA at any time during their admission. The rate of MRSA carriage within the study population was 9.2%. The MRSA SSI rate was 4.2%. MRSA infections are associated with considerable cost and qualitative morbidity and mortality.

There is good evidence for the use of nasal muprocin and triclosan baths in reducing MRSA. Single dose Teicoplanin has been shown to be as effective as traditional cephalosporin regimes. There is new guidance for the use of prophylactic Teicoplanin for prevention of SSI. We should consider introducing both topical and antimicrobial MRSA prophylaxis.


B. Guhan A.S. Lee

Recent literature suggests MPFL is the primary medial restraint in lateral patellar dislocation and supports acute repair in first lateral dislocations.

Objective: To evaluate the results of patients who underwent acute surgical repair of MPFL in our unit.

Materials and Methods: Nine patients with mean age of 25(12–41) were evaluated in a dedicated clinic. The mean follow-up was 15.7 months (6–22). All patients had MRI scan preoperatively and were operated within two weeks of injury. Patients were evaluated clinically and Kujala and Lysholm scores were recorded.

Results: None of these patients had further dislocations of patella and patellar apprehension test was negative on examination. The mean Kujala score was 78(74–100) and mean Lysholm score was 92(85–100). All patients had returned to sporting activities at clinic review. All but one mentioned that they would choose surgical repair if the injury occurred in the other knee.

Conclusion: Our results confirm in selective patients acute repair of MPFL is the ideal treatment to prevent recurrent dislocations and early return to sports.


I. Arunkumar A. Bidaeye A. Lee

Recurrent patellar instability and anterior knee pain is a common problem after patellar dislocation. The medial patellofemoral ligament (MPFL) which contributes 40–80% of the total restraining forces is either attenuated or ruptured in these patients. Various techniques have been described in reconstructing this MPFL using hamstrings tendons. We wish to share our experience in treating these patients using ipsilateral semitendinosus tendon anchored to the medial femoral condyle and medial side of the patella using biotenodesis screws.

Study design and methods: 15 patients were assessed with a mean follow up of 12 months. All patients had pre-operative true lateral knee x-ray, MRI or CT scan to look at trochlear dysplasia and the sulcus tuberosity distance. They all under went MPFL reconstruction using ipsilateral semitendinosus tendon. Two patients had sulcus tuberosity distance greater than 20 mm and they under went a tibial tubercle transfer in addition. Two patients had trochlear dysplasia and hence a trochleaplasty was also done. In skeletally mature patients the hamstrings tendon was anchored to the medial side of the patella in a 5x15mm blind tunnel using biotenodesis screw. This significantly reduces the risk of having patella fracture. In. children the graft was sutures to the soft tissues along the medial side of the patella and the medial femoral condyle. All patients were treated by the same surgeon and assessments were performed by a different surgeon based . on Kujala scores and Tegner scores.

Results: Symptom relief was noted in all patients with in 3 months. No patient had patella dislocation or fracture after this procedure. They all had full range of movements and their Kujala scores and Tegner scores were good to excellent.

Conclusion: MPFL reconstruction using hamstrings tendon anchored to the medial side of the patella and femur using biotenodesis screw gave a good result clinically and is associated with fewer complications including patellar fractures.


H. Davies R.F. Spencer J. Foote

Restoration of hip biomechanics is an important determinant of outcome in hip replacement. Pre-operative templating is considered important in preoperative planning, and this trend is likely to develop further to satisfy consumer demand and to facilitate navigated surgery, particularly as digitisation of radiographs becomes established.

We aimed to establish how closely natural femoral offset could be reproduced using the manufacturers’ templates for 10 femoral stems in common use in the U.K.

The most frequently used femoral components from the U.K. national joint registry and uncemented) were identified, and the CPS-Plus stem was added, as this is in use in our unit. A series of 24 consecutive pre-operative radiographs from patients who had undergone unilateral total hip replacement for unilateral osteoarthritis of the hip were reviewed.

The non-operated on side of the pelvic radiographs was templated as described by Schmalzreid. 3 surgeons of variable experience (junior trainee, senior trainee, consultant) performed the assessment. The standard deviation of change in offset between the templated centre of rotation and the normal centre of rotation of the set of radiographs for each prosthesis was then calculated allowing a ranking.

The most accurate template was the CPS with a mean standard deviation of 1.92mm followed in rank order by: CPT 2.21mm, C Stem 2.42mm, Stanmore 3.02 mm Exeter 3.06 mm, ABG II 3.54mm, Charnley 3.54 mm, Corail 3.63 mm, Furlong HAC 4.2 mm and Furlong modular 4.86mm.

There is wide variation in the ability of the femoral templates to reproduce normal femoral anatomy in a series of standard pre-operative hip radiographs. The more modern cemented polished tapered stems with high modularity appear best able to reproduce femoral offset. Nevertheless, some older monoblock stems, despite poor templating characteristics, are known to be associated with acceptable clinical results. The coming years are likely to be witness to changes in patient expectations and radiograph storage. Implant design and digital templates will need to improve apace with these changes, to ensure accurate preoperative planning.


B.J. Burston P.J. Yates S. Hook E. Moulder E. Whitley G.C. Bannister

The success of total hip replacement in the young has consistently been worse both radiologically and clinically when compared to the standard hip replacement population.

Methods: We describe the clinical and radiological outcome of 58 consecutive polished tapered stems (PTS) in 47 patients with a minimum of 10 years follow up (mean 12 years 6 months) and compared this to our cohort of standard patients. There were 22 CPT stems and 36 Exeter stems.

Results: Three patients with 4 hips died before 10 years and one hip was removed as part of a hindquarter amputation due to vascular disease. None of these stems had been revised or shown any signs of failure at their last follow-up. No stems were lost to follow up and the fate of all stems is known. Survivorship with revision of the femoral component for aseptic loosening as the endpoint was zero and 4% (2 stems) for potential revision. The Harris hip scores were good or excellent in 81% of the patients (mean score 86).

All the stems subsided within the cement to a mean total of 1.8mm (0.2–8) at final review. There was excellent preservation of proximal bone and an extremely low incidence of loosening at the cement bone interface. Cup failure and cup wear with an associated periarticular osteolysis was a serious problem. 19% of the cups (10) were revised and 25% of the hips (13) had significant periarticular osteolysis associated with excessive polyethylene wear.

Discussion: The outcome of polished tapered stems in this age group is as good as in the standard age group and superior to other non PTS designs in young patients. This is despite higher weight and frequent previous surgery. Cup wear and cup failure were significantly worse in this group, with a higher incidence of periarticular osteolysis.


J. Foote K. Panchoo P. Blair G. Bannister

We examined the effect of age, gender, body mass index (BMI), medical comorbidity as represented by the American Society of Anaesthesiologists (ASA) grade, social deprivation, nursing practice, surgical approach, length of incision, type of prosthesis and duration of surgery on length of stay after primary total hip arthroplasty (THA).

Data was collected on 675 consecutive patients in a regional orthopaedic centre in South West England. The length of stay varied from 2 to 196 days and was heavily skewed. Data were therefore analysed by non parametric methods.

To permit comparison of short with protracted length of stay, data were arbitrarily reduced to 2 groups comprising 2 to 14 days for short stays and 15 to 196 for long. These data were analysed by Chi-squared and Fisher’s exact test in univarate and by Logistic regression for multivariate analysis.

The mean length of stay was 11.4 days, an over-estimate compared to the median length of stay of 8 days which more correctly reflects the skewed nature of the distribution. 81.5% of patients left hospital within 2 weeks, 13.6% within 2 and 4 and 4.9% after 4.

On univarate analysis age above 80 years, age between 70 and 79 years, Body Mass Index > 35, ASA grades 3 and 4, transgluteal approaches, long incisions, cemented cups and prolonged operations were associated with longer stays.

On multivariate analysis, age above 80, age between 70 and 80, ASA grades 3 and 4, prolonged operations and long incisions were highly significantly associated with hospital stay of over 2 weeks.

This is the first study to record all the published variables associated with length of stay prospectively and to subject the data to multivariate analysis. Prolonged stay after THA is pre-determined by case mix but slick surgery through limited incisions may reduce the length of admission.


B.J.A. Lankester A.J. Barnett J.D.J. Eldridge C.J. Wakeley

Patello-femoral instability (PFI) and pain may be caused by anatomical abnormality. Many radiographic measurements have been used to describe the shape and position of the patella and femoral trochlea.

This paper describes a simple new MRI measurement of the axial patellar tendon angle (APTA), and compares this angle in patients with and without patello-femoral instability.

Method: Axial MRI images of the knee of 20 patients with PFI and 20 normal knees (isolated acute ACL rupture) were used for measurement. The angle between the patellar tendon and the posterior femoral condylar line was assessed at three levels from the proximal tendon to its insertion.

Results: In normal knees, the APTA is 11 degrees of lateral tilt at all levels from the proximal tendon to its distal insertion. In PFI knees, the APTA is 33 degrees at the proximal tendon, 28 degrees at the joint line and 22 degrees at the distal insertion. The difference is significant (p< 0.001) at all levels.

Discussion: Measurement of the APTA is reproducible and is easier than many other indices of patello-femoral anatomy. In PFI, the APTA is increased by 21 degrees at the proximal tendon and by 11 degrees at its distal insertion.

In PFI, the patella is commonly tilted laterally. This is matched by the orientation of the patellar tendon. The increased tilt of the tendon is only partially normalized at its distal insertion with an abnormal angle of tibial attachment. When performing distal realignment procedures, angular correction as well as displacement may be appropriate.


N.P.M. Jain P.M. Guyver M.J.H McCarthy M.D. Brinsden

With the imminent introduction of the Modernising Medical Careers (MMC) post-graduate training programme, we undertook a study to assess how informed the orthopaedic Multi Disciplinary Team (MDT) and patients were with regard to the details, implementation and future implications of MMC.

Methods: A questionnaire was designed to record the level of awareness of MMC using a visual analogue scale and to document individual preferences for surgical training, either traditional or MMC. 143 questionnaires were completed – consultant orthopaedic surgeons (n=12); orthopaedic nursing staff (n=54); musculoskeletal physiotherapists (n=27); and trauma and orthopaedic patients (n=50).

Results: Consultants felt most informed about MMC compared to patients and other members of the multidisciplinary team (p < 0.01). Consultants preferred old style training in terms of their juniors as well as future consultant colleagues. Nurses showed no preference for either system. Patients and physiotherapists expressed a preference for their surgeon to have been trained under the traditional, rather than the new system.

Conclusions: Our study showed that there is a wide variation in the degree to which patients and healthcare professionals are informed about MMC.


S. M. Dixon

Lungs exposed to particulate debris may be damaged by proteolytic enzymes during phagocytosis. Damage is worse if patients are deficient in α1-antitrypsin (A1AT) which helps neutralise these enzymes. We investigated the possibility that A1AT deficiency contributes to aseptic loosening following total hip replacement (THR) when wear particles are phagocytosed.

Method: A1AT level and phenotype were measured in patients attending for revision THR within 15 years of implantation. Periprosthetic lysis was graded from X-rays by 3 hip surgeons with an interest in revision, blinded to history and A1AT results. Patients were grouped according to presence of high or low levels of lysis radiologically. Mean A1AT levels were calculated for the two groups.

Results: 17 patients were recruited, mean age 69.5, mean interval between surgery and onset of pain 8.3 years (2–12). 2 were heterozygotes for the less active S form of A1AT and therefore mildly deficient. Time to onset of pain in both was 12 years. X-rays were available for 12 patients. For all reviewers, the mean A1AT level in the high lysis group was raised and greater than that of the low lysis group. For 1 reviewer this reached statistical significance (P< 0.01). Mean A1AT level in the high lysis group was 2.5 (raised) and in the low lysis 1.6 (normal). Both A1AT deficient patients were classified as high lysis by all reviewers despite normal A1AT levels.

Conclusions: The incidence of A1AT deficiency is only marginally higher in this group than in the general population therefore A1AT deficiency is unlikely to be a common cause of failure of hip replacements. Elevated levels of A1AT in the presence of lysis suggests that A1AT may play a role in the aetiology of aseptic loosening. Further work is needed to evaluate this and to assess vulnerability of A1AT deficient patients to lysis.


R. D. Ramiah A. M. Ashmore E. Whitley G. C. Bannister

We have determined the 10 year life expectancy of 5,831 patients who had undergone 6,653 elective primary total hip replacements (THR) at a regional orthopaedic centre between April 1993 and October 2004.

Methods: We ascertained dates of deaths for all those who had undergone surgery during this period and constructed Kaplan Meier survivorship curves for these patients. Standardized mortality ratios were calculated by comparing this data with available UK mortality rates for the same age groups over the same time period.

Results: The mean age at operation was 73 with a male to female ratio of 2:3. Of those with 10 year follow up 29.5% had died a mean of 5.6 years after surgery. 10-year survivorship was 89% in patients under 65 years at surgery, 75% in patients aged between 65 – 74 years and 51% in patients over 75.

The standard mortality rates were significantly higher than expected for patients under 45 years, 20% higher for those between 45 and 64 years and progressively less than expected for patients aged 65 and over.

Discussion: By comparing our mortality curves with prosthesis survivorship curves from the most recent Swedish Arthroplasty Register results we were able to demonstrate that the survivorship of cemented hip arthroplasties exceeds that of the patients over the age of 60 in our area. As these prostheses are less expensive than their uncemented equivalents this suggests these are the prosthesis of choice in this age group.


T.C.B. Pollard R.P. Baker S.J. Eastaugh-Waring G.C. Bannister

Metal-on-metal resurfacing offers an alternative strategy to hip replacement in the young active patient with severe osteoarthritis of the hip. The functional outcomes, failure rates and impending revisions in hybrid total hip arthroplasties (THAs) and Birmingham hip resurfacings (BHRs) were compared after 5–7 years. We studied the clinical and radiological results of the BHR with THA in two groups of 54 hips each, matched for sex, age, BMI and activity.

Function was excellent in both groups as measured by the Oxford hip score (median 13 in the BHRs and 14 in the THAs, p=0.14), but the resurfacings had higher UCLA activity scores (median 9 v 7, p=0.001) and better EuroQol quality of life scores (0.90 v 0.78, p=0.003).

The THAs had a revision or intention to revise rate of 8% and the BHRs 6%. Both groups demonstrated impending failure on surrogate end-points. 12% of THAs had polyethylene wear and osteolysis and there was femoral component migration in 8% of resurfacings. Polyethylene wear was present in 48% of hybrid hips without osteolysis. Of the femoral components in the resurfacing group which had not migrated, 66% had radiological changes of unknown significance.

In conclusion, the early to mid-term results of resurfacing with the BHR appear at least as good as those of hybrid THA.


L.C. Wesson M. Regan N. Pollard M.O. Battle

Literature suggests that joint orthopaedic and geriatric care, and geriatric orthopaedic rehabilitation units, would provide best care for fractured neck of femur (NOF) patients. These are often elderly frail patients with concurrent illnesses and co-morbidities who also have a fracture. There is to date no quantitative data. This completed audit quantifies the care provided on the orthopaedic wards in the first phase solely by orthopaedic team, and in the repeat phase with additional regular geriatric input from an orthogeriatric senior house officer (SHO) and consultant geriatrician ward rounds.

A retrospective audit of fractured NOF patients admitted to acute orthopaedic wards under orthopaedics and treated operatively. The first phase analysed 72 patients with sole orthopaedic care. The repeat phase analysed 25 patients after the introduction of an orthogeriatric SHO and geriatric ward rounds.

The first audit phase of orthopaedic care alone found that 50% of patients were reviewed each day of the first post op seven-day week. The mean number of reviews in the post-op week was three. A total of 58% patients were operated on the next day. A minority never had post-op bloods or x-rays prior to discharge from the acute bed. Ad hoc medical input by referral occurred in 50% of patients.

The repeat audit of combined orthogeriatric care found that 75% of patients were reviewed each day in the post-op week. The mean number of reviews in the post-op week rose to five. Similar to the first phase, 59% proceeded to next day surgery with combined care. All patients had timely bloods and x-rays before discharge from the acute bed. Medical input rose to 80% due to regular ward rounds, and ad hoc referrals decreased in quantity whilst increased in quality. Length of stay and mortality were reduced.

The clinical risk of fractured NOF patients was reduced on the appointment of an orthogeriatric SHO in combination with formal reviews by consultant geriatrician. Further models of care are being evaluated. This audit adds evidence that joint care is better for these usually elderly and co-morbid patients.


G. Giddins R. Patil

Malunion of digital fractures can be difficult to correct especially for rotational phalangeal malunion. We describe the simple closed corrective technique.

Materials/Methods: Patients whose phalangeal fractures were treated closed (mobilised or POP +/− K wires) and malunited, typically with mal-rotation.

The technique is performed under LA. The bone is cut by percutaneous passage of a 1.1 mm K wire multiple times until the bone is fractured. The malunion is corrected and held with one longitudinal 1.1 mm K wire. The osteotomies are supported for 6 weeks in POP/splint and the wire(s) removed.

Results: 11 patients with 12 post fracture malunion–All metaphyseal osteotomies healed within 6 weeks with correction of malrotation and no significant angular deformity. The one diaphyseal osteotomy united late healing only partially (inadequately) corrected and requires revision. Apart from the malunion there were no major complications albeit short-term PIP joint stiffness.

Conclusion: This is a safe and reliable technique that avoids most of the complications of more challenging open techniques in the phalanges or the compromises of distant techniques e.g. metacarpal correction of phalangeal malrotation. It does however require immobilisation precluding any major simultaneous soft tissue releases. It appears unsuited to diaphyseal correction.


B.J.A Lankester R.F. Spencer C. Curwen I.D. Learmonth

Cemented, polished, tapered stems have produced excellent results, but some early failures occur in younger patients. The CPS-Plus stem (Plus Orthopedics AG, Switzerland) is a polished double taper with rectangular cross section for improved rotational stability. A unique proximal stem centraliser increases cement pressurisation, assists alignment and creates an even cement mantle.

Radiostereometric analysis has demonstrated linear subsidence in a vertical plane, without any rotation or tilt. These features should improve implant durability. Midterm (5 years) results of a prospective international multicentre study are presented.

Materials and Methods: 222 patients (230 hips) were recruited to this IRB-approved study at three centres in the UK and two in Norway. Clinical and radiographic outcomes were assessed at regular intervals.

Results: 160 hips in 153 patients were available for full clinical and radiographic evaluation. 27 patients have died, 30 patients were unable to attend (outcome known) and 12 patients have not reached 5 years follow-up.

The mean Harris hip score improved from 42 preoperatively to 91. There have been no revisions for aseptic loosening and none of the stems have radiographic evidence of loosening. There has been one revision for deep sepsis. With revision for aseptic loosening as an endpoint, stem survivorship is 100%.

Conclusion: The design of the CPS-Plus stem attempts to address the issues of cement pressurization, rotational stability, and subsidence. Earlier laboratory studies have now been supplemented by this clinical evaluation, performed in a number of different centres by several surgeons, and the midterm results are very encouraging.


B.W. Morgan M. J. Rogers M. Jackson J.A. Livingstone F. Monsell R.M. Atkins

17 patients have undergone 20 microdrilling procedures to stimulate bone union in cases of established non-union. This occurred at the docking site following completion of bone transport using a stacked Taylor Spatial Frame, non-union following arthrodesis or non-union in long bone fracture.

Additional bone grafting was performed in only one patient. Further stimulation of union via injection of Bone Morphogenetic Protein was undertaken with 3 microdrilling procedures.

Of the 20 microdrilling procedures, 8 were considered fully successful in terms of stimulation of union, 7 were partially successful and 5 were not felt to have been successful.

The mean time to fully successful union following microdrilling was 11.4 weeks, ranging from 6 to 19 weeks.

There were 2 complications, both acute infections at the microdrilling site. Both of these were in patients with previous significant pin site infections.

We present the use of a microdrilling technique as a safe and effective minimally invasive technique that promotes union in cases of refractory non-union, whilst avoiding the donor site morbidity associated with open bone grafting.

We present, as a pilot study, our experience in the use of this technique in patients treated with circular frames for acute fractures, at the docking site in cases of bone transport and in cases of non-union following arthrodesis.


V.A. Currall M. Kulkarni W.J. Harries

The current incidence of periprosthetic supracondylar femoral fractures around total knee arthroplasties (TKAs) is 0.3% to 2.5%, but may well be increasing. An acceptable treatment is to insert a supracondylar nail, but not all TKAs will permit the passage of a supracondylar nail.

Method: We ascertained the ten most common TKA prostheses currently used in the United Kingdom from the National Joint Registry (NJR) Report published in September 2005. We used samples of each prosthesis with a saw bone model and checked their compatibility for accepting a supracondylar nail.

Results: We present the dimensions of the intercondylar notches of the top ten TKA prostheses, which account for over 90% of TKAs performed over the last year nationally. Our reference chart demonstrates which of these are suitable for use with supracondylar nails.

Discussion: Most of the TKAs commonly used in the UK will allow supracondylar nailing for fixation of peri-prosthetic fractures. There are, however, notable exceptions and our chart provides a quick and easy reference for knee surgeons involved in these cases.


V.A. Currall G.C. Bannister

Aim: To determine the time at which callus is visible on plain radiographs of tibial fractures and hence the appropriate time to order x-rays to assess union.

Method: The radiographs of patients with tibial diaphyseal fractures were graded for amount of callus on a scale of 1 (no callus) to 5 (no visible fracture line) and the time from injury recorded.

Results: 68 patients were identified, with 45 managed non-operatively by cast, 16 with intramedullary nails and 7 with other methods of fixation. Mean time to grade 3 callus (at least 2 cortices) in adults with non-operatively treated fractures was 8.4 weeks and 4.6 weeks for children. Mean time to union (four cortex bridging callus) was 17.6 weeks for adults and 8.1 weeks for children. In the nailed fractures, mean time to radiographic union was 20 weeks.

Conclusions: To assess union in adult tibial diaphyseal fractures, we recommend an x-ray at eight weeks and 16 weeks after injury, providing there are no clinical concerns. For children, the times should be reduced to 4 and 8 weeks after injury, respectively. Nailed tibial shaft fractures should have radiographs at 12 weeks and 18 weeks to assess union.


R. Poulter O. Adenugba J. Davis S. Davies

Objective: To evaluate the outcomes following percutaneous insertion of angle stable plate for operative management of distal Tibial fractures and the incidence of complications associated with this procedure.

Method: A retrospective analysis of all patients who underwent percutaneous plating of distal tibia was performed. Of 51 cases 3 were holiday makers who returned to their local hospitals, leaving 48 who were followed up until union. These were all the cases treated in our units using this technique from January 2002 – September 2005.

Results: The mean time to callus formation was 9 weeks (7–12), full weight bearing was 4 weeks (0–20) and solid union was 23 weeks (18–29). The mean hospital stay was 9 days (2–31). The overall complication rate was 18%. Significant complications included problems with union (6%) and deep infection (4%).

However 2 surgeons operated on 40 of the patients with a complication rate of 10% (1 non union, 1 superficial infection and 2 delayed removal of plate).

Conclusions: We found the use of percutaneous angle stable plates in operative treatment of distal Tibial fractures very effective with acceptable complication rates. Our data suggests that with greater experience of this fixation method complication rates can be reduced.


CK Boese TA Gruen AI Spitzer RS Gorab CB Southworth MJ Cassell Kathleen Suthers

Purpose: The effect of cemented total hip arthroplasty (THA) stem surface finish and geometry on clinical outcomes is controversial. This is the first report of results from a multi-center study evaluating a cemented, polished, triple-tapered prosthesis.

Methods: Two-hundred-seventeen C-Stems (DePuy, Warsaw, IN, USA) were implanted consecutively at three centers. Hips with 2-year minimum A-P radiographs receiving prospective clinical and independent retrospective radiographic examinations were included. Seven patients (9 hips) died and two had early revisions (one trauma-induced loosening; one due to poor cement technique). Of 206 hips remaining, 162 reached minimum follow-up. Cement-mantle grade, subsidence, stem-cement radiolucency, femoral osteolysis, and Harris Hip Score (HHS) were recorded annually.

Results: Mean age was 70 years (range 39–100). Of the 162 patients evaluated, 103 were female and 59 male. There were 17 deaths (20 hips) after minimum follow-up. Mean radiographic follow-up was 4 years (range: 2–6). At last follow-up, the mean HHS was 88 (range: 44–100). Cement-mantle grades were: A(27%), B(49%), C1(6%), C2(14%) and undetermined(4%). No stem subsidence greater than 2mm was observed. Debonding more than 1mm was noted in 6 hips (4%), including one cement fracture. Of 3 hips (2%) with femoral osteolysis, two instances were exclusively in proximal zones.

Conclusions: Excellent to good results were obtained in this multi-center, cemented, triple-tapered THA stem series. Radiographic results were similar to published results from other successful stems sharing these features. Further research is warranted to determine whether long-term results compare favorably to others designed to resist subsidence and loosening.


Bulent Atilla

Total hip arthroplasty in adult patients with congenital high dislocation of the hip (DDH, Crowe type IV) presents many challenges. Various reconstruction methods including iliofemoral distraction lenghtening and custom made prosthesis have been reported but the standard technique for dealing with this problem is femoral shortening with a subtrochanteric osteotomy. There are many reports of different subtrochanteric osteotomy techniques with satisfactory results.

Since 1999, we have been using the same anatomic reconstruction principles with a proximally hydroxyapatite coated cementless stem. Surgical technique on the femoral side comprises a short oblique subtrochanteric osteotomy and excision of a segment as indicated for a safe reduction. This usually requires extensive soft tissue releases of the pelvifemoral muscles. Gluteus maximus, tensor fascia latae and adductors are routinely released. However, we don’t want to do any more release until it is absolutely necessary. Preserving the attachment of the abductors and iliopsoas are important for eventual functional outcome. They help stabilizing the joint, avoid limping and promote hip flexion during the initial swing phase of the gait and stair climbing. We never resect neither osteotomize the trochanters and, if a release is unavoidable, it is performed proximally. Thus, it is possible to preserve a complete segment of the proximal femur with a soft tissue envelope. This segment allows for better bone stock, prompt healing, reliable proximal fixation through the intact medial calcar and, avoids the complications of trochanteric osteotomy. With this technique we have not observed a femoral revision for any reason in 101 high dislocated hips (in 84 patents), since 1999. Compared with other techniques for arthroplasty in patients with developmental hip dysplasia, this surgical technique has a better functional outcome and a low prevalence of revision.

To evaluate the effect of this reconstruction on gait parameters we analyzed the gait cycle in 17 hips in 10 patients before and after the the total hip arthroplasty and compared it with the patients with hip arthroplasty due to primary osteoarthritis. Our aim is to determine the restoration of normal anatomy in DDH patients compared to the patients with total hip arthroplasty but a normal hip anatomy. As a result we have demon-strated that our technique restores normal gait parameters by improving walking speed, lengthening step-stride length, correcting hip and knee flexion and ankle equinus, improving hip and knee stiffness during gait and helps to restore normal gait parameters


A. Khoury M. Avitzour Y. Weiss R. Mosheiff A. Peyser M. Liebergall

Introduction: In 2003 the Ministry of Health in Israel added hip fractures to the DRG listing. The rational behind this move was aiming at the shortening of hip fractures waiting time to surgery and shortening of hospitalization period. Some hospitals in Israel have assigned an additional OR shift for this purpose. Hip fracture patients consist of two main sub-groups: patients who undergo hemi-arthroplasty (HA Group) and those who undergo internal fracture fixation (IFF Group). The new policy determines that DRG of internal fixation patients ends at the fifth day of their initial hospitalization after surgery. The aim of this study was to evaluate the practical effect of this policy on hip fracture management.

Patients and Methods: We retrospectively compared two major groups of patients (total 808) with hip fractures: the first group of patients was treated in 2001 (377 patients) (before the new policy came into effect) and the second in 2005 (431 patients). Each of these groups included the HA group and the IFF group. In each of the groups we compared the time to surgery, length of hospitalization, mortality rates after six months and the diurnal distribution of the operations.

Results: The length of hospitalization in 2005 was found to be shorter in the IFF group by 2.82 days (2001 – mean stay of 12.52, 2005 - 9.7 days) as opposed to the HA group where hospitalization was shorter in 2005 by a mean of only 0.42 day. Mortality rates at six months following surgery, when comparing the two major groups, were 11.3% in 2001 and 7.9% in 2005. 90% of the operations in 2005 were performed between 15:00–19:30 compared to 2001 when 90% of surgeries were evenly distributed between 15:00 and 24:00. We did not find statistically significant differences between the groups in relation to the time to surgery before and after the new policy. There was a trend towards a longer waiting time to surgery in the HA group in 2001 as well as in 2005.

Discussion: The presence of a dedicated shift, according to the new policy, made more room available for other emergency list surgeries. Hospitalization stay became shorter due to the fact that the insurer is committed to discharge patients from the IFF group after 4 days of hospitalization and to finance each additional day. In spite of the fact that waiting time to surgery was not shortened following the new policy, the majority of surgeries were performed during the afternoon sessions. It should be noted that in 2001 waiting time to surgery was already very short. Mortality data are interesting and necessitate further investigation.


D. Levin N. Ghrayeb E. Peled N. Hoss ND Reis C. Zinman

Introduction: Various techniques have been described for cup position in deficient acetabuli. Medialization allows an optimal cup position in the true acetabulum affording cover of the implant in the superolateral area by the bony roof and avoiding the need for a structural graft to cover the protruding lateral edge of the cup.

Materials and Methods: During the last 5 years 51 cases of cup medialization have been done during Resurfacing Replacement or THR with hard-hard bearing surfaces (mean follow up 35.2 month). 15 cases were done with the medial acetabuloplasty technique and 36 cases were done by simple over-reaming the medial wall and morselized bone grafting. The mean followed up was 16 months.

Surgical technique: Medial Acetabuloplasty: After a cartilage removal, we drill perforations in a horizontal line to weaken the central area of the medial wall. Using an impactor the medial wall is fractured and shifted medially for a few millimeters and the cavitation so produced is filled with morselized bone graft. This technique preserves a shell of bone medially which together with the graft brings about medial bony wall preservation. In extreme acetabular deficiency, this technique is also useful by minimizing the extent of morselized bone grafting needed in the superolateral area for lateral roof bone formation.

Results: The medial wall defect was consistently reformed during the first year. In neither the over-reaming with morselized bone graft nor in the group using the medial acetabuloplasty was the stability of the cup compromised.

Conclusion: The lateral structural graft techniques are more cumbersome, take more time and the results are less certain.

In the short term there was no difference in hip scores or in the radiological assessment between medialization with or without acetabuloplasty. We suggest this technique seems to have the potential for very good long term results.


E. Lebel M. Lifshitz M. Itzchaki

Background: Displaced sub-capital fractures of the femur are traditionally treated by hip arthroplasty (hemi or total joint replacement). Total hip arthroplasty (THA) was formerly disfavored due to presumed higher peri-operative complications, higher costs and higher incidence of dis-location. Lately, this procedure regained acceptance as a suitable solution for active elderly patients. The use of monopolar hemi-arthroplasty implants (Austin-Moore’s, Thompson’s and others) is losing favor due to high rates of hip pain caused by gradual stem subsidence and metallic head protrusion. The bipolar hemi arthroplasty is thought to lower the rates of hip-pain due to its modular cemented or cementless stem and the bi-articular bearing-surface. Numerous patient-oriented scores have been suggested; evaluating the old-patient’s pre-fracture function while predicting his/her post-operative demands. Such score should optimize the use of hip implants: reducing operative risks while improving long term function. Since the beginning of 2005 we have used a modification of a score suggested by Rogmark et al. (JBJS-A, 84:2002). We have evaluated the pre-fracture activity of patients sustaining displaced sub-capital femur fractures. The score contains 4 items: Mobility (with/without a cane vs. walker support or more). Residence (at home vs. a nursing home), Mental Status (preserved vs. confused) and age (less or over 80 years). Each item is scored 5 or 2 points. We have used this score for the selection of appropriate surgical procedure: an Austin-Moore hemi-arthroplasty (less than 15 points), a bipolar cementless hemi-arthroplasty (15–17 points) or a Total Hip Arthro-plasty (20 points).

Objectives: To evaluate the application of score, and accuracy of implant selection. To evaluate outcome of those cases where an improved implant was chosen.

Methods: All patients who sustained displaced sub-capital femur fracture during the 2005 were evaluated. We collected data of pre-fracture mental status, mobility, residence and other demographic data and re-calculated each patient’s score. Factors evaluated were: correct fulfillment of the modified score (use of correct implant), peri-operative complications, radiographic results (immediate and after 3 months), post-rehabilitation function and mortality within one year of surgery.

Results: During the 2005 we managed surgically 60 patients with displaced sub-capital femur fractures. There were 39 females (65%) and 21 males. Mean age was 82 (range 67–96) years. Two independently functional patients had total hip arthroplasty (1 female, 1 male aged 67, 69 years, Rogmark score 20 in both). Eighteen patients underwent implantation of cementless bipolar hemi-arthroplasty (11 females, 7 males, mean age 78 years mean Rogmark score 18.3). Forty patients had hemi-arthroplasty with an Austin-Moore prosthesis (29 females, 11 males, mean age 84 years, mean Rogmark score 13.7). The application of Rogmark recommendations proved accurate in 17q18 patients with bipolar prosthesis (1 patient was found to be not-eligible for this prosthesis) but in the Austin Moore implants only 33 of 40 (82%) patients were accurately selected to receive this implant while the other 7 patients should have received the bipolar implant. Total incorrect use of the score guidelines was 13%. Detailed review of cases where an improved prosthesis was implanted (THA and bipolar prostheses, 20 patients), revealed no case of dislocation, 1 case of late peri-prosthetic fracture, one case of deep infection, and one death during 1 year of follow-up. All patients were able to walk with a cane at 3 months.

Discussion: Selection of surgical procedure for displaced sub-capital femur fracture is a compromise between an improved hip implant (necessitating longer operative time & higher peri-operative risks) or a hemi-arthroplasty (with shorter operation & presumed lower peri-operative risks). The current study demonstrates the use of a tool for hip implant selection. Operating surgeons were tended to underscore patient’s function thus selecting the simple Austin-Moore implants in some of the patients who would have benefited from an improved implant. The group of patients who received bipolar or THA implants showed low rates of dislocation, and acceptable rates of other complications. The aforementioned score could serve as a guiding tool for other treatment aspects such as surgical risk and rehabilitation period.

Conclusion: We hereby present our experience in the use of a mental-functional score for the selection of hip implant for displaced sub-capital femur fractures in elderly patients. This score enabled us to estimate postoperative demands of patients and select the correct operative procedure and implant. We believe this score is applicable and useful in the Israeli medical system. It will limit the use of simple hemi-arthroplasty to those patients whose ambulatory needs are limited, while enabling patients with higher needs to receive improved implants.


Z. Horesh Y. Keren C. Msika M. Soudry

Background: Hip fractures are common among the aged population, with high mortality and morbidity rates. It ‘s annual cost in the United States is expected to double by the year 2040 to about 16 billion U.S Dollars. Of those, approximately 50% are inter-trochanteric fractures. Among them, 50 to 60% are categorized as unstable fractures. Unstable intertrochanteric fractures are defined as 1) fractures with comminution of the posteromedial buttress which exceeds a simple lesser trochanteric fragment; 2) fractures with evidence of subtrochanteric fracture lines; and 3) reverse oblique fractures of the femoral neck. Review of the literature reveals large variations in the amount of complications after surgical treatment of unstable intertrochanteric fractures, among various medial institutes. Infection rates winds from fewer than 1% and up to 15% of cases, and reports of cutout events range from % to 20%. Other complications, such as non-unioin, femoral shaft fractures, and painful hardware, are much less common.

Purpose: To investigate the rate of complications after surgical treatment of unstable inter-trochanteric fractures, in our department.

Method: Retrospective review of 61 patients who were admitted in our department due to unstable intertro-chanteric fractures, after simple falls, between May 2001 to August 2006, and were treated with intramedullary sliding hip screw. Most of the hardware (90%) were A.O nails (PFN, proximal femoral nail).

Results: There were 4 cases of infections, which are 4.9% of cases. Three of them required removal of the hardware. One admission was due to superficial surgical wound infection. There were 3 cases of mechanical cutout of the femoral head screw, which are 6.5% of the cases. No cases of non-union, femoral shaft fractures, or painful hard are noted.

Conclusions: To our experience, intramedullary sliding hip screw is a safe and effective treatment for unstable intertrochanteric fractures. Complication rates to our experience are at the lower third compared to reports from medical institutes over the world.


A. Peyser V. Goldman A. Khoury R. Mosheiff M. Liebergall

Introduction: Reversed oblique subtrochanteric fractures are unstable and pose a surgical challenge. Fixation with Dynamic Hip Screw is prone to collapse with medial displacement and high rate of non or mal union. The use of Proximal Femoral Nails may result in non anatomical reduction which delays union and impedes rehabilitation. PCCP is a percutaneous plate originally designed for fixation of intertrochanteric fractures. However, the plate supports the greater trochanter and can prevent collapse of subtrochanteric fractures and rigidly secure the femoral neck. This study summarized our experience in fixating reversed oblique subtrochanteric fracture with the PCCP technique.

Patients and Methods: Between January 2005 and March 2006 26 patients who sustained reversed oblique subtrochanteric fractures (AO-31A3) were consecutively treated with PCCP. Two patients died and were excluded from this study. Patients’ age ranged between 58 and 93 (average 86, median 80). Follow-up was between 6 to 20 months (average 12). All patients were operated on a standard fracture table with the use of posterior reduction device. An attempt to reduce the fracture was done in each case prior to the surgical incision. In the majority of cases the shaft was displaced medially to the greater trochanter. The PCCP plate was introduced percutaneously and the medially displaced shaft was pulled to the plate using the reduction clamp. The rest of the procedure was done according to the regular technique of the PCCP. All patients were instructed to refrain from weight bearing for six weeks after the surgery and then resume full weigh bearing. Follow-up was in the out patient clinic 6 weeks, 3 months and one year after the surgery.

Results: Time of surgery varied between 35 to 75 minutes. There were no patients who were planned to undergo this procedure and were diverted to a different modality of fixation. All the procedures were done percutaneously. Anatomic or near anatomic reduction was achieved in all cases. All patients resumed full weigh bearing six weeks after the surgery. All but one fracture united. The patient whose fracture did not unite was blind and fell a few times during rehabilitation and eventually suffered from pull-out of the plate from the femur with breakage of the shaft screws. She underwent revision surgery with bone graft and the fracture united. Follow-up radiograms showed that the reduction was maintained in all but three patients. Medial displacement of 8–15 mm occurred in 3 patients. There were no infections.

Conclusions: While there is an ongoing debate among “nailers” vs. “platers” for the fixation of femoral neck fractures, PCCP combines the theoretical advantages of both percutaneous technique and absolute stability. In this study this biological system was found to be a reliable solution for the challenging fixation of reversed oblique (AO-31A3) subtrochanteric fractures, with high union rate, fast recovery and low complication rate.


E. Rath V. Benkovich D. Lebel N. Elkrinawi S. Bloom M. Kremer D. Atar

Labral tears can lead to disabling hip pain however underlying structural (femoroacetabular impingement) and developmental abnormalities predisposing to labral pathology may be left untreated if the peripheral compartment is ignored during hip arthroscopy. Femoroace-tabular impingement (FAI) can be secondary to abnormal morphologic features involving either the proximal femur and/or the acetabulum. Both acetabular labral tears and FAI lead to premature osteoarthritis of the hip. Early diagnosis and treatment of these hip pathologic abnormalities is important, not only to provide pain relief but also to prevent the development of osteoarthritis.

Purpose: To describe the technique for arthroscopy of the peripheral compartment of the hip joint without traction.

Methods: We performed 9 hip arthroscopies without traction from a lateral and and anterolateral portals in the supine position.

After a traditional central arthroscopy with traction, 60 degrees of flexion at the hip joint without traction allowed relaxation of the anterior capsule and increased the intra-articular volume of the peripheral compartment.

Results: Inspection of the peripheral compartment was obtained from the anterolateral portal. The anterior neck area, medial neck area, medial head area, anterior head area, lateral head area and lateral neck area were viewed. In 3 patients, loose bodies were removed. In 1 patient with PVNS synovial biopsy was taken and synovectomy was performed. Osteochondroplasty was performed in 5 patients for femoroacetabular impingement. No complications were observed.

Conclusions: Hip arthroscopy without traction is mandatory to complete assessment and adequate treatment of the painful hip.


Full Access
E. Peled D. Norman D. Levin C. Zinman

Introduction: Extracorporal Shock Wave Therapy (ESWT) has become a useful adjunct for the treatment of various musculo-skeletal inflammatory conditions.

The aim of the study is prospective assessment of the efficacy of ESWT for the treatment of recalcitrant greater trochanteric bursitis (GTB).

Material and Methods: Prospective evaluation and follow-up of fourteen patients with persistent GTB two of them with bilateral problem. All the patients failed to response to conventional treatment with oral NSAID’s, physiotherapy, US and more than one steroid injection to the grater trochanter region. All patients underwent compete physical examination. A Comprehensive VAS Score (grading from 0–10) which were obtained prior to therapy and at follow-up. ESWT was applied in six consequitive courses each of 1500 impulses of 0.32mj/mm^2 to the lateral side of the grater trochanter region.

Results: Mean age of 60.6 ± 11.6 (mean ± SD) years (range 81 to 38 years). Mean duration of symptoms 14.2 ± 8.1 months, up to 37 months. Mean VAS dropped from 7.9 ± 0.9 to 1.6 ± 0.8 (p< 0.0001). There were no side effects except minimal local discomfort during the session time.

Conclusion: ESWT is an effective treatment for recalcitrant GTB, with minimal side effect.


A. Lerner E. Dujovny M. Soudry

Introduction: Fractures of the elbow constitute about 7% of adult fractures; distal humerus fractures account for less than half of all elbow fractures.

There is evidence, however, that incidence is increasing.

Investigators in Finland performed a retrospective review of hospital admission records between 1970 and 1995 and found that the age-adjusted increase in incidence in women older than 60 years had more than doubled.

Treatment of intraarticular comminuted distal humeral fractures is a surgical challenge, adequate reduction of the joint surface demands avoidance of residual step or gap of the articular surface and providing a stable fracture fixation.

Aim: To evaluate our initial experience in internal fixation by using bioabsorbable screws by treatment of patients suffered from comminuted distal humeral fractures.

Material and methods: 5 patients with sever intraarticular comminuted distal humeral fractures were treated using bioabsorbable screws. A standard transolecranon approach was used. Internal fixation was performed using lateral and medial plates. Additional bioabsorbable screws (pins) were used to fix separate intraarticuar fragments of the distal humeral bone.

Results: By follow up all fractures were healed with out secondary displacement of fractures. All five patients returned to the preoperative activity, ROM of operated joints was in functional limits. Insertion bioabsorbable screws thorough articular surface allows preserve intraarticular bone fragments on the place until solid consolidation without need in additional operative procedure of removing implanted devices.

Conclusion: Our experience suggests that the bioabsorbable screws can serve as useful augmentation in surgical repair of severe intraarticular comminuted fractures of the elbow joint. Future clinical study


AI Spitzer I. Waltuch P. Goodmanson B. Habelow Kathleen Suthers

Purpose: The original C-STEM (DePuy, Warsaw, IN, USA), a triple tapered polished collarless cemented stem, has an established clinical record. The new C-stem-AMT retains the identical intramedullary design, but enhances the extramedullary portion of the stem with a high offset option, and a mini-taper which is fully covered by the head, and accommodates a broad range of head diameters and neck lengths. This is an early report of clinical experience with the C-STEM AMT.

Methods: From March 2005 to June 2006, 34 C-STEMAMTs were implanted in 32 patients (21 females, 13 males) with mean age of 69 years (R 52–89). Diagnoses were Osteoarthritis in 30, AVN in 2, DDH in 1, and loose femoral implant in 1. Average follow-up was 9.7 months (R 3–18).

Preoperative and postoperative Harris Hip Scores, radiographs, and postoperative complications were recorded prospectively and compared to an early cohort of 66

C-Stems previously implanted between May 1999 and July 2001.

Results: Harris Hip Scores improved from 38 to 99 at one year. There has been no loosening, significant subsidence or reoperations. No dislocations have occurred, in contrast to 6 (9%) dislocations in the original C-Stem group.

Conclusions: As expected, the behaviour of the intramedullary portion of the C-Stem AMT is mirroring the experience with the C-Stem. The enhanced extramedullary design which accommodates additional neck lengths and head sizes, improves range of motion and provides additional offset has substantially reduced dislocation by facilitating accurate reconstruction of appropriate hip biomechanics.


G. Edelson H. Saffuri J. Salameh

The classification of complex fractures of the proximal humerus has long been an area of dispute reflecting an inability to agree on the anatomy of these injuries based on conventional X-rays alone. We demonstrated here that 3-dimensional CT reconstructions, when viewed in a systematic fashion, can yield superior understanding and an enhanced concurrence among observers as to the nature of these fractures. This has lead to a modification of the Neer classification diagram of proximal humeral fractures to reflect their true 3-dimensional anatomy.

A 3-dimensional understanding is crucial in and of itself during any process of surgical reconstruction, but a 3-dimensional classification is additionally useful insofar as it informs other aspects of clinical decision making. For example, in a particular category of injury what if any surgery is indicated? In this regard one must first know the natural history of the specific fracture type without the benefit of operative intervention. Towards an answer to this basic question we have categorized non-operated proximal humeral fracture patients according to the new 3-dimensional classification and have followed their clinical progress.

We present here the Natural History in unoperated patients with the types of Complex injuries who historically have been the ones commonly recommended to surgery.

Results: Over an 8 year period, 63 Complex Fractures treated non-operatively were evaluated with standardized indices. We conclude that overall motion, function and pain status of Complex Fractures of proximal humerus treated conservatively is similar to that of a successful surgical Shoulder Fusion.

Motion is considerably compromised but pain is minimal and functional status is acceptable to most patients. Contrary to common belief avascular necrosis is rare even in severely displaced injuries.

Additional new observations concerning Valgus/Varus, Head Split, and rotational injuries will also be presented.

Future studies based on this 3-dimensional classification system need to be done to compare these natural history results with various types of surgical interventions.


R. Holtby H. Razmjou S. Misra E. Maman

Purpose: The purpose of this historical prospective study was to compare the pre- and post-operative Quality of Life (QOL) outcomes 12 months post-operatively between Articular Tears (AT) and Bursal Tears (BT) of patients with partial thickness tear of the rotator cuff

Methods: Data of 93 consecutive patients diagnosed with Partial Thickness Tear (PTT) who had undergone decompression, acromiploasty, or repair were used to compare outcome between patients with Articular Tears and Bursal Tears. The QOL outcome measures included one disease specific outcome measure, the Western Ontario Rotator Cuff Index (WORC) and two shoulder specific measures, the American Shoulder & Elbow Surgeons standardized shoulder assessment form (ASES) and the Constant-Murley score. A statistical paired t-test (pre vs. 12 months) and an independent t-test analysis (Articular vs. Bursal) were conducted to examine the impact of the tear site.

Results: Forty-four Articular and 49 Bursal tears (48 females and 45 males) were included in the analysis. The mean age was 55.5 (SD: 13) and 53.3 (SD: 12) for the AT and BT groups respectively. There was no statistically significant difference between two groups in pre-operative QOL outcome scores. Both groups showed significant improvement in the above outcomes (p< 0.0001) one year following surgery. However, the AT group was significantly less improved than the BT group in the ASES scores (p=0.005), and Constant-Murley scores (p=0.035). The WORC was not sensitive in differentiating between the two groups (p=0.11).

Conclusion: The intent of this study was to compare the pre-operative and rate of improvement in two groups of patients suffering from different site of rotator cuff pathology. The results indicate that the quality of life improves significantly regardless of the tear site. The pattern of recovery however is different indicating that patients with Bursal tear show a higher degree of improvement in their functional measures, possibly due to reduced mechanical compression on rotator cuff.


H. Arzi M. Perri T. Krasovsky DG. Liebermann

Background: After shoulder surgery for joint stabilization, patients often report that shoulder function improves and positive signs in the ‘apprehension test’ disappear. However, objective validation of the outcomes of shoulder surgery has never been provided. We inquired first about the characteristics of arm movements in healthy individuals and found that in the literature that healthy 2D motion of the arm (e.g., movements performed on table) tend to be smooth and follow shortest amplitude paths with symmetric and unimodal tangential velocity profiles (Minimum Jerk model; Flash and Hogan 1985). In this study, we assumed that such smoothness criterion could be used as an objective indicator of healthy arm movements also in 3D, and thus, we compared the motor outcome before and after different but common surgical procedures for shoulder stabilization (arthroscopy versus open surgery).

Methods: Data were obtained from 3 consecutive point-to-point arm movement trials carried out in each of 3 speed conditions (fast, preferred, slow) and 4 different targets locations towards one central target above the head (Speeds and Movement Directions were repeated measures while Groups were the between-subjects factor). Trials were collected from 14 healthy control subjects (group C), 11 patients before surgery (group B), 3 patients after arthroscopy for stabilization of the shoulder (group A) and 10 patients that underwent open surgery (group D). 3D data were captured by a motion tracking system at a rate of 100 Hz from reflective markers attached to the right arm (acromion and the distal end of the humerus). The kinematic data were pre-processed using MatLab routines. Statistical analyses were based on the following objective measures of smoothness: Time-to-peak speed (TT P), peak-to-mean amplitude ratio (PAR), speed similarity index (SSI) and number of peaks in the tangential velocity of the arm (NO P). Descriptive statistics and multiple 2-way ANO VAs were carried out using these dependent variables (p< 0.05).

Results: Significant effects of the Group factor were observed in the ANOVAs using TT P, PAR and NOP as dependent variables, but not SSI. Post hoc comparisons showed that Group A differed significantly from all others. Patients in group D did not significantly differed from healthy subjects (group C), but patients before surgery (group B) differed from all others. Notably, patients after arthroscopy were also closer to the maximal smoothness scores predicted by the minimum jerk model than even healthy subjects.

Discussion: The results show that kinematics measures may be used to objectively assess the success of one surgical procedure over another. The maximal smoothness criterion seems to be a sensitive measure describing shoulder performance, and thus, parameters derived from this assumption allow for a discrimination of healthy motion from pathological motion. As it stems from the current study, arthroscopy seems to be the preferable intervention since objective measures of smoothness showed that these patients outperform others after surgery. A test of based on slow movement may enhance these differences among procedures because slow movements may rely more on proprioceptive input.


N. Rosenberg A. Schezar M. Soudry

Introduction: The diagnosis of cuff tendon pathology is usually based on physical examination, which has a limited predictive value. The ultimate cost effective diagnostic tool for this purpose should combine the simplicity and low cost of the physical examination with precision of the imaging scans. Since the pathological process involving the rotator cuff structures is usually intrinsic to the muscle and tendon tissue, one of its main expressions, apart of pain, will be weakness of the muscle involved. Measurements of muscle strength may potentially provide a valuable diagnostic tool for evaluation of integrity of a specific muscle or a group of muscles. The purpose of the study is to evaluate the normal patterns of the isometric strength curves of the rotator cuff muscles.

Methods: Isometric time-force distribution for suspraspinatus, infraspionatus and subscapularis muscles in 400 healthy volunteers was measured, i.e.. 50 healthy individuals of both sexes for every decade of age from twenty to sixty years of age were evaluated. Specially designed dynamometer with measurement rate of 5 Hz was used. The measurements were done in a standard body-arm positions in order to eliminate the influence of the synergistic contribution of other muscles. The force- time curves were presented as moment of force values normalized to the lean body mass of the examinees. The characteristics curves of the study groups were compared by non parametric statistical analysis, since not normal distribution of values was found.

Results: Isometric strength of each of the rotator cuff muscles was higher in dominant limbs, higher in men in every age group and gradually rises from second to fifth decade of life in both sexes. The significant drop in muscle force was evident only in the sixth decade of life in both sexes. The force-time curves were characteristic and different in the different studied groups.

Discussion: A data base of normal isometric strength values of rotator cuff muscles in healthy adult population was established. This provides an effective comparative tool for the further evaluation of force-time curves in patients with rotator cuff pathology. The unpredictable evidence of significant rise of rotator cuff muscles’ strength with increasing age challenges the present concepts of the understanding of rotator cuff degeneration pathophysiology and its treatment. The decrease in rotator cuff isometric strength in the sixth decade of life is consistent with the higher incidence of non symptomatic rotator cuff intrinsic pathology at this age


C. Milgrom A. Finestone E. Rath V. Barchilon S. Beyth O. Safran S. Jaber

Introduction: Preliminary data suggest that immobilization in external rotation may be effective in lowering the incidence of recurrence after first traumatic shoulder dislocation, with a zero reoccurrence rate reported at 15 months follow-up. The purpose of the present study was to ascertain whether this method could lower the incidence of recurrent dislocation in a young, very physically active population.

Methods: In an IRB approved prospective study, young males who sustained first traumatic shoulder dislocation were randomized to be treated for four weeks either using a traditional internal rotation brace or a new device which immobilizes the shoulder at 15 to 20 degrees of external rotation. Subjects were then treated according to a standard physical therapy protocol. Follow-up was done at five time points in the first year post dislocation. Subjects with clinically stable shoulders resumed full activity after three months. Differences in outcome were assessed by the chi square test.

Results: Thirty nine subjects participated in the study. Thirty of them were soldiers. Twenty four subjects were treated with external rotation braces. At follow-up of between 4 to 28 months, a new dislocation was documented in 8 of the 24 subjects immobilized in external rotation (33%) and in 5 of the 15 subjects immobilized in internal rotation (33 %). No statistical difference (p=1.0) was found between the instability rates of the two treatment groups.

Discussion: The present study indicates that even in a short-term follow-up the technique of immobilizing a first dislocation in external rotation was not effective in lowering the incidence of recurrent shoulder dislocations in a young, physically active population.


R. Holtby E. Maman H. Razmjou

Introduction: Type II SLAP lesion account for 22–55% of all SLAP lesions and described as detachment of the superior labrum along with the biceps anchor from the superior glenoid rim. This detachment leads to a significant Gleno Humeral Joint instability at the anterior-posterior and superior inferior directions. Majority of SLAP lesions are associated with rotator cuff tears, and partial or complete Bankart lesions.

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of arthroscopic repair of type II SLAP lesions 2 years following arthroscopic repair with suture anchors.

Type of study: Prospective historical.

Methods: Data of consecutive thirty-eight patients (34 males, 4 females, mean age: 45 years, range, 22 to 70 years were used for analysis. Outcome measures were the ASES and Constant Murley. Thirteen patients had work-related injuries. Specific tests for SLAP lesion (i.e. New pain provocation test, O’Brien test, Yergason’s Test) were conducted pre-operatively.

Results: Twenty-three patients had surgery on the right side. The minimum follow up period was 24 months. Five patients had isolated SLAP II lesion repair. Thirty-three had associated pathologies. Ten patients had rotator cuff repair. Twelve patients required acromioplasty and 12 patients underwent the long head of biceps tenodesis. Three patients had associated Bankart lesions. ALL patients showed significant improvement in ASES scores (p< 0.0001). However, Patients with work-related injuries did not show a significant improvement in Constant scores (p=0.20). Pathology did not affect level of disability or subjective scores post-operatively. Strength did not change following SLAP repairs.

Conclusions: Arthroscopic SLAP repair provides significant improvement in subjective scores of joint-specific measures (ASES). Patients with work-related injuries demonstrate a different pattern of recovery.


S. Heinemann G. Mann D. Morgenstern A. Even M. Nyska N. Constantini I. Hetsroni E. Dolev A. Dorozko Z. Lencovsky

Introduction: Stress fractures comprise a major problem in female police or army recruits. The incidence of stress fractures is reported ranging from 3 to 10 fold when compared to male recruits taking the same training program. This study consisted of an intervention program aiming at reducing combat gear weight and locating the gear as close as possible to the body center of gravity.

Material and Methods: In a prospective study we followed up two companies of female recruits of the Israel Border Police. Both companies were followed for the four months of basic training using a basic data questionnaire inclusive of previous physical activity habits, previous acute and overuse injuries, menstrual history and previous smoking habits. An injury questionnaire was filled on commencement of the course and every two weeks thereafter. The clinical records of medic and doctor visits, as well as the personal medical file, were revised. Roentgenological and scintigraphic imaging were performed during the course, when clinical suspicion of a stress fracture arose.

The first company of 71 fighters used the standard combat gear amounting to 12.5 kg. The second company of 64 fighters used combat equipment weighing 9.4 kg, held in a combat girdle close to the body center of gravity, inclusive of a shorter personal combat riffle and personal combat vest.

Results: There was no difference in the number of clinic visits between the two companies. Complaints suggesting stress fractures were recorded in the first company from the 3rd to the 8th week of training and in the second from the 1st to 3rd week. The percentage of fighters sent for Scintigraphy because of clinical suspicion of stress fractures was 22.5% in the first company and 6.25% in the second. The percentage of fighters in whom stress fractures were located by Scintigraphy was 15.5% in the first company and 4.7% in the second. The number of stress fractures in average per fighter was 0.45 fractures in the first company and 0.27 fractures in the second. When calculating only “dangerous” stress fractures (long bones and navicular) there were noted 0.34 fractures per fighter in the first company and 0.20 in the second. Total average training days lost for reason of stress fractures was 2.21 per fighter in the first company and 1.08 in the second.

Conclusions: Reducing the weight of the fighting gear and securing it closer to the body center of gravity may have a positive effect in reducing the incidence of stress fractures in female recruits of fighting units during the intense basic training program.


A. Tvito M. Brezis M. Liebergall Y. Mattan L. Kandel

Introduction: Currently patients who had undergone lower limb arthroplasty are discharged a few days after surgery, at which stage they still need anticoagulation treatment. The transition from hospital to the community is a sensitive period and is susceptible to mistakes and misunderstandings. Patients may underestimate the importance of the continuing treatment and their inconvenience to self-administrate subcutaneous treatment might decrease their compliance. The purpose of this prospective cohort study was to investigate the continuity of the treatment with subcutaneous low molecular weight heparin at the transition period from the hospital to the community.

Materials and Methods: 209 consecutive consenting patients who had undergone lower limb arthroplasty were recruited. Ten were excluded from the study since they were subscribed oral anticoagulation; 4 patients developed pulmonary embolism and were not included, and 8 patients were lost to follow up. 187 patients were followed weekly by phone and were asked about their adherence to the daily treatment, about clinical signs suggesting a thromboembolic event and whether they sought medical assistance. Three months later there was another clinical follow up.

Results: Of the 187 patients, 174 (93%; 95% CI 88.9% < p < 96.4%) were compliant. The percentage of doctor visits by TKR patients was statistically significantly higher, (p=0.007) than by THR patients. There was no significant difference in the compliance of patients who live with their families and patients who live alone. Patients with 0–6 years of education tend to search medical advice statistically significantly more (p=0.004) than patients with more than 7 years of education.

Discussion: The rate of compliance to anticoagulation treatment with subcutaneous low molecular weight heparin was encouraging. It demonstrates that the patients understand the necessity and importance of the treatment.


N. Raz A. Chezar M. Soudry

Background: Fractures of the distal radius are among the most common fractures encountered.

In the US these fractures account for 20% of all fractures treated at emergency care units. Methods for fixation of distal radius fractures include: casting, external fixation devices, plating, and percutaneus pinning.

In the prospective, randomized study by Strohm et al., the results of conventional Kirschner wire osteosyn-thesis were compared with those of a modified Kapandji method (“intrafocal pinning”). The functional and radiographic results of the Kapandji method were superior to those of the other technique.

We utilized a modification of the Kapandji method on a broad spectrum of distal radius fractures, including intra-articular fractures. The primary results and current follow up are presented.

Materials and Methods: 14 patients were treated. Fractures were classified according to Frykman’s classification system, ranging from Frykman’s 1 to 8. The inclusion criteria were all distal radius fractures, which had failed an initial closed reduction. Reduction was accomplished by inserting Kirschner wires percutaneusly through the fracture (intrafocal pinning) and utilizing them as levers to reduce the fragments. The wires were then advanced to be anchored in the proximal cortex. Additional wires were inserted after reduction, through the distal and proximal fragments. The forearm was fixed in a short cast for six weeks after which the Kirschner wires were removed and wrist motion exercise begun. Results were judged according to:

Roentgenographic appearance (early post op, and at follow up) according to the text book reduction criteria.

Clinical assessment of the operated wrist at fallow up

Subjective patient feeling.

Results: Follow-up duration was 3–19 month. Reduction was graded “good” in 11 cases and “fair” in the remaining 3. All fractures united. Time to union was 4–9 weeks. Fracture reduction was maintained until union, in all cases. None of the patients needed an additional surgical corrective procedure. Functional results were satisfactory (with the limitations of too short follow-up in some of the cases). There were no cases of infection at pin site, deep or superficial.

Conclusions: The modified Kapandji method for percutaneus pinning of distal radius fractures is a useful tool for reduction and fixation of almost any sub-type of distal radius fractures, including intraarticular displaced fractures.

This technique has become our first choice of treatment, when closed reduction and cast fixation had failed to achieve or maintain reduction.


David Schlar Rivka Dresner-Pollak Mayer Brezis Yoav Mattan Meir Liebergall Leonid Kandel

Osteoporosis is a very common disease in the elderly, generally undertreated. Hip fracture is often the first clinical painful symptom of osteoporosis. It would seem that hip fracture should be a good opportunity to convince the patient of the importance of osteoporosis treatment. We conducted this study to check whether a simple intervention improved the compliance of osteoporosis treatment.

100 consecutive elderly patients with osteoporotic hip fracture received, during postoperative hospital stay, a 5–10 minutes long explanation about osteoporosis, its sequelae, treatment options and their effectiveness in further fracture prevention. Patients received an explanatory brochure and a letter to family physician that included a recent article on fracture rate reduction with osteoporosis treatment. Compliance was examined by telephone survey 3 and 6 months postoperatively.

100 consecutive patients with similar demographic characteristics who were treated for hip fracture prior to intervention served as a historical control. All patients received a recommendation for osteoporosis treatment in the discharge letter.

At follow up, 40% of patients in the study group were receiving biphosphonates, as opposed to 20% in the control group (p< 0.01). 77% of control patients received no treatment for osteoporosis compared to 37% of patients after intervention (p< 0.01).

Giving the patient a short explanation about osteoporosis combined with a letter to family physician, resulted in a significant improvement in their compliance The orthopaedic surgeon, who treats the patient at the first painful symptom of osteoporosis, has an excellent opportunity to improve patient’s understanding of the disease and her or his compliance to treatment.


E. Lebel M. Philliips M. Zimran D. Elstein M. Itzchaki

Background: Osteonecrosis is the most severe outcome of bone involvement that is encountered in patients who have Gaucher diseae. This event may progress to articular surface collapse and eventually result in osteoarthrosis in a relatively young population. Core decompression or smaller diameter drilling of femoral/humeral/tibial lesions has been described in other diseases as well as in idiopathic osteonecrosis. The rationale to undertake such interventions (in the pre-collapse stage of osteonecrosis) is to remove necrotic bone and induce new bone formation in the lesion. This procedure has never been studied in Gaucher disease. We herein report the outcome in patients with Gaucher disease who under-went drilling of pre-collapse osteonecrotic lesions in the femur, humerus, and tibia.

Patients and Methods: Among 612 patients (adults and children) with Gaucher disease who are currently being treated in our tertiary referral clinic, 13 patients who complained of pain in the hip, shoulder, or knee and were concomitantly diagnosed as having osteonecrosis adjacent to an articular surface, received the recommendation to undergo the stop-gap measure of drilling (small diameter) into the necrotic lesion.

Results: There were 2 females and 7 males (69%) who elected to undergo the procedure; mean age at onset was 32 (13–47) years. Four other patients (2 males and 2 females, aged 15–69 years) refused this procedure despite the diagnosis of acute osteonecrosis. Small diameter drilling was performed at 10 different sites (5 femoral heads, 4 humeral heads, and one proximal tibia). In all cases drilling was performed at a pre-collapse stage (ACRO stage 1–2). Spinal anesthesia was used for the lower limbs and general anesthesia for humeral head drilling; fluoroscopic guidance with a 3.5–4mm drill was employed in all cases. Surgical procedures were generally uneventful and all patients were allowed supportedweight- bearing (or free-arm motion) directly afterwards. In no case was there any sign of infection, nor bleeding or fracture. In 6 of the 9 cases rapid progression (< 12 months) of the lesion and articular surface was noted.

Discussion: This is a seminal report of our experience in drilling juxta-articular osteonecrotic lesions in Gaucher disease. Heretofore drilling was not employed in Gaucher disease while other surgical interventions in the era prior to the advent of enzyme replacement therapy were associated with high incidence of complications. Thus, the very low rate of complications encountered with drilling is encouraging. Nevertheless, articular collapse was not prevented in 7/10 of the interventions.

Possibly better results could have been achieved if the procedure had been performed at an earlier stage. Since patients with Gaucher disease commonly complain of “bone pain”, it is our responsibility to ascertain that these lesions are not a juxta-articular infarct. If such event is evident on MR imaging, core-decompression or drilling may serve as a safe interventional option, in an effort to prevent articular collapse.

Conclusions: Small diameter drilling of juxta-articular osteonecrosis is a safe procedure with a low complication rate that may prevent or delay the progression of joint destruction. Newer imaging modalities and heightened awareness might enable earlier diagnosis with consequently earlier more efficacious intervention.


E. Melamed M. Salai A. Korengreen A. Bloomenfeld

Purpose: A retrospective analysis was conducted of 82 orthopedic injury cases sustained by IDF military personnel during the recent low intensity conflict (the second Palestinian uprising) which is characterized by many casualties and high availability of medical services and evacuation means.

Methods: Records of all orthopaedic combat casualties evacuated to two level–I trauma centers between November 2002 and October 2005 were reviewed. Data included demographics, evacuation time, location of wounds, wounding agents, associated injuries, early/ late care and complications.

Results: There were 51 patients (62%) injured by fire-arms and 31 patients (38%) by fragments and explosives. Mean evacuation time was 60 (± 22) minutes. The spectrum of injuries included soft tissue injury −43 (52%), open fracture−40 (48%), neurologic injury-19 (23%), vascular injury-7 (8%) and amputation −1 (1%). The most common procedure was debridement and irrigation (D& I) which was performed on 70 patients (85%). 19% of the open fracture patients underwent primary internal fixation.

The mean length of hospitalization was 5 days (range 1–36). A multivariate statistical analysis was done, and it was found that being included in more than one category stands alone as the only predictor for prolonged hospitalization. Infection rate was 9.7%, with length of stay being the only parameter associated with infection.

Conclusion: The recent low intensity conflict is an excellent example of early and aggressive trauma care, with an increased use of primary internal fixation. There is a high incidence of open fractures (48% of all extremity injuries) and a low amputation rate (1%). Multiple operative procedures have been shown to be successful at limb salvage, but are time intensive.


WB Lehman AM Abdelgawad DA Sala

Purpose: The purpose of the study was to identify those characteristics of congenital tibial dysplasia (CTD) that portend the worst prognosis, including the probable failure of all surgical attempts to achieve union. Clear identification/ classification of this select population of cases could add earlier consideration of relevant treatment options.

Method: While several classification systems for CTD exist, the Crawford classification was used to review the literature and our hospital cases (6) to examine the relationship between case characteristics, treatment, and outcome.

Results: An atypical variation of Crawford’s type IIC was identified, herein referred to as type IID, that was characterized by early onset, frank pseudoarthrosis, and deformity of the distal-one third of the tibia and fibula. As well, these patients underwent failed multiple surgeries and numerous type treatments over time without good functional outcome and with prolonged physical difficulties.

Conclusion: The cases that fall into this newly defined category (IID) of the Crawford classification for CTD are best treated with early amputation rather than repeated attempts to gain union.

Significance: Amputation for patients with congenital tibial dysplasia (congenital pseudoarthrosis of the tibia) that are identified as type IID cases and carry the characteristics for a bad prognosis, provides better functional results than repeated surgeries, even when union is achieved. The family should be warned from the beginning that a stable union is unlikely in these cases. Amputation should be offered as a primary or an early option to the family with full disclosure of the long-term advantages and disadvantages of all therapeutic paths.


E. Cohen A. Haim Y. Fruchtman D. Atar Y. Wiessel

Introduction: Congenital insensitivity to pain and anhydrosis (CIPA) is a rare genetic disease transmitted through an autosomal recessive mode. It is known also as HSAN (Hereditary Sensory and Autonomic Neuropathy) type 4. Affected patients suffer from: anhydrosis, mental retardation, poikilothermia and musculo-skel-etal anomalies. The actual knowledge on musculo-skel-etal aspects in CIPA is based on case reports.

Aim of the study: To describe systematically the musculo-skel-etal aspects related to CIPA in a large group of patients followed over the years.

Material and Methods: 40 patients with CIPA were followed in our institution. The age range was 3 months to 19 years of age, and the mean follow up was 8 years. There was some degree of relationship between the parents Their charts were reviewed, radiographs, and bacterial cultures were examined.

Results: The main features that we observed: a) Joint instability with a spectrum that varies from positive provocative test to recurrent dislocation. b) Bone and Joint infection-often with high production of purulent discharges and associated with subluxation of affected joint or with pathologic fractures. Infections can be multimicrobial, are difficult to eradicate and lead to bacteremia episodes. c) Wound healing problems. Wounds hardly heal in CIPA patients. The scar is formed slowly if at all. Chronic sinus drainage and frequent wound dehiscence is the rule. d) Radiological abnormalities: osteomyelitis, pathological fractures with giant callus formation, vanishing bones, heterotrophic ossification, and pseudo-arthrosis were observed.

Conclusions: There is a wide spectrum of musculo-skel-etal pathologies in CIPA affected children. Their orthopedic conditions determine ambulation capacity, life quality and life expectancy and influence dramatically on their families. Complications both mechanical and infectious are very often. A multidisciplinary approach to this chronic illness is needed.


N. Hous B. Peskin D. Norman C. Zinman

During the second Lebanon war, between 12/07/06 to 14/08/06, 241 war injuries were admitted to Rambam Medical Center emergency room: 202 soldiers and 39 citizens. (Post traumatic stress disorders victims were not included). Majority of the injured soldiers (98%) were mobilized by the Israeli Air Force helicopters. More then 40 helicopters had landed in the hospital heliport during the war. Distribution of injuries according to the injury type:

110 patients (44% of all injured) had Orthopedic injuries (including hand injuries)

76 patients (31% of all injured) had Orthopedic injuries combined with other injuries

Not orthopedic injury – 63 patients (25%) Majority of all wounded (75%) had suffered from an orthopedic injury.

Distributions of soldier’s injuries among soldiers were similar to the above :

81 soldiers (41%) Orthopedic injuries (including hand injuries)

64 soldiers (33%) Orthopedic injuries combined with other injuries

50 soldiers (26 %) Not orthopedic injury

About 75 % of the injured soldiers suffered from orthopedic injuries. Vast majority of the injuries were shrapnel injuries, which were divided to 3 levels:

Mild soft tissue damage due to few or superficial shrapnel injury – 107 (49%) soldiers.

Moderate soft tissue injuries due to multiple shrapnel injuries – 54 (25%) soldiers.

Severe soft tissue injuries had muscular and neurovascular damage.

Organs injury distribution:

24 Patients total of 54 fractures, 24 of those had been long bone fractures

17 Patients had sustained a Major vascular injury.

20 Patients had sustained a nerves injury.

Amputation – 5 soldiers were underwent completion of traumatic lower limb amputation. One soldiers had bilateral below knee amputation, 1 above knee amputation and 3 unilateral below knee amputation.

Two hundred and three orthopedic surgery interventions were done by Orthopedics’ B’ department in Rambam Medical Hospital, during the Second Lebanon War.


N. Bor A. Yusef

Introduction: Idiopathic congenital talipes equinovarus (clubfoot) is a common complex deformity that occurs in approximately one or two per 1000 newborns. For many years, most surgeons considered it as a “surgical disease”. The long term results of the surgical release are disappointing, with increased foot pain, joints stiffness and muscle weakness.

It would appear that the most successful conservative treatment for clubfoot is the method developed in the late 1940s by Ponseti.

We recently reviewed the outcomes of treatment in Afula with the Ponseti method in our first 28 patients with minimum of five years follow-up.

Materials and Methods: In our study are included 28 patients (38 feet). 22 males and six females, 18 unilateral and ten bilateral cases, with idiopathic clubfoot. The average follow-up duration is of 6.5 years (range 5–8.5). The cases were evaluated using the 6-point clssfication system described by Pirani. Each foot was assigned a total score of 6 points or less, with higher scores indicating more severe deformity, 0 points indicate a normal foot.

Results: The average Pirani score at initial presentation was 5.5 (range 3–6). Only two feet out of 38 (7%), required complete surgical release, using the Turco method. The average number of casts applied was 7.5 (range, 5–13), and 35 of 38 (92%) feet required percutaneous Achilles tenotomy.

We used the Garceau classification to assess residual deformity. The average scoring was 3.6 points (range 2–4). Twelve feet out of 36 (33%) (excluding the 2 feet who underwent PMR), ended up with some residual supination, according to the Garceau classification, 11 feet rated 3 points each, and only one foot 2 points.

Only12 patients were defined as compliant with the use of the foot abduction brace. In seven out of 36 feet (18% of the feet, six patients) tibialis anterior transfer for residual supination was performed, only one of these patients was compliant with the use of the foot abduction brace. However, despite bad compliance with the use of the orthosis, eight out of 16 patients obtained good results.

An average of 13 degrees (range. 0–25) of dorsiflexion and 50 degrees (40–70) of plantarflexion was noticed in all 36 feet (again excluded the 2 post PMR feet), and very supple subtalar joints.

Conclusion: thirty-seven out of the 38 feet, at the latest follow-up, had an almost normal foot appearance.

Discussion: During the last nine years, the Ponseti technique has become the gold standard of treatment for clubfoot, with countless surgeons abandoning the surgical technique in favor of the Ponseti method.

Proper use of the foot abduction brace is essential. Those patients who underwent tibials anterior transfer, were non-compliant with the use of the brace. One of our patients whose parents refused to use the orthosis at all required complete open release with the Turco method.

Few patients may end up with good result despite bad comliance with the use of the brace. Since this is unpredictable, parents should be recommended to be fully commited as to the use of the brace.


M. Eidelman A. Katzman N. Bor BM Lamm JE Herzenberg

Purpose: Correction of residual clubfoot deformities remains a great surgical challenge, and treatment failure is not uncommon. Open surgical reconstruction often leads to more scarring, risk of neurovascular injury, and a stiff foot. The Ilizarov external fixator allows for osseous realignment without open incisions. The Taylor spatial frame (TSF) is a relatively new external fixator that is capable of simultaneous six-axis deformity correction. Our method applies the Ponseti principles of clubfoot correction to a two-stage TSF correction (i.e., varus and internal rotation correction and then equinus correction). The Ponseti type 1 frame is programmed to correct varus and internal rotation first and then equinus. The Ponseti type 2 frame follows the same sequence as the type 1 frame but includes a final phase in which the foot ring is cut on two sides to allow separate correction of forefoot cavus and adductus. We present our initial multicenter experience with this Ponseti-inspired method.

Methods: During a five-year period, seventeen patients (22 feet) were treated for residual clubfoot deformities with the TSF. Nine patients had idiopathic clubfoot, five had arthrogryposis, one had myelomeningocele, one had developmental clubfoot, and one had clubfoot associated with fibular hemimelia. Eight boys and nine girls were treated. The average age was 6.5 years (age range, 1.75–15 years). Equinus, internal rotation, and varus were addressed in nine patients (Ponseti type 1 frame), equinus, internal rotation, and forefoot deformity (adduction and/or cavus) in six patients (Ponseti type 2 frame), and equinus only in two patients. All patients underwent correction with standard two-ring frames using a long bone program.

Results: All frames were removed after an average of 3.6 months (range, 3–8 months). One patient had under correction of residual equinus, but all others achieved full correction of deformities. Complications included superficial pin site infection in nine patients, talar subluxation in one patient, and subluxation of the first metatarsophalangeal joint in two patients. Infections were successfully treated with oral antibiotics. The one case of talar subluxation was reduced by the residual TSF program. The subluxated great toe was pinned in a separate surgery in two cases.

Conclusions: We believe that the Ponseti sequence of correction can be applied to older children with residual club-foot deformities even if they have previously undergone surgery. Our method with the TSF is a safe, accurate (computer-based), and effective treatment. It does not require open surgery, so the potential for scarring is minimized. It also allows for any subsequent treatments as needed.

Significance: The Ponseti-inspired method of residual club-foot deformity correction with the TSF is accurate and is a viable alternative to repeat open surgical procedures.


M. Eidelman A. Katzman V. Bialik

Introduction: The standard treatment of adolescent Blount’s disease includes proximal tibial valgus osteotomy and osteotomy of the fibula. Some believe that the fibula should also be fixed to prevent migration and subluxation. We performed correction of deformities in eight patients (10 tibiae) with adolescent Blount’s disease using the Taylor Spatial Frame (TSF). In all patients, the origin (virtual hinge) was placed at the level of the proximal tibial fibular joint. The purpose of this study was to review treatment outcome of proximal tibial osteotomy without osteotomy of the fibula in patients with adolescent Blount disease.

Methods: Eight patients (10 tibiae) were treated by proximal tibial osteotomies and gradual correction by TSF without fibular osteotomy over a period of three years. All patients were males with a mean age of 14.6 years (range, 14–17 years). All patients had severe proximal tibial varus, four had significant proximal tibial procurvatum, and six had internal tibial torsion. The fibula was not fixed in five patients, and fixed distally in three.

Results: Frames were removed at an average of 12.8 weeks (range, 12–15 weeks). The mean preoperative proximal tibial varus was 16.2o (range, 12–19o), corrected to normal values in all patients. The mean preoperative MPTA was 71.4o (range, 67–77o) and corrected to a mean MPTA 87.1o (range, 85–89o). In four patients (5 tibiae) with proximal tibial procurvatum, the PPTA was corrected to normal range.

Mean correction of internal tibial torsion was 10o (range, 5–15o), performed in six patients (8 tibias). Pre-operative MAD was 55.8 mm medial to center of the knee (range, 44–77 mm), corrected to a mean MAD of 4.9 mm medial to center of the knee (range, 2–11 mm).

Complications included superficial pin tract infections in seven patients.

No complications related to the fibula were observed during/after correction.

Conclusion: Based on our initial experience, we believe that most patients with adolescent Blount disease could have successful and predictable correction of tibial deformities without a need for osteotomy and fixation of the fibula.


S. Eylon N. Simanovsky S. Porat

Introduction: The usual surgical treatment of valgus knee in Ellis van Creveld Syndrom (EVC), is high tibial osteotomy. However, this approach failed to achieve the expected goal of lasting correction. Based on Dr. Paley’s observations, and our previous unsuccessful treatment of valgus knee in EVC syndrome, we changed the surgical approach. The aim of the surgical treatment is to eradicate all the elements causing sever valgus knee: 1) dysplasic lateral tibial condyle, 2) progressive depression of the lateral tibial plateau, 3) short fibula, 4) short and contracted fascia lata, 5) short lateral collateral ligament and biceps femoris, 6) short lateral head of gastrocnemius, and 7) contracted lateral knee capsule and lateral retinaculum. In many aspects the pathology of Blount’s disease grade 5 or 6 is similar, but located at the medial tibia causing genu vara.

Materials and Methods: Three valgus knees of EVC syndrome and two varus knees of Blount’s disease grade 5 & 6 underwent surgical treatment by a unique surgical approach to address all pathologies which contribute to the deformity. In the cases of EVC syndrome the first stage operation included: 1) peroneal nerve release and soft tissue release including T.F.L., B.F., L.C.L., capsule and gastrocnemius, 2) arthrogram, 3) fibulectomy, 4) elevation of lateral tibial plateau with bone graft, 5) reconstruction of L.C.L. and B.F., 6) lateral release of retinacula and rerouting of patella, and 7)cast application. In the second stage operation of these cases a corrective high tibial osteotomy was performed. In the Blount’s disease knees the operative treatment was performed in one stage and included: 1) arthrogram, 2) elevation of the medial tibial plateau, 3) fibulotomy, 4) closing wedge tibial osteotomy based laterally, 5) transfer of the bony wedge under the elevated plateau and fixation.

Results: All deformities were corrected with no recurrence, and stability of the knees persisted. We had one common peroneal nerve neuropraxia that recovered and one wound dehiscence.

Conclusions: In both conditions, EVC syndrome and Blount’s disease, corrective high tibial osteotomy does not address the pathology, and recurrence is to be expected. The described surgical technique fulfills that target – eradication of the pathologic elements that lead to valgus or varus.


G. Volpin G. Kirshner R. Daquar R. Shachar H. Shtarker

Introduction: The traditional methods for the treatment of femoral shaft fractures of children consists of closed reduction and either spica casting or fixation by external fixator. There are also reports on the treatment of such injuries by open reduction and internal fixation by plate. In the last years the method of minimal invasive fixation of such fractures with elastic nails became popular in children over 6–7 year old. The purpose of this paper is to present our experience with elastic nail fixation of femoral shaft fractures of children.

Material and Methods: We present a series of 43 children aged 3–13 year old, mean age: 6.5y, follow-up 2–4 years, mean 2.5 years) with shaft fractures of the femur. 12 children were under 5 year of age. Seven of them were poly-trauma patients. There were no open fractures. Each patient was treated by closed reduction and percutaneous nail insertion under C-arm imaging intensifier control. Fixation was accomplished by a knee immobilizer alone. Early non-weight-bearing mobilization was encouraged until appearance of callus formation. Subsequently, weight-bearing was encouraged.

Results: The results of all cases were excellent. All fractures were united within 7–14 weeks, with an average of 9 weeks. There were not any cases of femoral fractures through nail insertion. There was no decrease in the range of hip and knee motion. None of the patients had complications such as infection, malalignment or neurovascular injury. There was two cases of bursitis around the tip of the nail in the supracondylar region, which was resolved by early pin removal. Removal of the pins was done 6–9 months following operations.

Conclusions: Closed reduction and minimal invasive fixation of femoral shaft fractures by use of Nancy Nails is safe, simple and useful in children with femoral shaft fractures, even in young children under the age of 5 years, and especially in cases of poly-trauma. This minimally invasive procedure allows for early mobilization with no loss of range of motion or associated complications.


L. Lapidus J. Odessky R. Shitrit L. Copeliovich

Introduction: Recurrent clubfoot deformity continues to present a problem in pediatric orthopedic practice. Because of the complexity of feet deformation, the correction represents a significant challenge even for orthopedists having experience in work with the Ilizarov device.

Materials and Methods: We apply the Ilizarov fixator consisting of a base from two rings on a shin, an anterior support on the foot – the half ring perpendicular to metatarsal bones and a posterior support from the extended half ring attached to the heel. Anterior and posterior supports are attached to the base by standard details of the Ilizarov apparatus and remain unconnected between them. Such a frame design allows independent and simultaneous correction of forefoot and hind-foot deformities. From 1999–2006, 9 patients aged 3–30, 13 feet with recurrent clubfoot were treated with this technique. Three patients were females and 6 were males. Closed correction was perform in 5 cases, mid-foot osteotomy 4 cases triple arthrodesis 4 cases. The average deformity was: forefoot (supination – 30° FFA – 30°) hind foot (supination 35° equinus 40°).

Results: The correction commenced on fourth-seventh day after surgery. Corrections of deformity were achieved in all cases. The average correction period was 8 weeks. Fixation after complete correction was 6–8 weeks. Complications included pin-tract infection 16%, flexion contracture of toes – 87.5%, and severe pain during deformity correction 33%. On mean follow-up of 40 months all patients had good functional outcome.

Conclusion: Our frame variant is easy to compose, requires only standard components and allows good correction of all foot deformities.


N. Simanovsky R. Lamdan R. Mosheiff N. Simanovsky

We retrospectively reviewed 223 cases of supracondylar fractures of elbow treated in our hospital between the years 1996 and 2000. In 30 patients we found some degree of under-reduction of the extension element of the fracture. Twenty-two of them were evaluated close to skeletal maturity. The mean age at fracture was 5.4 years and mean follow-up was 8.2 years. The radiographic remodeling, range of elbow motion and awareness of the patients of functional limitation were evaluated. At the final follow-up17 (77%) of patients have had radiographic loss of humero-condylar angle (5 or more degrees of difference compared to an uninjured side). Eleven (50%) of the patients had limited elbow flexion, and seven (31%) of them were aware of this deficit. Most of under-reductions happened when reduction was attempted in the emergency room, or when displacement was not appreciated and a cast was applied without a reduction attempt.

The conclusions are that the patients that were left to heal with some degree of extension, have had limited end-elbow flexion and may be aware of it. Although only 3 patients felt a minor functional disability at the last follow-up the 10 patients have unsatisfactory results according the Flinn’s criteria for motion restriction. The treating surgeon must be aware of this possible outcome and be more demanding in the reduction of the extension component of a fracture. Otherwise one may expect limited elbow flexion that may be clinically significant. Although the reduction of moderately displaced fractures may seem easy, it is better done in the operating room and not in the emergency room, under general anesthesia and with radiographic control.


E. Bar-On T. Becker K. Katz D. Weigl

We present a new technique for corrective osteotomies in the lower limbs.

The method combines the advantages of both external and internal fixation as well as minimizing soft tissue disruption and scarring.

Material and Methods: Between January 2004 and August 2006, eleven osteotomies were performed on six patients. Mean age was 9.5 yrs. (6.4–15.9) Underlying pathology included cerebral palsy (3 pts), microcephaly (1), giant axonal neuropathy (1) and post traumatic growth disturbance (1). Osteotomies were performed in seven femurs (bilateral in 3 pts and unilateral in 1) and 4 tibias (2 pts bilaterally). Correction was in the transverse plane in four pts (4 femurs & 4 tibias), in the sagittal plane in one pt (2 femurs) and in multiple planes in one pt (1 femur).

Surgical Technique:

Insertion of Schanz screws perpendicular to the deformed segments

Osteotomy at planned level through small incision.

Correction of deformity and application of temporary external fixator.

Percutaneous insertion of submuscular extraperiosteal plate and fixation with locking screws.

Removal of external fixator.

Results: All limbs were corrected to within 3 degrees of planned correction.

Patients were allowed full ambulation. Casts were applied only if soft tissue releases were performed concomitantly. Ambulation as tolerated was initiated post operatively. There were no surgical complications. All osteotomies showed good callus formation within 6 weeks.

The plate was removed uneventfully from one patient.

Discussion: Multiple methods have been described for corrective osteotomies in long bones. They vary in the osteotomy level, degree of exposure, osteotomy technique and fixation method. The technique presented has the advantage of minimal violation of the periosteum and the surrounding musculature, inducing early bony union and good rehabilitation. The temporary external fixation enables accurate correction and intraoperative assessment.

Disadvantages include increased surgical time and radiation exposure – however these decrease with the learning curve and hardware improvements.


A. Geftler T. Katz E. Mercado D. Atar E. Cohen

Background: Fractures of the distal femur include metadiaphyseal fractures and physeal injuries. Treatment with cast alone is often excluded because of the inability to achieve and maintain reduction, polytrauma, and pathological fractures. Furthermore, operative treatment can also be challenging as the physis is still open and can be damaged by the fracture itself or by the fixation device, the metaphyseal fragment is short and problematic to fixate, and some of the fractures are intraarticular.

The goal of the study was to review the pattern of these fractures and report the midterm outcomes of various treatment options.

Study design: Inclusion criteria for this retrospective study were: age 9–16 years, fracture in the distal third of the femur treated surgically, growth plates open and availability to follow-up. From 2003–2006, fourteen children (mean age 11.5 years) met inclusion criteria. Over the same period, a search based on ICD-9 codes identified 49 patients with femur fractures that had undergone surgery.

Patient charts and radiographs were reviewed and the children were evaluated by an orthopedic surgeon not involved in the patient management. Parameters recorded included: time to union, time to achieve 0–110° knee range of motion (ROM), and emergency surgery, limited knee ROM and premature physeal arrest.

Results: Fractures of the distal femur were frequent among teenagers accounting for 28% of all femoral fractures. a) Injury was related to sport activities (n=10), motor vehicle accidents (n=3) and blast injury (n=1). b) Fracture types: Salter-Harris physeal injuries (n=6) and metaphyseal fractures (n=8). Three of the meta-diaphyseal fractures were pathological fractures through bone cysts.

Treatment: The following methods were employed: a) external fixators (n=2), b) screws, pins and cast (n=6), c) Plates (n=5), and d) Titanium elastic nails (n=1). The mean follow-up was 16 months (range 3–38 months). d) There were no major complications. The knee ROM at 6 weeks was 35° after pins and cast, and 80° after other methods. The knee ROM was at least 110° at 3 months after plate fixation and at six months after pins and cast.

Conclusions: We identified two main subgroups of treatment in teenagers: plates in 5, and screws or Kirschner wires with cast augmentation in 6. The teenagers treated with plates had better short-term outcomes but, at 6 months, there was no difference between the groups. It appears that, if fracture configuration allows, the percutaneous locking plates should be the first treatment option. Bone cysts appear to be a significant risk factor in this age group. The midterm outcome of distal femur fractures was overall good without physeal arrest or malalignment.


Z. Horesh DE Rothem A. Lerner M. Soudry

Introduction: Tibial plateau fracture is an intra-articullar complex fracture. Surgery aim is to restore articular surface height, preserve knee joints stability and alignment in order to obtain maximal range of motion and to prevent future joint degenerative changes. Ilizarov external frame using ligamentotaxis, minimal invasive techniques, smooth or olive wires (sometimes augmented by screws) allows articular surface reconstruction and stabilization. In unstable fractures, bridging of the knee with slight distraction of the joint is provided by including the distal femur to the frame with an additional ring.

Study Aims: To assess the results of complex tibial plateau fracture treated with Ilizarov external fixator.

Materials and Methods: Between 1997–2005, twenty five patients with complex fractures of the tibial plateau, Schatzker type V–VI fractures (all closed), average age 45 years old (range 30–78) were treated by hybrid 3 ring Ilizarov external frames alone or in combination with another procedure. 11 out of 25 patients were treated with ligamentotaxis using extension of the frame to the femur with hinges on the center of joint rotation. Some of these patients (10 out of 11) required lateral minimal opening for joint surface elevation. 8 out of the 25 patients needed additional bone graft/ substitute supplementation. One needed 6.5 mm canulated cancellous screw augementation. Patients with below knee frame remain non-WB for 6 weeks and partial WB for another 6 weeks. Patients with above knee frame were allowed full WB. In 3 months the frame was removed under anesthesia and the knee was manipulated. Patients were placed in a brace or a cast-brace with full WB. Physiotherapy started early after the operation.

Results: All fractures united with an average time of 12 weeks. 22 patients had full extension with 100 degree of flexion or more. 3 patients had extension lag of 10–20 degree, one of them had 20 degree of posterior slop of the tibial plateau. All patients had normal axial alignment, except one case resulted in mild valgus alignment due to osteoporotic bone (70 years old patient). One had mild unstable knee. One patient developed posttraumatic osteoarthrosis. There were no cases of postoperative infection, septic arthritis or neuro-vascular complications were reported. Pin site infection was resolved locally.

Conclusion: The use of Ilizarov external fixation in the management of complex tibial plateau fractures results in satisfactory out come as an alternative to the traditional tibial plateau open surgery. This minimal invasive intervention allowed the surgeons to reduce and fixate the tibial articular surface with out further damaging the soft tissue envelope.


I. Ilsar L. Joskowicz L. Kandel M. Liebergall

Introduction: The common belief is that navigation-assisted TKR improves the surgical accuracy and reduces outliers, albeit increasing the operating time. We conducted a detailed study of the published studies with four main criteria:

Reduction of outliers in the placement of implants.

Increased operating time.

Reduction of blood loss.

Higher post-operative score.

Methods: We performed a computerized search of the PubMed repository and a manual search of the proceedings of the International Society for Computer Assisted Orthopaedic Surgery (CAOS, 2001–05) to include all studies that presented clinical data of the results of this procedure. A total of 139 clinical studies were found, a total of 7,158 patients who underwent navigation-assisted TKR.

Results: Of the 139 studies, 39 studies presented data showing a reduction of outliers of the post-operative mechanical axis in the 180±3° range. 2,130 out of 2,401 (89%) patients operated with navigation were within this range. 27 out of the 39 studies compared the postoperative alignment of the navigated technique to that of the non-navigated technique. In the non-navigated technique, only 1,325 out of 1,880 (71%) patients were in that range, close to the published 74–75% for conventional TKR studies.

Regarding the operating time with navigation, 32 studies report an average increase of 21 min. (range 6– 48 min.), or about 20% than conventional TKR.

One of the perceived benefits of using extramedullary jigs in navigation-assisted TKR is thought to be reduction of blood loss. However, of the 15 studies that address this issue, 10 (67%) found no significant difference compared to the conventional technique. Regarding post-operative functional and/or pain scoring, 12 (80%) out of 15 studies found no statistically significant differences between navigated and non-navigated techniques.

Conclusions: The published clinical data so far shows that navigated-assisted TKR provides good alignment of the implants and a reduction of outliers from one in four to at most one in ten at the expense of 15–20 min. (about 20%) increase in operating time. No significant advantage was found for blood loss or functional/pain scoring. From a public health viewpoint, the increased cost of the navigated procedure may very well be compensated by the reduction of future revisions.


AI Spitzer P. Goodmanson K. Evensen B. Habelow Kathleen Suthers

Purpose: Infection after TJA is a rare but devastating complication. Horizontal laminar airflow has been advocated to reduce infection rate.

Methods: 896 consecutive primary and revision total joint arthroplasties of the hip and knee were retrospectively reviewed. The first 751 were performed before February 2004 in a horizontal laminar air flow room; the final 146 were performed without laminar flow from February 2004 through May 2005. All patients received the same perioperative antibiotics, wound management, and rehabilitation program. Body exhaust systems were worn in all cases.

Results: There were a total of 10 infections (1.1%) requiring surgical treatment, including 6 deep knee infections (0.67%), and four (0.45%) wounds (3 knees and 1 hip) with delayed healing or superficial infections. 9 of the infections occurred in the laminar flow group (1.2%), including all 6 deep knee infections (6/456=1.3%), 2 knee and 1 hip wound infection. Only 1 infection (0.68%), in a knee wound, occurred in the non-laminar flow group. There were no deep hip infections. Statistically, more knees became infected than hips overall (9/550=1.64% vs 1/346=0.29%)(p< 0.01) and more knees developed deep infection with laminar flow than without (6/456=1.2% vs 0/94=0.00%)(p< 0.1).

Conclusions: Laminar air flow did not alter the infection rate in THA, but may have increased infection rate in TKA. Infection is multifactorial, and longer follow up of the non-laminar flow group may reduce the differences seen. Nevertheless, this data agrees with other published data and is of significant concern for the TKA surgeon and patient alike.


Bulent Atilla

The most challenging aspect of acetabular revision is the management of bone loss compromising implant fixation and stability. Several options, including both nonbiologic and biologic fixation, are available for acetabular revision. Biologic fixation is considered the best solution for revision surgery because it aims to restore the detoriated bone stock by using structural or cancellous allografts and a cemented polyethylene cup with impaction grafting with or without an antiprotrusio cage. With this technique, reliable and durable fixation of cemented acetabular components depend on the incorporation of allografts.

Impaction grafting with use of morselized bone is a biological fixation alternative as defined by Sloof in 1984. He reported 94% survival in 11 years. Best results of this technique are obtained in contained or cavitary defects because the skeleton, while weakened, is basically intact. In these defects the anterior and posterior columns and the peripheral supporting bone for the acetabular component are intact. However, uncontained, or segmental, defects are more of a challenge. If the patient has a large segmental defect and there is no possibility of placing the implant against host bone or of restoring nearly normal anatomy, then the use of a structural bone graft may be indicated.

In our revision arthroplasty series, despite the success of impaction grafting on the femoral side and on cavitary defects of the acetabulum, we had early loosening in segmentary defects with mesh or structural allograft reconstruction of the acetabular wall and impaction. Retrospectively, we have compared the survival of acetabular cup revisions with impaction grafting technique with or without reconstruction cages in 40 hips of 39 patients.

There were 15 hips without cage support and 25 hips with cage reconstruction. Patient demographics and preoperative hip scores were comparable in each group. After 4 years of follow-up we have evaluated 26.3% aseptic loosening in impaction grafting alone, and 8.3% loosening in impaction with cage reconstruction. We have concluded that the metal cage allows for a better stability, protects the cancellous graft micromotion and eventually leading to a better incorporation in segmentary defects. Impaction of the cancellous bone cubes without a cage support in segmentary acetabular defects may prone to fail because of the micromotion between the cement and the graft which is not contained in stable walls.


C. Tauber M. Krushinski

The Dual Articular Knee (Biomet®) is a modular revision prosthesis with a mobile bearing. We performed 24 operations on 23 patients: 16 female and 7 male patients. The average age at revision was 71.6 years, range 42–84 y, the average time span between primary TKR and revision was 8 years, range 1–19 y. The average follow up was 25 months, range 3–68 months.

Diagnoses at primary TKR were: Osteoarthritis 19, Rheumatoid arthritis 1, Post-traumatic arthrosis 2, s/a medial Unicondylar 1, s/a High Tibial Osteotomy 1.

Primary Implants were: Total Condylar (Howmedica) 4 (3 with metal trays and 1 all PE tibia); IB 2 (Zimmer) 9, IB 1 (Zimmer) 2, Miller Galante (Zimmer) 1, AGC (Biomet) 5, Sigma (J& J) 2, Sigma RP (J& J) 1.

Inciations for revision were:

Aseptic loosening and PE wear 20, Infection 4 (Organisms: MRSA 1, Enterococcus Faeconium 1, Streptococcus Gr.6 1, Negative Culture 1).

Surgical Technique: We used a medial parapatellar approach in 22 knees and the lateral parapatellar approach in 2 knees, osteotomy of the tibial tuberosity was performed in 16 operations and a lateral patellar release in 7. The patellar implant was replaced in 5 knees, left in situ in 4 and not replaced in 15 knees (one of the knees was after a previous patellectomy). Two stage revision was performed in 4 infected knees and in one non-infected. Cement spacers impregnated with antibiotics were used in 3 operations. Original implants as temporary implants with antibiotic loaded cement were used in 2 operations.

Results: Results were rated as good if the knee was stable with flexion of 90 degrees or more without evidence of infection and fair with less than 90 degrees of flexion.

Good results were obtained in 19 knees, fair in 2, failure due to late infection in one knee. One patient was lost for follow up, one patient died 6 months after surgery of an unrelated cause.

Conclusions: The Dual Articular Revision Prosthesis is a useful implant system in cases with satisfactory collateral ligament stability.


G. Morag J. Cameron

Purpose: Patello-femoral arthritis presents a considerable challenge to the orthopaedic surgeon. Traditionally, surgical options have produced unsatifactory results. Arthroscopic debridement, patellectomy, isolated patellar resurfacing and grafting have a poor long term clinical outcome. Patello-femoral arthroplasty is an alternative to total knee arthroplasty and patellectomy for anterior compartment osteoarthritis. Patello-femoral arthroplasty provides a more conservative approach in younger and more active patients especially. Advances in component design and biomechanics have led to many new generation replacements. The aim of this study was to look at the long term functional outcome of patello-femoral arthroplasty.

Methods: From a prospective database 36 patients were identified having a patello-femoral arthroplasty between 1990 – 2000. Four patients were lost to followup. Eighteen patients (56%) underwent an additional procedure for patella re-alignment (patella tendon transfer or lateral release) at the time of the patello-femoral arthroplasty. Mean followup was 72 months (range 24 – 149 mo). Clinical data was collected from a personal questionnaire and physical examination. All data was processed and all patients were evaluated using the Hungerford-Kenna score and the modified Lysholm score. Radiographs were assessed pre-operatively and at the most recent follow up. Peri-operative documentation was evaluated for etiology, pre-operative functional and subjective impairment, intra-operative technical difficulties or complications, early and late post-operative complications and post-operative functional outcomes.

Results: At the time of the most recent follow up, 22 knees had good or excellent result, 4 had fair result and 4 had a poor result. The remaining 2 knees were revised to a total knee arthrplasty due to progression of osteoarthritis. No loosening of the components was observed. The mean Lysholm knee score improved from 35.4 (range 9–68) pre-operatively to 76.1(range 37–100) post-operatively and the mean Hungerford-Kenna knee score improved from 29.6(range 10–65) pre-operatively to 78.1(range 45–100) post-operatively.

Conclusion: With proper patient selection, patello-femoral arthroplasty is a reliable procedure for the treatment of the patello-femoral arthritis. This procedure delays the need for further surgical procedures such as total knee arthroplasty with good results.


Y. Bar Ziv Y. Beer Y. Ran S. Benedict N. Halperin

Background: During the past decades many treatments and devices were developed in attempt to unload the diseased articular surface in knee Osteoarthritis (OA). A novel biomechanical device and treatment methodology (The APOS System) was introduced in order to unload the diseased articular surface during activity (dynamic wedging), strengthen dynamic stabilizers and train neuromuscular control by means of controlled biomechanical perturbations. The purpose of this study is to examine the effectiveness of APOS System in reducing pain and improving function in knee OA patients.

Method: A double blind, randomized, prospective study was performed with 61 knee OA patients, aged 49–83 (66 ±8.1) years and graded 1–4 (3 ±1) according to Kellgren & Lawrence. Patients were randomized into research (active) and control (placebo) groups. All patients under-went 8 weeks of treatment. Patients were examined at baseline and supervised 4 times during the study. Patients in the research group used the biomechanical device that consists of 2 biomechanical elements located under the strategic weight bearing spots of each of the patient’s feet and a mounting and positioning mechanism embedded in designated shoes. The treatment methodology that was applied to the research group included dynamic wedging of the diseased articular surface. Patients in the control group used a placebo device without the biomechanical elements. Patients were assessed at baseline, after 4 weeks and after 8 weeks at the end of the study using Knee Society Score, WOMAC, SF-36, ALF and VAS. The assessment was performed without the examiner knowing the group affiliation of the patient.

Results: The two groups were statistically similar (p> 0.05) at baseline with respect to age, Kellgren& Lawrence classification and all assessed parameters including subscales. Significant difference between groups over time was observed for Knee Score (p< 0.001), Knee Society Function Score (p< 0.001), WOMAC (p< 0.001), SF-36 (p< 0.001), ALF (p< 0.001) and VAS (p< 0.001). Significant improvement was observed in the research group throughout all assessed parameters (measured improvement for Knee Score, Knee Society Function Score, WOMAC, SF-36, ALF and VAS were a multiplication of 1.8, 1.4, 3, 1.4, 1.35 and 2 in the applicable scale respectively). A slight deterioration was observed in the control group throughout all assessed parameters at final assessment.

Conclusion: The findings demonstrate that APOS System is effective and significantly improves function and reduces pain among knee OA patients.


AI Spitzer I. Waltuch P. Goodmanson B. Habelow Kathleen Suthers

Purpose: Patellar Clunk is associated with posterior stabilized (PS) femoral components in which a scarred synovial suprapatellar nodule catches on the femoral box with active extension of the flexed knee. We investigated whether a rotating platform tibial component increases the incidence of patellar clunk.

Methods: From December 1998 to June 2006, a single surgeon performed 659 primary TKAs. 329 fixed-bearing tibial components and 330 rotating platforms were implanted. The same PS femoral component was used in all cases. All components were from the PFC Sigma Total Knee System (DePuy, Warsaw, IN, USA). The incidence of patellar clunk requiring reoperation was evaluated prospectively.

Results: There were 17 arthroscopies performed on 16 knees in 15 patients. One patient required bilateral arthroscopies, and one a repeat arthroscopy. 6 (1.8%) arthroscopies were required in the fixed bearing group, and 10 (3%) in the rotating platform group (p< 0.10 NS). The repeat arthroscopy was in the rotating platform group. Time to arthroscopy from the index surgery was 13.6 months (Range 5–40) for the entire group, 15.2 months (Range 8–40) for the fixed-bearing group, and 12.6 months (Range 5–20) for the rotating platform group (p< 0.10 NS).

Conclusions: The incidence of patellar clunk is not increased by the use of a rotating platform tibial component in TKA. While the mobile bearing may improve patellar tracking, causing the extensor mechanism to seat deeper in the trochlear groove, it does not seem to represent a risk factor for the development of the suprapatellar scarring that predisposes to patellar clunk.


S. Beyth A. Daskal A. Khoury R. Mosheiff M. Liebergall

Introduction: Cigarette smoking is associated with musculoskeletal degenerative disorders and increased risk of fracture delayed- and non-union. A lower-than-average concentration of mesenchymal stem cells may be the reason for the reduced regenerative potential. The aim of this study was to compare the concentration of bone marrow MSC of smokers and non-smokers.

Methods: As part of a larger IRB approved clinical trial, 20ml bone marrow samples were processed and MSC were isolated. FACS analysis was used both to assess the purity of the separation process and to evaluate the number of MSC recovered from each sample. Differences in continuous outcomes between smoking and non-smoking groups were assessed by two tailed t test and difference between categorical outcomes was measured by chi square test.

Results: Twenty six subjects participated in the study. Thirteen were smokers and thirteen were non-smokers. Groups were not significantly different with regard to age and gender. The average concentration of MSC was 352.04x103/ml for non smokers and 131.23x103/ml for smokers (SD’s were 245.72 x103/ml and 161.54 x103/ ml respectively. The difference between the smokers and nonsmokers was significant (t=3.2 p=0.004).

Discussion: The present study indicates that cigarette smokers have lower-than-average concentration of MSC in their bone marrow. Since MSC are a key element in every regenerative process of the musculoskeletal system, our findings may contribute to understanding and prevention of delayed and non-union. Further investigation is undertaken to address the issue of bone marrow recovery after smoking cessation.


Y. Sason A. Goikhman M. Friedman G. Almog R. Mosheiff S. Beyth G. Amir J. Rachmilewitz

Bone regeneration is a complicate biological process of the skeletal system leading to restoration of the limb function. This process becomes more challenging in a case of critical size defect (CSD) which defined as the smallest defect caused by infection, tumor or trauma that will not heal spontaneously.

A previous study in our lab tested the usage of encapsulating Ethyl Cellulose (Hercules Inc, Wilmington, Del) membrane in CSD as compared to control (no-membrane). The study demonstrated that bone healing was more sufficient in limbs coated with the membrane than the control limbs. Additional approach to the treatment of bone deficiency is the use of multi-potent mesenchymal stem cells (MSC) that are brought into the bone defect in order to induce bone formation.

The objective of this study was to investigate a new polymer formulation in order to produce the best environmental support for adhesion, proliferation and differentiation of MSC.

In this study we found out that with the usage of Polyvinylacetate, PMMC R and PMMC L in PMMC RL PEG 400 [15%], MSC had similar characters to the polystyrene ( a well known ideal platform for MSC). This positive result permitted apparently thanks to creation abilities of:

Hydrogen-bonds between MSC and the partial negative charge on the carboxyl group as well as on the oxygens of the plasticizer that is intertwined within the membrane monomers.

Electrostatic bonds between the positive charge (+1) on the transformed group monomers and the negative charge of MSC’s protein membrane.

In summary, we have only started to reveal the remarkable potential of using MSC, and there are still many obstacles to overcome. However, applying the findings from this study, namely inserting a membrane coated with MSC into a CSD may become a true biological treatment option.


S. Karkabi B. Peskin C. Zinman

Purpose: To study the frequency and the type of pathogen contaminating the surgical wound during total joint replacement in a standard operating theatre

Type of Study: A prospective study.

Material and Methods: 100 patients, mean age 67 years, 56 females and 44 males, were available for 5 years follow-up after total joint replacement, of the 100 patients 13 underwent total hip replacement and 87 total knee replacement for osteoarthritis, 1 gram of cefazolin was given with induction of anesthesia and a further three doses of 1 gram i.v. cefazolin were given every 8 hours after surgery. The following swab cultures were taking from: skin knife, deep soft tissue knife, joint prosthesis after implantation, orthopaedic lavage fluid, suction tip, lamp hundle, operator gown, deep facia suture, skin (after removal of steridrape), surgical gloves, ambient air. Altogether 1100 cultures were taken. At five years 20 patients were lost to follow up. Ptients of the contaminated groupe were all available for follow up.

Results: 8 patients ( 8%) had one or more positive culture. Non was from ambient air, suction tip, orthopaedic lavage fluid and gloves. Four skin knife had positive cultures ( all with Staph. Coag. Negative ), and 4 deep soft tissue knife cultures ( 2 Staph. Coag. Neg., 1 Staph. Coag. Positive and one Klepsiella). Two facial sutures cultures were positive ( both alfa hemolytic strep.) One lamp hundle positive culture ( Staph. Coag. Neg. ). One joint prosthesis positive culture ( Staph. Coag. Neg. ). One gown positive culture ( Alpha. Hemolytic Strept. ). One skin positive culture (Staph. Coag. Neg.). No clinical signs of infection were seen in any case in the first year. During the second and the third year two patients showed increasing pains due to septic loosening with Staph. Coag. Neg. ( the same contaminating microorganism).

Conclusions: Microbial contamination of the wound is common. Cefazolin seems to be an effective prophylactic, but despite the antibiotic treatment 20% of the contaminated patients developed late low grade infection, loosening of the prosthesis and needed revision surgery, therefore cultures should be taken during joint replacement surgery and antibiotic treatment should be continued in case of positive culture.


N. Rosenberg O. Rosenberg S. Leschiner M. Soudry A. Weizman L. Veenman M. Gavish

Introduction: The mitochondrial Translocator Protein 18 kDa (TSPO, previously named as the peripheral benzodiazepine receptor - PBR) is involved in cellular respiration, steroidogenesis and apoptosis. In our recent study we reported on the role of the synthetic pharmacological ligands to the TSPO in enhancing human osteoblast catabolism. There is also a previous evidence of the existence of an endogenous ligands to the TSPO, but their role in the human osteoblast physiology hasn’t been verified yet. Porphyrine IX has been found having affinity to the TSPO. Therefore we hypothesize that human osteoblast metabolism might be mediated by the porphyrine IX and the mode of its action is similar the synthetic ligand to the TSPO.

Methods: Cell cycle of the cultured human derived osteoblast- like cells, following exposure to Porphyrine IX, endogenous ligand to TSPO, and N,N-di-n-hexyl 2-(4- fluorophenyl)indole-3-acetamide (FGIN-1–27), synthetic ligand to the TSPO, was determined by flow cytometry (FACS). These ligands’ affect on cell number, metabolic activity, i.e. cellular fluorodeoxyglucose ([18F]-FDG) incorporation and alkaline phosphatase activity, and cell death rate, i.e. LDH activity in the culture media, were assayed. The semi-quantitative response of TSPO to exposure to these ligands was estimated by Western blotting. Six samples of cultured cells for each condition were used. The t test was implemented for the statistical analyses. P values below.05 considered as statistically significant

Results: Cell count significantly decreased following exposure to FGIN-1–27 or porphyrine IX. Cellular [18F]-FDG incorporation and alkaline phosphatase activity were suppressed by both ligands. Cell cycle analysis showed a significant decrease in the fraction of cells in the G1 and G2/M phases when exposed to each ligand with a higher proportion of necrotic and apoptotic cells.

Western blotting showed a decrease in TSPO abundance following treatment by both ligands. LDH activity in culture media significantly increased following exposure to FGIN-1–27 or porphyrine IX.

Discussion: We show that FGIN-1–27 and porphyrine IX have a similar cell death inducing affect on human osteoblast-like cell in vitro. This affect is parallel to the inhibition of the cellular metabolism. Since both ligands similarly reduce the availability of TSPO we postulate that their mode of action is similar by affecting this mitochondrial structure with sub sequential induction of cell death, i.e. apoptosis and necrosis. Therefore we suggest that human osteoblast metabolism and cell cycle are mediated through TSPO and that porphyrine IX might be an active endogenous ligand to the TSPO having a regulatory affect on the human bone cell cycle.


A. Khoury R. Mosheiff A. Peyser S. Beyth J. Finkelstein M. Liebergall

Purpose: Fracture reduction (FR) during intra-medullary nailing of long bone fractures requires an extensive use of fluoroscopic radiation. Fluoroscopy based navigation system using custom FR software is introduced of which the main advantage is its ability to track simultaneously the two fracture segments during fracture reduction. The aim of this study was to test the feasibility of this system.

Methods: 26 Patients 17 males and 7 females suffering from 10 tibial shaft and 14 femoral shaft fracture were operated using the FR software. Two trackers were attached to each of the main fracture segments. Image registration was done by acquiring fluoroscopic images including the fracture site and the two metaphysial areas of the long bone on both perpendicular planes. The system uses two cylinder models representing the fracture segments, each defined between two points chosen by the surgeon on the acquired images, these are tracked by the system. Fracture reduction was qualitatively evaluated as well as other features of the system. Overall radiation was registered.

Results: A small number (< 10) of flouroscopic images was acquired; this decreased as we gained more experience. FR software was helpful in all the cases and accomplished good and quick reduction; it reduced the need for added radiation to 2–4 verification images.

The system was utilized as well in all cases for choosing the nail point of entry, in 7 (25%) for blocking screws planning and in 4 (16%) for nail locking successfully.

Conclusion: The FR software enabled and improved significantly the performance of this surgical task with a dramatic decrease in radiation and FR time. The software still lacks the fine tuning needed for best performance.


J. Somger-Jordan S. Papura N. Loberant H. Shtarker G. Volpin

Introduction: Arterial bleeding following pelvic fractures is widely recognized as an indication for angiography and embolization although controversy persists as to the timing of this procedure in the treatment algorithm. Less well appreciated is its application in similar circumstances following blunt injury to the pelvic arteries and limb injuries. We describe our experience in a variety of haemorrhagic orthopaedic pathologies.

Patients and Methods: Angiography was performed in 29 patients- 16 with pelvic fractures, 9 with extremity injuries, and 4 with tumors. Seldinger technique was used for angiographic access, usually from the groin although on occasion extensive local injury required use of the brachial approach. Following the initial diagnostic study the a selective catheter was placed at the target, appropriate embolic material was selected and the source of haemorrhage was closed off.

Results: In our experience of pelvic traumatic bleeding (14 associated with fracture, 2 without) embolization was successful in promptly arresting hemorrhage in all but one case of advanced DIC. Mortality was confined to this last case and two others, all of whom were referred for embolization following prolonged hypotension and commenced angiographic intervention with blood pressure unmeasureable or of the order of 30mm systolic. With 9 cases of extremity injury, 1 iatrogenic, 5 penetrating, 2 blunt and one following fracture of the femur, embolization successfully treated the hemorrhage. Finally we present our experience in preventing hemorrhage in 4 cases, 3 of which were vertebral body tumours and 1 pathological fracture of the humerus due to RCC. At surgery following embolization none bled significantly.

Conclusions: The present study describes our experience in various orthopedic conditions. Less well recognized is its role in preventing hemorrhage; as a prelude to bloody operations on vertebral body metastases, aneurysmal bone cysts and hemangiomata as well as open reduction and internal fixation of pathological extremity fractures. We conclude that this technique is a valuable addition to the tools available to the orthopedic surgeon and whose application is not necessarily limited to the examples quoted, but should be applied in any case where the direct surgical approach is considered hazardous or ineffective.


H. Shtarker G. Volpin J. Stolero M. Daniel A. Kaushanski

Introduction: The treatment of comminuted intra-articular fractures around the knee is one of most difficult areas of Orthopaedic traumatology. Open reduction and internal fixation is recommended by many authors. However, in severe comminuted fractures sometime it is difficult to achieve stable fixation and most cases need an additional cast immobilization following surgery. We present our experience with arthroscopic assisted closed reduction in severe comminuted knee fractures followed by fixation with Ilizarov frame.

Materials and Methods: Since 1998, 17 patients with comminuted intra-articular fractures around the knee were treated by this method. 8 patients had comminuted intra-articular fractures of the distal femur and 9 patients had comminuted fractures of the tibial plateau, one of them with fractures of both knees. There were 4 males and 4 females with femoral fractures (age: 22– 56Y; mean -31Y) and 8 males and 1 female with tibial plateau fractures (age: 34–68Y; mean – 51Y). Three fractures of the distal femur and 2 of the tibial plateau were open fractures. 5/17 Pts had polytrauma. We used AO classification for distal femoral fractures and Schatzker classification for tibial plateau fractures. All patients were operated within 48 hours after injury.

Results: In all patients, except two with unstable knee, closed reduction and Ilizarov external fixation was performed without knee immobilization, under knee arthroscopic control. In two cases split thickness skin graft was done following leg fasciotomies. Weight bearing was allowed 6 to 8 weeks following surgery. A second look arthroscopy was performed in 3 cases. The average time of fixation in Ilizarov frame was 4.5 months (range 3–6.5 months). On follow up of 2 to 8 years, 6/17 patients (35%) had excellent results, 8/17 patients (47%) had good results and 3 patients (17%) had fair results. No cases of osteomyelitis, neuro-vasular injuries or deep wound infection were observed.

Conclusions: Based on this study it seems that arthroscopic assisted closed reduction and Ilizarov fixation is very useful for severe intra-articular comminuted knee fractures. Arthroscopy of knee enables accurate reduction of these fractures, removal of free bone fragments and treatment of other intra-articular injuries. There is an early restoration of motion in injured knee, with short immobilization time, and there are no major complications.


K. Atesok A. Khoury Y. Weil I. Zuaiter M. Liebergall R. Mosheiff

Background: The purpose of this study was to analyze the applicability and advantages of the intraoperative use of a mobile isocentric C-arm with 3-dimensional imaging (SIREMOBIL ISO-C-3D) in fixation of intraarticular fractures.

Methods: Intraoperative CT-quality visualization was performed on a series of 72 closed-intraarticular fractures in 70 patients following fixation. Fracture distribution was; calcaneus (25), tibial plateau (17), tibial plafond (12), acetabulum (11), distal radius (3), ankle (3), femoral head (l). The mean patient age was 41. Intraoperative revision was performed based on the additional information Iso-C-3D provided beyond routine fluoroscopy used for fracture reduction and fixation. The primary outcome measure was revision rate after final Iso-C-3D data acquisition and prior to wound closure. Secondary objectives were to measure the additional time required for Iso-C-3D use and to determine the rate of further re-do surgeries.

Results: Eight out of 70 (11%) fracture fixations were judged by the surgeon to require intraoperative revision following Iso-C-3D imaging. In 7 cases this was due to hardware misplacement and in 1 this was for intraarticular loose fragment. Prior to leaving the operating room, the surgeon was satisfied with fracture alignment in all the procedures. The mean additional operative time using Iso-C-3D was 7.5 minutes. No patient required re-do surgery.

Conclusion: Intraoperative 3-dimensional visualization of intraarticular fractures enables the surgeon to identify inadvertent malreductions or implant malpositions which may be overlooked by routine C-arm fluoroscopy and hence eliminates the need for re-do procedures. Iso- C-3D adds little operative time and may preclude the need for preoperative and postoperative CT-scans in selected cases.


EL. Steinberg N. Shasha A. Menahem S. Dekel

We evaluated the efficacy of using the expandable nail for treating non-union and malunion of the tibial and femoral shafts.

Records of 20 patients were retrospectively reviewed: 12 had femoral non-union, 7 had tibial non-union, and one had tibial malunion. The bones underwent reaming and the largest possible nail sizes were inserted during reoperation.

The mean age of the patients was 35 years (26–49) and in the tibia group and 53 years (23–85) in the femur group. The fractures were defined according to AO/OTA classification and divided between open and closed. The initial treatment was 6 interlocking intramedullary nails and 2 external fixation in the tibia group, and 6 interlocking intramedullary nails, 3 plates and screws and 2 proximal femoral nails in the femoral group. The respective intervals between the original trauma and re-operation were 12 months and 15 months and the respective operation times were 59 minutes (35–70) and 68 minutes (20–120).

All fractures healed satisfactorily without the need of an additional procedure. Healing time was 26 weeks (6– 52) and 14 weeks (6–26) in the tibia and femur group, respectively. Limb shortenings of 10 cm and 4 cm were recorded in one patient each in the tibia group and of 3 cm in one patient in the femur group.

Using the expandable nail system permitted us to ream the bone and expand the nail to its maximal diameter, i.e., up to 16 mm in the tibia and 19 mm in the femur. We believe that using a bigger nail diameter contributes to better stabilization of the fracture and promotes better and faster bone healing.

Based on our experience, we recommend the use of the expandable nail system to treat tibia and femur shaft non-unions and malunions.


N. Shazar R. Mosheiff M. Bernstein-Weyel N. Bruck A. Khoury

Background: Surgical approaches to the acetabular fracture present a challenge for most surgeons. The ilioinguinal approach by Letournel has fundamentally contributed to the successful treatment of such fractures. The current tendency is to minimize the approach while maintaining a proper visual field that allows inspection of fracture fragments and the ability to reduce them. The Stoppa approach is a less invasive anterior intra-pelvic approach that could be combined with a lateral window of the ilioinguinal approach, especially helpful in facilitating the approach to the quadrilateral plate.

Aim: To evaluate the efficacy and safety of the Stoppa approach for the treatment of different types of acetabular fractures.

Patients: Between the years 2004 and 2006, 45 patients with acetabular fractures were operated on using the Stoppa approach. Their age ranged between 14 and 73 (average 42). There were 33 males and 12 females whose fractures were classified as anterior column fractures (21) associated both columns (11) transverse (6), T-shape and other various types. They were consecutively operated in two level 1 trauma centers; in 13 the Stoppa approach was used solely and in the others a combination of the Stoppa approach with an iliac window was employed. Patients were followed for an average of 11.4 months (range 2–36 months), and assessed using the Merle d’Aubigné score.

Results: Visualization of the fracture, reduction and fixation were all feasible through the Stoppa approach. The average length of surgery was 4 hours and an average of intraoperative bleeding was 1086 cc. We were able to achieve excellent reduction in 37 patients and a good reduction in the rest of the cases. Clinical outcomes were good to excellent in 90% of the patients. 3 patients underwent hip arthroplasty due to post traumatic osteoarthritis.

Conclusions: The Stoppa approach in combination with an iliac window offers superb visualization of the quadrilateral plate, anterior column and in some cases the posterior column as well and enables excellent reduction. It is a reasonable replacement for the iliuinguinal approach offering less tissue dissection.


Y. H. Applbaum K. Atesok D. Sebok M. Liebergall A. Peyser

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to assess the safety and efficacy of computed tomography (CT) guided percutaneous radiofrequency (RF) ablation of osteoid osteoma by using the water-cooled probe.

Patients & Methods: During the period from July 2002 to February 2006, fifty-one patients with osteoid osteomas localized in femur (30), tibia (9), calcaneus (2), talus (2), metatarsus (2), humerus (1), sacrum (1), scapula (1), olecranon (1), patella (1) and thoracic vertebra (1) were treated with CT-guided RF ablation using the Cooltip™ Tyco Healthcare probe. Mean age was 20 (range, 3.5 to 57) and male to female ratio was 35/16. Mean follow-up period was reported 22 months (range, 8 to 50 months). The procedures were carried out under general anesthesia and the patients were discharged from the hospital within 24 hours.

Results: Technically, all the procedures were performed successfully. Pain disappeared postoperatively in all the patients within 2–3 days and no patients needed analgesic treatment after a week. All patients were allowed fully weight bear and function without limitation after the procedure. Recurrence of the pain was observed in one patient who was treated successfully with a second ablation. Our primary and secondary clinical success rates were 98% and 100% respectively. In one case, wound infection was observed after the procedure as the only post-operative complication in our series.

Conclusion: CT-guided percutaneous RF ablation of osteoid osteomas using the water-cooled probe is a safe, effective and minimally invasive procedure with high success rate and lack of relapses.


AZ Eshkenazi D. Bloom M. Weisbrot A. Garti

The purpose of this study was to evaluate retrospectively the results of urgent lumbar surgery performed due to severe neurologic deficit.

Eight patients underwent urgent lumbar surgery: 7 patients underwent surgery less than 12 hours from the onset of the symptoms. One patient was operated on less than 24 hours from symptoms initiation.

6 Pts. had Cauda Equina Syndrome, 2 pts. had radicular deficiency presented with drop foot.

All patients underwent lumbar decompression.

The patients were followed up for at least 2 years. Mean follow up was 3 years and 8 months.

5 of the 6 that had Cauda Equina Syn (CER). had complete neurological recovery. One patient had no improvement. The cause of the CER was undifferentiated carcinoma.

The two patients operated on because of drop foot had no improvement.

Our results confirmed the good outcome of early intervention in patients having CER due to disc herniation No improvement was seen following surgery due to nerve root paresis.


Y Barzilay RD Pollock T Friesem G Reddy

Purposes: To determine the effect of gravity on outcome in sacral epidurals injected in the prone compared to the lateral position in patients with unilateral back related leg pain.

Methods: A randomised controlled trial with 2 arms. This pilot study was conducted to determine the standard deviation (SD) of the primary outcome measure to allow calculation of a final sample size. Forty patients who met the inclusion/exclusion criteria were randomly allocated to prone or lateral sacral epidural injection. Twenty patients were allocated to the prone and 20 to the left or right lateral position dependent on their radicular back pain. The primary outcome measure of back and leg pain severity was assessed using a visual analogue scale (VAS) (0= none, 10 = worst imaginable). The Oswestry disability index, SF-36 and straight leg raise were also measured. Outcomes were assessed at baseline and at 6 and 12 week follow-up. A repeated measures analysis using mixed model methodology was used to determine statistical significance.

Results: The 2 groups were comparable in gender and age. The prone group had a mean improvement in VAS back pain score at 6 weeks follow-up of 0.5 compared to 1.6 in the lateral group. At 12 weeks follow-up there was a negative response of 0.1 compared to baseline in the prone group and 1.4 improvement in the lateral group. Repeated measures analysis showed no significant difference in back pain scores between the groups at the 5% level (F2,38 = 3.24; P = 0.0797). Similarly mean improvement in VAS leg pain scores at 6 weeks follow-up were 1.4 in the prone group and 1.7 in the lateral group. At 12 weeks follow-up the scores were 1.1 for the prone and 2.4 for the lateral group. Repeated measures analysis showed no significant difference in leg pain scores between the groups (F1,38= 0.76; P = 0.3898). A post-hoc power calculation using the sample VAS SD showed we had reached only 65% power.

Conclusion: This pilot study has shown that sacral epidural injection for sciatica in the lateral position gives superior pain relief compared to the prone position but the difference is not statistically significant. More patients will now be recruited in order to minimise a type II error that may have occurred.


YS Brin D. Lebel D. Yafe E. Melamed M. Nyska

Purpose: To report our experience in diagnosis and treatment of Osteoid Osteoma in the foot and ankle.

Material and Methods: Six patients, 4 males and 2 females, mean age 24 (range 17–40), were diagnosed, suffering of osteoid osteoma of the foot and ankle in our outpatients clinic. All the patients had typical spontaneous pain and night pain improved by NSAIDs. In all patients, the diagnosis was delayed for one – two years. Treatment by Computed Tomography guided percutaneous radiofrequency ablation was performed in 4 patients, one patient underwent CT guided curettage and one underwent open excision and local bone graft of the lesion. In patients treated by RF, the lesions were heated three times to 90° for 2 minutes. All the procedures were done under ankle block and local anesthesia. Patients were evaluated in our outpatients foot and ankle clinic 1–2 years following the procedure.

Results: The Osteoid Osteoma was found in the talus of two patients and one in the cuboid, one in the base of third metatarsus, one in the calcaneus and one in the ankle. In all patients most of the pain was resolved within 3 days of the procedure. In 3 patients after a year there was still mild pain at tremendous physical efforts attributed to minimal damage to adjacent joint. Three patients completely recovered including pain free physical efforts. CT at follow-up in 2 patients revealed no pathology of the involved bones.

Conclusions: OO is an uncommon affection in the foot and ankle. The diagnosis is difficult and usually there is delayed. CT guided percutaneous radiofrequency of the foot is a safe and effective. The procedure can be performed under ankle block and local anesthesia.


Y Barzilay Y Bronstein M Hernandez A Hasharoni L. Kaplan

Introduction: Spinal deformities (scoliosis, kyphosis or kyphoscoliosis) in children under 10 years of age result from congenital, neuromuscular and idiopathic etiologies. The progression of the deformity is affected by its nature, location and age of onset. Spinal arthrodesis is the procedure of choice in patients with progressive deformities. The use of instrumentation facilitates curve correction and arthrodesis rates. Pediatric spinal surgery is technically demanding, and is still considered controversial. The advent of reduced size spinal instrumentation allowed surgeons to expand their use to pediatric patients. The use of spinal instrumentation in children with various spinal deformities has not been well documented.

Objective: To assess the safety and efficacy of spinal arthrodesis in young patients with progressive spinal deformities.

Patients and Methods: We retrospectively reviewed the medical charts and radiographs of 25 patients younger than 10 years of age who underwent corrective surgery for various spinal deformities. Radiographic outcome, fusion rates and complication were compared between instrumented and non instrumented patients.

Results: At two years of follow up instrumented corrective procedures resulted in superior correction compared to non-instrumented patients and in solid arthrodesis in all. Complications were infrequent.

Conclusions: The use of reduced size spinal instrumentation in young patients with progressive spinal deformities is safe and effective. Curve correction, length of bracing and fusion rates are all in favour of instrumentation, wile complication rates are acceptable. The use of spinal instrumentation in young patients requires expertise and patience.


J. Bickels Y. Kollender T. Pritsch M. Malawer I. Meller

Multiple myeloma may be associated with extensive bone destruction, impending or present pathological fracture, and intractable pain. Chemotherapy and radiotherapy are usually effective, but surgical intervention may sometimes be required.

We analyzed the surgical technique and the functional and oncological outcomes of patients with multiple myeloma who underwent surgery in our services between 1993-2004.

There were 19 males and 15 females (age range 49– 75 years) who had destructive bone lesions located at the humerus (n=17), acetabulum (n=5), femur (n=5), or tibia (n=7). Indications for surgery included pathological fracture (n=20), impending pathological fracture (n=11), and intractable pain (n=3). Nineteen patients underwent marginal tumor resection, reconstruction with cemented hardware, and adjuvant radiation therapy and 15 patients underwent wide tumor resection with endoprosthetic reconstruction. All patients reported immediate and substantial postoperative pain relief. Function was good/excellent in 23 patients (68%), moderate in eight (23%), and poor in three (9%). Two patients (5.9%) had local tumor recurrence treated with local excision and adjuvant radiotherapy, with no evidence of further recurrence at 21 and 26 months, respectively. Thirty one (91%) patients survived > 1 year, 23 (68%) > 2 years, and 15 (44%) > 3 years postoperatively. All reconstructions remained stable at the most recent follow-ups.

The relatively prolonged survival of patients with multiple myeloma justifies an aggressive surgical approach, which is safe and associated with good local tumor control and functional outcome.


J. Finkelstien A. Khoury C. Whyne

The importance of mechanism of injury was initially introduced by Holdsworth who made the supposition that all fractures are created when the spine is subject to one of 5 types of violence. It has been our experience that similar injury mechanisms can lead to variable fracture patterns. Alternatively, different injury mechanisms can lead to the same fracture pattern.

Purpose: To evaluate the variation in fracture patterns when a single and uniform force vector is applied to the spine with variable degrees of spinal flexion. Finite element modeling was used for this analysis.

Methods: Three different finite element models were created to represent each accident situation. The straight spine was modeled as a simple column with alternating vertebrae and disc segment. The moderately flexed and significantly flexed spines were modeled as curved cylinders sectioned into vertebrae and discs, then bent around a solid cylinder representing the abdomen. A 1000 N compressive load was applied vertically to the top of the spine. The model was restrained along all bottom surfaces, and the interface between the spine and abdomen sections was defined as frictionless. The model is fixed at the lower end and the area of greatest interest is the transition zone from the most rigid to the less rigid portion. Although no specific area of the spine is intended for purposes of the model, this composition is much like the thoracolumbar junction – the location of the majority of spinal injuries.

Results: The straight spine showed pure compression throughout the length of the spine, while the moderately curved spine showed the posterior elements of the region of interest in tension and the anterior elements in compression. The significantly curved spine was found to be in tension in both posterior and anterior elements.

Conclusion: In a situation where the patient is sitting upright with a straight spine, a compressive load will cause a burst fracture. When the patient is partially bent over, such as with a shoulder seat belt, a flexion distraction injury will occur with the posterior aspect of the spine failing in tension and the anterior in compression. When the patient is fully bent over, such as with a laponly seat belt, a purely distractive fracture can occur.


E. Tamir T. Daniels A. Finestone M. Nof

Introduction: Historically, off-loading forefoot neuropathic ulcers with a total contact cast has been an effective treatment method. However, large neuropathic ulcers located on the plantar aspect of the heel or midfoot have been resistant to the off-loading with total contact casting. Therefore, it is not uncommon for these ulcers to persist for several years leading to eventual infection and/or amputation.

Objective: To assesses a new and effective off-loading mode of treatment for hindfoot and midfoot ulcers. The device is composed of a fiberglass cast with a metal stirrup and a window around the ulcer.

Research, Design and Methods: A retrospective study of 14 diabetic and non-diabetic patients was performed. All had a single chronic planter hindfoot or midfoot neuropathic ulcer that failed to heal via the conventional methods. A fiberglass total contact cast with a metal stirrup was applied. A window was made over the ulcer so as to continue with daily ulcer care. The cast was changed every other week.

Results: The average duration of ulcer prior to application of the metal stirrup was 26 ± 13.2 months (range 7 to 52 months). The ulcer completely healed in 12 of the 14 patients (86%) treated. The mean time for healing was 10.8 weeks for the midfoot ulcers and 12.3 weeks for the heel ulcers. Complications developed in 4 patients: 3 developed superficial wounds and 1 developed a full thickness wound. In 3 of these 4 patients, local wound care was initiated and the Stirrup cast was continued to complete healing of the primary ulcer.

Conclusion: The fiberglass cast with a metal stirrup is an effective off-loading device for midfoot and hindfoot ulcers. It is not removable and does not depend on patient’s compliance. The window around the ulcer allows for daily wound care, drainage of secretions and the use of VAC treatment. The complication rate is comparable to that of Total Contact Casting.


Full Access
M. Raichel E. Furman M. Tanzman N. Rozen

Summary of background data: Lumbar interbody arthrodesis can be achieved by using autograft or allograft bone.

One of the disadvantages of using autograft bone graft is complications related to the iliac crest donor site.

Another option is using an allograft bone (ex.-femoral head from bone bank). There are few reports of using allograft bone for instrumented lumbar spinal fusion.

Methods: Fifteen patients were treated at our institution by lumbar fusion in various indications. We used allograft bone and evaluated their outcome for an average period of 3 years. The recovery rate, complications and radiographic findings were evaluated.

Results: Good radiographic and clinical results were achieved by using allograft bone graft. No complications were detected.

Conclusions: The clinical and radiographic results of Allograft bone graft, for lumbar spine arthrodesis, are impressive. One of the advantages of this method, comparing to an autograft is avoiding any donor site complications.


O Eisenberg O Elishoov E London D Segal ED Leibner

Introduction: Plantar fasciitis is a common syndrome characterized by pain at the origin of the plantar fascia, most often on rising after a period of inactivity. It is usually self limited. Treatment includes: NSAIDs, physical therapy, orthotics, steroid injections, and lately shock wave therapy. Patients who fail to respond to non-operative treatment are often referred to one of a variety of surgical procedures.

We report our experience with one such procedure, percutaneous release via a medial approach.

Methods: At our institution, patients with plantar fasciitis who fail to improve despite first (NSAID, PT) and second (injection, orthotics) line therapy, are referred for percutaneuos plantar fasciotomy. We retrospectively reviewed 34 patients who underwent 38 procedures between 1999–2006. Mean patient age at surgery was 50 (30–65). 24 were evaluated by an uninvolved orthopedic surgeon at an outpatient clinic, and 10 responded to a mail or telephone questionnaire. Assessment included pain relief, functional improvement, complications, and willingness to re-undergo, or recommend the surgery.

Results: Average VAS score dropped from 8.9 to 2.1. Function improved in 93%. The surgery met or exceeded expectations in 76%, and 82% would have re-undergone or recommended the procedure. Injury to the lateral plantar nerve was encountered in 3 patients.

Conclusion: Percutaneous plantar release is an effective treatment for resistant plantar fasciitis. Care should be taken to prevent nerve injury by accurate technique.


F Monsell M Barakat T While M Gargan J Pyman

Purpose of study: To assess functional, clinical and radiological outcomes of 30 children (60 hips) with whole body cerebral palsy with a mean follow-up of ten years.

Method: Bilateral simultaneous combined soft-tissue and bony hip surgery was performed at a mean age of 7.7 years (3.1–12.2). Evaluation at ten years involved interviews with patient/carers and clinical examination. Plane radiographs of the pelvis assessed migration percentage and centre-edge angle.

Results: Twenty two patients were recalled. Five had died of unrelated causes and three were lost to follow-up. Pain was present in only 1 patient (4.5%). Improved handling was reported in 18 of 22 patients (82%). Carer handling problems were attributed to growth of the patients. All patients/carers considered the procedure worthwhile. The range of hip movements improved, with a mean windsweep index of 36 (50 pre-operatively) Radiological containment improved, with mean migration percentage of 20 degrees (50 preoperatively) and mean centre-edge angle of 29 degrees (−5 preoperatively) No statistical difference was noted between the three year and ten year follow-up results, demonstrating sustained improvement in the clinical and radiological outcome.

Conclusions: Bilateral simultaneous combined hip reconstruction in whole body cerebral palsy provides painless, mobile and anatomically competent hips in the longer term.

The majority of the available literature considers the short term outcome of surgical reconstruction of the hips in this condition. This paper demonstrates that the initial improvements in structure and function are maintained in the longer term.


R. Shariff D Shivarathre J Sampath A Bass

Purpose of study: The majority of children with cerebral palsy suffer from fixed flexion contractures of their knees. Procedures commonly used to correct these deformities include hamstring releases, anterior femoral hemi-epiphyseodesis and femoral extension osteotomies. The latter procedure can cause neurovascular complications. Femoral stapling procedures are unpopular because of the risk of permanent physeal closure. Soft tissue procedures are usually only partially effective, with a high recurrence rate. We present our initial experience of correcting of knee flexion deformities using the 8-plate technique which uses guided growth in the distal femoral physis to achieve gradual correction of the knee flexion deformity.

Method: The case notes of patients who underwent an anterior distal femoral hemi-epiphyseodesis using the 8-plate technique between April 2005 and August 2006 were analysed. A total of 18 limbs in 12 patients underwent this procedure. The pre- and post-operative flexion deformity was measured with a goniometer.

Results: The mean age of the patients was 12.8 years (range 9–16) and the mean follow up was 8.5 months (range 3–15). The mean correction achieved was 16.15 degrees (range 5–40)

Conclusions: This is a simple technique with a learning curve of 1 case and with few complications to date. All patients in our series have shown sustained gradual correction. We also present technical tips in the use of the 8-plate for anterior femoral hemi-epiphyseodesis.


M Gough NR Fry AE McNee AP Shortland

Purpose of study: To compare the medial gastrocnemius (MG) muscle belly length and volume in children with spastic diplegic cerebral palsy (SDCP) with that of normally developing (ND) children, and to assess the effect of gastrocnemius recession (GR) on MG muscle belly length and volume in the SDCP group.

Method: The MG muscle belly length and volume at the resting ankle angle were assessed with 3D ultrasound in 10 ND children, mean age 9.4 years, and in 7 children (9 limbs) with SDCP (mean age 8.1 years) who had fixed equinus deformities (mean 24 degrees). The children with SDCP were assessed just before, and at 7 weeks and 1 year after GR surgery. Muscle length was normalised to fibular length, and muscle volume was normalised to body mass.

Results: In both the ND and SDCP groups, muscle length was significantly related to fibular length (p=0.001) and muscle volume was significantly related to body mass (p< 0.001). The MG in the SDCP group had a mean reduction in normalised length of 19% and in normalised volume of 59% when compared to the ND group (p< 0.001). GR surgery lead to a further reduction in MG length (p=0.014) and a mean reduction of MG volume of 10% at 7 weeks (p=0.025). However, there was an increase in muscle volume of 39% (24% increase compared to the preoperative assessment) at 1 year following surgery (p< 0.001).

Conclusions: The MG belly is significantly shorter and thinner in children with SDCP compared to ND children. GR surgery reduces MG length but leads to an improvement in MG volume and thus in the ability of the MG to generate power.


C Sewry A Roberts J Patrick

Purpose of study: To describe the histological effects of botulinum toxin on gastrocnemius muscle affected by cerebral palsy.

Method: Samples of gastrocnemius were obtained at the time of surgery. Ethical committee approval had been obtained for the study. Details of timing and doses of botulinum toxin previously administered to the muscle were recorded. A variety of immunohistochemical tests were employed to identify any changes in the muscle. Alterations in the distribution of myosin isoforms were identified with antibodies for fast, slow and neonatal myosin. The presence of persistent denervation was inferred from fibres deficient in neuronal nitric oxide synthase (nNOS). Mitochondrial abnormalities were assessed with an NADH stain and the presence of chronic atrophic fibres (nuclear clumps) noted.

Results: Our first case had received 3 botulinum injections over a period of 5 years, the last one 3 years prior to biopsy. Histology showed pronounced abnormalities with a wide variation in fibre size, areas of myofibrillar disruption and 50% of fibres co-expressing fast and slow myosin. Other samples showed less change but showed more frequent nuclear clumps than controls, indicating chronic atrophy and more hybrid fibres than controls, but always less than 10%. Treated muscles also showed a small, variable number of atrophic fibres without nNOS. Treated samples showed no apparent fibre type grouping, a feature associated with collateral sprouting of peripheral nerves following denervation.

Conclusions: Moderate doses of botulinum toxin appear to produce an alteration in muscle histology apparent several years afterwards. No correlation could be found between the timing of the previous injection or the dose of botulinum toxin injected and the severity of the changes. Botulinum toxin remains a valuable aid in the management of spastic muscle. However consideration should be given to other methods of treatment if an effective non surgical alternative exists.


EC Carpenter RM Cox DW Lewis JH Davies K Lyons H Traunecker JW Gregory D O’Doherty

Purpose of study: ALL is the commonest childhood malignancy and current survival rates reach 80%. Consequently adverse effects of therapy may have significant long-term implications. Treatment is risk stratified with the higher intensity regimens B and C receiving more Dexamethasone and Methotrexate, both of which are known to have significant bony effects. The skeletal morbidity associated with ALL and its treatment, particularly AVN, is being increasingly identified. AVN is rare in paediatric practice. Its pathophysiology is largely unknown, although it is probably related to corticosteroid use.

Method: The records of a series of 7 out of 53 children treated with chemotherapy for ALL as per MRC ALL 99/01 and ALL 2003 protocols in a single tertiary paediatric oncology centre were reviewed. All 7 cases (3 male) had MRI confirmation of AVN (2 normal x-rays). All cases had been treated on higher intensity chemotherapy regimens and were at least 6 months from commencement of anti-leukaemic therapy. All presented with transient limb pain.

Results: The AVN was multi-focal (median 4 sites) and was associated with significant other bony abnormalities, including joint collapse, fracture, osteomyelitis and septic arthritis. In this series the dose of steroids did not correlate with the severity of the AVN. Treatment options were limited with all cases receiving conservative treatment

Conclusions: Careful consideration must precede a recommendation to stop steroids as this may compromise leukaemic cure. Although the long-term consequences of AVN on bone health are unknown, we recommend a high index of suspicion in professionals who are treating these children to ensure prompt diagnosis.


R. Kanwar E Mughal C E Bache Prof H K Graham

Purpose of study: Septic arthritis and osteomyelitis have traditionally been managed by intravenous antibiotics for 3 to 6 weeks. This requires a prolonged in patient stay, inconvenience to parents, morbidity and cost. A number of authors have suggested that a shortened course of intravenous antibiotics for 7–10 days may be as effective.

This studies reviews the outcomes of a short course regime started in 2001.

Methods: We prospectively reviewed 34 cases of acute osteomyelitis and 28 cases of acute septic arthritis in children. These were confirmed by a positive blood culture or a positive aspirate culture or raised WCC in joint aspirate for septic arthritis; or a positive bone scan/culture for osteomyelitis.

Patients were treated with a 3 day course of intravenous antibiotics, following surgical drainage of joints when required. Providing the clinical and biochemical parameters were improving patients then received 3 weeks oral antibiotics.

The duration of IV administration and of inpatient stay and any incidence of readmission/reoccurrence was noted. Serial measurements of inflammatory markers were recorded.

Results: 35 of the 62 patients received intravenous antibiotics for < 4 days. Mean in-patient stay was 5.5 days. There was one re-admission for recurrence of infection. One patient required a repeat joint washout at 7 days. At 3 months no patients had ongoing infection. There was a correlation between CRP levels and the severity of infection, and therefore the length of treatment required.

Conclusions: We suggest acute suppurative skeletal infection can be managed safely with a shortened course of intravenous and oral antibiotics (following surgical drainage in the case of intra articular infection). Patients must be observed closely by experienced practitioners.


A E Arthur R D Duncan

Purpose of study: Osteonecrosis is a potentially devastating condition which requires early diagnosis before articular collapse occurs. We have become aware of an increase in the number of childhood cancer survivors presenting to us with osteonecrosis. This is recognised in the literature among leukaemia survivors, particularly those treated in adolescence. In the majority of cases the hips have been affected, but shoulders, knees and ankles also appear susceptible. The presentation to orthopaedics is often late with subchondral fracture or collapse of the articular surface, which precludes any salvage of the joint. We wished to assess the extent of the problem throughout Britain.

Method: A postal questionnaire was sent to all BSCOS members. Members were asked to note their unit’s experience of childhood cancer survivors with osteonecrosis, current management strategies and if they were willing to participate in a detailed national survey of cases.

Results: 58% of respondents work in units where children with childhood cancer are treated. 37% of respondents, or their colleagues, had seen survivors of childhood cancer with osteonecrosis in the last twelve months. Most units had seen less than 5 cases per year. Of the respondents who had treated cases of osteonecrosis (n =30), management included restricted weight-bearing (29), core decompression (9) and bisphosphonates (6). Other treatment modalities used were joint distraction (2), fibular grafting (2), bone marrow injection (1), fusion (1) and arthroplasty (4).

Conclusions: We have shown that a large number of units are each seeing small numbers of cases of osteonecrosis in childhood cancer survivors. The study establishes an estimate of the problem nationally and a network of centres to continue a more detailed analysis of cases.


C Carpenter M Brewster P Mason S Hemmadi D O’Doherty J Clegg

Purpose of study: The UMEX frame was developed from the Joshi external fixator, being first used in the UK in 2004. It corrects deformity by gradual distraction and manipulation. We report the outcomes of a two centre combined experience of the UMEX frame for the treatment of complex congenital foot deformities.

Method: The frame was used in the management of 27 complex foot disorders, the majority of which were resistant club feet. All patients had at least 18 month follow up.

Results: Good deformity correction was achieved in all cases, with a plantigrade foot immediately post-treatment. However, minor degrees of relapse have been noted when the strict postoperative regimen was not followed.

Conclusions: The application of external fixators for the correction of foot deformities can be a complex procedure for the surgeon, and cumbersome for the patient. This frame is simple to apply and manage and allows multi-planar deformity correction in one stage. Our experience and patient outcome data suggest that this technique is a useful surgical option for the Paediatric Orthopaedic surgeon dealing with a relapsed club foot and other complex foot deformities.


P D Henman

Purpose of study: Glenoid dysplasia occurs early in the shoulders of some children affected by obstetric brachial plexus palsy (OBPP). Prompt treatment can reverse the deformity. A program has been devised to examine these children’s shoulders by ultrasound and the early results are described.

Method: Since March 2006, all neonates born in New-castle upon Tyne with a diagnosis of OBPP have been referred to the hip ultrasound clinic. The shoulders were examined clinically for range of movement and signs of instability. A static and dynamic ultrasound examination was then performed. Treatment of subluxed shoulders involved splinting the shoulder in adduction and external rotation for six weeks after injection of the internal rotator muscles with botulinum toxin, as recommended by Ezaki and co-workers.

Results: To date, six infants have been screened. Two had significant instability with ultrasonographic evidence of early glenoid dysplasia and have been treated. One had mild glenoid dysplasia with restricted external rotation which improved with physiotherapy alone. Three were clinically and ultrasonographically normal.

Conclusions: The early experience of this program confirms the high incidence of shoulder dysplasia in the neonatal period in these children, as reported by others. The examination is safe and relatively easy. In the early stages of the condition the treatment to date has been simple and effective. We plan to continue with ultrasound screening for shoulder dysplasia in neonates with OBPP.


A R Norrish J H J Bates W J Harrison

Purpose of study: Long bone chronic osteomyelitis may result in limb length discrepancy by shortening of the affected bone when the physis is damaged. Little is known about the rates of overgrowth of infected long bones. This study documents the relative rates of overgrowth and undergrowth in a large series of chronic osteomyelitis patients.

Methods: Forty-two consecutive patients presenting to our unit with chronic osteomyelitis of a long bone were included. There were no exclusion criteria. The mean age at presentation was 10.3 years. The mean duration of symptoms was 18.2 months prior to presentation. For 37 (88%) of patients the cause of osteomyelitis was haematogenous.

Results: Three (7%) patients had shortening of the long bone compared to the unaffected side (average 2.5cm), whilst 13 (31%) patients had overgrowth of the affected bone (average overgrowth 2.2cm). The tibia was most commonly affected (20/42, 48%), followed by the femur (8/42, 19%) and the humerus (6/42, 14%). The average proportion of long bone involved on X-ray was 59%. At least one physis was affected in 8/42 (12%) patients (2 had undergrowth, 1 overgrowth).

Conclusions: This large prospective series of patients shows the effect of osteomyelitis on the growth of long bones, in particular an overgrowth rate of 31%. The mechanism for this is probably related to the duration of symptoms. In areas of the world with poor access to health care, there is consequently a prolonged period of increased blood supply as a result of inflammation.

This increased blood supply may make overgrowth limb length discrepancy more likely than undergrowth.


R H Scott L Baskcomb N L Huxter D M Eastwood N Rahman

Purpose of study: To investigate the contribution of 11p15 defects to hemi-hypertrophy (HH) and clarify the potential association with Wilms’ tumour.

Methods: Clinical data and blood/DNA samples were collected from patients with hemi- hypertrophy and from their parents. Where normal/abnormal tissue samples were available, fibroblast DNA was also analysed. Recruitment criteria included any patient with growth asymmetry. All patients were analysed for uni-parental disomy of 11p15 by quantitative PCR and for abnormal methylation at imprinting centres 1 and 2 by Pyrosequencing.

Results: Samples from 78 patients, including 30 with a history of a childhood tumour were analysed. Abnormalities at 11p15 were detected in 11 individuals: 9 had uni-parental disomy 11p15; two had isolated hyper-methylation of imprinting centre 1. Four of 11 patients had a history of Wilms’ tumour and one a history of neuroblastoma. The asymmetry and other clinical features in the individuals with 11p15 defects are variable, but often subtle.

Conclusions: HH is a poorly defined term that refers to asymmetrical growth of one region of the body. There is a recognised but poorly defined association with childhood malignancy, particularly Wilms’ tumour. HH is a feature of a number of genetic disorders, including Beckwith-Wiedemann syndrome, which are caused by abnormalities of imprinting at chromosome 11p15. Certain of these defects are associated with an increased risk of Wilms’ tumour. Our data demonstrate that analysis of imprinting at 11p15 in patients with growth asymmetry identifies a subgroup at increased risk of Wilms’ tumour. Tumour surveillance should be encouraged in this group.

Further analyses are required to determine the molecular defects underlying those in whom no 11p15 defect is identifiable. Analyses of paired normal/abnormal tissue samples may be crucial in identifying such abnormalities.


H Sharma S B Bhagat D A Sherlock

Purpose of study: To test the hypothesis that previous hip involvement leads to earlier presentation and a better outcome for the contra-lateral hip in bilateral Legg-Calve-Perthes’ disease (LCPD).

Method: Case notes and radiographs of 250 patients with LCPD treated by a single surgeon between 1984 and 2003 were retrospectively reviewed. Thirty three patients (4 girls: 29 boys) with a minimum 1 year follow-up were identified with bilateral involvement from a prospectively collected database. Patients were grouped according to age at presentation (Group A-< 6 years; Group B- 6–8 years; Group C-> 8 years). All radiographs were reviewed and consensus was obtained on the presenting Waldenstrom stages. The severity of disease was rated by Catterall and lateral pillar classifications. The outcome was determined by the Stulberg classification. The right hip was the first affected in 25 of the 33 hips.

Results: These are summarized below.

Conclusions: The present report, with 33 patients, is the second largest series of patients with bilateral LCPD to our knowledge. The second hip involvement was milder than the first, but the improvement in outcome was statistically insignificant.


A G Sloan K Hinduja R W Paton

Purpose of study: Recent literature suggests the mode of delivery; either normal vaginal delivery (NVD) or caesarean section (LSCS) influences the incidence of DDH for term breech infants. This study examines whether the incidence of DDH amongst term breech infants is related to the mode of delivery.

Methods: All term infants born breech between 1st April 1995 and 31st March 2002 were included. All infants who presented breech were screened by ultrasound as part of an ongoing longitudinal cohort study. Data regarding mode of delivery, either NVD or LSCS elective or LSCS emergency was obtained from hospital records. DDH is a spectrum from minor dysplasia to dislocated irreducible hips. DDH was recorded according to the modified Graf classification.

Results: During the 7-year period 25,919 infants were born in the study population. 996 infants presented as breech, fulfilling the inclusion criteria. 164 (16.5%) were normal vaginal deliveries. 167 (16.8%) had emergency caesarean section. 664 (66.7%) had elective caesarean section.

In total 48 patients were diagnosed with DDH. 10 patients had bilateral DDH giving a total of 58 dysplastic hips.

Conclusions: Infants delivered by normal vaginal delivery or emergency caesarean section had a significantly higher incidence of DDH than those delivered by elective caesarean section. This study suggests that the mode of delivery does influence the stability of hips in infants lying breech at term.


E J Verzin J McClean A P Cosgrove

Purpose of Study: In light of the proposed abolishment of the health visitor seven month assessment, we examined the treatment pathways for all patients born in the year 2003 in Northern Ireland who were treated for Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip. We wished to identify those patients who had presented late, to determine if they could have been referred earlier to the paediatric orthopaedic service.

Method: All patients treated conservatively and operatively for DDH were identified retrospectively from nurse procedure records and theatre logs. Patient charts were retrieved and data collected.

Results: One hundred and twelve cases were identified (5.17/1000 births). The mean age at diagnosis was 3.9 months. 33% were referred from maternity units. There was a wide variation in the rate of cases identified from each maternity unit (range 0 to 6.2/1000).

Seventy-four patients presented before the age of six months. Of these, fifteen required operative intervention. Of the thirty-eight patients presenting over the age of six months, twenty-four required operative intervention. The incidence of late presentation of DDH was 1.11 per 1000.

Ten of the late referrals had risk factors for DDH. At the seven month assessment the health visitor successfully identified and referred thirteen patients.

Conclusions: Despite routine clinical screening at birth and at eight weeks, children continue to present late with DDH. The wide variation in referral rates from maternity units suggests that the present method of screening should be closely examined. The health visitor plays an invaluable role in detecting DDH in children at the seven month assessment.


K Williams R Dove P Twining JB Hunter

Purpose of study: To assess whether a plane x-ray at five months is needed in a DDH screening program.

Method: Between 1990 and 2004 we operated selective hip screening, including ultrasound. Hips screened as normal had an X-ray at 5 months, initially instituted to cover the ultrasound learning curve. These were reported by a consultant radiologist and referred if thought abnormal. For the purposes of this study the notes, scans and X-rays of all patients referred at 5 months were reviewed.

Results: In Nottingham there were approximately 108,500 births between 1990 and 2004. Of these 11,425 were referred for ultrasound scan. 53 were referred to orthopaedics following the x-ray at 5 months. 47 of these had a complete data set. Of these 47 children, 30 (64%) were watched, 9 (19%) had arthrograms only, 5 (11%) had adductor tenotomy and application of a hip spica. One (2%) child had Pavlik harness treatment and 2 (4%) had a femoral osteotomy.

Graf’s alpha angles and percentage cover were reviewed from the original ultrasounds, many of which were of poor quality. This demonstrated that there was less than 50% cover for 14/30 (47%) who were watched, for 6/9 (78%) who had arthrograms, for 1/1 (100%) treated by harness, for 4/5 (80%) treated with adductor tenotomy and hip spica and for 2/2 (100%) requiring surgery. Alpha angles less than 60 degrees did not predict the need for intervention. There were no late cases from the group that had X-rays classed as normal at 5 months.

Conclusions: The importance of measuring head cover was established and is now routine in the hip instability clinic. It was clear that a large population had received unnecessary X-rays. X-rays are now only performed if US at 6 weeks reveals a low alpha angle or less than 50% cover.


H L George Y Joshi L A James N Garg C E Bruce

Purpose of Study: To present the clinical features, investigations, histopathology, differential diagnosis and treatment options for lipoblastoma, based on a series of six encountered in our paediatric orthopaedic practice.

Method: The records of six children with lipoblastoma who attended Alder Hey Hospital between 2000 and 2006 were reviewed. Mean age was 17 months and mean follow up was 26 months.

Results: The youngest was a six month old infant with a swelling on his right instep. The second patient, a three year old girl, presented with a limp and swelling in her foot. The third patient was an 18 month old boy with a swelling on the dorsum of his left forearm. The fourth patient had a swelling of his left thigh and two patients had swellings in their backs. Each was investigated by MRI (1), CT (1) or US (4) and surgical excision planned accordingly. There were no post operative complications. None has shown recurrence during follow-up.

Conclusions: All patients were originally thought to have simple lipomata or soft tissue swellings. This is primarily because lipoblastoma is a rare tumour, yet lipoblastoma is the most likely diagnosis of a fatty lump in a child aged less than two. Differential diagnoses include myxoid liposarcoma, well-differentiated liposarcoma, spindle cell lipoma, typical lipoma and soft tissue sarcoma.

Lipoblastomata need thorough imaging. Cytogenetic evaluation of tumour cells often reveals chromosomal anomalies, such as abnormalities of the long arm of chromosome 8 leading to rearrangement of the PLAG1 gene. Biopsy of the lesion is recommended for accurate diagnosis, as clinical and radiological diagnoses can be misleading.

Lipoblastomata tend to spread locally and may recur after incomplete resection; metastatic potential has not been reported. Complete surgical resection is mandatory to prevent recurrence.


M R Bansal S B Bhagat S R Rathwa

Purpose of study: To evaluate the results of a consecutive series of displaced intracapsular paediatric femoral neck fractures treated by early closed reduction and Austin Moore Pin fixation.

Method: Between 2001 and 2004, 14 paediatric patients with a mean age of 10 years suffering femoral neck fractures were identified. All traumatic epiphyseal, trans-cervical and basi-cervical femoral neck fractures were included. Pathological and intertrochanteric fractures were excluded. There were 11 male and 3 female patients. All patients were treated by reduction and internal fixation using Austin Moore pins. Patients were allowed to mobilize non-weight bearing with crutches for 3 months, followed by partial to full weight bearing. The mechanism of injury, associated injuries, time to reduction and time to union were reviewed. All patients were followed up till union. Mean follow up was 18 months. Patients were assessed clinically for pain, limp, use of walking aid, walking distance, stair climbing, cross leg sitting and squatting. Hip movements and limb length discrepancy were noted. Radiographs were analyzed to determine the adequacy of reduction, fracture healing and changes of avascular necrosis (AVN).

Results: Mean injury-operation interval was 38.5 hours. Mean time to union was 16 weeks. All patients had excellent initial reduction which was maintained till healing. All patients’ fractures healed uneventfully. There were no complications in the form of non-union, AVN, premature physeal closure, angular deformity or implant back-out.

Conclusions: Paediatric femoral neck fractures can be treated successfully with expeditious reduction and internal fixation. The risk of the devastating complication of AVN can be lessened with urgent surgery and near anatomical reduction.


W Jamil M Allami M Al Maiyah B Varghese P V Giannoudis

Purpose of study: A single dynamic hip screw is the recommended method of fixation for slipped upper femoral epiphysis (SUFE). Current practice favours placement of the screw in the centre of the femoral head on both anteroposterior and lateral planes. This study investigated screw placement in the femoral head for SUFE and the prevalence of AVN, chondrolysis, late slippage, and time to physeal closure.

Method: Clinical notes and radiographs of 38 consecutive patients (61 hips), who underwent single screw fixation for SUFE, were evaluated retrospectively with a minimum follow up of 24 months (24–56). Two way ANOVA and post hoc tests were performed to analyse the correlation between the different variables and the outcome, at a 5% significance level.

Results: There were 16 acute slips, 18 chronic slips and 10 acute on chronic slips. 17 slips were treated prophylactically. Mild slip was noted in 39 hips, moderate in 4 and severe in 1 hip. A central-central position was only achieved in 50% of cases. No significant difference between the time to physeal closure and the screw position was found. No late slippage, AVN or chondrolysis occurred in this series.

Conclusions: Our results demonstrate that positions of the screw, other than in the centre of the femoral head, provide adequate stability. There is no correlation between screw position and the time to physeal closure, the risk of avascular necrosis or chondrolysis. We recommend that positions other than the “optimal central-central position” be accepted if not initially achieved, especially for mild SUFE. The potential hazards from several attempts to achieve the optimum position outweigh the benefits.


C Robb C Bradish Xiao-Dong Wang

Purpose of study: To report the use of a forearm fascial strip to repair the annular ligament and treat late diagnosed or irreducible Monteggia fracture.

Methods: Through Boyd’s approach nineteen patients with Monteggia fractures were treated with a technique to reconstruct the annular ligament using forearm fascia, retaining its proximal attachment to the ulna. The radial head was dislocated and the fascial strip wound around the neck of the radius. After reducing the radial head, forearm rotation was checked. The strip was sutured to the residual annular ligament on the proximal ulna after correction of any ulna deformity. In late diagnosis, the ulna deformity was managed with ulna lengthening of approximately 0.5 cm and stabilization with a 4- or 5- hole semi-tubular AO plate. The stability of the radial head was then assessed using intra-operative fluoroscopy.

Results: Stability of the radial head was achieved in all cases. According to the Anderson classification, the final outcome was excellent in ten cases satisfactory in eight cases and unsatisfactory in one late diagnosed patient with an associated radioulnar synostosis secondary to a compartment syndrome. There were no failures. Two radiocapitellar K-wires broke while in plaster in the initial period, so the use of a K wire was subsequently abandoned.

Conclusions: We have found this technique to be reliable for stabilizing the proximal radioulnar joint. The length of the incision is less than that required for the Bell Tawse (triceps tendon) technique and permits a tourniquet on the upper arm. Poorer results were achieved with delay in diagnosis beyond 6 months.

Patients must be warned of potential reduction of forearm rotation.


RW Simpson-White G Joseph JA Fernandes

Purpose of study: To evaluate the clinical outcome of operative intervention for chronic patellar instability for patients treated by a single paediatric orthopaedic surgeon over a 74-month period

Method: There were 11 patients (16 knees) with a mean age at operation of 11.9 years (5 to 17 years). Patients were treated with combined proximal and distal patellar realignment. Mean follow-up was 44.6 months (11–86 months). All patients were assessed post-operatively with satisfaction scores, the Trillat grading system and the Activity Scale for Kids (ASK). They were also questioned specifically for patellofemoral symptoms and examined for signs of mal-tracking.

Results: Subjective patient rating of all procedures revealed 10 (62.5%) responses of excellent or very good, 4 (25%) good, 1 (6.25%) fair and 1 poor (6.25%). Formal Trillat grading revealed 9 (56.3%) excellent, 6 (37.5%) good, 1 (6.2%) fair and no poor outcomes. The mean ASK score was 82% (39–100%). All except one patient felt that they would choose to undergo the surgery again. There was one complication of a superficial wound infection.

Conclusions: These results show improvement in symptoms and function as judged by Trillat grading and a majority of patients satisfied with the results of the procedure. We feel that the advantage of appropriate surgical intervention at a young age is not only the improvement in symptoms, but also that successful realignment of patellar tracking may reduce subsequent degenerative problems associated with chronic instability and allow better rehabilitation of the dynamic stabilisers of the patellofemoral joint.


R Newsome N Chiverton AA Cole

Study Design. Randomized, single blind, Quasi-experimental trial.

Objective. To investigate whether immediate physiotherapy post lumbar micro-discectomy enables patients to become independently mobile more rapidly with no increase in risk of complications

Summary of Background Data. Although studies have demonstrated the efficacy of rehabilitation post lumbar discectomy, none have looked at physiotherapy commencing immediately post operatively.

Methods. A total of thirty patients were randomized to an immediate group commencing physiotherapy within two hours post-operatively or a control group receiving physiotherapy first day post-operatively. Outcome measures included the time taken for the patient to become independently mobile post-surgery, Oswestry Disability Index and pain scores (VAS and short form McGill) collected pre-operatively, post-operatively at four weeks, and three months.

Results. The results indicated significantly reduced time to independent mobility (p=0.009) and return to work (p=0.002) in the immediate group. There was no significant difference in disability and pain scores at four weeks and three months between the groups. Early mobilisation did not result in increased complications.

Conclusions. Immediate physiotherapy following first time single level lumbar micro-discectomy enables patients to become independently mobile more rapidly and return to work sooner. Immediate physiotherapy may enable patients to experience earlier discharge with associated cost benefits to healthcare.


M. Shafafy P. Singh JCT. Fairbank J. Wilson-MacDonald

Aim: In this study we present our ten year experience of primary spinal infection.

Method: Retrospective case note review of 42 patients who presented to our institution with primary spinal infection between 1995–2005 was carried out. Demographic data and information with regard to timing and modes of presentation, results of radiological and laboratory investigations, and methods of treatment were collected. The financial impact of Home Intravenous Antibiotics Service (HIAS) was also investigated.

Results: Axial pain was the most consistent symptom seen in 100% of the patients. Only 62% had pyrexia at presentation. Major neurological deficit was seen in 10.2%.

Mean duration of symptoms was 25 days (range 1–202). Mean time from presentation to diagnosis was 19 days (range 0–172). Staphylococcus Aureus was the most common organism. Mean duration of Intravenous antibiotics was 60 days (range 13–240) followed by oral antibiotics for mean duration of 65 days (range 0–161). CRP was more reliable in monitoring the disease over time. At mean follow up of 5.4 years (0.6–10.5) there has been no mortality directly related to the infection. With our management there has been 14% recurrence rate. All re- presenting within the first year after initial presentation (Mean 5.5 Months, range 1–11).

HIAS saved a total of 940 in-patient days with a total cost saving of approximately £350,000.00.

Conclusion: In the majority of patients spinal infection can be successfully treated. Disease severity dictates the duration of antibiotic treatment and whether surgery is required. Recurrent infection occurred in a number of patients with more significant past medical history and pre-existing risk factors. Finally, HIAS is extremely cost effective in this group of patients.


K Thomason R Badge I M Emran D Chan

Study Design: Descriptive case series.

Objective: To report on the outcome of 4 patients treated with Total En bloc Spondylectomy (TES) for solitary intra-osseous metastasis in the thoracolumbar spine secondary to hypernephroma.

Summary of background data: Patients with solitary spinal metastases from renal cell carcinoma (RCC) have better prognosis and show longer survival rates as compared to other spinal metastatic disease. Adjuvant control by chemotherapy and hormonal therapy has been proven ineffective to treat this relatively radioresistant tumour, which can often present with both back pain and neurological deficit.

Methods: Four patients with solitary vertebral metastasis secondary to RCC underwent TES for radical resection of the spinal pathology. The procedure involves en bloc laminectomy and corpectomy with posterior instrumented fusion and anterior instrumentation with cage reconstruction following the spondylectomy. All patients were fully staged pre-operatively and assessed according to the Tokuhashi scoring system to determine predictive life expectancy. 3 of the 4 had pre-operative embolization and all had radical resection of the primary tumour.

Results: All patients reported significant pain relief and demonstrated neurological improvement. One patient died at 11 months post-op due to a recurrence of the primary in the nephrectomy bed. 3 were alive and well at 18, 26 and 39 months post-op with no radiological evidence of tumour recurrence. There were no major surgical complications.

Conclusions: Careful patient selection is required to justify this procedure. The indication is best limited to solitary intra-osseous lesions where complete resection of the tumour is possible. The main advantage of this treatment is that it affords significant pain relief and restores spinal stability whilst minimizing local recurrence.


A Al-khayer A. Schueler G. Kruszewski G. Armstrong M. P. Grevitt

Study Design: observational study over time

Objectives: 1. To investigate the effect of right and left radiculopathy on driver brake-reaction time (DBRT) 2. Determine the effect of selective nerve root block (SNRB) on DBRT

Summary of Background Data: DVLA guidelines for fitness to drive after orthopaedic procedures remain vague. DBRT has been assessed using different driving simulators in several surgical and non-surgical conditions. To date the effect of sciatica and SNRB on DBRT has not been studied.

Methods: DBRT s of 20 patients with sciatica (10 right, 10 left) were measured using a custom-built car simulator. Each patient was tested pre-SNRB, immediate post-SNRB, 2 and 6 weeks post-SNRB. As controls 20 age-matched normal subjects were tested once. Full departmental, institutional and ethical committee approval were obtained.

Results: The mean reaction time of the control group was 459 ms. The mean reaction times of the patients at different points of assessment were as follow:

Conclusions:

This study confirms the intuitive impression that patients with sciatica have prolonged DBRT compared to normal population. This represents an extra absolute increase in traveling distance of 2.4 meters in a 70 mph speed zone.

Left and Right sided sciatica patients should not drive immediately after SNRB.

Right sided sciatica patients suffer from a prolonged increase in their reaction time post SNRB.


Full Access
J Braybrooke P Sell

Revision discetomy is a procedure often assumed to give similar results to primary discectomy. There is no level one or level two evidence to support this view and no publications with pre and post surgical spine specific outcome measures.

This aim of this study was to evaluate the surgical outcomes of revision discectomies using standard spine instruments and to identify factors which influence the outcome. A prospective cohort study was performed between 1996 and 2004. A revision discectomy was defined as surgery at the same lumbar level as a previous discectomy with a minimum three month interval from the index surgery. Outcome measures were available for all 20 patients from the index primary discectomy. Questionnaires were given to the patients preoperatively and at 2 year follow-up. Among the outcomes measures used were the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), the Low Back Outcome(LBO), and a Visual Analogue Score(VAS). 20 revision discectomies were performed on 11 males and 9 females, 7 at L4/5 and 13 at L5/S1. The mean age was 41(30–56) and the mean follow-up was 27(24–36) months. The preoperative ODI, LBO and VAS at the index primary discectomy averaged 54(22–82), 19(7–42) and 8(5–10) respectively. The preoperative ODI, LBO and VAS at the revision discectomy averaged 63(34–82), 18(1–46) and 8(1–10) respectively. The ODI, LBO and VAS all improved significantly at follow-up. The ODI averaged 27(2–66) (p< 0.05), the LBO averaged 47 (14–70) (p< 0.05) and the VAS 4(3–9) (p< 0.05). The outcome of revision discectomies is favourable, in this series the average improvement in ODI was 36 points, a clinically significant change. The risk factors which influence the outcome are preoperative ODI, preoperative VAS and Age (p< 0.05). Sex, preoperative LBO, duration between recurrent disc herniation, level of disc herniation and incidental durotomies were not predictive of outcome.


N A Clark M Siddiqui M Nicol F W Smith D Wardlaw

Introduction: The effect of the X-STOP on sagittal kinematics and spinal canal and neural foraminal area are reported when this interspinous device is used for the treatment of neurogenic claudication.

Methods: Patients underwent Positional MRI scanning pre-operatively and 6 months post-operatively in the erect, flexed seated and extended and neutral positions. Anterior and posterior disc heights were measured on the erect images, endplate angle and the L1S1 angle on flexion and extension images at the operated and adjacent levels. Spinal canal and neural foraminal area were measured on all images. Measurements were made using the Osiris 4.17 program and statistical analysis using the Wilcoxon sign rank test.

Results: Fifty-two patients were enrolled. M:F 26:26. Single level: Double level insertion 29:20. Three patients withdrawn, one died of unrelated causes, one intra-operative spinous process fracture, one lost to follow-up.

Single Level: Spinal canal and neural foramina areas were increased in all positions with canal area significantly increased on standing (p=0.024) and sitting neutral (p=0.036). There was no significant effect on endplate angle, segmental range of movement, L1S1 angle or disc height.

Double Level: Spinal canal area was significantly increased in the cranial segment on standing (p=0.002) and extension (p=0.016) and the caudal segment in extension (p=0.016). Foraminal area was significantly increased at the right cranial (p=0.019) and caudal (p= 0.045) segments in flexion and left cranial (p=0.017) and caudal segments (p=0.004) in extension. A significant change was observed at the endplate angles in flexion (p=0.028) and extension (p=0.026) at the upper level. The L1S1 angle was significantly reduced in extension (p=0.017). The caudal anterior disc height was reduced (p=0.023). There was no significant effect on segmental range of movement or sagittal kinematics at adjacent levels.

Conclusion: X-STOP insertion has minimal effect on the sagittal kinematics of the lumbar spine but does increase canal and neural foraminal area.


B J C Freeman N A Steele T H Sach J Hegarty R Soegaard

Study Design: Economic evaluation alongside a prospective, randomized, controlled trial from a 2-year NHS perspective.

Objective: To determine the cost-effectiveness of Titanium Cages (TC) compared to Femoral Ring Allografts (FRA) in circumferential lumbar fusion.

Summary of background data: A randomised controlled trial has shown the use of TC to be clinically inferior to the established practice of using FRA in circumferential lumbar fusion. Health economic evaluation is urgently needed to justify the continued use of TC, given that this treatment is less effective and, all things being equal, more costly than FRA.

Methods: Eighty-three patients were randomly allocated to receive either the TC or FRA as part of a circumferential lumbar fusion between 1998 and 2002. NHS costs related to the surgery and revision surgery needed during the trial period were monitored and adjusted to the base year (2005/6 pounds sterling). The Short Form-6D (SF- 6D) was administered preoperatively and at 6, 12 and 24 months in order to elicit patient utility and subsequently Quality-Adjusted Life Years (QALYs). Return to paid employment was also monitored. Bootstrapped mean differences in discounted costs and benefits were generated in order to explore cost-effectiveness.

Results: A significant cost difference of £1,942 (95% CI £849 to £3,145) in favour of FRA was found. Mean QALYs per patient over the 24 month trial period were 0.0522 (SD 0.0326) in the TC group and 0.1914 (SD 0.0398) in the FRA group, producing a significant difference of 0.1392 (95% CI 0.2349 to 0.0436). With regard to employment, incremental productivity costs were estimated at £185,171 in favour of FRA.

Conclusion: From an NHS perspective, the trial data show that TC is not cost-effective in circumferential lumbar fusion. The use of FRA was both cheaper and generated greater QALY gains. FRA patients reported a greater return to work rate.


S W Judd B J C Freeman A C Perkins C I Adams S H Mehdian

Study Design: Prospective cohort study.

Objective: To assess the safety and efficacy of an intra-operative gamma probe in the surgical treatment of osteoid osteomas and osteoblastomas arising from the spine.

Summary of background data: Spinal osteoid osteomas and osteoblastomas are difficult to localise and may present adjacent to neural structures. Complete surgical excision of the nidus is a pre-requisite for curative resection.

Methods: All patients with a presumptive diagnosis of osteoid osteoma or osteoblastoma were investigated with plain radiography, computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging and a technitium bone scan. Nine patients underwent surgical excision. 600 MBq of 99m technitium HMDP was administered intravenously three hours prior to surgery. A sterile cadmium telluride detector connected to a digital counter/ratemeter was used to detect gamma radiation emitted by the tumour intra-operatively to assist with localisation and confirmation of complete excision.

Results: Between October 1995 and September 2006, nine patients required surgical excision for seven osteoid osteomas and two osteoblastomas arising from the spine. All patients were between the ages of 9–31 years and presented with back or neck pain. All tumours involved the posterior elements of the spine. Three patients had previous failed treatment including CT-guided radiofrequency ablation and surgical excision. In all cases the counts per second (cps) dropped significantly following excision. For the osteoid osteoma cases, the mean cps dropped from 203.8 (range 60–515) to 72.5 cps (range 10–220) post-excision. For the osteoblastoma cases the mean cps dropped from 373.5 (range 67–680) to 40.5 cps (range 16–65) post-excision. Histological examination confirmed complete excision in all cases. The mean follow-up was 4.5 years (range 0.5 – 11 years). All patients reported disappearance of the characteristic pre-operative pain.

Conclusions: The use of an intra-operative gamma probe helps to localise and confirm complete excision of osteoid osteoma and osteoblastoma arising from the spine. Accurate localisation results in safe excision with maximal conservation of surrounding normal bone, whilst minimising operative time, blood loss, hospital stay and risk of recurrence.


V Spiteri P Sell

Purpose: A descriptive cohort study of the surgical treatment of spinal tuberculosis in a single unit in the United Kingdom

Tuberculosis is a common disorder and may be increasing in prevalence. 83 cases of spinal involvement with TB occurred and of these 40 patients had a total of 61 interventional procedures.

Indications for intervention were:

Progressive neurological deterioration

Failure to respond to treatment

Doubt about the diagnosis

Progressive deformity.

Results: The age range was from 12 to 73. Sixteen patients had 17 closed biopsies to assist in establishing the diagnosis, of these four went on require further surgical procedures. There were five intermediate level procedures such as application of halo or removal of hardware.

Two patients were Caucasian with no predisposing factors and delays occurred in the initial diagnosis. Diabetes was a significant associated co-morbidity particularly in Asian patients.

Multiple procedures were required usually for staged stabilisation after anterior decompression. 2 patients had four procedures, 2 had three procedures and 10 had two procedures 27 had a single procedure.

Nine patients that underwent anterior decompression and strut grafting for neurological deterioration went on to have a second stage extra focal fixation and became ambulant. One death occurred from mesenteric infarction at 4 months post op in this group. Significant neurological recovery occurred after surgery in the neurologically impaired patients.

Two revision procedures were required in the cervical spine for inadequate primary stabilisation.

Conclusion: About half of the spinal TB cases come to interventional procedures.

Surgery when required is often a complex decompression and staged reconstruction


A Qureshi PJ Sell

Objective: To determine if there was any difference in standard spine outcome measures for single level degenerative lumbar spondylolisthesis treated by decompression and intertransverse fusion alone or with pedicle screw instrumentation.

Methods: A prospective longitudinal cohort study was undertaken looking at 23 patients undergoing surgery for L4/5 degenerative spondylolisthesis with symptomatic spinal stenosis. Clinical outcome was assessed through specific outcome measures of walking distance(yards), Oswestry disability index (ODI), Back Functional Assessment (BFA) and Visual analogue score for pain(VAS).

Results: Follow up was achieved in 21 patients (91%) and the mean length of follow up was 29 months (range 12–60 months). The mean age at operation was 66 years. In the uninstrumented group (n=12), the mean pre and post operative outcome scores were: walking distance (pre-122, post-950), ODI (pre-45, post-29), BFA (pre-23, post-31) and VAS (pre-83, post 49). In the instrumented group (n=11), the mean pre- and post operative outcome scores were: walking distance (pre-143, post-763), ODI (pre-54, post-33), BFA (pre-14, post 33) and VAS (pre-77, post-49). There was no statistically significant difference in improvement in each outcome measure between the two groups.

Conclusion: Surgical decompression in degenerative spondylolisthesis aims to relieve symptoms of radicular pain and neurogenic claudication. However, the indications for instrumentation are controversial. Previous studies have shown an improved fusion rate with instrumentation but no difference in subjective patient satisfaction scores. We have used validated patient based outcome measures to assess clinical outcome. Our results show no statistically significant difference between single level L4/5 degenerative spondylolisthesis treated with decompression with or without instrumentation.


Mr P Lakkireddi Mr I Gill Mr JHH Chan Dr M Kotrba Dr T Newman-Saunders Mr G Marsh

Background: The major problem achieving lumbar spinal fusion is developing pseudarthrosis. At present the gold standard in achieving fusion is the use of autograft from pelvis or posterior elements of the spine. However the potential limitations of insuffient quantity and donor site morbidity have led to search for bone graft alternatives like DBM which contains osteinductive BMPs.

Aims & Methods: A Prospective Randomized Control trial comparing the effectiveness of demineralised Bone Matrix (DBM Putty)/autograft composite with autograft in lumbar spinal fusion.

35 patients were included in the trial; they were randomized to have DBM and autograft on one side, and autograft alone on other side to side. Patients were followed up with interval radiographs for total of 24mons. To date 20 patients have completed minimum 12mons follow up. The mineralization of fusion mass lateral to the instrumentation on each side was graded Absent, Mild (< 50%), Moderate (> 50%) or Complete fusion (100%). The assessment was made by two orthopaedic consultants and a musculoskeletal radiologist who were blinded to graft assignment.

Results: The sex distribution was 11:9 male to females with a mean age of 55.2 (21–87 years) and an average follow up of 18mons (12–24mons). Nine patients had single level fusion and the remainder had more than one level fusion. At 12 months on the side of DBM, 15% (6 of 20) had complete fusion, 80% (16 of 20) had moderate fusion, and 5% had no fusion mass. During the same period on the other side, 25% did not show any sign of fusion. There was no correlation with number of levels, age or sex.

Conclusions: Osteoinductive properties of DBM would appear to help in achieving early and higher union rates in lumbar spinal fusion. DBM reduces the amount of harvested autograft graft and also minimises the morbidity of donor site complications.


M. Shafafy J. Nagaria S. Judd M P Grevitt

Objective: To report a consecutive series of patients who underwent staged reduction and fusion with the Magerl External Fixator and 360° fusion for high grade slips and spondyloptosis.

Design: Prospective observational study.

Patients & methods: There were 11 patients, average age 17 years (range 9–25 years).

All these patients had equal or greater than Meyerding grade III slips.

Clinical presentation included severe back pain with disability and a severe cosmetic deformity (including flexed knees, proptotic abdomen and loin creases).

The indications for surgery were pain relief and neurological symptoms/signs, and to improve the sagittal alignment.

Surgery consisted of first stage Gill procedure, L5 root decompression, and insertion of Schanz pins into L4 pedicles and ilium, and application of the fixateur-externe. Second stage consisted of gradual correction of kyphosis and translation (average 1 week duration). Third stage entailed anterior interbody fusion, removal of fixator and instrumented fusion L5 to sacrum.

Outcome measures: Functional out comes (pain scores [VAS], activities of daily living) cosmesis, complications (including neurologic status) and radiographic parameters.

Results: Average follow-up was 3 years and 3 months. Postoperatively none of these patients developed a neurological deficit. Imaging confirmed solid fusion in all patients. In terms of reduction, 1 patient failed to reduce (fusion in-situ) and 1 patient developed subsequent L4 on L5 spondylolisthesis. There was no case of permanent neurologic deficit.

Nine (82%) patients reported improved pain scores on the VAS, improved quality of life and cosmetic appearance.

There was significant reduction of the translation (in most cases to grade II) and correction of the lumbosacral kyphosis. All patients went on to a solid arthrodesis and there was no late loss of correction.

Conclusions: Staged reduction and Fusion not only improves a severe cosmetic deformity but also restores sagittal balance. We recommend this technique as there is negligible risk of neurological complications, and avoids fusion involving two motion segments.


N A Clark M Siddiqui M Nicol F W Smith D Wardlaw

Introduction: This prospective observational study reports on the clinical efficacy of a complete case series of patients who have had X STOP interspinous device insertion for the treatment of lumbar spinal stenosis.

Methods: 60 patients were enrolled and asked to complete the ZCQ, ODI, SF-36 and VAS questionnaire’s pre-operatively, and at 3-, 6- and 12 months post-operatively. Clinical significance with the ZCQ is accepted as improvement in 2 of the 3 domains (where the changes correspond to a mean decrease of 0.42 or 0.46 for symptom severity or physical function respectively, or there is a mean patient satisfaction score of 2.4 or less). Changes in ZCQ were measured at each time point and compared to pre-operative levels.

Results: The mean age was 70 (range 54–90), M:F 29:30. Two of the 59 patients were withdrawn due to intra-operative spinous process fracture and unrelated death. 60% underwent single level and 40% double level insertion.

The ZCQ, ODI, SF-36 and VAS were completed preoperatively and at 12 months by 54, 50, 52, 52 respectively.

Thirty-nine patients completed all questionnaires at all time points and the maximal clinical efficacy was evident 3 months post-operatively. Clinical significant improvement was maintained at the 6- and 12 month post-operative follow-ups despite a minimal loss of clinical efficacy in absolute mean values.

Overall, clinically significant response was achieved in 65%. Seventy-one per cent of double level patients and 61% of single level patients as determined by the ZCQ, had a clinically significant response. Corresponding changes were seen in VAS and ODI and SF-36.

Ten patients (18%) required caudal epidural for recurrence of symptoms and 1 patient required perifacet injections for back pain.

Conclusion: X STOP offers a safe reversible treatment for symptomatic spinal stenosis. Clinically significant improvement is present at three months and is maintained at 12 months.


MD Jameson-Evans MJ Shaw BA Taylor

Introduction: Hypothesis:- Posterior lumbar interbody fusion (PLIF) produces improvement in the MOS Short Form 36 (SF36) scores comparable to that seen in total hip replacement.

Current consensus holds the surgical treatment of lower back pain as less effective or predictable than interventions performed in most other orthopaedic subspecialties. Detailed clinical and economic outcome studies are vital to justify its use in routine practice. This prospective study presents medium to long-term clinical outcome scores for PLIF which are compared with those of an operation that might be considered a modern orthopaedic gold-standard: total hip arthroplasty.

Methods: The authors present 100 consecutive PLIF operations performed by the senior author between 1997 and 2004. SF36, Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), Visual Analogue Scores (VAS) and walking distances were prospectively collected and analysed in the post-operative period. Results were compared to the SF36 healthy population norms and with the outcome scores of standard total hip replacement available in the literature.

Results: The mean pre-operative ODI was 49. 12 months following surgery this improved to 22. All outcomes as measured by SF36 improved following surgery. The VAS for back pain improved from 8.5 pre-operatively to 3.21 post-operatively. Leg pain improved from 6.98 to 2.85. Improvements in the SF36 scores were similar to those seen in hip arthroplasty.

Discussion: The hypothesis has been proven. The gains in function following spinal fusion are comparable with those seen in hip arthroplasty. In the authors’ opinion PLIF is an effective procedure in an appropriately selected patient population.


F Chinwalla M Shafafy J Nagaria M P Grevitt

Aim: To evaluate morbidity and outcome associated with lumbar spine decompression for central spinal stenosis in the elderly compared with younger age groups.

Patients & Methods: Case notes review of patients with symptomatic and MRI proven central lumber canal stenosis, under the care of a single surgeon. The study population was 3 age groups: patients < 60 year of age (Group 1, n=19), patients between 61 and 79 years(Group 2, n=54), and > age of 80 years (Group 3, n=15).

The number of levels decompressed & grade of surgeon were noted.

Outcome data: Length of operation & hospital stay, blood loss, and intra and post operative complications. Subjective variables: Pain (VAS), walking distance, Oswestry Disability score (ODI) and patient satisfaction scores.

Results: The duration of operation (p< 0.05), and intra-operative complication rate (p< 0.025) was dependent on the seniority of the surgeon.

There was a statistically significant improvement in VAS score for leg pain (p< 0.05) and back pain (p< 0.05) after surgery for each group. The average walking distance improved by factor 5 in group 1 and 2 and by factor 2.5 in group 3 (p< 0.05)

Conclusions: Surgery for neurogenic claudication in the octogenarian is associated with a higher complication rate. The outcomes in this patient group is however comparable to younger patients.


Mr P Lakkireddi G Heilpern H Wynn Jones G Marsh

Purpose of Study: To determine whether pre operative psychological assessment can be used to predict the outcome following intradiscal electro thermal therapy (IDET).

Materials and Methods: Patients undergoing IDET at our unit were asked to complete a pain diagram and a Short Form 36 (SF36) (UK Version 1). Patients were followed up after IDET by means of a postal questionnaire. Patients outcome was assessed using a visual analogue pain score (VAS), an SF36 and a subjective outcome assessment. Pain drawings were classified as organic and non-organic according to the principle described by Mann et al.

Results: Forty-six (80.7%) patients were successfully followed up. Mean age was 41.2 years (range 16–76), 27 were female and 19 male. 73.9% of the pain diagrams were classified as organic and 26.1% as non-organic. The pain diagram was a good predictive tool for outcome following IDET. Patients with ‘organic’ pain drawings showed an improvement in mean pain VAS (pre 6.7, post 5.9), high patient satisfaction (Better 67.6%, Same 11.8%, Worse 20.6%), and higher physical component scores of the SF36 (Physical 64.1, Physical Role 45.6, Pain 54.0) compared to the ‘non-organic’ group who demonstrated a deterioration in mean pain VAS (pre 6.5, post 8.2), low patient satisfaction (Better 8.3%, Same 58.3%, Worse 33.3%), and lower physical component scores of the SF36 (Physical 38.3, Physical Role 20.8, Pain 26.5).

Conclusions: Several authors have shown that certain preoperative psychological characteristics are associated with a poor outcome from spinal surgery. Our findings suggest that pre procedure psychological assessment is useful in predicting which patients will have a favourable outcome from IDET. Pain drawings are quick and easy for patients to complete.

It might be a useful predictor in most of the spine surgery. We have incorporated pain diagrams in the questionnaires of patients undergoing anterior spinal surgery and dynamic stabilisation of spine.


Full Access
A Quaile

This is a preliminary report on a novel technique for achieving fusion at the lumbo-sacral disc. Current methods of complete discectomy and instrumented fusion involve either a posterior approach and the insertion of cages or an anterior approach. Both methods involve quite extensive dissections with potential stabilising muscle stripping. They also require significant post operative analgesia, inpatient stay and post operative recovery. There are attendant risks of nerve injury, blood loss and thrombosis.

A novel method of approach from the sacrum via a ‘safe zone’, described by Yuan et al., is presented. The technique along with the anatomical considerations is described. The initial results of the first 15 patients are presented.

We feel this is an approach with some merit in terms of ease and speed of operation, quickness of recovery by patients and reduction of complications.


N Mundil P Plaha J Hobart N Sudhakar T Germon

Introduction: In people with lumbosacral nerve root compression, the perceived leg pain is expected to be in a dermatomal distribution. In practice, this is not the case, the most common hypothesis being inter-individual variability in the dermatomal supply by nerve roots. Our alternative hypothesis is that pain can be perceived anywhere in the sclerotome innervated by the compressed root. We tested this hypothesis.

Methods: We included patients with MRI-supported single nerve root compression (uni- or bilateral) who underwent decompression by one surgeon (TG) between 2002 and 2005 and who reported improved or resolved pain at follow-up.

Everyone drew the distribution of their pain on a standard template and graded their pain using a visual analogue scale (VAS) before and after surgery (3–6 months). Successive pain drawings for each nerve root were superimposed.

Results: 54 nerve roots were decompressed (S1=17, L5=31, L4=6).

S1 nerve root compression was associated with pain in the lower back, buttock and thigh.

L5 nerve root compression was associated with pain in the buttock, posterior thigh and calf.

L4 nerve root compression was associated with pain in the anterior thigh down to the knee.

Conclusion: This small preliminary study implies that pain in lumbosacral nerve root compression is more sclerotomal than dermatomal in its distribution.


Mr P Sell

In the absence of randomised trials comparisons are often made between historical cohorts in an effort to compare new surgical techniques. This study simply compares two historical cohorts to assess the effect of time on outcome.

Using the Oswestry disability index (ODI), low back outcome score (LBO) and visual analogue score (VAS) 305 elective spinal patients with 6 month surgical follow-up were reviewed. Cohort one was 1995–1999 and consisted of 152 cases.

Cohort two was 153 cases operated upon during 2000–2005. The pre operative scores were remarkably similar, ODI of 57 in both groups. Suggesting the threshold for surgery remained unchanged with time.

The mean improvement in outcome was greater in the later cohort. In the 1995–1999 cohort the improvements were ODI 23, LBO 16, and VAS 3.4, in the second cohort 2000–2005 the change was ODI 28, LBO 20 and VAS 3.9.

Recorded complications reduced from 40 to 27. Incidental durotomy was similar at 15 and 16 in both. Anterior approaches resulted in a single venous tear in each group. Revision cases accounted for 16 early and 12 later cases. Probably the most significant difference was the reduction in the number utilising instrumentation. The early group had 53 instrumented cases out of 152, in the later group 35 out of 153 had instrumentation. The number of anterior fusion cases decreased by almost half from 15 to 8 in the later cohort.

Conclusion: Improved outcomes occurred with time suggesting experiential learning. The decrease in complications and decreases in instrumentation usage may be linked to this. The only significant identified change in case mix was a reduction in fusion for axial back pain.


Mr P Lakkireddi Mr I Gill Dr H C Panjugala Mr R Tonsley Mr G Marsh

Patients had traditionally relied on health care professionals for advice and treatment options for most orthopaedic conditions including degenerative lumbar spine disease. However the unprecedented access to heath care information offered by the internet is changing the way how patients gather information and make treatment choices.

Aims & Methods: The purpose of this study was to determine the influence of the internet on patients presenting to orthopaedic clinics with degenerative lumbar spine disease and its influence on decision making.

A power calculation was done to determine appropriate sample size needed for the study. Questionnaires were handed to willing patients who were attending back clinic for more 6 months and diagnosed to have degenerative lumbar spine disease.

Each participant filled a 25 point survey and a total of 105 surveys were collected.

Results: Out of the 79% who had access to the internet, 55% accessed it from home which is in comparison to the national statistics of 57%. The rest of 24% access internet at other places. Internet usage was found to be directly proportional to education and earnings with 100% in professionals and then dropping significantly. 80% living in urban areas used internet to access health information. Topics commonly searched include causes (74%), symptoms (70%), treatment/surgical options (82%). Only few people looked at the choice of surgeons (30%) and hospitals (30%) as the practice is mostly NHS based. Around 50% made clinical decisions based on their search. 86% used general search engines like yahoo, google, 14% used sites like med line, NHS. UK. Health professionals had more influence in decision making than internet (80%).

Conclusions: Internet is evolving as a powerful source of health information and influencing more an more patients in clinical decision making with a 5% growth in internet usage every year (national statistics).


A Kumar R Sinha D Wardlaw

Purpose of the Study: To assess the use of synthetic hydroxyapatite for postero-lateral spinal fusion using a new classification system

Methods: This is a prospective study on 30 patients who underwent bilateral postero-lateral spinal fusion between October 2002 and January 2004. The sides were randomised to synthetic phase pure Hydroxyapatite (Apapore® 70) mixed with bone marrow and autologus bone on one side and Apapore® 70 with bone marrow on the other. Plain Antero-posterior and Lateral x-rays were done in the immediate post-operative period and at 3, 6, 12 and 24 months. Two independent observers assessed the Antero-posterior films using a new classification system. Spine was considered fused when either or both sides showed good evidence of bone formation between the graft particles and graft and transverse process.

Results: In 6 patients x-rays were lost and 2 did not have two year follow-up. Twenty of the remaining 22 patients (90.9%) showed evidence of fusion as documented by both the observers. Good evidence of bone formation was noted as early as 6 months on the side where Apapore was used with bone marrow with 90.9 % achieving fusion at 2 years as against 57.1 % on the opposite side. The inter-observer agreement was good (mean 81.6%) with kappa score of 0.736.

Conclusion: The Hydroxyapatite based bone graft substitutes behave differently than autologus bone graft and poses difficulty in assessing fusion according to the radiographic classification systems described. The classification described above is useful in such situations and has shown to have good inter-observer reliability. With the increasing use of bone substitutes this classification system may be valuable in assessment of fusion and inter-study correlation.


A Shoakazemi M Shafafy D Fagan SMH Mehdian

Aim: Retrospective review of patients after coccygectomy for post traumatic coccydynia.

Methods: 13 patients (2 male, 11 female; mean age 37.8 years) who had undergone coccygectomy in our unit between 1995–2005 were identified and their case notes were reviewed. All patients had coccydynia with clear history of trauma, had failed to respond to three MUA and injections, and on clinical examination by senior author had hypermobile coccyx.

All patients were operated by the senior author, using a standard technique whereby all segments of the coccyx from sacrococcygeal joint were excised. At follow up postal questionnaire was sent to all patients. This included, Visual Analogue Score (VAS) for Pain now and VAS for pain over one week, overall patient satisfaction, and Oswestry disability Index (ODI), The non-respondents were contacted by telephone 3 weeks later. Overall response was 100%.

RESULTS: Mean time from the onset of symptoms to coccygectomy was 23.8 months (range 5–72). Average length of follow up was 3.8 years (range 0.7–10.8).

6 patients (46%) had 0 pain for VAS now and VAS over one week. 2 patients (15%) had mild pain VAS (1,2) for pain now and over 1 week, and 4 patients(31%) had moderate pain VAS (5,5,5,6) for pain now and VAS (5,5,5,5) for pain over 1 week and 1 patient (8%) had severe pain VAS (8).

ODI was normal or mild disability (0–20%) in 8 patients (71%), 4 patients had moderate disability (ODI 21–40%) and 1 had sever disability (ODI 54%).

Overall Ten patients (76.9%) were satisfied with the result and would consider the same surgery again.

Conclusion: Surgical treatment of post traumatic coccydynia resistant to conservative measures can lead to satisfactory results, if appropriate patient selection criteria are applied.


G. L. Lowery K. A. Poelstra D. Adelt J. Samani W.-K. Kim M. Eif R. J. Chomiak

Objective: The purpose of this study was to determine the safety and efficacy and evaluate several radiographic parameters after implantation of coflex™ for the primary diagnosis of spinal stenosis (1 or 2 levels) in patients with neurogenic claudication and low back pain between the ages of 40 and 80 years old.

Methods: Retrospective data were gathered on 589 patients from 5 sites with 429 patients having contemporaneous clinical and radiographic follow-up. Clinical analysis was performed on 209 patients with spinal stenosis using VAS and objective examination measures to determine safety and efficacy of the coflex in relieving neurogenic claudication, radiculopathy and back pain. The median follow-up was 20 months (range 6 to 121 months) For the 209 patients, radiographic data was collected for evaluation of spinal segment motion (index and adjacent levels), implant position, migration and bony remodeling at the bone-implant interface. All device complications were recorded and independently reviewed by Medical Metrics, Inc. (Houston, TX) and an independent orthopaedic spinal surgeon (KP).

Results: Moderate to severe low back pain improved in 75% of patients, while leg pain improved in 88% of patients. Claudication improved in 91% of patients and improvement in walking distance occurred in 79% of the patients. These results were achieved at 1 year and did not deteriorate over the long-term. Patient satisfaction was 88%. Complete radiographs with excellent quality were available for 180 implanted coflex devices. Sagittal rotation and translation measurements were essentially the same for all diagnoses, follow-up time points and levels of implantation. No expulsions and only 1 migration (> 5 mm) was observed. Mild and moderate bone-implant interface remodeling was noted in 15.4 %. No broken or permanently deformed implants were noted.

Conclusions: coflex interspinous stabilization after microsurgical decompression for spinal stenosis demonstrates excellent short term and long term results for back pain, neurogenic claudication and patient satisfaction.


G A Wynne-Jones J Ling I W Nelson

Background: Spinal infections are rare, the reported incidence in the UK is between 1:50,000 and 1 in 250,000. Functional outcome following spinal infection is not widely reported in the literature

Methods: Over a 7-year period, all adult patients presenting to a tertiary referral centre with a diagnosis of primary pyogenic spinal infection (epidural abscess, osteomyleitis or spondylodiscitis) were identified. Data at presentation was collected and included: C-reactive Protein (CRP), white cell count (WCC), time interval between onset of symptoms and presentation to tertiary referral centre causative organism, level of spinal infection and surgery. Functional outcome was assessed using a validated tool – The Oswestry Disability Index (ODI)

Results: 96 patients were identified, mean age 61 years (22–87), 51 (53%) male. ODI was available for 78% of live patients; the mean follow-up period being 5.5 years (21–120 months). The median ODI was 42 (0–84). An elevated CRP was significantly associated with a poorer functional outcome (p=0.05). Surgical intervention was related to improved functional outcome but did not reach statistical significance. WCC and the presence of an abscess were not related to functional outcome.

Conclusion: In out study we have found that the higher the CRP at presentation the poorer the functional outcome.


Mr P Lakkireddi Dr H Panjugala Mr Z Sharif Mr G Marsh

Background: Lumbar disc replacement is a good alternative to fusion in young patients with degenerative disc disease or discogenic back pain. Despite the increase in the use of anterior lumbar disc replacement, there has been little published data of the specific types and frequencies of the complications associated with its use.

Aims & Methods: Purpose of the study is to retrospectively study the perioperative complications associated with CHARITÉ® Artificial Disc replacement. The lumbar spine is retroperitoneally approached, viscera and major vessels retracted and the disc replaced. We reviewed the operative and hospital records of 54 charite disc replacements done by the senior author from 2004 till September 2006.

Results: The study group had 23 men and 31 women with a mean age of 38 years (range 31–47). Preoperative diagnosis was degenerative disc disease in 42 patients (78%); discogenic back pain in 12 patients (22%). The most common level replaced was L4/5 (48%) followed by L5/S1 (35%). The most common complication during the procedure was venous injury involving one of the left iliac vein tributary (9 patients, 16%). There was no arterial injury. The median blood loss was 450ml (100–1500ml). There was peritoneum breach in six patients, but no case of bowel, ureter, and bladder or kidney injury. There were two incidences of significant post operative ileus and one developed S1 radiculopathy from lateral disc placement. One developed incisional hernia and two patients had to be revised to fusion. Retrograde ejaculation was reported in 3 patients. No incidence of epidural vein bleed, CSF leak, infection, paraplegia or death.

Conclusions: Anterior spinal surgery is a relatively safe procedure with a lower complication rate than was previously reported. Vascular injury was the most frequent complication. The incidence of autonomous dysfunction affecting pelvic floor function appears to be under-estimated and needs further study.


Mr P Lakkireddi Mr I Gill Mr. JHH Chan Mr R Trehan Dr Kotrba Mr G Marsh

Background: The Wallis Interspinous implant was developed as a minimally invasive and anatomically conserving procedure without recourse to rigid fusion procedures. The initial finite element analysis and cadaver biomechanical studies showed that the Wallis ligament improves stability in the degenerate lumbar motion segment. Unloading the disc and facet joints reduces intradiscal pressures at same and adjacent levels allowing for the potential of the disc to repair itself.

Aims & Methods: The purpose of this prospective study is to demonstrate the survivorship and clinical effectiveness of Wallis implant against low back pain and functional disability in patients with degenerative lumbar spine disease. Patients were assessed pre operatively and post operatively every 6 months by VAS pain score, Oswestry Disability Index, SF-36. All the patients had pre operative radiographs, MRI scans and followed up with interval radiographs. The results were assessed in three sub groups. Group-1 is decompression and stabilisation, group-2 is stabilisation alone, and group- 3 is “Topping off” a fusion.

Results: A total of 211 Wallis Ligaments were inserted in 203 patients between July 2003 and November 2006. In total 179 patients were reviewed with mean age of 54(24–85) were followed for an average 30 months (6–40). The most common level is L4/5 (59%) followed by L3/4. In all the subgroups pain scores and oswestry disability index improved by 50%. And similarly SF-36 scores improved. There is 75–80% good clinical outcome with a survivorship of 98–99%.

Low infection rate of 1.1%. Two cases of prolapsed discs at the same level requiring further discectomy and one case of iatrogenic L4 paraesthesia.

Conclusions: The Wallis ligament represents a successful non fusion alternative in treatment of degenerative lumbar spine disease with least soft tissue damage, quick rehabilitation, less morbidity and associated low complication rate.

The Wallis implant treats pain, preserves mobility, anatomy and stability while being fully reversible, therefore leaving all subsequent options open.


I J Gargan

Introduction: Traumatic cauda equina constitutes a significant number of presentations of spinal cord injury in the emergency setting. Cauda equina syndrome from lumbar disc herniation accounts for up to 2–3% of all disc herniation. The aim of this study was to investigate and compare the success of surgical intervention between cauda equina that results from acute versus chronic pathology.

Patients and Methods: 47 patients who underwent surgery for cauda equina syndrome due to acute trauma or a herniated disc in the period between 2000 and 2006. All presented with one or more of the categorical symptoms associated with cauda equina (CE) syndrome such as sciatica, saddle hypoaesthesia, urinary incontinence and others. All patients had been catheterised at the time of admission to the National Spinal Unit. Patients presenting with acute CE underwent surgery within 24 hours. Patients presenting with chronic pathology underwent surgery within 48 hours. Differences in postoperative resolution of neurological function is compared between the two groups. The role of preoperative duration of symptoms in recovery of bladder function was examined.

Results: The follow-up ranged from 12–86 months. In 33 patients (70%) excellent results were achieved, in 8 patients (18%) good results were achieved and in 6 patients (10%) poor results were achieved. There was no statistically significant difference concerning the time between the onset of symptoms and surgical decompression. Significant difference appears to exist between the neurological recovery of those patients who underwent surgery subsequent to acute trauma in comparison to those with longer standing pathology.

Conclusion: Surgical intervention results in the resolution of neurological symptoms in those patients who present with symptoms consistent with cauda equina. This result is more apparent in those who presented with acute trauma.


M. Shafafy P. Singh JCT. Fairbank J. Wilson-MacDonald

Aim: To assess the functional outcome following spinal infection.

Method: 42 patients who had been treated in our unit for primary spinal infection between 1995–2005 were identified. 33 who were still alive at the time of study, were sent postal questionnaires. Average length of follow up was 5.4 years (rang 0.6–10.5). The non-respondents were contacted by phone two weeks later. Overall 29 (88%) were traced.

Results: Mobility score dropped in 10 (34%) patients whilst domestic circumstances’ score dropped only in 1 (3.4%). Oswestry disability score averaged 18% (range 0–53%). 16 (62%) had mild or no disability, 7(27%) had moderate and 3 (12%) had severe disability. Neck disability index in all those with cervical spine infection was between 10–20% indicating mild disability. Hospital anxiety and depression score for anxiety was normal for 25 (86%) and that for depression was normal for 27(93%) patients. Ten point Visual Analogue Score (VAS) for pain intensity when doing the questionnaire averaged 1.3 (range 0–9) with 19 (66%) having no pain, 9 (31%) mild to moderate (1–5 score) and 1 (3%) having severe pain (6–10 score). Mean VAS over one week was 1.8(range 0–9) with 14(48%) having no pain, 13(45%) mild to moderate and 2 (7%) having severe pain. VAS for distress averaged at 1.8 (range 0–9), 22 (76%) patients were coping very well (8–10 score) and poor coping (0–4 score) was seen in 1 (3%).

Conclusion: Most patients after spinal infection return to activities of daily living with little or no pain and psychological sequelae. A proportion of patients however end up with moderate to severe disability, pain and psychological problems despite successful treatment of the primary infection.


Mr P Lakkireddi Dr H Panjugala Ms Rani Thakkar Mr G Marsh

Background: Retrograde ejaculation has been reported to range from 2% to 16% following anterior surgical approaches to lower lumbar spine, but the exact incidence is not known. It has been felt for sometime that transecting or extensive dissection of the hypogastric plexus about the lumbo sacral junction could interrupt the sympathetic control of urogenital system and interfere with sexual function.

Invasive tests such as urodynamic tests, anorectal manometry and post ejaculatory urine sample would precisely determine its incidence. As a first step we, along with Urogynaecologist devised and validated a questionnaire to determine the urogenital function post operatively.

Aims & Methods: To retrospectively determine the incidence of sympathetic dysfunction in anterior lumbar spine surgery. 46 of 60 patients (76% response) who had anterior lumbar spinal surgery answered a validated questionnaire with urinary and bowel function, International Index of Erectile Function (IIEF) for men and Female Sexual Function Index (FSFI).

Results: All the females post operatively had retained bowel function and there were no reported cases of sense of urgency, incontinence of stools or flatus. But only one patient reported urinary stress incontinence. There was no change of sexual function as concluded from FSFI score.

In males we had 3 cases of retrograde ejaculation which affected the sexual function (based on IIEF score), and were reported to be resolving slowly. There was no incidence of any urinary or bowel dysfunction postoperatively.

Conclusions: This retrospective study only showed the overall picture of the incidence of pelvic floor dysfunction following anterior spinal surgery. A prospective trial is underway to determine its incidence.


D. Wardlaw N J Craig F W Smith V Singal

Purpose: We present the early results of a pilot study of 10 patients evaluating the basic safety and performance of an in situ polymerising protein hydrogel used in discectomy to prevent recurrent nuclear herniation, reduce motion segment instability and preserve disc height.

Method: Patients with radicular symptoms due to a MRI scan proven disc herniation, failed at least 3 months of conservative therapy, and had mild to moderate disc space narrowing. A standard open discectomy was performed to create a cavity for the implant, which was injected into the void through the annulotomy. The implant polymerised within 2 minutes. All patients had standard post-operative care for open discectomy.

The patients were assessed pre-operatively and post-operatively at 6 weeks, 3, and 6 months using Visual Analogue pain scale (VAS), Oswestry Disability index (ODI), SF-36 Health Survey (SF-36) and positional MRI scan in sitting (flexion, extension and neutral), erect and supine positions. To date, seven patients have a six-month follow up.

Results: Six females and 4 males were implanted into either the L4/L5 (5 patients) or L5/S1 (5 patients) level. The mean age of the patients was 40.6 years with a range of 19–57 years. ODI decreased from a mean of 49.2 pre-operatively to a mean of 11 at 6 months, and numerical pain score from of 5.86 to 1.62. Physical Component Score improved from a mean of 28.52 pre-operatively to 48.10 at 6 months. Two patients have suffered recurrent herniation, male (L5/S1) at 10 days, and a female (L5/S1) at 8 months, both requiring surgery.

Conclusion: Early clinical results indicate that the material can be used to fill the nuclear void following discectomy. Long-term data will be collected and evaluated to determine its efficacy in reducing spinal segment instability and preserving disc height.


Mr P Lakkireddi Mr R Trehan Mr G Heilpern Mr H Wynn Jones Mr G Marsh

Purpose of Study: To prospectively study the clinical and radiological outcomes following lumbar interbody fusion with an intersegmental device(SpineLink™, Biomet) in smokers versus non smokers.

Materials and Methods: 64 patients who underwent spine fusion with intrasegmental fixation were prospectively studied at Mayday University Hospital. 54 patients with suffient follow up were included. Patients were assessed pre and postoperatively clinically using validated scoring systems (VAS pain score, SF-36 v1, Oswestry Disability Index). Radiologically classified into fused, indeterminate or pseudoarthrosis.

Results: There were 54 patients in the analysis (34 patients in the smoker group and 20 patients in the non smoking group) with an average age of 52 years and an average follow-up of 28 months. 32 patients had multilevel procedures (25 two level, 5 three level, 2 four level). The treatment groups were comparable with respect to demographic, diagnostic (53% spondylolisthesis, 35% degenerative disc disease, 12% other) and surgical variables. No other significant medical problems affected patients in either group. Radiographically there were no pseudarthroses observed in either group. The SF-36 physical health score increased from 22.4 to 40.1 (+18.0) following surgery in smokers compared to an increase from 25.0 to 36.0 (+11.0) in non-smokers. The SF-36 mental health score increased from 36.4 to 45.0 (+8.6) in smokers compared to an increase of 30.8 to 42.7 (+2.9) in non-smokers. Complications included 2 nerve root injuries requiring hardware removal, and 3 deep infections which resolved with appropriate treatment.

Conclusions: There were no differences between smokers and non-smokers in radiographic fusion success or postoperative complications. As expected, smokers had lower SF-36 physical health and mental health scores pre-op, but unexpectedly, smokers had a greater degree of improvement in these scores postoperatively than non-smokers. Thus, from our experience, there is an incremental benefit to the use of intrasegmental fixation in smokers and warrants further investigation.


M Sivan N Ashok S Tafazal P Sell

Aim: This study aimed at investigating the diagnostic value of local anaesthetic hip injection test to differentiate between hip and spinal pain in patients presenting with symptoms attributable to both hip and spine pathology.

Study design: Prospective cohort.

Materials and Methods: 48 patients with such diagnostic dilemma under one the care of one spinal surgeon in one centre were carefully selected. All patients had radiographs of the hip joint confirming varying degrees of osteoarthritis. Most of the patients also had different types of spinal imaging showing degenerative spinal changes. The hip injection test involved intraarticular injection of 0.5% Bupivacaine under strict aseptic precautions in a laminar airflow theatre under fluoroscopic control.

Results: 37 patients had a significant relief of pain to the injection. Of these, 33 (89%) underwent successful total hip replacement with relief of pain. The patients with a negative response to the test responded satisfactorily to treatment directed towards their spinal pathology. The sensitivity of this test is at least 97% and specificity 90%. These results are similar to those of previous studies on this topic.

Conclusion: Local anaesthetic hip injection test is a safe, inexpensive and reliable diagnostic tool in identifying the source of the pain in patients with attributable dual pathology.


MJ Shaw M Pearce MA Foy AJ Fogg

Null Hypothesis: All spinal surgeons in the United Kingdom will routinely use X-ray screening in their practice when performing lumbar spinal surgery.

Background: Surgery at the wrong level fortunately occurs uncommonly in spinal surgical practice. When it occurs it is a potential source of morbidity for the patient and may result in litigation for the surgeon. The authors analysed the intra-operative x-ray practice of UK spinal surgeons at the time of discectomy, decompression and instrumented fusion. They also assessed their views on surgery at the incorrect level and x-ray facilities available in their centres.

Method: 130 members of BASS (British Association of Spinal Surgeons) were sent an anonymous postal questionnaire concerning their practice and views on x-ray use at the time of surgery.

Results: 91(70%) questionnaires were returned. There was a large variation in practice between surgeons. 54 percent of surgeons always used x-ray screening for decompression/discectomy procedures whilst 12 percent only used imaging intermittently. The timing of x-ray screening in relation to opening of the ligamentum flavum was also subject to considerable variation. A small number of surgeons never used x-ray screening for pedicle screw insertion and some only used it occasionally. There was a spectrum of opinion on whether wrong level surgery was substandard practice.

Conclusion: The Null Hypothesis has been disproved. There is a wide spectrum of practice and opinion on intra-operative x-ray practice among UK spinal surgeons. Some comments, suggestions and recommendations are made by the authors.


A Kumar J Beastall E Karadimas N Malcolm D Wardlaw

Purpose of the Study: To ascertain the role of Dynesys system (Zimmer Spine, Minneapolis) in the surgical management of chronic low back pain

Methods: 55 patients with persistent low back pain despite conservative measures were treated with Dynesys over a period of two and a half years. Participants either underwent Dynesys procedure alone or in combination with fusion or decompression surgery. Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), Visual Analogue Scores (VAS) and SF-36 questionnaires were completed pre-operatively and at one and two years post-operatively. Pre-operative testing using the Distress and Risk Assessment Method (DRAM) identified psychological distress prior to surgery. Patient Oriented Outcome questionnaires were circulated retrospectively following surgery to obtain data regarding patient’s perceptions and expectations of their outcome.

Results: Overall, the mean ODI reduced by 10.23% after one year and 16.15% after two years following surgery. VAS improved by 12mm one year and by 17mm two years after operation. Patients with psychological distress pre-operatively showed less improvement in their ODI and VAS at two-year follow up. The results of fusion were similar to Dynesys alone, and patients who also had decompression had best results. 72.2% patients reported an improvement following their surgery and the same percentage would have the operation again in retrospect.

Conclusion: This is the first study exploring clinical outcomes following surgery using Dynesys dynamic stabilization system in patients with disabling low back pain. Previous studies have reported good outcome in the treatment of spinal stenosis. Over 70% patients in our study reported improvement following the procedure but more evidence is needed to determine if it is a viable alternative to spinal fusion.


Full Access
J F Nolan C Darrah S T Donell J Wimhurst A Toms T Marshall T Barker C P Case C Peters J K Tucker

60 out of total series of 643 metal-on-metal hip replacements, carried out over the last nine years, have so far required revision, 13 for peri-prosthetic fracture and 47 for extensive, symptomatic, peri-articular soft-tissue changes.

Dramatic corrosion of generally solidly fixed, cemented stems has been observed and is believed to have resulted in the release of high levels of cobalt chrome ions from the stem surface. The contribution of the metal-to-metal articulation is, as yet, unclear.

Not including the fracture cases, plain films have demonstrated little or no abnormality to account for patients’ progressive symptoms. MRI scanning, on the other hand, utilising a technique designed to minimise implant artefact, has correlated very closely with findings at the time of revision surgery.

The histological changes, typified by extensive lymphocytic infiltration and a severe vasculitis leading to, in some cases, extensive tissue necrosis are demonstrated and discussed.

The failure of any of the existing protective mechanisms or regulatory restrictions to identify and limit the exposure of large numbers of patients to unsatisfactory implants has again been demonstrated.


R F Spencer M Bishay S Krikler U Prakash P Foguet D Griffin D Pring M Norton R Nelson

Introduction: Hip resurfacing has become re-established in recent years as a viable option in younger, active individuals. The results of a multi-centre evaluation of the Cormet resurfacing device are presented.

Methods: Data has been entered from 1997 onwards from 5 centres, patients being selected as suitable by 8 individual surgeons. Pre and intraoperative details recorded including indications, patient details, implant used, Harris Hip Score (HHS) and surgical approach.

Results: A total of 905 procedures in 782 patients have been recorded (52% posterior approach, 39% anterolateral 9% Ganz approach). The mean follow-up is 2.8 years (0.1–9.5 yrs) and the mean postoperative HHS is 86.1 (range 25–100). The mean age at surgery was 54.4 years. 61% of patients were male. The principal diagnosis was; OA 88.3%, RA 4.3%, AVN 2.1%, posttraumatic OA 1.1%, DDH 2.1%, Perthes 0.7% and the remainder 1.4%. It is thought likely that many cases of OA had many of the above-named pathologies as a precursor. The mean maximum flexion postoperatively was 98.7 degrees. Uncemented heads (a recent innovation) were used in 10%. Kaplan-Meier survivorship is 93% at 9 to 10 years. Survivorship in the OA subgroup was 96.7% with approximately equal numbers for femoral head collapse, dislocation and cup loosening, but the vast majority due to femoral neck fracture, which in turn was generally associated with the posterior approach.

Discussion: The results of this cohort (including all contributors’ learning curves) indicate highly satisfactory outcomes in terms of HHS and implant longevity. Subclassification of cases into those presenting abnormal anatomy and those with ‘ordinary’ OA indicates better survivorship still in the latter group. The surgical challenge varies more with hip resurfacing than with standard hip arthroplasty and this should be considered when results of surgery are reviewed. The revision options are generally much simpler than after standard THR.


P Monoot V Eswaramoorthy Y E Kalairajah R E Field

Introduction: Total hip replacements (THR) with the first generation metal-on-metal articulation were abandoned in 1970s in favour of metal-on-polyethylene articulation. Osteolysis due to polyethylene wear particles renewed the interest in metal-on-metal articulations. The second generation had improved clearance, metal hardness and reproducible surfaces. We describe the 10-year outcome of 63 THR with Metasul metal-on-metal articulation.

Methods: From 1995 to 1996, 86 patients (90 hips) underwent THR with Metasul articulation and cemented CF-30 femoral stem. Of these, 55 hips had a cemented Stuhmer-Weber-Allopro cup and 35 hips had an uncemented Allofit cup. Eleven patients (12 hips) died and five patients (6 hips) were not available for clinical evaluation. However all had been contacted and it was known that the hip was not painful and had not been revised. Nine patients were lost to follow up. Thirty nine hips in cemented group and 24 hips in uncemented group had clinical, radiological and Oxford hip score (OHS) at minimum of 10-years follow-up after the operation.

Results: The minimum length of follow up was 10-years with an average of 10.8 years. The average OHS at 10 years for the cemented group was 23 (range 12 – 42) and for the hybrid group was 20.3 (range 12 – 37). Five out of 63 (8%) hips had revision surgery. Two revisions (3%) were performed because of infection, 1 was revised (1.5%) because of unexplained pain and suspected metallosis and 2 were revised (3%) for suspected aseptic acetabular cup loosening.

Conclusion: In comparison with the outcome of first generation metal-on-metal bearing, the hips in our study had lower rate of revision due to acetabular wear and loosening. This is the first study to show that the Metasul articulation has good outcome over a 10-year period. The survivorship is 97% with aseptic loosening as the endpoint for revision surgery.


K L Barker M A Newman H Pandit D W Murray

Introduction: Metal-on-metal hip resurfacing arthroplasty (HRA) is currently recommended for younger, active patients with high expectations but information about outcomes is limited. Reports concentrate on wear, fracture rates and radiographic appearance, rather than function. Studies that report function do not describe rehabilitation protocols. This data is important to discussions about likely outcomes and restrictions prior to consent and to fully evaluate HRA.

Methods: Consecutive Conserve HRA operations were reviewed 1 year post-surgery. Function was assessed using 3 validated questionnaires; the OHS (Oxford Hip Score), HOOS (Hip Disability and Osteoarthritis Outcome Score) and UCLA Activity Scale. Complications, pain, ROM, muscle strength, single leg stand, walking and stair climbing ability were recorded.

Results: 125 HRA were reviewed (68 right, 57 left hips) in 120 patients (71 male, 49 female) of mean age 56 years. 86.7% recorded no complications, but 20% had pain at 3 months. The median OHS was 15, median UCLA 7 (active) and mean HOOS 82.78%. Operated hip flexors, extensors and abductors were weaker (p=0.000) and hip flexion ROM a mean 94.46 ± 12.71 (55–120) degrees. For 25% walking was limited, 7.6% needed a stick and 10% a stair rail. The OHS correlated with HOOS pain subscale (r=0.812, p=0.000), flexion ROM (r=0.426, p=0.000), hip extensor (r=0.359, p=0.000) and abductor (r=0.424, p=0.000) strength. Pain at 3 months correlated with the HOOS pain subscale (p=0.000, r= 0.503).

Discussion: Although outcomes were generally good with few complications, high levels of function and activity 25% had poor outcomes; with pain, restricted hip flexion, decreased strength, limited walking and functional problems, particularly putting on socks. Pain present at 3 months was associated with pain and worse function at 1 year. It is postulated this sub-optimal recovery may be related to current rehabilitation protocols adopted from THA and not tailored to HRA.


J Daniel H Ziaee P B Pynsent D J W McMinn

Introduction: The Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR) device was introduced in 1997 as a conservative hip arthroplasty option for young patients with severe arthritis. Primary osteoarthritis is the most common etiology of hip arthritis in the West. Excellent early and medium-term results have been reported with the BHR. This is a 9–year review of the first 100 consecutive BHRs performed by one surgeon (DJWM) for primary OA.

Methods: The first 100 BHRs (91 patients) performed for OA are now at a mean follow-up of 9.1 (range 8.9 to 9.3) years. Four patients (5 hips) died 5.2 to 6.9 years later due to unrelated causes. Patients with unrevised hips were reviewed clinico-radiologically and with questionnaire assessment.

Results: With revision for any reason as the end-point there were four failures (two were post-operative AVN leading to femoral head collapse, 8 months and 7 years after their respective operations; and two were deep infections both 5 years after operation). Kaplan-Meier survival analysis showed a 96% cumulative survival at 9 years (figure). There were no failures from osteolysis or aseptic loosening and no patient is awaiting a revision for any reason.

Discussion: The performance of the BHR continues to be good at 9 years. Arthroplasty devices are known to manifest two phases of failure, one in the early years and another in the later years. Early failure with this device has been very low. The interim years are continuing to be promising and we are yet to find out when the late failures, if any, are likely to occur.


J Daniel H Ziaee C Pradhan D J W McMinn

Introduction: source of elevated metal levels in patients with MM bearings continues to be debated. Under the controlled conditions of hip simulators most wear occurs within the first million cycles and subsequent motion produces negligible wear. However, in metal ion studies in patients, although there is a peak in metal levels in the early months after implantation, they never return to normal levels thereafter. In order to explain these conflicting observations it has been suggested that in vivo metal wear also occurs only during the early months and that continued corrosion of metal particles released during that period is responsible for metal level elevation later on.

If run-in wear is the only source of sustained metal release, then replacing the bearing with a non-MM bearing should not make a difference to metal release in patients and elevated levels should continue to persist even after such a revision. In order to verify this we studied metal release in patients who underwent revision of a MM bearing to a non-MM bearing after revision.

Methods. Using high resolution mass spectrometry, whole blood concentrations and daily output of cobalt and chromium were studied in four patients prospectively, whose hip resurfacings were revised to metal– polythylene THRs. None of the patients had other metal devices or compromised renal function.

Results. Preoperative levels in these patients were highly elevated as expected from a failing device. Thereafter there is a clear and progressively rapid trend of reducing metal levels in whole blood and urine.

Discussion The progressive and steep reduction of metal release following MM bearing removal suggests that corrosion from previously worn particles alone cannot account for the persistent elevation of systemic metal levels in patients with MM bearings and that bearing wear continues to occur after the initial run-in period


J Bridgens S Davies L Tilley C Lee P Norman I Stockley

Introduction: Bone cements produced by different manufacturers vary in their mechanical properties and antibiotic elution characteristics. Small changes in the formulation of a bone cement, which may not be apparent to surgeons, may also affect these properties. The manufacturing method of Palacos bone cement with added gentamicin has recently changed. We have carried out a study to examine the mechanical characteristics and antibiotic elution of Schering-Plough Palacos (‘old’ version), Heraeus Palacos (‘new’ version) and Depuy CMW Smartset bone cements.

Methods: Schering-Plough Palacos R40G (contains 0.5g gentamicin per 40g mix), Heraeus Palacos R+G (contains 0.5g gentamicin per 40g mix) and Depuy-CMW Smartset GHV (contains 1g gentamicin per 40g mix) were used. 40g samples of the three cements with no additional vancomycin, 1g and 2g vancomycin were prepared by a standard method using vacuum mixing in a syringe. Antibiotic elution over a five week period was measured using an immunoassay method. Standard mechanical testing was carried out according to methods defined in ISO 5833.

Results: Both Heraeus Palacos and Smartset bone cements performed significantly better than Schering-Plough Palacos in terms of mechanical characteristics both with and without additional antibiotics. All cements show a deterioration in flexural strength with increasing addition of vancomycin although staying above ISO minimum levels. Both Heraeus Palacos and Smartset elute significantly more gentamicin cumulatively than Schering-Plough Palacos. Smartset elutes significantly more vancomycin cumulatively compared with Heraeus Palacos.

Discussion: Both Heraeus Palacos and Smartset Bone cements elute significantly more gentamicin than Schering-Plough Palacos with no deterioration in mechanical characteristics. Smartset also elutes significantly more vancomycin than Heraeus Palacos without adverse affect on mechanical characteristics. Although marketed as the ‘original’ Palacos, Heraeus Palacos has significantly altered mechanical and antibiotic elution characteristics compared with previous versions.


A D Acharya T Petheram MJ W Hubble JR Howell

Introduction: Pressurization of PMMA can lead to cement extrusion. Although rare, the complications related to cement extrusion (‘CE’) are serious such as neurological, urological and vascular injuries. In a recent study the incidence of CE from acetabulum was found to be 42–50%, most of which was under transverse ligament. We advocate a technique of applying cancellous autograft on the medial floor and under the transverse ligament to provide cancellous surface for cement pressurisation, and to prevent CE. The aim of this study was to review our incidence of CE and radiolucent lines (‘RLL’).

Methods: Study group included 380 consecutive patients undergoing primary implantation of flanged cemented cup with spacers during 2002–2003. The mean age was 68 years. Surgeons of all grades, including junior doctors under supervision, performed the procedure. Early postoperative radiographs were reviewed to identify the incidence, site and extent of CE and incidence of RLL.

Results: We identified CE in 46 radiographs, 35 being inferior, 6 pelvic and 5 along retractors. The mean size of the CE was 240.5 mm2. Radiolucent lines (RLL) in any of the Charnley zone were present in 58 cases. Two zone RLL were seen in seven cases (1.8%) and a circumferential radiolucency in one case (0.3%). There was no significant correlation between the grade of the operating surgeon and the incidence of CE (p, 0.15). There was no significant correlation between the grade of operating surgeon and the presence of RLL (p, 0.18).

Discussion: Results of this study confirm that incidence of CE with this technique is significantly less as compared with historic data (12% vs. 42%). Incidence of RLL is also less especially in zone 2 and 3. These findings support our hypothesis that use of autograft to convert acetabulum in contained hemisphere reduces incidence of CE and improves pressurization.


B J A Lankester O Sabri S Gheduzzi J D Stoney A W Miles G C Bannister

Introduction: Inadequate cementation of the acetabular component in hip replacement surgery leads to early aseptic loosening, the most common cause of revision. The optimum method of cementation has not been fully evaluated. This study aimed to determine the effect of the acetabular component flange on mean and peak pressure during component insertion.

Method: A 53mm deepened hemisphere was machined from aluminium. Pressure transducers were positioned at the rim, at 45 degrees, and at the base. Polyethelene acetabular components of different sizes and flange designs were mounted onto a materials testing machine and inserted at a constant rate into Palacos R cement within the aluminium hemisphere. Insertion was stopped at a pre-determined point when an even cement mantle was achieved. The same components were then tested without a flange. Each test was repeated six times. Output data from the transducers was analysed.

Results: Components with a flange create a mean pressure 6–18 times higher at the rim than those without a flange. At the base pressures are 2–4 times higher. A stiffer flange generates higher peak and mean pressures than a more malleable flange. Delaying insertion by one minute does not increase the pressures achieved unless a flange is used.

Discussion: These results strongly support the use of a flange to contain cement during insertion of the acetabular component. Unflanged components fail to achieve satisfactory mean or peak pressures, even if insertion is delayed. This is likely to result in poor cement penetration into bone and reduced longevity of interface fixation.


AG Bailie Y Kalairajah MC Forster AJ Spriggins

Introduction: A cementless femoral implant is currently available for hip resurfacing with several theoretical advantages over cemented fixation, one of which is a potential reduction in systemic emboli. A prospective study was undertaken to evaluate the occurrence of systemic emboli using a cementless femoral component for hip resurfacing in comparison to cemented femoral fixation.

Methods: Between November 2004 and December 2005 patients scheduled for elective hip resurfacing for osteoarthritis were consented to undergo hip resurfacing using a cemented femoral component (Articular Surface Replacement or Birmingham Hip Resurfacing) or a cementless femoral component (Bi-coat Cormet Hip Resurfacing). Each case was randomised to femoral venting or no femoral venting. Intra-operative monitoring with a Transcranial Doppler device was used to identify and record systemic emboli throughout each case. Demographic and peri-operative data were collected including mental score and vital observations at day 1 and day 3, and blood loss.

Results: 8 patients (5 vented, 3 unvented) underwent cemented resurfacing and 7 patients (4 vented, 3 unvented) had cementless resurfacing. There was no difference between the two groups for age (mean 56yrs), gender, weight, or ASA status. The mean number of significant emboli (> 12dB) in the cemented group was 8.1 and in the cementless group was 1.7 (significant, p=0.009). Peri-operatively both groups were similar for vital observations, haemoglobin, mental scores and SaO2. Venting did not influence rate of emboli. However, venting was independently associated with significantly higher drainage (mean 604mls compared to 335mls without venting, p=0.018).

Discussion: This study has shown significantly less systemic emboli occur with the use of a cementless femoral component during hip resurfacing in comparison to a cemented implant. We propose this is due to intra-osseus pressure generated when using cement. The number of emboli is unaffected by femoral venting, but more blood loss occurs after venting.


A Gordon L Southam J Loughlin G White A G Wilson I Stockley AJ Hamer R Eastell J M Wilkinson

Introduction: Bone phenotype, such as osteoarthritis (OA) pattern and development of osteolysis or heterotopic ossification (HO) after THA, may be governed by genetic and environmental factors. We investigated whether single nucleotide polymorphisms within the gene encoding secreted-Frizzled Related Protein-3, FRZB Arg200Trp and FRZB Arg324Gly influence bone phenotype.

Methods: Genomic DNA was extracted from 609 subjects at a mean of 11 years following cemented THA for idiopathic osteoarthritis. Pre-operative OA was defined using The American College of Rheumatology criteria and post operative HO after primary THA was assessed using Brooker’s classification

Results: For FRZB Arg200Trp, minor allele carriage (MAC) was greater in subjects with pre-operative pelvic osteophytes (n=267) versus those without osteophytes (n=34) (MAC 27.9% versus 6.3%, Fisher’s exact test p=0.037). There were no associations with other radiographic criteria of OA. MAC was also higher in HO+ve subjects (n=291) versus HO-ve subjects (n=341), (MAC 21.7% versus 12.0%, χ2 test p=0.063). Finally MAC was 14.2% in osteolysis +ve subjects (n=268) and 21.7% in osteolysis –ve subjects (n=341) (χ2 test p=0.041).

The adjusted odds ratios for pelvic osteophytes and HO with carriage of the rare FRZB 200 variant were 4.34 (1.01–18.7 p=0.048) and 1.64 (1.05 to 2.54, p=0.028) respectively. The adjusted odds ratio for osteolysis was 0.62 (0.38 to 0.99 p=0.049).

There were no bone phenotype associations with the FRZB Arg324Gly variants.

Discussion: Carriage of the FRZB 200Trp allele is positively associated with osteophyte and HO formation and negatively associated with osteolysis, suggesting this locus may be a marker for pro-osteoblastic activity.


P J Jenkins T A Simons C Y Ng J A Ballantyne

Introduction: Surgical site infection following total hip replacement results in poorer outcomes, longer hospital stays, and increased costs. The aim of this study was to describe infective complications in a large series of total hip arthroplasty.

Methods: Between January 1998 and March 2005, consecutive total hip arthroplasties were prospectively. The presence of deep infection was confirmed by culture from joint aspiration or a secondary procedure such as joint washout or component removal and replacement. Risk factors for development of surgical site infective complications were analysed.

Results: 2029 consecutive total hip arthroplasties was carried out in 1539 patients. There were 22 deep infections (1.1%) and 118 superficial infections (5.8%). Staphylococcus aureus (MSSA) was isolated in 10/22 (45%) of deep infections and MRSA in 4 (18%). In patients undergoing unilateral replacement there were 11/1539 deep infections (0.7%) compared 5/172 (2.9%) in the bilateral simultaneous group. In patients who were current or exsmokers the deep infection rate was 11/880 (1.3%) compared to 7/864 (0.8%) in non-smokers. 3/120 (2.5%) diabetic patients developed deep infection. In patients who received a blood transfusion 9/502 (1.7%) developed deep infection compared to 13/1527 (1%) who did not. In patients with a BMI> 35kgm−2 the overall rate of infective complications (superficial and deep) was 18.8%. In patients with a report of a perioperative complication the deep infection rate was 6/169 (3.6%) compared to 16/1860 (0.9%) without complication.

Discussion: This study has the advantage of investigating infective complications in a typical case series of patient presenting for total hip replacement. The rate of deep infection was consistent with previous reports. Deep infection is associated with bilateral simultaneous replacement, smoking, diabetes, blood transfusion and perioperative complications. Obese patients are at higher risk of all surgical site infective complications.


A Gordon A J Hamer I Stockley J M Wilkinson

Introduction: The concept that aseptic loosening is a function of polyethylene wear has led to the introduction of cross-linked polyethylene in THA. We studied the relationship between polyethylene wear rate and aseptic loosening to model the potential effects of wear-reducing strategies on the failure rate for each prosthetic component.

Methods: 350 subjects who had previously undergone Charnley THA were divided into 3 groups: Controls (n=273); isolated femoral stem looseners (n=43); and isolated cup looseners (n=34). Polyethylene wear was measured using a validated method (EBRA). The relationship between wear rate and loosening was examined using logistic regression analysis, and estimates of the effect of wear rate modulation made using odds-ratios (OR ).

Results: The median annual wear rate in the controls (0.07mm) was lower than both stem looseners (0.09mm, p=0.002) and cup looseners (0.18mm, p< 0.001). The OR of cup loosening increased 4.7 times per standard deviation (SD) increase in wear rate above the reference (control) population (p< 0.001). The OR of stem loosening increased 1.7 times per SD, but was not independent of other risk factors (p> 0.05). The potential reduction in risk of loosening was calculated using the following formula: (OR ^SD2)/(OR ^SD1), where 1 and 2 are the predicted mean z-score wear rates of modified versus conventional polyethylene. Thus, for a 25% or 50% reduction in wear rate, the incidence of cup loosening may reduce by 71% and 293%, respectively. The rate of stem loosening may reduce by 7% and 17%, respectively.

Discussion: The use of cross-linked-polyethylene has the potential for a major impact on the incidence of cemented cup loosening. However their effect on femoral stem loosening may be limited.


L M Jennings A L Galvin J Fisher

Introduction: There is increasing interest in the coupling of highly cross-linked polyethylene with large diameter heads in the hip. The aim of this study was to determine the wear of large (size 36 mm) highly cross-linked polyethylene inserts against ceramic and cobalt chrome femoral heads using a physiological hip simulator.

Methods: Size 36 mm Biolox® Forte alumina and cobalt chrome femoral heads were coupled with highly cross-linked polyethylene inserts in the ten station Leeds ProSim Physiological Anatomical Hip Joint Simulator. The simulator was run for 10 million cycles and the change in volume of the polyethylene inserts was determined geometrically.

Results: The volume change of the ceramic/cross-linked polyethylene bearing combinations during the first two million cycles of the hip simulator test was twice that of the cobalt chrome/cross-linked polyethylene bearing combinations due to increased creep. After 2 million cycles a steady state wear rate was reached. In contrast the cobalt chrome/cross-linked polyethylene bearing combinations reached their steady state at 1 million cycles.

The steady state wear rate for the ceramic/cross-linked polyethylene bearing combinations was 4.7 mm3/million cycles. This was a significant 40% reduction compared to the wear rate of the cobalt chrome/cross-linked polyethylene bearing combinations at 8.1 mm3/million cycles (p< 0.01).

Discussion: The clinical implications of this study relate to the measurement of in vivo wear, which is routinely assessed using penetration measured from radiographs. However, penetration is a measure of both wear and creep. This means that although the penetration of polyethylene inserts coupled with metal and ceramic femoral heads may be similar, the actual wear is likely to be lower with the ceramic heads due to their elevated creep


M Ganapathi J H Kuiper S G Griffin E S Saweeres N M Graham

Aim: To investigate whether cement mantle thickness influence early migration of the stem after impaction grafting.

Methods: Twelve artificial femora were prepared to mimic cavitary defects. After compacting morselized bone into the cavities, Exeter stems were cemented in place. By using all combinations of three sizes tamps and stems (0, 1 and 2), we created cement mantles of 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4 mm thickness. Bones with stems were placed in a testing machine and loaded cyclically to 2,500 N while measuring stem migration. Statistical analysis was by regression analysis. Outcomes were stem subsidence and retroversion, predictors were mantle thickness, tamp size and stem size.

Results: Average stem subsidence after 2500 cycles when using size 1 tamp and stem (2 mm mantle) was 0.94 mm. For a 0 mm mantle, subsidence was 0.59 mm and for a 4 mm mantle it was 2.54 mm. Cement mantle thickness significantly influenced stem subsidence (r=0.68, p=0.015). Cement mantle thickness also significantly influenced stem retroversion (r=0.62, p=0.031). Cement mantle thickness was a better predictor of stem stability than tamp or stem size.

Discussion: Concern exists that inadequate cement mantles may affect stability of impaction-grafted stems. In our study, larger difference between tamps and stems gave substantially more subsidence and rotation, whereas a smaller difference reduced them. Concerns over thin mantles may have been premature.


A G Bailie J R Howell M J Hubble A J Timperley G A Gie

Introduction: Recurrent dislocation can be a significant problem after total hip replacement. The use of a constrained tripolar liner is an option in the surgical treatment of dislocation or instability.

Methods: A retrospective review was carried out of patients identified from a prospective database. All patients had a constrained liner cemented onto a satisfactory pre-existing cement mantle, cemented into a reconstruction ring, or cemented into a well fixed cementless shell. The Osteonics Tripolar Liner was used in all cases; the outer aspect of the liner was prepared with a burr to create grooves and thus improve cement interlock. Data collected included demographics, reason for revision, re-revision rate, outcome and survival.

Results: There were 58 cases identified where a cemented constrained liner was inserted at revision hip surgery. Average age at time of surgery was 77years (range 40–94). There were 9 patients who died with less than 2 years follow-up; they were excluded, leaving a study group of 49 cases. No cases were lost to follow-up. Average duration of follow-up was 46months (range 24–76). There have been 4 infections, one of which required removal of prostheses and a 2-stage revision. There was one case of fall post-operatively and fracture of the contra-lateral femoral neck. There have been 4 implant failures requiring re-revision. All failures were due to disarticulation of the liner, 2 of which occurred in the same patient on separate occasions. There have been no revisions for loosening, and there have been no cases of failure at the bone-cement interface or at the cement-cement interface with the cement-in-cement technique. Overall survival of the cemented constrained liner was 90% at average 3.8years.

Conclusion: This study demonstrates that cementing a constrained liner into the acetabulum is a viable option in revision hip surgery, particularly in the management of instability.


D Campbell J Dearing D Finlayson S Datir S Sturdee M Stone

Introduction: Reported incidence of dislocation following dislocation of hip replacements varies from less than 1% to 8%, the majority (59%) being in the first 3 months and 77% within a year. Recurrent dislocation of total hip arthroplasty is a serious problem for both patient and surgeon. Revision of the components does not guarantee success and there is significant comorbidity associated with major revision surgery. Early techniques of cup augmentation were complicated by screw and augment failure, hence cup augmentation evolved into a low profile polyethylene wedge with a separate metal backing and five screw fixation called the Posterior Lip Augmentation device (PLAD).

Methods: 33 patients in Leeds and Inverness underwent PLAD placement between 1995 and 2000. They were followed up at a minimum of 5 years postoperatively (5–9 years). Where patients had died the cause of death and status of the PLAD at time of death was determined from the notes.

Results: The mean age at time of PLAD insertion was 73 years(43–94). The longest survival was 102 months, the shortest 8 days. Of the 33 patients undergoing PLAD insertion, 3 were lost to follow up, 13 had died by the time of follow up, 7 had been revised and 10 had survived revision free.

Discussion: When considering the revision as an end point, PLAD insertion compares favourably with total revision. As shown by the mortality of the patients in the cohort, a less invasive option for the patient with significant comorbidities is useful to have in the surgical armamentarium.


G S Biring T Kostamo B A Masri D S Garbuz C P Duncan

Introduction: Deep infection in total hip replacement can be devastating. We report the outcomes 10–15 years after two stage revision for hip infection in 103 patients using the PROSTALAC (prosthesis of antibiotic-loaded acrylic cement) hip.

Methods: All patients or their next of kin were contacted to determine their current functional status and whether they had required repeat surgery or had recurrent infection. The Oxford-12, SF-12, and WOMAC questionnaires were administered. A comprehensive chart review was undertaken to review the infective organisms, surgery, approach, complications, and need for further revision surgery.

Results: 11 patients had re-infection, 7 of whom responded to repeat surgery with no further sequelae. Two patients required resection arthroplasty, one patient underwent hip disarticulation after eventual failure of treatment and bone loss, and one immuno-compromised patient developed osteomyelitis and was subsequently lost to follow-up. Long-term success rate for two stage-revision is thus 89%, or 96% with additional surgery. Since then, 3 patients required revisions for aseptic loosening, 1 for recurrent dislocation. We were able to follow up 45 patients, 75 % of whom provided health-related quality of life outcome scores. 39 patients were deceased, with their outcome confirmed via their last follow-up or with family members, for a total follow-up rate of 85 %. 15 patients were lost to follow-up, but did not undergo further surgery or have reinfections treated at our centre.

Discussion: Two-stage revision for hip infection, which includes an interim prosthesis of antibiotic loaded cement, offers a predictable and lasting solution for patients with this difficult problem.


M Ganapathi I B Paul E Clatworthy A John M Maheson S Jones

Aim: To investigate the outcome following revision total hip arthroplasty (THA) using 36 mm and 40 mm modular femoral heads.

Methods: Details were retrieved from our arthroplasty database regarding all revision THAs done in our unit using 36 mm and 40 mm femoral heads. Follow-up information was obtained from patient records and telephone conversation.

Results: The cohort considered totalled 107 revision THAs, 93 using a 36 mm head and 14 using a 40 mm head. All received either highly cross-linked UHMWPE liners or metal on metal liners. The indications for revisions were recurrent instability in eight, periprosthetic fracture in 11, second stage revision in 24, fracture of the femoral stem in one and aseptic loosening in the remaining 63. At a minimum follow up of one year, information was not available for five but they did not have any record of dislocation. Out of the remaining 102 patients, dislocation occurred in 4 hips (3.9%). None of the revisions done with 40 mm head dislocated. In two of the dislocations, the initial indication for revision THA was recurrent instability and if they are excluded, the dislocation rate was 1.96%.

Discussion: Dislocation and the sequalae of recurrent instability remains a significant problem following revision THA and the existing literature varies greatly in the quoted dislocation rates. We believe that the use of 36 mm and 40 mm femoral heads in our unit has been a major factor in low (3.6%) dislocation rate following revision THA. To date there have been no problems encountered resulting from the use of highly cross-linked UHMWPE.


B J Bolland A M R New R O C Oreffo D G Dunlop

Introduction: During femoral impaction bone grafting high forces and hoop strains may be generated with subsequent risk of fracture. Vibration is commonly used in civil engineering applications to increase aggregate compressive and shear strengths. We hypothesized that the use of vibration during impaction bone grafting, reduces the maximum hoop strains, and hence risk of fracture, and improves particle interlocking, producing a stronger aggregate.

Method: A series of femoral impaction bone graftings on physiological composite femurs, using morsellised graft from fresh frozen human femoral heads were performed. The standard Exeter impaction technique was used in the control group and vibration assisted compaction used in the study group. Total force imparted, hoop strains and subsidence rate were measured.

Results: Significantly more allograft was used in the vibration group than in the control group (73.1g, 79.5g, p=0.01). Higher mean peak loads were produced during proximal compaction in the control group (3.28kN) than in the vibration group (1.71kN, p=0.005). Higher mean peak and mid proximal hoop strains were generated in the control group (13.2%, 5.6%) compared to the vibration group (4.2%, 2.7% p=0.009, p=0.006). The mean total axial subsidence after 50,000 cycles was significantly less in the control group (2.47mm, SD 0.55) compared to the vibration group (1.79mm, SD 0.30, p=0.03).

Discussion: The use of vibration leads to reduced peak loads and hoop strains in the femur during graft compaction which may reduce the risk of femoral fracture. Additionally the resulting graft is better able to resist subsidence thus conferring improved mechanical stability. A safer, more flexible method to compact bone graft could lead to the more widespread use of IBG in revision hip surgery.


V T Veysi R W Metcalf I Udom N J Carrington M H Stone

Introduction: Aseptic loosening is the leading cause of failure in total hip arthroplasty. We present our long-term results of cemented revision of failed total hip replacements.

Materials And Methods: All patients requiring revision for aseptic loosening were prospectively followed up to assess the patterns of failure as well as the clinical and radiological outcomes of revision. There were 102 cases between 1992 and 2000. The mean age at revision was 67.4 (36–88). There were 60 male and 42 female patients. At the time of the final follow-up 26 patients had died and 10 had further surgery. Of the remainder, 64 patients attended the final assessment and 2 could not be traced.

Results: The mean time to follow-up was 6.8 years (5–13 years).

53 patients required revision of both components. There were 49 stem only revisions.

4 patients were re-revised for recurrent loosening and 2 for infection.

There were 14 dislocations. Of these, 4 required secondary stabilisation and 2 underwent Girdlestone’s excision arthroplasty for recurrent dislocation.

46 of the 64 patients who attended final follow-up had no changes in their X-ray appearances compared to the immediately post-operative films. 9 of the stems and 9 of the cups had signs of progressive lucent lines around the cement mantle.

This gives a survivorship of 89% at ten years with reoperation for any cause as the end-point.

Discussion: Initial reported results of cemented revisions were variable. These have been improving with more recent publications including those from the Scandinavian hip registries. Our results confirm the latter findings of excellent survivorship in cemented revisions.


W Y Kim N V Greidanus B A Masri C P Duncan D S Garbuz

Revision of a failed acetabular reconstruction in total hip arthroplasty (THA) can be challenging when associated with significant bone loss. In cementless revision THA, achieving initial implant stability and maximising host bone contact is key to the success of reconstruction. Porous tantalum acetabular shells may represent an improvement from conventional porous coated uncemented cups in revision acetabular reconstruction associated with severe acetabular bone defects.

Methods: We reviewed the clinical and radiographic results of 46 acetabular revisions with Paprosky 2 and 3 acetabular bone defects done with a hemispheric, tantalum acetabular shell (Trabecular Metal Revision Shell, Zimmer, Warsaw, USA) and multiple supplementary screws for fixation.

Results: At a mean follow-up of 40 (24–51) months, one acetabular shell had been revised in a patient with a Paprosky 3B defect. Two liner revisions were performed for recurrent instability, without porous tantalum shell revision. The clinical outcome showed significant postoperative improvement in all measured sub-scales, compared with baseline pre-operative scores (mean improvement in Oxford Hip Score of 40.0, p < 0.001, in WOMAC of 36.7, p < 0.001, Physical component SF-12 of 12.3, p =0.0003, mental component of SF-12 of 6.8, p = 0.006). Radiographic evidence of osseointegration using validated criteria (Moore’s criteria) was demonstrated in 39 of the 40 hips available for radiographic analysis at a mean of 30.9 months, by two independent observers. Of the remaining six hips, five hips were lost to follow-up and one radiograph demonstrated failure of the hip reconstruction secondary to loss of fixation and superior migration of the component.

Discussion: Cementless acetabular revision with the porous tantalum acetabular shell demonstrated excellent early clinical and radiographic results in a series of complex revision acetabular reconstruction associated with severe bone defects. The evidence of radiographic osseointegration suggests that outcome should remain favourable, however, further longer-term evaluation is warranted.


S Haleem G A Pryor Martyn J. Parker

Introduction: Two of commonest types of hemiarthroplasty used for the treatment of a displaced intracapsular fracture are the uncemented Austin Moore Prosthesis and cemented Thompson hemiarthroplasty.

Methods: To determine if any difference in outcome exists between these implants, we undertook a prospective randomised controlled trial of 400 patients with a displaced intracapsular hip fracture. All operations were performed or supervised by one orthopaedic surgeon and all by a standard anterolateral approach. Patients were followed by a nurse blinded in the type of prosthesis to assess residual pain and mobility.

Results: The average age of the patients was 83 years and 23% were male. 73% came from their own home with the remainder from institutional care. There was no statistically significant difference in mortality between groups. Pain scores were less for those treated by a cemented prosthesis (p value < 0.00001). Mobility change was also less for those treated with a cemented implant (p=0002). No difference was found in hospital stay, implant related complications, re-operations or post-operative medical complications between the two groups. One case of non-fatal intraoperative cardiac arrest occurred in the cemented group.

Discussion: In summary a cemented Thompson Hemiarthroplasty causes less pain and less deterioration in mobility compared to the uncemented Austin Moore hemiarthroplasty, without any increase in complications. The continued use of an uncemented Austin Moore cannot be recommended.


G S Biring B A Masri N V Greidanus C P Duncan D S Garbuz

Introduction: The aims of this study were to

determine predictors of pain, function and activity level 1–2 years after revision hip arthroplasty and

define quality of life outcomes after revision total hip replacement.

Methods: A prospective cohort of 222 patients who underwent revision hip arthroplasty were evaluated. Predictive models were developed and proportional odds regression analyses were performed to identify factors that predict quality of life outcomes at 1 and 2 years post surgery. The dependent outcome variables were WOMAC function, pain and UCLA activity. The independent variables included patient demographic, surgery specific and objective parameters including baseline Western Ontario McMaster Universities (WOMAC) osteoarthritis index, and the Short Form-12 mental component. The Loess method was used to plot the change of WOMAC and SF-12 scores over time.

Results: There was a significant improvement (p< 0.001) in all patient quality of life scores from baseline with results plateauing at 1 year. UCLA activity remained static between 1 and 2 years. In the predictive model, higher baseline WOMAC function (p < 0.001), age between 60–70 (p< 0.037), male gender (0.017), lower Charnley class (p < 0.001) and diagnosis of aseptic loosening (p < 0.003) were significant predictors of improved function.

When considering WOMAC pain as an outcome variable, factors predictive of improving category outcome included baseline WOMAC function (p= 0.001), age between 60–70 (p< 0.004), male gender (p= 0.005), lower Charnley class (p< 0.001) and no previous revisions (p < 0.023). Baseline WOMAC pain did not predict final pain outcome. Baseline WOMAC function (p=0.001), the indication for the operation (p=0.007), and the operating surgeon were significant predictors of UCLA activity at follow up. Peri or post-operative complications were not an adverse predictor of physical function, pain or activity.

Conclusions: Predictors of quality of life outcomes after revision hip replacement-showed that although some patient specific and surgical specific variables were important, age, gender, Charnley class and baseline WOMAC function had the most robust associations with outcomes.


G Charnley R Putaswamiah E Yeung

Introduction: Trabecular Metal (Tantalum) has been successfully used in Neurosurgery for many years. Acetabular components have only been available in the UK since 2004. The metal’s properties of porosity and a high friction coefficient are attractive, particularly in complex primary and revision hip arthroplasty when surgical challenges include abnormal, deficient or limited bone.

Methods: Two year results of 110 consecutive acetabular reconstructions are presented. The age range was between 27 and 95 years with a predominance of females. The indication in 75 primary hip replacements included, Destructive Osteoarthritis, Dysplasia, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Paget’s and AVN. 35 revisions were performed either two-component or single acetabular exchanges.

Clinical results have been obtained using the Merle d’Aubigne score and bone deficiencies were classified according to the AAOS system.

Results: There have been no failures and radiologically, serial X-rays demonstrate osseo-integration at an early stage.

We have had no cases of deep infection but there have been 3 femoral peri-prosthetic fractures, (1 late) and 2 dislocations.

All patients have been allowed early weight bearing and those patients with over 12 months follow up have an improved Merle d’Aubigne score.

Discussion: The biomechanical properties of Trabecular metal and a modular design permit a press fit technique supplemented by dome screws combined with the possibility of using varying sizes of liner to minimise dislocation or to retain well fixed femoral stems in revision surgery.

The ease of use of the implant has now led to us largely abandoning other reconstructive techniques such as impaction allo-grafting or cages in revision or complex primary hip surgery.

We consider Trabecular metal to be a major advance in acetabular reconstruction on the basis of our initial experience


S S Jameson A V F Nargol M R Reed

Introduction: Payment by results was introduced into the NHS in an effort to finance Trusts fairly and reward good performance. Tariffs for a single patient episode are derived from diagnosis and procedure codes, comorbidities, patient age, and length of stay. Poor data collection can result in a lower tariff with subsequent under billing of the Primary Care Trust (PCT). In addition, an individual surgeon’s performance in future comparison league tables will rely on the accuracy of this data. Methods of documentation and data collection vary in different units. We evaluated the methods and the resulting tariffs in 2 units in the Northern Deanery.

Methods: Case notes were examined for 20 consecutive orthopaedic patients discharged from unit A, and 20 from unit B. The case mix in the two groups was similar. A correct tariff based on case notes was compared with the actual tariff used to bill the PCT for each patient. The coding department derived actual tariffs from data in electronic discharge summaries created by ward based junior medical staff in unit A. Accurately completed typed case notes were available to coders in unit B.

Results: Only 3 of the 20 tariffs (15%) were correct for unit A patients. This represented a total financial loss to the trust of £14892 (25% of total revenue). In unit B, 19 of 20 (95%) tariffs were correct. An error in the coding for one procedure resulted in a higher tariff being assigned to a patient (total gain of £486, < 1%).

Discussion: Orthopaedic departments create large Trust revenue. Accurate documentation and information transfer for coding is essential for payment by results to function correctly. Trusts which fail to do this will be financially penalised and surgeon league tables may not adequately reflect individual case complexity. We recommend all Trusts use the model established in unit B.


M Sundberg J Besjakov T von Schewelow å Carlsson

Introduction: The C-stem (DePuy, Leeds, UK) is triple tapered, polished and collarless. These features can facilitate distal stem migration within the cement mantle, a phenomenon first noticed on radiographs and later confirmed by radiostrereometric analysis (RSA) for the double tapered polished Exeter stem (Stryker, Mahwah, NJ). Low revision rates are reported for the Exeter stem and the view that early migration predicts later failure has not been confirmed with double tapered designs. If a triple tapered stem has any advantages is however not known

Patients and methods: 33 primary hip arthroplasties with a median age of 66 (46–74) years were followed for 2 years with radiostereometric analysis (RSA) at 3 months, 6 months, 1, 2 and 3 years. The diagnosis was primary osteoarthrosis in all hips. Both migration and rotation were studied.

Results: All the stems migrated distally and posteriorly within the cement mantle. The median distal migration was 1.47 mm at 3 years and the median posterior migration was 1.56 mm at 3 years. All the stems rotated towards retroversion and median rotation at 3 years was 2.0°. For all the other directions the prosthesis was stable up to 3 years

Discussion: The C-stem migrates and rotates more than cemented prostheses of other designs. Compared with other tapered prostheses the distal migration is at the same level but posterior rotation is higher and furthermore it migrates posteriorly, which the other tapered stems do not. If this migration/rotation pattern is tolerable without risk of prosthetic failure needs to be studied further, but at present there is no indication from the available clinical results for the C-Stem that this pattern is deleterious.


W R Davis M Porteous

Introduction: Primary Care Trusts (PCT) in Suffolk have recently withdrawn funding for hip (THA) or knee replacement (TKA) surgery for obese patients (Body Mass Index (BMI) > 30). We have estimated the number of patients affected by this restriction by reviewing our joint replacement database and have sought evidence for this decision being evidenced based.

Materials and Methods: All patients undergoing joint replacement at our hospital have their BMI recorded prospectively. We have established the number of patients having hip or knee replacements with a BMI of greater than 30. A Medline literature search identified studies that examined the influence of BMI on outcome of joint replacement surgery

Results: 328 (24%) of 1366 people undergoing THA between 2000–2005, and 225 (38.5%) of 567 undergoing TKA between 2003–2005 had a BMI > 30. The difference between these groups is significant (p 0.001 CI 0.095 to 0.191.). There was no difference between the sexes in the hip group, but more women than men were obese in the knee group (p< .001 CI 0.096–0.25). We identified 19 studies that examined the impact of BMI on joint replacement surgery.

Discussion: Based on National joint register figures, a similar policy enacted in England and Wales would affect about 20,000 patients a year.

The literature produces some evidence of a higher early complication rate in obese patients undergoing THA, and operative time seems to be longer and blood loss greater than for matched controls. The only study looking at long-term outcome of THA showed no difference in hip survivorship at 10–18 years between obese and normal weight patients. We conclude that where THA is concerned, the PCT policy has no clinical or evidence based justification.


E M Prempeh R Cherry

Introduction: The American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA) grade is supposed to accurately predict morbidity and mortality. We wanted to better inform our patients of their risk of mortality in elective operations.

Method: Analysis of data from Galen (Theatre management software) routinely gathered as part of the preoperative assessment of patients. We linked this to the Date of Death field in the Hospital Master Patient index to identify those patients who had died within 90 days of surgery, including deaths after discharge from hospital.

Results: Two thousand and thirty one patients over two years. These were elective Orthopaedic operations including knee (1074) and hip (957) replacements, both primary and revision. There were thirty one mortalities over a two year period. Sixteen mortalities for knee (1.5% of knee operations) and 15 for hip surgery (1.6% of hip operations). Respective mortality for ASA grades 1–4 are presented in table below

Discussion: Our review of the 2031 patients shows that the relative risk of mortality between ASA grades 1–4 increased from 1–8.8. We examined the notes because grade 4’s mortality was 10% and realized that 75% of ASA grades recorded by Orthopaedic surgeons and anaesthetists differed. The anaesthetists seem to down grade the ASA 4’s.

Conclusion: The relative risk of mortality is lower than that as previously described. Orthopaedic surgeons seem to assess patient better when it comes to ASA grading. The paper further discusses the implications of these conclusions.


L K Smith D H Williams V G Langkamer

Introduction: The rate of homologous blood transfusion following primary total hip replacement (THR) can be as high as 30–40% and is not without risk. Postoperative blood salvage (POS) with autologous blood transfusion may minimize the necessity for HBT but the clinical, haematological and economic benefits have yet to be clearly demonstrated for primary THR.

The aim of this prospective randomized study was to determine if the use of POS affects postoperative haemoglobin and haematocrit values and reduces the rate of homologous blood transfusion. Secondary outcomes measures included length of hospital stay and patient satisfaction. A cost analysis was conducted on the basis of the results.

Methods: Calculations following a preliminary study revealed that 72 patients would be required in each group to detect a significant difference of 0.7 gdL−1 in the post operative haemoglobin level (with power of 80% and an α value of 0.05). The patients were block randomized on reduction of the primary THR, prior to closure, to receive either two vacuum drains or the autologous retransfusion system.

Results: There were 82 patients in the vacuum drain group and 76 patients in the autologous retransfusion group. Haemoglobin and haematocrit values were not significantly different between the groups but significantly fewer patients with the autologous system had a postoperative haemoglobin value < 9.0 gdL−1 (8% vs. 20%, p = 0.035). Significantly fewer patients with the autologous system required HBT (8% vs. 21%, p = 0.022). There was an overall cost saving in this group.

Discussion: This study confirms that POS results in significantly fewer patients with a post-operative Hb below 9.0 gdL−1 and confirms that POS significantly reduces the necessity for homologous blood transfusion following primary THR. As a result, our unit uses the autologous retransfusion system for primary THR.


V V Killampalli E Shears E Prause J O’Hara

Introduction Growth of femoral neck can be stunted due to early fusion of capital femoral epiphysis and can occur in DDH, LCPD and Septic Arthritis of Hip, while the greater trochanter (GT) continues to grow normally. This results in a high riding greater trochanter with altered abductor function and shortening of the involved limb. Management of patients with such deformities in adolescence is challenging, more so in planning to conserve the hip joint.

Methods and Results We wish to present our experience in the management of such deformed proximal femur with double femoral osteotomy in 15 patients (6 male, 9 female), mean age 22 (11–36) years with an average follow-up of five years. Average distalisation of GT was 2.2 cms and limb-length gained was 2.8 cms. Fracture of GT with displacement was the only complication encountered that required further surgery.

Discussion Primarily the procedure was performed to distalise the greater trochanter thereby improving abduction function, increasing the offset at the hip joint, and creating a more anatomical neck; so facilitating any subsequent joint-sacrificing procedure. Although the secondary benefit of the procedure was to gain limb length, this was what the patients appreciated was the greatest benefit. The technique demands detailed preoperative planning, detailed execution of the plan but produces consistently good results.


I A Findlay K K Chettiar H D Apthorp

Introduction: Following the successful introduction of a short stay programme for total hip replacements for selected cases in our unit, the effect of utilising an “Outreach Team” for all of our primary joint arthroplasties has been assessed. This team comprises a senior orthopaedic sister and a physiotherapy assistant. Their ethos is to provide continuity of care from the ward into the community, thereby allowing early, supported hospital discharge. We compared length of stay in a case-matched series of patients before and after the introduction of the service. Patient satisfaction was assessed and cost-benefit analysis carried out.

Methods: 200 patients were enrolled on the Outreach Programme following primary joint arthroplasty. Results were compared with 200 case-matched primary arthroplasties prior to the introduction of the team. Discharge was only allowed when patients, carers and staff were happy. Patient satisfaction was assessed via questionnaires.

Results: Following a cost-benefit analysis, we calculate a saving of approximately £235,000 annually, with 936 bed days saved.

99% of patients satisfied with Outreach. There were no readmissions from the Outreach group.

Discussion: The use of an Outreach Team can be used to significantly reduce the length of hospital stay after primary joint arthroplasty. We feel that the use of the same carers on the ward and in the community gives a seamless transition of care, allowing patients to feel secure and confident about their early discharge with high levels of satisfaction. This simple service is highly efficient and cost-effective and we recommend our model to other units.


R J Pickard C M Hobbs H J Clarke D J N Dalton M L Grover A J Langdown

Introduction: A departmental audit meeting identified a problem with mis-seating of the ceramic liner for the Trident Acetabular System.

Methods: We reviewed the initial postoperative radiographs of all patients who had undergone primary THR using the Trident Acetabulum. Independent review was performed by 3 experienced hip surgeons.

Results: One hundred and seventeen hips (113 patients) were identified. Nineteen had incomplete seating of the liner as judged by plain anteroposterior and lateral radiographs, (prevalence 16.3%). Pre-operative diagnosis was not a risk factor for mis-seating of the liner. One case of complete liner dissociation necessitating revision was identified; another mis-seated liner was also revised in the early postoperative period and two that were initially incompletely seated were noted on follow up radiograph to have spontaneously re-seated. Out of 15 surgeons who had used this system, 10 had at least one case where the liner was incompletely seated.

Discussion: There may be technical issues with regard to implanting this prosthesis of which surgeons should be aware. The Trident Ceramic Acetabular System has a unique design that features a titanium sleeve encapsulating the ceramic that is elevated at the periphery. This sleeve may prevent complete circumferential inspection of the liner when attempting to assess intra-operative seating. We also believe that the Trident shell can deform upon implantation, preventing complete seating of the liner. This theory is supported by the observation that two originally mis-seated liners were noted to have spontaneously re-seated on subsequent radiographs. This phenomenon can be explained by the viscoelasticity of bone and elastic recoil of the shell. The cases of persistent liner mis-seating may be explained if the hoop stresses upon implantation are large enough for plastic deformation to occur. Potential problems include metallosis, implant loosening and fatigue fracture of either the shell or liner as a result of fretting.


VT Veysi RW Metcalf D Shutt P Gillespie MH Stone

Introduction: We present our results of the first 413 Charnley arthroplasties performed by and under the supervision of the senior surgeon, using the posterior approach.

Methods: This is a prospective study of clinical and radiographic outcomes. Four hundred and thirteen hip replacements were performed in 380 patients (215 female and 165 male) between 1992 and 1996. The mean age at the time of primary surgery was 67 years (28 – 91 years).

Results: The primary aetiology in 297 of the hips was osteoarthritis. Eighty-two had rheumatoid arthritis.

Eleven patients (3%) had one or more episodes of dislocation.

There were 22 revisions. Three of the revisions were carried out for infection, and a further 2 for recurrent dislocation. Aseptic loosening was the cause of failure in the remaining 17.

Thirty three patients (36 hips, 9%) could not be traced at the time of the final follow-up. There was significant and maintained improvement in pain and function scores.

One hundred and thirty eight patients (146 hips) had died at the time of the final follow-up.

The best and worst case survivorship figures at 10 years were 93 +/− 2% and 83 +/− 2%, and those at 14 years were 88 +/− 4% and 78 +/− 4%, respectively, with revision for any reason as the end-point.

Discussion: Excellent results for the Charnley hip are possible using the posterior approach and surgeons of varying experience. The results presented compare favourably with the published data and confirm that the Charnley remains the gold-standard for longevity in hip arthroplasty. The newer and more costly implants not only need to reproduce these results but also match the cost effectiveness of this prosthesis.


P Chandran P K R Mereddy M Azzabi M Andrews J G Bradley

Aim: To compare the difference in periprosthetic bone density between cemented and uncemented total hip replacement at a minimum follow up of 10 years.

Patients and methods: We looked at a cohort of 17 patients who have had bilateral total hip replacement with cemented Charnley total hip on one side and uncemented Furlong total hip on the other side between 1984 and 1994 (minimum follow up 10 years). Harris and Oxford hip scores were used to determine the function, SF 36 was used to measure quality of life and Dual energy X-Ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scan was used to quantify bone mineral density adjacent to the prosthesis. The results from the DEXA scan for cemented and the uncemented hips were analysed using Paired samples two tailed t-tests. To compare the Harris hip scores, a non-parametric Wilcoxon test was used. Pearson correlations were carried out to examine the relationship between the bone density measures (averaged for each zone) and the quality of life measures.

Results: Bone mineral density was higher on the Furlong side in Gruen Zones 2, 3, 5 and 6 of the proximal femur and DeLee Charnley Zone 1 of the acetabulum. In all other zones there was no statistical difference. Comparison of Harris hip scores and Oxford hip scores showed no statistically significant difference between the two hips (p = 0.108). Age is negatively correlated with bone density in Gruen zones 6 and 7 and acetabular zones 2 and 3.

Conclusion: Bone density is better preserved around the uncemented HAC coated stem compared to the Charnley cemented stem.


S P White M Lee I D Learmonth

Introduction: A composite femoral stem was introduced with a structural stiffness similar to that of the native femur to promote proximal load transfer. This consisted of a cobalt-chromium alloy core surrounded by an injection-moulded layer of polyaryletherketone covered with a porous titanium mesh.

Materials and Method : 31 primary total hip replacement stems were implanted in 26 patients with an average age of 37 years (range 17–57) using the Epoch Stem (Zimmer, Warsaw, IN) as part of a prospective multicentre trial. A cementless Harris-Galante I acetabular component with a 28mm polyethylene insert was used in 28 cases, a Plasma cup (Aesculap) in 1 case and a bipolar head in 2 cases. Annual follow-up using Harris Hip Scores and radiographic evaluation was performed for a mean of 10.1 years.

Results: Harris Hip Scores improved from a mean of 56 points preoperatively to 90 at the time of last follow-up. Radiographs showed no stem migration or loosening. 4 cases with polyethylene wear showed trochanteric osteolysis. Specific radiographic features noted were calcar rounding in 10 cases and improvement in calcar appearance with squaring in 4 cases. Calcar resorption was seen in 1 case associated with polyethylene wear. There have been 9 instances of revision of the head or acetabular component – 3 liner exchanges for polyethylene wear, 3 liner exchanges for dissociation, 1 acetabular component revision for infection and 2 bipolar heads revised to unipolar heads with cementless acetabular component for pain. No stem has required or requires revision.

Discussion: The Epoch stem resulted in an excellent clinical outcome, with evidence of radiographic stability and proximal bone preservation, and no cases of stem revision in a small cohort of young patients at 10-year follow-up. The limitation of reconstruction in this cohort of young patients has been the acetabular component.


S Lewthwaite B Squires G Gie J Timperley J Howell M Hubble R Ling

Introduction & methods: The aim of this study was to determine the medium term survivorship and function of the Exeter Universal Hip Replacement when used in younger patients, a group that is deemed to place high demands on their arthroplasties. Since 1988, The Exeter Hip Research Unit has prospectively gathered data on all patients who have had total hip replacements at the Princess Elizabeth Orthopaedic Hospital. There were 130 Exeter Universal total hip replacements (THR) in 107 patients who were 50 years or younger at the time of surgery and whose surgery was performed at least 10 years before. Mean age at surgery was 42y (range 17y to 50y.) Six patients who had 7 THRs had died leaving 123 THRs for review. Patients were reviewed at an average of 12.5 years (range 10 – 17 years). No patient was lost to follow up. Results: At review, 12 hips had been revised. Of these, 9 were for aseptic loosening of the acetabular component and one cup was revised for focal lysis and pain. One hip was revised for recurrent dislocation. One femoral component required revision in 1 case of infection. Radiographs showed that a further 11(10%) of the remaining acetabular prostheses were loose but that no femoral components were loose. Survivorship of stem and cup from all causes was 92.7%, at an average of 12.5 years. Survivorship of stem only from all causes was 99% and from aseptic loosening was 100%.

Conclusion: The Exeter Universal Stem is shown to perform extremely well in the younger patient. No femoral component became loose and only 9 acetabular components were revised for aseptic loosening


M Ganapathi S Jones P Roberts

Aims: The aims of our study were:

to measure the total metal content in cell saver blood recovered during revision hip arthroplasty,

to evaluate the efficacy of centrifuging and washing the recovered blood in reducing the metal content,

to investigate whether transfusion of the salvaged blood resulted in a significant increase in the metal ion levels in the patients’ blood in the immediate post-operative period.

Materials and methods: We analysed the levels of metallic debris and metal ions in cell saver blood in nine patients undergoing revision hip replacement. Using inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS), the levels were measured for titanium, aluminium, vanadium, chromium, cobalt, nickel and molybdenum. The metal ion levels were analysed using a dilution technique and the total metal content levels (particulate debris and ions) were analysed with a digestion technique.

Results: Significantly higher levels of metal ions and metal debris were found in the pre-processed blood compared with the processed blood (after centrifuging and washing). The ion levels in the processed blood were not high enough to cause a significant increase in the patients’ immediate post-operative blood ion levels when compared with pre-operative levels.

Discussion: There are markedly elevated levels of metal ions and particulate metal debris in the blood salvaged during revision total hip arthroplasty. The processing of the recovered blood in a commercial “cell saver” significantly reduces the total metal load that is re-infused. Re-infusion of salvaged blood does not result in elevated metal ion levels in the immediate post-operative period.


S S Jameson Y Michla P D Henman

Introduction: Limp in a child is a common presentation to the emergency department. Most patients have no serious pathology. However, it is important not to miss specific problems and delay treatment. We therefore established a limping child protocol in conjunction with the emergency department, which was implemented in 2003. We aimed to assess our performance against agreed standards; 100% investigated as per protocol, and 100% admitted or seen in the next fracture clinic.

Methods: We examined all emergency department case notes of children aged less than 14 years old who presented with a lower limb problem over a 1 year period. Patients diagnosed as having soft tissue injuries or fractures were excluded. We were left with 58 patients. Information concerning investigations and disposal from the emergency department was sought from the case notes and the hospital computer system.

Results: Average age was 5.1 years. The protocol was followed correctly in only 21% of cases. 33% were followed-up incorrectly, and 22% received no documented follow-up.

Discussion: There was poor compliance in the emergency department. Incomplete investigations, follow-up and documentation were the main problems. Up to one quarter of serious pathology may have been missed. We attribute these problems to high staff turn over and poor awareness of the protocol. We have introduced changes to improve our performance.


M Kaye K Howells S Skidmore R Warren P Warren C McGeoch P Gregson R Spencer-Jones N Graham J Richardson N Steele S White

Introduction: etiology of late infection after arthroplasty can be difficult to establish. Histology is the gold standard for infection in patients without inflammatory arthritis but diagnosis in inflammatory arthritis depends on culture (Atkins et al). Real-time PCR offers a rapid and direct assessment for staphylococci and enterococci infection but has not been widely assessed.

The aims of this study were

to develop the Roche lightcycler Staphylococcal and Enterococcal PCR kits to facilitate diagnosis of hip and knee prosthetic infections

To analyse results together with bacteriological and histological findings.

Methods: uplicate, multiple tissue samples were taken (with separate sterile instruments) at the 1st stage of revision after informed consent. One set were cultured and results interpreted by the Oxford criteria. The second set were extracted using the Qiagen DNA kit, purified (in-house method) and tested using the Roche lightcycler kits.

Results:53 patients undergoing 2 stage revision for suspected infection were recruited.15 (28.3%) had negative histology and no inflammatory arthritis; 3 with single positive cultures and negative PCR – considered contaminants.

29 patients had non-inflammatory arthritis. 14/18 (77.8%) with positive cultures had staphylococci +/or enterococci isolated and 10 PCR results correlated. The other 11 patients had negative cultures.

9 patients had inflammatory arthritis. Six were culture negative and of the other three, 2 were positive for staphylococci on culture with 1 positive by PCR.

Discussion: Negative staphylococcal PCR correlates with the isolation of staphylococci from only one sample. This agrees with the Oxford criteria that such samples may be considered contaminants. Additional positives detected by staphylococcal PCR alone are rare.

Enterococcal PCR confirmed culture positivity in 2/3 patients. An additional 5 positive PCR’s were obtained from patients’ culture negative for enterococci. It is not clear if these are false positives or more sensitive detection of enterococcal isolation.


S Bhagat H Sharma

Introduction: Pigmented villonodular synovitis is an uncommon, benign, proliferative, neoplastic process of the synovial membrane presumed to be of histiocytic origin and is likely to cause diagnostic dilemma. We present 4 cases with varied presentations in the form of increasing groin pain, inguinal mass, co-existing osteoarthritis which were subsequently confirmed to have PVNS.

Methods and results: Clinical records and imaging modalities of 4 patients with histologically confirmed Pigmented villonodular synovitis of the hip, accrued from Scottish Bone Tumour Registry between 1969 and 2000 were reviewed.

Discussion: PVNS of the hip is an important differential diagnosis when osteoarthritis is associated with atypical clinical picture or lytic lesions. Although it remains confined to the joint, soft tissue masses extending beyond the capsule in to retroperitoneum or anterior and posterior aspects of hip have been reported as shown here. Radiographs in early stages are normal or include a concentric joint space narrowing. MR is an important non-invasive modality for surgical planning and to define the size and extent of the lesion, recurrence, delineating between synovial proliferations and periarticular or intra-abdominal organs. The role of arthroscopy, both diagnostic and therapeutic, is rapidly emerging, although, it has its own limitations. A carefully performed total excision often prevents recurrence as can be seen in this series.


V Manning S C Buckley R M Kerry I Stockley A J Hamer

Aims: Dislocation is one of the commonest complications following total hip arthroplasty. A significant proportion of these patients go on to have recurrent dislocations. Many factors have been identified as contributing to the risk of dislocation but treatment of recurrent dislocation is challenging. The use of semicaptive acetabular components is a potential solution to the problem of recurrent dislocation but there are few studies into the efficacy of these implants.

Methods: Patients who underwent revision of their total hip arthroplasty to a semi-captive socket at the Lower Limb Arthroplasty Unit, Northern General Hospital, Sheffield between 2001 and March 2006 were studied. A proforma was designed and data was obtained from patients’ medical records. The number of dislocations both prior to revision to a semi-captive component and the following revision to a semi-captive acetabular component were recorded including the method of reduction Reasons for revision and the number and reasons for previous revisions were noted.

Results: Average time of follow up was 22 months (range 2 months – 5 years 1 month). Following revision of total hip arthroplasty to a semi-captive component, 78% suffered no further dislocations. Of those patients who went on to redislocate, three went on to have recurrent dislocations and all were reduced by closed reduction. One patient redislocated and underwent a second revision to a semi-captive acetabular component, which was successful and underwent no further dislocations.

Discussion. The results of this study show the use of semicaptive acetabular components in revision surgery for dislocation following total hip arthroplasty to be a highly effective solution to the problem of recurrent dislocation.


VI Roberts J Cunniffe NJ Donnachie

Introduction: Between 1% and 5% of joint prostheses will become infected. The main bacteria involved in prosthetic infections are coagulase negative staphylococci, principally Staphylococcus epidermidis.

The introduction of the laminar flow theatre was responsible for a decrease in wound infection four and a half fold. Further research has found that total body exhaust suits were also responsible for a reduction in infection rate.

These exhaust suits include a toga hood, also supplied sterile and attached to the gown. There is no information from the manufacturers regarding microbial penetration of these hoods. Therefore we have performed an experiment to examine the potential for microbial penetration of these toga hoods, both when wet and dry.

Methods: Confluent lawns of Staphylococcus Epidermidis NCTC 11047 (Fig. 2) were created on two isosensitest agar plates by flood seeding the organism onto the plates, followed by incubation overnight at 37°C.

Both wet and dry toga circles were applied to the previously prepared lawns of Staphylococcus epidermidis NCTC 11047, with the internal surface in contact with the lawn. Swabbings were taken from the external surface of both wet and dry toga circles at regular intervals. The timing of the swabbings were: 1 min, 5 mins, 20 mins, and 60 mins. The swabs were then used to inoculate blood agar plates, which were incubated overnight at 37°C, after which they were examined for growth of Staphylococcus epidermidis.

Discussion: The results are conclusive: there is bacterial transmission from one side of the toga hood to the other. Therefore it is possible to transmit bacteria from the surgeon’s face across the toga material and into the operative field.


S S Jameson V Tripurneni S Collin S Alshryda A V F Nargol

Introduction: The return of haemoglobin (Hb) to preoperative levels at 1–6 months following elective lower limb joint arthroplasty is well documented. Previous reports have suggested in healthy, elective patients there is no significant improvement in Hb levels following iron supplementation compared with placebo. There may also be unpleasant side effects. However, there is little published on this topic in the elderly population who suffer a femoral neck fracture and undergo emergency surgery, and often have poorer iron reserves.

Methods: We examined the blood results and discharge prescriptions of consecutive patients who underwent femoral neck fracture surgery at our institute in a 12 month period. Patients who had received a blood transfusion were excluded. 82 patients remained. Normal Hb levels at the time of surgery and 1–6 months post-operatively (late Hb) were collected.

Results: Thirteen patients (16%) were prescribed iron supplementation on discharge. No patients who went on to receive iron had a normal Hb (11.5 – 15.5g/dL in females, 13– 8g/dL in males) immediately following surgery (mean Hb 9.17g/dL) compared with 26% (mean Hb 10.41g/dL) in those who received no iron. At 115.2 days (range 28–284) following surgery 88.9% of patients prescribed iron had a normal Hb compared with only 48.1% of those who received no treatment (P=0.0167).

Discussion: The low level of iron prescribing was surprising, and may be the result of published evidence in elective patients. Our numbers are small, but we show a statistically significant difference which warrants further investigation. We suggest that, unlike the younger, healthier elective arthroplasty patients, femoral neck fracture patients may benefit from dietary iron supplement.


S M Hussain D F Finlayson

The long term survival of well-cemented, polished tapered stems is now proven. In spite of this, doubts remain about the phenomenon of subsidence which is essential to the mechanical integrity of these devices yet anathema to those surgeons who favour collared stems. Believing that the quality of cementing is more important than stem geometry, this study looked at the subsidence of 880 polished tapered stems [Corin, Taperfit} all implanted through an antero-lateral approach with a consistent cementing technique. In addition, for this implant, a new stem introducer was used to ensure accurate placement within the cement mantle.

Four sizes of stem were available and were used in the following numbers: size 1 [345], size 2 [381], size 3 [117] and size 4 [37]. Most subsidence occurs in the first year after surgery. These patients were all assessed with a minimum of one year. There was no difference in the rates of subsidence between these stem sizes. There were 14 revisions. Ten were for aseptic cup loosening and 4 for infection. There were no stem failures due to loosening.

Although all manufacturers producing such stems market a variety of sizes none emphasise that the stem geometry varies considerably from the smallest to the largest. Indeed, the variation within individual ranges is greater than the variation between sizes from different manufacturers.

The results obtained strongly support the thesis that it is the interaction between the cement and the stem which is important and that with a tapered polished stem the quality of cement technique is the least forgiving part of the operation


V Kumar R Malhotra S Bhan

Background: Joint replacements are being performed on ever younger patients at a time when average expectancy of life is continuing to rise. Any reduction in the strength and mass of periprosthetic bone could threaten the longevity of implant by predisposing to loosening and migration of prosthesis, periprosthetic fracture and problems in revision arthroplasty.

Aims & Objectives: This study aims to analyse the femoral periprosthetic stress-shielding following unilateral cementless total hip replacement using DEXA scan by quantifying the changes in bone mineral density around femoral component over a period of one year and identify the factors influencing the bone loss.

Material & Method: Femoral periprosthetic bone mineral density was measured in the seven Gruen Zones with DEXA scan at 2 weeks, 3 months and 1 year after surgery in 20 patients who had undergone unilateral cementless total hip replacement, of which 10 patients had been implanted with 4/5th porous coated CoCr stems and other 10 patients with 1/3rd porous coated titanium alloy stems.

Results: At both 3 months and one year postoperatively, bone loss due to stress-shielding was seen in both stems with maximum loss in zone VII and minimum in zone III, IV, V. The maximum mean percentage bone mineral density loss in 4/5th porous coated CoCr stems in zone VII was 16.03% at 3 month and 22.42% at 1 year as compared to loss of 10.07% and 16.01% in 1/3rd porous coated Ti alloy stems. Increased bone loss was seen in patients who had larger diameter stem (> 13.0 mm) and in patients with low bone mineral density in the unoperated hip.

Conclusion: Bone loss as a result of stress-shielding is more pronounced in 4/5th porous coated CoCr stems as compared to 1/3rd porous coated titanium alloy stems.


B A Rogers A Cowie C Alcock J W Rosson

Introduction: The correction of anaemia prior to total hip arthroplasty reduces surgical risk, hospital stay and cost. This study considers the benefits of implementing a protocol of identifying and treating pre-operative anaemia whilst the patient is on the waiting list for surgery.

Methods: From a prospective series of 322 patients undergoing elective total hip arthroplasty (THA), patients identified as anaemic (Hb< 12 g/dl) when initially placed upon the waiting list were appropriately investigated and treated. Pre- and post-operative haemoglobin (Hb), need for transfusion, and length of hospital stay were collated for the entire patient cohort.

Result: 8.8% of patients were anaemic when initially placed upon the waiting list for THA and had a higher transfusion rate (23% to 3%, p< 0.05) and longer hospital stay (7.5 to 6.6 days, p< 0.05). Over 40% of these patients responded to investigation and treatment whilst on the waiting list, showing a significant improvement in Hb level (10.1 to 12.7 g /dl) and improved transfusion rate.

Discussion: Quantifying the haemoglobin level of patients when initially placed on the waiting list helps highlight those at risk of requiring a post-operative blood transfusion. Further, the early identification of anaemia allows for the utilization of the waiting list time to investigate and treat these patients. For patients who respond to treatment there is a significant reduction in the need for blood transfusion with its inherent hazards.


J Foote K Panchoo P Blair G Bannister

We examined the effect of age, gender, body mass index (BMI), medical co-morbidity as represented by the American Society of Anaesthesiologists (ASA) grade, social deprivation, nursing practice, surgical approach, length of incision, type of prosthesis and duration of surgery on length of stay after primary total hip arthroplasty (THA).

Data was collected on 675 consecutive patients in a regional orthopaedic centre in South West England. The length of stay varied from 2 to 196 days and was heavily skewed. Data were therefore analysed by non parametric methods.

To permit comparison of short with protracted length of stay, data were arbitrarily reduced to 2 groups comprising 2 to 14 days for short stays and 15 to 196 for long. These data were analysed by Chi-squared and Fisher’s exact test in univariate and by Logistic regression for multivariate analysis

The mean length of stay was 11.4 days, an over-estimate compared to the median length of stay of 8 days which more correctly reflects the skewed nature of the distribution. 81.5% of patients left hospital within 2 weeks, 13.6% within 2 and 4 and 4.9% after 4.

On univariate analysis age above 80 years, age between 70 and 79 years, Body Mass Index > 35, ASA grades 3 and 4, transgluteal approaches, long incisions, cemented cups and prolonged operations were associated with longer stays.

On multivariate analysis, age above 80, age between 70 and 80, ASA grades 3 and 4, prolonged operations and long incisions were highly significantly associated with hospital stay of over 2 weeks.

This is the first study to record all the published variables associated with length of stay prospectively and to subject the data to multivariate analysis. Prolonged stay after THA is pre-determined by case mix but slick surgery through limited incisions may reduce the length of admission.


N N Shah M Wijeratna M Bistiadou M J F Fordyce P W Skinner

Introduction: The hip resurfacing in younger patients is being performed more frequently in the UK. At the same time conventional Total Hip Replacement (THR) is also being performed.. We carried out a study to compare the patient satisfaction and outcome following Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR) and Total Hip Replacement (THR) in patients below the age of 55 years.

Methods: There were 93 BHR in 73 patients and 74 THR in 64 patients performed between February 1997 to June 2005.. Retrospective evaluation of notes and complications were identified. We carried out our study using Oxford Hip score and Modified WOMAC questionnaire by postal and telephonic survey.

Results: We found that mean length of stay was 4.5 days for BHR and 6.4 days for THR patients. (P< 0.0001) The dislocation rate was 0% for BHR as oppose to 4% for THR. (P< 0.05) The mean Oxford Hip score improved from pre-operative 43 to 14 for BHR as oppose to 48 to 22 for THR patients. The mean modified WOMAC score improved from 21 to 8.4 for BHR as oppose to 25 pre-operative score to 12 for THR. We also found early and sustained improvement in these scores for BHR as compare to THR during their follow-up within 6 months to 8 years. The improvement in pain score was 100% following BHR as opposed to 84% for THR. Following BHR 70% patients were very active or active as oppose to only 30% of THR patients. Return to the work and sporting activities following BHR was at a mean of 9 weeks as oppose to 14 weeks following THR. (P < 0.05) The level of satisfaction was 98% following BHR as oppose to 84% following THR. (P=0.356).


R D Ramiah A M Ashmore E Whitley G C Bannister

We determined the 10 year life expectancy of 5,831 patients who had undergone 6,653 elective primary total hip replacements (THR) at a regional orthopaedic centre between April 1993 and October 2004. Using Hospital, General Practitioner (GP) and the local health authority’s records, we determined dates of deaths for all those who had undergone surgery during this period.

The mean age at operation was 73 (13–96) with a male to female ratio of 2:3. Of those with 10 year follow up 29.5% had died a mean of 5.6 (0–11.1) years after surgery. Using Kaplan Meier curves, 10-year survivorship was 89% in patients under 65 years at surgery, 75% in patients aged between 65 – 74 years and 51% in patients over 75.

The standardised mortality rates (SMR) were significantly higher than expected for patients under 45 years, 20% higher for those between 45 and 64 years and progressively less than expected for patients aged 65 and over.

The survivorship of cemented hip arthroplasties (derived from the Swedish Arthroplasty Register 2004) exceeds patients’ life expectancy in those over the age of 60 in our area suggesting that this is the procedure of choice in this population.


V Khanduja R N Villar

Aim: The aim of this study was to determine if a correlation exists between the impingement test and the arthroscopic findings at the acetabular rim in non-dysplastic hips. Secondarily, we also wanted to establish if there was a correlation between the pain experienced on the impingement test and the pathology identified.

Patients and Methods: Sixty-two consecutive patients who were due to have an arthroscopy of the hip in our unit were prospectively recruited into the study. All the dysplastic hips were excluded from the study. One observer was involved in examining all the patients and another one in performing all the arthroscopies. The impingement test was considered positive if at 90 degrees of flexion, adduction and internal rotation, the patient complained of discomfort or pain. If the patient experienced pain this was described as a strongly positive test and if there was discomfort experienced it was considered as a weakly positive test. The test was performed on the morning of the arthroscopy and all the intra-articular findings recorded at arthroscopy. A tear of the acetabular labrum and chondral damage in the antero-superior margin of the acetabulum were considered as positive pathology at the acetabular rim.

Results : There were 40 males and 22 females in the study group. The impingement test was positive in 57 patients, strongly positive in 42 and weakly positive in 15. The arthroscopy revealed positive pathology in terms of an acetabular labrum tear and/or chondral damage at the acetabular rim in 55 patients. A negative test was recorded in 5 patients but there was positive rim pathology in two of these 5 patients.

Conclusion: The impingement test correlates positively with the pathology at the acetabular rim; the sensitivity of the test for diagnosing acetabular rim pathology is 96.4 % and the specificity is only 60 % in non-dysplastic hips. However, we did not identify any correlation between the level of pain and the pathology observed.


P Inaparthy

Introduction: Various surgical approaches have been described for the hip joint but the optimal surgical approach for total hip replacement remains controversial. The lateral approach & the posterior approach are the most commonly used approaches.

Various scoring systems are in use to assess the outcome of total hip replacement. Since its introduction in 1996, Oxford hip score (OHS) has been validated in several studies. Total hip replacement has been shown to improve the OHS in several studies but we could not find any studies on effect of the surgical approach on OHS.

Aim: To find out the affect of surgical approach on oxford hip score.

Methods: Exeter Primary Outcomes Study was a prospective non-randomised multicentre study involving six centres across the UK. Ethical committee approval was taken and the study was conducted over a period of five years. 1610 patients were included in the study. All the patients underwent primary hip replacement with Exeter stem and were followed up in the clinics for pre-operative assessment and then at three months, year one, year two and year five post-operatively. Oxford hip score was noted at pre-operative assessment and postoperatively at three months, year one, two, three, four and five, either in the clinics or by post. All data was analysed in conjunction with a statistician using SPSS.

Results: We had 1587 patients with regular follow-up. Lateral approach was the most common surgical approach (n=1143) compared to posterior approach (n=436). Sex ratio for each surgical approach was comparable. Oxford hip scores significantly improved postoperatively (P < 0.05) up to four years, with both the surgical approaches. The posterior approach gave a better improvement in OHS compared to the lateral approach for all the four years. The absolute oxford hip scores improved significantly with the posterior approach for the first 12 months post-operatively.

Conclusion: Posterior approach gives greater patient perceived clinical benefit in the first year after surgery which could help in early rehabilitation compared to lateral approach. This should be considered when assessing the best approach for the patients.


S Gujral K Patel R Mohan

Introduction: It is commonly believed that there is deterioration of one grade of mobility with fracture neck of femur in elderly population. Several studies have been published in literature regarding outcome after operative management of fractures of proximal femur, but none of these focus on deterioration of mobility or its grades after the surgery.

Methods: A prospective pilot study of 50 consecutive patients with fracture neck of femur, who presented to the department were included in the study. Mobility and mortality was assessed at 6weeks and I year post operatively. We used a grading system of mobility with grades from I – VI, where grade I means fully independently mobile and grade VI stands for a bed ridden patient.

Results: Results showed that deterioration of mobility grade was much worse then conventionally thought. Out of 20 patients who were independently mobile without any aid preoperatively, only 5 patients were capable of walking with a stick. The overall mortality at 1 year post-op. was 40%. Patient’s age, residential status, MMS, ASA grade, preoperative mobility and mobility at 6weeks showed good prediction of post operative mortality in these patients.

Conclusion: Contrary to common belief much severe mobility deterioration was seen in patients following fracture neck of femur in elderly patients. Thus, deterioration of mobility becomes a very important factor to be considered in planning the management of these patients.


M T O’Flaherty N W Thompson P K Ellis R J Barr

Introduction: Fractures of the femoral neck are common in elderly patients. Malignancy increases in incidence with increasing age. Therefore, it is inevitable that a proportion of patients with a history of malignancy will suffer a fracture of the femoral neck.

Our aim was to quantify the proportion of patients admitted with a femoral neck fracture and a co-existent history of malignancy, and determine if full-length femoral radiographs are beneficial in preoperative screening of distal metastatic disease.

Methods: 133 patients (47 males, 86 females) were admitted with a femoral neck fracture and co-existent history of malignant disease from January 2004 to 2006. The mean age was 80.1 years (range, 30–96 years). In 114 cases the fracture was traumatic in origin. In 19 cases the fracture was pathological, presenting most commonly with increasing pain.

Primary malignancies included breast (34.6%), large bowel(21.8%), prostatic (18.0%) and bronchogenic carcinomas (6.8%).

There were 73 extracapsular fractures and 60 intracapsular fractures. For the intracapsular fractures 49 cases were treated with hemiarthroplasty, 4 cases by total hip arthroplasty and 7 cases using cannulated screws. For the extracapsular fractures, 59 cases were stabilized using a DHS and 14 cases were managed by intramedullary nailing.

Results: A consultant radiologist reviewed all 133 full-length femoral radiographs (AP and lateral). No patients had evidence of distal pathology visible. No patients were re-admitted with a secondary fracture relating to the development of disease in the distal femur.

Conclusion: Femoral neck fractures do occur in patients with a co-existent history of malignancy. Full-length femoral radiographs of the femur are of no additional benefit for preoperative planning. These patients can be managed similarly to other patients presenting with a femoral neck fracture..


W Jamil M Allami M Al Maiyah B Varghese P V Giannoudis

Introduction: A single hip screw is the recommended method of fixation for slipped upper femoral epiphysis (SUFE). Current practice favours the placement of the screw in the centre of the femoral head on both anteroposterior and lateral planes to avoid the risks of chondrolysis and avascular necrosis (AVN).

Aims: To investigate the correlation between different positions of the screw in the femoral head and the prevalence of AVN, chondrolysis, late slippage, and the time to epiphyseal closure.

Methods: The clinical notes and radiographs of 38 consecutive patients (61 hips), who underwent single screw fixation for SUFE, were evaluated retrospectively with a mean follow up of 36 months. Two way ANOVA and post hoc test was performed to analyse the correlation between the different variables and the outcome, at 5% significance level.

Results: There were 16 acute slips, 18 chronic slips and 10 acute on chronic slips. 17 slips were treated prophylactically. Mild slip was encountered in 39 hips, moderate in 4 and severe in 1 hip. Central-Central position was only achieved in 51% of cases. The most significant results of the study were as follows. I: No significant difference between the time to epiphyseal closure and the position of the screw. II. No late slippage or chondrolysis was observed in our series.

Conclusion: Our results showed that the position of the screw, other than in the centre of the femoral head, has the ability to provide physeal stability and has no correlation with the timing to closure of the epiphysis and the risk of avascular necrosis or chondrolysis. We therefore recommend that other positions be considered if the “optimal central-central position” is not initially achieved specifically for the treatment of mild SUFE as the potential hazards from several attempts to achieve the optimum position outweigh the benefits.


W Y Kim YX Hu K Duan R Wang D S Garbuz B A Masri C P Duncan

Introduction: Achieving durable implant–host bone fixation is the major challenge in uncemented revision hip arthroplasty when significant bone stock deficiencies are encountered. The purpose of this study was 1) to develop an experimental model which would simulate the clinical revision hip scenario and 2) determine the effects of alendronate coating on porous tantalum on gap filling and bone ingrowth in the experimental model.

Methods: Thirty-six porous tantalum plugs were implanted into the distal femur, bilaterally of 18 rabbits for four weeks. There were 3 groups of plugs inserted; control groups of porous tantalum plugs (Ta) with no coating, a 2nd control group of porous tantalum plugs with micro-porous calcium phosphate coating, (Ta-CaP) and porous tantalum plugs coated with alendronate (Ta-CaP-ALN). Subcutaneous fluorochrome labelling was used to track new bone formation. Bone formation was analysed by backscattered electron microscopy and fluorescence microscopy on undecalcified histological sections.

Results: The relative increase in mean volume of gap filling, bone ingrowth and total bone formation was 124 %, 232 % and 170 % respectively in Ta-CaP-ALN compared with the uncoated porous tantalum (Ta) controls, which was statistically significant. The contact length of new bone formation on porous tantalum implants in Ta-CaP-ALN was increased by 700% (8-fold) on average compared with the uncoated porous tantalum (Ta) controls.

Discussion: Alendronate coated porous tantalum significantly modulated implant bioactivity compared with controls. This study has demonstrated the significant enhancement of bone-implant gap filling and bone ingrowth, which can be achieved by coating porous tantalum with alendronate. It is proposed that, when faced with the clinical problem of revision joint replacement in the face of bone loss, the addition of alendronate as a surface coating would enhance biological fixation of the implant and promote the healing of bone defects.


K J Barlas Q S Ajmi F R Howell T K Bagga J A Roberts M Eltayeb

Introduction: We studied the possible causes of intraoperative metaphyseal fractures in elderly patients with displaced intracapsular fracture neck of femur treated with an HAC coated bipolar hemiarthroplasty and their effect on patient morbidity.

Methods: 326 patients with 337 displaced intracapsular fractures admitted from November, 2001, to November, 2005 were included. They underwent Furlong bipolar hemiarthroplasty marketed by Joint Replacement Instrumentation Ltd (JRI). The operations were performed by employing a similar technique and anterolateral approach. Postoperative management was same.

Results: Thirty five (10.25%) patients sustained an intraoperative metaphyseal fracture. We found a strong correlation between the incidences of metaphyseal fracture and stem size. Size 9 stem was used in 80 patients without any fracture. Stem size 10 was used in 159 patients and was associated with metaphyseal fractures in 14 patients (8.80%); size 12 stem was used in 98 patients with 21 metaphyseal fractures (21.42%). Vancouver type AL fractures were 26 and 9 type AG. The fracture was found to be unstable and fixation was undertaken in 7 patients. The mean hospital stay for the patients without metaphyseal fracture was 24 days (range 2–83) in comparison to 30 days (range 17–96) for patients with fractures.

Thirty one patients presented from 3–18 months after operation with hip related problems, 17 had thigh pain, 10 periprosthetic fractures but 8 of these 27 had history of intra-operative metaphyseal fractures. Four patients had revision surgery, one each for acetabular erosion and sinking of prosthesis due to old metaphyseal fracture, two had Girdlestone arthroplasty due to deep wound infection.

Conclusion: We conclude that a size 12 stem was associated with high complications rate because there is a big jump for the elderly patients from size 10 to 12 due to the non-availability of size 11 stem in this system. We observed the effect on patient morbidity due to metaphyseal fractures.


J N O’Hara

The Author presents results 2–4 years following treatment of seven patients with complicated hip impingements with this new combination of operations.

Seven patients, aged 15–35yrs were treated by contemporaneous surgical dislocation and debridement of the hip with contemporaneous corrective subtrochanteric femoral osteotomy.. The dislocation and dedridement were performed in the usual way, but the seating chisel for a 95deg blade plate was introduced(to correct varus/valgus) before the trochanter was osteotomised. After debridement, the blade plate was used to transfix the trochanter in position. A separate subtrochanteric osteotomy was then performed at the upper end of the gluteus maximus insertion to provide correction of version and/or valgus/varus where indicated. The plate was removed six to twelve months later.

There were no perioperative complications. Weight-bearing was restricted until bone healing was complete [8–13wks]. Thereafter patients mobilised normally.. At review, all patients were pleased with the outcome. Pre-operative HHS was 62–70: at review it was 90– 96. There were no complications in the medium-term. All patients experienced an improvement in range of movement and exercise tolerance. Avascular necrosis has not occurred overtly and the six patients who had post-operative MRI scans showed no evidence of it.

This new combination of established operations combines the joint conserving benefits of debridement with realignment of the femur in patients with complicated impingements of the hip. The report is preliminary, but the combination of operations appears to be safe in terms of the absence of AVN and effective in its relief of symptoms.


M Hossain A K Sinha C Barwick J Andrew

Introduction: The possibility of occult hip fracture in older patients after a fall is a common problem. The value of various clinical signs to determine which patients require further investigation has not been reported.

Methodology: MRI register was hand searched to identify all patients who had MRI scan between July 2000–June 2006 for suspected occult hip fracture. 64 patients were identified. 33 patients had occult proximal femoral fractures. 27 patients had no fracture.

Results: More patients with fracture were living in their own home (20/26), were independent for daily living (20/26) and were not independently mobile(19/26) compared to patients without a fracture (14/22, 11/22 and 6/22 respectively). 7 patients with fracture and 2 patients without fracture were able to weight bear. 13 patients with fracture and 10 patients without fracture had unrestricted straight leg raise ability. 7 patients with fracture and 16 patients without fracture had no pain on axial loading. The value of individual tests was evaluated using Fisher exact and chi square analysis; with Bonferroni correction for multiple comparisons (10 tests) p< 0.005 was deemed significant. Pain on axial loading of the limb and pre-fracture patient mobility were both associated with the presence of a fracture (p< 0.005).

Discussion: These data indicate that although patients who were independently mobile before the fall and who do not have pain on axial compression of the limb are less likely to have a fracture, these signs alone or in combination will not exclude a fracture. Other widely used signs (eg ability to straight leg raise) appear of little predictive value. On the basis of our data, we believe it is essential to have a policy of MRI scanning of patients with severe hip pain but normal x rays after a fall as it does not seem possible to clinically exclude a fracture.


H Al-Khateeb

Introduction: As a result of the rapid increase in the number of hip resurfacing procedures performed, previously recognized complications have begun to recur; including, femoral neck fracture and heterotopic ossification. Hip resurfacing entails reaming of the femoral head to the appropriate size and significant bone debris produced, usually dispersed in the soft tissues. We advocate the use of a novel technique whereby the bone debris produced is collected and removed effectively without soft tissue spillage and ultimately reducing the incidence of heterotopic ossification.

Materials and Methods: A 60-ml. plastic ‘galli pot’ is prepared by cutting the floor of the container, leaving behind a rim for collecting the bone debris. The container is placed over the femoral head and across the femoral neck. The femoral reamer is applied onto the femoral head with the container in-situ and reaming commenced. The bone debris produced is collected in the container, which is removed after completing the reaming process.

Results: This technique was used effectively on patients undergoing hip resurfacing procedures using the Cormet hip (Corin Medical, Cirencester, UK) and the Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (Midland Medical Technologies, Birmingham, UK). The technique proved successful in collecting the bone debris produced and reducing bone debris in surrounding soft tissues

Discussion: Heterotopic ossification (HO) post hip arthroplasty is a relatively common phenomenon with clinical significance in approximately 5% of all cases. Moderate to severe HO, can negate the benefits of replacement surgery and reducing bone debris has been shown to reduce the incidence of HO and a more favorable outcome. We propose this technique as a method to reduce bone debris spillage in surrounding tissues whilst performing hip resurfacing procedures


M Hossain A K Sinha Ysbyty Gwynedd

Introduction: Pre-operative templating helps the operating surgeon to accurately choose optimal implant size. In the past analog images have been templated with the help of acetate templates. With the introduction of Picture Archive and Communications Systems (PACS) digital software is now available. We would like to present preliminary results of an ongoing prospective study investigating the accuracy of digital templating compared to actual implant size in primary hip arthroplasty.

Methodology: The senior author pre-operatively templated implant size using the TraumaCad (Orthocrat limited, Israel). Images were saved and displayed using the web based PACS system RADIN (RADIN 3.2, SoHard AG, Germany). All patients undergoing primary hip replacement surgery were included in the study. Patients with significant collpase of the acetabulum or femoral head needing additional reconstruction were excluded. Hips were templated using radiographs calibrated against a spherical metal ball. For each hip, an AP pelvis view was used. Acetabular implants used were either Trident PSL or Exeter contemporary cup (Stryker). Femoral stem was Exeter (Stryker). Predicted implant sizes were documented. Operation was performed by the senior author or under his supervision using the posterior approach. Postoperatively, the predicted implant size was compared to the implanted components.

Results: 18 consecutive primary total hip arthroplasties were templated. The differences between digital and actual sizes were plotted against their mean in Bland- Altman plot. The 95% confidence interval of the differences between digital and actual sizes were ± 4mm (±2 sizes) for acetabluar cup, ±1 mm (± ½ size) for femoral stem and ± 6mm (±1 size) for offset. All postoperative films showed good fit of components and there were no intraoperative or postoperative fractures.

Discussion: Our data indicate that digital templating is reliable in predicting actual implant sizes for total hip arthroplasty. We hope to present a larger series in the meeting.


C P Lewis H J Clarke C M Hobbs

Introduction: Intra-articular injection of steroid to the hip prior to joint arthroplasty has been suggested in some studies to carry a risk of infection up to 30% and subsequent revision surgery required in up to 12.5%.

Methods: We undertook a review of all intra-articular hip injections performed at the Queen Alexandra Hospital, Portsmouth and the Royal Haslar Hospital, Ports-mouth between January 2000 and April 2006. Hospital notes including operation notes, anaesthetic preoperative assessments and clinic letters were used to collect the following data. Name, age, sex, and premorbid conditions in particular diabetes, medication, date of injection, substance injected, date of arthroplasty and post operative complications.

Results: 370 intra-articular hip injections were performed of which 55 subsequently had total hip arthroplasty. 1 required washout post operatively but components remained and to date have not required revision. 1 required excision arthroplasty to eradicate deep infection and is still awaiting revision arthroplasty. This shows an infection risk of 3.6% and revision rate of 1.8%.

Discussion: Our review does not show a high rate of infection following intra-articular injection. We conclude that the therapeutic and diagnostic benefits of intra-articular injection may be considered prior to total joint arthroplasty without the increased risk of subsequent infection


K J Barlas Q S Ajmi T K Bagga J A Roberts M Eltayeb F R Howell

Introduction:- We reviewed 69 patients with subcapital fracture neck of femur treated with two hole plate DHS and parallel de-rotation screw into the cranial part of the femoral head between January 2000 to January 2005.

Methods:- Patients were selected for fixation by having Garden 1 to 4 fractures, being younger, more active and mobile. Reduction was classified as “good” when residual angulation in the lateral projection was less than 15 degrees, no varus angulation and good alignment in the calcar area. Screw position was considered “good” when there was less than 10 degrees deviation in the direction of screws, screw threads not bridging the fracture site, screw tips less than 5mm from subchondral bone and no signs of intra-articular penetration. The fracture was considered healed when bridging of trabecular bone was present. Patients were reviewed until they were pain free at rest or on walking and had radiological healing of fracture.

Results:- 13 had Garden 3 & 4, 46 had Garden 1 & 2 and 10 had impacted fractures. Sixty eight patients had operation within 24 hours in the next available trauma list. Average age at operation was 70 years (range 21– 89) and hospitals stay 13 days (range 2–52). Good reduction was achieved in 61 patients, 54 of these had good screw position, 8 patients (11%) had combination of poor reduction and poor screw position; five of them had loss of fixation within 6 to 12 weeks postoperatively, one each had segmental collapse and avascular necrosis between 12 to 24 months of operation.

Conclusion:- Their was no re-displacement, non-union, avascular necrosis or segmental collapse when fractures were well reduced and had good screw position. Two hole plate DHS and a parallel de-rotation screw has high rate of fracture union. We recommend its use for treatment of subcapital femoral neck fractures.


K Dehne C W McBryde P B Pynsent A M Pearson R B C Treacy

Introduction: Patients suitable for hip resurfacing are often young, active, in employment and have bilateral disease. One-stage bilateral total hip replacement has been demonstrated to be as safe as a two-stage procedure and more cost effective. The aim of this study was to compare the results of one-stage with two stage bilateral hip resurfacing.

Methods: Between July 1994 and August 2006 a consecutive series of 93 patients underwent bilateral hip resurfacing within a year. 34 patients in the one-stage group. 44 patients in the two-stage group. The age, gender, diagnosis, ASA grade, total operative time, blood transfusion requirements, medical and surgical complications, length of stay, revision and costs were recorded.

Results: There were no significant differences in age, gender, and ASA grade between the two groups. There were 4 minor complications in the one stage group and 5 in the two-stage group. All complications were of a short-term nature. There was no significant difference in the blood transfusion requirements. There was a significantly longer total mean hospital stay of 5 days (95% c.i. 4.0–6.9) for the two-stage group. No patients had undergone a revision. The hospital received a mean of £6338 per patient for the one-stage group and a mean of £9726 per patient for the two-stage group. However, this included a longer total hospital stay, two anaesthetics and on average two extra out-patient appointments.

Conclusions: This study demonstrates no detrimental effects when performing a one-stage bilateral hip resurfacing in comparison to a two-stage procedure. The advantages of the one-stage procedure are that total hospital stay is reduced by a mean of 5 days and the cost is reduced by a mean of £3388 per patient, a 35% reduction of the cost of a two-stage procedure. These benefits do not appear to come at the cost of increase complications.


H Al-Khateeb A Meir G C Singer

Introduction: Lateral insufficiency fractures following total hip replacements have been reported with the femoral stems positioned in varus, together with osteopenia of the lateral femoral cortex. Any abnormal alignment of the lower limbs, such as genu valgum, will alter the load distribution across the femoral cortices, and repetitive loading during walking will predispose the bones to stress fractures at any stress riser point, such as the tip of a femoral component. Bilateral femoral stress fractures post total hip replacements have not been previously described

Materials and Methods: We present a 55 yr old lady, diagnosed with juvenile idiopathic arthritis aged 5 years, and had undergone bilateral total hip replacements at the age of 29 and 30 years and bilateral knee replacements aged 37 and 42 years. The right hip required revision of the cup 15 years later. The knees were in valgus and the left knee was extremely stiff flexing to just 5 degrees. She presented to us as an emergency with bilateral thigh pain with plain radiographs confirming bilateral peri-prosthetic fractures of the femur at the tip of well fixed femoral components. There had been no history of injury and her hips were functioning well up to this time.

Results: The patient required revision of both hips to long stem un-cemented components, bypassing the fractures, and revision of both knees to stemed seni-constrained implants, thereby correcting the alignment of both lower limbs.

Both fractures healed and the patient is currently pain free and mobile with walking aids.

Discussion: Surgeons must remain aware that when implants are in situ, abnormal alignments will lead to abnormal forces, and stress fractures are likely to occur at any stress riser around the implant. Avoiding mal-alignment will avoid this complication.

Bilateral peri-prosthetic stress fractures following total hip replacements have not been previously reported.


H Davies R F Spencer J Foote

Introduction: Restoration of hip biomechanics is an important part of successful total hip replacement. Preoperative templating acts as a guide to selection of size and positioning of prostheses to enable this. We aimed to Establish how closely natural femoral offset could be reproduced using the manufacturers templates for 10 femoral stems in common use in the U.K.

Method: The10 most frequently used femoral components from the U.K. national joint registry (cemented and un-cemented) were identified. Sets of templates for these designs were used to template a series of 47 consecutive pre-operative radiographs from patients who had undergone unilateral total hip replacement for unilateral osteoarthritis of the hip. The non-operated on side of the pelvic radiographs were templated using the 10 sets of templates according to the technique of Schmalzreid. This demonstrated how much the offset of the hip would be changed if that prosthesis were selected and implanted in the templated position. 3 different surgeons performed the complete process. The standard deviation of change in offset between the templated centre of rotation and the normal centre of rotation of the set of radiographs for each prosthesis was then calculated allowing us to rank the templates and hence implants according to their ability to reproduce the normal anatomical offset.

Results: The most accurate template was the CPS with a Root Mean Square Error of 2.0mm followed in rank order by: C stem 2.16, CPT 2.40, Exeter 3.23, Stanmore 3.28, Charnley 3.65, Corail 3.72, ABG II 4.30, Furlong HAC 5.08, Furlong modular 7.14.

Discussion: There is fairly wide variation in the ability of the femoral prosthesis templates to reproduce normal femoral offset in a series of standard pre-operative hip radiographs. The more modern polished tapered stems with high modularity were best able to reproduce femoral offset. There is however no correlation between the prostheses ability to restore offset and clinical results. Some of the older less modular stems, which were unable to get close to normal offset, have some of the best longterm clinical results. With the increasing digitalisation of radiographs a change in the method of templating is required. This may allow manufactures to re-examine their templates and improve the accuracy of this process.


S J Hoskinson P A Mitchell F Kashif A Shetty

Introduction: Cementless acetabular components have been associated with a higher rate of pelvic osteolysis compared to cemented components. Modular locking mechanisms and wear against screw heads and holes have been implicated in the production of polyethylene particles. Pressure waves and particle access to the pelvis are facilitated by screw holes. The patients in this study had a cementless, modular cup with screw fixation but not in all holes. Therefore factors thought to contribute to osteolysis were present.

Methods: 178 consecutive patients (198 hips) underwent primary THA using the EPF cementless cup (Plus Orthopaedics AG, Switzerland). 30 patients (31 hips) had died, 5 hips were revised, 8 were lost to follow up and 9 were unable to attend for radiographs. 126 patients (145 hips) were followed up clinically (Harris Hip Score) and radiographically. Mean follow up was 8.0 years (6.3–9.4). AP, lateral and Judet view radiographs were analysed for osteolysis. Polyethylene wear rates were determined using a validated 2D method (Martell).

Results: The mean HHS was 89.0 (44.4–99.9). Osteolysis was seen in 19 hips (13.1%). In only 6 hips (4.1%) osteolysis was evident on the AP radiograph. In 13 hips (9.0%) osteolysis was only seen on lateral or Judet view radiographs. No cups were considered to be loose. Mean linear polyethylene wear rate was 0.10 +/− 0.06 mm/yr. Mean volumetric polyethylene wear rate was 43.2 +/− 28.2 mm3/yr. There was no significant difference between wear rates in hips with osteolysis compared to no osteolysis. Only 1 revision was for aseptic loosening.

Discussion: The EPF cup produced good clinical results, and appeared radiologically stable at 8 years. Wear rates are similar to other studies of cementless cups. The osteolysis rate is low given this “worst case scenario” especially considering the increased likelihood of detecting osteolysis with multiple radiographic views.


S Batra A McMurtrie Meenakshi B Banskota A K Sinha

Introduction: Rapidly destructive arthrosis of the hip (RDHD) is a rare and incompletely understood disorder with scarce literature about variations in natural history within a population. A series of cases from North Wales with rapid progressive joint destruction and extensive subchondral bone loss in the femoral head and acetabulum are presented.

Methods: A retrospective review of patients with a clinical profile and serial radiographs suggestive of a rapidly progressive hip disease was undertaken. This revealed 15 patients who met our criteria for RDHD. A retrospective analysis of clinical and radiographic records was performed. Radiographic findings mimicked those of other disorders such as septic arthritis, rheumatoid and seronegative arthritis, primary osteonecrosis with secondary osteoarthritis, or neuropathic osteoarthropathy, but none of the patients had clinical, pathologic, or laboratory evidence of these entities.

Results: Rapid progression of hip pain and disability was a consistent clinical feature. The average duration of symptoms was 1.4 years. Radiographs obtained at various intervals before surgery (average 14 months) in 15 patients documented rapid hip destruction, involvement being unilateral in 10 cases. All patients underwent total hip arthroplasty, and osteoarthritis was confirmed at pathologic examination. Histology of femoral heads failed to show the findings typical of primary osteonecrosis & no evidence of sepsis.

Discussion: The authors postulate that these cases represent an uncommon subset of osteoarthritis and regular review, both clinically and radiologically, are required to assess speed of progression and prevent rapid loss of bone stock without the surgeon being aware. These cases are unsuitable for being placed on long waiting list due to technical difficulties in delayed surgery and compromised outcome following surgery. The decisions about the need for surgery and the selection of cases should be made purely on clinical grounds and not on their rank in the waiting lists.(295)


Full Access
G J C Myers R Tillman

Introduction: Surgical management of metastatic lesions of the femur reduce pain and improve mobility. Reconstruction for periacetabular metastatic lesions presents a surgical challenge.

Methods: Results of reconstruction of the ileum for supra-acetabular metastatic destruction using antegrade pins and cemented acetabular components are presented. From 1998 to 2005, 25 patients underwent acetabular reconstruction. Age range: 44 to 83 years, mean of 65 years. The most common diagnosis was breast carcinoma (n=10).

Results: Surgery reduced analgesia requirement and improved mobility. There was one revision, two pin breakages and one loose pin removed. The remaining patients have not required revision of the reconstruction.

Discussion: Acetabular reconstruction offers an effective and long lasting method of relieving pain and restoring mobility in patients with metastatic disease. Patient selection requires close liaison with oncologists and consideration must be given to life expectancy of the individual.


R Mohankumar M J Oddy J Bayer J A Wimhurst

Introduction: The aim of the study was to investigate the reproducibility and accuracy of templating total hip arthroplasty with on-screen digital radiographs using three commercially available software packages, and compare the results to templating on-screen using acetates.

Method: In twenty patients undergoing hybrid total hip arthroplasty, pre-operative templating for acetabular size, femoral offset and stem size were performed by three independent observers using on-screen digital radiographs by three different techniques. The magnification of the on-screen images were adjusted appropriately by using a metal coin marker of known size attached to the patient at time of acquiring the radiographs. These images were used to template for total hip arthroplasty using three commercially available digital templating software packages (Orthoview™ Workstation, Southampton, UK, Ferrania LifeWeb TraumaCad™, Berkshire, UK and mdesk™ software suite, RSA Biomedical, Sweden). The templated results were compared with the component sizes subsequently implanted and to templating on-screen using acetates. Intra- and inter-observer reproducibility were assessed using the Intraclass Correlation Coefficient (ICC).

Results: Intra-observer reproducibility was good for the three software systems with almost all ICC values > 0.70. Inter-observer reproducibility was less consistent, which may reflect familiarity and may improve with a “learning curve”. All three software systems tended to slightly undersize the acetabular size.

Discussion: For both reproducibility and accuracy, all the three commercial systems were comparable with templating using the acetate template method. Digital templating using software packages is an acceptable method of templating. Templating software packages are certainly an attractive proposition but until installation & maintenance costs are reduced, “traditional” templating with acetates remains the most effective option.


S A Khan N Kharwadkar M L Rawes

Introduction: The objective of our study was to analyse the incidence of subsidence of an uncemented, hydroxyapatite coated, collarless prosthesis (Orthodynamics) and its impact on postoperative mobility in patients with fractured neck of femur.

Methods: 22 sets of case notes and X Rays were available for patients treated with the Orthodynamics hemiarthroplasty between February and November 2005. The mean age was 78 years (range 61 – 91 years). Analysis of standardised anteroposterior radiographs in the immediate postoperative period and at a mean interval of 14 weeks (ranging from 6 weeks to 64 weeks) was undertaken. Subsidence was calculated by measuring the reduction in the distance between the tip of lesser trochanter and a fixed point on the prosthesis.

Results: 18 of the 22 (81.8 %) cases showed subsidence of the prosthesis. The mean subsidence calculated was 9.1 millimetres (range 1 to 25 millimetres) and it showed no relationship to the postoperative interval at which it was calculated. Impact of subsidence on mobility state was assessed. Post operative mobility status was available for sixteen patients. Nine patients showed no change in the mobility at follow up. This group had a mean subsidence of 4.3 mm. Seven patients had a worsening of their mobility state. The mean subsidence in this group was 10.1 mm.

Discussion: Our study shows significant subsidence of an uncemented, collarless, hydroxyapatite coated prosthesis used for hip hemiarthroplasty and an associated worsening of mobility. We suggest that further review of this prosthesis is done and other proven prostheses used for hip hemiarthroplasty after a fractured neck of femur.


M Leonard P Magill P Kiely G Khayyat

Introduction: The technology available for replacing/ resurfacing the hip joint is constantly evolving. The practicing surgeon can now choose from a wide array of components to perform a cemented, hybrid, uncemented total hip arthroplasty (THA), or a hip resurfacing. The potential advantages and disadvantages of all have been widely reported in the literature. The choice of implant depends on a number of factors, such as, patient age and level of activity, hip anatomy, and the surgeons’ preference and expertise. The aim of our study was to evaluate and compare the restoration of hip biomechanics following the insertion of three different, commonly used constructs.

Methods: We compared the postoperative anteroposterior radiographs from 40 patients who underwent cemented THA, 45 patients who underwent uncemented THA and 40 who underwent Articular Surface Replacement (ASR). All procedures were carried out by a single consultant orthopaedic surgeon who was experienced in the insertion of all three different implant designs. The acetabular offset and height, and the femoral offset and limb length were measured, with reference to the normal contralateral hip, using accepted methods.

Results – Hip resurfacing resulted in a significant reduction in femoral offset (p < 0.001), with accurate restoration of limb length. Both cemented and uncemented THA resulted in a significant increase in femoral offset, both also resulted in significant leg – lengthening (p< 0.001), this was more marked with uncemented THA’s. Radiological measurements of the acetabular reconstruction were similar in all groups.

Discussion – Restoration of normal hip anatomy optimises biomechanical function and reduces wear of components. The ASR group had the most accurate restoration in comparison to the two other groups. The reduced femoral offset associated with the ASR group may reduce the lever arm of the abductor muscles however this is unlikely to be clinically significant.


M R Cope D Perry JD Moorehead S J Scott

Introduction: Sock application is a daily task that can pose a dislocation risk to implanted hips. The aim of this study was to measure hip flexion and rotation using three seated techniques of sock application. Namely:- 1. The leg crossed in a “figure of four” technique, 2. The lean forward technique, and 3. using a specialised sock applicator (Foxy Sock Aid).

Methods: The movement of 32 hips in 16 healthy male volunteers, aged 20–43, were assessed as socks were applied using the 3 techniques listed above. Hip flexion and axial rotation were measured with a “Polhemus Fastrak” magnetic tracking system. Data was recorded from magnetic sensors attached around the subjects femur and Iliac Spine. The sensors measurement accuracy was 0.15 degrees.

Results: All measurements started with the subjects sitting with their hips in approximately 90 degrees of flexion. The mean (SD) additional flexion required for each of the 3 techniques were:- Cross leg = 57.20 (13.7), Lean forward = 51.30 (17.7), and Sock applicator = 11.20 (7.2). Hence the sock applicator required 40.1 degrees less flexion (P< < 0.001) than the lean forward technique. The lean forward technique required 5.9 degrees less flexion (P=0.007) than the cross legged technique.

The mean (SD) peak rotations for each of the 3 techniques were:- Cross leg = 35.10 (9.8) external, Lean forward = 0.10 (3.8) internal, and Sock applicator = 0.80 (4.0) internal.

Discussion: The sock applicator, when used correctly, requires very little hip flexion. When patients stop using the sock applicator, they should be encourage to use the lean forward technique, as this requires little axial rotation.


S J W Garrett B J Bolland P J Yates J M Latham

Introduction and Aim: One of the suggested advantages of hip resurfacing arthroplasty is that it offers the possibility of a straightforward revision. As the femoral canal is not violated during the resurfacing procedure, it is postulated that the outcome of revision surgery should be equivalent to that of a primary hip arthroplasty. The purpose of this study was to investigate whether revision was as straightforward and as successful as has been suggested.

Method: 14 patients underwent revision surgery due to the failure of the femoral component of their Birmingham hip resurfacing. The femoral component was revised to a cemented Zimmer CPT stem, with a large modular metal head (MMT). The acetabular component was found to be well fixed and was left in situ. Radiographs were studied to review any change in offset or leg length. These patients were matched with a group who had undergone a hybrid total hip arthroplasty as a primary procedure, using the same bearing.

The Oxford and Harris Hip scores were used to measure outcome.

Results: In the revision group, there were 10 males and 4 females. The mean age was 56 (48–68). The mean time to revision was 11.6 months. The reasons for revisions were:

9 femoral neck fractures, 4 femoral neck resorption and 1 femoral component migration.

Post revision Oxford score =18 (12–25), HHS=92 (85.5–97.4).

Post primary Oxford score =18 (12–40), HHS=94.2 (86–97.4).

Comparison of the post-op radiographs demonstrated that offset was improved following revision. Leg length did not change significantly.

The mean follow-up was 2 years and there were no significant complications.

Discussion: Our results show that revision of the failed femoral component gives excellent results. The outcome was not significantly different to the primary THA group. Femoral offset was improved in total hip replacement compared to resurfacing.


E M Prempeh D E T Shepherd M Costa S Cutts

Introduction: Many revision hip procedures involve revision of the socket only with retention of the mono block femoral component. Some surgeons choose to reduce metal wear by protecting the femoral head component from scratching by using the cut finger of a Biogel glove

Objective: To investigate whether the use of a finger surgeons glove reduces indentation of femoral (head) components.

Design: Femoral head components (Depuy) made from Ortron 90 stainless steel were fixed onto the Endura TE C 3300 materials testing machine. Indentations were made using scissors with a maximum force of 50 Newtons. Additional scratches were performed using a Jimmy. This procedure was then repeated using the finger of a glove as protection. The surface roughness values for the femoral heads were measured using a Taylor Hobson Talysurf Series 120L stylus instrument.

Conclusion: On the basis of these results we advocate the use of this simple measure to reduce the risk of surface damage to the femoral head. Furthermore, we believe that this is the only laboratory based study to ever investigate the effectiveness of this technique.


D Kumar A Riddick PR Williams

Introduction: Several patients with fracture neck of femur were noted to have alarmingly low postoperative haemoglobin unexplained by the intra-operative and postoperative blood loss. We conducted this study to determine the magnitude of preoperative fall in haemoglobin in patients with hip fractures.

Methods: Full blood count was repeated after a minimum of 12 hours of fluid resuscitation in 50 consecutive patients admitted with fracture neck of femur. Patients requiring blood transfusion prior to collection of second specimen were excluded. Patients were grouped according to the type of fracture (intracapsular, inter-trochanteric and sub-tro-chanteric).

Results: The average drop in haemoglobin of 0.8 (range,0–2.1), 0.8 (range,0–2.8) and 2.5 (range,0.6–4.9) gm/dl in intracapsular, inter-trochanteric and sub-trochanteric fractures respectively were statistically significant in all three groups (student-t-test, p-value < 0.05) but appears to be clinically significant in only sub-trochanteric group. By close analysis of data it is noted that although average drop in first two groups is low but at least 15 % of patients in both groups dropped their haemoglobin by 2 gm/dl or more. This can be compounded by the drop in haemoglobin following surgery, the average of which was 2.5 gm/dl (range,0–6.4)

Discussion and Conclusion: During this study at least 5 patients were saved from going to theatre with dangerously low haemoglobin with no cross-matched blood. There is clinically significant drop in haemoglobin prior to surgery in patients admitted with fracture neck of femur. On admission haemoglobin can be falsely reassuring. We recommend all patients with sub-trochanteric fracture and all patients with intra-capsular and inter-trochanteric fractures with haemoglobin of 12 gm/dl or less to have a repeat haemoglobin check prior to their surgery. This practice may reduce the morbidity and mortality associated with very low haemoglobin in this group of patients with high pre-existent co-morbidities.


O Faruk Bilgen S Bilgen T Atici T Oncam

Introduction: It is recommended that at least 50% of the uncemented component porous surface should come into contact with living, stable host bone in acetabular reconstruction. This study evaluated primary and secondary stability where virtually 100% of the uncemented acetabular component contacted with the impaction morsalized cancellous allograft.

Methods: This study evaluated 16 cases which had received revision THA using impaction morsalized cancellous allografts for reconstruction of acetabular defects. In 8 cases there was full contact between the uncemented component and the allograft and the other cases also had full contact except for at the superior rim. Primary fixation of the acetabular component was made via 2–3 screws. Acetabular defects were evaluated according to the Paprosky classification. Allograft incorporation was assessed radiologically. The Mann- Whitney U test and Pearson correlation co-efficient were used for statistical assessment.

Results: The average age was 52.4 years (37–74) and average post-operative follow-up period 4.9 years (2–7). Of the cases, 68.7% were Paprosky Type 3A and 12.5% Type 3B An average of 134.7 cc. (60–270 cc) morsalized cancellous allograft was used in the reconstruction of the defects. In the 8 cases where there was no rim contact in the superior weight-bearing area, the superior migration was found to be statistically significantly high. At the final observation the modified Harris hip score was average 84 (53–100). No case required re-revision due to acetabular loosening.

Discussion: We conclude that in acetabular reconstruction when primary stability of the acetabular component has been achieved by impaction allografts and screws, the proportion of contact between the component and allograft does not affect the progress of biological fixation.


P Vaughan P Singh R Teare R Kucheria G Singer

Introduction: A posterior entry point, a neutral tip position and stem alignment are recommended for an even cement mantle and an optimal outcome in total hip arthroplasty (THA). Our aim was to highlight any differences between the two approaches in obtaining a neutral stem tip position, particularly in the saggital plane.

Methods: We examined the post op, digitised radiographs of 100 (50 each group) polished, tapered Exeter THA, inserted via the antero-lateral or posterior approaches. The stem tip position was defined as the distance, in millimetres, between the centre of the femoral canal and the centre of the stem tip, in both the coronal and saggital planes.

Results: There was a significant difference between the two approaches in the saggital stem tip position only (p= 0.01), but not in coronal tip position (p=0.1). When not in neutral, stems inserted by the antero-lateral approach showed a marked deviation towards the posterior cortex. This was not the case with the posterior approach.

Discussion: Our results illustrate that a neutral stem tip position in THA, and subsequently an even cement mantle, is significantly more difficult to obtain with an antero-lateral approach than a posterior approach. A posterior approach to the hip avoids the cuff of glutei that can lever the proximal stem anteriorally causing an anterior entry point and a posterior stem tip position. It also illustrates how the anatomy of the proximal femur in the saggital plane makes a neutral stem alignment difficult to achieve with either approach.


Full Access
J Rutherford-Davies P R Kay A K Gambhir

Introduction: This study investigates whether the choose and book system satisfies the priorities of the local community and considers its implications for local elective primary lower limb arthroplasty.

Patients are offered a choice of 4 hospitals and time and date of outpatient appointment on referral from their GP practice. Research revealed that people want choice. Can popular centres still provide a service for the local population? What are the priorities of the local population when choosing a healthcare provider?

Method: A qualitative questionnaire was given to 100 people from the local community who were referred from their GP for a primary lower limb arthroplasty. This assessed patient’s opinions and priorities.

Results: 98% of patients wanted to choose their healthcare provider, 88% would not be content in any hospital other than their first choice

94% would not change hospitals if offered a shorter waiting time

78% would wait longer than the government targets to be treated in the hospital of their choice

67% of patients did not want to be able to choose the time and date of their clinic appointment

61% thought the clinical quality of an institution was more important than the waiting time.

Discussion: This study clearly indicates the local community want choice on referral for primary arthroplasty, but where they are operated is more important than when. The clinical quality of the provider is more important than the waiting time.

The government state patients want to choose the time and date of their first clinic appointment, however the majority of our population don’t.

The current ‘Choose and Book’ system does not fulfil patient’s priorities.


R Ponnuru A Shetty M Binns

Introduction: Cementing technique is one of the important factors which determines the longevity of cemented joint replacements. There are a number of variables which determine good cementation. We hope to standardise one of the variable which is cement working and setting time.

Methods: Cement was stored in a controlled temperature refrigerators at 20 degree centigrade and brought out just before mixing.

Theatre temperature, cement mixing start time and time at which cement was set were recorded for 20 hip and knee replacements. These recordings were also done for 20 hip and knee replacements where cement was stored in the theatre and was used as a control.

Results: Cement stored in the controlled temperature refrigerator had a more predictable working and setting time as opposed to controls.

Discussion: Cement stored in the controlled temperature refrigerator eliminates one of the variables in cemented arthroplasty and may prevent complication which could occur if cement sets unpredictably.


A D Acharya AJ Timperley A J C Lee

Introduction: Scant amount of information is available on mechanical properties of composite specimens of old and new cement. In previous studies evaluating this, old samples were only few days old, unlike clinical situation, where the old cement is a few years old.

We evaluated short-term mechanical properties of composite specimens and compared these with new uniform specimens.

Material and Methods: Uniform and composite specimens were fabricated and were tested for bending, tensile and shear strength. Seventeen beams and eight cylindrical specimens fabricated earlier (median age 11.8 years) using same moulds were available to form composite specimens. Specimens were stored in saline at 37 °C for 6 weeks before testing.

Results: Bending tests: Load and bending stress for new specimen was 82.9N and 49.5MPa as compared with 74.3N and 40.3MPa for composite specimens. 4 composite specimens failed though old cement, 3 through junction and 1 through new cement. There was no statistical difference in maximum load (p, 0.3) or stress (P, 0.06) between uniform and composite specimens.

Tensile tests: Load and tensile stress for new specimen was 941.5N and 29.5MPa as compared with 726.9N and 22.1MPa. There was difference in the load and stress of uniform specimens as compared with composite specimens.

Shear tests: Load and shear stress for new specimen was 2692.9N and 34.5MPa as compared with 2009.9N and 25.3MPa. There was significant difference in load as well as stress in uniform specimens as compared with composite specimens.

Discussion: This study demonstrates that composite specimens fail at 89.6% of bending load, 77.2% of tensile and 74.6% of shear load as compared with uniform new cement specimens. Of more importance is the fact that only four of these composite specimens (23.5%) failed at the junction and the rest thirteen failed either through old cement (64.7%) or through new cement (11.8%).


M K Dodds I Gargan K J Mulhall

Introduction: Proximal femur fractures are an important cause of morbidity in the elderly and comprise a significant proportion of acute orthopaedic admissions.

Aim: To study the demographics of and factors responsible for prolonged hospital stay following admission with a fractured neck of femur.

Methods: We reviewed of a consecutive series of hip fractures presenting to our unit over a five-year period between 2000 and 2004. A complete patient cohort was obtained from the casualty register, the OT register and from a Hospital In-Patient Enquiry (HIPE) database. Pathological, high energy and peri-prosthetic fractures were excluded. We reviewed records to obtain demographic and clinical data including age, sex, length of stay, time to operation and co-morbidities. Those who remained in-patients for greater than 14 days were analysed for reasons responsible for prolonged stay.

Results: 717 low-energy hip fractures treated in the period 2000–2004. The M:F ratio was 1:3.3. The average age for males and females was 73.6 yrs (SD 11.23) and 79.6 yrs (SD 9.74) respectively. The overall average length of stay was 28 days. 351 patients (49%) stayed in hospital > 14 days. For these, the mean length of stay was 48 days (range 15–443). Reasons for prolonged stay included acute medical and surgical issues (32%), social and placement issues (22%), active chronic disease (17%) and post-operative complications (4%).

Conclusion: Hip fractures in the elderly constitute a significant burden on an acute trauma service. Further strategies are needed to address both medical and social reasons for prolonged stay in and delayed discharge from hospital. A national hip fracture audit is required.


S Ansara B Youssef V Katta S Geeranavar

Introduction: Hip arthroplasty represents a large consumer of resources in orthopaedic surgery. Although the need for follow up is universally accepted, there is much debate on the duration and frequency of outpatient visits. To date there is no evidence regarding the cost effectiveness of follow up.

There are no NICE guidelines for hip arthroplasty follow up. 90% of hip arthroplasty failures do so after 5 years. Joint replacement review is performed by a variety of personnel including orthopaedic surgeons, surgical care practitioners (SCPs) and extended scope practitioners (ESPs). Patients are reviewed in an outpatient clinic or by questionnaire.

Methods: A questionnaire was sent out to orthopaedic surgeons working in the Sandwell and West Birmingham Hospitals Trust enquiring about their practice for following up patients who have had hip replacements. Information regarding the length of follow up, frequency of visits and the use of check radiographs was recorded.

Results: The mean length of follow up was 28.8 months. (12–60 months). The mean number of visits in the first year was 3.9. (3–4). The mean number of total visits was 6. (4–9). The mean number of check radiographs performed in the first year was 2. Mean total number of check radiographs performed was 4. The mean cost for each patient is 590 pounds. (224–896 pounds).

Discussion: There is considerable variation in hip arthroplasty follow up with ensuing cost implications.

Guidance is required for the appropriate review, which will allow early detection of complications in an efficient and cost effective manner.

In our trust a protocol has been suggested for the follow up of hip arthroplasty by ESPs and SCPs.


A K Kapoor I Rafiq A Hoad Reddick M V Hemmady A K Gambhir M L Porter

Objectives: Dislocation is one of the common complications of total hip Arthroplasty. Posterolateral approach and small femoral heads have been shown to be high-risk factors for dislocation of the implanted total hip prosthesis. The use of a posterior capsulorraphy has also shown to decrease the rate of dislocation with a posterolateral approach. The objective of this study was to evaluate the early dislocation rate using size 22 mm head and a Posterolateral approach augmented with a posterior capsulorraphy.

Methods: Questionnaire and case notes review of 148 patients operated at one institution by 3 different senior surgeons from Aug’03 to Jan’05. A posterior capsulorraphy was performed in all the patients. The primary outcome measure was the dislocation of the prosthetic hip within the first year of surgery.

Results: 4 of the 148 patients (2.7%) had an episode of dislocation during the first year of surgery. 3 patients were treated conservatively and 1 required operative intervention in the form of PLAD. Radiographic analysis of this patient showed excessive anteversion of the socket(280).

Conclusions: Studies have consistently shown an increased rate of dislocation with a Posterolateral approach and use of a size 22mm head. A recently published study by Berry et.al has shown a 12.1% dislocation rate with the use of this approach and size 22mm head. However posterior capsulorraphy was not performed in patients in this study group. Our study shows that performing a posterior capsulorraphy can reduce early dislocation rates using Posterolateral approach and size 22 mm head. The dislocation rate (2.7%) is comparable to any other approach and the use of a larger head size.

These patients continue to be monitored to evaluate long term outcomes with this approach. (301 words)


B Ogunwale J Brewer A Schmidt-Ott N S Tabrizi R M D Meek

Introduction: Metal on Metal articulations produce Cobalt Chromium nanoparticles (CoCrNP) which seems to affect the adaptive immune system, as evident from the perivascular infiltrate of lymphocytes & plasma cells found around some implants, and the reduced CD8+ count described with hip resurfacing. We therefore analyzed effects of CoCrNP on Dendritic Cells, T cells & B cells.

Methods: CoCrNP were produced by repetitive short spark discharges between electrodes of prosthetic CoCr alloy. Electron micrography & BET both confirmed nanoparticle size.

Dendritic Cells were cultured from mouse bone marrow and incubated with CoCrNP of varying concentrations, for 24hrs, or lipopolysaccharide as a positive control. Activation status was then characterized by CD40 expression on FACS analysis.

Cells from mouse lymph nodes were incubated with CoCrNP in varying concentrations. At 48hrs, Propidium Iodide (PI) was added & % PI+ve determined on FACS analysis.

Cells from mouse lymph nodes were cultured in medium without phenol red and incubated with ∝CD3, ∝CD3 + CoCrNP, ∝CD3 + ∝CD28 or ∝CD3 + ∝CD28 + CoCrNP. At 48hrs, Almar Blue was added & difference in light absorbance at 570nm & 600nm was then used to determine T cell proliferation at 72hrs.

Cells from lymph nodes of an MD4 mouse (only able to mount a b cell response to Hen egg Lysozyme (HEL)) were incubated with CoCrNP, HEL (positive control) or CoCrNP + HEL. B cell regulation at 48hrs was characterized by CD40 and CD86 expression on FACS analysis.

Results: CoCrNP did not significantly increase CD 40 expression on DCs or Cd 40/ Cd 86 expression on B cells. At subletal concentrations, CoCrNP inhibited ∝CD3 & ∝CD28 dependent T-cell proliferation.

Discussion: CoCrNP reduces both signal 1 & signal 2 dependent T cell proliferation, which may explain the observed reduction in CD 8+ count with hip resurfacing.


RS Kotwal M Ganapathi A John M Maheson S Jones

Aim: To determine the outcome and need for subsequent surgery in patients following successful closed reduction of dislocation after primary total hip arthroplasty (THA) and the financial implications of re-operation.

Methods: Data was retrospectively obtained from radiographs and patient case notes for all dislocated primary hip replacements presenting to the University Hospital of Wales from January 2000 till November 2005. Records were analysed with a minimum of 1 year follow-up to determine the outcome and need for subsequent surgery following successful closed reduction of dislocation after primary THA. Factors studied include age at primary surgery, indications, components, approach, head size, duration since surgery and direction of dislocation

Results: Over the 6 year study period, 98 patients presented with 100 first time dislocated primary total hip replacements. All the dislocations underwent successful closed reduction. 62 (62%) hips re-dislocated more that once. At minimum follow up of 1 year, 7 patients had died and were excluded from the final study group. Of the remaining 93 hips, 46 patients have had no further surgery. 44 THA’s have undergone revision procedures and 3 are waiting to have revision surgery (51% in total). Of those who have undergone revision surgery, 7 hips re-dislocated since and 3 of those needed further re-revision.

Discussion: Dislocation following primary THA remains a problem with varying dislocation rates quoted in the literature. In our series, 51% of patients presenting with dislocation required revision surgery. All patients in this series had 28 mm or smaller femoral heads. The financial impact of the burden of revision surgery continues to increase. In this series in isolation the cost of revision surgery totalled greater that £500,000.


LA Crawford W Hart

Introduction: Hypothesis: Patients undergoing operations at the end of the week are disadvantaged by the lack of weekend physiotherapy. Aim: To test the hypothesis by review of a single surgeon series of patients identifying factors affecting the post-operative length of stay

Methods: A cohort of patients with OA undergoing elective primary joint replacement was identified. Data was collected for demographics, procedures undertaken and length of stay.

Results: 42 patients were included in the cohort. There were 23 hip and 19 knee replacements with an average age of 73.47 years. Multivariate analysis of the data was performed to ensure that the age, pathology, ASA and days of the week were equally represented. Further analysis revealed that the main factor contributing to length of stay was the age of the patient (5.13 days if age< 75 vs. 6.33 days if olderthan 75 years). Patients having surgery at the end of the week actually had a reduced length of stay compared to those at the start of the week (5.27 vs. 6.22 days).

Discussion: The day of surgery does have effect on the length of stay post op. The widespread assumption that weekend physio to mobilise patients early post op may not be well founded. It is more likely that targetting patients to encourage discharge would be a more effective use of resource.


G Shah S Shah G Singer G Y Sheshappanavar J Jagiello TW R Briggs P Campbell

Introduction: Hip resurfacing has been increasingly used procedure for physiologically young and active patients. Wear properties of the implants are considered to be excellent. We present a case of tumor like swelling of the thigh following metal on metal hip resurfacing.

Case report: 56 year old lady underwent metal on metal hip resurfacing for idiopathic osteoarthritis of right hip. Implant size: 38 mm head with 44 mm cup.

After 18 months of successful surgery she presented with short duration (2 weeks) history of thigh swelling with pain and stiffness in hip and knee. Clinically gross circumferential swelling of right thigh from inguinal ligament to the knee joint. She had increased serum cobalt chromium levels. Aspiration of hip revealed high levels of cobalt and chromium. Biopsy and intra operative samples at revision revealed “no infection or tumor but non specific inflammatory reaction.”

The patient underwent revision surgery to ceramic-plastic bearing.(THR).

12 months post operative, the swelling has reduced with painless mobile hip and knee joints.

Discussion: The metal on metal hip resurfacing could have produced high metal ion wear reaction leading to swelling. Which could be because of small diameter prosthesis with valgus position of femoral component with open cup angle of 49 degrees.


G S Biring B A Masri D S Garbuz N V Greidanus C P Duncan

Introduction: This single incision, anterolateral intermuscular approach (AL-IM) utilizes the interval between gluteus medius and tensor fascia lata. The aims of the study were to compare the quality of life, satisfaction and complications of this approach with two of the most commonly used limited incision transmuscular (TM) approaches, namely the mini-posterior (P-TM) and the mini-direct lateral (L-TM).

Methods: 199 patients receiving MIS THA surgical procedures were evaluated prospectively (63 AL-IM, 68 P-TM and 68 L-TM). The outcome variables were WOMAC function, pain, stiffness, SF-12 (physical & mental), Oxford-12, satisfaction and radiological outcome. Parametric and non-parametric analyses were performed.

Results: There were no significant differences between groups in baseline characteristics including age, sex, BMI, co-morbidity, or pre-op WOMAC, SF-12, Oxford-12 (p> .05). However, the AL-IM group was associated with superior outcomes (p< .05) in WOMAC function, WOMAC pain, global WOMAC, Oxford-12 and SF-12 physical component.

Conclusion: In the short term the AL-IM approach provides significant improvements in quality of life scores over other limited incision approaches. It provides minimal soft tissue disruption and maintains the abductor musculature and posterior soft tissue envelope, with similar complications and radiological outcomes.


V T Veysi R W Metcalf S Balasubramanian P Gillespie M E Emerton

Introduction: Patients’ demands from hip arthroplasty are changing. Bigger bearings with alternative bearing surfaces are marketed to meet these demands. The aim of this study is to investigate the level of function achieved by patients with the larger hard-on-hard hip replacements in the short term.

Methods: Three groups of patients were identified from the arthroplasty register. The two study groups were those who received a 36mm ceramic-on-ceramic hip replacement (28 patients) and those who received larger metal-on-metal hip replacements (56 patients). The control group (25 patients) was age matched patients receiving 28mm hip replacements with a polyethylene acetabular component.

All patients received postal questionnaires comprising the Oxford Hip Score, the HOOS score and a satisfaction score. Routine yearly radiological examination was also undertaken. Demographic data are shown in Table 1.

Results: All three groups showed significant improvement in the oxford hip score after hip arthroplasty. Those with the larger head sizes had significantly lower scores than those with 28mm.

Activity scores in the HOOS hip survey were not significantly different in the three groups.

There was no difference in satisfaction scores and whether patients would have the same operation again.

Discussion: Our findings suggest that in the short term, functional levels achieved following hip replacement are not influenced by the size of bearing. Should these results be reproduced in larger and longer term studies use of these costly implants may have to be questioned.


S Patil A Mohammed RMD Meek

Introduction: Removal of well-fixed, cementless, acetabular components after resurfacing hip arthroplasty remains a challenging problem. Damage to host bone may limit options for reconstruction, compromise the long-term result of the revision operation and fundamentally defeat the aim of bone conserving resurfacing hip surgery.

Methods: A series of 6 consecutive patients who under-went removal of a secure, acetabular resurfacing component at the time of revision arthroplasty were included for review. During the operative procedure, the size of the component which was removed and the diameter of the final reamer used prior to implantation and final acetabular implant were recorded. The modification of the standard explant technique will be described which allows safe removal of any size of acetabular component.

Results: In all patients the indication for index arthroplasty was osteoarthritis. Three cases were MMT (Smith and Nephew), 2 Cormet 2000 (Corin, UK). and 1 DUROM (Zimmer). The indications for acetabular revision were infection in all cases. The median difference between the size of component removed and the size of final component implanted was 4 mm.

Discussion: Our modification uses a pre-existing system. The ease of removal with this modification and the lack of any further damage to the host bone illustrates that the Explant Acetabular Cup Removal System can be safely expanded to removal of well fixed resurfacing monoblock acetabular components. With experience, any manufacturers resurfacing shell can be removed with virtually no bone loss.


R M D Meek D B Allan G McPhillips L Kerr C R Howie

Introduction: Instability after total hip arthroplasty is an important complication. It commonly occurs in the immediate postoperative period, but the risk is reported to continue over time. There are numerous surgical treatment options, but they have relatively unpredictable outcomes. Numerous factors have been associated with dislocation, but research has mainly focused on surgical factors. Epidemiological factors remain the subject of much debate. We aimed to establish the incidence of dislocation over time.

Methods: The Scottish National arthroplasty non-voluntary registry is based on SMR01 records (Scottish Morbidity Record) data. We analyzed the Scottish National Arthroplasty Project to find patients’ dislocation rates up to 12 years post surgery.

Results: There were 62,175 total hip arthroplasties performed from April 1989 to March 2004 with an annual incidence of dislocation of 0.9%. The majority of dislocations occur by 12 months (66%) but patients remain at relatively high risk even after the first 3 months by when only 23% of the total have occurred. We found no increase in the rate of dislocation after 2 years.

Discussion: Patients should be warned that the risk of dislocation remains for the first year. However, it appears there is no late increase in dislocation rate associated with wear and declining mental or muscle function.


A T M Phillips C R Howie P Pankaj

The aim of the study is to investigate the biomechanical effects on the pelvis of the anterolateral and posterolateral approaches at the time of hip arthroplasty. In particular the study investigates the change in stress distribution, and the change in muscle recruitment pattern following surgery.

The study uses an advanced finite element model of the pelvis, in which the role of muscles and ligaments in determining the stress distribution in the pelvis is included. The model is altered for the posterolateral approach by excision of the external rotators. Different levels of gluteal damage for the anterolateral approach are modelled by excising in turn the anterior third, half, and two-thirds of the gluteus medius and minimus. Although attempt is generally made to repair gluteal damage at the time of surgery, it is clear the muscle volume will be compromised immediately after surgery.

In support of previous clinical studies indicating an increased risk of limp, and pelvic tilt following the anterolateral approach, significant differences were found in the muscle recruitment pattern following the anterolateral, compared to the posterolateral approach. During single leg stance and walking force transfer to the iliacus and pectineus was observed. Required levels of muscle force, to maintain coronal balance, following the anterolateral approach were found to be close to maximum sustainable levels. In addition significant alteration to the pelvic stress distribution was found following the anterolateral approach. The effects of increasing gluteal damage for the anterolateral approach were progressive, and became more pronounced when more than fifty percent of the gluteus medius and minimus were damaged. Increases in stresses around the acetabulum were observed for the posterolateral, compared to the anterolateral approach.

Thus, based on a biomechanical evaluation, the anterolateral approach presents increased risk of limp, and pelvic tilt, in comparison to the posterolateral approach.


V Kannan K Brust G Thevendran J P Cobb

Introduction: Complications following hip resurfacing (HR) occur primarily because of the surgeon’s inability to achieve optimal implant positioning, and the significant learning curve associated with this demanding procedure. Our study sought to look at the impact of navigation technologies on this learning curve.

Materials and Methods: Twenty medical students doing their BSc project took part in the study. Four types of synthetic femurs were used for the study viz., Normal anatomy (11students), Osteoarthritis (5), Coxa Vara and Coxa Valga(2). Each student was allowed to insert the guide wire according to their judgement in the femoral head using 3 systems:

Conventional instrumentation,

3D plan based on a CT scan of the particular bone, helped by a conventional jig

Navigation system.

This achieved angle was then compared with the angle originally planned for each bone in all three groups using digitizing arm.

Results: The range of error using the conventional method to insert a guide wire was 23deg (range −9 to 14, SD= 6.3), using the CT plan method, it was 22 deg (range −9 to 13, SD=6.6). Using the Navigation method it was 7 deg (range −5 to 2, SD=2.). Students who progressed from conventional through planning to navigation (group 1) were no more accurate than students who went straight to navigation without ever having used conventional instrumentation (group 3). Students produced similar accuracy even in their maiden attempt, on difficult anatomy when provided with navigation technology.

Discussion & Conclusion: This study has shown that motivated and enthusiastic students can achieve an expert level of accuracy very rapidly when provided with the appropriate level of technology. he development of surgeons who are able to deliver excellent outcomes depends more on technology than training.


M J Chambers B D Rana M P Kelly A J R Gray J Roberts

Introduction: We hypothesised that a stemmed hybrid total hip replacement with a large metal head, (LMOM), with the same bearing technology, would give early functional results as good as hip resurfacing (HR) with fewer contraindications and reduced morbidity due to a less invasive approach.

Methods: We performed a 12 month observational study of consecutive patients undergoing LMOM (n=40) and HR (n=60). Patients’ age, sex, blood loss, hospital stay and early complications were compared as well as pre and post-op Oxford scores and range of movement.

Results: The HR group was younger with more normal hip morphology. Mean age 54years HR/ 59years LMOM, BMI 28 and 29 respectively. Diagnosis of primary osteoarthritis 77% HR compared to 47% in LMOM group. Operation time, blood loss and haemoglobin drop were similar in both groups. The LMOM group achieved an earlier discharge of 5.5 days compared to 6.3 (p< 0.12). Complications included 2 aseptic wound leakages in the LMOM group. In the HR group an aseptic wound leakage, superficial infection and a sciatic nerve palsy was observed. At 6 week and 3 month follow up, the range of moment of both groups was very similar. Mean Oxford hip scores were 44 preoperatively and 22 postoperatively in the HR group and 45 falling to 24 in the LMOM group.

Discussion: LMOM compared to HR is preferable in respect to hospital stay and reduced perioperative complications despite an older cohort with a wider variety of arthritic pathologies. However longer follow up is required to conclude further.


Q Choudry G Prasad A Mohammed

Introduction: The popularity of hip arthroscopy has lagged behind that of other joints. However surgeons are increasingly using hip arthroscopy to investigate and treat disorders such as early osteoarthritis, inflammatory arthritis, labral tears, loose bodies and paediatric hip disease.

We present the indications, intra operative findings and outcomes of patients undergoing hip arthroscopy.

Methods: Prospective study of 43 patients from 2000 to 2005 undergone hip arthroscopy performed by the senior author. Pre & post operative visual analogue scores and oxford hip scores were recorded.

CT or MRI was performed were clinically indicated. Mean follow up 4 months, range(2– 10).

Results: 45 hips. 20 right. 21 left. 2 bilateral. 22 females. 21 males. Mean age 39.6yrs, Range 20–65yrs

Symptoms: Pain, Clicking, Giving way.

History: Idiopathic pain 30, DDH 5, Perthes 3, Trauma acetabulum fracture 2, RT A Dislocation 1, SUFE 1, Non union 1.

6 patients had pre-op CT scans and 22 had MRI.

MRI Findings: 3 loose bodies, 14 labral tears, 2 large filling defects, 3 normal MRI

42 Arthroscopic debridement and wash outs, 3 failed scopes.

Intra operative findings: 5 loose bodies, 4 degenerate labrum’s, 10 labral tears, 14 Grade 3–4 Osteoarthritic changes, 7 Torn ligament Teres,1 normal joint.

3 normal MRI findings had labral tears and articular cartilage defects.

Mean Pre-op VAS- 7.9 Range(5– 10). Mean Post-op VAS- 4.7 Range(1– 10)

Mean Pre-op Oxford Hip score – 39.4 Range(27–53)

Mean Post-op Oxford Hip Score – 25.2 Range(12–51)

Patient Satisfaction score – 7.3 Range(1–10)

1 Superficial wound infection, settled with antibiotics.

Discussion: Hip arthroscopy is of value in assessing and treating patients with hip pain of uncertain cause. Our results indicated good patient satisfaction and outcomes with improved pain and Oxford hip scores. However patient selection and diagnostic expertise are critical to successful outcomes.


D J M Macdonald N Ohly R M D Meek A Mohammed

Introduction: Acetabular introducers have an inbuilt inclination of 45 degrees to the shaft. With the patient in the lateral position the operator aims to align the introducer shaft to vertical to implant the acetabulum at 45 degrees. We examined if a bulls-eye spirit level attached to an introducer improved the accuracy of implantation.

Methods: A small circular bulls-eye spirit level was attached to the handle of an acetabular introducer directly over the shaft. A sawbone hemipelvis was fixed to a horizontal, flat surface. A cement substitute was placed in the acetabulum and subjects asked to implant a polyethylene cup into the acetabulum, aiming to obtain an angle of inclination of 45 degrees. Two attempts were made with the spirit level dial masked and two attempts made with it unmasked. The distance of the air bubble from the spirit level’s centre was recorded by a single assessor. The angle of inclination of the acetabular component was then calculated. Subjects included a city hospital’s Orthopaedic consultants and trainees.

Results: Eighteen subjects completed the study, with no significant difference in performance between consultants and trainees. Accuracy of acetabular implantation when using the unmasked spirit-level improved significantly in all grades of surgeon. With the spirit level masked, 11 out of 36 attempts were accurate at 45 degrees, 19 attempts ‘closed’ (< 45degrees) and 6 were ‘open’ (> 45 degrees). With the spirit level visible, all subjects achieved an inclination angle of exactly 45 degrees on both attempts. The mean difference between masked and unmasked implantation angle was 0.94 degrees (95% CI 0.64 to 1.24, p< 0.0001).

Discussion: A simple device attached to the handle of an acetabular introducer can significantly improve the accuracy of implantation of a cemented cup into a saw-bone pelvis in the lateral position. This technique may be easily transferable into an in-vivo study


J A Soler FS Haddad R L Barrack

Introduction: Third generation fixation systems allow for the retightening of cables, and are associated with high rates of trochanteric union. This is a prospective study undertaken to evaluate the outcome of the first 40 patients treated with a third generation cable plate and trochanteric hook system.

Methods: 36 patients treated by two revision hip arthroplasty surgeons using a third generation cable plate system were enrolled and followed up. These included 28 females and 12 males with an average age of 64 (range: 48–91). Large hooks were used in 30 with an average of 4.8 cables (range: 4–9). The need to retighten cables intra-operatively was noted. Clinical and radiographic follow-up was undertaken at 2 years.

Results: A third generation fixation system was used for 16 peri-prosthetic fractures, 6 trochanteric non unions, 5 structural femoral allografts, 6 complex revisions and for trochanteric advancement in 3 cases. The first cable tightened was loose by the end of the procedure in the majority of cases and had to be retightened. There were no cases of fretting or cable breakage. Two further trocanteric non unions needed re-fixation and bone grafting in a further procedure

Discussion and Conclusion: Third generation cable system allow for re-tightening, as the cable is not damaged by the crimping mechanism. This facility appears critical as some retightening is invariably required in the process of applying this type of device. There were only 2 re-operations for trochanteric non unions, but the overall outcomes were otherwise excellent, with no fretting or cable breakage. Modern cable systems afford improved, more flexible trochanteric fixation possibilities.


J F Doyle A R T McBride R F Spencer

Introduction: A reduced range of movement and associated pain due to impingement following hip resurfacing is a side effect leading to significant morbidity in the affected patient. We have found it may possible to identify those patients most at risk of impingement from plain radiograph analysis.

Methods: Using Corin CormetTM resurfacing templates angles of impingement of different size femoral heads were measured and compared by using a theoretical head neck ratio of one. Following this a single femoral head size of 56mm was taken and the impingement angle was measured with altering neck sizes.

Femoral head: femoral neck ratios were then measured on a series of 43 plain AP pelvic radiographs using calibrated digital calipers. The range of values was compared to a normal distribution curve. Inter and intra observer variation was calculated.

Results: Varying the template femoral head size with the corresponding acetabular component will give the same impingement angle. With a single femoral head size and altering femoral neck sizes the angle of impingement in the AP view decreases with an increasing head neck ratio.

Analysis of 43 pelvic radiographs revealed a range of head neck ratios from 0.64 to 0.80 with a mean of 0.71 and standard deviation of 0.038. This data compares with a normal distribution.

Conclusion: The risk of impingement in hip resurfacing is not related to femoral head size alone, but also to the head neck ratio. Furthermore it is evident that range of movement is a function of the head neck ratio and not the femoral head size alone. Those ratios which fall within the upper standard deviation may require further consideration as to the suitability of a planned resurfacing procedure. This study also highlights the need for surgeons to become experienced in the technique of osteochondroplasty to minimise the head neck ratio.


I A Findlay K K Chettiar H D Apthorp

Introduction: Recent studies have shown that Minimally Invasive Total Hip Replacements (MISTHRs) have not reduced hospital stay. We seek to demonstrate the importance of infrastructure allowing early mobilisation and discharge thereby gaining the full benefits of MISTHRs.

We compared the early outcomes of 2 units where MISTHRs were carried out by the same surgical teams but had 2 different infrastructure set-ups. In the first unit a “Short Stay Programme” (SSP) was in place. This involved early pre-operative assessment by medical, physiotherapy and occupational therapy teams. Post-operative analgesia was augmented with the use of a pain pump administering local anaesthetic as a continuous infusion. Patients were mobilised at 4 hours after surgery and were supported in the community by an “Outreach Team”. In the second unit the patients had MISTHRs without changes to the conventional infrastructure.

Methods: One surgeon carried out all operations, at 2 different hospitals using a mini-posterior approach with specific minimally-invasive instrumentation. Uncemented ABG II prostheses were used. Hospital discharge was only achieved after specific criteria were fulfilled.

Discussion: A significant reduction in the length of stay of MISTHRs patients is achieved by the Short Stay Programme, with no difference in complications. The full advantages of MISTHRs are achieved only if the whole aim of the care pathway is to facilitate early, supported discharge. Trouble-shooting pre-operatively, effective analgesia and post-operative support are the key elements of this programme.


T W Barwick P Proctor I W Wallace

Introduction: There have been concerns regarding early loosening of the Elite Plus implant. In addition, catastrophic failure has been reported with the Zirconia ceramic head in combination with Hylamer Ultra-High-Molecular-weight-polyethylene (UHMWPE) acetabular liner.

We reviewed all patients under the care of the senior author, who had undergone Elite Plus hip arthroplasty.

Methods: All patients are under regular review in a nurse-led clinic and complications recorded.

Pre and post-operative radiographs were assessed for adequacy of cementation and evidence of loosening.

Results: 197 patients (mean age 72 years) had undergone 225 Elite Plus total hip arthroplasties since 1996. An additional 21 patients had no radiographs or case notes available at the time of review – none of these are known to have failed.

Standard UHMWPE Ogee acetabular components were used in all cases. Thirty-six percent of heads were Zirconia. Mean survivorship of all implants 5 years 2 months.

The revision rate was 2.7%. Only one revision was performed for femoral component loosening.

At latest radiographic review all patients were asymptomatic. However, 31% of femoral components were possibly loose, 5% probably loose and none definitely loose using the Harris criteria. Thirty-four percent of acetabular components were possibly loose, 8% probably loose and 1% definitely loose using Charnley/DeLee criteria.

Discussion: Our results demonstrate satisfactory performance for this hip system. We have not found significant evidence of early failure with the Zirconia and Ogee combination.

A cement restrictor, high-viscosity cement and pressurisation were used as standard. Alternative cementation techniques may partially explain early failure seen in other series.


R Jeffers R Ponneru L Vanderstraeten M S Binns

Introduction: The level of femoral neck resection is important during THR. Intraoperative landmarks include the greater trochanteric tip, lesser trochanter and femoral head height. However, intraoperative identification can be difficult. It is possible to use callipers from the apex of the femoral head in the long axis of the femur but this produces geometrical error resulting in under resection.

We describe a simple method that resects the posterior femoral head to allow uniplanar measurement with a ruler.

Inclusion Criteria: Uncemented THR performed by the senior authors (MSB & LV).

Methods: Neck resection level was calculated from templated preoperative AP radiographs as the distance from the femoral head apex.

After head dislocation via a posterior approach, the head is resected with an oscillating saw parallel to posterior neck in the coronal plane

A ruler is placed on the cut surface with a clip attached at the templated resection level and the level marked.

Standard operative technique to insert prosthesis ensuring stability and leg length equalisation.

Pre and postoperative AP radiography were compared to calculate accuracy.

Results: 22 Uncemented THR’s, M:F = 10:12, Mean age = 54.5yrs (range 43–83yrs), Range of variation in resection level = −3 to +8mm, Mean (95%CI) of variation in resection level = +3.61mm (±0.26mm)

Assuming 20% radiographic magnification = +2.95mm (±0.20mm)

Discussion: Our results are comparable to other methods described in the literature and illustrate that this simple technique can accurately translate the templated neck resection level using standard Arthoplasty tray equipment.

Litigation for leg length discrepancy is becoming more prevalent in UK practice and with differing radiograph magnification levels careful planning and sound surgical technique is essential.

Digitised calibrated radiographs and templates are becoming standard practice and this simple technique will continue to ensure accurate leg length equalisation


G White A Gordon I Stockley AJ Hamer J M Wilkinson

Introduction: Aseptic loosening due to periprosthetic osteolysis is the main cause of implant failure after total hip arthroplasty (THA). Some previous studies have suggested a link between pattern of pre-operative osteoarthritis (OA) and subsequent aseptic loosening. Specifically, atrophic OA may predict implant loosening1,2 however this remains controversial.3

Methods: We retrospectively assessed the survival of 301 cemented THAs inserted for idiopathic osteoarthritis to determine whether pre-operative patterns of osteoarthritis predict subsequent risk of osteolysis. There were 204 control subjects and 97 subjects with osteolysis. The mean age of patients at insertion of primary implant was 63.4 years and lysis free survival or follow up was 10.6 years. The osteoblastic response in OA was assessed using Bombelli’s classification. The American College of Rheumatology criteria for radiographic evidence of OA was used to assess the pattern of OA prior to primary THA

Results: Atrophic OA was not a risk factor for osteolysis. Atrophic OA in osteolysis group was 16% versus 14% in the control group (χ2 test p> 0.05). There was no association between osteolysis and joint space narrowing, femoral or pelvic osteophytes, femoral or pelvic sclerosis, femoral or pelvic cysts and femoral head collapse (χ2 test p> 0.05 all comparisons).

Conclusion: The morphological pattern of OA does not predict osteolysis after THA


P Harwood S Saville E Tolessa

Introduction: Increasing numbers of patients are being treated outside traditional NHS hospitals as part of GSup (General supplemental funding) projects and other initiatives to reduce waiting lists. Concerns regarding these arrangements include case mix at NHS hospitals, quality of clinical care and patient satisfaction.

Null Hypothesis: There is no difference between overall patient satisfaction following treatment within the NHS, as part of GSup or as an independent private patient.

Methods: Patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty by a single consultant were contacted 6 to 18 months postop. 3 groups were formed; those treated in the local NHS hospital, patients treated as part of GSup and private patients independently financed.

A previously validated patient satisfaction questionnaire was completed by each patient. This investigates satisfaction with admission, environment, healthcare professionals, treatment, leaving hospital and overall care. Fisher exact test used to compare groups for significant differences in responses, significance was assumed at p< 0.05 level.

Results: 144 of 202 patients responded. Though generally high overall levels of satisfaction were reported, areas of concern were identified, particularly regarding cleanliness of hospital, the availability of nursing staff, maintenance of patient confidentiality and communication with patients. In all cases the GSup patients reported significantly higher levels of satisfaction compared with the NHS patients. 12% of NHS patients felt their overall care fell below “very good” compared with 0% of the GSup patients (p< 0.05).

Discussion: Significant differences are identified between NHS and GSup patient satisfaction regarding hospital environment, healthcare professionals and overall standards of care. There were few differences between GSup and private patients treated in the same environment but where they did occur they were universally more positive for the GSup patients.

Conclusions: Concerns that GSup patients may be less satisfied with their care appear unfounded; in general they were better satisfied than NHS patients.


F Rayan M Dodd F S Haddad

Introduction: The incidence of post-operative peri-prosthetic fractures is increasing. This is a consequence of the larger number of revision cases being undertaken, the increase in the use of cementless implants and a number of patients who develop undetected osteolysis as a result of poor follow up. The Vancouver classification has been shown to be a valid and reliable method for determining the configuration of periprosthetic fractures. This is essential in directing the further management of periprosthetic fractures appropriately.

Methods: We have revalidated this classification system independently from the original authors at our institution. The radiographs from 30 patients with peri-prosthetic fractures were reviewed by 6 expert consultant surgeons, 6 non-experts at registrar level and 6 medical students, who had received no specialist training in this area, in order to assess intra and inter-observer reliability and reproducibility. Each observer read the radiographs on 2 separate occasions and classified the fracture according to its type (A, B1, B2, B3, and C).

Results: The results were subjected to weighted κ analysis and were: Intraobserver agreement 0.72 for experts,0.68 for non experts and 0.61 for medical students. Interobserver agreement was 0.63 for the first reading and 0.67 for the second reading. Validity analysis showed a κ value of 0.79 (substantial agreement).

Discussion: Our results confirm the reliability and reproducibility of this classification system. In addition we have shown that substantial agreement can even be found between individuals with no specialist training. This is a classification system that can be used by non-experts, between centres and across continents.


M Rehman R Rachha M K Sood

Introduction: Accurate pre-operative templating is important in primary and revision hip replacement surgery. Most manufacturers supply templates at 120% magnification, but magnification of radiographs varies markedly and this is further complicated by the use of digital systems, where radiographs can be printed at various magnifications. We have produced a simple protocol to allow radiographs to be routinely produced at a magnification of 120%.

Methods: We positioned a marker, of known size, at various distances from the x-ray tube using both conventional and digital (PACS) machines and noted when 120% marker magnification was achieved. With digital machines, we also looked at the effect of varying the magnification of the printed radiograph. We set the film-focus distance (distance between source and plate) to the optimal distance discovered in patients undergoing pelvic and hip radiographs and used a marker, placed at the mid portion of the greater trochanter, to verify the magnification of the hip joint. We compared the known marker size with the measured size on the radiographs of 35 patients. Our protocol was separately tested on 5 different x-ray machines in our hospital.

Results: The optimal film-focus distance required to achieve 120% magnification was 100 cm. With digital systems it was important to print the radiographs at “true size” (100%), rather than “best fit” (the usual default mode). In the 25 patients tested, the mean magnification achieved was 118.8%,with a SD of 1.295. Our protocol was reproducible on all five different x-ray machines in our department.

Discussion: We consistently and reproducibly achieved radiographs magnified at 120% using our simple protocol, allowing standard templates to be used for accurate pre-operative planning.


R Jeffers N Boyce Cam P Deacon A Sohal

Introduction: A recent JBJS(Br) article examined skin markers after contamination with a standard MRSA inoculum and cultured on MRSA-indicator nutrient agar. The Penflex™ marker showed no survival after 15 minutes, whereas the Viomedex™ marker produced MRSA cultures for up to three weeks.

Research undertaken at Wrightington has shown that in primary joint replacement coagulase-negative staphylococci account for 67.2% – 76% of contaminants isolated from the ultra clean zone. It is the most prevalent and persistent species on human skin and mucous membranes and accounts for 58% of failures due to deep infection of primary THR.

Further studies of nosocomial infection transmission show bacterial contamination of healthcare workers’ scissors, ballpoint pens, stethoscopes and lab coats with MRSA, VRE and gram-negative bacilli.

Multiuse skin markers may become colonised, possibly with MRSA, MRSE and gram-negative bacilli. This may contaminate patients and cause premature failure of arthroplasty, leading some units to adopt a single use policy.

Our aim was to ascertain bacterial colonisation of multiuse skin markers.

Method: Multiuse indelible skin markers were collected from Orthopaedic staff, wards and Day Surgery Units within the Mid-Yorkshire Hospitals.

Pens identified by a number, brand, location and approximate pen age.

Pen tips were neutralised with 10ml sterile Peptone water and this was used as the inoculum.

Cap interior swabbed with sterile swab (pre-dipped in sterile water).

Both were inoculated into enrichment broth and plated onto Blood and McConkey media.

Incubation at 37°c for 18 hours with plates read at 7 days for colony forming units.

Results: 31 pens. 15 different brands. Age 1 month– 3yrs

No growth on all plates after incubation for 7 days.

Conclusion: These results indicate that multiuse indelible skin markers are safe. There is no evidence to support subsequent cross contamination or the need for sterile single use pens for preoperative marking.


A S Phadnis K Singhal

Aim: The purpose of the study was to develop an instrument for positioning a resurfacing femoral component.

Materials and Methods: A new alignment device was developed, which references the natural anatomy of the patient and positions the implant in valgus, slight ante-version and centrally in the femoral neck.

Results: The device was used to position a resurfacing femoral component in 20 cadaveric femora (Group A) and in 15 patients (Group B). In the cadaver group, the valgus and version angles as well as the position of the component relative to the femoral neck centerline were assessed, using pre- and post-operative radiographs and transverse slices of the femoral necks along the component center line. In group A, the achieved valgus and ante-version angles were 9.95 ± 2.35 degrees and 1.87 ± 3.85 degrees, respectively. In the vertical plane, the implant was 0.50 ± 1.52 mm superior and in the horizontal plane, 0.57 ± 1.84 mm posterior to the centreline of the femoral neck. In the patient group, the valgus angle was 9.79 ± 5.38 degrees and the implant was 0.67 ± 1.27 mm inferior in the vertical plane. There was no notching in any of the cases. There was a very strong correlation between the pre op Neck Shaft angle and the postoperative valgus achieved (r =0.902)

Conclusion: The alignment device was quick and easy to use and positioned the femoral resurfacing component accurately and reproducibly referencing the native anatomy. The small size of the instrument makes it useful in minimally invasive techniques. The self-centering three-point design proved to be stable and superior to other currently available instruments.


A S Phadnis K Singhal

Aim: The purpose of the study was to compare the placement of the guide wire for the femoral components in hip resurfacing, implanted using computer navigation and a new alignment device(jig).

Materials and Methods: The study was conducted on 13 cadaveric femora. Registration of the femoral head was carried out using Computer Aided Navigation system, Brainlab (BL) by the senior author. Guide wires were inserted using BL by the senior author and subsequently with the alignment device (jig) by the junior author. The junior author was blinded to the templated position and implanted the wire using the jig. In 6 femurs the implantation of the prosthesis was carried out in the position suggested by the BL and in 7 by the jig. All the femora were sectioned transversely after implantation and measurements were taken using callipers and subsequently using Autocad.

Results: There was no notching of the superior femoral neck in either of the groups. The mean and standard deviation of the anatomic neck-shaft angles was 124.91° ± 14.25°. The wire-shaft angle in the BL group was 131.46° ± 5.27° and in the jig group 134.08° ± 3.80°. In the BL group the wire was in 0.85° ± 2.15° of retroversion as compared to 1.38° ± 4.19° of anteversion in Jig group. The position of the wires at the narrowest cross section of the femoral neck is shown in figure.

Conclusion: The alignment device consistently positioned the wire more valgus and anteverted than Computer aided navigation, which was desired. In all cases, the wire position was well within acceptable limits. Computer aided navigation does not seem to offer distinct advantages in resurfacing hip replacements.


R Sethi J A Roberts

Introduction: The use of H A coated implants for Total Hip Replacement is now well established. We are entering an era where some of these implants are requiring revision. This presentation reviews our experience of revising H A coated THR, considers the failure pattern and attempts to produce a rational method of treatment.

Methods: This is a retrospective study of all HAC coated implants revised by a single surgeon (senior author) covering last five years. It includes 20patients (21 Hips) eleven male and 9 female. The mean age at revision was 62 years (26–82 yrs). The mode of failure suggested three failure patterns hence we have divided them in three groups.

Results:

Early Failure 0– 2 years : Six hips

Medium Term Failure 2–10 years : Two hips

Long Term Failure 10 years or more: Thirteen hips

Early Failure: The cause for early revision in most cases was technical problems with the primary procedure with improper seating of liner, cup or femoral stem. Correcting the primary problem led to satisfactory results in this group.

Medium term failure: Medium term failure were found to be due to either liner failure or infection. Replacing the liner and two staged revision for infection gave good results.

Long term failure: All cases in this group were due to plastic failure, which led to aseptic loosening of acetabular shell in five cases and aseptic loosening of cup and femoral stem in further two cases.

Only loose components were replaced.

Analysing this series we conclude that in absence of infection only loose components should be replaced. Well held components should be left alone and only the failing component need to be revised.


SS Al-Nammari NK Bejjanki P Bobak

Introduction: Septic arthritis of the hip is an Orthopaedic emergency. While common in the paediatric population, it is rare in adults and little is reported on it.

Methods: Retrospective review of cases presenting to Leeds General Infirmary, St James’s University Hospital & York District Hospital over a fourteen year period from 1991–2005.

Results: 46 cases identified. The mean age was 43 years and 80% (37/46) of cases were male. Risk factors for sepsis were present in 87% (40/46) and consisted of IVDU in 48% (22/46), DM in 20% (9/46), liver disease in 22% (10/46) and immunosuppressive drugs in 17% (8/46). Rheumatic joint disease was present in 28% (13/46) consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, gout and psoriatic arthropathy in 13% (6/46), 9% (4/46) and 7% (3/46) respectively. The primary sources of sepsis were IVDU in 48% (22/46), unknown in 39% (18/46), line sepsis in 11% (5/46) and psoas abscess in 2% (1/46). All cases presented with the triad of groin pain, constitutional upset and difficulty or inability to weight bear. Examination revealed pyrexia in 57% (26/46) and a painfully decreased range of joint motion in all cases. Laboratory tests revealed a raised white cell count in 57% (34/46) and raised CRP’s and ESR’s in all cases. The most commonly isolated organism was staphylococcus aureus 78% (36/46). Medical treatment consisted of antimicrobial therapy for a mean length of 49 days. Surgical treatment consisted of a mean of 1.8 arthrotomies or arthroscopic hip washouts and debridements in consenting cases- 89% (41/46). Two stage total hip arthroplasty for symptom control was required in 4% (2/46). Outcomes were good with sepsis related mortality of 4% (2/46) and local recurrence of 9% (4/44).

Discussion: Septic arthritis of the hip is a potentially serious condition. Timely medical and surgical intervention can lead to good outcomes.


P J Nasr R Chopra J K Tucker

Excessive perioperative administration of intravenous fluid during lower limb arthroplasty may be associated with postoperative complications. There have only been five randomised trials that have evaluated the effects of intraoperative fluid on recovery time, none of which have looked at Orthopaedic patients. Intravenous fluid overload has been shown to decrease muscular oxygen tension, produce general oedema, delay tissue healing, compromise cardiorespiratory function and can cause coma.

This study assesses the current practice in the administration of fluid and sodium during and after lower limb arthroplasty in our hospital.

A series of 68 patients who have undergone elective THR (57) and TKR (11) were included in this prospective study. Current fluid management includes the use of Hartmans solution at a rate of 125mL per hour together with fluid boluses to maintain blood pressure and urine output. We looked at the weight of the patients before and after surgery and compared this with their pre and post operative serum sodium level.

Our findings were that patients gained an average of 1.84 Kilograms (Range −1.6 to +6.4) which was age dependent and there was a mean fall in Serum Sodium of 5.26 mmols/L (Range −15 to +2). Of note there was a mean fall in serum Haemoglobin of 3.69g/dL (Range −2.8 to −5.9) which may be due to blood loss perioperatively but haemodilution due to excessive fluid administration may also contribute.

We propose responding aggressively to low urine output and low blood pressure can cause detrimental effects on Sodium Haemostasis. Factors such as preoperative Bendroflumethiazide and enthusiastic nursing regimes to encourage oral water intake were found to be contributory factors. Our results suggest that anaesthetists should be aware of post operative hyponatreamia in these patients and a more cautious approach to fluid management is required in the perioperative period.


A J Bennett R M D Meek A Morrison

Revision total hip replacement is a procedure often associated with significant blood loss and subsequent transfusion. Intra-operative cell salvage is one approach to minimising this problem.

We carried out a retrospective study of 134 consecutive revision total hip carried out by one surgeon between June 2003 and September 2006 in the Southern General Hospital, Glasgow, 134 replacements (excluding those performed in the presence of active infection where cell salvage is contra-indicated).

In Group A (56 patients), operated upon after October 2005, Intra-operative cell salvage was routinely used. In Group B (78 patients), operated upon before October 2005, Intra-operative cell salvage was not used.

Data was collected on transfusion of salvaged blood, transfusion of allogenic blood, operation type, indication for surgery, complications and length of hospital stay.

In Group A, an average of 1.52 units of allogenic blood was transfused per case, compared with an average of 3.35 units in Group B (p=0.01), a reduction of 55%.

In Group A 50% of patients received allogenic blood transfusion, compared with 68% of patients in Group B, a relative reduction of 26% (0.1> p> 0.05).

There was no difference between the two groups regarding haemoglobin drop and length of hospital stay. Data regarding complications yielded no significant results due to small cohort size.

Further Breakdown of data by operation type and indication did not yield significant results due to the small cohort size.

Our results show that routine use of intra-operative cell salvage in revision total hip replacement leads to a significant reduction in allogenic blood transfusion with subsequent implications upon cost, resource management, and patient safety.


M Pullagura P Gollapenne J Wu P Banaszkiewicz

Intoduction: There is a general consensus with regard to the treatment of extacapsular fractures of the hip, however the surgical treatment and the choice of implant in displaced intracapsular fractures remains controversial. Evidence has not definitively established the relative merits of the optimal device for internal fixation. The management of displaced intracapsular femoral neck fractures depends on surgeon’s preference.

Methods: We have done a study using synbone (Corticocancellous with similar properties of natural bone) comparing three methods of fixation (three parallel cannulated screws, two hole dynamic hip screw with and without a derotation screw, four constructs of each fixation). We looked at the ultimate peak loads that a construct can withstand before failure.

Results: There is a significant difference between the cannulated screws and two hole Dynamic hip screw, the latter being stronger of the two. However there is no biomechanical advantage of using the derotation screw.

Discussion: Although this study provides evidence of superiority of dynamic hip screw over cannulated screws, this is limited to the biomechanical properties of the construct. The ultimate clinical failure can depend on numerous other factors. Based on our study we recommend two-holed Dynamic Hip Screw fixation for displaced intracapsular fractures of proximal femur.


K Shah M Hullin A McFadyen D Meek

Introduction: It has been shown in several studies that cytokine (IL-6, TNF-alpha, IL-10, IL-8 etc) concentrations in the peripheral blood are associated with inflammatory activity and surgical trauma. These exhibit more rapid rise and quicker return-to-normal values than either the CRP or the ESR (few hours to few days) and have also been found to be better predictors of postoperative infection compared to CRP/ESR in some studies. Threshold levels of IL-6 after joint replacement surgery have been determined, but levels of other potentially useful cytokines (TNF-alpha, IL-8, IL-10 etc) are not yet known.

Aim: We sought to measure the serum levels of 25 different cytokines before and after hip/knee replacement surgery and identify those associated with postoperative inflammation.

Method: Peripheral venous blood samples were collected from 80 patients undergoing hip/knee replacement. Each patient had one preoperative and three postoperative (total four) blood samples. Samples were stored at −70 degree before being analysed by laser chromatography.

Results: Three out of the 25 cytokines we measured had a significant relationship with postoperative inflammation. The relationship of these three cytokines with a single case of deep infection in our study appeared to be of clinical significance.

Conclusion: It may be possible to use the serum levels of these three cytokines to diagnose periprosthetic infections in the early postoperative period when the CRP and ESR are elevated.


J Daniel C Pradhan H Ziaee D J W McMinn

Introduction: The results of Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR) device in several series reveal that the predominant mode of failure is femoral neck fracture or femoral head collapse and that careful patient selection and precise operative technique are vital to the success of this procedure. In this report we consider the results of BHR in patients with severe arthritis secondary to femoral head AVN.

Methods: This is a single-surgeon consecutive series of BHRs with a minimum follow-up of 5 years. Fifty six patients with Ficat-Arlet grade III or IV femoral head AVN and treated with BHRs at a mean age of 44.2 years (range 19 to 67.7 years) were followed-up for 5 to 9.2 years (mean 6.8 years). No patient died and none was lost to follow-up. Revision for any reason was the end-point and unrevised patients were assessed with Oxford hip scores. They were also reviewed clinically and with AP and lateral radiographs.

Results: There were four failures in this cohort giving a failure rate of 7% and a cumulative survivorship of 92.9% at 9 years (figure). In one further patient the femoral component has tilted into varus from further collapse of the femoral head. He is asymptomatic but knows that he will need a revision if he develops symptoms. No other patient shows clinical or radiological adverse signs.

Discussion: Several studies have shown that the results of arthroplasty are generally worse in AVN as compared to those in osteoarthritis. Reviewing the above results it appears to us that the relatively poorer cumulative survival observed in patients with a diagnosis of AVN (92.9%) compared to those with other diagnoses make AVN a relative contraindication to this procedure.


H D Bhansali B Purbach P Kay

Introduction: There is an increasing trend for autologous blood transfusion in hip and knee replacement and we therefore felt the need to properties of the fluid reinfused.

Objectives of the study: The study objective was to determine the volume and Haemoglobin content of the reinfused blood.

Methods: We prospectively studied 108 patients with primary Hip and knee arthroplasty. The drained blood was reinfused within 6 hours as recommended by the manufacturer. The volume of the drained and reinfused fluid was measured in millilitres.. The Haemoglobin (Hb.) of the patient was measured preoperatively and postoperatively in recovery. The Hb. of the drained blood and reinfused blood were also measured.

Results: The mean volume of the drained blood in the hip replacement group was 180.6 ml. while that of the reinfused blood was 132.7 ml. The mean volume of the drained blood in the knee group was 372.78 ml. while that of the reinfused blood was 362.76 ml.

The mean Haemoglobin of the reinfused blood in the hip group was 6.9 gm/dl significantly lower (p< 0.05) than the drained blood Hb. of 10.9. Similarly the Haemoglobin of the blood reinfused in knee replacements was significantly lower at 6.8 gm/dl. (p< 0.001). This was less than half of the average Hb. content of homologous blood transfusion

Discussion: The Haemoglobin content of the reinfused blood in Hip and knee replacement was quite low to be considered as a replacement for homologous blood transfusion and further studies may be required to confirm the efficacy of reinfusion drainage compared to homologous blood transfusion


A Christie S Ali D Young

Two of the major complications of total hip and knee arthroplasty is periprosthetic infection and aseptic loosening. The serum marker Procalcitonin (PCT) has been shown to be a sensitive indicator of bacterial infection, but very little is known of its behaviour in Orthopaedic practice. The diagnosis of periprosthetic infection still remains a difficult diagnosis.

A prospective study over 6 months of 59 patients undergoing either primary total hip or knee arthroplasty was performed, which included 32 hips. The mean age was 70 years. There were no exclusion criteria. Serum blood samples for PCT, CRP, ESR and WCC were taken pre- operatively and on days 1, 3 and 5 post- operatively. Patient records were reviewed after their routine 6 week follow- up. There was no clinical suspicion of infection at this stage, or during their hospital stay.

Fifty patients (85%) had PCT concentrations within the normal range (< 0.5ng/ml) on all 4 days, and only 5 recorded a value > 1.0ng/ml. Only 1 patient had an elevated level on day 5. The other markers all showed sporadic elevation over the 3 post- operative days

The usefulness of PCT in diagnosing surgical infection has been frequently researched in cardio- thoracic and abdominal surgery. However, there is debate as to what cut- off value should represent infection, ranging from 1– 10ng/ml. This is largely because the natural acute phase response caused by these operations elevates PCT levels. This study convincingly shows that PCT, unlike the routine inflammatory markers, is not significantly stimulated by primary hip and knee arthroplasty. This would imply that PCT may be useful in diagnosing periprosthetic infection. A large multicentre study involving patients undergoing revision surgery would help validate this assumption.


M Venkatesan A Ahmed H Mammowalla B Ilango

Background: Patients suffering from hip osteoarthritis (OA) are frequently symptomatic, and the disease can result in significant limitation of patients’ activity and high social costs. Viscosupplementation, which aims to restore physiological and rheological features of the synovial fluid, is a well-accepted therapeutic option in knee OA patients, but limited data exist in the literature about its potential benefit for the treatment of hip OA.

Aim: To evaluate the efficacy and safety of viscosupplementation (VS) with hyaluronic acid (Hylan GF 20) under fluoroscopic guidance in patients with symptomatic hip OA

Methods: Forty six patients (26 men, 20 women, mean age 56.4 years) with symptomatic hip OA were treated with one injection of 2 ml of hylan G-F 20(Synvisc) under fluoroscopic guidance which could be repeated after at least 3 months. Treatment efficacy was assessed by functional index oxford hip score, pain evaluation on a visual analogue scale and NSAID consumption. All such parameters were recorded at baseline as well as 2, 6 and 12 months after the beginning of the treatment.

Results: We observed a statistically significant reduction of all considered parameters at the timepoints 2 and 6 months, when compared to baseline. At 12 months the changes were still statistically significant for all parameters for about 50% of the patients. Three patients reported self-limited mild, local pain post-injection otherwise no systemic adverse events were observed.

Conclusion: Viscosupplementation with hylan G-F20 is feasible, easy to perform as well as safely relieves osteoarthritis hip pain, facilitates an improved activity level, decreases the need for pain medication, physiotherapy, and assistive devices.


A Kamali J T Daniel S F Javid M Youseffi T Band R Ashton A Hussain CX Li J Daniel DJW McMinn

Introduction: Cementless cup designs in metal-on-metal (MoM) hip resurfacing devices generally depend on a good primary press-fit fixation which stabilises the components in the early post-operative period. Pressfitting the cup into the acetabulum generates non-uniform compressive stresses on the cup and consequently causes non-uniform cup deformation. That in turn may result in equatorial contact, high frictional torque and femoral head seizure. It has been reported that high frictional torque has the potential to generate micromotion between the implant and its surrounding bone and as a result adversely affect the longevity of the implant. The aim of this study was to investigate the effects of cup deformation on friction between the articulating surfaces in MoM bearings with various clearances.

Materials and methods: Six Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR) devices with various clearances (80 to 306 μm) were tested in a hip friction simulator to determine the friction between the bearing surfaces. The components were tested in clotted blood which is the primary lubricant during the early post-operative period. The joints were friction tested initially in their pristine conditions and subsequently the cups were deflected by 25– 35 μm using two points pinching action before further friction tests were carried out.

Results and Discussions: It has been reported that reduced clearance results in reduced friction. However, none of the previous studies have taken cup deflection into consideration nor have they used physiologically relevant lubricant. The results presented in this study show that for the reduced clearance components, friction was significantly increased when the cups were deflected by only 30 μm. However, for the components with higher clearance the friction did not change before and after deflection. It is postulated that the larger clearances can accommodate for the amount of distortion introduced to the cups in this study.


T N Board D Kendoff C Krettek T Hüfner

Introduction: Movement of the limb during computer aided arthroplasty may cause soft tissue impingement on the reference marker(RM) and consequently alter the spatial relationship between RM and bone with resulting inaccuracies in navigation. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect of different degrees of soft tissue dissection on the stability of reference markers during limb movement.

Methods: The stability of both one- and two-pin RM systems inserted using three different levels of soft-tissue dissection was analysed in relation to a super-stable RM in fresh cadaver lower limbs. The spatial relationship of the two RMs was analysed using the VectorVision® system (BrainLAB, Germany) during multiple repetitions of four predefined limb movements. All tests were done with RMs inserted in both the distal-anterior femur and distal-lateral femur.

Results: Analysis of movements of the test RM in relation to the super-stable RM showed that rotations of less than 0.15o and translations of less than 0.4mm occurred in most test combinations. The combination that showed the greatest instability was when a stab incision was used to insert a pin in the distal/lateral femur (translation 0.73mm+/−0.05, rotation 0.25o+/− 0.05)(p< 0.001). This instability occurred in both single and double pin RMs(p=0.21).

Conclusions: RM pins can be placed in the anterior distal femur through simple stab incisions without resulting in significant soft tissue impingement during limb movement. If pins are placed in the lateral distal femur through stab incisions, impingement may occur from the fascia lata. Release of the fascia lata 1cm either side of the pin prevents significant impingement. Wide skin incision is unnecessary in any location.


J Daniel C Pradhan H Ziaee D J W McMinn

Introduction: Hip Resurfacing has always been an attractive concept for the treatment of hip arthritis in young patients. Excellent early and medium-term results have been reported with the Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR) device in single and multi-surgeon all-diagnoses and OA series. In the present report we present the results of BHR in inflammatory arthritis.

Methods: This is a single-surgeon consecutive series. There were 15 consecutive hips (12 patients) including 2 women (2 hips) with ankylosing spondylitis (AS) operated at a mean age of 41.7 years (range 29.5 to 54.3 years). Fortytwo hips (31 patients) with seronegative or rheumatoid (RA) arthritis treated with a BHR at a mean age of 40 (13 to 64) years and a follow-up of 2 to 9 (mean 5.9) years were also studied. One patient died 5 years later. Revision for any reason was the end-point and unrevised patients were assessed with Oxford hip scores and reviewed clinico-radiologically with AP and lateral radiographs.

Results: In the RA group there was one failure from femoral neck fracture two months after operation giving a failure rate of 2.4%. There were no failures in this cohort at a follow-up of 1.8 to 8.8 (mean 4.9) years. As a combined group the failure rate of BHRs in inflammatory arthritis is 1.75% and the cumulative survivorship at 9 years is 98.2% (figure).

Discussion: The good results of Birmingham Hip Resurfacing in inflammatory arthritis in this relatively young cohort of patients make this a viable treatment option for these patients. Selection of patients with a reason-able bone quality and adherence to precise operative technique are vital to the success of this procedure.


H Ziaee J Daniel P B Pynsent D J W McMinn

Introduction: The potential adverse effects of metal ion elevation in patients with metal-metal bearings continue to be assessed. We reported earlier that metal ions cross the placenta. The present report is a comparison of the rate of transfer in 14 study patients (with MM devices) and 24 control subjects (with no metal devices).

Methods: Whole blood from concurrent specimens of maternal and umbilical cord blood obtained at the time of delivery were analysed with high resolution inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry.

Results: Cobalt and chromium were detectable in all specimens in the control subjects and study patients. The mean difference between maternal and cord blood cobalt concentrations was 0.56 μg/l (p < 0.001) in the study group and 0.03 μg/l (p > 0.5) in the control group respectively (figure). The mean difference between maternal and cord blood chromium concentrations was 0.96 chromium (p < 0.0005) in the study group and 0.002 chromium (p > 0.5) in the control group respectively. The mean cord cobalt in the study patients was significantly higher than that in the control subjects (difference 0.38μg/l, p < 0.01) but the difference in the cord levels of chromium between study and controls (difference 0.13μg/l, p> 0.05) was not significant.

Discussion: There was almost no difference between the maternal and cord blood levels in the control group implying that the placenta offers almost no resistance to their passage in subjects without a metal device. In the study patients the mean cord cobalt level was 59% of the maternal level and the mean cord chromium level was 26% of the maternal level suggesting that the placenta exerts a modulatory effect on the rate of metal transfer when the maternal levels are higher


S M Lee A Kinbrum K Vassiliou A Kamali A Unsworth

Introduction: The Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR) system comprises both a BHR femoral head and a large modular femoral head for use should a total hip replacement be required. The modular femoral head has identical material chemistry, microstructure, spherical form, and surface roughness of the bearing surfaces of resurfacing femoral head and both BHR and THR devices share the same acetabular components. Hence, if the femoral component of a BHR needs revision surgery, the Birmingham hip system provides the potential of converting it to a THR without the need to also revise the well fixed cup. Although it stands to reason that the wear behaviour of the BHR and Birmingham THR will be similar, it is important to investigate the wear behaviour of new THR modular heads against worn BHR cups, representing revision of BHR to Birmingham THR without cup revision. The aim of this study is to assess the viability of the femoral component revision for BHR devices whilst leaving the acetabular components in situ in the pelvis.

Materials and Methods: The wear and friction tests were conducted with pristine modular heads paired with BHR cups which had already undergone 5 million cycles (Mc) of wear in a hip simulator against BHR heads.

Results and Discussions: The average wear rate of the new Birmingham THR modular heads against worn cups was 0.42 mm3/Mc whilst the new BHR heads against new cups generated wear rate of 0.67 mm3/Mc. Supported by the friction test results, it indicated that the new femoral heads paired with worn cup did not negatively affect the substantial amount of fluid-film lubrication that had developed over the course of the original test. Therefore, it is acceptable to use new femoral heads against worn cups, if the cups are not damaged, well fixed and correctly orientated.


S P K Morapudi E Toh I A Braithwaite

Introduction: Intra-articular steroid injection has been widely used for relief of pain in osteoarthritis. Recent studies show an increasing rate of infection in these patients following hip arthroplasty. We have reviewed our cohort of patients to see if they are susceptible to higher infection rate.

Methods: We reviewed a cohort of 167 consecutive hips that had at least one injection with a 40mg triamcinolone acetonide and 4ml 0.5% bupivacaine mixture to relieve the symptoms of hip osteoarthritis or to clarify a diagnosis of hip arthritis between January 1997 and November 2004 were reviewed. A total of 37 hips (36 patients) that subsequently proceeded to have a total hip arthroplasty were selected as our study group. There was a minimum of a one-year follow up.

Results: The rate of infection in our initial cohort of patients following a hip injection was 0.60% (1 hip) which resulted in repeated washouts and a subsequent total hip arthroplasty with a good outcome. On review of the 37 hips, one was revised due to a deep infection secondary to staphylococcus epidermidis. Four were revised for continued instability and pain with no evidence of infection either prior to or during revision. When deep infection is taken as an endpoint, cumulative survival at 7.5 years is 0.968 (95% confidence interval of 1 to 0.905). The total survivorship of this cohort if all revisions are included is 0.852 at 7.5 years (95% confidence interval of 0.730 to 0.974). The revision rate due to a deep infection in our study is 2.7%.

Discussion: We conclude that patients who have a total hip arthroplasty after a hip injection do not have an adversely high rate of deep infection.


S Bhagat M Bansal B Shah

Introduction: The C-Stem was introduced in the endeavour to achieve greater stability, improved fixation, minimise subsidence and improve loading of the proximal femur to maintain bone quality and avoid stress shielding. Since promising early results in 2001, no studies including a large patient population from a single surgeon series have been published.

Methods: Health records and imaging modalities of 260 patients, operated between 2001 and 2004 were retrospectively evaluated by 2 independent reviewers. All patients had antero-lateral approach in supine position. Clearing of the calcar was carried out to allow adequate cement mantle proximally and posteromedially. Tip of the stem was allowed to penetrate in to the intramedullary bone block. All patients were followed up regularly with clinical and radiological information being updated.

Results: 90 men and 170 women, 30 bilateral cases were identified. Mean age at the time of surgery was 61.8 years (50–91). Commonest diagnosis was primary OA (56%) followed by secondary OA due to AVN or childhood pathology (30%) and previous trauma. 43 patients had previous operations in the form of failed internal fixation, osteotomy or hemiarthroplasty. Assessment included oxford hip score. Radiographs digitalised on DICOM software were analysed for subsidence (0.7 mm), alignment (94% satisfactory), bone-cement interface changes (35% progressive improvement) and proximal femur stress shielding (2.1%). At the time of final follow up 89% were independently mobile. 4 % thigh pain, 3 revisions for recurrent dislocations, 3 nonfatal and 2 fatal pulmonary embolism. Taking death or revision for any reason as endpoints, 97.8% survivorship was noted using Kaplan-miere analysis.

Discussion: The strength of the study includes large patient population, completeness of follow up and single surgeon series eliminating compounding factors. Bone cement interface improvement was noted in younger patients with high activity level. The study consolidates the soundness of the concept of C-Stem.


R J K Khan R Santhirapala D Maor N Chirodian R Morris J A Wimhurst

Introduction: With the rising number of primary hip arthroplasties performed each year, patient selection criteria is becoming increasingly pertinent. There is growing concern that patients with a high body mass index (BMI) have worse outcomes following hip replacement surgery. However the evidence base is equivocal.

Our aim is to assess whether BMI has an impact on clinical and radiological outcomes of primary total hip arthroplasties

Methods: This is a prospective study of 92 patients, undergoing primary total hip arthroplasty, recruited from two hospitals. Data was collected by the operating surgical team and independent physiotherapists at the preoperative assessment clinic, intraoperatively and at six weeks post-operative follow up.

BMI was recorded. Patients were divided into 2 groups: those with a BMI less than 30 (considered nonobese) and those 30 or above (obese).

Outcomes assessed included blood loss and requirement blood transfusion, fat thickness, operation duration, complications and surgeon’s perception of the difficulty of operation (scored on a VAS). In addition functional capacity was assessed using the Oxford Hip scores pre and post-operatively. Radiographs were scored independently according to Dorr and Barrack.

Results: Of our 92 patients, 36 were obese and 56 were non-obese. There was no significant difference found in blood loss, blood transfusion requirements, operation duration and complications between the two groups, With regards to the Oxford Hip scores, the obese patients had greater differences between their pre- and post-operative scores but this difference was not significant (p=0.09). We found a significant difference (p=0.003) in surgeons’ perception of the difficulty of operation with VAS scores for obese patients being higher than non-obese patients. Our Dorr and Barrack scores revealed no significant difference in radiological outcome between our two groups.

Conclusion: Our study would suggest that obese patients do not have worse outcomes following primary total hip arthroplasty than non-obese patients.


A I Nakhla A D Lewis J P Cobb

Introduction: The development of the ilioinguinal approach by the pioneering work of Letournel in 1965 has transformed the treatment of acetabular fractures. To date, this approach has been well established and few modifications have been described of the original approach. However, this approach is difficult, takes long time for exposure and closure of abdominal layers. The aim of this article is to report a modification of the approach which the authors have found particularly useful.

Material and Method: Cadaveric dissection showed that it was easier to detach the inguinal ligament from the anterior superior iliac spine and reflect the anterior abdominal wall as one layer, than by the classical approach through layers of the anterior abdominal wall. Closure was also simpler, in the cadaver, with the entire anterior abdominal wall reattaching satisfactorily by a single transosseous suture. The rest of the approach, including division of iliopectineal fascia and developing the three windows remains the same as in the original approach.

Results: To date, three acetabular fractures have been reduced and fixed using this modification. Besides substantially speeding up the exposure and closure, this approach allows superior distal visualization of the anterior column and wall, and the impression of rather less bleeding. No complications developed with the three cases treated through this modified approach, and specifically, there have been no hernias, nor has the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve of the thigh been damaged.

Discussion: This small study demonstrates a modification to a classic approach that seems to be both safe and fast We hope that further experience will also show reduction in problems associated with wound healing. Further work in progress may also show that femoral venous flow is less impeded by this approach as retraction is not against the unyielding inguinal ligament.


A R Karva T N Board P R Kay M L Porter

Introduction: Hip resurfacing arthroplasty is increasing in popularity, particularly in young and active patients. One unique advantage is retention of upper femoral bone stock with the hypothesis of easy revision should the resurfacing fail. The pupose of this study was to document the complexity or otherwise of our early experience with failed hip resurfacing.

Methods: We retrospectively reviewed all the patients who had revision surgery for failed hip resurfacing arthroplasty at our institution.

Results: Eleven patients with mean age of 52.8 years underwent revision of resurfacing at a mean time of 21.2 months following primary surgery. Revision was performed for deep infection in 4, cup loosening in 4 and 1 patient each for femoral neck fracture, avascular necrosis, and femoral loosening. For the 4 patients with cup loosening, the acetabular component was revised in 3 using a dysplasia Birmingham cup while 1 patient had both components revised. Of the 4 patients with deep infection, 3 had both components revised as one-stage revision with cemented components and 1 patient had a pseudarthosis. For the 3 cases with femoral loosening, neck fracture or avascular necrosis only the femoral component was revised using a cemented stem. Bone grafting was performed in 1 patient who had revision for loosening of acetabular cup with protrusio.

Conclusion: Acetabular failure appears to be equally common as femoral failure in resurfacing arthroplasty. Revision of both aseptic and septic failure appears to be relatively straightforward with primary implants used in all cases.


S L Bali G. Abbas D J Dalton

Introduction The need for bone graft has increased in recent years partly due to the greater numbers of revision hip arthroplasties being performed secondary to the increasing life expectancy in the UK.

Method Our study prospectively reviewed the practice of bone banking at Portsmouth Hospital NHS Trust to look into the various factors responsible for exclusion of patients from donation of bone. All 55 patients under-went screening in a preoperative assessment clinic using a standard proforma to assess their suitability for femoral head donation during the course of their primary hip arthroplasty and records at the bone bank were then reviewed post operatively to check whether bone had been harvested from these individuals during surgery. Results 95% of the patients screened did not proceed to bone banking. After the initial screening stage 33 patients (60%) were excluded due to a variety of reasons. The majority of those excluded (23 patients) were not accepted as donors because of the potential risk of transmission of disease to their recipients.

Although 22 patients (40%) were consented for allograft donation, femoral heads from only 3 patients (5%) were harvested and sent for storage in the bone bank during hip arthroplasty.

Discussion The harvesting of viable bone stock was shown to be poorly utilised in our study. Orthopaedic surgeons must take an active part in bone banking and alternative sources of bone grafts need to be explored in the future to meet the increasing demand.


C A Jakaraddi S Metikala D Wright J S Davidson A J A Santini

Introduction: We assessed the correlation between the International Prostate Symptom Score (IPSS), patient age and incidence of post-operative catheterisation for retention in patients undergoing total hip replacement.

Methods And Results: 140 patients, 60 male and 80 female, admitted for total hip replacements between August 2005 and March 2006 were included. Pre-operatively patients were scored by the IPSS (0–35) according to the severity of their urinary symptoms. Patients were categorised into three symptom groups (mild, moderate and severe based on scores of 0–7, 8–18 and > 18 respectively) and four age groups (< 50, 51–60, 61–70 and > 70 years). All patients with post-operatively urinary retention were catheterised per urethra.

Results: 8 (13.3%) males and 7 (8.8%) females were catheterised post-operatively. The average IPSS value in non-catheterised males and females were 8.9 and 9.5 respectively whereas in catheterised males and females were 21 and 19 respectively. 75% of catheterised males had an IPSS > 18. 85.7 % of catheterised females had an IPSS > 18. Statistical analysis showed significant association between high IPSS (> 18) and catheterisation risk in both males (chi square - p< 0.001, sensitivity- 0.75, specificity- 0.92, negative predictive value (NPV) - 0.96) and females (chi square - p< 0.001, sensitivity- 0.86, specificity- 0.90, NPV- 0.99). There was no significant relation between age and incidence of catheterisation.

Discussion: IPSS is a widely accepted, simple and easy to use tool to predict patients at risk of post-op catheterisation. It is a simple pre-assessment tool even in female patients. Patients with IPSS > 18 are most at risk of post-op retention.


F.R.Y Baena

Computer Aided Surgery (CAS) systems are soon to become an essential tool in the armamentarium of the orthopaedic surgeon. By generating precise three-dimensional information about patient-specific anatomy, these devices enable the planning of complex procedure, either pre-operatively or intra-operatively, to be performed with a high degree of accuracy. In addition, by communicating imaging data to the surgical field, CAS applications allow the surgeon to reproduce the plan precisely, with a higher degree of repeatability than conventional surgery.

In order for CAS systems to be effective, however, accurate and up-to-date information about the patient’s and instruments’ position needs to be available at all times. Therefore, virtually all CAS systems in orthopaedic surgery utilise some form of tracking device, for initial registration and intra-operative real-time position update. The pioneer, Northern Digital (Northern Digital, Waterloo, Ont., Canada) set precision standards with Optotrak™, a high resolution infrared (IR) optical digitiser. Since then, a number of commercial offerings exploiting this technology have made their appearance in the marketplace. These can be used with active LED based markers, as well as passive reflective localisers, which do not require cabling to connect to the intra-operative console. Magnetic field generators, such as the Aurora System (Northern Digital), mechanical digitisers, such as the Wayfinder™-mounted MicroScribe (Immersion Corporation), and digital camera based trackers, such as the Claron™ System, have also proved to be viable substitutes to IR-based localisation systems.

The quintessence in position recognition can be defined clearly from the user/clinician’s point of view. It should be far-reaching (i.e. with a large working envelope), non-obtrusive, robust, flexible, accurate and compact. Each of the technologies available, however, falls short in at least one of these criteria. The presentation will offer a broad review of promising new technology in the field, which may help to address some of the shortcomings of current instrumentation.


A. Bauer

Robotic technology in adult reconstruction – initially the placement of the stem during THR – was introduced in the early nineties of last century, starting in the US. The underlying technology dated back to the year 1986. Because of regulatory restrictions the technology could not spread in the US, but was exported to Europe in 1994. There the technology – primarily distributed in Germany – had a great success and by the year 2000 roughly 50 centers were using Robodoc – the first robot on the market – and a very similar German competitor’s product, CASPAR.

The initial robot was a crude machine, basically the unchanged beta version. Cumbersome fixation, a registration process using three fiducials, the requirement for second surgery to place the fiducials, and last but not least raw and hardly elaborated cutting files made surgery with Robodoc a demanding undertaking. Yet feedback from the surgeons, sometimes vigorously expressed during regular user meetings, let to continuous evolution of the system and resulted in an advanced and stable technology. Also training – with important input from the already experienced sites – improved significantly, which can best be demonstrated by procedure time for first surgery: in Frankfurt 1994 roughly four hours, while today first surgeries at new sites rarely exceed two hours. Further applications – revision surgery, total knee replacement – helped to justify the significant investment into the system.

While robotic technology underwent evolution, other related technologies were developed and entered the market. Main products were the navigation systems, which initially were developed for neurosurgery and spine surgery and which, due to easier handling and lower costs, found more acceptance on behalf of the surgeons. Although the navigation technology in some regards is a step back from the robotic technology, it appealed for just that reason: the surgeon stays in the loop. The surgeon uses the traditional instruments, and the navigator helps him to achieve precision in reaming or placement of implants. In orthopaedic surgery navigators became very popular in TKR, but also in THR.

Another development, completely unrelated to the mentioned technology, presented a new challenge: minimal invasive surgery. While in knee surgery the introduction of arthroscopy in the late seventies already proved the feasibility of minimal invasive techniques, adult reconstruction remained the domain of sometimes aggressive and robust surgery. Only recently minimal invasive procedures were introduced and standardized for a couple of applications. It is important to stress the fact that the term ‘minimal invasive’ did not relate to the size of skin incision only, but to the overall degree of soft tissue damage necessary to prepare for and place the implants. Some companies now offer new instruments allowing for very minimal incisions and reduced soft tissue compromise. In contrast to this development robot assisted surgery remained – in spite of numerous improvements – a rather invasive piece of surgery. These separate developments – navigators and minimal invasive surgery – made robot assisted joint surgery in the eyes of many potential users a rather outdated, superfluous and expensive type of technology. It is therefore time to revisit the original intentions that let to the development of robot assisted surgery.

The original ideas were sponsored by veterinary surgeons specializing in cementless THR for dogs. They experimented with custom implants, but they identified two fields of concerns: fractures and poor placement. Both problems are – still – common in human THR. Robot-assisted surgery was supposed to mainly address these problems. Another asset of robot-assisted surgery is seen in machine milling, which was invented as part of the robotic procedure and which turned out to be superior to conventional reaming.

The published results of robot-assisted THR (i.e. Nishihara et al, 2006) prove that these requirements were met. In our own series in Spain we had no fracture and every single implant was seated according to the preoperative plan. Animal experiments allowing for histological examination of the bone-implant interface showed the uncompromised cancellous scaffolding supporting the implant, while hand-reamed interfaces showed signs of destruction and atrophy.

On the other hands there are concerns that current minimal invasive approaches do cause problems in these regards: control of position is mainly feasible by use of intraoperative x-ray, and fractures do occur.

Therefore robot-assisted surgery seems to be the ideal complement for the minimal invasive approach. The deficits of MIS regarding orientation and visualization of the surgical object can be compensated by the robots proven ability to execute preoperative established plans. The challenge is the current invasiveness of robotic surgery, which – as primary tests and studies show – can be easily accounted for.

In conclusion there is an ever increasing role for robot-assisted surgery in adult reconstruction. It is up to the surgeons to define the requirements and ask for specifications that will meet their and the patient’s expectations regarding the degree of invasiveness involved.


N. Confalonieri A. Manzotti

Introduction: No comparison between minimally invasive TKR using traditional alignment guides and computer navigation systems has been documented in the literature. The aim of this prospective randomised trial is compare the radiological results of 2 different groups of TKRs performed with a less invasive surgical approach (mini-parapatellar) using either a traditional hand guided technique (MIS) or the assistance of a computer assisted alignment system (MICA).

Materials and Methods: Since 2004 seventy-four patients undergoing TKR with the same implant have been enrolled in the study. Inclusion criteria included a body-mass index less than 30, no major ligamentous laxity, no flexion deformity and no previous open knee surgery.

Patients were randomly assigned to either the traditional or computer-assisted alignment group opening a closed envelope just prior to the skin incision. In the MIS group (37 knees) a minimally invasive approach was performed using an intramedullary femoral guide and an extramedullary tibial guide. In the MICA group (37 knees) the implant was positioned using a CT-free computer assisted alignment system (Vector Vision, version 1.52, BrianLAB, Munich, Germany) using the same minimally invasive surgical approach (mini-parapatellar). The duration of surgery was documented in all cases.

Eight months after surgery each patient had long-leg standing anterior-posterior radiographs and lateral radiographs of the knee. All the radiographs were always taken with a standardized protocol with the same magnification.

The radiographs were assessed by an independent radiologist blinded to the original procedure to determine the frontal femoral component angle (FFC), the frontal tibial component angle (FTC), the hip-knee-ankle angle (HKA) and the sagittal orientation (slope) of both femoral and tibial components. The number and percentage of outliners for each parameter was determined. In addition the percentage of patients from each group with all 5 parameters within the desired range was calculated.

Results: The mean surgical time was 89.4 minutes (range: 75–112) in the MICA group and 75.84 minutes (range: 48–106) in the MIS group. This difference was statistically significant (p< 0.001).

The alignment of the femoral component as determined by the slope was significantly better in the MICA group (p< 0.001). Comparison of the FTC angle showed a statistically better alignment in the MICA group (p< 0.029). There were no statistical significant differences in HKA, FFC angles and in the slope of the tibial component between the 2 groups. All the implants in the MICA group achieved HKA and FTC angles aligned within this range while only 31 implants (83.8%) in the MIS group achieved similar accuracy. These differences in HKA and FTC angles were statistically significant (p=0.025). Thirty-six (97.3%) implants in the MICA group achieved a femoral slope aligned within 3 degrees of the desired position compared with 31 (83.8%) implants in the MIS group. In the MICA group 36 implants (97.3%) achieved a tibial slope aligned within this range while in the MIS group 33 implant (86.5%) achieved a similar result. A FFC angle aligned within 3 degrees of the desired position was achieved in 35 (94.6%) and 32 (86.5%) of the implants in the MICA and MIS groups respectively. These differences in femoral and tibial slope and FFC angle were not statistically significant.

A statistically significant difference (p< 0.001) in the total number of outliners was seen with 158 and 181 in the MICA and MIS groups respectively. The number of implants with all 5 radiological parameters aligned within the desired range was statistically higher in the MICA group (p=0.001). Thirty-three implants (89.2%) in the MICA group and 20 (54.1%) in the MIS group were correctly aligned in all measured parameters.

Discussion: Minimally invasive joint replacement has become increasingly popular driven both by the orthopaedic community and patient expectations. However, malalignment has been identified as a potential problem when performing joint replacement surgery through small incisions. Minimally invasive techniques can make implant positioning more difficult by limiting visualisation of anatomical landmarks. As the matter of fact many theory has been proposed for knew more conservative surgical approaches to the soft tissue such as the mid-vastus or sub-vastus even without any consideration about what already centuries ago biologist had established. At the beginning of the last century Bizozzero already compared muscle to nerve as perpetual tissues which can recover after an injury only with scared.

However recently, after initial enthusiasm, authors have recommended caution when using mini-invasive techniques for total joint replacement.

Computer-assisted surgery has the potential to address the difficulties of correct component positioning and alignment in minimally invasive knee replacement. Recently a prospective randomised study comparing computer navigation assisted minimally invasive TKR to conventional TKR reported a lower incidence of radiological outliners and better pain score in the computer navigation group.

In this prospective randomized the comparison of the radiological results showed statistically significant differences between the 2 groups for component positioning both in the coronal plane and sagittal plane. The desired femoral slope and FTC angle were achieved in significantly more patients in the MICA group than the MIS group. Furthermore the results supported previous studies showing a statistically significant reduction in the number of outliners in the computer-assisted technique. In addition, the number of implants with all parameters aligned within desired values was statistically higher in the MICA group. No complications were seen in either group however the surgical time was statistically longer in the MICA group.

Longer follow-up will be needed to demonstrate any correlation between the lower numbers of outliners and superior clinical outcome and implant survivorship in the computer navigation group.


B. E. Gerber

Computer assisted navigation is known to improve tunnel placement in ACL reconstruction even compared to use of direct arthroscopic view due to image distorsion by the wide angle optics in the arthroscope. However the earlier software and instrumentation has been relatively cumbersome. The use of new materials and further software elaboration has allowed to increase the navigational precision and to accommodate more different ACL repair techniques. The relevant developments of such an upgrade which in addition allows stability testing before and after the repair are presented.


J. Y. Jenny

Introduction: The accurate positioning of the cup implant is a relevant prognostic factor for both short- and long-term results after total hip replacement. Conventional, manual control has proved to be less than optimal. Navigation systems might improve the accuracy. We designed this study to validate the accuracy of a non image based navigation system for cup orientation during total hip replacement, with post-operative 3D CT-scan analysis.

Material and methods: 60 cases of navigated total hip replacement have been analysed. Navigation was performed with the OrthoPilot® system (Aesculap, Tuttlingen, FRG), a non image based system. A localizer was implanted on a screw on the anterior iliac crest. Three relevant landmarks (both antero-superior iliac spines and pubis) were palpated with a navigated stylus, defining the anterior pelvic plane (Lewinnek plane). Acetabular preparation and cup implantation were performed under navigation control. Safe zone for acetabular implantation was defined pre-operatively: 40 to 50° of abduction, 10 to 20° of flexion in comparision to the anterior pelvic plane. The final orientation of the cup was registered intra-operatively by the navigation system, and compared to the 3D CT-scan measurement of the cup positioning with the same reference frame.

Results: There was no significant difference between the intra-operative and post-operative measurements of the cup abduction. There was a significant difference between the intra-operative and post-operative measurements of the cup flexion, mainly ±5°. 50 implants were positioned within the safe zone (83%).

Discussion: The navigation system used allowed an accurate positioning of the cup in abduction. The flexion positioning was less accurate, but the differences observed (mainly less than 5°) are probably clinically irrelevant. Furthermore, the accuracy was higher than that observed with conventional, manual implantation.

Conclusion: The navigation system used allows improving the accuracy of cup placement in comparison to conventional, manual techniques.


B. E. Gerber

In contrast to the acetabular cup where the close to spherical shape of the implant allows a precise alignment and positioning, the femoral stem implant positioning has always been a compromise between anteversion, angulation and length of the prosthetic femoral neck and the congruence of the implant shaft with the inner anatomical shape of the proximal femur. Balancing these reduces the risks of dislocation and eccentric wear of the acetabular implant and of unfeasible loading of the femoral implant with loosening. Nevertheless neither the anchorage of the stem nor the alignment of the neck can ever be ideal as it would too much jeopardize the other aspect even if cement is used for stem fixation. Customary stem navigation only guides this compromise more precisely than eye balling.

With the introduction of modular necks it has become possible to infringe this restrictive fix relation and after fully fitting stem fixation the neck alignment and length is optimized separately. With regard to computer assisted navigation the guidance takes into consideration the definitive stem position after best anatomical fixation. A sound navigation of cemented stems becomes also possible and brings up the opportunity to choose cementing or uncemented fixation based on whether the bone quality needs reinforcement by cement to get closer to the implant e-module or the bone promises to strengthen on its own on the same purpose.


J. Y. JENNY

Introduction: Unicompartmental knee replacement (UKR) is accepted as a valuable treatment for isolated medial knee osteoarthritis. Minimal invasive implantation might be associated with an earlier hospital discharge and a faster rehabilitation. However these techniques might decrease the accuracy of implantation, and it seems logical to combine minimal invasive techniques with navigation systems to address this issue.

Materials and methods: The authors are using a non image based navigation system (OrthoPilot TM, Aesculap, FRG) on a routine basis for UKR. The used version of the software helps the surgeon orienting the bone resections through a minimal invasive medial approach without splitting the quadriceps tendon or the vastus medialis muscle. The proximal tibial resection is performed with a conventional motorized saw blade guided by a free hand navigated orienting device. For the femoral resection, a bow is fixed by three percutaneous screws to the distal femur. The bow is navigated to be oriented along the knee flexion axis. A guide is fixed on the bow and oriented under navigation control to perform the distal femoral resection with a burr. Neither guides are fixed directly into the joint.

42 patients have been operated on in the 4 participating centers for an isolated medial osteoarthritis. There were 29 women and 13 men, with a mean age of 65 years. The post-operative coronal and sagittal orientation of both prosthetic components were measured, and the time to get 90° of knee flexion was recorded.

Results: The mean coronal angle between the femoral component and the femoral mechanical axis was 89° for an expected goal of 90°. The mean coronal obliquity of the femoral component was 91°, for an expected goal of 90°. The mean coronal angle between the tibial component and the tibial mechanical axis was 86° for an expected goal of 88°. The mean coronal obliquity of the tibial component was 88°, for an expected goal between 85 and 90°. The mean sagittal obliquity of the femoral component was 6°, for an expected goal of 10. The mean sagittal obliquity of the tibial component was 88°, with an expected goal of 87. The patients achieved 90° of knee flexion after a mean period of time of 9 days.

Discussion: The used navigation system is based on an anatomic and kinematic analysis of the knee joint during the implantation. The modification of the existing software for its use with a minimal invasive approach has been successful. It enhances the quality of implantation of the prosthetic components and avoids the inconvenients of a smaller incision with potentiel less optimal visuliazation of the intra-articular reference points. However, all centers observed a significant learning curve of the procedure, with a significant additional operative time during the first implantations. The postoperative rehabilitation was actually easier and faster, despite the additional percutaneous fixation of the navigation device.

Conclusion: This system has the potentiel to allow the combination of the high accuracy of a navigation system and the low invasiveness of a small skin incision and joint opening.


J. Wahrburg

Robotic systems for computer assisted surgery have gained a lot of initial interest and several systems to support surgical inventions have been developed over the past ten years. While almost all systems are tailored to specific applications, the technology used may be divided into different groups. One part of the proposed solutions is essentially based on industrial robots, whereas the part relies on specific designs for medical applications. A particular approach which will not be discussed in this contribution is represented by tele-manipulator systems like the daVinci system from Intuitive Surgical Inc. for cardiac applications, and robots for endoscope guidance in abdominal surgery. The operation of these systems is controlled manually by the surgeon based on the visual information of the operating area which he gets by endoscopic cameras.

Robotic application in computer assisted surgery, in contrast to tele-manipulator approaches, is based on pre-operative planning and intra-operative registration of the patient anatomy. They principally offer additional advantages compared to pure navigation systems, such as

No problems due to tremor or unintentional slipping of the tool. Surgery will exactly achieve pre-operatively planned targets, resulting in very good reproducibility

Precise drilling or reaming. Overcome ergonomic problems, like difficult hand-eye-coordination or frequent changes of viewing the direction

Definition of “safe areas” – robot will not move tool beyond

Use of novel tool systems which cannot be guided manually

Essential issues: operating mode & “added value” of a robot

It is a major challenge for new solutions of surgical robot system to exploit this potential while avoiding the drawbacks some existing designs which have not gained wider clinical acceptance. The “added value” of robotic systems must be obvious. Important features to achieve this objectives include interactive operating modes which turn the robot into a powerful and versatile assistance system instead of fully automatic system operation.


J. Y. JENNY

Introduction: Navigation systems might enhance the accuracy of ACL replacement.

Methods: The authors used a non image based navigation system with both kinematic and anatomic registration. Navigated aimers were positioned to simulate the intra-articular hole of both femoral and tibial tunnels. The system displayed the position of the guide wire, the expected isometricity of the graft and the potential impingement within the intercondylar notch.

40 patients were operated on for an arthroscopic assisted bone – patellar tendon – bone ACL replacement with an outside-in femoral tunnel. The guide wires were placed according to the standard technique, and their position recorded by the system. The recorded position was compared:

to the conventional radiographic measurement of the position of the tunnels on plain antero-posterior and lateral X-rays,

and to the 3D measurement of the position of the tunnels on a CT-scan.

Results: There was a significant difference in the paired absolute values of the mediolateral position of the tibial tunnel between radiographic and navigated measurements (p = 0.008). However there was a significant correlation between these two measurements (p = 0.05).

There was no significant difference in the paired absolute values of the mediolateral position of the tibial tunnel or of the antero-posterior position of the femoral tunnel between radiographic and navigated measurements.

There was no significant difference in the paired absolute values of the antero-posterior and medio-lateral position of the tibial tunnel or of the antero-posterior position of the femoral tunnel between CT and navigated measurements.

Discussion: CT-scan measurement of the positioning of the ACL replacement tunnels is currently the gold standard technique. According to this reference, the antero-posterior position of both the femoral and the tibial tunnels can be accurately assessed by the navigation system used. The X–ray measurement is less accurate and should not be considered as a confident control of the accuracy of the tunnel placement.

Summary: The antero-posterior position of both the femoral and the tibial tunnels can be accurately assessed by the system.


J. Wahrburg

The use of surgical navigation in computer assisted or image guided procedures requires the precise measurement of the spatial position of surgical instruments. Investigations of several physical principles have turned out that two technologies are best feasible for application in clinical routines:

optical technology,

electromagnetic technology.

Available systems based on either principle deliver measurement information for the 3D-position of a surgical instrument, expressed by the x-y-z coordinates of its tip, and for its 3D-orientation, described by the direction of the instrument axis towards the tip. It is therefore common terminology to describe such measurement systems as 3D/6D digitizing or localizing systems.

The presentation will describe basic principles of both technologies, including their main technical features and the design of key components such as rigid bodies for optical systems and sensor coils for electromagnetic systems. The survey includes an overview of known challenges and problems, and how commercial systems cope with these. A comparison of both technologies outlines the advantages and drawbacks in different applications as well as possible future improvements. It leads to the conclusion that both technologies will co-exist for the foreseeable future.


J. Wahrburg

The paper presents the design of a mechatronic assistance system which started from the novel concept to integrate an optical navigation system and a robotic arm, combining the specific advantages of each of the two components. The integrated system offers precise positioning and guiding of surgical instruments according to pre-operative planning. A unique feature results from its capability to track small motions of the patient in real time, eliminating the need to rigidly fix the anatomical structure to be operated. The robot arm can be regarded as a controlled machine actuator of a navigation system. Its operation is mainly controlled by interactive operating modes which are based on a versatile haptic interface. The system supports the surgeon in those parts of a procedure where human skills are limited, but always lets him take full control, for example by directly grasping and moving the arm at its wrist if he wants to push the arm aside.

In 2003 several clinical trials have been performed to demonstrate the technical and medical feasibility of the approach. Our mechatronic assistance system has been world’s first system to support the implantation of the acetabular cup in robot assisted hip surgery. The next steps have been concentrated on further developments in some key areas.

Improvements of the man-machine interface in order to make the operation of the system faster, easier, and more robust, extension of the system application also to the femoral part of total hip replacement, including support for resurfacing implants, investigation of novel tool systems for bone preparation and prosthesis implantation that fully exploit the advantages of mechatronic, slip-away-safe tool guidance, further improvements for less invasive operating techniques.

It has turned out that apart from proving the basic system functionality it is a time consuming task to design all system components in a way that they are robust and easy to handle to be acceptable for daily clinical application. After a partial redesign of the system architecture presently the implementation of improved modules to support both the acetabular and the femoral part in total hip replacement surgery by the mechatronic assistance system is in progress.


J. Wahrburg

Computer-based preoperative planning of orthopaedic interventions will gain increasing importance due to the following trends.

Digitalisation of x-ray equipment and installation of PACS in hospitals for electronic distribution and archiving of diagnostic images, corresponding need of planning procedures which directly process the digital images on a computer, forensic aspects within the scope of growing demands on documentation and quality assurance.

This paper presents the modiCAS software framework as an example which has been developed to meet these requirements. It is characterised by specific features that greatly enhance computer-based pre-operative planning of total hip and knee replacement procedures. The planning process can be compiled such that it is controllable by just three control buttons on the computer screen. Thus planning can be done very efficiently and does not demand more time than conventional film-based procedures on a light-box.

The software uses 3D-templates of the implants. It facilitates more informative planning even if standard 2D x-ray pictures are used, for example by showing the anteversion of the cup prosthesis in hip replacement. In case of accurate and patient-specific scaling of the x-ray images important parameters can be determined such as the required size of the implants, as well as offset and leg-length corrections. Future versions of the software will have a link to navigation systems and robotic assistance systems to support intra-operative realisation of the preoperative planning.

The modiCAS software is a manufacturer-independent solution which is not limited to certain implant or PACS producers. Its integrated DICOM interface facilitates data input from all compatible modalities, and the storage of the planning results at the end of the procedure. The library of available implant templates already comprises the most common implants and is continuously updated.


K. Deep J.P. Fleetcroft H. Zouralidis N. Rehman

Introduction: Computer aided surgery has been used in orthopaedics for over a decade now. It has mainly found its use in knee and hip arthroplasty. Its use in other areas is still under development. There has been only one published report in literature on its use in patello femoral joint replacement arthroplasty. We did a study to evaluate its use in patello-femoral arthroplasty.

Methods: A retrospective group of patients was selected who had patello-femoral joint arthroplasty under one of the authors with non navigated standard technique. This was compared with another group which was followed prospectively and had it done with minimally invasive technique using computer aided navigation. The main factors compared were blood loss, incision size and hospital stay.

Results: Thirteen patients had patello-femoral arthroplasty. Seven had with aid of computer aided navigation technique. There was a distinct advantage of computer aided surgery in blood loss, hospital stay and size of incision. It had no bearing on the surgical outcome in short term. Long term results are still awaited.

Conclusion: While our study is only short term and does not have many patients, there seems to be a distinct advantage in terms of hospital stay and size of incision.


Full Access
M. Kunz G.L. Xenoyannis B. Ma K. Huang J. Rudan R.E. Ellis

Hip resurfacing has recently become an alternative for total hip replacement, especially for younger and more active patients. Although early results are encouraging, there are reports of failure as a result of malpositioning of the femoral component. To help overcome this problem we developed a CT-guided computer-assisted system for the planning and guidance of the femoral component during hip resurfacing.

3D isosurface models were generated from a CT scan of the pelvis and proximal femur. By superimposing virtual prosthetic components, the surgeon preoperatively determined the size, position and orientation of the femoral component. Intraoperatively, an optoelectronic navigation system was used for realtime CT-guidance of the insertion of the alignment pin for the femoral component.

In a laboratory study, the precision of the intraoperative guidance system was investigated. One experienced and one inexperienced surgeon performed one posterior and one anteriolateral approach on 10 different plastic bone models. After each procedure, the alignment-pin orientation was compared to the planned orientation.

In a preliminary clinical study, 27 patients underwent the computer-assisted method and 13 patients were operated on using conventional technique. Both posterior and anteriolateral surgical approaches were used. Pre-operative and postoperative neck-shaft angles were compared using Student’s t-test.

In the laboratory study, the mean deviations between planned and navigated alignment-pin orientation was 0.65° (StDev 0.9°) for the experienced surgeon, and 0.13° (StDev 0.7°) for the inexperienced surgeon. The mean deviation of anteversion angles were measured as 0.31° (StDev 0.8°) for the experienced surgeon and 0.01° (StDev 0.9°) for the inexperienced surgeon.

In the clinical study, we measured the neck-shaft angle in the computer-assisted group to be an average of 133° preoperatively and 134° postoperatively (p=0.16), and in the conventional group to be an average of 136° pre-operatively and 135° postoperatively (p=0.79). There were no significant differences between pre-operative and post-operative measurements between the groups. However, there was a significantly lower standard deviation in the postoperative computer-assisted group: it was 6.6°, compared to 13.3° in the conventional group (Levene’s test for equality of variances, p=0.004).

We conclude, based on our results, that a CT-guided system can help to prevent femoral misalignment during a hip resurfacing by increasing the intraoperative precision.


R.L. Thornberry

HipNav, a validated CT-based computer simulation software program, was used to calculate prosthetic and native hip ROM using collision detection. High resolution CT scans and CAD models of THA implants were used to create the simulations. Point cloud graphs were developed to graphically represent three-dimensional hip ROM graphs for all combinations of potential motion within maximal ROM parameters based on ligamentous restraints. A total of 27 normal hips were selected from a group of computer assisted total hip patients having surgery on the opposite side. The hips were then segmented and hip motion simulated inside the accepted limits of 50 degrees abduction, 30 degrees of adduction, 45 degrees internal and external rotation, 120 degrees of flexion and 40 degrees of extension

Point cloud graphs of the normal hips provided the baseline for minimal acceptable available motion. Recent literature indicates that acetabular cup placement is quite variable using traditional methods. One thousand five hundred different acetabular component positions (abduction from 30–60 degrees and 0–50 degrees of anteversion) were analyzed based on this data and their corresponding point cloud graphs were overlaid and compared to the native hip point cloud graph. The femoral component was set at 15 degrees of anteversion.

When simulating a THA with a 28mm femoral head and non-augmented liner, regardless of acetabular component positioning, native hip ROM could not be duplicated. Further, many positions inside two standard deviations of reported cup placement accuracy had substantial impingement. This technique provides a graphical tool that will help evaluate THA range of motion and clearly demonstrates how implantation accuracy affects hip ROM and impingement.


A. L. Simpson B. Ma B. Slagel D. P. Borschneck R. E. Ellis

Our research group has recent clinical experience with our novel computer-assisted method of bone deformity correction using the Taylor spatial frame (Smith & Nephew, Memphis, TN). Practitioners of the Taylor spatial frame admit that there is a steep learning curve in using the frame. This is in large part due to the difficulty in accurately measuring 13 frame parameters and mounting the frame to the patient without inducing residual rotational and translational errors. Our technique aims to reduce complications due to these factors by preoperatively planning the desired correction and calculating the correction based on the actual three-dimensional location of the frame with respect to the anatomy, rather than from traditional radiographs. The surgeon has greater flexibility in choosing the position of the rings since this technique does not depend on placing the rings in a particular configuration.

Four clinical procedures have been performed at Kingston General Hospital (Kingston, ON, Canada) to date. The first patient presented with a proximal tibial growth-plate arrest that was secondary to a fracture. The result was a recurvatum deformity secondary to an eccentric growth arrest anteriorly. This deformity caused a stretch of the posterior capsule and posterior cruciate ligament that produced an unstable knee. The achieved correction, measured radiographically, was from an initial; − 14 degrees to a final +7 degrees of posterior slope.

The second patient presented with a proximal tibial soft tissue imbalance that was thought would eventually lead to a recurvatum deformity. An increase in the posterior slope of the tibia was induced to compensate for the soft tissue deformity. The radiographic correction was an increase in posterior slope from +7 degrees to +14 degrees and from 5 degrees varus to 8 degrees varus.

The third patient patient presented with a partially-healed malunited tibial fracture with 14 degrees of proximal tibial varus and 16 degrees of posterior slope. In spite of an uncomplicated frame application, the patient was not compliant with post-operative care and the frame was removed before correction could be achieved.

The fourth patient underwent a limb lengthening. At the time of writing, the adjustment schedule had not been completed.

Our computer-assisted procedure appears to be an effective method of improving Taylor spatial frame use. The senior surgeon (DPB) noted that the procedure is easy to perform, he no longer needs to measure the 13 frame parameters, and he can plan the correction in three dimensions. We also have the ability to modify the pace of the correction schedule to accommodate the rate of bone growth for each individual patient. Drawbacks of the technique include the requirements for a preoperative CT scan and a segmentation of the scan to produce the three-dimensional computer models.


S. A. Sexton Y. Kamat C. Pearce A. Adhikari

Introduction: Computer assisted knee arthroplasty (CAKA) has been shown in a number of studies to result in better post-operative alignment of prostheses. However good prosthetic alignment is only one part of total knee arthroplasty surgery and outcome is likely to depend on other factors such as soft tissue balancing. Our study aimed to compare the functional outcome following knee arthroplasty using CAKA or conventional instrumentation, and to determine whether the theoretical advantage of improved prosthesis alignment with CAKA resulted in improved functional outcome.

Materials and Methods: Data on 299 patients have been recorded to date. 139 patients have a minimum one year follow up. No patients were lost to follow up All patients were operated on by a single surgeon at a dedicated arthroplasty centre and were allocated to one of two groups: Computer assisted navigation using a robot assisted technique (PiGalilieo, Plus Orthopaedics, Rotkreuz, Switzerland), or using conventional instrumentation. In both groups the prosthesis used was the TC-Plus Self-aligning bearing (Plus Orthopaedics). Functional outcome was measured using the Oxford Knee Score (OKS). There was no statistical difference in pre-operative OKS and demographic data between the two groups

A power analysis was performed with alpha of 0.05 and power of 80%. In order to detect a difference of 4 points in the OKS, 126 patients were required. This number was exceeded in our study at one year.

Results: The mean OKS at one year follow up was 24.9 (range 12–54, standard deviation (s.d) 9.8) for the CAKA group and 25.3 (range 12– 49, s.d. 9.7) for the control group. There was no significant difference in functional outcome at one year between the two groups (p = 0.41). At two years follow up the mean OKS was 25.39 (range 13–53, s.d. 10.3) for the CAKA group and 24.14 (range 12– 43, s.d. 9.1) for the control group (p = 0.33). The results for the two year follow up group should be treated with caution as further patient numbers are awaited to obtain adequate power.

Conclusion: Although several studies show that use of CAKA results in improved prosthesis alignment, our study indicates that CAKA does not result in improved functional outcome as assessed by the patient at short term follow up. Improved prosthesis alignment is thought to result in improved long term outcome, however long-term studies are necessary to show whether the known advantages of CAKA in improved prosthesis alignment results in improved patient satisfaction and increased implant survival in order to justify the increased costs associated with CAKA.


F. Lampe K. E. Bohlen

The video shows the detailed surgical technique of minimally invasive navigated total knee arthroplasty. A Columbus (BBraun Aesculap, Tuttlingen, Germany) total knee prosthesis is implanted using the OrthoPilot navigated system and the specially designed small MIOS instruments (BBraun Aesculap, Tuttlingen, Germany). A mini-mid-vastus approach is carried out with an 8 cm skin incision.


K. E. Bohlen F. Lampe S. P. M. Dries E. Hille

Introduction: There is an ongoing discussion about potential risks and benefits of minimally invasive approaches (MIS) in total joint replacement. The aim of this study was to evaluate, whether a higher incidence of misalignments could be observed after minimally invasive navigated TKA and whether the results in the early postoperative period were better compared to standard approaches.

Methods: A total of 50 patients were treated with a navigated (OrthoPilot 4.2) Columbus knee prosthesis (BBraun Aesculap, Tuttlingen, Germany). In 25 patients either a standard or a minimally invasive (mini-mid-vastus) approach was carried out. In both groups the same exclusion criteria for MIS were adopted. Initially during surgery (Nav1a) and finally after implantation of the original components (Nav1b) the mechanical leg axis, passive range of motion and stability were measured by navigation according the common workflow of the system. After restarting the software the same parameters were evaluated once more in a second procedure (Nav2) by reacquisition of joint centres both kinematically and by anatomical landmark palpation with the original prosthesis already implanted. Nav2 was conducted independently from the initial surgical procedure. To validate the intraoperative measurements additional pre- and postoperative long-leg-standing radiographs were made. During the first 10 days postoperatively daily range of motion (ROM) and pain (VAS) were measured. Perioperative blood loss and complications were documented. Results were analyzed by student’s t-test.

Results: Both groups were comparable with regards to preoperative demographic, radiological and intraoperative data (Nav1a). There were no significant differences between the groups concerning intraoperative measurements of mechanical leg axis, passive range of motion and stability by Nav1b and Nav2. Additionally no differences were found for the alignment in the postoperative radiographs. The length of the skin incision was significantly shorter in the minimally invasive group. Postoperative ROM was significantly higher and pain was significantly less intensive in the MIS group. Blood loss and complication rates were comparable.

Discussion: If the exclusion criteria for MIS were accepted no differences regarding the quality of alignment, passive range of motion and ligament stability could be demonstrated between conventional and MIS navigated TKA. Patients with MIS navigated TKA performed superior in terms of early postoperative function and pain. From the authors point of view the technically demanding minimally invasive implantation of the knee prosthesis should be exclusively performed with support of navigation.


J. Robinson I. Peters M. Hirner R. Sewgolan

Background: Computer Assisted Orthopaedic Surgery continues to evolve. Electromagnetic Computer Navigation has recently emerged as a new modality of CAOS that promises increased accuracy, as well as increased portability and practicality. However, there are very few studies examining this new technique and comparing it to conventional TKJR.

Methods: We carried out a prospective randomised study comparing the conventional jig-based technique of TKJR versus EM navigation (Medtronic). We examined parameters such as surgical time, blood loss, days in hospital post operatively, and complication rate. Further, we assessed the accuracy of the two techniques with the CT Scan “Perth Protocol”. Parameters measured included femoral component flexion, extension, alignment and rotation, tibial alignment, posterior slope and femorotibial mismatch.

Results: Mean Oxford Knee Score was 47.5; the mean age was 70 (67–74). 43% were female and 57% male. Half were navigated and half conventional. The mean Hb change in 48 hours, as a reflection of blood loss was 14.5% for the conventional group and 14.25% for the navigated group. Mean Surgical Time for the conventional group was 90 minutes and the navigated was 120 minutes. The average stay in hospital for both groups was 5 days after the operation. The measurements according to the Perth Protocol suggested increased accuracy in femoral alignment, posterior slope, and reduced femorotibial mismatch. Femoral rotation was not significantly different and femoral flexion extension was not significantly different. The only major complication occurred in the navigated group with a dislocated knee in a patient afflicted with multiple sclerosis.

Summary: These preliminary results suggest that EM navigation is a safe and accurate technique. It has the additional advantage of portability and increased user friendliness compared to other navigation methods. When compared to conventional jig-based techniques, it is more accurate, increases surgical time by an average 30 minutes, there is no significant difference in blood loss at 48 hours, patient’s stay in hospital is not prolonged and the rate of complications does not exceed that of conventional surgery.

Electromagnetic Navigation is in its infancy, and the authors feel that surgical time and accuracy will improve with more frequent use and the development of increasingly more sophisticated software packages. Our study continues.


V. Kannan R. Heaslip R. Richards V. Sauret J.P. Cobb

Wear and loosening are the major causes for long tem failure in Total Hip Replacement (THR). Accurate three dimensional wear analysis of radiographs has its own limitations. We report the results of our clinical study of three dimensional volumetric wear measurements using our custom low radiation risk CT based algorithm and special software

Twenty four patients (32 hips) agreed to take part in our study. The male: female ratio was 1:4. The mean age was 75 years and the mean follow up was 5.4 years. All patients had 28 mm diameter ceramic heads. Of the 32 hips, 17 hips had polyethylene inserts and 15 hips had ceramic inserts. The maximum follow up for the polyethylene and ceramic groups were 12 years and 5.5 years respectively. All the patients were scanned using Somatom Sensation 4 scanner. Using custom software, 3D reconstruction of the components was done and landmark acquisition done on the femoral head, acetabular metal component and the insert. From these landmarks, a dedicated program was used to calculate the centre of the femoral head in relation to the centre of the acetabular component in all three axes and an indirect measurement of wear obtained. Using the axes measurements graphical 3D models of migration of the femoral head component into the acetabular liner were created and volume of wear measured using special software. Accuracy of the method was assessed by measuring the radius of the femoral head since all patients had 28mm diameter heads implanted in them. Assessment of precision of method was done by calculating the level of agreement between two independent observers.

In the polyethylene group, there was no significant (< 1mm) wear in x and y axis with time. However there was significant evidence of wear in relation to time in the z axis (max wear = −2.5 mm). In the ceramic group with relatively shorter follow up, there was no evidence of significant wear in all three axes. The mean volume measured in the polyethylene group was 685 mm3 (max = 1629 mm3, min = 132mm3 ). The mean volume measured in the ceramic group was 350mm3 (max = 1045 mm3, min = 139mm3 ). The mean radius of the femoral head measured in both groups was 14.02mm (range =13.8 to 14.4 mm). Accuracy was limited by artifacts particularly in bilateral hip arthroplasties and further in the ceramic group because of the restricted access to the ceramic head for placement of markers. Measurements obtained by two independent observers showed a strong correlation (0.99, p value = 0.001) for the polyethylene group. In the ceramic group the correlation (0.69, p value=0.0126) was not as strong as the polyethylene group.

This study has produced a method for three dimensional estimation of wear that can be obtained from low dose CT scans with better accuracy and repeatability (< 0.5 mm) even than to ex vivo studies particularly in polyethylene bearings(wear rate 0.14mm/yr). Noise reduction with appropriate artefact reduction software may further improve the accuracy of this simple and repeatable method.


Y. D. Kamat K. Aurakzai Y. Kalairajah J. Riordan R. E. Field A. R. Adhikari

Obesity [Body Mass Index (BMI) > 30kg/m2] is seen in a growing percentage of patients seeking joint replacement surgery. Operations in obese patients take longer and present certain technical difficulties. Computer navigation improves consistency of prosthetic component alignment but increases operation time.

Our aims were

to compare tourniquet times of non-obese with obese patients having knee replacement using standard instruments or computer navigation and

to evaluate the change in tourniquet time as the surgeon gained experience over a three year period.

A retrospective analysis of 232 total knee replacement (TKR) operations performed by a single knee surgeon over a three year period was carried out. Similar knee prostheses (Plus Orthopedics, UK) were used in all cases. Variables to be assessed were the operative technique (computer navigation assisted or standard instruments) and BMI of patients.

Of the 232 knees, 117 were performed using computer navigation and 115 with standard instruments. Each of the groups was subdivided as per BMI to differentiate obese patients (BMI > 30) from the non-obese. Tourniquet times of surgery were used for comparison amongst the subgroups.

There were 56 and 59 patients in the non-obese and obese subgroups respectively within the standard TKR group. The average tourniquet times for these were 79.3 and 86.3 minutes respectively. This was a significant difference (p=0.037). Correspondingly in the computer navigated group, there were 60 non-obese and 57 obese patients. Their tourniquet times were 105.4 and 100.5 minutes respectively. This difference was not significant (p=0.15)

The obese patients in each group were then studied separately and divided into three equally sized subgroups in chronological order. Each sub-group comprised 19 standard TKRs and 19 computer navigated TKRs. Tourniquet times of operations were compared within each sub-group. P values within the first subgroup showed a significant difference. There was no significant difference within the second and third subgroups.

We concluded that obesity significantly increased the operative time in the standard TKR group. However in computer navigated TKR there was no significant difference in operative time between non-obese and obese patients. As the surgeon acquired experience of computer navigation there was no difference in time taken for conventional and computer navigated TKR in obese patients. We hypothesize that in obese patients, computer assisted navigation helps the surgeon to overcome jig alignment uncertainty without any time penalty.


A.I. Nakhla A. Turner F. Rodriguez S. Harris A.D. Lewis J.P. Cobb

Acetabular and pelvic fractures are amongst the most challenging to treat, still requiring major open surgery. The operations to reduce and fix them entail lengthy operative time, significant blood loss and use of ionising radiation.

We report on the initial stages of developement of a minimally invasive method for navigated reduction and percutaneous fixation of acetabular fractures (NRFA). A commercial navigation platform (Acrobot Ltd.) will be adapted for use with this technique. CT based planning will be used to identify the correct realignment of the the bone fragments, which will then be reduced percutaneously with the aid of two tracked arms attached to the navigation system. Schanz pins, which are inserted in pre-operatively planned sites in each fragment using safe trajectories, are handled as joysticks to manipulate the fracture under computer assistance. Registration of the fragments after insertion of the joysticks will be carried out by means of fluoroscopic images of the AP and Judet views of the fractured acetabulum. Once reduction is achieved by following on-screen instructions, the joysticks are held in place by a custom clamping system connected to one of the arms, while the other is used for percutaneous insertion of column screws.

This technique is potentially suitable for a number of acetabular fractures which include transverse, anterior column, posterior column, T-fractures and some associated both columns fractures. These constitute over 50% of Letournel’s and 60% of Matta’s original series of acetabular fractures. Furthermore, this percutaneous technique could reduce bleeding, wound complications, hospital stay and cost of treatment. Intra operative ionising radiation would be greatly reduced for both patients and the surgeons.

Adequate training with the use of this software may provide a greater number of surgeons the capability to surgically treat these complex fractures.


J.S. McConnell J.M. Dillon J.V. Clarke F. Picard A. Gregori

The accuracy of measurement in computer-assisted total knee arthroplasty is dependent on the quality of data acquisition at the start of the procedure; errors in landmark identification could lead to misalignment and therefore poorer longterm outcomes.

Some navigation systems require the surgeon to explicitly identify the femoral epicondyles in order to calculate the trans-epicondylar axis, whereas other systems are able to interpolate the epicondylar location based on a number of points acquired from the distal femoral surface. Significant inter-observer variability in landmark identification has been previously reported in dry bone studies. The purpose of this study was to test the accuracy of identification of the epicondyles during a simulated total knee replacement on a fresh cadaveric specimen.

An unfixed fresh cadaveric left lower limb was used to perform a navigated total knee replacement using the Orthopilot® (B|Braun-Aesculap, Tuttlingen, Germany) image-free navigation system.

Sixteen surgeons attending an advanced navigation training course were invited to take part. A single consultant surgeon performed initial dissection and pin placement, up to the point of landmark acquisition. Each subject was then asked to use a pointer tool to identify the medial and lateral epicondyles, as they would in an operative situation. Data were recorded by the Orthopilot® system, and exported as a 3D array for further analysis.

Initial visualisation with a 3D scatter plot showed that points were evenly distributed within a circular pattern around each epicondyle. The length of a vector between each point on each epicondyle was calculated in turn. The maximum distances between points were 15.6mm for the medial epicondyle, and 19.9mm for the lateral epicondyle.

We then calculated the length and angulation of the trans-epicondylar axis (TEA) for each observer, equivalent to the vector between each pair of points (medial and lateral epicondyle). An average TEA was calculated, and the range and standard deviation of angulation were determined. In the x axis the range was 16.3° (–8.3° to 7.9°, SD 5.1°), in the y axis the range was 18.7° (–8.7° to 10°, SD 5.2°) and in the z axis the range was 20.5° (–10.1° to 10.4°, SD 6.5°). Range of recorded TEA length was 64.5 to 74.9mm (mean 70.6mm, SD 3.3mm).

We conclude that in this simulated operative scenario, surgeons exhibited considerable variability when locating the epicondyles. Range of angulation of the TEA exceeded 16° (SD > 5.1°) in all 3 planes. We cannot recommend the use of a trans-epicondylar axis determined from 2 single points, as a reliable landmark in navigated total knee replacement.


T.N. Board D. Kendoff C. Krettek T. Hüfner

Movement of the limb during computer aided arthroplasty may cause soft tissue impingement on the reference marker(RM) and consequently alter the spatial relationship between RM and bone with resulting inaccuracies in navigation. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect of different degrees of soft tissue dissection on the stability of reference markers during limb movement.

The stability of both one- and two-pin RM systems inserted using three different levels of soft-tissue dissection was analysed in relation to a super-stable RM in fresh cadaver lower limbs. The spatial relationship of the two RMs was analysed using the VectorVision® system (BrainLAB, Germany) during multiple repetitions of four predefined limb movements. All tests were done with RMs inserted in both the distal-anterior femur and distal-lateral femur.

Analysis of movements of the test RM in relation to the super-stable RM showed that rotations of less than 0.15o and translations of less than 0.4mm occurred in most test combinations. The combination that showed the greatest instability was when a stab incision was used to insert a pin in the distal/lateral femur (translation 0.73mm+/− 0.05, rotation 0.25o+/− 0.05)(p< 0.001). This instability occurred in both single and double pin RMs(p=0.21).

RM pins can be placed in the anterior distal femur through simple stab incisions without resulting in significant soft tissue impingement during limb movement. If pins are placed in the lateral distal femur through stab incisions, impingement may occur from the fascia lata. Release of the fascia lata 1cm either side of the pin prevents significant impingement. Wide skin incision is unnecessary in any location.


J. V. Clarke J. M. Dillon A. H. Deakin A. W. G. Kinninmonth F. Picard

Total knee replacement (TKR) has become the standard procedure in management of degenerative joint disease with its success depending mainly on two factors: three dimensional alignment and soft tissue balancing. The aim of this work was to develop and validate an algorithm to indicate appropriate medial soft tissue release during TKR for varus knees using initial kinematics quantified via navigation techniques.

Kinematic data was collected intra-operatively for 46 patients with primary end-stage osteoarthritis undergoing TKR surgery using a CT-free navigation system. All patients had preoperative varus knees and medial release was made using the surgeon’s experience. From this data an algorithm was developed to define the medial release based on the pre-operative mechanical femoral-tibial angle with valgus stress;

No release (tibial cut only) when valgus stress > −2/3°. Moderate release (medial aspect of tibia +/− semimembranosous tendon) when valgus stress > −5° and < −2°. Extensive release (proximal) when valgus stress < −5°. If there was a fixed flexion deformity > 5° then a posterior release was performed.

This algorithm was validated on a further set of 35 patients where it was used to determine the medial release based only on the kinematic data. The post-operative varus and valgus stress angles for the two groups were compared and showed good outcomes in terms of distribution and outliers.

The results showed that the algorithm was a suitable tool to indicate the type of release required based on intra-operatively measured pre-implant valgus stress and extension deficit angles. It reduced the percentage of releases made and the results were more appropriate than the decisions made by an experienced surgeon.


J. Cobb J. Henckel K.U. Brust P. Gomes S. Harris M. Jakopec F. Rodriguez y Baena A. Barrett B. Davies

A Prospective, randomised controlled trial demonstrates superior outcomes using an active constraint robot compared with conventional surgical technique in unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA). Computer assistance should extinguish outliers in arthroplasty, with robotic systems being able to execute the preoperative plan with millimetre precision.

We used the Acrobot system to deliver tailor made surgery for each individual patient. A total of 27 patients (28 knees) awaiting unicompartmental knee arthroplasty were randomly assigned to have the operation performed either with the assistance of the Acrobot or conventionally. CT scans were obtained with coarse slices through hips and ankles and fine slices through the knee joint. Preoperative 3D plans were made and transferred to the Acrobot system in theatre, or printed out as a conventional surgical aid. Accurate co-registration was confirmed, prior to the surfaces of the femur and tibia being milled. The outcome parameters included measurements of the American Knee Society (AKS) score and Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis (WOMAC) index. These measurements were performed pre-operatively and at six, 18 weeks, and 18 months post-operatively. After 18 months two UKA out of the conventional trial (n =15) had been revised into a total knee replacement (TKA), whereas there were no revisions in the Acrobot trial group (n = 13).

Using an active constrained robot to assist the surgeon was significantly more accurate than the conventional surgical technique. This study has shown a direct correlation between accuracy and improvement in knee scores at 6, 18 weeks and 18 months after surgery. At 18 months there continues to be a significant improvement in the knee scores with again a marked correlation between radiological accuracy and clinical outcome with higher accuracy leading to better function based on the WOMAC and American Knee Society Score.


J.M. Dillon A. Gregori A. Mennessier F. Picard

Computer technology allows real time evaluation of knee behaviour throughout flexion. These measurements reflect tibial rotation about the femoral condyles, patellar tracking and soft tissue balance throughout surgery. An understanding of intraoperative kinematics allows accurate adjustment of TKR positioning. We studied computer navigation with the femoral component aligned to Whiteside’s line.

We used CT free navigation during TKR for 71 end-stage osteoarthritic patients. Patients demographics: 29 right–42 left; 44 female −27 male; age 70.4 years (+/− 8.4); mean BMI 30.8 (+/− 4.7; 23.2–48.6); Oxford score: 43 +/− 7.7 (28–58). Preoperatively, 57/71 knees were varus knees, 1 well-aligned and 13 valgus; 75% were cruciate retaining and 25% were posterior stabilised knees.

During surgery the frontal femorotibial or Hip-Knee-Ankle (HKA) angle was measured from maximum extension through 30°,60° and 90° of flexion. Measurements of the femoro tibial angles (HKA) in 0°, 30°, 60° and 90° of knee flexion before and after TKR were collected. No patella was replaced. We compared the kinematics of each knee. Femoral component rotation was 2.06° external rotation +/−1.32° (−1°; 5°) referenced from the dorsal condylar axis. Analysis divided the 71 patients into three groups:

When the femoral component was placed between 1° internal rotation and 0° of external rotation (7 patients) HKA tended to flex into valgus.

When the femoral component was placed between 1° and 3° of external rotation (45 patients) HKA tended to remain in neutral alignment (close to the mechanical axis).

When the femoral component was placed between 3° and 5°of external rotation (19 patients) HKA tended to flex into varus.


F. Iranpour Boroujeni S.L. Chia A.M. Merican A.A. Amis R.K. Strachan

Patellofemoral complications in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) are common. Patellar tracking can be adversely affected by component positioning, soft tissue imbalance and bony deformity. Lateral patellar release rates reported in the literature vary from 6– 40%. Computer assisted surgery has largely been confined to the tibio-femoral component of total knee replacement. However, with recently developed software, it can be used to visualise and quantify patellar tracking and thus guide the precise extent and site of lateral patellar release. The aim of this early study was to define the diagnostic envelope for identification and quantisation of patella maltracking using a current generation patella navigation system.

Our previous prospective analysis of 100 patients undergoing primary TKA identified pre-operative radiographic indices that correlate with maltracking of the patellofemoral joint. 20 cases were subsequently selected for computer assisted total knee replacement surgery. The navigation system (Vector Vision (BrainLab) version 1.6) was used to achieve accurate alignment and position of the femoral and tibial components. All knee replacements were performed using a posterior cruciate-retaining prosthesis. The femoral component was of a ‘patella-friendly’ design with inbuilt 3 degrees external rotation, and the patella was resurfaced in all cases with a biconvex inlay patellar prosthesis.

Patellar tracking was assessed intra-operatively using an additional patellar array and patella tracking-specific software. Real-time displays of patella shift, tilt, rotation and circle radii during multiple flexion-extension cycles were obtained. Where necessary, an ‘outside-to-in’ release of the lateral retinacular complex was performed. The navigation system was used to provide contemporaneous feedback on the effect of the soft tissue releases on the tracking characteristics of the patella component on the prosthetic trochlea. Primary outcomes included the sensitivity and specificity of the system for peri-operative patella maltracking; secondary outcomes included the definition of interventional endpoints and correlation of intra-operative tracking data with post-operative x-rays.

The demographic data for the 20 patients enrolled in this study was essentially unremarkable. As compared to standard intra-operative clinical evaluation of patella tracking, the computer navigation system is equally sensitive and specific, and it can potentially detect more subtle instances of maltracking that may elude conventional clinical evaluation. We present patterns of patellar tracking during the surgery for patient with and without pre-operative patellar maltracking. However, the significance of this is unknown without longer-term outcome data. Patella shift abnormalities that were detected by the system, but not tilt, correlated with clinical judgement of patella maltracking (p< 0.05).

Soft tissue balancing of the patella can now be performed by observing precise changes in shift and tilt. This can be as important as component alignment for optimising patellar tracking and minimising patellofemoral complications.


Full Access
F. Iranpour Boroujeni A.A. Amis J.P. Cobb

Patellofemoral symptoms are a prominent cause of dissatisfaction following knee arthroplasty. This may relate to difficulty in knowing where to resect the bone and in placing prosthetic components to reproduce the anatomy accurately. This study developed geometrical data to facilitate these procedures during TKR.

Thirty CT scans of patients above the age of 55 without patellofemoral disease were performed. Three dimensional images were reconstructed using computer software that enabled manipulation of these images and measurements to be taken. These models allowed the shape of the patella to be modelled, its size and the track it takes in the normal trochlea.

The anterior and proximal patellar planes could be described as flat surfaces with an rms of 0.4 and 0.3mm. The angle between these planes was 112° (stdev 5°). The median ridge of the articular surface was a straight line with an rms of 0.2mm and the average angle between the anterior plane and this line was 12° (stdev4°). The angle between the anterior plane and a line fitted to the posterior aspect of the apex of the patella was 56° (stdev 2°). Having oriented the patella with the proximal plane vertical, the distal pole of the patella was within 2mm of the same sagittal plane as the median ridge of the articular surface in all cases. The functional centre of the patella was defined as a point in the centre of 2 planes orthogonal to the sagittal plane at the midpoint between the most proximal and most distal points on the median ridge. In the transverse section this centre was always on the line separating the superficial and deep surfaces of the patella. Also the length, width and thickness of the patellae were measured at 22mm +/−4mm, 47mm +/− 3mm and 24 mm+/− 2 mm. The average ratio of the lateral facet to medial facet width was 1.3 (range 0.8–1.6). The average ratio of the patellar width to thickness was 2.0 (S.D. 0.106, 95%CI 1.96 to 2.03) with a strong correlation(r= 0.89).

From this work we have concluded that the anterior and proximal planes of the patella, which will not be affected by the disease, can be defined and used as a frame of reference for the patella, which will be helpful for navigating the patella and restoring its anatomical form in the presence of erosive changes.

The patella has a constant shape, so that its articular surface can be defined in relatively simple terms, and can be referenced off its non articular surface.


E Oburu A Gregori

The purpose of our study was to compare the alignment achieved by navigated mobile bearing unicompartmental arthroplasty with that of standard instrumentation. We looked at postoperative X-Rays of 18 unicompartmental mobile bearing arthroplasties performed by two surgeons. 12 of these performed by one surgeon, consisting of 6 navigated E-Motion™ mobile bearing knees and 6, Phase 3 Oxford™ unicompartmental mobile bearing knees. The remaining 6 were Phase 3 Oxford™ unicompartmental mobile bearing knees, performed by a different surgeon. Radiological measurements using the criteria in the Oxford™ manual were taken. All navigated E-motion™ components were within the defined Oxford™ parameters, while a quarter of both all the femoral and all tibial implants were malaligned using standard instrumentation. Our study shows that better and more consistent alignment was achieved when navigation was used for mobile bearing unicompartmental arthroplasty as opposed to the use of standard instrumentation.


H.-E. Hoffart N. Vasak E. Langenstein

Since 2000 we have performed TKR with the aid of a computer assisted navigation system (PiGalileo). Over this time we have made more than 2000 TKR, while continuing to monitor results from both standard technique and computer navigated TKR.

As we began to work with the computer assisted navigation system, we ran a comparison trial to ascertain the accuracy of mechanical axis calculation. The trial comprised of 32 patients. The accuracy of the calculation in both techniques was measured by paralax-free X-ray. The computer assisted navigation group showed a deviation of 0.9°–2.5°, whereas the standard technique group showed a deviation of 3.5°–4.6°.

A second comparison was conducted involving 186 patients. The TKR were performed from August 2000 to December 2001. All patients received the same implant (TC-Solution). All operations were performed by the hospital’s two most senior surgeons. Cases involving deviations from our standard TKR (such as patellar replacement) were eliminated from the trial. Two groups were created randomly:

Group A (88 patients) standard technique

Group B (98 patients) technique with the aid of computer assisted navigation system.

All patients were examined by an independent doctor, in accordance with a clearly defined protocol. Preoperative and postoperative clinical examinations with X-rays were made. Check ups with valuation of the KSS score (Insall) and HSS Knee score (Ranavate and Shine) followed after 3,6,12,24 and 60 months.

Both groups have comparable biometric data. In the post-surgery checks we found noticeable differences in the axis positions of the legs and the ventral cutting plane in favour of group B. This group showed better clinical results and patient satisfaction.

There was no difference in the outcome in case of retropatelar problems, as the first generation software did not permit rotation assessment of the prosthesis. The current version of the system allows this assessment.

The results of our clincal observations confirm the advantage of computer navigated TKR. It has become our standard operating method. The navigation system is reliable, warrants better axis and rotation positioning of the prosthesis; exact cutting planes, and consequently, exact setting of the implants. Through progressive development of the navigation system and refined surgical techniques in relation to computer assisted TKR, we have reduced the average TKR operating time.


N. Vasak H.-E. Hoffart C.A. Schmidt

Navigation during the positioning of the acetabular component in total hip replacement is a promising tool to improve the prosthetic alignment. Correct placement of the cup will reduce the risk of mechanical complications such as dislocations and impingement. All navigation systems, be they CT or infra-red based, require exact determination of the symphysis and both anterior superior iliac spines, the landmarks of the patient’s pelvis. The accuracy of the intraoperative palpation of these landmarks influences the outcome of the cup-angulation more than any other factor.

Our experience in over 700 infra-red based navigated total hip replacements since 2002, shows a wide variation of acetabular cup anteversion. This study was intended to prove a correlation between the subcutaneous fat thickness and infra-red based measurements of the pelvis.

The navigation system (PiGalileo) used in this study is infra-red based, using the symphysis and both anterior superior iliac spines as reference points.

To determine the influence of the surgeons’ experience in palpating the landmarks on the outcome of the position of the acetabular cup, two series of 10 consecutive THRs were performed by a single surgeon. The first series was performed after the navigation had been introduced into the routine of our total hip replacements and the initial learning curve had passed. The second series was initiated to prove a correlation between the patient’s soft tissue cover and acetabular cup anteversion. The subcutaneous tissue overlying the landmarks was measured preoperatively by ultrasound. The computer calculated anteversion was corrected by a factor based on the clinical experience of the surgeon. In both series coronal tilt and cup anteversion were evaluated via post-operative CT-scans. Thus determined, the position of the cup was compared to the intraoperative measurements of the navigation system.

All acetabular cup angles were kept within the required limits. In the first series, the mean difference of the measurements of the coronal tilt and anteversion were 3.8° and 7.2° respectively. In the second series, the mean difference of the anteversion was improved by 2°. There was no change affecting the coronal tilt. In both series, the operating time was increased by 9 minutes compared to conventional THRs.

Precise landmark acquisition is essential in order to profit from navigation in total hip replacement and obtain a cup angulation far superior to conventional placement. The correlating factor of subcutaneous fat and cup anteversion has yet to be determined.


R Hart

Introduction: The aim of this study was to prove the effectiveness of the CT-free OrthoPilot navigation system (Aesculap-B. Braun, Tuttlingen, Germany).

Material and Method: 40 ACL reconstructions with and 40 without use of this navigation system were performed from 2005. The software calculated the isometry of the reconstructed ligament in respect of its tibial and femoral insertions. Both tunnels were then drilled with use of navigation. In the controll group, the procedure was performed in standard manner. The femoral tunnel position was evaluated according to the method described by Harner and the tibial tunnel according to Bernard and Hertel. The joint stability was measured with use of KT-1000. The clinical results were evaluated according to Lysholm.

Results: The femoral tunnel was in the navigated group localised in the ideal position with a mean deviation up to 8 % from the ideal tunnel center in 35 cases (87,5 %) and in the acceptable position with a mean deviation up to 14 % in 5 cases (12,5 %). In the controll group was the femoral tunnel localised in the ideal position in 14 cases (35,0 %), in the acceptable position in 14 cases (35 %) and in the wrong position in 12 cases (30 %).

The tibial tunnel was in the navigated and also in the controll group localised in the ideal position in zone B in 37 cases (92,5 %).

The mean additinal operation time caused by Ortho-Pilot navigation was 11 minutes. No complications were observed in both groups. There was no difference in Lysholm score between both groups. The dispersion of the stability values was greater in the controll group.

Conclusions: The kinematic navigation system permited more correct placement of femoral drilling tunnel then the standard technique.


R Hart

Aim: Aim of this prospectiv study is to present the first results of the grafted open-wedge high tibial osteotomy performed with aid of the computer-guided kinematic navigation and with use of the stable internal LCP-fixation. An arthroscopy preceded every operation.

Method: 20 cases were operated on in the year 2002 and 2003 by means of this method. The outcomes were evaluated minimally 2 years after the surgery clinically and radiologically.

Results: Before the osteotomy, the mean anatomic lateral tibiofemoral angle (aLTFA) was 181,1°. The desired 2° „overcorrection“ of valgus (aLTFA 172°) was found on X-rays postoperatively in all cases. The mean correction was 9,1°. The achieved correction wasn’t lost during 2 years of the follow-up. The osteotomy healed in all cases up to 4 months. The full range of motion remained after the surgery in all cases. All patients were satisfied with their results.

Conclusion: The computer-assisted open-wedge high tibial osteotomy with tricortical grafts stabilized by means of LCP-fixation gives exact and reproductable results without correction lost.


S. V. Sonanis

A novel study is done to show use of Auto CAD in orthopaedics at various stages. Auto-CAD is a Three-Dimensional (3-D) software used for drafting and designing and it requires training and practice. Orthopaedic surgeons are usually not trained to use this software but the author an orthopaedic surgeon was trained and certified by City and Guilds to use this software.

Since 1998 the CAD knowledge was used in orthopaedics by using solid model designing. A digital picture of radiograph or bone was taken through the camera and was imported in CAD drawing. The picture was scaled to the actual dimensions of the patient and analysed. Auto-CAD was used for radiographic evaluation, identifying the percentage of magnification of the radiographs, and to measure angles and dimensions of the bones. On the radiographs a new ‘Tuning Fork Lines’ (TFL) were drawn to assess the talar shift in ankle fractures. Functional Acetabular Index (FAI) again a new measure was used to calculate the change of angle of the new cup position in total hip replacements due to pelvic tilt and leg length discrepancy (LLD) on weight bearing. CAD was also used for joint replacement pre-operative planning and patient follow-up. Interhip, inter-knee and inter-malleolar distance was measured to identify femoral valgus angle to guide distal femoral cut in total knee replacements (TKR). Measurements of apparent leg length and angle of fixed deformities of the joints were also studied. Femoral head neck ratio was studied in relation to range of movements (ROM), impingement and stability of the hip joint. Some specific designing work was also under taken. The results showed that the percentage of magnification of the radiographs varied from 9% to 23% (mean 16 %). TFL on antero-posterior view within 30° of rotations of ankle joint confirmed anatomical talar positions and abnormal shifts. One centimetre of LLD changed FAI by 2.5° and 10° of abduction deformity resulted in apparent lengthening of 3.87 cm. Increased femoral head neck ratio for joint bearing improved ROM, increased stability of the hip joint and reduced impingement. Clinical measure was more important than anatomical angles for TKR.

The author found 3-D Auto-CAD to be very useful in his clinical practice. It is very reliable in analysing radiographs and the pictures with great accuracy without any need for markers in vivo. Hopefully it will open up more horizons and will be used widely by orthopaedic surgeons in the future.


G. Dardenne J.D. Gil Cano C. Hamitouche E. Stindel C. Roux

One of the advantages of Computer Assisted Orthopaedic Surgery is to obtain functional and morphological information in real time during the procedure. 3D models can be built, without preoperative images, based on elastic 3D to 3D registration methods. The bone morphing algorithm is one of them. It allows to specifically build the 3D shape of bones using a deformable model and a set of spare points obtained on the patient. These points are obtained with a pointer tracker visible by the station which digitises the surface of the bone. However, it’s not always possible to digitise directly the bone in the context of minimal invasive surgery. In this case, the lack of information leads to an inaccurate reconstruction of bone’s surfaces. To collect such missing information we propose to rely on ultrasound (US) images despite the fact that ultrasound is not the best modality to image bones.

To use this method, a segmentation step is first needed to detect automatically the bone in US images. Then, a calibration step of the US probe is carried out to obtain the 3D position of any point of the 2D ultrasonic images using 3D infra-red localizer. Several methods can be carried out to calibrate US probes, however to take into account surgical constraints such as accuracy, robustness, speed and ease of use, we decided to implement the single wall procedure.

The calibration step consists in the estimation of a transformation matrix which carries out the connection between the 2D reference system of the US image and a 3D reference system in the space. To estimate correctly this matrix, a wall is scanned with different motions of the US probe. The images are then processed to automatically detect the lines representing the wall in the US images. A preliminary step allows to clean the images using a threshold and a gradient operation. Then, a method based on the Hough transform detects the lines on the images. Once all the images are processed, the calibration parameters can be estimated by using a new method which minimises the distance between the real plane and the points obtained with the US images. This optimisation step is composed of the genetic algorithms and of the Levenberg-Marquardt (LM) method. The first algorithm allows to obtain a good initialisation in a defined space for the LM algorithm. This good initialisation found thanks to the stochastic behaviour of the genetic algorithms is very important otherwise the LM algorithm could detect local minimum and the calibration parameters could be wrong.

The accuracy of the calibration method is assessed by measuring the distance between the position of a known point in the space and the same point obtained with the US image and the calibration. 40 calibrations matrices are used to estimate correctly the accuracy. An average accuracy of 1.22 mm and a standard deviation (Std. Dev.) of 0.42 mm are measured. The accuracy of the system is quite high but the reproducibility is too low to use this approach in a clinical environment. The main reason of this lack of reproducibility is the thickness of the US beam.

A slight modification in the design of the calibration tool will allow to increase the reproducibility. We will then have an efficient and automatic calibration procedure with the required accuracy and robustness, usable for clinical purposes.


A.P. Schulz S. Maegerlein S. Fuchs A. Paech M. Faschingbauer

Introduction: Trauma surgeons are often less exposed to large caseloads of primary osteoarthritis, compared to purely “elective”orthopaedic surgeons. The experience in total knee arthroplasty is thereby markedly On the other hand, posttraumatic knee arthrosis is often accompanied by severe deformity and axis deviation. In theory, navigated arthroplasty can overcome some of the problems in this setting.

Aim: Evaluation of the navigated technique of total knee arthroplasty (TKA), including the technical difficulties, the learning curve and the feasibility in severe bony deformity. Setting is a level I trauma center. Study setup was prospective, follow up period on average 14.5 months (11–25 months).

Patients: Between 7/04–6/05 we treated 36 patients with arthritis of the knee related to trauma. 18 patients were male. Average age at TKA was 59 (32–77) years. On average patients had 2.83 previous operations.

Methods: The navigational system used is manufactured by PRAXIM (La Tronche/France). It uses infrared-tracking and bone-morphing software. The implant was a mobile bearing LCS knee (DePuy/USA). Follow up included radiographs, clinical examination and the knee society scores.

Results: In three cases the procedure was finished in a conventional technique, reasons were suspicion of the surgeon about the cuts recommended by the system, a missing femoral cut block and a broken screw of the tracker-fixation. There was no failure of the navigational system. There was a clear learning curve regarding procedure time. Preop mean extension deficit was improved from av. 7.1° (0–30°) to 1.67° (0°–10°) postop., flexion contracture improved from av. 95° to 103°. The combined knee society score (max. 200 pts) improved from 77 pts preop to 156 pts at follow up.

Conclusions: Navigated knee endoprosthesis is reliable tool for the trauma surgeon with few technical problems. Especially for surgeons with less experience in TKA, planning of implant size and position is very helpful. With posttraumatic deformity the surgeon can gain valuable information and assistance to improve alignment and ligamentous balancing.


J.T. Patko L. Markovic A. Dedat

Total knee arthroplasty is a well established treatment modality for knee osteoarthritis with an 82% satisfactory outcome as reported by the Swedish Knee Arthroplasty Register. Overall revision rate is 15% at 10 years with aseptic loosening and instability being the most common indication for revision. Axial alignment of limb with restoration of mechanical axis within a range of +/− 3° varus/valgus is thought to be associated with a better outcome. Although short term outcome results show no significant differences in CAS TKR versus traditional TKR, we expect long term clinical outcome to be better.

The primary aim is to investigate the benefits and pitfalls of using CAS TKR such as improved component alignment and restoration of mechanical axis. In addition, we also share our experience of the current PiGalileo™ Computer Navigated System (ENDOPLUS®).

Since October 2002 we have performed over 80 CAS TKR. We have prospectively collected pre and post operative data of patients undergoing CAS TKR and analysed the operative details, as well as evaluated their WOMAC and Knee Society Scores. We looked in particular at the performance of PiGalileo™ Computer Navigated System (ENDOPLUS®).

We have positive experience with PiGalileo™ Navigation System. We have had no computer related complications. We recognize although the system is user friendly, it naturally involves a learning curve. Surgeries done with PiGalileo™ are still performed by a surgeon, with navigation and mechanized technologies aiding the surgeon in instrument positioning. Surgeons are provided with critical real-time intra-operative feedback to help improve precision, leading to better implant alignment and positioning of the implants to a degree of accuracy not possible with the naked eye. The achievable accuracy of implant positioning is less than 1 mm, and less than 1°. Data is currently being collected to prove the superior long term clinical outcome of such accuracy.


J. S. Mehta J. Hipp I. B. Paul V. Shanbhag A. Jones J. Howes P. R. Davies S. Ahuja

Background: Thoraco-lumbar fractures without a neurological deficit are usually suitable for non-operative treatment. The main area of clinical interest is the deformity at the injured levels. The deformity may be evident at the time of presentation, though could be expected to progress in time.

Objective: Accurate assessment of the temporal behaviour in the geometry of the injured segments in non-operatively treated thoracolumbar fractures with normal neurology.

Materials: 102 patients with thoracolumbar fractures without a neurological deficit were treated non-operatively at our unit between June 2003 and May 2006. The mean age of our patient cohort was 46.9 yrs (16–90 yrs). Strict criteria were followed to determine suitability for non-operative treatment. Supine radiographs were performed at the initial assessment. Erect radiographs were performed when trunk control was achieved and at follow-up assessments thereafter.

Methods: Quality Motion Analysis (QMA) software (Medical Metrics Inc, Houston, Tx) was used to measure rotational and translation changes between the end plates using a validated protocol. The radiographs were standardised for magnification and superimposed from different time points. Transformation matrices were used to track the changes. The AO classification was used to classify the fractures by 2 independent observers.

Results: A median of 4 radiographs were analysed for each patient (range 2–9), at a mean follow-up of 5.6 mo (95% CI 4.1–7.1 mo). 92% of the cohort had sustained a 1 level injury. 76% of the injuries were between T12 and L2; 19% were in the thoracic spine. An inter-observer rating of 0.58 was obtained for the classification of the primary fracture type. The mean rotational change was −1.4855° ± 0.248° (95% CI: −0.994° to–1.976°). The mean anterior vertebral body height collapse was −4.3444° ± 0.6938 (95% CI: −2.695 to −5.724). The mean posterior vertebral height collapse was −0.7987 ± 0.259 (95% CI: −0.284 to −1.313).

Conclusions: We report the use of QMA software to track changes in the vertebral body geometry accurately. This has implications on the clinical aspects of management of thoracolumbar fractures based to progression of deformity that could be explored in future studies.


K Moholkar

Aim: Preliminary results and complications of AGC Total knee Arthroplasty with early results are presented.

Materials and Methods: 51 AGC Total Knee Arthroplasties were undertaken between October 2005 and September 2006. There were 22 males and 28 females. Indication for Total Knee Arthroplasty was Primary and Traumatic Osteoarthris. Brain Lab Implant dedicated Navigation was used.

Results: Outliers were significantly reduced. Complications including superficial infection, late rehabilitation, and stiffness are reported. No revision was undertaken. Tips and pearls regarding navigated Arthroplasty with reference to learning curve are discussed.

Discussion: Each navigation system type has its advantages and disadvantages and can be used with minimally invasive surgery (MIS) total knee arthroplasty (TKA). In addition, concerns for computer glitches, training of personnel, extra time requirements, cost and ability to demonstrate improvements in technique and results are discussed.

Conclusions: Navigated Knee Arthroplasty using AGC-Biomet implant is recommended. Early experience is reported. Salient features of early learning curve are discussed. The current paper shows how the anatomic approach can influence soft tissue tension and support the surgeon during release of soft tissues in leg axis deformities.


M.J. Chambers J. Roberts M.P. Kelly

With the advent of the advancement of manufacturing technologies hip resurfacing (HR) has become a serious option for a younger patient with osteoarthritis of the hip. The operation is technically demanding and correct placement of the femoral component is the critical step.

We hypothesised that with computer navigation we can improve the placement of the femoral component and restore the biomechanics of the hip joint compared to currently available mechanical jigs.

We compared the radiological results and operation time in 8 patients undergoing computer navigated hip resurfacings (cnHR) to 30 patients undergoing mechanical jig hip resurfacings (jigHR).

Our results showed the average angle of the central pin in the femoral neck in the jigHR group was 141 degrees on the AP radiographs (range 131 to 154 degrees) and 6 degrees antevertion (range 0 to 8 degrees) on the lateral radiographs compared with 135 degrees (range 134 to 138 degrees)and 5 degrees (range 3 to 8 degrees)in the cnHR group. The position of the central pin in the neck immediately below the head was off-centre in the jigHR group on average by 4mm in both AP and lateral radiographs and never more than 2mm in the cnHR group in either view. Offset was increased on average 5mm in the jigHR group and decreased on average by 3mm in the cnHR group. The average operation time was 107 minutes in the jigHR group and 110 minutes in the cnHR group.

We conclude that despite our relatively small sample group we have showed computer navigation gives consistent optimum positioning of the femoral component and improves the biomechanics of the hip. This was without increasing operating time.


A. I. Nakhla R. Richards J. P. Cobb

Various frames of reference are routinely used for hip and knee arthroplasty. We hypothesised that the linea aspera is a constant anatomical feature which can be used as a frame of reference.

Twenty cadaveric femora were CT scanned with high resolution 1mm slices. Robin 3D software was used to manipulate the CT data. Three points were identified on the posterior aspect of the lesser trochanter, medial and lateral femoral condyles to position the femora in similar positions based on the posterior femoral plane (PFP). Centres of the femoral head and neck were derived by surface markers placed on the head and around the neck respectively. Joining the 2 centres gave head neck axis (HNA). The most prominent point on the linea aspera was identified at a level midway along the length of the femur. At that level the centre of the canal was derived by placing surface markers. Joining the most prominent point on the linea aspera to the centre of the canal identified our plane, linea aspera – centre plane (LCP). Angle measurements were made between PFP to HNA, PFP to LCP and LCP to HNA.

PFP to HNA is the traditional method for measuring anteversion angle which in our series had a mean of 13°, SD of 5 (range 5–24). PFP to LCP gave very similar results with mean 101°, SD 6 (range 92–112). However it was noted that there is weak correlation between PFP to HNA angle and PFP to LCP angle for each femur. LCP to HNA measurements were more variable with mean 89°, SD 8 (range 76–108).

From these data we conclude that the proximal half of the femur has more variable torsion compared to the distal half. This study shows that the linea aspera should not be used as a frame of reference for hip nor knee arthroplasties. However, further studies are needed to evaluate the linea aspera in-vivo where it is expected to be more prominent and easier to identify.


A.P. Schulz A. Faber D. Hollstein J. Meiners M. Kammal Ch. Juergens

Fully automated robots for the planning and implantation of total hip arthroplasty have completely withdrawn from the market. Reasons were technical problems during the reaming process that lead to postoperative neurological problems. This lead, especially in Germany, to numerous court cases and created a hostile environment regarding robotic orthopaedic surgery.

The first steps in the development of a robotic assisted system for total hip arthroplasty are presented. This system will be able to plan and mill both femoral and acetabular implant seat. This project aims to combine the advantages of minimally invasive techniques and navigational systems with the accuracy that robotic assisted bone milling can provide. One of the main goals is the study of the technical problems of previous systems and to develop methods to prevent those.

The project-name is RomEo (Robotic minimally invasive Endoprosthetics), the main project partners are the Helmut-Schmidt University/Hamburg and the Department of Trauma and Orthopaedics of the BG Trauma Hospital Hamburg. The paper focuses on:

The determination of forces acting on the femur during milling: The determination of the ideal minimally invasive access route in cadaver operations

The “workspace” created in minimally invasive hip surgery as determined in cadaver operations, including a 3D reconstruction

Possible solutions of the problems of non-invasive patient fixation as determined in cadaver testing with different fixation methods

Feasibility of 3D operation simulation using Voxelman data, access route data and implant CAD data


A. I. Nakhla R. Richards A. Turner F. Rodriguez A. Barrett A. D. Lewis A. Hart J. P. Cobb

The use of intramedullary column screws in the treatment of acetabular fractures is becoming more widely utilized. The development of percutaneous methods to insert these screws under image intensifier guidance is one of the main reasons for their increased use. Few groups are navigating insertion of these screws. The available screws are cannulated 6.5–8 mm screws. Most surgeons prefer using 3.2 mm guide wires to reduce deflection. With a shank diameter of 4.5 mm, 3.2 mm cannulation significantly weakens the screws. We postulated that both columns, specially the posterior column can accommodate larger screw diameters which will increase the stability of fixation allowing earlier full weight bearing. The currently used screws were designed for fixation of femoral neck fractures. As percutaneous fixation of acetabular fractures is a growing area of interest, this warrants designing suitable screws with larger diameters.

Eight CT scans of the adult pelvis –performed for non fracture related indications-, were studied (7 females, 1 male). We found that the anatomical cross-section of the columns is irregular but approximately triangular. The method we used to determine the largest diameter of a screw to fit each column was fitting cylinders in the columns. Robin’s 3D software was used to segment acetabula and convert the CT data into polygon mesh (stereolithography STL format) bone surfaces at an appropriate Hounsfield value. The resulting STL files were imported in Robin’s Cloud software, where polygon mesh cylinders of 10 mm diameter were fitted in each column. These cylinders were then manipulated to achieve best fit and their diameters were gradually increased to the biggest diameter which still fitted in the column.

The mean diameters of the fitted cylinders were 10.8 mm (range: 10–13mm) and 15.2 mm (range 14–16.5mm) for the anterior and posterior columns respectively.

To our knowledge, this is the first investigation to study the cross sectional dimensions of the anterior and posterior columns of the acetabulum. Our small sample shows that both columns can safely accommodate larger screws than those currently used. We plan to investigate this further using cadavers.


V. Kannan J.P. Cobb R. Richards

Periacetabular osteolysis is now considered one of the major long term complications following uncemented total hip replacement. Radiographs are inaccurate and lack sensitivity in detecting lesions even with multiple views. Very few clinical studies have shown the use of CTscan for measuring these lesions. We report our clinical experience with CT based algorithm for measuring it.

Twenty two patients (32 hips) who have undergone Uncemented Furlong total hip replacement agreed to undergo CT scan of their hips for our study. The mean follow up was 5.4 yrs. Of the 34 hips,17 were polyethylene bearings and 15 were ceramic bearings. Nine patients had bilateral replacement in this group. Using custom reconstruction software, 3D models were created and volume measurements made after identifying the lesions in the slices and painting them using appropriate tools available in the software.

Accuracy of the method was assessed by measuring the volume of artificial cavities created on polyurethane pelvis with and without the components. In our control experiments, a high correlation between the test and standard measurements was noted in the cavities above the component, while medial to the acetabular component in bilateral cases it was difficult to be accurate, with cavities less than 10mm in diameter being hard to detect reliably.

In our clinical group of 32 hips, degenerative cysts were noted in 13, secondary rheumatoid cysts in 2 and wear cysts were noted in 2, the largest having a maximum dimension of 10mm. All the degenerative cysts were in the peripheral zone and both the wear cysts were seen in the central zone communicating with the screw holes. These cysts were identified by the characteristic absence of sclerosis surrounding the cyst and obvious communication with screw holes. Both the wear cysts were found with polyethylene bearings at a minimum of 5yrs follow up.

The mean volume of the degenerative cysts was 799 mm3 (71–3500) and the mean volume of the wear cysts was 567 mm3 (550–585)

The low dose CT method we describe and the results we report show that cavities can be measured reliably, above or below the acetabular component. On the medial side, in bilateral cases in particular, although location is possible, volumetric analysis of anything less than 10mm in diameter is not.

Regarding surveillance strategy for wear cysts, we have established that in this series the incidence is 14%, with one at 5 yrs and another noted at 12 yrs, with 10mm in maximum dimension. The absence of any wear cysts at all in the ceramic group, albeit after a shorter follow up of only 5 years is encouraging.

Based on these figures, with these implants, we would recommend that there is no need to undertake surveillance more frequently than every 10 years.


V. Kannan K. Brust G. Thevendran J.P. Cobb

Complications following hip resurfacing occur primarily because of the surgeon’s inability to achieve optimal implant positioning, and the significant learning curve associated with it. Our study sought to look at the impact of navigation technologies on this learning curve.

Twenty medical students doing their BSc project took part in the study. Four types of synthetic femurs were used for the study viz., Normal anatomy (11students), Osteoarthritis (5), Coxa Vara(2) and Coxa Valga(2). Each student was allowed to insert the guide wire according to their judgement in the femoral head using 3 systems: Conventional instrumentation, 3D plan based on a CT scan of the particular bone, helped by a conventional jig and Navigation system.

This achieved angle was then compared with the angle originally planned for each bone in all three groups using digitizing arm.

The range of error using the conventional method to insert a guide wire was 23deg (range −9 to 14, SD= 6.3), using the CT plan method, it was 22 deg (range −9 to 13, SD=6.6). Using the Navigation method it was 7 deg (range −5 to 2, SD=2.). Students who progressed from conventional through planning to navigation (group 1) were no more accurate than students who went straight to navigation without ever having used conventional instrumentation (group 3). Students produced similar accuracy even in their maiden attempt, on difficult anatomy when provided with navigation technology.

This study has shown that motivated and enthusiastic students can achieve an expert level of accuracy very rapidly when provided with the appropriate level of technology. he development of surgeons who are able to deliver excellent outcomes depends more on technology than training.


T. N. Board M. Citak D. Kendoff C. Krettek T. Hüfner

In computer assisted orthopaedic surgery, rigid fixation of the Reference Marker (RM) system is essential for reliable computer guidance. A minimum shift of the RM can lead to substantial registration errors and inaccuracies in the navigation process. Various types of RM systems are available but there is little information regarding the relative stabilities of these systems. The aim of this study was to test the rotational stability of three commonly used RM systems.

One hundred and thirty Synbones and 15 cadavers were used to test the rotational stability of three different RM systems (Schanz’ screw, Brain-Lab MIRA and Stryker adjustment system). Using a specially developed testing device, the peak torque sustained by each RM system was assessed in various anatomical sites.

Comparison of means for Synbone showed that the BrainLab MIRATM system was the most stable (mean peak torque 5.60+/− 1.21 Nm) followed by the Stryker systemTM (2.53+/− 0.53 Nm) and the Schanz screw(0.77+/− 0.39 Nm)(p< 0.01). The order of stability in relation to anatomical site was femoral shaft, distal femur, tibial shaft, proximal tibia, anterior superior iliac spine, iliac crest and talus. Results from the cadaver experiments showed similar results. Bi-cortical fixation was superior to mono-cortical fixation in the femur(p< 0.01) but not the tibia(p=0.22).

The RM system is the vital link between bone and computer and as such the stability of the RM is paramount to the accuracy of the navigation process. In choosing RM systems for computer navigated surgery surgeons should be aware of their relative stability. Anatomical site of RM placement also affect the stability. Mono-cortical fixation is generally less stable than bi-cortical.


V. Kannan J.P. Cobb R. Richards A. Nakhla

Periprosthetic bone remodeling after uncemented hip replacement has always been a matter of research and debate. DEXA analysis of bone density was studied by previous groups but not the cross sectional cortical volume. We report a validated CT based algorithm for accurate measurement of cortical volume in these group of patients.

Twenty two patients who have undergone Uncemented Furlong total hip replacement agreed to undergo CT scan of their hips for our study. The mean age was 74.6 yrs. The mean follow up was 5.4 yrs. Using software adapted for the specific purpose, femoral cortical volume was measured at three different levels at a fixed distance from the lower border of the lesser trochanter on both sides:

6mm distal to the tip of the prosthesis (z),

At the top of the cylindrical portion(x)

Midway between x and z (y).

Accuracy of the method was assessed by measuring the volume of artificial cavities created on a polyurethane pelvis. Assessment of precision of method was done by calculating the level of agreement between two observers.

The mean cortical volume in the proximal cylindrical portion (x), midpoint(y) and the portion of bone distal to the prosthesis (z) were 458 mm3, 466 mm3, 504 mm3 respectively. The corresponding cortical volumes in the contralateral native femur in unilateral hip replacements were 530 mm3(x), 511 mm3(y), 522 mm3 (z) giving a ratios of 0.86(x), 0.91(y) and 0.97(z). The mean cortical volumes on the left side of bilateral hips were 490 mm3(x), 499 mm3(y) and 528 mm3 (z). The mean cortical volumes on the right side were 456 mm3(x), 463 mm3 (y) and 516 mm3 (z). No significant trend was noted with change of volume of bone with time. In the three cases who had cemented hips on their other side, the cemented hips exhibited substantially more stress shielding than their cementless controls (ratios of 0.82, 0.74 and 0.85). A high correlation between the test and standard measurements was noted. The interobserver agreement between two observers was also good.

In a fully coated uncemented femoral component, with documented long term results, it is to be expected that load will be shed steadily along the length of the prosthesis. In this study we have confirmed this supposition, with volumetric data, by showing that an almost normal bone just below the tip of the stem (97% volume) reduces to a bone volume of 91% by the middle of the stem and then 86% by the shoulder of the prosthesis. This decrease in the volume of cortical bone effectively normal at the tip of the prosthesis while not optimal appears to stabilize early with no trend of continued reduction over a decade. The effect of cementation on stress shielding was only examined incidentally in this study but appears to contribute to more marked bone loss.


T.G. Petheram A. Imbuldeniya A.F.G. Groom R. Varma

Computer Navigation systems are becoming more widely used for knee replacement surgery. We used the Stryker Navigation System® to assess the alignment of twenty-two knees intraoperatively. We compared alignment readings of valgus angle of the knee in extension before and after cementing of the prosthesis.

We found that in twenty of the twenty-two cases (91%), a change in alignment occurred between bone cuts stage, and final cemented prosthesis. The mean change between trial alignment and final cemented alignment was 1.5 degrees (0.5 to 4.5 degrees). Twelve cases showed an improvement in alignment on cementing (ie. tended towards zero degrees) with a mean of 1.4 degrees (0.5 to 3.5). Eight cases showed a deterioration in alignment (ie. tended further away from zero degrees) with a mean of 1.1 degrees (0.5 to 2.5). Two cases showed change in alignment without being considered worse or better ie. changed from varus to valgus or vice versa to the same degree.

We conclude that in order to benefit maximally from the accuracy of the computer navigation system, care must be taken to ensure accurate seating of the prosthesis following cementing. The changes we observed in some cases between trial alignment and final cemented result, suggest that the high level of accuracy in alignment gained by the computer navigation system may be lost at the cementing stage. We therefore recommend that alignment is rechecked immediately following cementing, and valgus or varus force carefully applied as appropriate to achieve ideal alignment before cement polymerisation.


W. Dandachli V. Kannan R. Richards V. Sauret M. Hall-Craggs J. D. Witt

Assessing femoral head coverage is a crucial element in acetabular surgery for hip dysplasia. Plain radiographic indices give rather limited information. We present a novel CT-based method that measures the fraction of the femoral head that is covered by the acetabulum. This method also produces a direct image of the femoral head with the covered part clearly represented, and it also measures acetabular inclination and anteversion. We used this method to determine normal coverage, and applied it to a prospective study of patients with hip dysplasia undergoing periacetabular osteotomy.

Twenty-five normal and 26 dysplastic hips were studied. On each CT scan points were assigned on the femoral head surface and the superior half of the acetabular rim. The anterior pelvic plane was then defined, and the pelvis was aligned in that plane. Using our custom software programme, the fraction of the head that was covered was measured, in addition to acetabular inclination and anteversion.

In the normal hips femoral head coverage averaged 73% (SD 4). In the same group, mean anteversion was 15.7° (SD 7°), whereas mean inclination was 44.4° (SD 4°). In the dysplastic group femoral head coverage averaged 50.3% (SD 6), whereas mean anteversion and inclination were 18.7° (SD 9°) and 53.2° (SD 5°) respectively.

This is the first study to our knowledge that has used a reliable measurement technique of femoral head coverage by the acetabulum in the normal hip. When this is applied to assessing coverage in surgery for hip dysplasia it allows a clearer understanding of where the corrected hip stands in relation to a normal hip. This would then allow for better determination of the likely outcome of this type of surgery. We are presently conducting a prospective study using this technique to study dysplastic hips pre- and post-periacetabular osteotomy.


A.S. Phadnis C.U. Dussa K Singhal

Aim: To test the accuracy of implant positioning in using computer navigation in Resurfacing hip arthroplasty

Materials and methods: Brain Lab was used to register 13 cadavers. The component position was fine tuned to a desirable valgus angle. Wire was passed using navigation. The femoral heads were sectioned after insertion of the prosthesis. The measurements from the screen-shots and the transverse sections were analysed using AutoCad®

Results: The Brain lab Registered the femoral heads to 124.91° ± 14.25° (Range 97° −148° ) CCD. The actual neck shaft angles were 126.11° ± 5.33°. The implants were placed in an angulation’s of 131.46° ± 5.27 ° (Range 116° −137° ) and a version of −0.85° ± 2.1° this gave a valgus of 5.91° ± 13.66°. The position of the wire in the isthmus of the neck was −0.52 mm ± 0.69 mm inferior to the centre and 1.7mm ± 1.9 mm posterior to the centre on the transverse sections (n=6). The components were in 8.69° ± 4.95° (n= 6) valgus to the native neck shaft angle. In only 1 hip the femoral head implanted was of the same size as suggested by navigation, in all the rest of the hips the femoral component was of a larger size. This was because it was felt that implanting a smaller size would cause notching of the superolateral neck.

Conclusion: There is a learning curve involved for registering the femoral heads using computer navigation systems, however the navigation gives the surgeon a distinct advantage of being able to choose the point of entry, implant the prosthesis in as valgus position as possible in relation to the femoral head, translate the implant anteriorly and place the peg in the centre of the femoral neck in both the planes. The computer-aided navigation can optimise the component positioning and thereby provide excellent results.


A.S. Phadnis C.U. Dussa K Singhal

Aim: To test the accuracy of implant positioning in using computer navigation in Resurfacing hip arthroplasty

Materials and methods: Brain Lab was used to register 13 cadavers. The component position was fine tuned to a desirable valgus angle. Wire was passed using navigation. The femoral heads were sectioned after insertion of the prosthesis. The measurements from the screenshots and the transverse sections were analysed using AutoCad

Results: The Brain lab Registered the femoral heads to 124.91° ± 14.25° (Range 97°–148° ) CCD. The actual neck shaft angles were 126.11° ± 5.33°. The implants were placed in an angulation’s of 131.46° ± 5.27 ° (Range 116° –137° ) and a version of –0.85° ± 2.1° this gave a valgus of 5.91° ± 13.66°. The position of the wire in the isthmus of the neck was –0.52 mm ± 0.69 mm inferior to the centre and 1.7mm ± 1.9 mm posterior to the centre on the transverse sections (n=6). The components were in 8.69° ± 4.95° (n= 6) valgus to the native neck shaft angle. In only 1 hip the femoral head implanted was of the same size as suggested by navigation, in all the rest of the hips the femoral component was of a larger size. This was because it was felt that implanting a smaller size would cause notching of the supero-lateral neck.

Conclusion: There is a learning curve involved for registering the femoral heads using computer navigation systems, however the navigation gives the surgeon a distinct advantage of being able to choose the point of entry, implant the prosthesis in as valgus position as possible in relation to the femoral head, translate the implant anteriorly and place the peg in the centre of the femoral neck in both the planes. The computer-aided navigation can optimise the component positioning and thereby provide excellent results.


J. Henckel R. Richards S. Harris A. Barrett F. Rodriguez y Baena M. Jakopec P. Gomes V. Kannan K. Brust B. Davies J.P. Cobb

Whilst computer assistance enables more accurate arthroplasty to be performed, demonstrating this is difficult. The superior results of CAOS systems have not been widely appreciated because accurate determination of the position of the implants is impossible with conventional radiographs for they give very little information outside their plane of view.

We report on the use of low dose (approximately a quarter of a conventional pelvic scan), low cost CT to robustly measure and demonstrate the efficacy of computer assisted hip resurfacing. In this study we demonstrate 3 methods of using 3D CT to measure the difference between the planned and achieved positions in both conventional and navigated hip resurfacing.

The initial part of this study was performed by imaging a standard radiological, tissue equivalent phantom pelvis. The 3D surface models extracted from the CT scan were co-registered with a further scan of the same phantom. Subsequently both the femoral and acetabular components were scanned encased in a large block of ice to simulate the equivalent Hounsfield value of human tissue. The CT images of the metal components were then co-registered with their digital images provided by the implant manufactures. The accuracy of the co-registration algorithm developed here was shown to be within 0.5mm.

This technique was subsequently used to evaluate the accuracy of component placement in our patients who were all pre-operatively CT scanned. Their surgery was digitally planned by first defining the anterior pelvic plane (APP), which is then used as the frame of reference to accurately position and size the wire frame models of the implant. This plan greatly aids the surgeon in both groups and in the computer assisted arm the Acrobot Wayfinder uses this pre-operative plan to guide the surgeon.

Following surgery all patients, in both groups were further CT scanned to evaluate the achieved accuracy. This post-operative CT scan is co-registered to the pre-operative CT based plan. The difference between the planned and achieved implant positions is accurately computed in all three planes, giving 3 angular and 3 translational numerical values for each component.

Further analysis of the CT generated results is used to measure the implant intersection volume between the pre-operatively planned and achieved positions. This gives a single numerical value of placement error for each component. These 3D CT datasets have also been used to quantify the volume of bone resected in both groups of patients comparing the simulated resection of the planned position of the implant to that measured on the post-operative CT.

This study uses 3D CT as a surrogate outcome measure to demonstrate the efficacy of CAOS systems.


A. I. Nakhla R. Richards J. P. Cobb

Various frames of reference are routinely used for hip and knee arthroplasty. We hypothesised that the linea aspera is a constant anatomical feature which can be used as a frame of reference.

Twenty cadaveric femora were CT scanned with high resolution 1mm slices. Robin 3D software was used to manipulate the CT data. Three points were identified on the posterior aspect of the lesser trochanter, medial and lateral femoral condyles to position the femora in similar positions based on the posterior femoral plane (PFP). Centres of the femoral head and neck were derived by surface markers placed on the head and around the neck respectively. Joining the 2 centres gave head neck axis (HNA). The most prominent point on the linea aspera was identified at a level midway along the length of the femur. At that level the centre of the canal was derived by placing surface markers. Joining the most prominent point on the linea aspera to the centre of the canal identified our plane, linea aspera – centre plane (LCP). Angle measurements were made between PFP to HNA, PFP to LCP and LCP to HNA.

PFP to HNA is the traditional method for measuring anteversion angle which in our series had a mean of 13°, SD of 5 (range 5–24). PFP to LCP gave very similar results with mean 101°, SD 6 (range 92–112). However it was noted that there is weak correlation between PFP to HNA angle and PFP to LCP angle for each femur. LCP to HNA measurements were more variable with mean 89°, SD 8 (range 76–108).

From these data we conclude that the proximal half of the femur has more variable torsion compared to the distal half. This study shows that the linea aspera should not be used as a frame of reference for hip nor knee arthroplasties. However, further studies are needed to evaluate the linea aspera in-vivo where it is expected to be more prominent and easier to identify.


R Rambani R Phillips M S Bielby A Mohsen

Introduction: Surgical training is being greatly affected by the challenges of reduced training opportunities, shortened working hours, and financial pressures. There is thus an increased need for training systems to aid development of psychomotor skills of the surgical trainee. Furthermore, simulation environments can provide a friendlier and less hazardous environment for learning surgical skills. Such simulations may be used to augment training in the operating room (OR) so that trainees acquire key skills in a non-threatening and unhurried environment.

Trajectory planning and implementation forms a substantial part of current and future orthopaedic practice. This type of surgery is governed by a basic orthopaedic principle where the placement of a surgical tool at a specific site within a region via a trajectory that is planned from X-ray based 2D images and is governed by 3D anatomical constraints. The accuracy and safety of procedures utilising the basic orthopaedic principle depends on the surgeon’s judgement, experience, ability to integrate images, utilisation of intra-operative X-ray, knowledge of anatomical-biomechanical constraints and eye hand dexterity.

With the decrease in training opportunities in OR for the surgical trainee, these skills are developing at a much later stage in training. Several studies have shown a reduction in the number of operations undertaken and a reduction in the level of competence achieved by surgical trainees.

Purpose of the study: This study develops our existing surgical CAOSS (Computer Assisted Orthopaedic Surgical System) [4, 5] for fracture fixation into a training tool for skill acquisition of the basic orthopaedic principle, namely, 3D navigation using 2D X-ray images.

Material and Methods: Orthopaedic trainees who are presently working in Hull and East Yorkshire NHS Trust are recruited in this study.

The study is divided into two parts. The initial part of the study involves the use of the conventional CAOSS to train the orthopaedic trainees with no prior exposure of distal locking of femoral nails and the dynamic hip screw. The second part of the study involves the use of modified CAOSS to assess whether the initial training has helped in developing mental navigation skills of using a 2-D image and navigating the drill bit in 3-D space.

The scoring system is based on a combination of parameters which include the time taken for centring of the interlocking screw, total exposures taken and the improvement in the position of the tip of the drill bit with each exposure.

Results: The presentation will discuss the theories, methodology and scoring criteria to produce a training tool for training of the basic orthopaedic principle and how the training tool was validated.

Discussion: The ability to quantify precisely three-dimensional navigation and processing of virtual information to help in hand eye co-ordination has not previously been used as a formal orthopaedic training tool. Clearly the assessment of such skills demands a scoring system that is both reproducible as well as being able to validate it that it predicts skill acquisition correctly. Currently, there is no known scoring system which can accurately assess the ability to navigate instruments in 3-D space using a C-arm image. We therefore propose that using CAOSS as a training tool for the surgical trainees in a relaxing less hurried environment is beneficial to training and we also propose for this tool a reproducible scoring system.


J.M. Dillon J.V. Clarke A. Kinninmonth A. Gregori F Picard

Performing Total Knee Replacement (TKR) surgery using computer assisted navigation systems results in more reproducibly accurate component alignment. Navigation allows real time evaluation of passive knee behaviour throughout flexion. These kinematic measurements reflect tibial rotation about the femoral condyles, patellar tracking and soft tissue balance throughout surgery. In this study, we aim to study dynamic knee function in navigated and standard instrumentation TKR patients performing a range of everyday activities using gait analysis.

A prospective randomised controlled trial evaluated the functional outcome using gait analysis with 20 patients in each of three groups – Standard, Navigated and Control. The same implant (Scorpio) and navigation system (Strykervision) was used for each patient. The control group were subjects with no history of knee pathology or gait abnormality. Using an 8-camera Vicon motion analysis system set at 120Hz (real-time motion), we assessed the following functional activies: walking, rising from/sitting in chair, ascending/descending stairs. One functional outcome measure we have analysed so far is the maximum flexion angle.

The maximum flexion angle was recorded for each activity in standard, navigated and control groups respectively. ANOVA was performed, with significance set at p< 0.05. Maximum flexion angle during gait was 65.6°, 72.6° (p=0.009) and 73.5° (p=0.74), chair rising/sitting was 82.5°, 92.8° (p=0.01), and 93.5° (p=0.64), stairs ascent/descent was 81.8°, 99° (p< 0.0001), and 113.4° (p< 0.0001).

In terms of dynamic functional outcome, we found that the average maximum flexion angle for the navigated group was greater than for the standard group; moreover, this was similar to the maximum flexion angle for the control group when performing a variety of normal daily activities.


J.S. McConnell J. Dillon A.W. Kinnimonth M. Sarungi F. Picard

Computer navigated total knee replacement is less invasive than traditional methods, as it avoids the use of intramedullary alignment rods. A previous study (Kalairajah et al, 2005) has shown that computer-assisted techniques may reduce blood loss in comparison to traditional methods. Our study uses a more accurate method of assessing blood loss, and the sample size is larger.

136 TKR patients were selected from a prospectively collected database of all those undergoing arthroplasty at our institution; 68 had standard TKR and 68 had a computer assisted TKR. In each group, half had BMI in the range 20–30, and half had BMI between 30–40. There were an equal number of males and females in each group. All patients received a standardised anaesthetic, and had tranexamic acid at the start of the procedure.

Total body blood volume was calculated from patient height, weight and sex, using the model described by Nadler, Hidalgo & Bloch (1962). This was then used, together with pre- and post-op haematocrit and volume re-infused or transfused, to calculate true blood loss, as described by Sehat, Evans, and Newman (2004). This method is considered to be more reliable than measuring drain output, as it takes account of “hidden” (internal) losses.

The average blood loss was 603ml in the standard TKR group, and 448ml in the computer assisted TKR group. Student’s t-test showed that this difference was statistically significant (p = 0.007). Regression analysis showed no significant difference between obese and non-obese patients, nor a difference between sexes. Blood loss in both groups was lower than in a previous study, which we attribute to our department’s routine use of tranexamic acid.

We conclude that computer-assisted total knee replacement leads to significant reduction in blood loss when compared with traditional techniques. This confirms previous reports.


P Harvie P McLardy-Smith D Whitwell

Introduction: Optimal positioning of the femoral component in hip resurfacing is determined by accurate guidwire placement in the centre of the femoral neck. This can be a challenging procedure. The more extensile approach needed, patient size, the shape of the femoral head and the presences of osteophytes can all result in sub-optimal guidewire positioning and ultimately in varus insertion or femoral notching both of which have been shown to increase the risk of post-operative fracture, the commonest cause of implant failure. Various alignment guides are available but these are cumbersome and time consuming and their accuracy is highly operator dependent. Anecdotally, accuate guidewire insertion is regarded as the most challenging part of this procedure with heightened anxiety levels particularly when low down on the‘learning curve’.

Methods: We describe the technique, difficulties and learning curve experienced with the first ten navigated hip resurfacing procedures at our institution. Post-operative radiographs were obtained and randomly incorporated into a series of 40 post-operative resurfacing radiographs. Radiographic assessment was undertaken by a senior colleague with experience of over 600 resurfacing procedures (blinded to which cases utilised navigation) and classified as poor, satisfactory or good.

Results: The use of navigation in femoral resurfacing has a definite but short learning curve. It provides a means of achieving excellent alignment of the femoral component without any subjective increase in operation time. Anxiety levels associated with accurate guidewire positioning are greatly reduced. Navigation should offer benefits to all surgeons particularly those low down on the ‘learning curve’ for this procedure reducing the risk of femoral component malpositioning and early failure.


P. Moonot Y. Kamat V. Eswaramoorthy Y. Kalairajah R. Field A. Adhikari

Computer navigation assistance in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) results in more consistently accurate postoperative alignment of the knee prostheses. However the medium and long term clinical outcomes of computer-navigated TKA are not widely published. Our aim was to compare patient perceived outcomes between computer navigation assisted and conventional TKA using the Oxford knee score (OKS).

We retrospectively collected data on 441 primary TKA carried out by a single surgeon in a dedicated arthroplasty centre over a period of four years. These were divided according to use of computer navigation (group A) or standard instrumentation (group B). There were no statistical differences in baseline Oxford knee score (OKS) and demographic data between the groups. 238 of these had at least a one-year follow-up with 109 in group A and 129 in group B. Two year follow-up data was available for 105 knees with 48 in group A and 57 in group B and a three year follow-up for 45 with 21 and 24 in groups A and B respectively. 12 patients had completed four year follow-up with seven and five knees in groups A and B respectively.

The mean OKS at 1-year follow up was 24.98 (range 12– 54, SD 9.34) for group A and 26.54 (range 12– 51, SD 10.18) for group B (p = 0.25). Similarly at 2-years the mean OKS was 25.40 (range 12– 53, SD 9.51) for group A and 25.56 (range 12– 46, SD 9.67) for group B (p = 0.94). The results were similar for three and four-year follow ups with p values not significant. This study thus revealed that computer assisted TKA does not appear to result in better patient satisfaction when compared to standard instrumentation at midterm follow up.

It is known from long term analysis of conventional TKA that mal-aligned implants have significantly higher failure rates beyond eight to ten years. As use of computer navigation assistance results in a less number of mal-aligned knee prostheses, we believe that these knees will have improved survivorship. The differences in OKS between the two groups should therefore be evident after eight to ten years.


A.R.W. Barrett B.L. Davies M.P.S.F. Gomes S.J. Harris J. Henckel M. Jakopec V. Kannan F.M. Rodriguez y Baena J.P. Cobb

Last year at CAOS UK we reported on the development of the Acrobot® Navigation System for accurate computer-assisted hip resurfacing surgery. This paper describes the findings of using the system in the clinical setting and includes the improvements that have been made to expedite the procedure. The aim of our system is to allow accurate planning of the surgery and precise placement of the prosthesis in accordance with the plan, with a zero intra-operative time penalty in comparison to the standard non-navigated technique.

The system uses a pre-operative CT-based plan to allow the surgeon to have full 3D knowledge of the patient’s anatomy and complete control over the sizes and positions of the components prior to surgery.

At present the navigation system is undergoing final clinical evaluation prior to a clinical study designed to demonstrate the accuracy of outcome compared with the conventional technique. Whilst full results are not yet available, this paper describes the techniques that are being used to evaluate accuracy by comparing pre-operative CT-based plans with post-operative CT scans, and gives initial results.

This approach provides a true measure of procedure outcome by measuring what was achieved against what was planned in 3D. The measure includes all the sources of error present within the procedure protocol, therefore these results represent the first time that the outcome of a navigated orthopaedic procedure has been measured accurately.


S. Jain P. Mohanlal B. Dhinsa

Significant concerns remain in computer navigated surgery regarding potential errors due to inadequate tracker or array fixation, cutting guide block movements, saw blade deviation, variable component seating and standardisation and validity of radiographic measurements of alignment for outcome assessment. There are no studies in the literature comparing computer generated axes at different steps of operation as well as radiographic axes using scanograms to our knowledge. Long leg films involve significant radiation, which can be minimised by the use of scanograms.

A prospective study was performed to compare the per-operative and post-operative alignment of the lower limbs after navigated total knee replacements. All consecutive patients who underwent navigated total knee replacement between May 2006 and November 2006 were included in the study. Patients with inadequate data, patients who refused to participate in the study or lost contact, obvious measurement errors and patients having had recent operations were excluded. The intra-operative initial, trial and the final axes were recorded from the navigation system. Post-operatively a CT (Computer Tomogram) scanogram of the lower limbs was performed as per the scanogram protocol. Measurement of the mechanical hip-knee-ankle axis of the lower limb was performed on the computer. Results were analysed using appropriate statistical methods and comparison made between initial, trial, final and scanogram axes with assessment of their correlation coefficients.

Twenty-five patients were initially recruited in the study, of which, 15 were available with completed data. There were four males and 11 females with the age ranging from 57–80 (average 70) years. The right knee was replaced in 12 and the left knee in three patients. The average initial alignment was 0.09° valgus (0.5° varus to 1° valgus), trial alignment 0.59° varus (2° varus to 1° valgus), final alignment 0.56° varus (4° varus to 1.5° valgus) and average radiographic alignment was 0.52° varus (3.1° varus to 1.8° valgus) in maximum possible extension. Average deviation from initial to trial alignment was 0.69° varus, trial to final was 0.03° varus and final to radiographic alignment was 0.12° valgus.

Correlation co-efficient of 0.62 between the initial and final axes with average difference of 0.72° varus (p= 0.11, unequal variance 2 tailed) demonstrates reasonable reproducibility of the alignment with computer-guided surgery, also confirming the fact that there is some variation between the initial cut angles and final mechanical axes. Correlation co-efficient of 0.92 between final axes and radiographic axes suggests that scanogram is an imaging modality with reasonable accuracy for measuring mechanical limb alignment despite significantly low radiation and relatively low resolution. Potential errors in radiographic measurements due to rotational malposition combined with flexion deformity is highlighted.


M Barry P Gamston

Introduction. Platelets play a central role in haemostasis and wound healing. We have used autologous Platelet Rich Plasma (PRP) to stimulate healing in a variety of cases. We would like to present our early experience with this technique.

Method. PRP is produced by centrifuging a sample of the patient’s blood. The volume of PRP produced is about 10% of the original volume. Thrombin, derived from the patient’s plasma, is mixed with the PRP to produce a platelet gel. This gel is semi-solid and makes the PRP more manageable intra-operatively. It can be used on its own, mixed with bone graft or de-mineralised bone matrix (DBM.)

Results. We have used platelet gel in 14 cases for a variety of clinical conditions. 57% were males and the mean age was 44.1 (range: 7–77.) Cases included 3 elective joint fusions, 7 non unions, 2 case of chronic osteomyelitis, 1 acute fracture and 1 pathological fracture. The gel was mixed with autologous bone graft in 10 cases, DBM in 1 case and used on its own in 3 cases. The number of cases is too small to make any comment on the rate of bone union. Some practical issues have arisen during the use of platelet gel.

Discussion. Is it better to give a large number of growth factors at slightly above background levels or a single growth factor millions of times above background level? This paper doesn’t answer that question but because wound and bone healing relies upon a cascade of growth factors, it is attractive to be able to provide many of these factors. Further studies are required to answer this fundamental question.


S C E Jones S L Kenny S Britten

Introduction: Complex tibial diaphyseal fractures are rare injuries and can present significant challenges to the surgeon. Successful fixation and subsequent union can be difficult to achieve due to the relatively poor blood supply of the tibia and extent of soft tissue injury. This study describes our early experience of treating eighteen patients with these injuries by the Ilizarov method.

Methods: Patients were prospectively identified. Follow up was performed in the out-patient clinic and by notes review. Fractures were classified using the AO classification. Bony union was evaluated on both a clinical and radiological basis, which included remodelling bone trabeculae on two radiographs and ability to weight bear without discomfort or walking aids on a dynamised frame. The mean patient age was 38 years with a male: female ratio of 12:6. Of the eighteen patients four had concomitant injuries.

Results: There were four 42-B3 type fractures, seven 42-C1 and seven 42-C3. Ten were open (eight IIIB, two IIIA) and eight closed. We identified two groups: closed fractures and open fractures. The mean time to union in the closed group was 149 days (21 weeks) and 186 days (27 weeks) in the open group. There was one hypertrophic non union requiring further surgery using the Ilizarov method. Six patients had an episode of superficial pin site infection, all of which settled with oral antibiotic therapy. There was no deep sepsis. No patients required bone grafting.

Conclusion: The Ilizarov method offers safe, reliable and rapid healing for both closed and open complex tibial diaphyseal fractures. These early results demonstrate improvements in union times and complication rates when compared with similar injuries treated by internal fixation.


S A Clint M J Oddy S M Lambert J I L Bayley

Recombinant Bone Morphogenetic Protein 7 (OP-1) has been available in the UK since 2001, but there has been little published data on its use in the upper limb. In our institution OP-1 has been used in the management of 23 upper limb patients between 2001–2005, including 10 humeral non-unions. We believe this represents one of the largest single-unit cohorts of humeral fractures treated with OP-1.

We reviewed the 10 humeral patients, who were all tertiary referrals with established non-unions. Two had been treated non-operatively before referral. The remaining eight had undergone a mean of 2.1 operations before OP-1 was used, with autologous bone grafting used in the majority of cases. Surgery occurred at a mean of 70.5 months following initial fracture. Seven patients underwent revision of the fracture fixation, and autologous bone graft was used with the OP-1 in 8 cases. Clinical union was established in 8 patients (80%) within a mean of 7.4 months. Radiological union was achieved in 8 patients (80%) within a mean of 9.1 months. No complications or adverse effects from the use of OP-1 were encountered.

Both cases which failed to unite had a definite history of deep infection prior to index surgery, despite initial treatment with a staged revision procedure before OP-1 use.

This study shows that OP-1 can be used successfully in the treatment of recalcitrant non-unions of the humerus following failure of traditional fracture management methods.


S Britten A Hepworth M Hasson P S Sian

Introduction: Surgeons treating tibial fractures by the Ilizarov Method are faced with the diagnostic dilemma of determining whether a fracture has united to remove the frame safely.

Methods: Considering frame removal we use three criteria:

Consideration of natural history of the injury – characteristics of the injury and existing knowledge of healing times.

The appearance of remodelling bridging callus (often endosteal) on anteroposterior and lateral radiographs.

Clinical behaviour of the injured limb within a dynamised frame – after 1 and 2 are met, rods connecting the rings stabilising the fracture are loosened. The frame is removed when the patient can stand on the affected limb and dynamised frame without pain, and after weightbearing without pain on the dynamised frame for 3–4 weeks.

Results: Premature frame removal was identified in 2/106 tibial fractures treated with Ilizarov frames. In both cases subsequent CT scanning identified a healed fibula and stiff non-union of the tibia. In both, original fracture geometry was complex, with fracture lines outwith the planes of radiographic assessment. Timely frame removal in104/106 (98%).

Discussion: In both cases of premature removal the frame was reapplied to achieve union. Premature removal must be balanced against the patient’s desire to have their cumbersome fixator removed at the earliest opportunity.

It is said “It is better to leave a frame on one month too long than to remove it a day too soon”, but this merely emphasises that timing of frame removal remains an art rather than an exact science.

Marsh and Montgomery have previously suggested use of CT scanning to assess union in peri-articular fractures. We recommend that in high energy tibial fractures whose fracture pattern geometry lies outwith the antero-posterior and lateral radiograph views, a CT scan should be considered to detect stiff non-union and avoid premature frame removal.


D B Saleh E J Mills P S Sian J T C Branfoot S Britten

Introduction: Pilon fractures are severe injuries of the distal tibia usually characterised by severe soft tissue “hit” in addition to the underlying fracture. Historically, plating techniques have led to a significant rate of serious complications. This study describes our early experience treating such injuries by the Ilizarov Method.

Methods: 30 patients were prospectively identified and followed up beyond frame removal clinically and by case note review. Fractures classified according to AO. Bony union evaluated radiologically and clinically – remodelling of bone trabeculae on two radiographs and ability to weight bear without discomfort/walking aids on a dynamised frame.

Results:

Mean age 45.3 years, male: female = 26:4.

Seven fractures were Grade 3 open.

Patients were grouped as follows:

43-A .1/.2/.3 = 1/2/2

43-B .1/.2/.3 = 1/0/4

43-C .1/.2/.3 = 3/4/13.

Two patients with 43-C.3 fracture had additional corticotomy for bone loss.

Twenty-nine pilons united.

Overall mean time to union was 20 weeks.

Times to union (weeks):

Group 43-A: - median = 20, mean = 21.

Group 43-B: - median = 11, mean = 12.

Group 43-C: -median = 20, mean = 21.

Group 43-C.3: -median = 20, mean = 21

24 patients had no major complications. One Grade 3B open 43-C.3 fracture had deep sepsis prior to transfer to our unit which could not be eradicated – this led to transtibial amputation. Two patients had valgus mal-union and One had stiff nonunion requiring a second frame. Eleven patients experienced superficial pinsite infection that resolved with oral antibiotic therapy. Two deep pinsite infections were eradicated by overdrilling.

Conclusion: The Ilizarov method offers safe and reliable healing for distal tibial pilon fractures in mean 20 weeks, with low levels of serious complications despite the severity of the initial injuries.


G A Higgins C F Bradish

The Taylor-Spatial fame is increasingly being used for complex corrective surgery. The frame and SPATIAL FRAME.COM internet software are powerful surgical tools. There are few paediatric cases in the literature. We present the results from The Royal Orthopaedic Hospital, Birmingham.

All consecutive patients having treatment with Taylor-Spatial Frames over a 3 year period were enrolled in the trial. All patients under 18 were included. The frames were applied to treat angular deformities and leg length discrepancies. The conditions included Blounts disease, post meningio-coccal septicemia, femoral growth arrest, fibular hemimelia and Olliers disease.

Seventeen frames were applied to thirteen patients. The average age was 9.3 (2–17). All radiographs were reviewed and the deformities recorded to provide reference for the correction. We recorded angulation and translation in three planes; anteroposterior, lateral and axial. This data was input to SPATIAL-FRAME.COM, the strut length changes were calculated and printed out. Osteotomies were performed depending on the pathology if necessary. The patients did not start the correction protocol until 5 days post-operatively. The average correction time was 28 days (5–80) All frames were left in situ until 3 corticies were visible in the regenerate. We recorded patient satisfaction, deformity correction, infection and bony union rates.

All frames provided full correction to within normal anatomical ranges, there were no cases of deep infection. 3 Superficial pin site infections were recorded and swabs confirmed staph aureus. Patients were very satisfied overall. One patient with bilateral Blounts disease had a gradual reoccurrence of the deformity after full correction initially. 1 case required bone grafting to improve regenerate production. Interestingly he had been taking anti-inflammatories. All cases achieved bony union.


J R Eyre R P Jeavons T Branfoot M Dennison S Royston S Britten

Introduction: The hub and spoke model of trauma describes fracture stabilisation prior to referral. Many arrive at tertiary centres with inadequate temporary external fixation. This study investigates ex-fix availability, training and awareness of referral protocols in two regions.

Methods: Hospitals feeding two regional trauma centres were targeted with two telephone questionnaires, one for on-call orthopaedic SpRs and one for theatre nursing staff ascertaining ex-fix availability, training, knowledge of regional referral protocols, and clinical scenarios to establish common practice in each unit.

Results: 16 hospitals: 15 SpRs, 16 nurses responded

Equipment: 0/31 aware guidelines for ex-fix stock

- Ex-fix trays per unit (all manufacturers) mean = 4.14 (1–9)

- Majority equipment in unit = Orthofix (11), Hoffman II (5), AO (1)

- 12/15 SpRs reported insufficient ex-fix equipment for pelvis, 4 long bones and bridging knees (Damage Control Orthopaedics = DCO)

- 7/15 SpRs reported insufficient ex-fix for 4 long bones/ bridging knees

SpRs:

- mean year of training = 2.2

- Experience: Generic trauma course (9) Specific ExFix (6) Manufacturer (9)

- 14/15 would value specific regional ex-fix course

- DCO patient scenario SpR unable to fix -lack of knowledge vs. lack of equipment 7/15 vs. 12/15 p< 0.01

Referral Protocols:

- 7/31 aware of transfer protocol

- 31/31 want referral routes clearly identified

- 12/15 would value regular regional audit

Discussion: A deficiency of ex-fix equipment for DCO/ polytrauma exists across many units in both regions. No accepted advice on equipment level requirement exists.

All trainees had attended ex-fix teaching. Those who had only attended generic courses were less confident in DCO scenarios.

Most favoured a specific regional ex-fix course.

Tertiary care protocols have been distributed, but many units are unaware of their existence. A regular regional audit of trauma referrals would provide protocol reinforcement and opportunity for feedback.


J R Eyre R P Jeavons T Branfoot M Dennison S Royston S Britten

Introduction: To investigate adequacy of temporary ex-fix in grade III open fractures of the tibia, prior to definitive treatment by Flap & Frame at 2 UK trauma centres.

Methods: From 2000 – 2006 all open fractures of the tibia treated by the Ilizarov Method at our two institutions were entered onto the Flap & Frame database. The database was searched for all temporary external fixators placed prior to definitive Ilizarov fixation. Data collected - ex-fix type, whether revision necessary, reasons for revision.

Results:

- 97 grade III open fractures in 95 patients

- 64 required temporary spanning ex-fix:

- 23 applied at trauma centre / 41 at DGH

- 14/64 ex-fixes required revision (prior to definitive Ilizarov):

- poor plastics access (6) / instability (2) /both (6)

- All 14 revised were applied in a DGH, i.e. 14/41 DGH ex-fix needed revision (34%)

- Ex fixes revised after application at trauma centre vs. DGH = 0/23 vs. 14/41, p< 0.01 X2

- Revision of Hoffman hybrid vs. monolateral ex fix = 4/4 vs. 10/60 p< 0.001 X2

- Non modular system (Orthofix) vs. modular systems (Hoffman II / AO) = 7/17 vs. 0/39 (p< 0.001)

Discussion: Naique and Pearse described a revision rate of skeletal fixation of 48% in grade IIIb open fractures referred to their tertiary centre. In our series 34% of temporary external fixators needed revision. Modular systems (Hoffman II and AO) required no revision, irrespective of application at a trauma centre or DGH.

All Hoffman hybrids needed revision, due to instability and plastics access. Significantly more non modular (Orthofix) ex-fixes required revision compared to modular, for poor plastics access.

We recommend modular external fixator application (Hoffman II or AO) to avoid problems with temporary external fixation of open tibial fractures. Hybrid temporary external fixation should be abandoned in such injuries.


L Ogonda M Laverick C Andrews M Madden B Cummings

Introduction: Paediatric tibial fractures, unlike femoral fractures do not have much potential for overgrowth. In simple factures of the tibial shaft treated non-operatively the major problems are shortening and malunion.

In complex injuries with extensive soft tissue disruption and bone loss, the long-term aim of reconstruction is to achieve union with a fully functional limb without limb-length inequality.

Methods: Four children who sustained high-energy grade III open fractures of the tibia were treated with acute shortening and bone transport. Any soft tissue reconstructive and secondary grafting procedures for delayed union were recorded. The children were prospectively followed up to fracture union. Distraction ostegenesis proceeded until limb length equality was achieved and the regenerate allowed to consolidate.

Discussion: Despite achieving equal limb lengths at the end of distraction osteogenesis the injured tibia overgrew by 1–2cm at three years post injury. This would suggest that even in the presence of extensive soft tissue trauma, as seen in these high energy injuries, the increased blood flow associated with metaphyseal corticotomy stimulates epiphyseal activity resulting in overgrowth. The value of stopping adjustments just short of achieving limb length equality to allow for expected overgrowth in the injured tibia merits further investigation.


J R Eyre R P Jeavons T Branfoot M Dennison K Sherman S Royston S Britten

Introduction: To assess the effectiveness of a regional basic external fixation trauma course.

Methods: Effectiveness of an annual, low-cost, Royal College of Surgeons of England approved, regional basic ex-fix course, led by consultant trauma experts from Yorkshire, UK, covering anatomy, surgical techniques, biomechanics, early management of open fractures and temporary external fixation placement was assessed. Pre- and post-course questionnaires asking grade, current hospital, previous experience, and a mini-test to design a temporary ex-fix construct for four fracture patterns (IIIb open tibia, open book pelvis, Schatzker 6, and total articular pilon) were used. Designs were assessed for stability, safe corridors and plastics assess.

Results:

- 10/22 participants had not previously attended an ex-fix course.

- Pre- vs. post-course score (out of 4) = 2.5 vs. 3.7 (p< 0.001, Mann-Whitney U)

- All participants Teaching Hospitals vs. DGHs:

- Pre-course scores = 2.9 vs. 1.9 (p< 0.01)

- Post-course scores = 3.6 vs. 3.8 (not significant)

- Pre-course scores by grade of participant:

- SHO vs. Senior SHO = 2.6 vs. 1.5 (p< 0.05)

- SpR vs. Senior SHO = 3.0 vs. 1.5 (p< 0.05)

- SpR vs. SHO = 3.0 vs. 2.6 (not significant)

- Post-course scores by grade:

- SpR vs. Senior SHO vs. SHO = 4.0 vs. 3.8 vs. 3.3 (not significant).

Discussion: Recently Pearse and Naique reported a 48% fixation revision rate in open tibial fractures transferred for tertiary care, suggesting that improved core skills are required to ensure appropriate packaging of patients prior to transfer with open, complex articular and pelvic fractures.

Participation in a simple ex-fix course improves knowledge of ex-fix design. Retention of knowledge must be reassessed after several months.

This course fills a gap in education of basic external fixation for orthopaedic trainees. We recommend every region with a tertiary referral system for complex trauma utilises this course.


S Bajada P Harrison J H Kuiper T Balbouzis B A Ashton V Cassar Pullicino N Ashammakhi J B Richardson

Introduction: This research aims to study the efficacy and effect of Bone Marrow Stromal Stem Cell (BMSSC) implantation on healing of refractory fracture non-union.

Methods: Approved by the local Ethics Committee, twelve patients (9M and 3F), age range 38 to 76 years (mean 49.9) with non-union resistant to multiple previous attempts of treatment (mean 3.75 procedures) were treated. Four tibial and eight femoral non-union.

The patients were admitted for harvesting of stromal stem cells by bone marrow aspiration from the iliac bone. BMSSC were expanded in tissue cultures for three weeks to an average of 5 x 106 cells. After successful culture the non-union site underwent decortication and BMSSC added to synthetic bone substitute (different types) on one side of the fracture (medial or lateral) according to randomisation. The side of treatment was blinded to patient, surgeons and radiologist.

Standard radiographs were taken and evaluated independently by three experienced musculoskeletal radiologists. The extent of callus formation on each side was recorded. In equivocal cases computerized tomography (CT) was also obtained.

Results: No patient developed systemic complications related to the procedure. On follow-up callus formation was present in 9 of 12 patients. Callus was more marked on the cell implantation side in 6/12 patients (50%), control side in 1/12 (8.3%) and on both sides in 2 patients. 3 patients showed no change.

Discussion: These findings suggest that implantation of BMSSC can enhance bone formation in persistent non-union. A larger randomized controlled trial will follow to test this new treatment.


N Abhishetty O Lahoti

Introduction: Post polio paralytic deformities pose a unique challenge and each individual case needs tailor made treatment strategies to optimize function. In this group of patients limb deformity is commonly associated with shortening. Ilizarov fixator was routinely used by us until the introduction of Taylor Spatial frame in 2005. We present the results of TSF in the management of this special group of patients.

Methods: This study is a retrospective review of five patients who underwent deformity correction with TSF. There is a great variation in age from 16 – 65 yrs. We identified two femoral frames, one tibial frame and three foot frames (one patient had bifocal treatment of ipsilateral tibia and foot). There were three female and two male patients.

Results: We achieved complete target correction and lengthening in all patients. We recorded six episodes of pin track infection (Grade 1). There were no episodes of regenerate failure. Follow up ranged from 2 – 18 months and during this time there was no recurrence of deformities. Clinically all patients reported overall improvement in limb function as a result of deformity correction.

Conclusions: We found TSF to be very accurate in correcting post polio deformities. Complications are comparable to Ilizarov fixators. Problems were encountered with x-ray visualization. Repeated calculation and close supervision is essential to get the best results.


S Nair MG Dennison S L Royston

We performed a retrospective study of treatment of 50 patients above the age of 65 years with Tibial metaphyseal and diaphyseal fractures.

We studied the outcome by evaluation of all medical records and radiographs.

The mean duration of follow-up was 11 months. The average hospital stay was 19 days and the mean time in frame was 112 days. There were 2 non unions,3 significant malunions,2 refractures and 1 patient underwent an amputation.

Tibial fractures in the elderly are common and result in prolonged immobility and hospital admission. Fracture stabilization with an Ilizarov circular frame is an effective way of improving mobility with minimal additional morbidity, shorten hospitalisation time and achieve an excellent outcome.


P R Loughenbury R Tunstall S Britten

Introduction: An important factor affecting the stability of circular fine wire frames is the wire crossing angle, where an angle of 90 degrees confers optimal stability. Safe anatomical ‘corridors’ have been described to avoid neurovascular structures, but often limit the crossing angle. In the distal tibia the posterior tibial artery and tibial nerve wind medially facilitating safe placement of a posterior to anterior ‘retrofibular’ wire. The present study aims to identify structures at risk during ‘retrofibular’ wire placement and determine the level at which this can be used safely.

Methods: A dissection based study of 10 embalmed lower limbs. Wires of 1.8mm diameter were inserted at increments along the tibia. These were placed against the posterior surface of the fibula and ‘stepped’ medially past the posteromedial border onto the tibia. Wires were introduced from posterior to anterior, between 30 degrees and 45 degrees to the sagittal plane. This angle is estimated, reproducing clinical practice. Standard dissection techniques were used to identify the path of wires and distance from neurovascular structures.

Results: In the distal quarter of the tibia wires avoided the posterior tibial neurovascular bundle (mean distance 21.7mm) although passed close to the peroneal artery (mean distance 1.2 mm). Of the 30 wires placed in the distal tibia, 29 (97%) passed through the leg without damage to any neurovascular structures. Anterior tendons were tethered by 13% of wires placed in the distal quarter of the tibia.

Discussion: Retrofibular wire placement facilitates an optimal crossing angle, although is not described in standard atlases. Use in the lower quarter of the tibia does not threaten the posterior tibial neurovascular bundle. However, peroneal artery injury is a possibility. The clinical significance of peroneal artery injury at this level is unclear but should be considered when using this technique.


SAC Morris J Round D Edwards N Walker SA Stapley AJ Langdown

Background: Coronal alignment is important in long-term survival of TKA. Many systems are available; most aim to produce a posterior slope on the tibial component in order to reproduce the 70 seen in the normal tibia. Some are designed to produce a bone cut with 70 of slope whereas others combine the slope of the bone cut with an in-built slope on the polyethylene insert. We have investigated the theory that resecting the tibial plateau with a posterior slope can introduce error in coronal plane alignment in TKA.

Methods: We used a standard saw-bones model in conjunction with a computer navigation system that is available for use in TKA (Stryker Orthopaedics). The normal protocol for preliminary referencing was followed; care was taken to identify tibial landmarks (tibial plateau reference point, true sagittal plane and transmalleolar axis). We then used a standard extra-medullary alignment jig (Scorpio TKR System, Stryker Orthopaedics) with cutting blocks designed to give 0, 3, 5 and 7 degrees of posterior slope and varied the position of the alignment jig. Variations included:

Medial rotation of the cutting block

Medialisation of the plateau reference point

Medio-lateral translation of the distal jig 4. External rotation of the distal jig

Results: In all experiments, there was a greater deviation from ideal coronal alignment as the slope on the tibial cut was increased. The greatest influence was from external rotation of the distal part of the jig which produced 30 of varus at only 150 of external rotation with a 70 slope. Medialisation of the proximal reference point worsened this to 4.50 of varus.

Conclusions: We have quantified the degree of coronal malalignment that can occur for different posterior slopes during tibial resection for TKA. We recommend either using a minimal slope or navigation to ensure correct implant positioning.


DT Loveday ST Donell

This study was performed to compare the clinical outcomes and radiographic changes between patients with cruciate retaining (CR) and cruciate substituting (CS) total knee replacements (TKR) where the PCL was cut in both groups.

From 1997 to 2001, 114 patients (79 females and 35 males) were enrolled in this study. Patients were blindly randomized into two groups, group 1 having a CR TKR and group 2 having a CS TKR. After surgery patients were followed up at six weeks, one year and at five years. The evaluation parameters at the 5 year assessment included the Oxford Knee Questionnaire, American Knee Society scoring system, SF-12 questionnaire and weight bearing radiographs of the knee, with anteroposterior and lateral views.

There were 80 patients at the time of five year follow up. Of the other patients, 26 had died and 10 were either too ill to attend or did not respond to a follow up request. The average patient follow up was for 77 months (ranging from 51 to 96 months). There was no statistical difference between the two groups in the Oxford Knee Questionnaire, American Knee Society scoring system or the SF-12. Radiological assessment showed no statistical difference in radiolucent lines in either group. At five year follow up, one knee in the CS group had been revised for deep infection. The patient required a two stage revision procedure.

Our study has shown no statistical difference in the five year results for a CR TKR or CS TKR. This suggests that a non-functioning PCL does not affect the performance of a CR TKR.


JRD Murray M Sherlock N Hogan C Servant S Palmer MJ Cross

Purpose: To assess the anterior femoral cortical line (AFCL) as an additional anatomical landmark for determining intraoperative femoral component rotation in total knee arthroplasty. The anterior femoral cortical line (AFCL) is an anatomical landmark which has been used by the senior author for 20 years to assess femoral rotation in over 4000 TKRs. The AFCL describes the alignment of the anterior cortex of the distal femur proximal to the trochlear articular cartilage.

Methods: The AFCL was compared with the surgical epicondylar axis (SEA), anteroposterior axis (Whiteside’s line) and posterior condylar (PC) axis using 50 dry-bone cadaveric femora, 16 wet cadaveric specimens, 50 axial MRI scans and 58 TKR patients intra-operatively.

Results: In the dry-bone and cadaveric femora (measuring relative to the SEA) the AFCL and Whiteside’s AP axis were 1° externally rotated and the PC axis was 1° internally rotated. With MRI (relative to the SEA) the AFCL was 8° internally rotated, Whiteside’s was 2° externally rotated and the PC axis was 3° internally rotated. In the clinical study (measuring relative to a perpendicular to Whiteside’s line alone) the AFCL was 4° degrees internally rotated, which equates to 2–3° of internal rotation relative to the SEA.

Conclusion: The AFCL is another axis, completing the ‘compass points’ around the knee. It may prove particularly useful when one or all of the other reference axes are disturbed such as in revision TKR, lateral condylar hypoplasia or where there has been previous epicondylar trauma. We suggest building in 5° external rotation with respect to the anterior femoral cortical line when judging femoral component rotation.


G Rainey I Brenkel S Gilani R Elton

As blood transfusion is associated with various risks, a prospective study was carried out to see if it was possible to predict patients more likely to require transfusion following TKR.

Data was collected prospectively on 1532 patients undergoing primary TKR between 1998 and 2006. This was collected at a preadmission clinic and various demographics were measured including haemoglobin, BMI, and a knee score. All patients had a tourniquet and the same approach. All received a LMWH until discharge. Patients with a post op haemoglobin less than 8.5 g/dl were transfused as were those less than 10 g/dl who were symptomatic as per unit protocol.

Each of the predictive factors was tested for significance using t-tests and chi-squared tests as appropriate. Multiple logistic regression was used to test for the independent predictive of factors after adjusting for one another.

Results show transfusion is more likely if the patient was older, female, short light or thin. Also those undergoing a lateral release or a bilateral procedure, having a low pre-op haemoglobin or a large post-op drop were more likely to be transfused. There was also a 2 fold difference between surgeons.

After regression analysis 4 important factors were identified. These were a bilateral procedure, low pre-op haemoglobin, a low BMI or having a post-op drop greater than 3g/dl.

Following this all patients with pre-op haemoglobin less than 11g/dl are postponed and investigated and treated as required. For those with the above predictive factors, measures can be taken to try and reduce the rate of transfusion such as pre-donation, cell salvage or tran-sexamic acid.


P Macnamara C Jack K. James A Butler Manuel

The aim of this study was to compare two types of knee arthrodesis.

Fourteen patients underwent arthrodesis of the knee in a single institution. Seven had a customised coupled nail (the Mayday arthrodesis nail), and six had external fixation applied, one patient had both procedures undertaken. Twelve patients had infected knee arthroplasty, one had recurrent dislocation following arthroplasty and one had an infected open meniscetomy. Comparison was made with the external fixation in which only two cases achieved bony union compared with all eight (100%) using the customised nail. Time to bony union was also considerably shorter in the later group, as was the length of hospital stay.

We conclude that a customised intra-medullary nail is a superior method of knee arthrodesis compared with external fixation.


J S Church J Scadden R Gupta C Cokis K Williams G C Janes

Systemic embolic phenomena are well recognised during total knee replacement (TKR) and are widely believed to be the cause of intra-operative hypotension and reduced cardiac output, which may lead to circulatory collapse and sudden death.

We undertook a prospective, double-blind, randomised study comparing the cardiac embolic load during computer-assisted and conventional (intramedullary-aligned) TKR, as measured by transoesophageal echocardiography. 26 consecutive procedures were performed by a single surgeon at a single site. Embolic load was scored using the modified Mayo grading system for echogenic emboli.

Patients undergoing conventional TKR (n=12) had a mean embolic score of 6.15 (SD 0.83) on release of the tourniquet. Those undergoing computer-assisted TKR (n=14) had a mean embolic score of 4.89 (SD 1.10). Comparison of the groups using a two-tailed t-test confirmed a highly significant reduction (p=0.004) in embolic load when performing computer-assisted TKR. The groups were otherwise well matched and there were no complications.

In conclusion, this study demonstrates that computer-assisted TKR results in the release of significantly fewer systemic emboli than conventional TKR using intra-medullary alignment. There is evidence that this should reduce perioperative morbidity and neurological dysfunction. This would appear to add to the ever-growing list of arguments in favour of computer-assisted total knee replacement.


SK Godey JS Watson

Introduction and aims: Soft tissue defects after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) are difficult problems to treat. Flap surgery has been successful in salvaging the prostheses. We present results of flap surgery for exposed TKAs over a 10 year period performed by single surgeon.

Material and Methods: Between 1996 and 2005, 31 patients (32 knees) underwent flap surgeries for TKAs. Four of these procedures were done prophylactically in patients with previous knee surgeries. Gastrocnemius, medial fasciocutaneous and anterior compartment flaps were used either solely or in combination based on the size of the defect. The data was collected retrospectively from case-notes and correspondence from the treating orthopaedic surgeons.

Results: The patients were aged between 50 and 94 years. Indication for primary TKA was osteoarthritis in 25 patients and rheumatoid arthritis in 5. Coagulase negative Staph. aureus was the most commonly isolated organism. In patients using steroids, 4 of 6 (71.4%) knees had good or satisfactory outcome compared to 22 of 24 (91.7%) knees in patients not on steroids. Smoking did not influence the outcome of flap surgery . The average duration between the TKA and flap surgery was 11 weeks (range 1 – 52). Successful soft tissue cover was achieved in 30 of 32 knees (94%). Overall, TKA was salvaged in 20 of 28 knees (71.4%) knees, 3 knees (9.7%) underwent arthrodesis and above knee amputation was performed in 4 (12.4%). The information gathered from case notes and orthopaedic surgeons was insufficient to use a knee score for evaluating the functional outcome of the procedure.

Conclusion: Local flap surgery for providing soft tissue cover for exposed TKA is a viable and successful procedure with good results.


L. Beaton J. Mitchell A. Ehrenraich J. Lavelle A. Williams

Purpose of Study: To further study a group of patients with characteristic features presenting with significant, perisistent, and seemingly hard to diagnose and so treat, knee pain.

Methods/Results: 16 cases were collected. The was no association with age. 8 cases were sent as a second opinion.

Causation: 7 cases:direct trauma [5: associated with MCL tears (1 chronic overload from triple-jump),1:a blow to front of knee, 1:chronic from kneeling]

4 cases: Knee replacement- related [irritation from osteophyte 1; implant-related 3]

3 cases: irritation from medial meniscal sutures [2: Fast-Fix; 1: in:out]

1 case: surgery induced neuroma in arthrotomy wound

1 case: irritation by an enlarging cyst

In all cases the time to make the diagnosis was prolonged. All had pain, which on close questioning was ‘neuritic’ [burning] in approximately 2/3. It was exceedingly well localized in all. Altered sensation in the appropriate distribution was noted by the patient in 3 cases, but shown in 5 cases on examination. A positive Tinel test was present in all cases.

In approximately half of cases ultrasound plus diagnostic injection of local anaesthetic [+/− steroid] was useful. However 15 of the 16 came to surgery in which a neurolysis or removal of neuroma, in 3 cases, [all confirmed on histology] was undertaken plus the underlying causative factor dealt with eg excision of osteophyte or scar. One case settled [90% better according to patient] after ultrasound-guided injection of a prepatellar bursa which was irritating the infrapatellar branch of the nerve. Of the 15 who had had surgery 12 had complete resolution of symptoms.

Conclusion: Although a relatively uncommon this scenario is worth considering as a cause of significant morbidity, with a good outcome from treatment in most cases. The presentation is of persistent very well localized troubling pain with marked tenderness, and a positive Tinel test.


I J Gargan K Mulhall

Total knee arthroplasty revisions (TKAR) are increasing in incidence. These complex and demanding procedures are typically associated with a higher complication rate than primaries. We report on the actual complications encountered in a prospective study of TKAR patients to determine the current nature and incidence of these problems.

230 consecutive patients undergoing TKAR were enrolled to our database and had information on demographics, comorbidities, outcomes (WOMAC and SF-36) and complications recorded. Baseline information and data from 2 month, 6 month and 1 year follow up was collated.

Mean patient age was 68.0 and clinical outcomes scores showed significant improvements for function, stiffness and pain at all points of follow-up. The total number of complications was 131 in 97 (42.2%) patients (48 by 2 months, 46 at 6 months and 32 at 1 year). Systemic complications comprised 41 of these, many being relatively minor. There were no deaths, 4 deep vein thromboses and 3 myocardial infarctions. The majority of complications (90) were local, including 2 patellar dislocations, 3 periprosthetic fractures, 3 peroneal nerve injuries, 2 ‘late’ patellar tendon ruptures and 1 patellar avascular necrosis, 9 wound hematomas, and a substantial rate of 21 superficial or deep wound infections.

Although patients experience significant improvement in function, activity and pain following TKAR, there is a considerable incidence of complications up to 1 year following TKAR. This is important in terms of resources, patient counseling and also in identifying and instituting preventive measures where possible in order to improve outcomes for these patients.


SD Deo YB Al-Arabi S Vargas-Prada

We have previously noted that patients undergoing primary knee arthroplasty can be broadly divided into standard and complex. Complexity can be further subdivided into local site of surgery issues, general co-morbidity problems or both.

On this basis, we devised a simple to apply four-part classification system for patients undergoing primary total knee replacecments (PTKR) to facilitate cumulative risk estimation:

Complex 0 (C0): “Standard” knee replacement in a fit patient with a simple pattern of arthritis.

Complex I (CI): A fit patient with a locally complex arthritis pattern.

Complex II (CII): Medically unfit patient with a simple pattern of arthritis.

Complex III (CIII): Medically unfit patient with a complex arthritis pattern.

When a series of consecutive PTKR’s performed by the senior author was grouped according to our classification, all early postoperative complications and length of stay were evaluated and compared.

Compared to “standard C0 PTKR patients, we found a 3-fold increase in the cumulative complication risk in the CII group (p< 0.001), a 4-fold increase in the CIII group (p< 0.001) and an increased length of stay in the CIII group (p< 0.001). There were similar trends between C0 and other groups.

Further local studies to quantify the cost differentials of treating complex patients and their longer term outcomes and satisfaction are underway.

The senior author would like to discuss with the attending members of this BASK meeting the desirability of adopting such a system regionally or nationally, with the potential benefits for individual patients, surgeons, departments, Trusts and the healthcare system as a whole, and whether minor changes could and should be made to the National Joint Registry forms to accommodate this.


S Hakkalamani PKR Mereddy RW Parkinson

We reviewed the clinical and radiological outcome of 72 Co-ordinate prostheses (DePuy, Warsaw, Ind) used for revision knee arthroplasty performed by a single surgeon from May 1994 to December 1997. Twenty-three patients (25 knees) since died. Two were lost to follow-up. At a mean follow-up of 10 years (range 9–12years), 45 knees in 43 patients were available for review. There were 12 men and 31 women with a mean age of 71.34 years (range 43 to 87 years). The reason for revision was instability in 38 knees, infection in 5 knees and stiffness in 2 knees.

There was a significant improvement in the SF-12 PCS and WOMAC pain and stiffness scores at the latest follow-up. Five of these knees had to have re-revision surgery. One patient had a re-revision for aseptic loosening, one patient for recurrent dislocation of patella. Three patients underwent repeat procedures for infection.

Radiological evaluation using the Knee Society system revealed well-fixed components in 35 knees (77.78%). The radiolucencies of varying degrees were present in 10 knees (22.22%). Eight had non-progressive radiolu-cencies and did not show any evidence of loosening. 25 (55.5%) knees had halo sign (radiopaque line) present around the prosthesis (7 were femoral side, 4 were tibial side and 14 around both the prosthesis). Using Kaplan Meier method the cumulative survival rate was 88.87% at 12 years, removal of the prosthesis or re-revision were used as end points. An analysis of clinical and standard radiographic outcomes has revealed that the Co-ordinate revision knee system continues to function satisfactorily at a mean of 10 years.


W J S Aston N DeRoeck D P Powles

Aim: To determine whether moderate bone loss in revision total knee arthroplasty can be corrected using an uncemented prosthesis combined with cancellous bone grafting.

Methods and Patients: 40 revision total knee replacements were undertaken by the senior author between May 1999 and June 2004. 27 one stage revisions for aseptic loosening and 13 two stage revisions for infection. All cases involved bone loss of grades F1/2 and or T1/2 according to the Anderson Orthopaedic Research Institute Classification (Engh 1998). Bone loss was treated with a mixture of morselized autograft, morselized allograft and bone reamings loosely packed into any contained or uncontained defects following the technique of Whiteside (1992). Uncemented prostheses with long contact bearing stems were then inserted. Patients were followed up prospectively with Oxford and HSS knee scores.

Results: All 40 cases were able to partially weight bear immediately postoperatively, indicating satisfactory early press fit. No cases of loosening or cases suspicious of loosening have been noted. Mean follow up of 37 months with no patients requiring re revision, no persistent stem pain and no infection in the one stage revisions. 2 cases of infection in the 2 stage group are discussed, neither have required implant removal. Intraoperative and postoperative complications are discussed as well as range of motion, pain and patient satisfaction.

In 39/40 cases bone stock has been restored. In 1 case there was significant bone resorption under the tibial base plate due to stress shielding.

Conclusions: This technique is successful in building up moderate bone loss in revision total knee arthroplasty, therefore avoiding the need for excessive bone resection, large metal augments, mass allografts or custom made prostheses.


TM Barton SP White AJ Porteous W Mintowt-Czyz JH Newman

Purpose: To review long-term outcome following knee arthrodesis, and compare this with patient outcome following revision knee arthroplasty.

Methods: Case notes and radiographs of patients who underwent arthrodesis using the Mayday nail were reviewed retrospectively for evidence of clinical and radiological union. Patients also completed an SF12 health survey and Oxford knee score in the form of postal questionnaires. Each patient was matched with patients who had undergone revision knee arthoplasty and the outcomes were compared.

Results: 19 patients were reviewed who underwent knee arthrodesis using a Mayday nail in two centres between 1993 and 2004. 18 cases had united clinically and radiologically with one case lost to follow-up. Mean SF12 scores of patients following knee arthrodesis indicated severe physical (28.8) but only mild mental (43.3) disabilities. The mean Oxford knee score in this group was 41.0. These results were comparable with matched patients following revision knee arthroplasty who scores 27.2 (physical) and 41.1 (mental) on the SF12, and a mean of 38.8 on the Oxford knee score.

Conclusion: Outcome scores following knee arthrodesis were similar to those following revision knee arthroplasty making it an option worth considering in selected patients requiring revision surgery.

Discussion: The Mayday nail provides a method of knee arthrodesis with a high union rate and an acceptable complication rate. Outcome scores following arthrod-esis were not dissimilar to those following revision total knee replacement. These results suggest that knee arthrodesis may be considered as an acceptable alternative to complex knee revision surgery.


J S Mulford M R Utting J D J Eldridge

Purpose: Trochlea dysplasia is a developmental condition characterized by an abnormally flat or dome shaped trochlea. This predisposes to recurrent patella instability. This study prospectively reviews the early results of patients undergoing a trochleoplasty procedure which corrects the dysplastic anatomical abnormality.

Patients and Methods: All patients were recruited from the senior author’s (JDJE) specialist knee clinic following the standard patellofemoral assessment. Patients were seen pre-operatively to collect epidemiological data, ensure completion of patient reported assessment forms and document clinical examination findings and investigations. Duration of instability and previous procedures performed for patella instability were recorded. Multiple patient-reported outcome measures were recorded. Outcome score assessments and clinical examinations were repeated post-operatively, along with a patient satisfaction questionnaire. All operations were carried out by the senior author with supplementary procedures based on pre-operative assessment.

Results: 22 patients had a minimum of 12 months follow-up. The average age was 21 years and the average duration of instability symptoms (pre-trochleoplasty) was 7 years. There were 16 females and 6 males. Mean follow up was 18 months. Patients reported improvement in outcome when the pre and post-operative scores were compared (mean scores of Oxford 34 to 41, WOMAC 23 to 15, Kujula 62 to 79, IKDC 62 to 81, and Lysholm 57 to 77). The patient satisfaction questionnaire revealed just one patient not satisfied with the procedure despite good patient reported outcome scores. The majority of patients perceived improvement due to the surgery and agreed they would recommend the procedure to others despite some residual symptoms. Recurrent instability after trochleoplasty was rare (one subluxation) and range of movement was uniformly excellent.

Conclusion: Early results of this trochleoplasty for patients with trochlea dysplasia and symptomatic recurrent patella instability are encouraging.


N Briffa P Mitchell S Bridle

Introduction: Infection post knee arthroplasty is a catastrophic surgical complication offering a major challenge to the orthopaedic surgeon. We present the outcome of a two-stage revision implantation technique utilizing a rotational hinge prosthesis with an antibiotic impregnated cement spacer in the interim period.

Materials & Method: Since 1995, 38 definitely infected knee replacements were revised. All were followed prospectively over a 10 year period. Initial treatment consisted of thorough debridement, removal of implants and a period of antibiotic administration. Vancomycin impregnated articulating cement spacer was inserted in the interim. C-reactive protein values were monitored periodically. At second stage all patients were clinically and biochemically free of infection.

Results: Second stage revision was performed at an average interval of 9 months (range 4 – 11 months). Average length of hospital stay post 2nd stage was 19.8 ± 8.2 days. At follow-up (3.5 ± 2.5 years) outcome was poor in 33 % (amputations, arthrodesis, re-infections), good in 49 % (decreased ROM, PFJ pain) and excellent in 13 %. 3, 5% of patients had died with their prostheses in situ. The average pre and post operative Oxford Knee Score were 47.0 ± 7.5 and 21.6 ± 4.3 respectively.

Conclusion: Two-stage re-implantation using a hinge knee prosthesis is a safe and acceptable way of dealing with infected TKRs, conferring a stable reconstruction whilst allowing a through debridement. Thus potentially decreasing failure rates due to recurrence of primary infection. In this challenging group, complication rates were high, but at mid- and long-term review, no prostheses had failed from an aseptic cause. Moreover, this salvage procedure allows a quick rehabilitation and is tolerated well by patients.


BJA Lankester AJ Barnett JDJ Eldridge CJ Wakeley

Introduction: Patello-femoral instability (PFI) and pain may be caused by anatomical abnormality. Many radiographic measurements have been used to describe the shape and position of the patella and femoral trochlea.

This paper describes a simple new MRI measurement of the axial patellar tendon angle (APTA), and compares this angle in patients with and without patello-femoral instability.

Method: Axial MRI images of the knee of 20 patients with PFI and 20 normal knees (isolated acute ACL rupture) were used for measurement. The angle between the patellar tendon and the posterior femoral condylar line was assessed at three levels from the proximal tendon to its insertion.

Results: In normal knees, the APTA is 11 degrees of lateral tilt at all levels from the proximal tendon to its distal insertion. In PFI knees, the APTA is 33 degrees at the proximal tendon, 28 degrees at the joint line and 22 degrees at the distal insertion. The difference is significant (p< 0.001) at all levels.

Discussion: Measurement of the APTA is reproducible and is easier than many other indices of patello-femoral anatomy. In PFI, the APTA is increased by 21 degrees at the proximal tendon and by 11 degrees at its distal insertion.

In PFI, the patella is commonly tilted laterally. This is matched by the orientation of the patellar tendon. The increased tilt of the tendon is only partially normalized at its distal insertion with an abnormal angle of tibial attachment. When performing distal realignment procedures, angular correction as well as displacement may be appropriate.


H L George G Kumar P K R Mereddy R A Harvey

Background: Tourniquet provides a blood less field for surgery, but it has few complications and contraindications. There are several studies identifying the tourniquet as a factor for increased risk of complications in knee arthroscopy, we reviewed 200 consecutive knee arthroscopies done in our hospital with out tourniquet to analyse the outcome.

Aim: To analyse the out come of 200 knee arthroscopies done with out use of tourniquet; with respect to visualisation, time of surgery, bleeding, analgesia and post operative complications.

Materials and methods: We retrospectively analysed 200 consecutive knee arthroscopies with out tourniquet done in our institute. Average age of these patients was 39 (21–81). All patients underwent soft tissue procedures under general anaesthesia, supine, with sole support, no antibiotics and were done by same surgeon as day case. Same arthroscopic kit (Dyonics) with pump was used for all patients, using 2 litre saline bag and pump set at 65 mm Hg pressure. First few cases had tourniquet applied but not inflated, but later even this was avoided. Procedures included were diagnostic arthroscopies, arthroscopic debridements, meniscal repairs and partial or complete meniscal resections. Procedures like arthroscopic ACL reconstruction and other bony procedures were excluded. We looked at any visualisation problems, time of surgery, bleeding, analgesia and post operative complications. We also looked weather any of these patients visited the consultant or GP for any wound related problem or pain before the usual review at 2 weeks.

Results: There was no problem with visualisation noted in any of the cases, or any incidence where arthroscopy was unduly prolonged. There was no incidence of bleeding, stiffness or increased need for analgesia in any of these patients. None of the patients had any wound problem or haemathrosis requiring intervention. There was no record of any patients reattending the clinic or their GP for pain or bleeding.

Conclusions: Many orthopaedic units continue to use a tourniquet routinely for soft tissue procedures in knee arthroscopy, probably in the belief that a clear operative view can only be achieved with one. However, the findings in our study indicate that knee arthroscopy for soft tissue procedures may be performed adequately without the use of a tourniquet provided a pump system is used and the pressure maintained above venous pressure. Therefore we recommend that its use for routine soft tissue arthroscopic procedures be discontinued.


M Rathinam P J M Thompson R B Brink

Aims: Patellar instability and painful patellar mal-tracking are common challenging conditions faced by a knee surgeon. Our purpose was to describe an arthroscopy assisted method of medial patellofemoral ligament reconstruction to address these conditions present our results using this modified technique.

Materials & Method: Between April 2001 and December 2003, 22 knees in 20 consecutive patients underwent arthroscopically assisted MPFL reconstruction using an autologous hamstring tendon. There were 12 female and 8 male patients passed with a mean age of 29.9 years. The knees were assessed using Fulkerson’s and Kujala’s scoring systems and the mean follow-up period was 20.8 months (range 12–35).

The technique uses a single hamstring tendon with undisturbed biological distal attachment, where the free end is routed through a longitudinal tunnel in the dorso-medial aspect of the patella and fixed to an isometric point near the medial femoral epicondyle using an interference screw. The position of femoral attachment is the most important factor in achieving an isometric graft.

Results: There was a significant increase (p=< 0.0001) in mean Fulkerson score of 35.4 from a pre-operative value of 47.4 to a post-operative value of 82.9. Sixteen patients rated their knees as good or excellent and there was only one complication of complex regional pain syndrome. 11 of 13 patients who were keen on sports returned to their sports at a mean of 3.9 months (range 1–10).

Conclusion: We report good results with this technique of medial patello femoral ligament reconstruction and would advocate it as an effective surgical option for patients with recurrent lateral instability as well as those with painful lateral mal-tracking.


PKR Mereddy G Kumar HL George S Hakkalamani H Malik NJ Donnachie

To assess the outcome and implant removal rate following surgical stabilisation of patella fracture.

Sixty-seven patients who underwent surgical stabilisation of patella fracture between January 1999 and December 2004 were retrospectively reviewed to determine the adequacy of fracture stabilisation, fracture union and implant removal rate.

Forty-three were men and 24 were women with a mean age of 49 years (ranged 14–90 years). Table below demonstrates the injury, fracture patterns and fixation methods. There were 3 open fractures and associated injuries were noted in 22 patients. All fractures united even though the fixation was inadequate in 46 patients. Two superficial infections responded to oral antibiotics. One patient had revision surgery at 6 weeks. Twenty-two patients required implant removal between 2 and 20 months (average 11 months) for implant related symptoms. Of the 22 (32.8%) patients requiring implant removal, 16/40 (40%) were less than 60 years and 6/27 (22.2%) were over 60 years. Mean follow up in asymptomatic patients was 8 months (3 to 18 months) and in patients with implant related problems was 17 months (10 to 36 months). Four patients were lost to follow up.

Surgical stabilisation by current techniques demonstrated satisfactory fracture union. However, one in three required second surgery for implant related symptoms. In the under 60 years group, the implant removal rate increased to 40%. Newer techniques to avoid skin irritation need to be considered.


M D Waites M D Chodos I Wing E Hoefnagels S M Belkoff

Objective: The aim of this study was to compare different patellar tendon repair constructs.

Materials and Methods: Eight pairs of cadaveric legs were used to compare metal suture anchor repair with “standard” Krakow tendon suture through patella bone tunnels and steel box wire augmentation loop repair. Each leg was retested with box wire augmentation loop and simple 2/0 polyglactin suture repair.

The repairs were tested by mounting the legs on a specially designed rig on a materials testing machine which allowed the leg to be cycled from 90° knee flexion to full extension. The specimens were cycled 1000 times at 0.25Hz or until the repair failed. Optical markers were attached to the leg which enabled the repair gap and knee angle to be monitored during testing (Smart Capture and Analyser Tracking system, Padua, Italy).

Results: Six out of eight suture anchor repairs failed, all suture bone tunnel repairs with augmentation loops completed 1000 cycles. One out of 16 augmentation loop with simple 2/0 suture repair failed.

For all specimens regardless of repair type that completed 1000 cycles there was no significant difference in repair gap distance.

Conclusion: Suture anchors alone do not provide a strong enough construct for patellar tendon repair.

The box wire augmentation loop is key to maintaining patellar tendon repair.

Krakow tendon sutures secured through patellar bone tunnels do not provide additional benefit to a simple appositional suture and box wire augmentation loop.


A J Porteous J S Mulford J H Newman C E Ackroyd

Purpose: Revision patellofemoral arthroplasty (PFA) is a relatively uncommon procedure, with no published reviews identified in the literature. Revision PFAs performed at our institution were reviewed to determine the reasons for PFA failure, the technical ease of revision and to document patient-reported outcomes after revision.

Methods: A prospective review of a cohort of 411 Avon PFA patients identified 31 subsequent revision knee procedures in 27 patients. Data was collected from the institution’s prospective data base, operative reports, X-rays and medical records. Post-operative knee scores (Oxford Knee Score, WOMAC Osteoarthritis Index, Bristol Knee Score) were available on 26 knees.

Results: The commonest reason for revision was progression of osteoarthritis (18 cases) followed by undetermined pain (7 cases). Patients with undetermined pain were found to be revised sooner than patients with disease progression (33 months vs 63 months) and also reported poorer outcome scores at 2 years post revision than the disease progression group.

Only two trochlea components were loose at the time of revision and one patella had a large amount of macroscopic wear. All other components were found to be well fixed with minimal wear at the time of revision. There were no difficulties in removing either component. No cases required augments or stemmed femoral components due to bone loss.

Patients undergoing revision surgery did report improvement in their post revision outcome scores compared with their pre-operative scores. The average Oxford Knee Score improved from 17 to 23, Bristol Knee Pain Scores improved from 11 to 20 and Bristol Knee Functional Scores improved from 15 to 16. These results are poorer than those recorded by the overall cohort of primary PFA.

Conclusion: PFA is easy to revise to a primary total knee. Results of revision knees are improved from pre-operative scores but not as good as expected.


M Divekar A Lee

Isolated patellofemoral arthritis is a common, often debilitating, condition with a number of treatment options available. Avon patellofemoral arthroplasty has been practiced in our district general hospital setting with favourable results. Previous studies have been mainly from the pioneering Bristol centre.

We present the findings of the intermediate results of Avon patellofemoral arthroplasty (PFA) used in the treatment of isolated patellofemoral arthritis.

From 1999 until August 2006, 63 Avon PFA were carried out in 46 patients by a single surgeon. We analysed retrospectively the patient case records and collected data regarding clinical, radiological findings along with patient satisfaction scores using the Oxford knee questionnaire.

45/46 (98%) patients had primary patellofemoral (PF) arthritis. 17/46 (36%) patients suffered from bilateral PF arthritis. The average duration of follow up was 5 years (3 months to 7 years). There were 7 males and 39 females with a median age of 63 years. The average range of movement was 120° (90°–140°). There was no observable radiological loosening. There was a reduction in the Oxford knee score from 33 (21–48) to 17 (1–44). Complications of the procedure included superficial infections (2/46), transient foot drop (1/46), and persistent pain (2/46). Further surgery requiring lateral release was carried out in 2/46 patients. To date, none of the cases have required revision due to progression of arthritis. Patients reported high level of satisfaction following the procedure.

Avon PFA is an effective procedure for the treatment of isolated patellofemoral arthritis, with a low rate of complications and good functional results. To our knowledge, this is the first study in UK outside Bristol, presenting the findings of intermediate results of Avon PFA.


J R Robinson P D Colombet

Background: Studies have shown that normal tibio-femoral rotational kinematics is not regained following single-bundle ACL reconstruction and that 14–30% of patients may have a residual “pivot glide”. It has been suggested that 2-bundle reconstruction could better control this laxity, but this not been demonstrated conclusively in-vivo. This study tested the hypothesis that 2-bundle ACL reconstruction improves the control of the Pivot Shift.

Methods: We measured the mean maximum tibial translation and coupled rotation occurring during the pivot shift (using a previously validated surgical navigation based methodology) in 35 consecutive patients undergoing hamstrings ACL reconstruction. 17 patients had a standard single-bundle reconstruction and 18 patients a 4-tunnel, 2-bundle reconstruction. 10 pivot shift tests were performed pre- and post operatively by a single operator and the differences compared.

Results: The two groups were equally age and sex matched. There was no difference in pre-operative pivot shift measurements. 2-bundle reconstruction decreased the tibial rotation occurring with the pivot shift test more than single-bundle reconstruction (Table 1). There was no detectable difference in the control of tibial translation.

Conclusions: This study quantifies, in-vivo, the differences between single and 2-bundle ACL reconstruction in controlling pivot shift. It suggests that anatomic, 2-bundle ACL reconstructions could reduce pivot instability more effectively than a single-bundle. Whether the 10% additional control of the rotational component of the pivot improves functional stability or is necessary every patient and, in the longer term, limits the development of gonarthrosis secondary to abnormal motions, remains to be seen


P. Cuomo R. Boddu Siva Rama A.M.J. Bull A.A. Amis

Background and purpose of the study: the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) is a continuum of fibres which are differently recruited through range of motion. Two main functional bundles can be identified: the postero-lateral bundle (PLB) which is taut exclusively towards extension and the anteromedial bundle (AMB) which is taut through full range of motion. The purpose of this investigation was to assess the relative contribution of the bundles to intact knee kinematics.

Material and methods: fourteen intact cadaver knees were instrumented in a non-ferromagnetic rig and six degrees of freedom kinematics through flexion-extension was recorded with an electromagnetic device under the application of a 90N anterior force or a 5Nm internal rotation torque. The AMB and PLB were alternatively cut first in each knee and knee kinematics was recorded. The other bundle was then dissected and ACL deficient knee kinematics tested.

Results: when the AMB was cut anterior tibial translation increased and no effects on rotations were recorded. When the PLB was first cut no significant effects on anterior laxity were observed. Different rotational responses were observed in different knees. After the section of both bundles a larger increase in anterior laxity was observed. The changes in rotation differed from knee to knee.

Discussion: The AMB is a primary restraint against anterior tibial translation and has a small and variable effect on rotations. The PLB is a secondary restraint against anterior tibial translation in extension and maintains normal rotational laxity in AMB deficient knees. Therefore, reconstruction of both bundles is theoretically advantageous to restore both intact knee anteroposte-rior and rotational laxity.


Mr A Phadnis Dr A Khanna Dr D Griffths Mr AP Chandratreya

Introduction: Knee arthroscopy under LA, has been shown to be reliable and safe. However, this is not a widely practiced method for knee arthroscopy in the UK. A number of studies have compared various types of anaesthesia with a specific knee pathology. The aim of this study was to compare various anaesthesia techniques, and determine for LA cases the ease of the procedure, level of perioperative pain, patient satisfaction and outcome, in a non homogenous population.

Materials and Methods: We prospectively studied a group of 116 consecutive patients undergoing knee arthroscopy. The choice of LA and GA was given to the patient, the decision for Spinal was made by the anesthetist. Time for each method, surgical access, peri-operative pain and patient satisfaction was studied. Patients undergoing arthroscopy for suspected instability had GA.

Results: 97 patients had the surgery performed under LA, 6 had SA and 19 had GA. Patients undergoing arthroscopy under LA understood the disease process better. 86/97 patients of the LA group did not complain of any pain/discomfort. 8 patients required further sedation for completion of the procedure. 2 patients had a possible vaso-vagal attack and needed monitoring. Surgical access was good in all patients with LA. A variety of procedures could be carried out including partial meni-sectomy, chondroplasty and microfracture in 2 patients. Immediate post-operative pain score: 0 in 92/97. Overall patient satisfaction: good in 89/ 97. There were more complications in the Spinal and GA group.

Conclusion: Arthroscopy of the knee performed under local anesthesia is a safe, practical and, possibly economical alternative to conventional anesthesia. It can be done in most routine knee arthroscopic surgery.


N R Howells A J Carr A Price J L Rees

Objective: To investigate the effect of lab based simulator training, on the ability of basic surgical trainees to perform diagnostic knee arthroscopy.

Method: 20 orthopaedic SHO’s with minimal arthroscopic experience were randomised to 2 groups. 10 received a fixed protocol of simulator based arthroscopic skills training. This consisted of 3 sessions of 6 simulated arthroscopies using a Sawbones bench-top knee model. Their learning curve was assessed objectively using motion analysis. Time taken, path length and number of movements were recorded. All 20 then spent an operating list with a blinded consultant trainer. They received instruction and demonstration of diagnostic knee arthroscopy before performing the procedure independently. Their performance was assessed using the intra- operative section of the Orthopaedic Competence Assessment Project (OCAP) procedure based assessment (PBA) protocol for diagnostic arthros-copy and further quantified with a global rating assessment scale.

Results: In theatre, simulator-trained SHO’s outscored all but one untrained SHO. The simulator trained group were scored as competent on more than 70% of occasions compared to less than 15% for the un-trained group (p< 0.05). The mean global rating score of the trained group was 24.4 out of 45 compared with 12.4 for the untrained group (p< 0.05). Motion analysis demonstrated objective and significant improvement in performance during simulator training.

Conclusion: The use of lab based arthroscopic skills training leads to subsequent significant improvement in operating theatre performance. This may suggest that formalised lab based training should be a standardised part of future surgical curricula. OCAP PBA’s appear to provide a useful framework for assessment however potential questions are raised about the ability of OCAP to truly distinguish levels of surgical competence.


F Pease A Ehrenraich J. Skinner A Williams S Bollen

Purposes of Study: To establish what happens, over time, to an ACL graft which is implanted in the skeletally immature knee.

Methods/Results: 5 cases of hamstring ACL reconstruction in prepubertal patients were available from the practices of 2 surgeons in which there were X-ray/MRI images taken over a period of an average of approximately 3 years from the operation. The changes in graft dimensions were measured from these images. No case of growth arrest was seen, nor of soft tissue contracture such as fixed flexion. All patients recovered to their same pre-injury level of activity, including elite level sport in 3 cases. Clinical laxity tests were always satisfactory but the senior authors have noticed that they tighten in time.

The growth of the patients was an average 17cm. The graft diameters did not change despite large changes in graft length (average 145%). Most of the length gain was in the femur.

Conclusion: Much has been written regarding potential harm to the growth plate in these patients but we are not aware of literature on the subject of the fate of the graft itself. Considerable length changes in the grafts were evident. The biological phenomena taking place in the graft are unknown. We have clearly shown an increase in the size of graft tissue due to lengthening but no change in girth. Either the graft stretches or tissue neogenesis occurs, or both. If it simply stretched then the graft would be expected to become narrower, at least in places- it did not. Nevertheless the ‘tightening’ phenomenon reported anecdotally could be due to the graft having to stretch but failing to keep up with growth. As the volume of graft increases so much then at least some neogenesis is highly likely.


SM McDonnell R Rout CAF Dodd DW Murray AJ Price

Anteromedial osteoarthritis is a distinct phenotype of osteoarthritis. The arthritic lesion on the tibia is localised to the anteromedial quadrant with an intact ACL. Deficiency of the ACL leads to a progression to tricompartmental disease. Within the spectrum of intact ACL a varying degree of ligament damage is seen. Our aim was to correlate the progression of ACL damage to the geographical extent of disease and the degree of cartilage loss on the tibial plateau.

We systematically digitally mapped 50 tibial plateau resection specimens from clinical photographs of patients undergoing unicompartmental arthroplasty, additionally the damage to their ACL was graded (0: normal, 1:synovium loss, 2:longitudinal splits)

These images were imported into image analysis software. Accurate measurements were made of the dimensions of the specimen. Measurements included the AP distance to the anterior and posterior aspect of the lesion, and the distance to the start of the macroscopically non damaged cartilage. The areas of cartilage damage and full thickness loss were also recorded. The results were represented as a % of total area to account for variation in size of the resection specimens. We compared % of full thickness loss in patients with normal to those with damaged, but functionally intact ligaments.

All specimens had a similar macroscopic appearance. A significant difference was seen with the progression of ACL damage and area of eburnation of bone. Using an unpaired t test, a significant difference in area of % full thickness cartilage loss (P=0.047) was seen between patients with a normal and longitudinal splits within their ACL. No correlation between the clinical status of the ACL and start or finish point of cartilage loss on the tibial plateau

We surmise that the progression from anteromedial to tricompartmental osteoarthritis of the knee may be related to the graduated damage of the ACL.


James RD Murray Niall A Hogan Allister Trezies James Hutchinson Erin Parish John W Read Mervyn J Cross

Background: There is limited evidence on long-term outcome following ACL reconstruction. Concern has been raised that degenerative joint disease is common in the long-term and this may be associated with use of patellar tendon autograft.

Methods: 162 patients underwent single-surgeon arthroscopic ACL reconstruction (1991–1993) were identified from our prospective database. Patient-centred outcome was by Lysholm and Subjective IKDC score, objective outcome measures were clinical examination, arthrometry and X-rays.

Results: 13 year outcome (10–15 years) is known in 115/161 patients (71%). The median subjective scores were 94% (Lysholm) and 90% (IKDC). Ipsilateral graft rupture rate was 4%, with contralateral ACL injury in 8%. Mean manual maximum KT 1000 was 9mm in the grafted knee and 8mm in the contralateral knee. Clinical laxity scores of grade 0 or 1 were found in over 93% patients. Radiographically 66% were normal or near normal (Grade A or B). When compared to the contra-lateral uninjured knee we found no significant difference in the proportion of normal/near normal x-rays (grade A/B) versus abnormal/severe (grade C/D) for the medial, lateral nor patellofemoral compartments. There was no significant difference in the radiological IKDC grades in the medial compartment when compared to the contra-lateral uninjured knee, but there was a difference in the lateral and patellofemoral joints.

Conclusions: At 13 years patellar tendon ACLR provides excellent patient satisfaction, with clinically objective knee stability and low risk of re-rupture. Radiographically degenerative change was seen in 34%. There was no significant side to side difference to the uninjured contralateral medial knee joint, but there was a small but significant difference in the lateral and patellofemoral joints. The lateral joint differences may reflect underlying bone bruising at the time of injury. We do not believe that the patellar tendon autograft is the cause of arthrosis after BTB ACLR.


VS Dachepalli SA ALI MV Prabhakar DN Teanby

Purpose of the study: To see if there are any differences in pain relief and complications with intraarticular Knee injection of synthetic and avian Hyaluronic acid products.

Summary: After following the inclusion and exclusion criteria, 130 patients were randomly allocated two groups, receiving either synthetic or avian Hyaluronic acid injections. Patients were explained about the study and consent was sought. They were given Western Ontario and McMaster University [WOMAC] questionnaires to be filled before, 48 hours, 6 weeks and 3 months after the injections. They were examined at 6 weeks, 3 and 6 months post injections.

124 of these patients promptly responded. 68 patients had natural product and 56 patients had synthetic product.

In the natural injection group of 68 patients, 57 had pain relief at 3 months and 20 of these continued to have relief at 6 months.

In the synthetic injection group of 56 patients, 48 had pain relief at 3 months and 28 of these continued to have relief at 6 months.

No complications were noted in either of the groups.

Difference of WOMAC scores were done at 6weeks and 3 months for each group. The p value of this difference of scores was 0.12 at 6 weeks and 0.92 at 3 months showing no significant difference. The 95% confidence intervals [avian vs synthetic] at 6weeks were −0.8 to 7.2 and at 3 months were −3.8 to 4.2. The p value of clinical examination at 6 months was 0.043 showing significance.

Conclusion: Synthetic injections are significantly more effective, economical and equally safe as avian injections.


SM McDonnell JS Sinsheimer CAF Dodd DW Murray AJ Carr AJ Price

A sibling risk study that shows a statistically significant increase in risk for anteromedial osteoarthritis of the knee.

Anteromedial osteoarthritis is a distinct phenotype of osteoarthritis. Previous studies have shown a genetic aetiology to both hip and knee osteoarthritis. The aim of this study was to determine the sibling risk of antero-medial osteoarthritis of the knee.

We conducted a retrospective cohort study of 132 probands with primary anteromedial osteoarthritis, who had undergone unicompartmental arthroplasty. Sibling were identified as having symptomatic knee problems by postal Oxford Knee Score (OKS). A positive OKS was defined as an OKS+/− 2SD of the mean of the proband group. Sibling spouses were used as controls. Those siblings & spouses that were symptomatic from the OKS were invited to undergo Knee X-rays, to look for radiological signs of osteoarthritis. Osteoarthritis was diagnosed as greater than Grade II on the Kell-gren Lawrence classification. The pattern of disease was noted and it was considered if the sibling were suitable for a unicompartmental knee arthroplasty. The prevalence and sibling risk of anteromedial osteoarthritis was determined using a randomly selected single sibling per proband family. The prevalence was determined in the 103 single proband sibling pairs.

There was a statistically significant risk within the sibling group P= 0.024 using the Chi square test. The relative risk of anteromedial osteoarthritis was. 3.21(95% CI 1.08 to 9.17)

Genetic factors play a major role in the development of anteromedial osteoarthritis.


Chris Connolly Vivianne Russell Lucy Salmon Justin Roe Craig Harris

This longitudinal prospective study reports the 10-year results of arthroscopic, anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reviewed. Four (4%) menisectomies were performed, 6 graft (7%) ruptures and 18 (20%) contralateral ACL ruptures occurred in the follow-up period. Ninety-seven percent of patients graded their knee function as normal or nearly normal and the median Lysholm knee score was 95 at 10-years. The proportion of patients participating in IKDC level I and II sports fell from 85% at 2-years to 45% at 10 years, 12% attributing the decrease to their knee. On laxity testing 85% and 93% had grade 0 on Lachman and pivot shift testing, respectively and 77% had < 3mm of anterior tibial displacement at 10 years. Kneeling pain increased to 58% of patients. 59% had no pain on strenuous activity with 33% of patients having a fixed flexion deformity at 10 years. Radiological examination at 10 years demonstrated osteoarthritic changes in 48% of patients. Factors predictive for the development of radiograhic osteoarthritis were increased age at operation and increased ligamentous laxity at 2 years as measured clinically and by KT 1000. As such, arthroscopic ACL reconstruction, employing patellar tendon, is not preventative of the development of osteoarthritis even when the confounding factors of meniscal, chondral and other ligamentous injury are excluded.


BJA Lankester HL Cottam V Pinskerova JDJ Eldridge MAR Freeman

Introduction: The medial tibial plateau is composed of two relatively flat facets. An anterior upward sloping “extension facet” (EF) articulates with the medial femoral condyle from 0 to 20° – the stance phase of gait (in Man but not in other mammals). A horizontal “flexion facet” contacts the femur from 20° to full flexion. Anatomical variation in this area might be responsible for the initiation of antero-medial osteoarthritis (AMOA).

This paper reports the angle between the EF and the horizontal (the extension facet angle - EFA) in normal knees and in knees with early AMOA.

Method: MRI reports were searched to identify patients with acute rupture of the ACL on the assumption that they had anatomically normal tibiae (46 males and 18 females) and patients with MRI evidence of early AMOA without bone loss (11 males and 9 females).

A sagittal image at the midpoint of the femoral condyle was used to determine the EFA. Repeat measurements were taken by two observers.

Results: The EFA in normal tibiae is 14 +/− 5° (range 3 – 25°). The angle is unrelated to age. The EFA in individuals with early AMOA is 19 +/− 4° (range 13 – 26°). The difference is highly significant (p< 0.001).

Discussion: There is a wide variation in the EFA in normal knees that is unrelated to age.

There is an association between an increased EFA (ie a steeper EF) and MRI evidence of AMOA. Although a causal link is not proven, we speculate that a steeper angle increases the duration of loading on the EF in stance and tibio-femoral interface shear. This may initiate cartilage breakdown.


Andrew P Davies Michael J Gillespie Peter H Morris

The Profix knee replacement arthroplasty manufactured by Smith and Nephew has been in use for the past five years however there are few published outcome data for this prosthesis.

The purpose of this study was to provide clinical outcome data for a cohort of patients with a Profix TKR at a minimum 3 years follow up.

There were 65 joint replacements in 58 patients all performed by or under the direct supervision of one of two senior consultant Orthopaedic surgeons. There were 34 right and 31 left knees replaced in 31 male and 27 female patients. Mean age of the patients was 69 years (51–84 years) and mean body mass 89Kg (45–140Kg).

The femoral component was uncemented in 49 knees and cemented in 16 knees. The tibial component was cemented in all 65 cases. There were 53 mobile bearing polyethylene inserts and 12 fixed bearing knees. The patella was resurfaced primarily in 32 cases.

Using the Oxford Knee score, the mean knee score was 20.7 (Range 12–42) where a perfect score is 12 and the worst possible score 60. Mean clinical range of movement was 111 degrees (Range 90–130 degrees).

Of the 65 joints, 13 have required or are awaiting some form of re-operation. These included 3 for patellae that were not resurfaced at the index arthroplasty, 6 for secondary insertion or revision of mobile bearing locking-screws and one femoral revision for failure of on-growth of an uncemented femoral component.

The finding of loosening of the mobile bearing locking screw in three well functioning knees highlights the importance of Xray follow-up of patients even if their knee scores are entirely satisfactory.

Overall, the clinical results of this prosthesis are satisfactory, however these data would support routine patellar resurfacing and use of the cemented fixed bearing option for the Profix arthroplasty.


R Raman A Dutta N Day CJ Shaw GV Johnson

Aim: To compare the clinical effectiveness, functional outcome and patient satisfaction following intra articular injection with Hylan G-F-20 and Sodium Hyaluro-nate in patients with osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee.

Methods: In this independent study, 382 consecutive patients with OA of the knee were prospectively randomized into two groups to receive Hylan G-F-20 -Syn-visc (n=196) or Sodium Hyaluronate -Hyalgan (n=186) and reviewed by blinded independent assessors at pre injection, 6 weeks, 3, 6, 12 months. Knee pain, patient satisfaction was measured on a VAS. Functional outcome was assessed using WOMAC, UCLA, Tegner, Oxford knee score and EuroQol- 5D scores. Mean follow up was 14 months.

Results: Patients in both groups predominantly had grade III OA. Knee pain on VAS improved from 6.7 to 3.2 by 6 weeks (p=0.02) and was sustained until 12 months (3.7, p=0.04) with Synvisc. In the Hyal-gan group, pain improved from 6.6 to 5.7 at 6 weeks (p> 0.05) and to 4.1 at 3 months (p=0.04) but was sustained only until 6 months (5.9, p> 0.05). Improvements in the WOMAC pain and physical activity subscales were significantly superior in the Synvisc group at 3 months (p=0.02), 6 months (p=0.01) and 12 months (p=0.02). General patient satisfaction was better in the Synvisc group at all times although statistically significant at 3 months (p=0.01) and 6 months (p=0.02). There was local increase in knee pain in one patient who received Synvisc, which settled by 4 weeks. Total treatment cost was 23% more in the Hyalgan group due to the two additional visits.

Conclusion: Although both treatments offered significant pain reduction, it was achieved earlier and sustained for a longer period in patients with Synvisc with early increase in activity levels. However, a local reaction of pseudo sepsis was observed with Synvisc in one patient. The total treatment cost, both for the patient and the hospital are higher with Hyalgan. From this study, it appears that the clinical effectiveness and general patient satisfaction are better amongst patients who received Synvisc.


PK Jaiswal M Jameson-Evans J Jagiello RWJ Carrington JA Skinner TWR Briggs G Bentley

Aims: To compare the clinical and functional outcomes of autologous chondrocyte implantation for treatment of osteochondral defects of the knee performed in overweight, obese and patients of ‘ideal weight’as defined by their BMI.

Methods: We analysed the data on all our patients that have been followed up for a minimum of 2 years and had their height and weight recorded initially in our database. Functional assessment consisted of the Modified Cincinatti Scores (collected prospectively at 6 months, 1 year, 2 years and 3 years following surgery). Patients were placed into 3 groups according to their body mass index (BMI). Group A consisted of patients with BMI of 20 to 24.9, group B patients with BMI of 25 to 29.9 and Group C are patients with BMI of 30 to 39.9.

Results: There were 80 patients (41 males and 39 females) with a mean age of 35.4 (range 18 to 49). The mean BMI for the entire group was 26.6. The pre-operative, 6 month, 1 year, 2 year, and 3 year Modified Cin-cinatti Score in Group A (32 patients) was 54.4, 80.3, 82.7, 74.7 and 72.6. Similarly in Group B, the scores were 53, 41, 54, 56, 49.5 and in Group C the scores were 36.3, 36.3, 49.6, 36, and 35.7. The wound infection rate in Group A was 6.25%, in Group B was17.6% and Group C was 14.3%.

Conclusions: Initial results from this study suggest that BMI is an important predictor of outcome after chon-drocyte implantation. The group of patients that would gain most benefit from ACI are patients that are not overweight (defined by BMI in the range of 20 to 24.9). Further work is being carried out to support the hypothesis that surgeons should strongly consider not operating on patients unless the BMI is less than 25.


M Jameson-Evans P K Jaiswal D H Park R W J Carrington J A Skinner T W R Briggs G Bentley

Aims: he purpose of this study was to determine whether autologous chondrocyte implantation (ACI) in patients with articular cartilage defects of the knee resulted in patients returning to pre-injury levels of work and physical activities.

Methods: 133 consecutive patients from January 2001 to December 2002 underwent ACI at our institution. A telephone and postal questionnaire was conducted to ascertain a detailed occupational and leisure activity profile in this cohort of patients. For each job held for at least 2 months, we asked whether an average working day had involved any of the ten specified physical activities. Similarly, for each sport that had been played more than 5 times a year, we asked the age the sporting activities had began and whether they were able to return to these sports after surgery. Occupation for each patient was given a 3 digit code according to the Standard Occupational Classification System 2000 and hence determined whether the work performed was manual or non-manual.

Results: 97 patients responded to the questionnaire. There were 53 females and 44 males and the mean age at the time of operation was 34.5 (range 14 to 49). Category 6 (Personal Services Occupations) was the most common occupation pre-operatively, whereas category 4 (Administrative and Secretarial Occupations) was the most common post-operatively. 7% of patients’ work involved kneeling or squatting and this figure rose to 12%, 4 years following surgery. 42% of patients had to make some form of modification to their work (usually less physical or more office based). 47% of patients were able to return to at least one of the sports they played pre-injury.

Conclusion: This is the first study to demonstrate that patients are able to return to work and resume sporting activity following autologous chondrocyte implantation.


AJ Price Z Xia PA Hulley DW Murray JT Triffitt

Aim: The aim of this study was to investigate whether viable chondrocytes can be isolated and subsequently expanded in culture, from cryopreserved intact human articular cartilage.

Method: Human articular cartilage samples, retrieved from patient undergoing total knee replacement, were cored as 5 mm diameter discs then minced to approximately 0.1 mm3 size pieces. Samples were cryopreserved at the following stages; intact cartilage discs, minced cartilage and chondrocytes immediately after enzymatic isolation. After completing of isolation, cell viability was examined using LIVE/DEAD fluorescent staining. Isolated chondrocytes were then cultured and a cell proliferation assay was performed at day 4, 7, 14, 21 and 28 days.

Results: The results showed that the viability of isolated chondrocytes from control, cryopreserved intact AC discs, minced AC and isolated then frozen samples were 71.84 ± 2.63%, 25.61 ± 2.41%, 31.32 ± 2.47 % and 42.53 ± 4.66% respectively. Isolated chondrocytes from all groups were expanded by following degrees after 28 days of culture; Group A: 10 times, Group B: 18 times, Group C: 106 times, and Group D: 154 times.

Conclusion: We conclude that viable chondrocytes can be isolated from cryopreserved intact human AC and then cultured to expand their number. This method could be employed to patients benefit undergoing autologous chondrocyte implantation.


ROE Gardner JH Newman

Background: In the UK 80% unicompartmental knee replacements(UKRs) and 10% of total knee replacements(TKRs) use mobile bearings. It is suggested that mobile bearings are more physiological and wear less, however it is still unclear whether patients tolerate mobile bearing knee replacements as well.

Patients and methods: We report four prospective studies,. Two compared fixed with mobile bearings in TKR and two in UKR. The prostheses involved were fixed and mobile variants of the Rotaglide (TKR), Kinemax (TKR) and Uniglide (UKR). In addition the Oxford and St. George Sled UKRs were compared. All except the Uniglide study were randomized prospective trials (RCTs)

611 patients were involved with a mean age of 68 years. Residual pain following surgery was assessed with either the Oxford Knee Score (OKS) or the WOMAC score. The patients were followed up at one and two years postoperatively by a Research nurse and the findings recorded prospectively on the Bristol Knee database.

Results:

Study 1: Rotaglide. Prospective RCT. 171 patients. Mean pain score (OKS) Fixed bearing 15.4 v Mobile bearing 13.2. P= 0.012. Fixed bearing prosthesis caused significantly less pain.
Study 2: Kinemax. Prospective RCT. 198 patients. Mean pain score (WOMAC) Fixed bearing 8.9 v Mobile bearing 8.3. P = 0.443. Trend favouring fixed bearing.
Study 3: Uniglide Non-randomised trial. 184 patients. Mean pain score (WOMAC) Fixed bearing 7.6 v Mobile bearing 10.1. P < 0.001. Fixed bearing caused significantly less pain.
Study 4: St. George Sled v Oxford. Prospective RCT. 94 patients. Mean pain score (OKS) 15.8 v 13.9 . P= 0.058. Strong trend suggesting the Sled caused less pain.

Conclusion: Our data suggests that the fixed bearing knee replacements result in less residual pain than their mobile bearing counterparts, at least in the first two years following surgery.


P N Baker J Van Der Meulen J Lewsey P J Gregg

Purpose: To examine how patients viewed the outcome of their joint replacement at least one year post surgery. Emphasis was placed on investigating the relative influence of ongoing pain and functional limitation on patient satisfaction.

Method: Questionnaire based assessment of the Oxford Knee Score (OKS), patient satisfaction, and need for reoperation in a group of 10,000 patients who had undergone primary unilateral knee replacement between April and December 2003. Questionnaires were linked to the NJR database to provide data on background demographics, clinical parameters and intraoperative surgical information for each patient.

Data was analysed to investigate the relationship between the OKS, satisfaction rate and the background factors. Multivariable logistic regression was performed to establish which factors influenced patient satisfaction.

Results: 87.4% patients returned questionnaires. Overall 81.8% indicated they were satisfied with their knee replacement, with 7.0% unsatisfied and 11.2% unsure. The mean OKS varied dependent upon patients’ satisfaction (satisfied=22.04 (S.D 7.87), unsatisfied=41.70 (S.D 8.32), unsure=35.17 (S.D 8.24)). These differences were statistically significant (p< 0.001).

Regression modelling showed that patients with higher scores relating to the pain and function elements of the OKS had lower levels of satisfaction (p< 0.001) and that ongoing pain was a stronger predictor of lower levels of satisfaction. Other predictors of lower levels of satisfaction included female gender (p< 0.05), a primary diagnosis of osteoarthritis (p=0.02) and unicondylar replacement (p=0.002). Differences in satisfaction rate were also observed dependent upon age and ASA grade

609 patients (7.4%) had undergone further surgery and 1476 patients (17.9%) indicated another procedure was planned. Both the OKS and satisfaction rates were significantly better in patients who had not suffered complications.

Conclusion: This study highlights a number of clinically important factors that influence patient satisfaction following knee replacement. This information could be used when planning surgery to counsel patients and help form realistic expectations of the anticipated postoperative result.


A Price Ulf Svard

Aim: This paper presents the 20-year survival and 10-year clinical follow-up results from the entire series of all medial Oxford meniscal bearing unicompartmental knee arthroplasties performed in a single centre in Sweden, between 1985 and 2004.

Method: Patients were contacted and information about the state of the knee collected. Revision surgery was used in the life-table survival analysis performed. For the entire cohort clinical follow up at 10-years is routinely performed, using the HSS knee score.

Results: The entire group comprised of 683 knees in 572 patients. The mean age at implantation was 69.7 (range 48–94). There had been 30 revision procedures: 8 for lateral arthrosis, 7 for component loosening, 3 for infection, 6 for bearing dislocation, 1 for bearing fracture and 5 for unexplained pain. The 10-year, 15-year and 20-year survival (all cause revision) were 94.1 % (CI 2.9, 237 at risk), 93.5% (CI 4.6, 101 at risk) and 92.3% (CI 15.1, 11 at risk) respectively. From the patients reviewed clinically the mean pre-operative HSS knee score was 57 (95% CI 1), compared to 87 (95% CI 1) at 10-years. Using HSS criteria the results were: 68% excellent, 23% good, 6% moderate and 2% poor.

Conclusion: The results show that this mobile bearing unicompartmental prosthesis offers patients excellent clinical results during the first decade and is durable during the second decade after implantation.


MC Forster AJ Bauze AG Bailie MS Falworth RD Oakeshott

The aim of this study was to assess the results of bilateral total knee replacement (TKR) staged one week apart during one hospital admission and compare these results with those of bilateral sequential TKRs and bilateral TKRs performed in 2 separate admissions by a single surgeon using a single prosthesis. Between 5th November 1997 and 10th August 2004, 104 patients underwent bilateral LCS TKRs using the Anteroposterior glide (APG) tibial component. The patients were analysed in 3 groups. The patients in Group 1 underwent bilateral sequential TKR under the same anaesthetic. The patients in Group 2 underwent bilateral TKRs under 2 separate anaesthetics, 7 days apart, during the same admission. The patients in Group 3 underwent bilateral TKR under 2 separate admissions, essentially 2 unilateral TKRs. The patients in Group 1 had shorter operations (p< 0.0001) and shorter hospital stays (p< 0.0001). Patients in Group 2 had less blood loss (p=0.004) but were not transfused any less than the other groups. The complication rate was low and comparable in all groups. There were no in hospital or 30 day deaths in any of the groups. Those patients in Group 3 had worse AKS function scores (p=0.02) and those patients in Group 2 had a significantly better HSS score (p=0.02). There was no significant difference between the groups in terms of range of motion or the AKS Knee score. This study has confirmed a shorter operation and hospital stay when the bilateral TKRs are carried out under the same anaesthetic. These patients also bled the most postoperatively. There was little difference in terms of complications and clinical outcome at a mean follow up of 4 years. With appropriate patient selection, both same anaesthetic and same admission bilateral TKR are safe methods to treat bilateral arthritis.


Constant A Busch Benjamin J Shore Rakesh Bhandari Su Ganapathy Steven J MacDonald Robert B. Bourne Cecil H Rorabeck Richard W McCalden

Background: Post-operative analgesia using parenteral opioids or epidural analgesia can be associated with troublesome side effects.

Locally administered pre-emptive analgesia is effective, reduces central hyper sensitisation and avoids systemic drug related side-effects and may be of benefit in total knee replacement.

Materials and Methods: 64 patients undergoing total knee replacement were randomised to receive a periarticular intra-operative injection containing ropivacaine, ketorolac, epimorphine and epinephrine or nothing.

All patients received patient controlled analgesia (PCA) for 24 hours post surgery, followed by standard analgesia. Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) pain scores during activity and at rest and patient satisfaction scores were recorded pre and post operatively and at 6 week follow up. PCA consumption and overall analgesic requirement were measured.

Results: PCA use at 6,12 and over 24 hours post surgery was significantly less in patients receiving the injection (P< 0.01, P=0.016, P< 0.01). Patient satisfaction in PACU and 4 hrs post operation was greater (P=0.016, P=0.013). VAS for pain during activity in PACU and at 4 hrs were significantly less (P= 0.04, P=0.007) in the injected group. The average ROM at 6 weeks was no different. Overall hospital stay and the incidence of wound complications was not different between the two groups.

Conclusion: Peri-articular intra-operative multimodal analgesia significantly reduces post-operative PCA requirement. Patient satisfaction was greater in the injection group.


B G Bolton-Maggs L McGonagle

In 2000 the Nuffield and Rotaglide Knee prostheses were combined into the Rotaglide+ system. This allowed a choice of either mobile or fixed meniscal bearing in the same prosthesis.

Between 1988 and 2000 460 primary Nuffield knee prostheses were implanted and between September 2000 and September 2005 185 primary Rotaglide+ prostheses have been used. A Prospective review using a pain score, range of movement, time walked, and the American Knee Surgeons score was performed. The Rotaglide+ cases have been age, sex, and diagnosis matched with 185 Nuffield knees. All prostheses have been implanted by one surgical team, using the same technique and the same instruments. All are inserted cementless with patella replacement if possible.

Statistical analysis was performed on the first 5 years of follow-up for both sets of prostheses (STATA).

The Nuffield prostheses was significantly better at relieving pain in all years post-operatively. The Rota-glide+ has a slightly better range of flexion, but this is significant only at the 2nd year. There is no significant difference in the walking time, and the AKSS is significantly better for the Nuffield prosthesis only at the first year. Statistical significance is difficult to obtain in years 4 and 5 due to the small numbers of Rotaglide+ prosthe-ses that have reached this stage of review.

Conclusion: A change in design has not improved the short term outcome of these prostheses, and may have worsened the results especially in terms of pain relief. This could be due to the change in stem size and the tibial fins. It is recommended that all changes in prostheses should undergo a limited controlled clinical trial before being released onto the open market


M Hassaballa A Porteous J H Newman

Introduction: There is an impression among Orthopaedic surgeons that mobile bearing knee replacement has a better functional outcome than fixed bearing knee replacement. Since kneeling demands a high level of function after knee replacement this study was undertaken to see if mobile bearings in either total or unicompartmental replacement conferred an advantage.

Methods: A prospective randomised study of 207 TKR patients receiving the same prosthesis (Rotaglid , Corin, UK) was performed. Patients were randomised into a mobile bearing group (102 patients with a mean age of 53 years) and a fixed bearing group (105 patients with a mean age of 55 years).

Data was also prospectively collected on 215 UKR patients who received the same Unicompartmental implant (AMC, Uniglide, Corin, UK). One hundred and thirty six patients (Mean age: 62 yrs) had a mobile insert and 79 (mean age: 65 yrs) a fixed insert.

All patients completed the Oxford Knee Questionnaire preoperatively as well as at 1 and 2 years postoperatively. Their stated kneeling ability and total scores were analysed with a perfect score for kneeling ability being 4 and 48 the maximum total score.

Results: In all groups both the kneeling ability and the total scores improved markedly from their preoperative state. At two years the total score for the fixed bearing devices was marginally better than for the mobile (Rotaglide 36;31 and Uniglide 37;33)

There was a more striking difference with respect to kneeling ability with the fixed- bearing variants performing better, (Rotaglide 1.4; 0.9 and Uniglide 1.9; 1.4), However, the greatest difference was between the UKR and TKR groups (UKR 1.7; TKR 1.2). Pre-operatively less than 2% of TKR patients (7% of the UKR patients) could kneel. Post-operatively, the patients’ kneeling ability improved with 21% for the mobile bearing, 32% of fixed bearing UKR patients.

The TKR patients kneeling ability was 13% of the mobile, 26% of fixed bearing patients were able to kneel with little or no difficulty. In all groups the stated kneeling ability was poor with less than 50% of any group being able to kneel with ease or only minor difficulty.

Conclusion: Those undergoing UKR appeared to perform better than those with a TKR. None of the forms of knee replacement used resulted in good kneeling ability, though this function was improved by arthroplasty in all groups. Mobile bearing inserts did not confer any advantage with respect to kneeling and in fact performed worse with regard to this particular knee function.


MA Hassaballa DC Bevan AJ Porteous

Introduction: Force plate analysis of contact areas and pressure has been used in the fields of podiatry and foot surgery. We used this tool in assessing normal subjects and knee replacement patients kneeling.

Aim: We analysed contact areas and pressures over the front of the knee during different kneeling positions.

Methods: Twenty three normal subjects and 33 knee replacement patients were included in this study. The patients were selected according to age and kneeling ability and the absence of involvement of other joints. They had unilateral or bilateral Total (TKR) or Unicompartmental knee replacements (UKR).

Target points were identified on the plate and patients were asked to place their tibial tuberosity on the target sites.

Patients and normal subjects’ data of load, contact area and pressure were recorded with knee at 90 degrees. A second reading was taken with subjects kneeling in their maximum flexion comfortable position. Foot position during kneeling was recorded in each case.

Results: Average age was 48.3 years for the normal group and 65.5.2 for the replaced knee group. Average range of motion was 141 degrees for the normal group and 115 degrees for the replaced knees group.

In the normal group, there was a significant positive correlation between body mass and kneeling load at both 90 degrees and maximum flexion. Kneeling pressure was never identical in both knees in all groups. There was no significant difference of peak pressures and contact areas between the normal and UKR group.

The angle of flexion affected the contact pressures as going from 90 degrees to higher flexion with the body weight still actively supported increases contact pressure, which then dropped to lowest level in maximum flexion when the body weight was supported by the calf. Peak loads were usually in the region of the tibial tuberosity.

Conclusion: Kneeling may be a sided activity with each individual having a dominant knee. The UKR group showed more normal kinematics in comparison with the TKR group.

Maximum contact pressures decreased in knees able to achieve full flexion. As kneeling flexion angle increases, the contact area decreases and while the thigh is off the calf and the peak pressure increases. Contact pressure dropped to below 90 degrees level whenever full flexion was achieved.


R Chana Y Shenava PW Skinner PA Gibb

We report the clinical and radiographic outcome of a consecutive series of 219 hydroxyapatite-coated total knee replacements with a follow-up of 5 to 8 years.

Patients who fulfilled the entry criteria were included in a prospective study from early 1997 to late 1999. Regular clinical & functional assessment was subsequently performed using the Knee Society Score, WOMAC & SF-12 self-assessment questionnaires. Analysis of fluoroscopically controlled radiographs was performed using the American Knee Society Score.

All living patients (186 knees) were followed-up. Exhaustive efforts were made to ensure that no patient was lost to follow-up. 28 patients (30 knees) were deceased. There have been 3 revisions.

The mean pre-operative Knee Score of 43.8 increased to 77.1 and the mean pre-operative Function Score of 20.3 increased to 63.4 at 5 years. The WOMAC scores also showed marked improvement from pre-operative status after 5 years minimum follow-up: pain 250 pre-op to 157, stiffness 115 pre-op to 56 and function 910 pre-op to 588.

There was no radiographic evidence of loosening or migration. The average American Knee Society Score for each component was 4. Small gaps between the bone-implant interface were observed to heal over the first year. A separate phenomenon of focal osteopenia is also described in a small number of well-fixed femoral components (12 of 219).

To date, 3 prostheses have been revised, 2 due to deep infection and 1 due to tibial tray subsidence. A survivor-ship of 98.6% has been achieved at 8 years.

We believe this to be the first medium term study for the Duracon HA coated knee arthroplasty system, showing excellent clinical and radiographic outcome, with 100% follow-up at 5 to 8 years.


P N Baker F M Khaw L M G Kirk R W Morris P J Gregg

Purpose: To compare the survivorship, at 15 years, of cemented versus cementless fixation of press-fit condylar primary total knee replacements.

Methods: A prospective randomised consecutive series of 501 primary knee replacements received either cemented (219 patients, 277 implants) or cementless (177 patients, 224 implants) fixation. All operations were performed either by, or under the direct supervision of, a single surgeon (PJG). Patients were followed up to establish the rate of implant survival. No patients were lost to follow up. Revision was defined as further surgery, irrespective of indication, that involved replacement of any of the three original components. Life table analysis was used to assess survival. Cox’s proportional hazards regression analysis was used to compare the cumulative survival rates for the two groups.

Results: Altogether 44 patients underwent revision surgery (24 cemented vs. 20 cementless). 11 cases were revised secondary to infection, 26 were revised due to aseptic loosening and 7 cases were revised for other reasons (instability, anterior knee pain, polyethylene wear, patellar malallignment). At time of analysis a further 7 had revision planned.

For cemented knees 15-year survival=80.7% (95%CI, 71.5–87.4), 10-year survival=91.7 (95%CI, 87.1–94.8). For cementless knees 15-year survival=75.3% (95% CI, 63.5–84.3), 10-year survival=93.3% (95%CI, 88.4–96.2). There was no difference between these two groups.

When comparing the covariates (operation, sex, age, diagnosis, side), there was no significant difference between operation type (Hazard ratio=0.83 (95%CI, 0.45–1.52) p=0.545), side of operation (HR=0.58 (95%CI, 0.32–1.05) p=0.072), age (HR=0.97 (95%CI, 0.93–1.01) p=0.097), diagnosis (OA vs. non OA, (HR=1.25 (95%CI,0.38–4.12) p=0.718). However, there was a significant gender difference (Males vs. Females (HR=2.48 (95%CI, 1.34–4.61) p=0.004).

The worst case scenario was calculated to include those patients that have also been listed for revision. Cemented 15-yr survival = 78.3%, (95%CI, 68.9–85.4), cementless 15-yr survival = 72.0%, (95%CI, 59.9–81.5).

Conclusion: This single surgeon series, with no loss to follow up, provides reliable data of the revision rates of the most commonly used total knee replacement. The survival of the press-fit condylar total knee replacement remains good at 15 years irrespective of the method of fixation. This information is useful for strategic health authorities when establishing future requirements for revision knee surgery.


VI Roberts CN Esler WM Harper

Purpose: To evaluate the fifteen year survivorship of primary Total Knee Replacements in a single UK health region.

Methods: Since the beginning of 1990, and with the agreement of all consultant orthopaedic surgeons in the region, all primary total knee replacements (TKR) performed throughout Trent were recorded prospectively. At the time of operation the surgeon completes a questionnaire, which records demographic, medical and operative details for each patient and implant.

In this study we have traced all the patients, who had a primary total knee replacement between 1990 and 1992. We issued a validated, self administered questionnaire to all surviving patients, at a mean of fifteen years post arthroplasty. This questionnaire examines the patient’s level of expectation and satisfaction with their TKR, and also measures their quality of life (using EQ-5D and visual analogue score). Using a similar register, containing information of all revision TKR in the region, we have measured the survivorship of these primary TKR at 10 and 15 years.

Results: 4,665 primary TKR were performed on 4,448 patients. At fifteen year follow-up 1,408 patients were alive. The questionnaire response rate was 57.1% (n=912). Of our responders, 87.8% were satisfied with the result of their TKR at 15 years post-arthroplasty, and 82% felt their TKR had met their expectations.

Survivorship analysis revealed that 94.7% (+/−0.4%) of implants survive to 10 years, and 92.7% (+/−0.5%) to 15 years. Survivorship was significantly affected by gender of the patient, age at time of primary, and type of prosthesis used. Infection rate at 15 years was 0.9%.

Discussion: This is one of the first long term studies of primary TKR, which assesses survivorship of primary TKR beyond 10 years. This study shows that survivorship at 5 and 10 years compares favourably to the results of similar studies from other countries.


Jamie Flanagan

Purpose: The aim of this paper is to draw delegates’ attention to the published evidence that exists about these injuries and to challenge the concept that these laxities can be ignored, especially when associated with injuries to the ACL and PCL.

Background: The common impression that injuries to the PLC occur infrequently, require major force and are best treated by early repair, is true for Grade III injuries. Grade II injuries are more common, more difficult to detect clinically and may develop insidiously.

Even enhanced MR imaging cannot reliably assess grade II injuries to the PLC. This can result in patients with lack of trust in the knee, pain on kneeling, difficulty with twisting, slopes and rough ground, being reassured by their surgeon that their knee is stable, when both know that this is not the case.

Failure to detect a Grade II injury to the PLC in association with an ACL or PCL tear may result in ongoing subtle symptoms of instability, overloading and possible failure of a cruciate reconstruction.

Methods: A careful literature review was carried out with particular emphasis on the biomechanical studies which provide the scientific basis on which the common clinical tests are based.

Results:

Significant damage to the popliteus mechanism is required to produce a clinically detectable increase in ER.

Grade II lesions of the PLC may fail to reach that threshold.

Of the traditional tests, only the Dial test and electronic Goniometer test can be easily used towards extension. The former is not very sensitive, the latter is time consuming.

Increased posterior tibial translation (PTT) is a more reliable assessment of Grade II lesions and biomechanical studies support the prominent role of the posterolateral corner at 20° of knee flexion

Only two obscure clinical tests and the unpublished posterior Lachman test assess PTT below 30° of knee flexion

Conclusion: Until surgeons specifically test for increased PTT at 10–20° of knee flexion, Grade II lesions of the PLC will largely go unrecognised.


N Briffa S Sadiq J Cobb

Introduction: A subjective observation suggests that a significant percentage of patients offered a TKR could benefit from a relatively more conservative, less invasive unicompartmental knee arthroplasty. We set out to challenge this hypothesis.

Materials & Methods: 1147 TKRs were performed between 2002 and 2005 at Ravenscourt Park Hospital. 50 consecutive knee x-rays of patients who underwent a TKR were reviewed by three independent observers. Medial and lateral articular cartilage height, varus angulation, and femero-tibial anteroposterior and mediolateral translation were measured on antero-posterior and lateral weight bearing radiographs. Skyline views were analysed for patellofemoral disease. The most appropriate procedure according to local radiological criteria was recorded for all three observers. Unicompartmental arthroplasty was considered when the following criteria was met 1) anteromedial disease with preservation of posterior slope, 2) preservation of the tibial spines, 3) no anteroposte-rior or mediolateral translation, 4) normal tibiofemoral alignment and 5) preservation of patellofemoral joint. Osteophytes were disregarded. Tricompartmental disease merited a TKR while isolated patellofemoral (PFJ) disease considered for PFJ replacement. Patients were not formally examined. Preoperative Knee Society Scores (KSS) and WOMAC scores were noted.

Results: The three observers indicated that 26 (52%), 21 (42%) and 22 (44%) patients respectively could potentially benefit from a unicompartmental arthroplasty given the right clinical setting. Consensus was reached for unicompartmental replacement in 16 (31.2%) and for TKR in 18 (36%) of cases. There was no correlation between the operation performed and operation proposed (42% ± 8) suggesting that the surgeon’s preference is a dominating factor. Interestingly within the proposed unicompartmental group Knee Society Scores were higher (100 ± 22 vs 71 ± 26) giving an indication to the disease severity.

Conclusion: The clinical benefit and economic value of opting for a unicondylar knee arthroplasty when indicated is considerable. None the less it was only considered by a minority of surgeons who undertake knee arthroplasty.


MH Arastu J Vijayaraghavan J Robinson H Chissell JB Hull J Newman

Background: We have noted a concerning number of early failures (as defined by revision) for Preservation medial mobile-bearing uni-compartmental knee replacements (UKR’s) implanted in our hospital. This study retrospectively reviewed the postoperative radiographs to see if these were as a result of surgical technical failure.

Methods: Between 2003 and 2004, 43 medial mobile-bearing Preservation UKR’s were implanted into 39 patients. The average age of the patients at the time of the index procedure was 61.4 years (range, 46–85), (20 males). The immediate post-operative radiographs were reviewed by 2 independent orthopaedic consultants and a registrar, who were blinded to the patient outcomes, using the radiographic criteria used for the Oxford UKR. We however, particularly tried to identify any medio-lateral offset between femoral and tibial components due to the constrained nature of the prosthesis. A compound error score for all other technical errors was also calculated for each patient.

Results: Six (13.9%) of 43 knees were revised (5 for persistent pain, 1 for tibial component subsidence). Technical errors were few and no correlation was found between post-operative radiographic appearances and the subsequent need for revision. The mean compound error score (maximum value 18) was 4.5 (range, 2–9) in the revision cases and in the non revised cases 3.2 (range, 0–8).

Conclusions: We believe this study gives credence to the opinion that the DePuy Preservation mobile-bearing implant has design faults and is over-constrained leading to early failures in some cases.


MC Forster G Keene

The aim of this study was to assess the perioperative complications associated with bilateral simultaneous UKR and compare them with those of unilateral UKR and bilateral TKRs. Over a 2 year period, 40 patients underwent bilateral simultaneous Preservation unicompartmental knee replacement UKR. They were compared to 40 matched unilateral UKRs and 28 bilateral simultaneous total knee replacement patients who had their operations during the same time period by the senior author. There was no significant difference between the groups in terms of age, weight, ASA grade and throm-boprophylaxis received. There was no statistically significant difference in the complication rates of all 3 groups. When compared to 2 unilateral UKRs, bilateral simultaneous UKR results in a reduced operative time, blood loss and hospital stay but more blood transfusion. When compared to bilateral TKRs, bilateral simultaneous UKR results in reduced blood loss, reduced blood transfusion and hospital stay but an increased operative time. Bilateral UKR is a useful option in selected patients with bilateral unicompartmental osteoarthritis.


Z Dannawi V Khanduja M El-Zebdeh

Background: Arthroscopic visualisation of the postero-medial and posterolateral compartments of the knee through the intercondylar notch using the anterolateral and anteromedial portals respectively is not commonly practiced. The purpose of this study was to prospectively evaluate whether these views are useful either diagnostically, therapeutically or both in a routine knee arthroscopy.

Patients and Methods: It is a prospective study of two hundred consecutive patients who underwent a routine knee arthroscopy in our unit using the standard portals following an appropriate clinical and radiological evaluation. Posteromedial and posterolateral compartment visualisation through the intercondylar notch was undertaken in all the patients. An evaluation of the ease of the technique, the usefulness of visualisation and the morbidity associated with the procedure were recorded.

Results: The technique was deemed simple to perform in 91% of the patients. It was found to be more difficult in knees with degenerative joint disease. Posteromedial and posterolateral compartment visualisation was found to be useful for diagnosis or treatment in 15% and 6% of the diagnosed conditions respectively. The technique was most useful for tears of the posterior horn of the medial meniscus, most of which were not detected by visualisation from the anteromedial compartment alone. Visualisation of the compartments was deemed adequate in 98% of the patients. There was no morbidity associated with this procedure.

Conclusion: We believe that visualisation of the pos-teromedial and posterolateral compartment in a routine knee arthroscopy is beneficial; and an easy and safe procedure to perform.


Full Access
F Iranpour J Cobb AA Amis

We have used CT to describe the geometry of the patel-lofemoral joint and its relationship to the tibiofemoral joint.

33 CT scans of patients without patellofemoral disease were performed. 3D images were reconstructed and measured using computer software. The flexion axis of the tibiofemoral joint was found as the line connecting the centres of the spheres fitted to posterior femoral condyles.

The deepest points on the trochlear groove can be fitted to a circle with radius of 23mm (stdev 4mm) and an rms of 0.3mm. This centre is offset by 21mm (stdev 3mm) at an angle of 68° (stdev 8°) from the line connecting the midpoint between the centres of the femoral condyles and a point in the piriform fossa.

On either side of this line, the articular surface of the trochlea can be fitted to spheres of radius 30mm (stdev 6mm) laterally and 27mm (stdev 5mm) and an rms of 0.4mm medially. The centres of the circle and the two spheres fall on a line with an rms of 1.1mm.

The anterior and proximal patellar planes could be described as flat surfaces (rms of 0.4 and 0.3mm). The median ridge could be described as a straight line (rms of 0.2mm). The angle between planes was 112° (stdev 5°); the average angle between the proximal plane and the line on the medial ridge was 62° (stdev4°).

The length, width and thickness of the patellae were measured at 34.2mm +/−4mm, 44.8mm +/− 4.8mm and 22.4 mm+/− 2.3 mm (table).

This investigation has allowed us to characterise the patello-femoral joint geometry which may help identify and explain the aetiology of patello-femoral pathologies. It may have implications for the design of patello-femoral replacements and the rules governing their position.


C A Jakaraddi S Metikala J S Davidson A JA Santini

Aim: To assess the validity of International Prostate Symptom Score (IPSS) and incidence of catheterisation in patients undergoing joint replacements.

Methods and results: We assessed 302 patients admitted for total hip or total knee replacements (THR or TKR) between October 2005 and March 2006. Pre-operatively, patients were scored by the IPSS (0–35) for severity of their urinary symptoms. Patients were categorised into three symptom groups (mild, moderate and severe based on scores of 0–7, 8–18 and > 18 respectively) and four age groups (< 50 years, 51–60 years, 61–70 years and > 70 years). All patients with post-op urinary retention were catheterised per urethra.

Results: There were 172 female (THR-91, TKR-81) and 130 male patients (THR-60, TKR-70). The average IPSS for males and females in non-catheterised patients were 10 and 9.7 respectively whereas in catheterised patients were 21.8 and 20 respectively.16 males and 10 females were catheterised post-operatively. 87.5% of catheter-ised males had IPSS > 18 and 75% were over 70 with IPSS > 18. Ninety percent of catheterised females had IPSS > 18 and 50% were over 70 with IPSS > 18. There was statistically significant association between high IPSS (> 18) and catheterisation risk in both males and females (Chi square test- p > 0.001 and p> 0.005 respectively) and between males over 70 years of age and cath-eterisation risk (p> 0.001).

Conclusion: IPSS is a widely accepted, simple and easy to use tool to predict patients at risk of post-op catheterisation. It is a simple pre-assessment tool even in female patients. Patients with IPSS > 18 and males > 70 years are most at risk of post-op retention.


Y Kamat D Matthews M Changulani Y Kalairajah R Field A Adhikari

Introduction: Obesity [Body Mass Index (BMI) > 30] is seen in a growing percentage of patients seeking joint replacement surgery. Recent studies have shown no clear influence of obesity on the five-year, clinical outcome of total knee replacement; except for the morbidly obese (BMI > 40). Computer navigation has shown improved consistency of prosthetic component alignment. However, this aid does significantly increase operation time.

Aims:

To compare tourniquet times of standard and computer assisted total knee arthroplasty in patients with BMI more than 30

To evaluate the change in this variable as a surgeon gained experience over a three year period.

Methods and Results: A retrospective analysis of 82, obese, total knee replacements performed by a single surgeon, at a dedicated arthroplasty centre, was undertaken. Conventional knee replacement instrumentation (Plus Orthopaedics, UK) was used in 42 cases and computer assisted navigation (Galileo- Plus Orthopaedics) in 39 cases. The patients were divided into three equal sized groups (1, 2 & 3), in chronological order. Each group comprised fourteen knees undertaken using standard surgical technique and thirteen knees using computer assisted navigation.

Group1 had average tourniquet times of 95.69 and 111.67 minutes in the standard and computer assisted groups respectively (p 0.01). Group 2 tourniquet times were 80.75 and 92.33 minutes (p 0.05). Group 3 tourniquet times were 84.5 and 87.5 minutes; these were not significantly different.

Conclusions: As the surgeon acquired experience of computer assisted navigation, his tourniquet times decreased and by the end of our study period, there was no longer any difference between the tourniquet times for conventional and computer assisted knee replacement in this subgroup of obese patients. We hypothesise that in obese patients, computer assisted navigation helps the surgeon to overcome jig alignment uncertainty and thus improves accuracy of component alignment without any significant time penalty.


C Gupte CM Gupte A Lim RD Thomas AMJ Bull AA Amis

Purpose: To correlate arthroscopic appearances of the anterior and posterior meniscofemoral ligaments (aMFL and pMFL respectively) with their appearances on magnetic resonance imaging.

Methods: 50 patients underwent MRI scanning of their knees for a variety of suspected pathologies. The radiological presence or absence of the MFLs was assessed by examination of sequential coronal and sagittal T2 weighted MRI scans. Arthroscopic examination of the knees was subsequently performed, during which the MFLs were identified using several anatomical cues. These included their femoral and meniscal attachments, their obliquity relative to the PCL, and the meniscal “tug test”. Identification was classed as “easy” or “hard” by the operating surgeon.

Results: From 50 knees 44 (88%) aMFLs and 30 (60%) pMFLs were identified on MRI scanning, whilst 47 (94%) aMFLs and 5 (10%) pMFLs were identified arthroscopically. Identification of the presence or absence of the aMFL was classed as easy in 47 (94%), whilst the pMFL was easy to identify in only 5 (10%) of knees, of which 3 (6%) had a ruptured PCL. Using arthroscopy of the aMFL as the gold standard, the sensitivity and specificity of MRI in detecting the aMFL were 94% and 75% respectively. Equivalent values for the pMFL were not calculated due to the difficulty of identifying the pMFL arthroscopically. Thus, with the exception of PCL-deficient knees, it was felt that many pMFLs were missed due to difficulties in identification through anterior portals.

Conclusions: This is the first study correlating the MRI appearances of the MFLs with arthroscopic findings. MRI is relatively sensitive in identifying the aMFL, but its accuracy in identifying the pMFL remains undetermined. Accurate identification of the MFLs at MRI is of value when assessing the status of the PCL, as these ligaments may contribute to stabilising the PCL-deficient knee.


W S Khan R K Jones L Nokes D S Johnson

Introduction: There has been an increasing use of orthotic knee braces in the management of knee injuries. To ensure the biomechanics of the knee are not adversely affected, it is important that orthotic knee braces accurately provide the desired angle of immobilisation. The objective of our study was to measure the actual knee flexion angles for a lockable orthotic knee brace, and measure the resulting knee flexion moment.

Materials and methods: Eight healthy male volunteers participated in the study looking at six different types of knee immobilisation: locked in 0, 10, 20, 30 degrees of knee flexion, with the brace unlocked, and without a brace. Force and 3-dimensional motion data were collected using a single Kistler force plate and an eight-camera Qualisys ProReflex motion analysis system.

Results: The kinematic knee flexion angles were significantly different when compared with the angles set at the orthotic knee brace for 0 degrees (p=0.001) and 10 degrees (p=0.011). The kinematic knee flexion angle when no brace was used was significantly different from the angle for the unlocked orthotic knee brace (p= 0.003). The knee flexion moment was directly proportional to the knee flexion angle. There was a statistically significant difference between the knee flexion moment for the six types of immobilisation (p< 0.001).

Discussion: The knee flexion angles measured using the kinematic data did not always correspond with the angle set at the orthotic knee brace. These findings highlight inadequacies in the design of lockable orthotic knee braces, especially at low flexion angles of 0 and 10 degrees. The resulting higher actual knee flexion angles were associated with greater knee flexion moments and joint reaction forces at the tibiofemoral and patellofemoral joints. This can, at best result in increased energy expenditure and decreased agility, and at worse potentially augment injuries to the knee.


S.K. Pai A.G. MacEachern

Aim of Study: To assess the efficacy of Computerised Strain Gauge Plethysmography (CSGP) to screen for proximal Deep Venous Thrombosis (DVT) following Total Knee Replacement (TKR).

Introduction: CSGP is a non invasive, bedside screening tool, used to detect the presence of proximal lower limb DVT. CSGP uses a low pressure thigh cuff to first occlude venous outflow. When the cuff is released the device is used to measure changes in calf dimensions (by means of strain gauges tied around a standardised point of the calf of the patient’s operated limb) thereby giving a measure of venous outflow. Obstruction to outflow (producing a positive result with the device) is seen with occlusion of proximal veins.

Patients & Methods: A retrospective analysis of 184 consecutive patients who had undergone primary TKR was performed. Foot pumps were used for thrombophylaxis during the erioperative period. On the fifth post operative day all patients were screened for proximal DVT using CSGP. Those with a negative result who were ambulating safely were discharged. Those with a positive test had further imaging to confirm or refute the diagnosis of proximal DVT in the operated limb. The patients’ medical notes were scrutinised for evidence of re attendances and evidence of whether proximal DVT was diagnosed following discharge from the ward.

Results: The negative predictive value of CSGP was found to be 99%. The sensitivity of CSGP for detecting proximal DVT was 83 %. The specificity was found to be 69%. The false positive rate was 92%.

Conclusion: CSGP allows the safe and prompt discharge of TKR patients who testnegative with CSGP with some degree of confidence. Patients who test positive with CSGP however require further imaging to select out those individuals who have clinically significant proximal DVT meriting full anticoagulation post operatively.


A J Porteous W M J Kennet

Background: 10 years ago Bollen reported that, in the UK, the diagnosis of ACL injury was made by the primary treating physician in only 9% of cases and that the mean delay from injury to diagnosis was 21 months.

Aim: To assess if accuracy and delay of diagnosis of ACL rupture, and delay to surgery, have improved with time and with the implementation of local measures to address these issues.

Methods: The records of 100 patients who had undergone ACL reconstruction by the senior author at a single NHS hospital, were reviewed to assess: date of injury, date of first presentation, initial physician’s diagnosis, delay from initial presentation to correct diagnosis and date of surgery.

Results: When an diagnosis was made by the primary treating physician, it was correct in 43% of cases. 19 patients had arthroscopies and 53 had MRI scans. Mean delay from injury to presentation was 3.2 months and from presentation to diagnosis was 4.3 months (influenced by NHS MRI waiting times). Mean time from diagnosis to surgery was 11.3 months (reflecting the NHS waiting list during the study period). Mean time from injury to surgery was 17.3 months (range 2.3 to 97 months).

Patients referred electively by their GP’s had longer delays to correct diagnosis and to surgery. Patients attending A& E and referred to an Acute Knee Injury clinic were diagnosed more accurately and had shorter waits for diagnosis and surgery.

Conclusion: Correct diagnosis rates and delays from injury to diagnosis have improved substantially (compared with Bollen 1996). Patient awareness needs to be improved to decrease the delay to presentation. Acute Knee Injury clinics improve speed and accuracy of diagnosis. Decreasing NHS waits for MRI scans and surgery should further decrease delays from diagnosis to surgery in future.


R K Ranjith I Seferiadis I A C Lennox

Introduction: There is little dispute that flexion and extension spaces should be rectangular and equal in a knee replacement and that rotation of the femoral component has a bearing on function and outcome. However, there is dispute over what is the ‘correct’ rotation and how best to achieve it. Transepicondylar line, computer navigation, 3 degrees external rotation have all been tried with a similar lack of reliability (Siston et al, JBJS Am, 2005 Oct; 87(10):2276–80) Insall and Scuderi recommended placing a tensor in the knee in flexion and rotating the femoral cutting block so that its posterior edge is parallel to the top of the tibia (Scuderi et al, Orthop Clinc. North. America, 20:70–78, 1989)

We feel the Equiflex instrumentation designed by Mr Lennox will reliably achieve Insall and Scuderi’s recommendation and reduce the incidence of lateral retinacular release

Purpose of Study: To evaluate early clinical results and lateral retinacular release rates using Equiflex instrumentation to do TKR

Method: We evaluated 209 consecutive knees done with this technique at Basildon from 4 April 05 – 19 September 06. Pre and postop American Knee Society and Oxford scores, deformity, ROM were recorded for the 152 cases with 6 week follow-up. Lateral retinacular release rates and complications are presented for the entire cohort of 209 cases.

Results: Average inpatient stay −4.9 days (20% discharged in −3 days) if we exclude complications. There were 31 Valgus knees, 178 varus knees with an average alignment of 5.95 (23 degree varus − 25 degree valgus). 38 uncemented knees.

At 6 weeks, Knee score improved from 34.5 to 78.5, function score improved from 47.5 to 49.8, oxford score improved from 43.4 to 30.06. Average preop flexion was 105 degrees (65–130) and average postop flexion was 98 (40–130)

We could correct alignment and achieve our technical goals in 99% of cases

A lateral retinacular release was required in only 5 out 31 valgus knees (16%) and 0 out of 178 varus knees (a total lateral release rate of 2.4%)

Complications: Wound or ipsilateral skin problems – 10 (4.7%) all of which settled rapidly with antibiotics. Thromboembolic phenomena – 13 cases (6.2%) – 9DVTs, 5 PE. MUA – 3 (2.3%). Hairline crack of tibial cortex in soft porotic bone– 3 (1.4 %). MI – 2 (1 postop, 1 at 4 weeks). CVA – 4 (1 postop, 1 at 6 weeks). Confusion – 2. GI bleed -2 . Bleeding PR, Ca Rectum -1.

Discussion: Perioperative complications probably under-reported in studies with> 1 year follow up. Callahan et al in their metaanalysis of literature from 1966–1992 did not include delayed wound healing, wound drainage, haematoma, urinary retention etc. They found a weighted mean complication rate of 18.1 % with a mortality per year of followup of 1.5%. Studies which have specifically looked at complications have reported an average of 3.9% superficial infections, 1.7% deep infections, 6.5% DVTs and 2.1% peripheral nerve damage (9).

Our complication rates were well within published data and we could correct alignment and achieve our technical goals in 99% of cases. We required to do a lateral retinacular release only in 5 valgus knees with subluxed patellae and contracted lateral structures for an overall release rate of 2.4%.

Conclusions:

This is a safe, effective and reproducible procedure with complications comparable to published data

The equiflex instrumentation does help in equalising the flexion-extension gaps, improves patellar tracking and reduces the incidence of lateral retinacular release

Design modification to include a calibrated quantifi-able tensioner may be helpful

Further follow up of the same cohort would be desirable to get medium and long term results.


N Patel A Chandratreya G Radcliffe S Bollen

Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) reconstruction is performed widely across the United Kingdom by orthopaedic surgeons many of whom are members of the British Association for Surgery to the Knee (BASK), The choice of graft and fixation devices varies, based on surgeon’s preference, experience and patient needs. No data has been published with regards to choice of graft material or fixation devices in primary ACL reconstruction within the United Kingdom (UK).

To find out what current practice is, we undertook a postal questionnaire of BASK members. 62% responded. Of these, 55% of surgeons have been undertaking ACL reconstruction for more than 10 years. Only 39% are performing over 50 ACL reconstructions per year. 71% of surgeons have read the Good Practice for ACL reconstruction booklet published by the British Orthopaedic Association (BOA).

For the femur, the most popular devices used were metal screws (49%), rigidfix (17%), endobutton (14%), transfix (8%) and bioscrews (6%). For the tibia it was metal screws (57%), bioscrews (25%) and intrafix (14%)

16% use bone patellar tendon bone graft (BPTB), 18% use hamstrings, while 66% use either. Overall the most popular method seems to be the use of hamstrings or BPTB secured at both ends with metal interference screws without the use of a tensioner.

Whether the variation alters clinical result is difficult to prove. With no national registry, comparison of outcomes becomes impossible. Our survey should serve as a baseline for any future research in this area.


M Rathinam A McGee T J W Spalding

Aims: To assess the outcome of biological resurfacing combined with osteotomy for knee osteoarthritis [OA] in young individuals.

Methods: Between January 2001 and March 2006, 25 active patients with unicompartmental OA were treated with a combination of cartilage resurfacing and tibial or femoral osteotomy. The cartilage resurfacing procedure was microfracture on both surfaces in 20 patients, Matrix Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation in 3, Autologous Chondrocyte Transplantation in 1 and Meniscal transplantation in 1. For limb realignment, an open wedge High Tibial Osteotomy was performed in 23 patients and Distal Femoral Osteotomy in 2 patients, using either the Puddu plate (Arthrex) or the Tomofix plate (Synthes).

There were 23 male and 2 female patients with a mean age of 45 years (range 27 to 60). The median follow-up period was 22.5 months (range 6 to 60). At follow-up patients were assessed radiographically and clinically using the knee society clinical score [KSS] and the Tegner activity scale.

Results: The outcome was satisfactory in 20 patients who had improvement in pain and function. The median Tegner activity level was 5.5 and the median KSS was 164. Poor results in five patients were due to delayed union in 1, nonunion in 2 and persistent severe pain in 2 who subsequently underwent unicompartmental or total knee replacement.

Discussion and conclusion: Management of the young active individual with grade 4 bare bone arthritis in the knee is challenging, and arthroplasty may not provide the ideal solution. Our series has shown that combining opening wedge osteotomy with cartilage repair results in improvement in a high proportion of patients. Such salvage surgery or ‘biological resurfacing’ may therefore have a place in the management of active young patients with bare bone osteoarthritis.


J E Tomlinson E Hannon S W Sturdee N J London

Aim: To assess the safety and efficiency of bilateral simultaneous total knee replacement surgery using a retrospective notes based review.

Methods: We performed a retrospective case note review of a series of 112 bilateral simultaneous knee replacements performed over a five year period in a district general hospital. (224 joints – 142 total joints, 82 unicompartmental). The procedures were all performed by a consultant knee surgeon operating alongside a knee fellow. Patients were only offered bilateral procedures if in ASA class I/II. (any borderline candidates were referred for anaesthetic assessment). Results were obtained for a number of parameters to assess the safety of this technique by measuring rates of both minor and major complications. Data was also gathered to assess the efficiency of the technique – measuring both tourniquet times and length of stay.

Results: Over the period of five years there were no deaths or major complications reported. There were three cases of DVT (2.6%) and one case of PE (0.9%). There were three cases of superficial wound infection (2.6%), one of joint infection (0.9%) and one of aseptic loosening (0.9%). Average tourniquet time was 76 minutes with an average length of stay of 8.6 nights.

Conclusion: Bilateral simultaneous knee replacement is a valuable technique which offers the patient a single operation and recovery period, and return to normal life. In addition, the complication rates are acceptable, unlike several studies looking at bilateral procedures performed back to back. It also offers an excellent training opportunity for the 2nd surgeon to operate under close supervision. In an increasingly time pressured health service we believe this procedure is an efficient and safe technique when used in suitable patients.


AJ Trompeter K Gill R Mobasheri SN Agarwala MAC Appleton SH Palmer

Aims: To determine the difference between macroscopic and microscopic appearances of the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) in patients with osteoarthritis undergoing total knee replacement.

Methods: Patients admitted for routine total knee replacement (TKR) for osteoarthritis were assessed. The integrity of the ACL was noted as normal, moderately damaged (fissured) or complete rupture on a macroscopic level at the time of surgery. The ACL was sacrificed as a normal step in the operation and sent for histological analysis. The macroscopic and microscopic findings of ACL histology were compared using a common grading system (Grade 1 = normal, Grade 2 = moderately diseased, Grade 3 = severely diseased).

Results: The sample contained 48 patients, 17 male and 31 female, age range 55–87 years (mean 73). After exclusions, at surgery 7 ACL ruptures and 8 moderately diseased ligaments (defined by the presence of visible fissuring) were found despite negative pivot shift tests preoperatively. Of the 30 ACL’s that were found to be macroscopically normal, 22 of these (73%) were microscopically moderately or severely diseased.

Conclusion: We have found that a macroscopically normal ACL does not necessarily equate to microscopic integrity in the presence of osteoarthritis. This is an important consideration given the current trend towards unicompartmental knee replacement and highlights the possible need for investigation with appropriate imaging (MRI) and arthroscopy prior to this specific surgery.


VI Roberts PKR Mereddy S Hakkalamani NJ Donnachie

Introduction: The technique of quadriceps sparing knee arthroplasty involves a pure capsular incision, without violation of the extensor mechanism. This capsular incision should be placed distal to Vastus Medialis Obliquus (VMO). It is well known that the termination of VMO is variable and may make the quadriceps sparing approach difficult. We initiated this study based on the hypothesis that the quadriceps sparing approach is not possible in all patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty.

Methods: We examined the axial MRI images of the knee joint performed over a period of 12 months at our institute. A total of 198 MRI scans were analysed between two observers.

To calculate the patellar height the apex of the patella was considered as ‘Reference Slice 1’. The consecutive slices were followed distally to the last slice in which the patella was visible. From ‘Reference Slice 1’ VMO muscle was followed distally to the slice in which the muscle was last visible. We calculated the patella height and VMO muscle length as the product of the number of MRI slices and MRI slice thickness.

Results: Of the 134 patients aged less than 50 years, 68 patients (50.7%) had a VMO that terminated in the proximal half of the patella. Out of 64 patients aged 50 years or older, 51 patients (79.7%) had a VMO that terminated in the proximal half of the patella.

A statistically significant inverse relationship was noted between the level of insertion of VMO and the age of the patient.

Discussion: Our results will have an implication on the use of the quadriceps sparing approach, as they highlight another possible limitation of this approach. Patients need to be warned before the TKA that the quadriceps sparing approach may not be possible in all, especially if they are younger.


S Yousufuddin D Chesney M Van Der Linden R Nutton

Objective: To evaluate the impact of soft tissue release on range of movement following total knee replacement.

Methods: Sixty four patients underwent next-gen (Zimmer) posterior stabilising total knee replacement through a medial arthrotomy. Range of active movement was measured preoperatively, and maximal flex-ion was measured after implantation, using the drop test while the patient was under anaesthetic. Soft tissue release was graded from 1 to 5, depending on the structures released.

Range of movement (ROM) was correlated with extent of soft tissue release, to see if release had any impact on increase in range of movement.

Results: All patients had an improvement in range of movement following surgery. Post operative range of movement correlated strongly with preoperative ROM. Patients requiring extensive releases tended to have less preoperative ROM, but the gain was independent of medial release. Those requiring extensive posterior release had poorer preoperative movement, and significantly less improvement.

In those requiring an extensive medial release, a posterior release improved gain in ROM.

Conclusion: Postoperative ROM following TKR is independent of extent of medial release. In patients requiring extensive medial release, a posterior release improves gain in movement.